diff --git a/.openpublishing.redirection.windows-configuration.json b/.openpublishing.redirection.windows-configuration.json index ada2c59132..4b4b40b0a6 100644 --- a/.openpublishing.redirection.windows-configuration.json +++ b/.openpublishing.redirection.windows-configuration.json @@ -281,114 +281,299 @@ "redirect_document_id": false }, { - "source_path":"windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-feedback.md", - "redirect_url":"/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-10/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-feedback", - "redirect_document_id":false + "source_path":"windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-feedback.md", + "redirect_url":"/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-10/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-feedback", + "redirect_document_id":false }, { - "source_path":"windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-o365.md", - "redirect_url":"/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-10/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-o365", - "redirect_document_id":false + "source_path":"windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-o365.md", + "redirect_url":"/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-10/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-o365", + "redirect_document_id":false }, { - "source_path":"windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-overview.md", - "redirect_url":"/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-10/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-overview", - "redirect_document_id":false - }, - { - "source_path":"windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-policy-settings.md", - "redirect_url":"/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-10/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-policy-settings", - "redirect_document_id":false + "source_path":"windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-overview.md", + "redirect_url":"/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-10/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-overview", + "redirect_document_id":false }, { - "source_path":"windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-1.md", - "redirect_url":"/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-10/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-1", - "redirect_document_id":false + "source_path":"windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-policy-settings.md", + "redirect_url":"/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-10/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-policy-settings", + "redirect_document_id":false }, { - "source_path":"windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-2.md", - "redirect_url":"/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-10/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-2", - "redirect_document_id":false + "source_path":"windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-1.md", + "redirect_url":"/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-10/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-1", + "redirect_document_id":false }, { - "source_path":"windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-3.md", - "redirect_url":"/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-10/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-3", - "redirect_document_id":false + "source_path":"windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-2.md", + "redirect_url":"/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-10/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-2", + "redirect_document_id":false }, { - "source_path":"windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-4.md", - "redirect_url":"/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-10/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-4", - "redirect_document_id":false + "source_path":"windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-3.md", + "redirect_url":"/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-10/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-3", + "redirect_document_id":false }, { - "source_path":"windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-5.md", - "redirect_url":"/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-10/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-5", - "redirect_document_id":false + "source_path":"windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-4.md", + "redirect_url":"/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-10/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-4", + "redirect_document_id":false }, { - "source_path":"windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-6.md", - "redirect_url":"/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-10/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-6", - "redirect_document_id":false + "source_path":"windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-5.md", + "redirect_url":"/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-10/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-5", + "redirect_document_id":false }, { - "source_path":"windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-7.md", - "redirect_url":"/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-10/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-7", - "redirect_document_id":false + "source_path":"windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-6.md", + "redirect_url":"/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-10/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-6", + "redirect_document_id":false }, { - "source_path":"windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-testing-scenarios.md", - "redirect_url":"/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-10/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-testing-scenarios", - "redirect_document_id":false + "source_path":"windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-7.md", + "redirect_url":"/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-10/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-7", + "redirect_document_id":false }, { - "source_path":"windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-voice-commands.md", - "redirect_url":"/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-10/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-voice-commands", - "redirect_document_id":false + "source_path":"windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-testing-scenarios.md", + "redirect_url":"/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-10/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-testing-scenarios", + "redirect_document_id":false }, { - "source_path":"windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/set-up-and-test-cortana-in-windows-10.md", - "redirect_url":"/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-10/configuration/cortana-at-work/set-up-and-test-cortana-in-windows-10", - "redirect_document_id":false + "source_path":"windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-voice-commands.md", + "redirect_url":"/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-10/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-voice-commands", + "redirect_document_id":false }, { - "source_path":"windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/testing-scenarios-using-cortana-in-business-org.md", - "redirect_url":"/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-10/configuration/cortana-at-work/testing-scenarios-using-cortana-in-business-org", - "redirect_document_id":false + "source_path":"windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/set-up-and-test-cortana-in-windows-10.md", + "redirect_url":"/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-10/configuration/cortana-at-work/set-up-and-test-cortana-in-windows-10", + "redirect_document_id":false }, { - "source_path":"windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-1.md", - "redirect_url":"/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-10/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-1", - "redirect_document_id":false + "source_path":"windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/testing-scenarios-using-cortana-in-business-org.md", + "redirect_url":"/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-10/configuration/cortana-at-work/testing-scenarios-using-cortana-in-business-org", + "redirect_document_id":false }, { - "source_path":"windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-2.md", - "redirect_url":"/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-10/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-2", - "redirect_document_id":false + "source_path":"windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-1.md", + "redirect_url":"/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-10/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-1", + "redirect_document_id":false }, { - "source_path":"windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-3.md", - "redirect_url":"/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-10/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-3", - "redirect_document_id":false + "source_path":"windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-2.md", + "redirect_url":"/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-10/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-2", + "redirect_document_id":false }, { - "source_path":"windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-4.md", - "redirect_url":"/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-10/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-4", - "redirect_document_id":false + "source_path":"windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-3.md", + "redirect_url":"/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-10/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-3", + "redirect_document_id":false }, { - "source_path":"windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-5.md", - "redirect_url":"/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-10/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-5", - "redirect_document_id":false + "source_path":"windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-4.md", + "redirect_url":"/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-10/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-4", + "redirect_document_id":false }, { - "source_path":"windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-6.md", - "redirect_url":"/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-10/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-6", - "redirect_document_id":false + "source_path":"windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-5.md", + "redirect_url":"/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-10/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-5", + "redirect_document_id":false + }, + { + "source_path":"windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-6.md", + "redirect_url":"/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-10/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-6", + "redirect_document_id":false }, { "source_path": "windows/configuration/windows-diagnostic-data.md", "redirect_url": "/windows/privacy/windows-diagnostic-data", "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/configuration/changes-to-start-policies-in-windows-10.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/configuration/start/customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-group-policy", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/configuration/configure-windows-10-taskbar.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/configuration/taskbar/configure-windows-10-taskbar", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/configuration/customize-and-export-start-layout.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/configuration/start/customize-and-export-start-layout", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/configuration/customize-start-menu-layout-windows-11.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/configuration/start/customize-start-menu-layout-windows-11", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/configuration/customize-taskbar-windows-11.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/configuration/taskbar/customize-taskbar-windows-11", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/configuration/customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-group-policy.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/configuration/start/customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-group-policy", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/configuration/customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-mobile-device-management.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/configuration/start/customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-mobile-device-management", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/configuration/customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-provisioning-packages-and-icd.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/configuration/start/customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-provisioning-packages-and-icd", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/configuration/find-the-application-user-model-id-of-an-installed-app.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/configuration/kiosk/find-the-application-user-model-id-of-an-installed-app", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/configuration/guidelines-for-assigned-access-app.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/configuration/kiosk/guidelines-for-assigned-access-app", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/configuration/kiosk-additional-reference.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/configuration/kiosk/kiosk-additional-reference", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/configuration/kiosk-mdm-bridge.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/configuration/kiosk/kiosk-mdm-bridge", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/configuration/kiosk-methods.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/configuration/kiosk/kiosk-methods", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/configuration/kiosk-policies.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/configuration/kiosk/kiosk-policies", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/configuration/kiosk-prepare.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/configuration/kiosk/kiosk-prepare", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/configuration/kiosk-shelllauncher.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/configuration/kiosk/kiosk-shelllauncher", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/configuration/kiosk-single-app.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/configuration/kiosk/kiosk-single-app", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/configuration/kiosk-validate.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/configuration/kiosk/kiosk-validate", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/configuration/kiosk-xml.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/configuration/kiosk/kiosk-xml", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/configuration/lockdown-features-windows-10.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/configuration/kiosk/lockdown-features-windows-10", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/configuration/lock-down-windows-10-applocker.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/configuration/kiosk/lock-down-windows-10-applocker", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/configuration/lock-down-windows-10-to-specific-apps.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/configuration/kiosk/lock-down-windows-10-to-specific-apps", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/configuration/lock-down-windows-11-to-specific-apps.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/configuration/kiosk/lock-down-windows-11-to-specific-apps", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/configuration/manage-tips-and-suggestions.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/configuration/tips/manage-tips-and-suggestions", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/configuration/provisioning-apn.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/configuration/cellular/provisioning-apn", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/configuration/setup-digital-signage.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/configuration/kiosk/setup-digital-signage", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/configuration/set-up-shared-or-guest-pc.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/configuration/shared-pc/set-up-shared-or-guest-pc", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/configuration/shared-devices-concepts.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/configuration/shared-pc/shared-devices-concepts", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/configuration/shared-pc-technical.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/configuration/shared-pc/shared-pc-technical", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/configuration/start-layout-xml-desktop.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/configuration/start/start-layout-xml-desktop", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/configuration/start-secondary-tiles.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/configuration/start/start-secondary-tiles", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/configuration/stop-employees-from-using-microsoft-store.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/configuration/store/stop-employees-from-using-microsoft-store", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/configuration/supported-csp-start-menu-layout-windows.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/configuration/start/supported-csp-start-menu-layout-windows", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/configuration/supported-csp-taskbar-windows.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/configuration/taskbar/supported-csp-taskbar-windows", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/configuration/windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/configuration/start/windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/configuration/windows-accessibility-for-ITPros.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/configuration/accessibility", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/configuration/windows-spotlight.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/configuration/lock-screen/windows-spotlight", + "redirect_document_id": false } ] } diff --git a/browsers/edge/images/config-open-me-with-scenarios-tab.PNG b/browsers/edge/images/config-open-me-with-scenarios-tab.png similarity index 100% rename from browsers/edge/images/config-open-me-with-scenarios-tab.PNG rename to browsers/edge/images/config-open-me-with-scenarios-tab.png diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/add-employees-enterprise-mode-portal.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/add-employees-enterprise-mode-portal.md deleted file mode 100644 index 08d914e629..0000000000 --- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/add-employees-enterprise-mode-portal.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ ---- -ms.localizationpriority: low -ms.mktglfcycl: deploy -ms.pagetype: appcompat -description: Details about how to add employees to the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal. -author: dansimp -ms.prod: ie11 -title: Add employees to the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros) -ms.sitesec: library -ms.date: 07/27/2017 -ms.reviewer: -manager: dansimp -ms.author: dansimp ---- - -# Add employees to the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal - -**Applies to:** - -- Windows 10 -- Windows 8.1 -- Windows 7 -- Windows Server 2012 R2 -- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1) - -After you get the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal up and running, you must add your employees. During this process, you'll also assign roles and groups. - -The available roles are: - -- **Requester.** The primary role to assign to employees that need to access the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal. The Requester can create change requests, validate changes in the pre-production environment, rollback pre-production and production changes in case of failure, send personal approval requests, view personal change requests, and sign off and close personal change requests. - -- **App Manager.** This role is considered part of the Approvers group. The App Manager can approve change requests, validate changes in the pre-production environment, rollback pre-production and production changes in case of failure, send personal approval requests, view personal requests, and sign off and close personal requests. - -- **Group Head.** This role is considered part of the Approvers group. The Group Head can approve change requests, validate changes in the pre-production environment, rollback pre-production and production changes in case of failure, send personal approval requests, view personal requests, and sign off and close personal requests. - -- **Administrator.** The role with the highest-level rights; we recommend limiting the number of employees you grant this role. The Administrator can perform any task that can be performed by the other roles, in addition to adding employees to the portal, assigning employee roles, approving registrations to the portal, configuring portal settings (for example, determining the freeze schedule, determining the pre-production and production XML paths, and determining the attachment upload location), and using the standalone Enterprise Mode Site List Manager page. - -**To add an employee to the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal** -1. Open the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal and click the **Employee Management** icon in the upper-right area of the page. - - The **Employee management** page appears. - -2. Click **Add a new employee**. - - The **Add a new employee** page appears. - -3. Fill out the fields for each employee, including: - - - **Email.** Add the employee's email address. - - - **Name.** This box autofills based on the email address. - - - **Role.** Pick a single role for the employee, based on the list above. - - - **Group name.** Pick the name of the employee's group. The group association also assigns a group of Approvers. - - - **Comments.** Add optional comments about the employee. - - - **Active.** Click the check box to make the employee active in the system. If you want to keep the employee in the system, but you want to prevent access, clear this check box. - -4. Click **Save**. - -**To export all employees to an Excel spreadsheet** -1. On the **Employee management** page, click **Export to Excel**. - -2. Save the EnterpriseModeUsersList.xlsx file. - - The Excel file includes all employees with access to the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal, including user name, email address, role, and group name. diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md deleted file mode 100644 index 39adf2816d..0000000000 --- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,112 +0,0 @@ ---- -ms.localizationpriority: low -ms.mktglfcycl: deploy -ms.pagetype: appcompat -description: You can add multiple sites to your Enterprise Mode site list by creating a custom text (TXT) or Extensible Markup Language (XML) file of problematic sites and then adding it in the Bulk add from file area of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager. -author: dansimp -ms.prod: ie11 -ms.assetid: 20aF07c4-051a-451f-9c46-5a052d9Ae27c -ms.reviewer: -manager: dansimp -ms.author: dansimp -title: Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1) (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros) -ms.sitesec: library -ms.date: 07/27/2017 ---- - - -# Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1) - -**Applies to:** - -- Windows 8.1 -- Windows 7 - -You can add multiple sites to your Enterprise Mode site list by creating a custom text (TXT) or Extensible Markup Language (XML) file of problematic sites and then adding it in the **Bulk add from file** area of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager. You can only add specific URLs, not Internet or Intranet Zones. - -If you want to add your websites one at a time, see Add sites to the [Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-enterprise-mode-tool.md). - -## Create an Enterprise Mode site list (TXT) file -You can create and use a custom text file to add multiple sites to your Enterprise Mode site list at the same time.

**Important**
This text file is only lets you add multiple sites at the same time. You can’t use this file to deploy Enterprise Mode into your company. - -You must separate each site using commas or carriage returns. For example: - -``` -microsoft.com, bing.com, bing.com/images -``` -**-OR-** - -``` -microsoft.com -bing.com -bing.com/images -``` - -## Create an Enterprise Mode site list (XML) file using the v.1 version of the Enterprise Mode schema -You can create and use a custom XML file with the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager to add multiple sites to your Enterprise Mode site list at the same time. For more info about the v.1 version of the Enterprise Mode schema, see [Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md). - -Each XML file must include: - -- **Version number.** This number must be incremented with each version of the Enterprise Mode site list, letting Internet Explorer know whether the list is new. Approximately 65 seconds after Internet Explorer 11 starts, it compares your site list version to the stored version number. If your file has a higher number, the newer version is loaded.

**Important**
After this check, IE11 won’t look for an updated list again until you restart the browser. - -- **<emie> tag.** This tag specifies the domains and domain paths that must be rendered using IE7 Enterprise Mode, IE8 Enterprise Mode, or the default IE11 browser environment.

**Important**
If you decide a site requires IE7 Enterprise Mode, you must add `forceCompatView=”true”` to your XML file. That code tells Enterprise Mode to check for a `DOCTYPE` tag on the specified webpage. If there is, the site renders using Windows Internet Explorer 7. If there’s no tag, the site renders using Microsoft Internet Explorer 5. - -- **<docMode> tag.**This tag specifies the domains and domain paths that need either to appear using the specific doc mode you assigned to the site. Enterprise Mode takes precedence over document modes, so sites that are already included in the Enterprise Mode site list won’t be affected by this update and will continue to load in Enterprise Mode, as usual. For more specific info about using document modes, see [Fix web compatibility issues using document modes and the Enterprise Mode site list](fix-compat-issues-with-doc-modes-and-enterprise-mode-site-list.md). - -### Enterprise Mode v.1 XML schema example -The following is an example of what your XML file should look like when you’re done adding your sites. For more info about how to create your XML file, see [Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md). - -``` - - - www.cpandl.com - www.woodgrovebank.com - adatum.com - contoso.com - relecloud.com - /about - - fabrikam.com - /products - - - - contoso.com - /travel - - fabrikam.com - /products - - - -``` - -To make sure your site list is up-to-date; wait 65 seconds after opening IE and then check that the `CurrentVersion` value in the `HKEY\CURRENT\USER\Software\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\Main\EnterpriseMode\` registry key matches the version number in your file.

**Important**
If `CurrentVersion` is not set or is wrong, it means that the XML parsing failed. This can mean that the XML file isn’t there, that there are access problems, or that the XML file format is wrong. Don’t manually change the `CurrentVersion` registry setting. You must make your changes to your site list and then update the list using the import function in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (. - -## Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1) -After you create your .xml or .txt file, you can bulk add the sites to the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1). - - **To add multiple sites** - -1. In the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1), click **Bulk add from file**. - -2. Go to your site list (either .txt or .xml) to add the included sites to the tool, and then click **Open**.

-Each site is validated and if successful, added to the global site list when you click **OK** to close the menu. If a site doesn’t pass validation, you can try to fix the issues or pick the site and click **Add to list** to ignore the validation problem. For more information about fixing validation problems, see [Fix validation problems using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](fix-compat-issues-with-doc-modes-and-enterprise-mode-site-list.md). - -3. Click **OK** to close the **Bulk add sites to the list** menu. - -4. On the **File** menu, click **Save to XML**, and save your file.

-You can save the file locally or to a network share. However, you must make sure you deploy it to the location specified in your registry key. For more information about the registry key, see [Turn on Enterprise Mode and use a site list](turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md). - -## Next steps -After you’ve added all of your sites to the tool and saved the file to XML, you can configure the rest of the Enterprise Mode functionality to use it. You can also turn Enterprise Mode on locally, so your users have the option to use Enterprise Mode on individual websites from the **Tools** menu. For more information, see [Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode](turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md). - -## Related topics -- [Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md) -- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378) -  - -  - - - diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md deleted file mode 100644 index b4da3f64f5..0000000000 --- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,122 +0,0 @@ ---- -ms.localizationpriority: low -ms.mktglfcycl: deploy -ms.pagetype: appcompat -description: Add multiple sites to your Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2). -author: dansimp -ms.prod: ie11 -ms.assetid: da659ff5-70d5-4852-995e-4df67c4871dd -ms.reviewer: -manager: dansimp -ms.author: dansimp -title: Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2) (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros) -ms.sitesec: library -ms.date: 10/24/2017 ---- - - -# Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2) - -**Applies to:** - -- Windows 10 -- Windows 8.1 -- Windows 7 - -You can add multiple sites to your Enterprise Mode site list by creating a custom text (TXT) or Extensible Markup Language (XML) file of problematic sites and then adding it in the **Bulk add from file** area of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2). You can only add specific URLs, not Internet or Intranet Zones. - -To add your websites one at a time, see [Add sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-enterprise-mode-tool.md). - -## Create an Enterprise Mode site list (TXT) file - -You can create and use a custom text file with the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2) to add multiple sites to your Enterprise Mode site list at the same time. - ->**Important:**
This text file is only lets you add multiple sites at the same time. You can’t use this file to deploy Enterprise Mode into your company. - -You must separate each site using commas or carriage returns. For example: - -``` -microsoft.com, bing.com, bing.com/images -``` -**-OR-** - -``` -microsoft.com -bing.com -bing.com/images -``` - -## Create an Enterprise Mode site list (XML) file using the v.2 version of the Enterprise Mode schema - -You can create and use a custom XML file with the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2) to add multiple sites to your Enterprise Mode site list at the same time. - -Each XML file must include: - -- **site-list version number**. This number must be incremented with each version of the Enterprise Mode site list, letting Internet Explorer know whether the list is new. Approximately 65 seconds after Internet Explorer 11 starts, it compares your site list version to the stored version number. If your file has a higher number, the newer version is loaded.

**Important**
After this check, IE11 won’t look for an updated list again until you restart the browser.  - -- **<compat-mode> tag.** This tag specifies what compatibility setting are used for specific sites or domains. - -- **<open-in> tag.** This tag specifies what browser opens for each sites or domain. - -### Enterprise Mode v.2 XML schema example - -The following is an example of what your XML file should look like when you’re done adding your sites. For more info about how to create your XML file, see [Enterprise Mode schema v.2 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md). - -``` - - - - EnterpriseSitelistManager - 10240 - 20150728.135021 - - - - IE8Enterprise - MSEdge - - - IE7Enterprise - IE11 - - - default - IE11 - - -``` -In the above example, the following is true: - -- www.cpandl.com, as the main domain, must use IE8 Enterprise Mode. However, www.cpandl.com/images must use IE7 Enterprise Mode. - -- contoso.com, and all of its domain paths, can use the default compatibility mode for the site. - -To make sure your site list is up-to-date; wait 65 seconds after opening IE and then check that the `CurrentVersion` value in the `HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\Main\EnterpriseMode\` registry key matches the version number in your file.

**Important**
If `CurrentVersion` is not set or is wrong, it means that the XML parsing failed. This can mean that the XML file isn’t there, that there are access problems, or that the XML file format is wrong. Don’t manually change the `CurrentVersion` registry setting. You must make your changes to your site list and then update the list using the import function in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2). - -## Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2) -After you create your .xml or .txt file, you can bulk add the sites to the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2). - - **To add multiple sites** - -1. In the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2), click **Bulk add from file**. - -2. Go to your site list (either .txt or .xml) to add the included sites to the tool, and then click **Open**.

-Each site is validated and if successful, added to the global site list when you click **OK** to close the menu. If a site doesn’t pass validation, you can try to fix the issues or pick the site and click **Add to list** to ignore the validation problem. For more information about fixing validation problems, see [Fix validation problems using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](fix-validation-problems-using-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md). - -3. Click **OK** to close the **Bulk add sites to the list** menu. - -4. On the **File** menu, click **Save to XML**, and save your file.

-You can save the file locally or to a network share. However, you must make sure you deploy it to the location specified in your registry key. For more information about the registry key, see [Turn on Enterprise Mode and use a site list](turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md). - -## Next steps -After you’ve added all of your sites to the tool and saved the file to XML, you can configure the rest of the Enterprise Mode functionality to use it. You can also turn Enterprise Mode on locally, so your users have the option to use Enterprise Mode on individual websites from the **Tools** menu. For more information, see [Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode](turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md). - -## Related topics -- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853) -- [Enterprise Mode schema v.2 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md) -  - -  - - - diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-enterprise-mode-tool.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-enterprise-mode-tool.md deleted file mode 100644 index 55b2dcd28a..0000000000 --- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-enterprise-mode-tool.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ ---- -ms.localizationpriority: low -ms.mktglfcycl: deploy -ms.pagetype: appcompat -description: Enterprise Mode is a compatibility mode that runs on Internet Explorer 11, letting websites render using a modified browser configuration that's designed to emulate either Windows Internet Explorer 7 or Windows Internet Explorer 8, avoiding the common compatibility problems associated with web apps written and tested on older versions of Internet Explorer. -author: dansimp -ms.prod: ie11 -ms.assetid: 042e44e8-568d-4717-8fd3-69dd198bbf26 -ms.reviewer: -manager: dansimp -ms.author: dansimp -title: Add sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1) (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros) -ms.sitesec: library -ms.date: 07/27/2017 ---- - - -# Add single sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1) - -**Applies to:** - -- Windows 8.1 -- Windows 7 -- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1) - -Enterprise Mode is a compatibility mode that runs on Internet Explorer 11, letting websites render using a modified browser configuration that’s designed to emulate either Windows Internet Explorer 7 or Windows Internet Explorer 8, avoiding the common compatibility problems associated with web apps written and tested on older versions of Internet Explorer.

**Important**
You can only add specific URLs, not Internet or Intranet Zones. - -

**Note**
If you need to include a lot of sites, instead of adding them one at a time, you can create a list of websites and add them all at the same time. For more information, see [Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Windows 7 and 8.1 Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md). - -## Adding a site to your compatibility list -You can add individual sites to your compatibility list by using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager. -

**Note**
If you're using the v.2 version of the Enterprise Mode schema, you'll need to use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1). For more info, see [Add sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-enterprise-mode-tool.md). - - **To add a site to your compatibility list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)** - -1. In the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1), click **Add**. - -2. Type the URL for the website that’s experiencing compatibility problems, like *<domain>.com* or *<domain>.com*/*<path>* into the **URL** box.

-Don't include the `https://` or `https://` designation. The tool automatically tries both versions during validation. - -3. Type any comments about the website into the **Notes about URL** box.

-Administrators can only see comments while they’re in this tool. - -4. Choose **IE7 Enterprise Mode**, **IE8 Enterprise Mode**, or the appropriate document mode for sites that must be rendered using the emulation of a previous version of IE, or pick **Default IE** if the site should use the latest version of IE. - -The path within a domain can require a different compatibility mode from the domain itself. For example, the domain might look fine in the default IE11 browser, but the path might have problems and require the use of Enterprise Mode. If you added the domain previously, your original compatibility choice is still selected. However, if the domain is new, **IE8 Enterprise Mode** is automatically selected. - -Enterprise Mode takes precedence over document modes, so sites that are already included in the Enterprise Mode site list won’t be affected by this update and will continue to load in Enterprise Mode, as usual. For more specific info about using document modes, see [Fix web compatibility issues using document modes and the Enterprise Mode site list](fix-compat-issues-with-doc-modes-and-enterprise-mode-site-list.md). - -5. Click **Save** to validate your website and to add it to the site list for your enterprise.

-If your site passes validation, it’s added to the global compatibility list. If the site doesn’t pass validation, you’ll get an error message explaining the problem. You’ll then be able to either cancel the site or ignore the validation problem and add it to your list anyway. - -6. On the **File** menu, go to where you want to save the file, and then click **Save to XML**.

-You can save the file locally or to a network share. However, you must make sure you deploy it to the location specified in your registry key. For more information about the registry key, see [Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode](turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md). - -## Next steps -After you’ve added all of your sites to the tool and saved the file to XML, you can configure the rest of the Enterprise Mode functionality to use it. You can also turn Enterprise Mode on locally, so your users have the option to use Enterprise Mode on individual websites from the **Tools** menu. For more information, see [Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode](turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md). - -## Related topics -- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378) -  - -  - - - diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-enterprise-mode-tool.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-enterprise-mode-tool.md deleted file mode 100644 index c1a7aee9b8..0000000000 --- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-enterprise-mode-tool.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,82 +0,0 @@ ---- -ms.localizationpriority: low -ms.mktglfcycl: deploy -ms.pagetype: appcompat -description: Enterprise Mode is a compatibility mode that runs on Internet Explorer 11, letting websites render using a modified browser configuration that''s designed to emulate either Windows Internet Explorer 8 or Windows Internet Explorer 7, avoiding the common compatibility problems associated with web apps written and tested on older versions of Internet Explorer. -author: dansimp -ms.prod: ie11 -ms.assetid: 513e8f3b-fedf-4d57-8d81-1ea4fdf1ac0b -ms.reviewer: -manager: dansimp -ms.author: dansimp -title: Add sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2) (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros) -ms.sitesec: library -ms.date: 07/27/2017 ---- - - -# Add single sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2) - -**Applies to:** - -- Windows 10 -- Windows 8.1 -- Windows 7 - -Enterprise Mode is a compatibility mode that runs on Internet Explorer 11, letting websites render using a modified browser configuration that’s designed to emulate either Windows Internet Explorer 8 or Windows Internet Explorer 7, avoiding the common compatibility problems associated with web apps written and tested on older versions of Internet Explorer.

**Important**
You can only add specific URLs, not Internet or Intranet Zones. - -

**Note**
If you need to include a lot of sites, instead of adding them one at a time, you can create a list of websites and add them all at the same time. For more information, see the [Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md) or the [Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md) topic, based on your operating system. - -## Adding a site to your compatibility list -You can add individual sites to your compatibility list by using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager.

-**Note**
If you're using the v.1 version of the Enterprise Mode schema, you'll need to use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1). For more info, see [Add sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the WEnterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-enterprise-mode-tool.md). - - **To add a site to your compatibility list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)** - -1. In the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2), click **Add**. - -2. Type the URL for the website that’s experiencing compatibility problems, like *<domain>.com* or *<domain>.com*/*<path>* into the **URL** box.

-Don't include the `https://` or `https://` designation. The tool automatically tries both versions during validation. - -3. Type any comments about the website into the **Notes about URL** box.

-Administrators can only see comments while they’re in this tool. - -4. In the **Compat Mode** box, choose one of the following: - - - **IE8Enterprise**. Loads the site in IE8 Enterprise Mode. - - - **IE7Enterprise**. Loads the site in IE7 Enterprise Mode. - - - **IE\[*x*\]**. Where \[x\] is the document mode number and the site loads in the specified document mode. - - - **Default Mode**. Loads the site using the default compatibility mode for the page. - - The path within a domain can require a different compatibility mode from the domain itself. For example, the domain might look fine in the default IE11 browser, but the path might have problems and require the use of Enterprise Mode. If you added the domain previously, your original compatibility choice is still selected. However, if the domain is new, **IE8 Enterprise Mode** is automatically selected. - - Enterprise Mode takes precedence over document modes, so sites that are already included in the Enterprise Mode site list won’t be affected by this update and will continue to load in Enterprise Mode, as usual. For more specific info about using document modes, see [Fix web compatibility issues using document modes and the Enterprise Mode site list](fix-compat-issues-with-doc-modes-and-enterprise-mode-site-list.md). - -5. In conjunction with the compatibility mode, you'll need to use the **Open in** box to pick which browser opens the site. - - - **IE11**. Opens the site in IE11, regardless of which browser is opened by the employee. - - - **MSEdge**. Opens the site in Microsoft Edge, regardless of which browser is opened by the employee. - - - **None**. Opens in whatever browser the employee chooses. - -6. Click **Save** to validate your website and to add it to the site list for your enterprise.

-If your site passes validation, it’s added to the global compatibility list. If the site doesn’t pass validation, you’ll get an error message explaining the problem. You’ll then be able to either cancel the site or ignore the validation problem and add it to your list anyway. - -7. On the **File** menu, go to where you want to save the file, and then click **Save to XML**.

-You can save the file locally or to a network share. However, you must make sure you deploy it to the location specified in your registry key. For more information about the registry key, see [Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode](turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md). - -## Next steps -After you’ve added all of your sites to the tool and saved the file to XML, you can configure the rest of the Enterprise Mode functionality to use it. You can also turn Enterprise Mode on locally, so your users have the option to use Enterprise Mode on individual websites from the **Tools** menu. For more information, see [Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode](turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md). - -## Related topics -- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853) -  - -  - - - diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/administrative-templates-and-ie11.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/administrative-templates-and-ie11.md deleted file mode 100644 index d92810ceb5..0000000000 --- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/administrative-templates-and-ie11.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,82 +0,0 @@ ---- -ms.localizationpriority: low -ms.mktglfcycl: deploy -ms.pagetype: security -description: Administrative templates and Internet Explorer 11 -author: dansimp -ms.prod: ie11 -ms.assetid: 2b390786-f786-41cc-bddc-c55c8a4c5af3 -ms.reviewer: -manager: dansimp -ms.author: dansimp -title: Administrative templates and Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros) -ms.sitesec: library -ms.date: 07/27/2017 ---- - - -# Administrative templates and Internet Explorer 11 - -Administrative Templates are made up of a hierarchy of policy categories and subcategories that define how your policy settings appear in the Local Group Policy Editor, including: - -- What registry locations correspond to each setting. - -- What value options or restrictions are associated with each setting. - -- The default value for many settings. - -- Text explanations about each setting and the supported version of Internet Explorer. - -For a conceptual overview of Administrative Templates, see [Managing Group Policy ADMX Files Step-by-Step Guide](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=214519). - -## What are Administrative Templates? -Administrative Templates are XML-based, multi-language files that define the registry-based Group Policy settings in the Local Group Policy Editor. There are two types of Administrative Templates: - -- **ADMX.** A language-neutral setup file that states the number and type of policy setting, and the location by category, as it shows up in the Local Group Policy Editor. - -- **ADML.** A language-specific setup file that provides language-related information to the ADMX file. This file lets the policy setting show up in the right language in the Local Group Policy Editor. You can add new languages by adding new ADML files in the required language. - -## How do I store Administrative Templates? -As an admin, you can create a central store folder on your SYSVOL directory, named **PolicyDefinitions**. For example, %*SystemRoot*%\\PolicyDefinitions. This folder provides a single, centralized storage location for your Administrative Templates (both ADMX and ADML) files, so they can be used by your domain-based Group Policy Objects (GPOs). -

**Important**
Your Group Policy tools use the ADMX files in your store, ignoring any local copies. For more information about creating a central store, see [Scenario 1: Editing the Local GPO Using ADMX Files](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=276810). - -## Administrative Templates-related Group Policy settings -When you install Internet Explorer 11, it updates the local administrative files, Inetres.admx and Inetres.adml, both located in the **PolicyDefinitions** folder. -

**Note**
You won't see the new policy settings if you try to view or edit your policy settings on a computer that isn't running IE11. To fix this, you can either install IE11, or you can copy the updated Inetres.admx and Inetres.adml files from another computer to the **PolicyDefinitions** folder on this computer. - -IE11 provides these new policy settings, which are editable in the Local Group Policy Editor, and appear in the following policy paths: - -- Computer Configuration\\Administrative Templates\\Windows Components\\ - -- User Configuration\\Administrative Templates\\Windows Components\\ - - -|Catalog |Description | -| ------------------------------------------------ | --------------------------------------------| -|IE |Turns standard IE configuration on and off. | -|Internet Explorer\Accelerators |Sets up and manages Accelerators. | -|Internet Explorer\Administrator Approved Controls |Turns ActiveX controls on and off. | -|Internet Explorer\Application Compatibility |Turns the **Cut**, **Copy**, or **Paste** operations on or off. This setting also requires that `URLACTION_SCRIPT_PASTE` is set to **Prompt**. | -|Internet Explorer\Browser Menus |Shows or hides the IE menus and menu options.| -|Internet Explorer\Corporate Settings |Turns off whether you specify the code download path for each computer. | -|Internet Explorer\Delete Browsing History |Turns the **Delete Browsing History** settings on and off. | -|Internet Explorer\Internet Control Panel |Turns pages on and off in the **Internet Options** dialog box. Also turns on and off the subcategories that manage settings on the **Content**, **General**, **Security** and **Advanced** pages. | -|Internet Explorer\Internet Settings |Sets up and manages the **Advanced settings**, **AutoComplete**, **Display Settings**, and **URL Encoding** options. | -|Internet Explorer\Persistence Behavior |Sets up and manages the file size limits for Internet security zones. | -|Internet Explorer\Privacy |Turns various privacy-related features on and off. | -|Internet Explorer\Security Features |Turns various security-related features on and off in the browser, Windows Explorer, and other applications. | -|Internet Explorer\Toolbars |Turns on and off the ability for users to edit toolbars in the browser. You can also set the default toolbar buttons here. | -|RSS Feeds |Sets up and manages RSS feeds in the browser. | - - -## Editing Group Policy settings -Regardless which tool you're using to edit your Group Policy settings, you'll need to follow one of these guides for step-by-step editing instructions: - -- **If you're using the Group Policy Management Console (GPMC) or the Local Group Policy Editor.** See [Edit Administrative Template Policy Settings](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=214521) for step-by-step instructions about editing your Administrative Templates. - -- **If you're using GPMC with Advanced Group Policy Management (AGPM).** See [Checklist: Create, Edit, and Deploy a GPO](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=214522) for step-by-step instructions about how to check out a GPO from the AGPM archive, edit it, and request deployment. - -## Related topics -- [Administrative templates (.admx) for Windows 10 download](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=746579) -- [Administrative Templates (.admx) for Windows 8.1 and Windows Server 2012 R2](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=746580) - diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/approve-change-request-enterprise-mode-portal.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/approve-change-request-enterprise-mode-portal.md deleted file mode 100644 index fd58f63df5..0000000000 --- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/approve-change-request-enterprise-mode-portal.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ ---- -ms.localizationpriority: low -ms.mktglfcycl: deploy -ms.pagetype: appcompat -description: Details about how Approvers can approve open change requests in the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal. -author: dansimp -ms.prod: ie11 -title: Approve a change request using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros) -ms.sitesec: library -ms.date: 07/27/2017 -ms.reviewer: -manager: dansimp -ms.author: dansimp ---- - -# Approve a change request using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal - -**Applies to:** - -- Windows 10 -- Windows 8.1 -- Windows 7 -- Windows Server 2012 R2 -- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1) - -After a change request is successfully submitted to the pre-defined Approver(s), employees granted the role of **App Manager**, **Group Head**, or **Administrator**, they must approve the changes. - -## Approve or reject a change request -The Approvers get an email stating that a Requester successfully opened, tested, and submitted the change request to the Approvers group. The Approvers can accept or reject a change request. - -**To approve or reject a change request** -1. The Approver logs onto the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal, **All Approvals** page. - - The Approver can also get to the **All Approvals** page by clicking **Approvals Pending** from the left pane. - -2. The Approver clicks the expander arrow (**\/**) to the right side of the change request, showing the list of Approvers and the **Approve** and **Reject** buttons. - -3. The Approver reviews the change request, making sure it's correct. If the info is correct, the Approver clicks **Approve** to approve the change request. If the info seems incorrect, or if the app shouldn't be added to the site list, the Approver clicks **Reject**. - - An email is sent to the Requester, the Approver(s) group, and the Administrator(s) group, with the updated status of the request. - - -## Send a reminder to the Approver(s) group -If the change request is sitting in the approval queue for too long, the Requester can send a reminder to the group. - -- From the **My Approvals** page, click the checkbox next to the name of each Approver to be reminded, and then click **Send reminder**. - - An email is sent to the selected Approver(s). - - -## View rejected change requests -The original Requester, the Approver(s) group, and the Administrator(s) group can all view the rejected change request. - -**To view the rejected change request** - -- In the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal, click **Rejected** from the left pane. - - All rejected change requests appear, with role assignment determining which ones are visible. - - -## Next steps -After an Approver approves the change request, it must be scheduled for inclusion in the production Enterprise Mode Site List. For the scheduling steps, see the [Schedule approved change requests for production using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](schedule-production-change-enterprise-mode-portal.md) topic. diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/check-for-new-enterprise-mode-site-list-xml-file.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/check-for-new-enterprise-mode-site-list-xml-file.md deleted file mode 100644 index 7696eedaca..0000000000 --- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/check-for-new-enterprise-mode-site-list-xml-file.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@ ---- -title: Check for a new Enterprise Mode site list xml file (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros) -description: You can have centralized control over Enterprise Mode by creating a single, global XML site list that includes the list of websites to render using Enterprise Mode. -ms.assetid: 2bbc7017-622e-4baa-8981-c0bbda10e9df -ms.reviewer: -manager: dansimp -ms.prod: ie11 -ms.mktglfcycl: deploy -ms.pagetype: appcompat -ms.sitesec: library -author: dansimp -ms.author: dansimp -ms.date: 08/14/2017 -ms.localizationpriority: low ---- - - -# Check for a new Enterprise Mode site list xml file - -**Applies to:** - -- Windows 10 -- Windows 8.1 -- Windows 7 -- Windows Server 2012 R2 -- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1) - -You can have centralized control over Enterprise Mode by creating a single, global XML site list that includes the list of websites to render using Enterprise Mode. You can add and remove sites from your XML list as frequently as you want, changing which sites should render in Enterprise Mode for your employees. For information about turning on Enterprise Mode and using site lists, see [Turn on Enterprise Mode and use a site list](turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md). - -The information in this topic only covers HTTPS protocol. We strongly recommend that you use HTTPS protocol instead of file protocol due to increased performance. - -**How Internet Explorer 11 looks for an updated site list** - -1. Internet Explorer starts up and looks for an updated site list in the following places: - - 1. **In the cache container.** IE first checks the cache container to see if it finds your XML site list. - - 2. **In the local cache.** If there’s nothing in the cache container, IE checks your local cache for the site list. - - 3. **On the server.** Based on standard IE caching rules, IE might look for a copy of your site list in the location you put specified in the **SiteList** value of the registry. - -2. If there’s an .xml file in the cache container, IE waits 65 seconds and then checks the local cache for a newer version of the file from the server, based on standard caching rules. If the server file has a different version number than the version in the cache container, the server file is used and stored in the cache container.

**Note**
If you’re already using a site list, enterprise mode continues to work during the 65 second wait; it just uses your existing site list instead of your new one. - -   - -  - -  - - - diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/collect-data-using-enterprise-site-discovery.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/collect-data-using-enterprise-site-discovery.md deleted file mode 100644 index 91c262c502..0000000000 --- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/collect-data-using-enterprise-site-discovery.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,446 +0,0 @@ ---- -ms.localizationpriority: low -ms.mktglfcycl: deploy -description: Use Internet Explorer to collect data on computers running Windows Internet Explorer 8 through Internet Explorer 11 on Windows 10, Windows 8.1, or Windows 7. -author: dansimp -ms.prod: ie11 -ms.assetid: a145e80f-eb62-4116-82c4-3cc35fd064b6 -ms.reviewer: -manager: dansimp -ms.author: dansimp -title: Collect data using Enterprise Site Discovery -ms.sitesec: library -ms.date: 07/27/2017 ---- - -# Collect data using Enterprise Site Discovery - -**Applies to:** - -- Windows 10 -- Windows 8.1 -- Windows 7 with Service Pack 1 (SP1) - -Use Internet Explorer to collect data on computers running Windows Internet Explorer 8 through Internet Explorer 11 on Windows 10, Windows 8.1, or Windows 7. This inventory information helps you build a list of websites used by your company so you can make more informed decisions about your IE deployments, including figuring out which sites might be at risk or require overhauls during future upgrades. - ->**Upgrade Analytics and Windows upgrades**
->You can use Upgrade Analytics to help manage your Windows 10 upgrades on devices running Windows 8.1 and Windows 7 (SP1). You can also use Upgrade Analytics to review several site discovery reports. Check out Upgrade Analytics from [here](https://technet.microsoft.com/itpro/windows/deploy/upgrade-analytics-get-started). - - -## Before you begin -Before you start, you need to make sure you have the following: - -- Latest cumulative security update (for all supported versions of Internet Explorer): - - 1. Go to the [Microsoft Security Bulletin](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=718223) page, and change the filter to **Windows Internet Explorer 11**. - - ![microsoft security bulletin techcenter.](images/securitybulletin-filter.png) - - 2. Click the title of the latest cumulative security update, and then scroll down to the **Affected software** table. - - ![affected software section.](images/affectedsoftware.png) - - 3. Click the link that represents both your operating system version and Internet Explorer 11, and then follow the instructions in the **How to get this update** section. - -- [Setup and configuration package](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=517719), including: - - - Configuration-related PowerShell scripts - - - IETelemetry.mof file - - - Sample Configuration Manager report templates - - You must use System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager or later for these samples to work. - -Both the PowerShell script and the Managed Object Format (.MOF) file need to be copied to the same location on the client device, before you run the scripts. - -## What data is collected? -Data is collected on the configuration characteristics of IE and the sites it browses, as shown here. - -|Data point |IE11 |IE10 |IE9 |IE8 |Description | -|------------------------|-----|-----|-----|-----|------------------------------------------------------------------------| -|URL | X | X | X | X |URL of the browsed site, including any parameters included in the URL. | -|Domain | X | X | X | X |Top-level domain of the browsed site. | -|ActiveX GUID | X | X | X | X |GUID of the ActiveX controls loaded by the site. | -|Document mode | X | X | X | X |Document mode used by IE for a site, based on page characteristics. | -|Document mode reason | X | X | | |The reason why a document mode was set by IE. | -|Browser state reason | X | X | | |Additional information about why the browser is in its current state. Also called, browser mode. | -|Hang count | X | X | X | X |Number of visits to the URL when the browser hung. | -|Crash count | X | X | X | X |Number of visits to the URL when the browser crashed. | -|Most recent navigation failure (and count) | X | X | X | X |Description of the most recent navigation failure (like, a 404 bad request or 500 internal server error) and the number of times it happened. | -|Number of visits | X | X | X | X |Number of times a site has been visited. | -|Zone | X | X | X | X |Zone used by IE to browse sites, based on browser settings. | - - ->**Important**
By default, IE doesn’t collect this data; you have to turn this feature on if you want to use it. After you turn on this feature, data is collected on all sites visited by IE, except during InPrivate sessions. Additionally, the data collection process is silent, so there’s no notification to the employee. Therefore, you must get consent from the employee before you start collecting info. You must also make sure that using this feature complies with all applicable local laws and regulatory requirements. - -### Understanding the returned reason codes -The following tables provide more info about the Document mode reason, Browser state reason, and the Zone codes that are returned as part of your data collection. - -#### DocMode reason -The codes in this table can tell you what document mode was set by IE for a webpage.
These codes only apply to Internet Explorer 10 and Internet Explorer 11. - -|Code |Description | -|-----|------------| -|3 |Page state is set by the `FEATURE_DOCUMENT_COMPATIBLE_MODE` feature control key.| -|4 |Page is using an X-UA-compatible meta tag. | -|5 |Page is using an X-UA-compatible HTTP header. | -|6 |Page appears on an active **Compatibility View** list. | -|7 |Page is using native XML parsing. | -|8 |Page is using a special Quirks Mode Emulation (QME) mode that uses the modern layout engine, but the quirks behavior of Internet Explorer 5. | -|9 |Page state is set by the browser mode and the page's DOCTYPE.| - -#### Browser state reason -The codes in this table can tell you why the browser is in its current state. Also called “browser mode”.
These codes only apply to Internet Explorer 10 and Internet Explorer 11. - -|Code |Description | -|-----|------------| -|1 |Site is on the intranet, with the **Display intranet sites in Compatibility View** box checked. | -|2 |Site appears on an active **Compatibility View** list, created in Group Policy. | -|3 |Site appears on an active **Compatibility View** list, created by the user. | -|4 |Page is using an X-UA-compatible tag. | -|5 |Page state is set by the **Developer** toolbar. | -|6 |Page state is set by the `FEATURE_BROWSER_EMULATION` feature control key. | -|7 |Site appears on the Microsoft **Compatibility View (CV)** list. | -|8 |Site appears on the **Quirks** list, created in Group Policy. | -|11 |Site is using the default browser. | - -#### Zone -The codes in this table can tell you what zone is being used by IE to browse sites, based on browser settings.
These codes apply to Internet Explorer 8, Internet Explorer 9, Internet Explorer 10, and Internet Explorer 11. - -|Code |Description | -|-----|------------| -|-1 |Internet Explorer is using an invalid zone. | -|0 |Internet Explorer is using the Local machine zone. | -|1 |Internet Explorer is using the Local intranet zone. | -|2 |Internet Explorer is using the Trusted sites zone. | -|3 |Internet Explorer is using the Internet zone. | -|4 |Internet Explorer is using the Restricted sites zone. | - -## Where is the data stored and how do I collect it? -The data is stored locally, in an industry-standard WMI class, .MOF file or in an XML file, depending on your configuration. This file remains on the client computer until it’s collected. To collect the files, we recommend: - -- **WMI file**. Use Microsoft Configuration Manager or any agent that can read the contents of a WMI class on your computer. - -- **XML file**. Any agent that works with XML can be used. - -## WMI Site Discovery suggestions -We recommend that you collect your data for at most a month at a time, to capture a user’s typical workflow. We don’t recommend collecting data longer than that because the data is stored in a WMI provider and can fill up your computer’s hard drive. You may also want to collect data only for pilot users or a representative sample of people, instead of turning this feature on for everyone in your company. - -On average, a website generates about 250bytes of data for each visit, causing only a minor impact to Internet Explorer’s performance. Over the course of a month, collecting data from 20 sites per day from 1,000 users, you’ll get about 150MB of data:

250 bytes (per site visit) X 20 sites/day X 30 days = (approximately) 150KB X 1000 users = (approximately) 150MB - ->**Important**
The data collection process is silent, so there’s no notification to the employee. Therefore, you must get consent from the employee before you start collecting info. You must also make sure that using this feature complies with all applicable local laws and regulatory requirements. - -## Getting ready to use Enterprise Site Discovery -Before you can start to collect your data, you must run the provided PowerShell script (IETelemetrySetUp.ps1) on your client devices to start generating the site discovery data and to set up a place to store this data locally. Then, you must start collecting the site discovery data from the client devices, using one of these three options: - -- Collect your hardware inventory using the MOF Editor, while connecting to a client device.

--OR- -- Collect your hardware inventory using the MOF Editor with a .MOF import file.

--OR- -- Collect your hardware inventory using the SMS\DEF.MOF file (Configuration Manager 2007 only) - -### WMI only: Running the PowerShell script to compile the .MOF file and to update security privileges -You need to set up your computers for data collection by running the provided PowerShell script (IETelemetrySetUp.ps1) to compile the .mof file and to update security privileges for the new WMI classes. - ->**Important**
You must run this script if you’re using WMI as your data output. It's not necessary if you're using XML as your data output. - -**To set up Enterprise Site Discovery** - -- Start PowerShell in elevated mode (using admin privileges) and run IETelemetrySetUp.ps1 by by-passing the PowerShell execution policy, using this command: `powershell -ExecutionPolicy Bypass .\IETelemetrySetUp.ps1`. For more info, see [about Execution Policies](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?linkid=517460). - -### WMI only: Set up your firewall for WMI data -If you choose to use WMI as your data output, you need to make sure that your WMI data can travel through your firewall for the domain. If you’re sure, you can skip this section; otherwise, follow these steps: - -**To set up your firewall** - -1. In **Control Panel**, click **System and Security**, and then click **Windows Firewall**. - -2. In the left pane, click **Allow an app or feature through Windows Firewall** and scroll down to check the box for **Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI)**. - -3. Restart your computer to start collecting your WMI data. - -## Use PowerShell to finish setting up Enterprise Site Discovery -You can determine which zones or domains are used for data collection, using PowerShell. If you don’t want to use PowerShell, you can do this using Group Policy. For more info, see [Use Group Policy to finish setting up Enterprise Site Discovery](#use-group-policy-to-finish-setting-up-enterprise-site-discovery). - ->**Important**
The .ps1 file updates turn on Enterprise Site Discovery and WMI collection for all users on a device. - -- **Domain allow list.** If you have a domain allow list, a comma-separated list of domains that should have this feature turned on, you should use this process. - -- **Zone allow list.** If you have a zone allow list, a comma-separated list of zones that should have this feature turned on, you should use this process. - -**To set up data collection using a domain allow list** - -- Start PowerShell in elevated mode (using admin privileges) and run IETelemetrySetUp.ps1, using this command: `.\IETelemetrySetUp.ps1 [other args] -SiteAllowList sharepoint.com,outlook.com,onedrive.com`. - - >**Important**
Wildcards, like \*.microsoft.com, aren’t supported. - -**To set up data collection using a zone allow list** - -- Start PowerShell in elevated mode (using admin privileges) and run IETelemetrySetUp.ps1, using this command: `.\IETelemetrySetUp.ps1 [other args] -ZoneAllowList Computer,Intranet,TrustedSites,Internet,RestrictedSites`. - - >**Important**
Only Computer, Intranet, TrustedSites, Internet, and RestrictedSites are supported. - -## Use Group Policy to finish setting up Enterprise Site Discovery -You can use Group Policy to finish setting up Enterprise Site Discovery. If you don’t want to use Group Policy, you can do this using PowerShell. For more info, see [Use Powershell to finish setting up Enterprise Site Discovery](#use-powershell-to-finish-setting-up-enterprise-site-discovery). - ->**Note**
 All of the Group Policy settings can be used individually or as a group. - - **To set up Enterprise Site Discovery using Group Policy** - -- Open your Group Policy editor, and go to these new settings: - - |Setting name and location |Description |Options | - |---------------------------|-------------|---------| - |Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Turn on Site Discovery WMI output |Writes collected data to a WMI class, which can be aggregated using a client-management solution like Configuration Manager. |

| - |Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Turn on Site Discovery XML output |Writes collected data to an XML file, which is stored in your specified location. | | - |Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Limit Site Discovery output by Zone |Manages which zone can collect data. |To specify which zones can collect data, you must include a binary number that represents your selected zones, based on this order:

0 – Restricted Sites zone
0 – Internet zone
0 – Trusted Sites zone
0 – Local Intranet zone
0 – Local Machine zone

**Example 1:** Include only the Local Intranet zone

Binary representation: *00010*, based on:

0 – Restricted Sites zone
0 – Internet zone
0 – Trusted Sites zone
1 – Local Intranet zone
0 – Local Machine zone

**Example 2:** Include only the Restricted Sites, Trusted Sites, and Local Intranet zones

Binary representation: *10110*, based on:

1 – Restricted Sites zone
0 – Internet zone
1 – Trusted Sites zone
1 – Local Intranet zone
1 – Local Machine zone | - |Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Limit Site Discovery output by domain |Manages which domains can collect data |To specify which domains can collect data, you must include your selected domains, one domain per line, in the provided box. It should look like:

microsoft.sharepoint.com
outlook.com
onedrive.com
timecard.contoso.com
LOBApp.contoso.com | - -### Combining WMI and XML Group Policy settings -You can use both the WMI and XML settings individually or together: - -**To turn off Enterprise Site Discovery** - -|Setting name |Option | -|---------|---------| -|Turn on Site Discovery WMI output | Off | -|Turn on Site Discovery XML output | Blank | - -**Turn on WMI recording only** - -|Setting name |Option | -|---------|---------| -|Turn on Site Discovery WMI output | On | -|Turn on Site Discovery XML output | Blank | - -**To turn on XML recording only** - -|Setting name |Option | -|---------|---------| -|Turn on Site Discovery WMI output | Off | -|Turn on Site Discovery XML output | XML file path | - -**To turn on both WMI and XML recording** - -|Setting name |Option | -|---------|---------| -|Turn on Site Discovery WMI output | On | -|Turn on Site Discovery XML output | XML file path | - -## Use Configuration Manager to collect your data -After you’ve collected your data, you’ll need to get the local files off of your employee’s computers. To do this, use the hardware inventory process in Configuration Manager, using one of these options: - -- Collect your hardware inventory using the MOF Editor, while connecting to a client device.

--OR- -- Collect your hardware inventory using the MOF Editor with a .MOF import file.

--OR- -- Collect your hardware inventory using the SMS\DEF.MOF file (Configuration Manager 2007 only) - -### Collect your hardware inventory using the MOF Editor while connected to a client device -You can collect your hardware inventory using the MOF Editor, while you’re connected to your client devices. - - **To collect your inventory** - -1. From the Configuration Manager, click **Administration**, click **Client Settings**, double-click **Default Client Settings**, click **Hardware Inventory**, and then click **Set Classes**. - - ![Configuration Manager, showing the hardware inventory settings for client computers.](images/configmgrhardwareinventory.png) - -2. Click **Add**, click **Connect**, and connect to a computer that has completed the setup process and has already existing classes. - -3. Change the **WMI Namespace** to `root\cimv2\IETelemetry`, and click **Connect**. - - ![Configuration Manager, with the Connect to Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI) box.](images/ie11-inventory-addclassconnectscreen.png) - -4. Select the check boxes next to the following classes, and then click **OK**: - - - IESystemInfo - - - IEURLInfo - - - IECountInfo - -5. Click **OK** to close the default windows.
-Your environment is now ready to collect your hardware inventory and review the sample reports. - -### Collect your hardware inventory using the MOF Editor with a .MOF import file -You can collect your hardware inventory using the MOF Editor and a .MOF import file. - - **To collect your inventory** - -1. From the Configuration Manager, click **Administration**, click **Client Settings**, double-click **Default Client Settings**, click **Hardware Inventory**, and then click **Set Classes**. - -2. Click **Import**, choose the MOF file from the downloaded package we provided, and click **Open**. - -3. Pick the inventory items to install, and then click **Import**. - -4. Click **OK** to close the default windows.
-Your environment is now ready to collect your hardware inventory and review the sample reports. - -### Collect your hardware inventory using the SMS\DEF.MOF file (Configuration Manager 2007 only) -You can collect your hardware inventory using the using the Systems Management Server (SMS\DEF.MOF) file. Editing this file lets you collect your data for Configuration Manager 2007. If you aren’t using this version of Configuration Manager, you won’t want to use this option. - -**To collect your inventory** - -1. Using a text editor like Notepad, open the SMS\DEF.MOF file, located in your `\inboxes\clifiles.src\hinv` directory. - -2. Add this text to the end of the file: - - ``` - [SMS_Report (TRUE), - SMS_Group_Name ("IESystemInfo"), - SMS_Class_ID ("MICROSOFT|IESystemInfo|1.0"), - Namespace ("root\\\\cimv2\\\\IETelemetry") ] - Class IESystemInfo: SMS_Class_Template - { - [SMS_Report (TRUE), Key ] - String SystemKey; - [SMS_Report (TRUE) ] - String IEVer; - }; - - [SMS_Report (TRUE), - SMS_Group_Name ("IEURLInfo"), - SMS_Class_ID ("MICROSOFT|IEURLInfo|1.0"), - Namespace ("root\\\\cimv2\\\\IETelemetry") ] - Class IEURLInfo: SMS_Class_Template - { - [SMS_Report (TRUE), Key ] - String URL; - [SMS_Report (TRUE) ] - String Domain; - [SMS_Report (TRUE) ] - UInt32 DocMode; - [SMS_Report (TRUE) ] - UInt32 DocModeReason; - [SMS_Report (TRUE) ] - UInt32 Zone; - [SMS_Report (TRUE) ] - UInt32 BrowserStateReason; - [SMS_Report (TRUE) ] - String ActiveXGUID[]; - [SMS_Report (TRUE) ] - UInt32 CrashCount; - [SMS_Report (TRUE) ] - UInt32 HangCount; - [SMS_Report (TRUE) ] - UInt32 NavigationFailureCount; - [SMS_Report (TRUE) ] - UInt32 NumberOfVisits; - [SMS_Report (TRUE) ] - UInt32 MostRecentNavigationFailure; - }; - - [SMS_Report (TRUE), - SMS_Group_Name ("IECountInfo"), - SMS_Class_ID ("MICROSOFT|IECountInfo|1.0"), - Namespace ("root\\\\cimv2\\\\IETelemetry") ] - Class IECountInfo: SMS_Class_Template - { - [SMS_Report (TRUE), Key ] - String CountKey; - [SMS_Report (TRUE) ] - UInt32 CrashCount; - [SMS_Report (TRUE) ] - UInt32 HangCount; - [SMS_Report (TRUE) ] - UInt32 NavigationFailureCount; - }; - ``` - -3. Save the file and close it to the same location. - Your environment is now ready to collect your hardware inventory and review the sample reports. - -## View the sample reports with your collected data -The sample reports, **Configuration Manager Report Sample – ActiveX.rdl** and **Configuration Manager Report Sample – Site Discovery.rdl**, work with System Center 2012, so you can review your collected data. - -### Configuration Manager Report Sample – ActiveX.rdl -Gives you a list of all of the ActiveX-related sites visited by the client computer. - -![ActiveX.rdl report, lists all ActiveX-related sites visited by the client computer.](images/configmgractivexreport.png) - -### Configuration Manager Report Sample – Site Discovery.rdl -Gives you a list of all of the sites visited by the client computer. - -![Site Discovery.rdl report, lists all websites visited by the client computer.](images/ie-site-discovery-sample-report.png) - -## View the collected XML data -After the XML files are created, you can use your own solutions to extract and parse the data. The data will look like: - -``` xml - - - [dword] - [dword] - [dword] - - - [string] - - [guid] - - [dword] - [dword] - [dword] - [dword] - [dword] - [dword] - [dword] - [dword] - [string] - [dword] - - … - … - -``` -You can import this XML data into the correct version of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, automatically adding the included sites to your Enterprise Mode site list. - -**To add your XML data to your Enterprise Mode site list** - -1. Open the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, click **File**, and then click **Bulk add from file**. - - ![Enterprise Mode Site List Manager with Bulk add from file option.](images/bulkadd-emiesitelistmgr.png) - -2. Go to your XML file to add the included sites to the tool, and then click **Open**.
Each site is validated and if successful, added to the global site list when you click **OK** to close the menu. If a site doesn’t pass validation, you can try to fix the issues or pick the site and click **Add to list** to ignore the validation problem. For more information about fixing validation problems, see [Fix validation problems using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](fix-validation-problems-using-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md). - -3. Click **OK** to close the **Bulk add sites to the list** menu. - -## Turn off data collection on your client devices -After you’ve collected your data, you’ll need to turn Enterprise Site Discovery off. - -**To stop collecting data, using PowerShell** - -- On your client computer, start Windows PowerShell in elevated mode (using admin privileges) and run `IETelemetrySetUp.ps1`, using this command: `powershell -ExecutionPolicy Bypass .\IETelemetrySetUp.ps1 –IEFeatureOff`. - - >**Note**
Turning off data collection only disables the Enterprise Site Discovery feature – all data already written to WMI stays on your employee’s computer. - - -**To stop collecting data, using Group Policy** - -1. Open your Group Policy editor, go to `Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Turn on Site Discovery WMI output`, and click **Off**. - -2. Go to `Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Turn on Site Discovery XML output`, and clear the file path location. - -### Delete already stored data from client computers -You can completely remove the data stored on your employee’s computers. - -**To delete all existing data** - -- On the client computer, start PowerShell in elevated mode (using admin privileges) and run these four commands: - - - `Remove-WmiObject -Namespace root/cimv2/IETelemetry IEURLInfo` - - - `Remove-WmiObject -Namespace root/cimv2/IETelemetry IESystemInfo` - - - `Remove-WmiObject -Namespace root/cimv2/IETelemetry IECountInfo` - - - `Remove-Item -Path 'HKCU:\Software\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\WMITelemetry'` - -## Related topics -* [Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2) download](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=746562) -* [Enterprise Mode for Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)](enterprise-mode-overview-for-ie11.md) -  - - - diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/configure-settings-enterprise-mode-portal.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/configure-settings-enterprise-mode-portal.md deleted file mode 100644 index 807cc8d2c8..0000000000 --- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/configure-settings-enterprise-mode-portal.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,97 +0,0 @@ ---- -ms.localizationpriority: low -ms.mktglfcycl: deploy -ms.pagetype: appcompat -description: Details about how the Administrator can use the Settings page to set up Groups and roles, the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal environment, and the freeze dates for production changes. -author: dansimp -ms.prod: ie11 -title: Use the Settings page to finish setting up the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros) -ms.sitesec: library -ms.date: 07/27/2017 -ms.reviewer: -manager: dansimp -ms.author: dansimp ---- - -# Use the Settings page to finish setting up the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal - -**Applies to:** - -- Windows 10 -- Windows 8.1 -- Windows 7 -- Windows Server 2012 R2 -- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1) - -The **Settings** page lets anyone with Administrator rights set up groups and roles, set up the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal environment, and choose the freeze dates for production changes. - -## Use the Environment settings area -This area lets you specify the location of your production and pre-production environments, where to store your attachments, your settings location, and the website domain for email notifications. - -**To add location info** -1. Open the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal and click the **Settings** icon in the upper-right area of the page. - - The **Settings** page appears. - -2. In the **Environment settings** area of the page, provide the info for your **Pre-production environment**, your **Production environment**, your **Attachments location**, your **Settings location**, and your **Website domain for email notifications**. - -3. Click **Credentials** to add the appropriate domain, user name, and password for each location, and then click **OK**. - -## Use the Group and role settings area -After you set up your email credentials, you'll be able to add or edit your Group info, along with picking which roles must be Approvers for the group. - -**To add a new group and determine the required change request Approvers** -1. Open the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal and click the **Settings** icon in the upper-right area of the page. - - The **Settings** page appears. - -2. In the **Group and role settings** area of the page, click **Group details**. - - The **Add or edit group names** box appears. - -3. Click the **Add group** tab, and then add the following info: - - - **New group name.** Type name of your new group. - - - **Group head email.** Type the email address for the primary contact for the group. - - - **Group head name.** This box automatically fills, based on the email address. - - - **Active.** Click the check box to make the group active in the system. If you want to keep the group in the system, but you want to prevent access, clear this check box. - -4. Click **Save**. - - -**To set a group's required Approvers** -1. In the **Group and role settings** area of the page, choose the group name you want to update with Approvers from the **Group name** box. - -2. In the **Required approvers** area, choose which roles are required to approve a change request for the group. You can choose one or many roles. - - - **App Manager.** All employees in the selected group must get change request approval by someone assigned this role. - - You can change the name of this role by clicking the pencil icon and providing a new name in the **Edit role name** box. - - - **Group Head.** All employees in the selected group must get change request approval by someone assigned this role. - - You can change the name of this role by clicking the pencil icon and providing a new name in the **Edit role name** box. - - - **Administrator.** All employees in the selected group must get change request approval by someone assigned this role. - -## Use the Freeze production changes area -This optional area lets you specify a period when your employees must stop adding changes to the current Enterprise Mode Site List. This must include both a start and an end date. - -**To add the start and end dates** -1. Open the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal and click the **Settings** icon in the upper-right area of the page. - - The **Settings** page appears. - -2. In the **Freeze production changes** area of the page, use the calendars to provide the **Freeze start date** and the **Freeze end date**. Your employees can't add apps to the production Enterprise Mode Site List during this span of time. - -3. Click **Save**. - -## Related topics -- [Enterprise Mode Site List Portal source code](https://github.com/MicrosoftEdge/enterprise-mode-site-list-portal) - -- [Enterprise Mode and the Enterprise Mode Site List](what-is-enterprise-mode.md) - -- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager tool or page](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/create-change-request-enterprise-mode-portal.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/create-change-request-enterprise-mode-portal.md deleted file mode 100644 index 867bb143b8..0000000000 --- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/create-change-request-enterprise-mode-portal.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,73 +0,0 @@ ---- -ms.localizationpriority: low -ms.mktglfcycl: deploy -ms.pagetype: appcompat -description: Details about how to create a change request within the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal. -author: dansimp -ms.prod: ie11 -title: Create a change request using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros) -ms.sitesec: library -ms.date: 07/27/2017 -ms.reviewer: -manager: dansimp -ms.author: dansimp ---- - -# Create a change request using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal - -**Applies to:** - -- Windows 10 -- Windows 8.1 -- Windows 7 -- Windows Server 2012 R2 -- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1) - -Employees assigned to the Requester role can create a change request. A change request is used to tell the Approvers and the Administrator that a website needs to be added or removed from the Enterprise Mode Site List. The employee can navigate to each stage of the process by using the workflow links provided at the top of each page of the portal. - -> [!Important] -> Each Requester must have access to a test machine with Administrator rights, letting him or her get to the pre-production environment to make sure that the requested change is correct. - -**To create a new change request** -1. The Requester (an employee that has been assigned the Requester role) signs into the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal, and clicks **Create new request**. - - The **Create new request** page appears. - -2. Fill out the required fields, based on the group and the app, including: - - - **Group name.** Select the name of your group from the dropdown box. - - - **App name.** Type the name of the app you want to add, delete, or update in the Enterprise Mode Site List. - - - **Search all apps.** If you can't remember the name of your app, you can click **Search all apps** and search the list. - - - **Add new app.** If your app isn't listed, you can click **Add new app** to add it to the list. - - - **Requested by.** Automatically filled in with your name. - - - **Description.** Add descriptive info about the app. - - - **Requested change.** Select whether you want to **Add to EMIE**, **Delete from EMIE**, or **Update to EMIE**. - - - **Reason for request.** Select the best reason for why you want to update, delete, or add the app. - - - **Business impact (optional).** An optional area where you can provide info about the business impact of this app and the change. - - - **App location (URL).** The full URL location to the app, starting with https:// or https://. - - - **App best viewed in.** Select the best browser experience for the app. This can be Internet Explorer 5 through Internet Explorer 11 or one of the IE7Enterprise or IE8Enterprise modes. - - - **Is an x-ua tag used?** Select **Yes** or **No** whether an x-ua-compatible tag is used by the app. For more info about x-ua-compatible tags, see the topics in [Defining document compatibility](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/cc288325(v=vs.85).aspx). - -4. Click **Save and continue** to save the request and get the app info sent to the pre-production environment site list for testing. - - A message appears that the request was successful, including a **Request ID** number, saying that the change is being made to the pre-production environment site list. - -5. The Requester gets an email with a batch script, that when run, configures their test machine for the pre-production environment, along with the necessary steps to make sure the changed info is correct. - - - **If the change is correct.** The Requester asks the approvers to approve the change request by selecting **Successful** and clicking **Send for approval**. - - - **If the change is incorrect.** The Requester can rollback the change in pre-production or ask for help from the Administrator. - -## Next steps -After the change request is created, the Requester must make sure the suggested changes work in the pre-production environment. For these steps, see [Verify your changes using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](verify-changes-preprod-enterprise-mode-portal.md). diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/delete-sites-from-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/delete-sites-from-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md deleted file mode 100644 index ad225f2556..0000000000 --- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/delete-sites-from-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@ ---- -ms.localizationpriority: low -description: Delete a single site from your global Enterprise Mode site list. -ms.pagetype: appcompat -ms.mktglfcycl: deploy -author: dansimp -ms.prod: ie11 -ms.assetid: 41413459-b57f-48da-aedb-4cbec1e2981a -ms.reviewer: -manager: dansimp -ms.author: dansimp -title: Delete sites from your Enterprise Mode site list in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros) -ms.sitesec: library -ms.date: 07/27/2017 ---- - - -# Delete sites from your Enterprise Mode site list in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager - -**Applies to:** - -- Windows 10 -- Windows 8.1 -- Windows 7 -- Windows Server 2012 R2 -- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1) - - - **To delete a single site from your global Enterprise Mode site list** - -- From the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, pick the site you want to delete, and then click **Delete**.
-The site is permanently removed from your list. - -If you delete a site by mistake, you’ll need to manually add it back using the instructions in the following topics, based on operating system. - -- [Add sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-enterprise-mode-tool.md) - -- [Add sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-enterprise-mode-tool.md) - -## Related topics -- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853) -- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378) -- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) -  - -  - - - diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/edit-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/edit-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md deleted file mode 100644 index 403690d64f..0000000000 --- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/edit-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ ---- -ms.localizationpriority: low -ms.mktglfcycl: deploy -ms.pagetype: appcompat -description: You can use Internet Explorer 11 and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager to change whether page rendering should use Enterprise Mode or the default Internet Explorer browser configuration. You can also add, remove, or delete associated comments. -author: dansimp -ms.prod: ie11 -ms.assetid: 76aa9a85-6190-4c3a-bc25-0f914de228ea -ms.reviewer: -manager: dansimp -ms.author: dansimp -title: Edit the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros) -ms.sitesec: library -ms.date: 07/27/2017 ---- - - -# Edit the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager - -**Applies to:** - -- Windows 10 -- Windows 8.1 -- Windows 7 -- Windows Server 2012 R2 -- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1) - -You can use Internet Explorer 11 and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager to change whether page rendering should use Enterprise Mode or the default Internet Explorer browser configuration. You can also add, remove, or delete associated comments. - -If you need to edit a lot of websites, you probably don’t want to do it one at a time. Instead, you can edit your saved XML or TXT file and add the sites back again. For information about how to do this, depending on your operating system and schema version, see [Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md) or [Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md). - - **To change how your page renders** - -1. In the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, double-click the site you want to change. - -2. Change the comment or the compatibility mode option. - -3. Click **Save** to validate your changes and to add the updated information to your site list.
-If your change passes validation, it’s added to the global site list. If the update doesn’t pass validation, you’ll get an error message explaining the problem. You’ll then be able to either cancel the update or ignore the validation problem and add it to your list anyway. For more information about fixing validation issues, see [Fix validation problems using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](fix-validation-problems-using-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md). - -4. On the **File** menu, click **Save to XML**, and save the updated file.
-You can save the file locally or to a network share. However, you must make sure you deploy it to the location specified in your registry key. For more information about the registry key, see [Turn on Enterprise Mode and use a site list](turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md). - -## Related topics -- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853) -- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378) -- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) -  - -  - - - diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/enterprise-mode-and-enterprise-site-list-include.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/enterprise-mode-and-enterprise-site-list-include.md deleted file mode 100644 index a8f90c3697..0000000000 --- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/enterprise-mode-and-enterprise-site-list-include.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,50 +0,0 @@ -## Enterprise Mode and the Enterprise Mode Site List XML file -The Enterprise Mode Site List is an XML document that specifies a list of sites, their compat mode, and their intended browser. Using [Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853), you can automatically start a webpage using a specific browser. In the case of IE11, the webpage can also be launched in a specific compat mode, so it always renders correctly. Your employees can easily view this site list by typing _about:compat_ in either Microsoft Edge or IE11. - -Starting with Windows 10, version 1511 (also known as the Anniversary Update), you can also [restrict IE11 to only the legacy web apps that need it](https://blogs.windows.com/msedgedev/2016/05/19/edge14-ie11-better-together/), automatically sending sites not included in the Enterprise Mode Site List to Microsoft Edge. - -### Site list xml file - -This is a view of the [raw EMIE v2 schema.xml file](https://gist.github.com/kypflug/9e9961de771d2fcbd86b#file-emie-v2-schema-xml). There are equivalent Enterprise Mode Site List policies for both [Microsoft Edge](/microsoft-edge/deploy/emie-to-improve-compatibility) and [Internet Explorer 11](/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list). The Microsoft Edge list is used to determine which sites should open in IE11; while the IE11 list is used to determine the compat mode for a site, and which sites should open in Microsoft Edge. We recommend using one list for both browsers, where each policy points to the same XML file location. - -```xml - - - - EnterpriseSiteListManager - 10586 - 20150728.135021 - - - - IE8Enterprise - IE11 - - - default - IE11 - - - IE7Enterprise - IE11 - - - - - IE8Enterprise" - IE11 - - - IE7 - IE11 - - - IE7 - IE11 - - - -``` diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/enterprise-mode-features-include.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/enterprise-mode-features-include.md deleted file mode 100644 index 9da0e79778..0000000000 --- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/enterprise-mode-features-include.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -### Enterprise Mode features - -Enterprise Mode includes the following features: - -- **Improved web app and website compatibility.** Through improved emulation, Enterprise Mode lets many legacy web apps run unmodified on IE11, supporting several site patterns that aren’t currently supported by existing document modes. - -- **Tool-based management for website lists.** Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager to add website domains and domain paths and to specify whether a site renders using Enterprise Mode. -Download the [Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853) or the [Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378), based on your operating system and schema. - -- **Centralized control.** You can specify the websites or web apps to interpret using Enterprise Mode, through an XML file on a website or stored locally. Domains and paths within those domains can be treated differently, allowing granular control. Use Group Policy to let users turn Enterprise Mode on or off from the Tools menu and to decide whether the Enterprise browser profile appears on the Emulation tab of the F12 developer tools. - - > [!Important] - > All centrally-made decisions override any locally-made choices. - -- **Integrated browsing.** When Enterprise Mode is set up, users can browse the web normally, letting the browser change modes automatically to accommodate Enterprise Mode sites. - -- **Data gathering.** You can configure Enterprise Mode to collect local override data, posting back to a named server. This lets you "crowd source" compatibility testing from key users; gathering their findings to add to your central site list. diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/enterprise-mode-overview-for-ie11.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/enterprise-mode-overview-for-ie11.md deleted file mode 100644 index ae103d5802..0000000000 --- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/enterprise-mode-overview-for-ie11.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@ ---- -ms.localizationpriority: low -ms.mktglfcycl: deploy -ms.pagetype: appcompat -description: Use the topics in this section to learn how to set up and use Enterprise Mode, Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, and the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal for your company. -author: dansimp -ms.prod: ie11 -ms.assetid: d52ba8ba-b3c7-4314-ba14-0610e1d8456e -ms.reviewer: -manager: dansimp -ms.author: dansimp -title: Enterprise Mode for Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros) -ms.sitesec: library -ms.date: 07/27/2017 ---- - - -# Enterprise Mode for Internet Explorer 11 - -**Applies to:** - -- Windows 10 -- Windows 8.1 -- Windows 7 -- Windows Server 2012 R2 -- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1) - -Use the topics in this section to learn how to set up and use Enterprise Mode and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager in your company. - -## In this section -|Topic |Description | -|---------------------------------------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------| -|[Enterprise Mode and the Enterprise Mode Site List](what-is-enterprise-mode.md)|Includes descriptions of the features of Enterprise Mode. | -|[Set up Enterprise Mode logging and data collection](set-up-enterprise-mode-logging-and-data-collection.md) |Guidance about how to turn on local control of Enterprise Mode and how to use ASP or the GitHub sample to collect data from your local computers. | -|[Turn on Enterprise Mode and use a site list](turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md) |Guidance about how to turn on Enterprise Mode and set up a site list, using Group Policy or the registry. | -|[Enterprise Mode schema v.2 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md) |Guidance about how to write the XML for your site list, including what not to include, how to use trailing slashes, and info about how to target specific sites. | -|[Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md) |Guidance about how to write the XML for your site list, including what not to include, how to use trailing slashes, and info about how to target specific sites. | -|[Check for a new Enterprise Mode site list xml file](check-for-new-enterprise-mode-site-list-xml-file.md) |Guidance about how the Enterprise Mode functionality looks for your updated site list. | -|[Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode](turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md) |Guidance about how to turn on local control of Enterprise Mode, using Group Policy or the registry.| -|[Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) |Guidance about how to use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, including how to add and update sites on your site list. | -|[Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](use-the-enterprise-mode-portal.md) |Guidance about how to set up and use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, including how to add and update sites on your site list. | -|[Using Enterprise Mode](using-enterprise-mode.md) |Guidance about how to turn on either IE7 Enterprise Mode or IE8 Enterprise Mode. | -|[Fix web compatibility issues using document modes and the Enterprise Mode Site List](fix-compat-issues-with-doc-modes-and-enterprise-mode-site-list.md) |Guidance about how to decide and test whether to use document modes or Enterprise Mode to help fix compatibility issues. | -|[Remove sites from a local Enterprise Mode site list](remove-sites-from-a-local-enterprise-mode-site-list.md) |Guidance about how to remove websites from a device's local Enterprise Mode site list. | -|[Remove sites from a local compatibility view list](remove-sites-from-a-local-compatibililty-view-list.md) |Guidance about how to remove websites from a device's local compatibility view list. | -|[Turn off Enterprise Mode](turn-off-enterprise-mode.md) |Guidance about how to stop using your site list and how to turn off local control, using Group Policy or the registry. | -  - -  - -  - - - diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md deleted file mode 100644 index d04fbf79b9..0000000000 --- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,125 +0,0 @@ ---- -ms.localizationpriority: low -ms.mktglfcycl: deploy -ms.pagetype: appcompat -description: Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager to create and update your Enterprise Mode site list for devices running Windows 7 or Windows 8.1 Update. -author: dansimp -ms.prod: ie11 -ms.assetid: 17c61547-82e3-48f2-908d-137a71938823 -ms.reviewer: -manager: dansimp -ms.author: dansimp -title: Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros) -ms.sitesec: library -ms.date: 07/27/2017 ---- - - -# Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance - -**Applies to:** - -- Windows 10 -- Windows 8.1 -- Windows 7 - -Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1) to create and update your Enterprise Mode site list for devices running the v.1 version of the schema, or the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2) to create and update your Enterprise Mode site list for devices running the v.2 version of the schema. We strongly recommend moving to the new schema, v.2. For more info, see [Enterprise Mode schema v.2 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md). - -If you don't want to use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, you also have the option to update your XML schema using Notepad, or any other XML-editing app. - -## Enterprise Mode schema v.1 example -The following is an example of the Enterprise Mode schema v.1. This schema can run on devices running Windows 7 and Windows 8.1. - -**Important**
-Make sure that you don't specify a protocol when adding your URLs. Using a URL like `contoso.com` automatically applies to both https://contoso.com and https://contoso.com. - -``` xml - - - www.cpandl.com - www.woodgrovebank.com - adatum.com - contoso.com - relecloud.com - /about - - fabrikam.com - /products - - - - contoso.com - /travel - - fabrikam.com - /products - - - -``` - -### Schema elements -This table includes the elements used by the Enterprise Mode schema. -|Element |Description |Supported browser | -|---------|---------|---------| -|<rules> | Root node for the schema.
**Example** 

<rules version="205"> 
  <emie> 
   <domain>contoso.com</domain> 
  </emie>
 </rules> |Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge         |
-|<emie>     |The parent node for the Enterprise Mode section of the schema. All <domain> entries will have either IE8 Enterprise Mode or IE7 Enterprise Mode applied. 
 **Example** 
<rules version="205"> 
 <emie> 
   <domain>contoso.com</domain> 
 </emie>
</rules>  
 
 **or** 
 For IPv6 ranges: 

<rules version="205"> 
 <emie> 
  <domain>[10.122.34.99]:8080</domain> 
 </emie>
</rules> 
 
 **or**
 For IPv4 ranges:
<rules version="205"> 
 <emie> 
  <domain>[10.122.34.99]:8080</domain> 
 </emie>
</rules> | Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge       |
-|<docMode>     |The parent node for the document mode section of the section. All <domain> entries will get IE5 - IE11 document modes applied. If there's a <domain> element in the docMode section that uses the same value as a <domain> element in the emie section, the emie element is applied.  
 **Example** 
 
<rules version="205"> 
 <docmode> 
   <domain docMode="7">contoso.com</domain> 
 </docmode>
</rules>     |Internet Explorer 11         |
-|<domain>     |A unique entry added for each site you want to put on the Enterprise Mode site list. The first <domain> element will overrule any additional <domain> elements that use the same value for the section. You can use port numbers for this element. 
 **Example** 
 
<emie> 
 <domain>contoso.com:8080</domain>
</emie>       |Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge         |
-|<path>    |A unique entry added for each path under a domain you want to put on the Enterprise Mode site list. The <path> element is a child of the <domain> element. Additionally, the first <path> element will overrule any additional <path> elements in the schema section.
 **Example**  
 
<emie> 
 <domain exclude="false">fabrikam.com 
   <path exclude="true">/products</path>
 </domain>
</emie>
 
 Where [https://fabrikam.com](https://fabrikam.com) doesn't use IE8 Enterprise Mode, but [https://fabrikam.com/products](https://fabrikam.com/products) does.   |Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge         |
-
-### Schema attributes
-This table includes the attributes used by the Enterprise Mode schema.
-|Attribute|Description|Supported browser|
-|--- |--- |--- |
-|<version>|Specifies the version of the Enterprise Mode Site List. This attribute is supported for the <rules> element.|Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge|
-|<exclude>|Specifies the domain or path that is excluded from getting the behavior applied. This attribute is supported on the  and  elements.
 **Example** 
<emie>
  <domain exclude="false">fabrikam.com 
    <path exclude="true">/products</path>
  </domain>
</emie> 
 Where [https://fabrikam.com](https://fabrikam.com) doesn't use IE8 Enterprise Mode, but [https://fabrikam.com/products](https://fabrikam.com/products) does.|Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge|
-|<docMode>|Specifies the document mode to apply. This attribute is only supported on <domain> or <path>elements in the <docMode> section.
 **Example**
<docMode> 
  <domain exclude="false">fabrikam.com 
    <path docMode="7">/products</path>
  </domain>
</docMode>|Internet Explorer 11|
-
-### Using Enterprise Mode and document mode together
-If you want to use both Enterprise Mode and document mode together, you need to be aware that  <emie> entries override <docMode> entries for the same domain. 
-
-For example, say you want all of the sites in the contoso.com domain to open using IE8 Enterprise Mode, except test.contoso.com, which needs to open in document mode 11. Because Enterprise Mode takes precedence over document mode, if you want test.contoso.com to open using document mode, you'll need to explicitly add it as an exclusion to the <emie> parent node.
-
-```xml
-
-  
-    contoso.com
-    test.contoso.com
-  
-  
-    test.contoso.com
-  
-
-```
-
-### What not to include in your schema
-We recommend that you not add any of the following items to your schema because they can make your compatibility list behave in unexpected ways:
-- Don’t use protocols. For example, `https://`, `https://`, or custom protocols. They break parsing.
-- Don’t use wildcards.
-- Don’t use query strings, ampersands break parsing.
-
-## How to use trailing slashes
-You can use trailing slashes at the path-level, but not at the domain-level:
-- **Domain-level.** Don’t add trailing slashes to a domain, it breaks parsing.
-- **Path-level.** Adding a trailing slash to a path means that the path ends at that point. By not adding a trailing slash, the rule applies to all of the sub-paths.
-
-**Example**
-
-``` xml
-contoso.com
-  /about/
-
-```
-In this example, `contoso.com/about/careers` will use the default version of Internet Explorer, even though `contoso.com/about/` uses Enterprise Mode.
-
-
-## How to target specific sites
-If you want to target specific sites in your organization.
-
-|Targeted site |Example |Explanation |
-|--------------|--------|------------|
-|You can specify subdomains in the domain tag. |<docMode>
<domain docMode="5">contoso.com</domain>
<domain docMode="9">info.contoso.com</domain>
<docMode> |
  • contoso.com uses document mode 5.
  • info.contoso.com uses document mode 9.
  • test.contoso.com also uses document mode 5.
|
-|You can specify exact URLs by listing the full path. |<emie>
<domain exclude="false">bing.com</domain>
<domain exclude="false" forceCompatView="true">contoso.com</domain>
<emie>|
  • bing.com uses IE8 Enterprise Mode.
  • contoso.com uses IE7 Enterprise Mode.
|
-|You can nest paths underneath domains. |<emie>
<domain exclude="true">contoso.com
<path exclude="false">/about</path>
<path exclude="true">
/about/business</path>
</domain>
</emie> |
  • contoso.com will use the default version of IE.
  • contoso.com/about and everything underneath that node will load in Enterprise Mode, except contoso.com/about/business, which will load in the default version of IE.
 |
-|You can’t add a path underneath a path. The file will still be parsed, but the sub-path will be ignored. |<emie>
<domain exclude="true">contoso.com
<path>/about
<path exclude="true">/business</path>
</path>
</domain>
</emie> |
  • contoso.com will use the default version of IE.
  • contoso.com/about and everything underneath that node will load in Enterprise Mode, including contoso.com/about/business because the last rule is ignored.
 |
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md
deleted file mode 100644
index fcdaa18eee..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager to create and update your Enterprise Mode site list for devices running Windows 10.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 909ca359-5654-4df9-b9fb-921232fc05f5
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Enterprise Mode schema v.2 guidance (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 12/04/2017
----
-
-
-# Enterprise Mode schema v.2 guidance
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
-
-Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager to create and update your site list for devices running Windows 7, Windows 8.1, and Windows 10, using the version 2.0 (v.2) of the Enterprise Mode schema. If you don't want to use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, you also have the option to update your XML schema using Notepad, or any other XML-editing app.
-
-**Important**

-If you're running Windows 7 or Windows 8.1 and you've been using the version 1.0 (v.1) of the schema, you can continue to do so, but you won't get the benefits that come with the updated schema. For info about the v.1 schema, see [Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md).
-
-## Enterprise Mode schema v.2 updates
-Because of the schema changes, you can't combine the old version (v.1) with the new version (v.2) of the schema. If you look at your XML file, you can tell which version you're using by:
-
--   <rules>. If your schema root node includes this key, you're using the v.1 version of the schema.
-
--   <site-list>. If your schema root node includes this key, you're using the v.2 version of the schema.
-
-You can continue to use the v.1 version of the schema on Windows 10, but you won't have the benefits of the new v.2 version schema updates and new features. Additionally, saving the v.1 version of the schema in the new Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2) automatically updates the file to use the v.2 version of the schema.
-
-### Enterprise Mode v.2 schema example
-The following is an example of the v.2 version of the Enterprise Mode schema.
-
-**Important**

-Make sure that you don't specify a protocol when adding your URLs. Using a URL like ``, automatically applies to both https://contoso.com and https://contoso.com.
- 
-``` xml
-
-	
-	
-		EnterpriseSitelistManager
-		10240
-		20150728.135021
-	
-  	 
-	
-		IE8Enterprise
-		MSEdge
-	
-	
-		default
-		IE11
-	
-	
-		IE7Enterprise
-		IE11
-	
-	
-		default
-		IE11
-	
-	  
-		default
-		none
-	  
-		IE8Enterprise"
-	
-	
-		IE7
-		IE11
-	
-	
-		 IE8Enterprise
-		 IE11
-	
-	
-		 IE7
-		 IE11
-		
-
-```
-
-### Updated schema elements
-This table includes the elements used by the v.2 version of the Enterprise Mode schema.
-
-
-|Element  |Description |Supported browser  |
-|---------|---------|---------|
-|<site-list>     |A new root node with this text is using the updated v.2 version of the schema. It replaces <rules>. 
 **Example** 
 
<site-list version="205">
  <site url="contoso.com">
   <compat-mode>IE8Enterprise</compat-mode>
   <open-in>IE11</open-in>
  </site>
</site-list>
         | Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge        |
-|<site>    |A unique entry added for each site you want to put on the Enterprise Mode site list. The first <site> element will overrule any additional <site> elements that use the same value for the <url> element. 
 **Example** 
<site url="contoso.com">
  <compat-mode>default</compat-mode>
  <open-in>none</open-in>
</site>
 
 **or** For IPv4 ranges: 
  
<site url="10.122.34.99:8080">
 <compat-mode>IE8Enterprise</compat-mode>
<site>
 
 **or**  For IPv6 ranges:
<site url="[10.122.34.99]:8080">
  <compat-mode>IE8Enterprise</compat-mode>
<site>
 
 You can also use the self-closing version, <url="contoso.com" />, which also sets:
  • <compat-mode>default</compat-mode>
  • <open-in>none</open-in>
    • | Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge        |
-|<compat-mode>     |A child element that controls what compatibility setting is used for specific sites or domains. This element is only supported in IE11. 
     **Example** 

    <site url="contoso.com">
      <compat-mode>IE8Enterprise</compat-mode>
    </site>
     **or** 
     For IPv4 ranges:
    <site url="10.122.34.99:8080">
      <compat-mode>IE8Enterprise</compat-mode>
    <site>
     **or** For IPv6 ranges:
    <site url="[10.122.34.99]:8080">
      <compat-mode>IE8Enterprise</compat-mode>
    <site>
     Where
    • **IE8Enterprise.** Loads the site in IE8 Enterprise Mode.
      This element is required for sites included in the **EmIE** section of the v.1 schema and is needed to load in IE8 Enterprise Mode.
    • **IE7Enterprise.** Loads the site in IE7 Enterprise Mode.
      This element is required for sites included in the **EmIE** section of the v.1 schema and is needed to load in IE7 Enterprise Mode
      **Important**
      This tag replaces the combination of the `"forceCompatView"="true"` attribute and the list of sites specified in the EmIE section of the v.1 version of the schema.
    • **IE[x]**. Where [x] is the document mode number into which the site loads.
    • **Default or not specified.** Loads the site using the default compatibility mode for the page. In this situation, X-UA-compatible meta tags or HTTP headers are honored.
      •       |Internet Explorer 11         |
-|<open-in>    |A child element that controls what browser is used for sites. This element supports the **Open in IE11** or **Open in Microsoft Edge** experiences, for devices running Windows 10.
       **Examples**
      <site url="contoso.com">
        <open-in>none</open-in> 
      </site>
       
       Where
      • IE11. Opens the site in IE11, regardless of which browser is opened by the employee.
      • MSEdge. Opens the site in Microsoft Edge, regardless of which browser is opened by the employee.
      • None or not specified. Opens in whatever browser the employee chooses.
        •   | Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge        |
-
-### Updated schema attributes
-The <url> attribute, as part of the <site> element in the v.2 version of the schema, replaces the <domain> element from the v.1 version of the schema.
-
-|Attribute|Description|Supported browser|
-|---------|---------|---------|
-|allow-redirect|A boolean attribute of the  element that controls the behavior for redirected sites. Setting this attribute to "true" indicates that the site will open in IE11 or Microsoft Edge even if the site is navigated to as part of a HTTP or meta refresh redirection chain. Omitting the attribute is equivalent to "false" (sites in redirect chain will not open in another browser).
        **Example**
        <site url="contoso.com/travel">
          <open-in allow-redirect="true">IE11 </open-in>
        </site> 
         In this example, if [https://contoso.com/travel](https://contoso.com/travel) is encountered in a redirect chain in Microsoft Edge, it will be opened in Internet Explorer.| Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge|
-|version     |Specifies the version of the Enterprise Mode Site List. This attribute is supported for the <site-list> element.   | Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge|
-|url|Specifies the URL (and port number using standard port conventions) to which the child elements apply. The URL can be a domain, sub-domain, or any path URL.
         **Note**
         Make sure that you don't specify a protocol. Using <site url="contoso.com">  applies to both [https://contoso.com](https://contoso.com) and [https://contoso.com](https://contoso.com). 
         **Example**
        <site url="contoso.com:8080">
           <compat-mode>IE8Enterprise</compat-mode> 
         <open-in>IE11</open-in>
        </site>
        In this example, going to [https://contoso.com:8080](https://contoso.com:8080) using Microsoft Edge, causes the site to open in IE11 and load in IE8 Enterprise Mode. | Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge|
-
-### Deprecated attributes
-These v.1 version schema attributes have been deprecated in the v.2 version of the schema:
-
-|Deprecated attribute|New attribute|Replacement example|
-|--- |--- |--- |
-|<forceCompatView>|<compat-mode>|Replace <forceCompatView="true"> with <compat-mode>IE7Enterprise</compat-mode>|
-|<docMode>|<compat-mode>|Replace <docMode="IE5"> with <compat-mode>IE5</compat-mode>|
-|<doNotTransition>|<open-in>|Replace:
         <doNotTransition="true"> with <open-in>none</open-in>|
-|<domain> and <path>|<site>|Replace:
        <emie>
         <domain exclude="false">contoso.com</domain>
        </emie>
        With:
        <site url="contoso.com"/> 
          <compat-mode>IE8Enterprise</compat-mode>
        </site>
        **-AND-** 
        Replace:
        <emie> 
          <domain exclude="true">contoso.com 
         <path exclude="false" forceCompatView="true">/about</path>
         </domain>
        </emie>

         With:
        <site url="contoso.com/about">
         <compat-mode>IE7Enterprise</compat-mode>
        </site>|
-
-While the old, replaced attributes aren't supported in the v.2 version of the schema, they'll continue to work in the v.1 version of the schema. If, however, you're using the v.2 version of the schema and these attributes are still there, the v.2 version schema takes precedence. We don’t recommend combining the two schemas, and instead recommend that you move to the v.2 version of the schema to take advantage of the new features.
-
-**Important**
        
-Saving your v.1 version of the file using the new Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2) automatically updates the XML to the new v.2 version of the schema.
-
-### What not to include in your schema
-We recommend that you not add any of the following items to your schema because they can make your compatibility list behave in unexpected ways:
-
-- Don’t use protocols. For example, https://, https://, or custom protocols. They break parsing.
-- Don’t use wildcards.
-- Don’t use query strings, ampersands break parsing.
-
-## Related topics
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/enterprise-mode-site-list-mgr-portal-tools-include.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/enterprise-mode-site-list-mgr-portal-tools-include.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f1c67006ba..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/enterprise-mode-site-list-mgr-portal-tools-include.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-## Enterprise Mode Site List Manager and the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal tools
-You can build and manage your Enterprise Mode Site List is by using any generic text editor. However, we’ve also provided a couple tools that can make that process even easier.
-
-### Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-This tool helps you create error-free XML documents with simple n+1 versioning and URL verification. We recommend using this tool if your site list is relatively small. For more info about this tool, see the [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) topics.
-
-There are 2 versions of this tool, both supported on Windows 7, Windows 8.1, and Windows 10:
-
-- [Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=42501). This is an older version of the schema that you must use if you want to create and update your Enterprise Mode Site List for devices running the v.1 version of the schema.
-
-	We strongly recommend moving to the new schema, v.2. For more info, see [Enterprise Mode schema v.2 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md).
-
-- [Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=49974). The updated version of the schema, including new functionality. You can use this version of the schema to create and update your Enterprise Mode Site List for devices running the v.2 version of the schema.
-
-	If you open a v.1 version of your Enterprise Mode Site List using this version, it will update the schema to v.2, automatically. For more info, see [Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md).
-
-If your list is too large to add individual sites, or if you have more than one person managing the site list, we recommend using the Enterprise Site List Portal.
-
-### Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-The [Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](https://github.com/MicrosoftEdge/enterprise-mode-site-list-portal) is an open-source web tool on GitHub that allows you to manage your Enterprise Mode Site List, hosted by the app, with multiple users. The portal is designed to use IIS and a SQL Server backend, leveraging Active Directory (AD) for employee management.
-
-In addition to all the functionality of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager tool, the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal helps you:
-
-- Manage site lists from any device supporting Windows 7 or greater.
-
-- Submit change requests.
-
-- Operate offline through an on-premise solution.
-
-- Provide role-based governance.
-
-- Test configuration settings before releasing to a live environment.
-
-Updates to your site list are made by submitting new change requests, which are then approved by a designated group of people, put into a pre-production environment for testing, and then deployed immediately, or scheduled for deployment later.
-
-Because the tool is open-source, the source code is readily available for examination and experimentation. We encourage you to [fork the code, submit pull requests, and send us your feedback](https://github.com/MicrosoftEdge/enterprise-mode-site-list-portal)! For more info about the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal, see the [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) topics.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/enterprise-mode-site-list-mgr-versions-include.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/enterprise-mode-site-list-mgr-versions-include.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4ead83795d..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/enterprise-mode-site-list-mgr-versions-include.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-## Enterprise Mode Site List Manager versions
-There are currently two versions of the Enterprise Site List Manager, both based on your schema and operating system. Download the [Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853) or the [Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378) tool, based on your operating system.
-
-|Schema version |Operating system |Enterprise Site List Manager version |
-|-----------------|---------------|------------------------------------|
-|Enterprise Mode schema, version 2 (v.2) |Windows 10
        -OR-
        Windows 8.1
        -OR-
        Windows 7|Uses the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2) and the v.2 version of the schema. If you import a v.1 version schema into the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2),  the XML is saved into the v.2 version of the schema.

        For more info about the v.2 version of the schema, see [Enterprise Mode schema v.2 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md).|
-|Enterprise Mode schema, version 1 (v.1) |Windows 10
        -OR-
        Windows 8.1
        -OR-
        Windows 7|Uses the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1) and the v.1 version of the schema. 

         For more info about the v.1 version of the schema, see [Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md)|
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/enterprise-mode.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/enterprise-mode.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 2c433182a9..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/enterprise-mode.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: Use this section to learn about how to turn on Enterprise Mode.
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.prod: edge
-ms.assetid: 
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-title: Enterprise Mode for Microsoft Edge
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/17/2018
----
-
-# Enterprise Mode for Microsoft Edge
-Enterprise Mode, a compatibility mode that runs on Internet Explorer 11 on Windows 10, Windows 8.1, and Windows 7 devices, lets websites render using a modified browser configuration that’s designed to emulate either Windows Internet Explorer 7 or Windows Internet Explorer 8. Running in this mode helps to avoid many of the common compatibility problems associated with web apps written and tested on older versions of Internet Explorer.
-
-Many customers identify web app compatibility as a significant cost to upgrading because web apps need to be tested and upgraded before adopting a new browser. The improved compatibility provided by Enterprise Mode can help give customers the confidence to upgrade to IE11, letting customers benefit from modern web standards, increased performance, improved security, and better reliability.
-
-## Available dual-browser experiences
-
-
-## Enterprise Mode features
-
-
-
-
-## Enterprise Mode Site List management tools
-...description of what you can do with these tools; also specify if you must use both or if each tool works independently and no dependencies on the other tool...  I think these tools are for two different scenarios...
-
-You can build and manage your Enterprise Mode Site List is by using any generic text editor. However, we’ve also provided a couple of tools that can make that process even easier.
-
-|  |  |
-|---------|---------|
-|Enterprise Mode Site List Manager     |Use if your site list is relatively small.          |
-|Enterprise Mode Site List Portal     |Use if your site list is too large to add individual sites, or if you have more than one person managing the sites.         |
-
-### Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-
-
-### Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-
-
-
-## Enterprise Mode Site List XML file
-[!INCLUDE [enterprise-mode-and-enterprise-site-list-include](enterprise-mode-and-enterprise-site-list-include.md)]
-
-
-## Turn on Enterprise Mode
-
-
-### Add a single site to the site list
-
-
-### Add multiple sites to the site list
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/export-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-from-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/export-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-from-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4f4cbb32bb..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/export-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-from-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: After you create your Enterprise Mode site list in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, you can export the contents to an Enterprise Mode (.EMIE) file.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 9ee7c13d-6fca-4446-bc22-d23a0213a95d
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Export your Enterprise Mode site list from the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Export your Enterprise Mode site list from the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-After you create your Enterprise Mode site list in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, you can export the contents to an Enterprise Mode (.EMIE) file. This file includes all of your URLs, including your compatibility mode selections and should be stored somewhere safe. If your list gets deleted by mistake you can easily import this file and return everything back to when this file was last saved.
-
-**Important**
         
-This file is not intended for distribution to your managed devices. Instead, it is only for transferring data and comments from one manager to another. For example, if one administrator leaves and passes the existing data to another administrator. Internet Explorer doesn’t read this file.
-
- **To export your compatibility list**
-
-1.  On the **File** menu of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, click **Export**.
-
-2.  Export the file to your selected location. For example, `C:\Users\\Documents\sites.emie`.
-
-## Related topics
-
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853)
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/images/config-enterprise-site-list.png b/browsers/enterprise-mode/images/config-enterprise-site-list.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 82ffc30895..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/enterprise-mode/images/config-enterprise-site-list.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/images/enterprise-mode-value-data.png b/browsers/enterprise-mode/images/enterprise-mode-value-data.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 9e9ece9c1a..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/enterprise-mode/images/enterprise-mode-value-data.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/remove-all-sites-from-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/remove-all-sites-from-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
deleted file mode 100644
index a1d5a8a76b..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/remove-all-sites-from-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Instructions about how to clear all of the sites from your global Enterprise Mode site list.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 90f38a6c-e0e2-4c93-9a9e-c425eca99e97
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Remove all sites from your Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Remove all sites from your Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-You can clear all of the sites from your global Enterprise Mode site list.
-
-**Important**  
-This is a permanent removal and erases everything. However, if you determine it was a mistake, and you saved an XML copy of your list, you can add the file again by following the steps in the [Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md) or [Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md), depending on your operating system.
-
- **To clear your compatibility list**
-
-1.  On the **File** menu of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, click **Clear list**.
-
-2.  Click **Yes** in the warning message.
        Your sites are all cleared from your list.
-
-## Related topics
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853)
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/remove-sites-from-a-local-compatibililty-view-list.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/remove-sites-from-a-local-compatibililty-view-list.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 91ff0fab17..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/remove-sites-from-a-local-compatibililty-view-list.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Instructions about how to remove sites from a local compatibility view list.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: f6ecaa75-ebcb-4f8d-8721-4cd6e73c0ac9
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Remove sites from a local compatibility view list (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Remove sites from a local compatibility view list
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Remove websites that were added to a local compatibility view list by mistake or because they no longer have compatibility problems.
-
- **To remove sites from a local compatibility view list**
-
-1.  Open Internet Explorer 11, click **Tools**, and then click **Compatibility View Settings**.
-
-2.  Pick the site to remove, and then click **Remove**.
        
-Sites can only be removed one at a time. If one is removed by mistake, it can be added back using this same box and the **Add** section.
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/remove-sites-from-a-local-enterprise-mode-site-list.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/remove-sites-from-a-local-enterprise-mode-site-list.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e7e10efde..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/remove-sites-from-a-local-enterprise-mode-site-list.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Instructions about how to remove sites from a local Enterprise Mode site list.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: c7d6dd0b-e264-42bb-8c9d-ac2f837018d2
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Remove sites from a local Enterprise Mode site list (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Remove sites from a local Enterprise Mode site list
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Remove websites that were added to a local Enterprise Mode site list by mistake or because the sites no longer have compatibility problems.
-
-**Note**
        The changes described in this topic only impact sites added to a local Enterprise Mode site list and not the list of sites deployed to all employees by an administrator. Employees can't delete sites added to the list by an administrator.
-
-  **To remove single sites from a local Enterprise Mode site list**
-
-1.  Open Internet Explorer 11 and go to the site you want to remove.
-
-2.  Click **Tools**, and then click **Enterprise Mode**.
        
-The checkmark disappears from next to Enterprise Mode and the site is removed from the list.
-
-**Note**
        If the site is removed by mistake, it can be added back by clicking **Enterprise Mode** again.
-
- **To remove all sites from a local Enterprise Mode site list**
-
-1.  Open IE11, click **Tools**, and then click **Internet options**.
-
-2.  Click the **Delete** button from the **Browsing history** area.
-
-3.  Click the box next to **Cookies and website data**, and then click **Delete**.
-
-**Note**
        This removes all of the sites from a local Enterprise Mode site list.
-
-     
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/save-your-site-list-to-xml-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/save-your-site-list-to-xml-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 2cb578171f..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/save-your-site-list-to-xml-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: You can save your current Enterprise Mode compatibility site list as an XML file, for distribution and use by your managed systems.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 254a986b-494f-4316-92c1-b089ee8b3e0a
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Save your site list to XML in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Save your site list to XML in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-You can save your current Enterprise Mode compatibility site list as an XML file, for distribution and use by your managed systems.
-
- **To save your list as XML**
-
-1.  On the **File** menu of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, click **Save to XML**.
-
-2.  Save the file to the location you specified in your Enterprise Mode registry key, set up when you turned on Enterprise Mode for use in your company. For information about the Enterprise Mode registry key, see [Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode](turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md).
        
-The first time a user starts Internet Explorer 11 on a managed device; Internet Explorer will look for a new version of the site list at the specified location. If the browser finds an updated site list, IE downloads the new XML site list and uses it.
-
-## Related topics
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853)
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/schedule-production-change-enterprise-mode-portal.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/schedule-production-change-enterprise-mode-portal.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c946663dda..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/schedule-production-change-enterprise-mode-portal.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Details about how Administrators can schedule approved change requests for production in the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-title: Schedule approved change requests for production using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
----
-
-# Schedule approved change requests for production using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-After a change request is approved, the original Requester can schedule the change for the production environment. The change can be immediate or set for a future time.
-
-**To schedule an immediate change**
-1. The Requester logs onto the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal and clicks **In Progress** from the left pane.
-
-2. The Requester clicks the **Approved** status for the change request.
-
-   The **Schedule changes** page appears.
-
-3. The Requester clicks **Now**, and then clicks **Save**.
-
-   The update is scheduled to immediately update the production environment, and an email is sent to the Requester. After the update finishes, the Requester is asked to verify the changes.
-
-
-**To schedule the change for a different day or time**
-1. The Requester logs onto the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal and clicks **In Progress** from the left pane.
-
-2. The Requester clicks the **Approved** status for the change request.
-
-   The **Schedule changes** page appears.
-
-3. The Requester clicks **Schedule**, sets the **Preferred day**, **Preferred start time**, and the **Preferred end time**, and then clicks **Save**.
-
-   The update is scheduled to update the production environment on that day and time and an email is sent to the Requester. After the update finishes, the Requester will be asked to verify the changes.
-
-
-## Next steps
-After the update to the production environment completes, the Requester must again test the change. If the testing succeeds, the Requester can sign off on the change request. If the testing fails, the Requester can contact the Administrator group for more help. For the production environment testing steps, see the [Verify the change request update in the production environment using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](verify-changes-production-enterprise-mode-portal.md) topic.
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/search-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/search-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
deleted file mode 100644
index bf7e73664e..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/search-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Search to see if a specific site already appears in your global Enterprise Mode site list.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: e399aeaf-6c3b-4cad-93c9-813df6ad47f9
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Search your Enterprise Mode site list in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Search your Enterprise Mode site list in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-You can search to see if a specific site already appears in your global Enterprise Mode site list so you don’t try to add it again.
-
- **To search your compatibility list**
-
--   From the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, type part of the URL into the **Search** box.
        
-The search query searches all of the text. For example, entering *“micro”* will return results like, www.microsoft.com, microsoft.com, and microsoft.com/images. Wildcard characters aren’t supported.
-
-## Related topics
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853)
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/set-up-enterprise-mode-logging-and-data-collection.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/set-up-enterprise-mode-logging-and-data-collection.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 923d4dfe04..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/set-up-enterprise-mode-logging-and-data-collection.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,160 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Set up and turn on Enterprise Mode logging and data collection in your organization.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 2e98a280-f677-422f-ba2e-f670362afcde
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Set up Enterprise Mode logging and data collection (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Set up Enterprise Mode logging and data collection
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Using Group Policy, you can turn on Enterprise Mode for Internet Explorer and then you can turn on local user control using the **Let users turn on and use Enterprise Mode from the Tools menu** setting, located in the `Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer` category path. After you turn this setting on, your users can turn on Enterprise Mode locally, from the IE **Tools** menu.
-
-![enterprise mode option on the tools menu.](images/ie-emie-toolsmenu.png)
-
-The **Let users turn on and use Enterprise Mode from the Tools menu** setting also lets you decide where to send the user reports (as a URL). We recommend creating a custom HTTP port 81 to let your incoming user information go to a dedicated site. A dedicated site is important so you can quickly pick out the Enterprise Mode traffic from your other website traffic.
-
-![group policy to turn on enterprise mode.](images/ie-emie-grouppolicy.png)
-
-Getting these reports lets you find out about sites that aren’t working right, so you can add them to your Enterprise Mode site list, without having to locate them all yourself. For more information about creating and using a site list, see the [Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md) or the [Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md) topic, based on your operating system.
-
-## Using ASP to collect your data
-When you turn logging on, you need a valid URL that points to a server that can be listened to for updates to a user’s registry key. This means you need to set up an endpoint server for the incoming POST messages, which are sent every time the user turns Enterprise Mode on or off from the **Tools** menu.
-
- **To set up an endpoint server**
-
-1.  Configure an IIS server to work with your Enterprise Mode data collection process. If you’re unsure how to set up IIS, see the [IIS installation webpage](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=507609).
-
-2.  Open Internet Information Services (IIS) and turn on the ASP components from the **Add Roles and Features Wizard**, **Server Roles** page.
        
-This lets you create an ASP form that accepts the incoming POST messages.
-
-3.  Open the Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager, click **Bindings**, highlight **Port 81**, click **Edit**, and then change the website information to point to Port 81 so it matches your custom-created port.
-
-    ![IIS Manager, editing website bindings.](images/ie-emie-editbindings.png)
-
-4.  Open the **Logging** feature, pick **W3C** for the format, and click **Select Fields** to open the **W3C Logging Fields** box.
-
-    ![IIS Manager, setting logging options.](images/ie-emie-logging.png)
-
-5.  Change the WC3 logging fields to include only the **Date**, **Client IP**, **User Name**, and **URI Query** standard fields, and then click **OK**.
        
-Using only these fields keeps the log file simple, giving you the date, client IP address, and the website URI information for any site changed by your users.
-
-6.  Apply these changes to your default website and close the IIS Manager.
-
-7.  Put your EmIE.asp file into the root of the web server, using this command:
-
-   ``` 
-    <% @ LANGUAGE=javascript %>
-    <%
-    Response.AppendToLog(" ;" + Request.Form("URL") + " ;" + Request.Form("EnterpriseMode"));
-    %>
-    ```
-This code logs your POST fields to your IIS log file, where you can review all of the collected data.
-
-
-### IIS log file information
-This is what your log files will look like after you set everything up and at least one of your users has turned on Enterprise Mode locally from the **Tools** menu. You can see the URL of the problematic website and client IP address of the user that turned on Enterprise Mode.
-
-![Enterprise Mode log file.](images/ie-emie-logfile.png)
-
-
-## Using the GitHub sample to collect your data
-Microsoft has created the [EMIE-Data-Collection_Sample](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=507401) that shows how to collect your Enterprise Mode reports. This sample only shows how to collect data, it doesn’t show how to aggregate the data into your Enterprise Mode site list.
        
-This sample starts with you turning on Enterprise Mode and logging (either through Group Policy, or by manually setting the EnterpriseMode registry key) so that your users can use Enterprise Mode locally. For the steps to do this, go to [Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode](turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md).
-
-**Note**
        If you decide to manually change the registry key, you can change the **Enable** setting to `[deployment url]/api/records/`, which automatically sends your reports to this page.
-
-### Setting up, collecting, and viewing reports
-For logging, you’re going to need a valid URL that points to a server that can be listened to for updates to a user’s registry key. This means you need to set up an endpoint server for the incoming POST messages, which are sent every time the user turns Enterprise Mode on or off from the **Tools** menu. These POST messages go into your database, aggregating the report data by URL, giving you the total number of reports where users turned on Enterprise Mode, the total number of reports where users turned off Enterprise Mode, and the date of the last report.
-
- **To set up the sample**
-
-1.  Set up a server to collect your Enterprise Mode information from your users.
-
-2.  Go to the Internet Explorer/[EMIE-Data_Collection_Sample](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=507401) page on GitHub and tap or click the **Download ZIP** button to download the complete project.
-
-3.  Open Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with Update 2, and then open the PhoneHomeSample.sln file.
-
-4.  On the **Build** menu, tap or click **Build Solution**.
        
-The required packages are automatically downloaded and included in the solution.
-
- **To set up your endpoint server**
-
-1.  Right-click on the name, PhoneHomeSample, and click **Publish**.
-
-    ![Visual Studio, Publish menu.](images/ie-emie-publishsolution.png)
-
-2.  In the **Publish Web** wizard, pick the publishing target and options that work for your organization.
-
-   **Important**
        
-   Make sure you have a database associated with your publishing target. Otherwise, your reports won’t be collected and you’ll have problems deploying the website. 
-
-    ![Visual Studio, Publish Web wizard.](images/ie-emie-publishweb.png)
-
-   After you finish the publishing process, you need to test to make sure the app deployed successfully.
-
- **To test, deploy, and use the app**
-
-1.  Open a registry editor on the computer where you deployed the app, go to the `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Policies\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\Main\EnterpriseMode` key, and change the **Enable** string to:
-
-    ``` "Enable"="https:///api/records/"
-    ```
- Where `` points to your deployment URL.
-
-2.  After you’re sure your deployment works, you can deploy it to your users using one of the following:
-
-    -   Turn on the **Let users turn on and use Enterprise Mode from the Tools menu** Group Policy setting, putting your `` information into the **Options** box.
-
-    -   Deploy the registry key in Step 3 using System Center or other management software.
-
-3.  Get your users to visit websites, turning Enterprise Mode on or off locally, as necessary.
-
- **To view the report results**
-
--   Go to `https:///List` to see the report results.
        
-If you’re already on the webpage, you’ll need to refresh the page to see the results.
-
-    ![Enterprise Mode Result report with details.](images/ie-emie-reportwdetails.png)
-
-
-### Troubleshooting publishing errors
-If you have errors while you’re publishing your project, you should try to update your packages.
-
- **To update your packages**
-
-1.  From the **Tools** menu of Microsoft Visual Studio, click **NuGet Package Manager**, and click **Manage NuGet Packages for Solution**.
-
-    ![Nuget Package Manager for package updates.](images/ie-emie-packageupdate.png)
-
-2.  Click **Updates** on the left side of the tool, and click the **Update All** button.
        
-You may need to do some additional package cleanup to remove older package versions.
-
-## Related topics
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853)
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
-- [What is Enterprise Mode?](what-is-enterprise-mode.md)
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
-- [Turn on Enterprise Mode and use a site list](turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md)
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/set-up-enterprise-mode-portal.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/set-up-enterprise-mode-portal.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ff7107b46a..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/set-up-enterprise-mode-portal.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,235 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Details about how to set up the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal for your organization.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-title: Set up the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
----
-
-# Set up the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-The Enterprise Mode Site List Portal is an open-source web tool on GitHub that allows you to manage your Enterprise Mode Site List, hosted by the app, with multiple users. The portal is designed to use IIS and a SQL Server backend, leveraging Active Directory (AD) for employee management. Updates to your site list are made by submitting new change requests, which are then approved by a designated group of people, put into a pre-production environment for testing, and then deployed immediately, or scheduled for deployment later.
-
-Before you can begin using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal, you must set up your environment.
-
-## Step 1 - Copy the deployment folder to the web server
-You must download the deployment folder (**EMIEWebPortal/**), which includes all of the source code for the website, from the [Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](https://github.com/MicrosoftEdge/enterprise-mode-site-list-portal) site to your web server.
-
-**To download the source code**
-1. Download the deployment folder from the [Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](https://github.com/MicrosoftEdge/enterprise-mode-site-list-portal) source code to your web server.
-
-2. Install the Node.js® package manager, [npm](https://www.npmjs.com/).
-
-    > [!NOTE]   
-    > You need to install the npm package manager to replace all the third-party libraries we removed to make the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal open-source.
-
-3. Open File Explorer and then open the **EMIEWebPortal/** folder.
-
-4. Press and hold **Shift**, right-click the window, then click **Open PowerShell window here**.
-
-5. Type _npm i_ into the command prompt, then press **Enter**.
-
-   Installs the npm package manager and bulk adds all the third-party libraries back into your codebase.
-
-6. Go back up a directory, open the solution file **EMIEWebPortal.sln** in Visual Studio, and then build the entire solution.
-
-7. Copy the contents of the **EMIEWebPortal/** folder to a dedicated folder on your file system. For example, _D:\EMIEWebApp_. In a later step, you'll designate this folder as your website in the IIS Manager.
-
-## Step 2 - Create the Application Pool and website, by using IIS
-Create a new Application Pool and the website, by using the IIS Manager.
-
-**To create a new Application Pool**
-1. In IIS Manager, expand your local computer in the **Connections** pane, right-click **Application Pools**, then click **Add Application Pool**.
-   
-   The **Add Application Pool** box appears.
-
-2. In the **Add Application Pool** box, enter the following info:
-    
-    - **Name.** Type the name of your new application pool. For example, _EMIEWebAppPool_.
-
-    - **.NET CLR version.** Pick the version of .NET CLR used by your application pool from the drop-down box. It must be version 4.0 or higher.
-
-    - **Managed pipeline mode.** Pick **Integrated** from the drop-down box. IIS uses the integrated IIS and ASP.NET request-processing pipeline for managed content.
-
-3. Click **OK**.
-
-4. Select your new application pool from the **Application Pool** pane, click **Advanced Settings** from the **Edit Application Pool** area of the **Actions** pane.
-
-   The **Advanced Settings** box appears.
-
-5. Make sure your **Identity** value is **ApplicationPoolIdentity**, click **OK**, and then close the box.
-
-6. Open File Explorer and go to your deployment directory, created in Step 1. For example, _D:\EMIEWebApp_.
-
-7. Right-click on the directory, click **Properties**, and then click the **Security** tab.
-
-8. Add your new application pool to the list (for example, _IIS AppPool\EMIEWebAppPool_) with **Full control access**, making sure the location searches the local computer.
-
-9. Add **Everyone** to the list with **Read & execute access**.
-
-**To create the website**
-1. In IIS Manager, expand your local computer in the **Connections** pane, right-click **Sites**, then click **Add Website**.
-   
-   The **Add Website** box appears.
-
-2. In the **Add Website** box, type the name of your website into the **Site name** box. For example, _EMIEWebApp_, and then click **Select**.
-
-   The **Select Application Pool** box appears.
-
-4. Pick the name of the application pool created earlier in this step, and then click **OK**. For example, _EMIEWebAppPool_.
-
-5. In the **Physical path** box, browse to your folder that contains your deployment directory. For example, _D:\EMIEWebApp_.
-
-6. Set up your **Binding**, including your **Binding Type**, **IP address**, and **Port**, as appropriate for your organization.
-
-7. Clear the **Start Website immediately** check box, and then click **OK**.
-
-8. In IIS Manager, expand your local computer, and then double-click your new website. For example, _EMIEWebApp_.
-
-   The **<website_name> Home** pane appears.
-
-9. Double-click the **Authentication** icon, right-click on **Windows Authentication**, and then click **Enable**. 
-
-    > [!NOTE]
-    > You must also make sure that **Anonymous Authentication** is marked as **Enabled**.
-
-10. Return to the **<website_name> Home** pane, and double-click the **Connection Strings** icon.
-
-11. Open the **LOBMergedEntities Connection String** to edit: 
-
-    - **Data source.** Type the name of your local computer.
-
-    - **Initial catalog.** The name of your database.
-
-        > [!NOTE]
-        > Step 3 of this topic provides the steps to create your database.
-
-## Step 3 - Create and prep your database
-Create a SQL Server database and run our custom query to create the Enterprise Mode Site List tables.
-
-**To create and prep your database**
-1. Start SQL Server Management Studio.
-
-2. Open **Object Explorer** and then connect to an instance of the SQL Server Database Engine.
-
-3. Expand the instance, right-click on **Databases**, and then click **New Database**.
-
-4. Type a database name. For example, _EMIEDatabase_.
-
-5. Leave all default values for the database files, and then click **OK**.
-
-6. Open the **DatabaseScripts/Create DB Tables/1_CreateEMIETables.sql** query file, located in the deployment directory.
-
-7. Replace the database name placeholder with the database name you created earlier. For example, _EMIEDatabase_.
-
-8. Run the query.
-
-## Step 4 - Map your Application Pool to a SQL Server role
-Map your ApplicationPoolIdentity to your database, adding the db_owner role.
-
-**To map your ApplicationPoolIdentity to a SQL Server role**
-1. Start SQL Server Management Studio and connect to your database.
-
-2. Expand the database instance and then open the server-level **Security** folder.
-    
-    > [!IMPORTANT]
-    > Make sure you open the **Security** folder at the server level and not for the database.
-
-3. Right-click **Logins**, and then click **New Login**.
-
-   The **Login-New** dialog box appears.  
-
-4. Type the following into the **Login name** box, based on your server instance type:
-
-    - **Local SQL Server instance.** If you have a local SQL Server instance, where IIS and SQL Server are on the same server, type the name of your Application Pool. For example, _IIS AppPool\EMIEWebAppPool_.
-
-    - **Remote SQL Server instance.** If you have a remote SQL Server instance, where IIS and SQL Server are on different servers, type `Domain\ServerName$`.
-
-        > [!IMPORTANT]
-        > Don't click **Search** in the **Login name** box. Login name searches will resolve to a ServerName\AppPool Name account and SQL Server Management Studio won't be able to resolve the account's virtual Security ID (SID).
-
-5. Click **User Mapping** from the **Select a page** pane, click the checkbox for your database (for example, _EMIEDatabase_) from the **Users mapped to this login** pane, and then click **db_owner** from the list of available roles in the **Database role membership** pane. 
-
-6. Click **OK**.
-
-## Step 5 - Restart the Application Pool and website
-Using the IIS Manager, you must restart both your Application Pool and your website.
-
-**To restart your Application Pool and website**
-1. In IIS Manager, expand your local computer in the **Connections** pane, select your website, then click **Restart** from the **Manage Website** pane.
-
-2. In the **Connections** pane, select your Application Pool, and then click **Recycle** from the **Application Pool Tasks** pane.
-
-## Step 6 - Registering as an administrator
-After you've created your database and website, you'll need to register yourself (or another employee) as an administrator for the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.
-
-**To register as an administrator**
-1. Open Microsoft Edge and type your website URL into the Address bar. For example, https://emieportal:8085.
-
-2. Click **Register now**.
-
-3. Type your name or alias into the **Email** box, making sure it matches the info in the drop-down box.
-
-4. Click **Administrator** from the **Role** box, and then click **Save**.
-
-5. Append your website URL with `/#/EMIEAdminConsole` in the Address bar to go to your administrator console. For example, https://emieportal:8085/#/EMIEAdminConsole.
-
-   A dialog box appears, prompting you for the system user name and password. The default user name is EMIEAdmin and the default password is Admin123. We strongly recommend that you change the password by using the **Change password** link as soon as you're done with your first visit.
-
-6. Select your name from the available list, and then click **Activate**.
-
-7. Go to the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal Home page and sign in.
-
-## Step 7 - Configure the SMTP server and port for email notification
-After you've set up the portal, you need to configure your SMTP server and port for email notifications from the system.
-
-**To set up your SMTP server and port for emails**
-1. Open Visual Studio, and then open the web.config file from your deployment directory.
-
-2. Update the SMTP server and port info with your info, using this format:
-
-    ```
-       
-       
-    ```
-3. Open the **Settings** page in the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal, and then update the email account and password info.
-
-## Step 8 - Register the scheduler service
-Register the EMIEScheduler tool and service for production site list changes.
-
-**To register the scheduler service**
-
-1. Open File Explorer and go to EMIEWebPortal.SchedulerService\EMIEWebPortal.SchedulerService in your deployment directory, and then copy the **App_Data**, **bin**, and **Logs** folders to a separate folder. For example, C:\EMIEService\.
- 
-    > [!IMPORTANT]
-    > If you can't find the **bin** and **Logs** folders, you probably haven't built the Visual Studio solution. Building the solution creates the folders and files.
-
-2. In Visual Studio start the Developer Command Prompt as an administrator, and then change the directory to the location of the InstallUtil.exe file. For example, _C:\Windows\Microsoft.NET\Framework\v4.0.30319_.
-
-3. Run the command, `InstallUtil ""`. For example, _InstallUtil "C:\EMIEService\bin\Debug\EMIEWebPortal.SchedulerService.exe"._
- 
-   You'll be asked for your user name and password for the service.
-
-4. Open the **Run** command, type `Services.msc`, and then start the EMIEScheduler service.
-
-## Related topics
-- [Enterprise Mode Site List Portal source code](https://github.com/MicrosoftEdge/enterprise-mode-site-list-portal)
-
-- [Enterprise Mode and the Enterprise Mode Site List](what-is-enterprise-mode.md)
-
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager tool or page](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) 
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/turn-off-enterprise-mode.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/turn-off-enterprise-mode.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d34ccca8ce..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/turn-off-enterprise-mode.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: How to turn Enterprise Mode off temporarily while testing websites and how to turn it off completely if you no longer want to to use it.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 5027c163-71e0-49b8-9dc0-f0a7310c7ae3
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Turn off Enterprise Mode (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Turn off Enterprise Mode
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-It’s important that you test the sites you’re adding, or considering removing, from your Enterprise Mode site list. To make this testing easier, you can turn off the site list or the entire Enterprise Mode functionality. For example, you might have an intranet site on your list that you’ve upgraded to be compatible with the new web standards . If you test the site while the site list is active, Internet Explorer 11 will automatically switch to Enterprise Mode. By turning off the site list, you can see what the page actually looks like and decide whether to remove it from your site list.
-
-In addition, if you no longer want your users to be able to turn Enterprise Mode on locally, you can remove Enterprise Mode from the local **Tools** menu.
-
-**Important**
        
-Turning off both of these features turns off Enterprise Mode for your company. Turning off Enterprise Mode also causes any websites included in your employee’s manual site lists to not appear in Enterprise Mode.
-
-  **To turn off the site list using Group Policy**
-
-1.  Open your Group Policy editor, like Group Policy Management Console (GPMC).
-
-2.  Go to the **Use the Enterprise Mode IE website list** setting, and then click **Disabled**.
        
-Enterprise Mode will no longer look for the site list, effectively turning off Enterprise Mode. However, if you previously turned on local control for your employees, Enterprise Mode will still be available from the **Tools** menu. You need to turn that part of the functionality off separately.
-
- **To turn off local control using Group Policy**
-
-1.  Open your Group Policy editor, like Group Policy Management Console (GPMC).
-
-2.  Go to the **Let users turn on and use Enterprise Mode from the Tools menu** setting, and then click **Disable**.
-
-3.  Enterprise Mode no longer shows up on the **Tools** menu for your employees. However, if you are still using an Enterprise Mode site list, all of the globally listed sites will still appear in Enterprise Mode. If you want to turn off all of Enterprise Mode, you will need to also turn off the site list functionality.
-
- **To turn off the site list using the registry**
-
-1.  Open a registry editor, such as regedit.exe.
-
-2.  Go to `HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\Main\EnterpriseMode`, and then delete the **SiteList** value.
        
-You can also use HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, depending whether you want to turn off the Enterprise Mode site list for users or for computers.
-
-3.  Close all and restart all instances of Internet Explorer.
        
-IE11 stops looking at the site list for rendering instructions. However, Enterprise Mode is still available to your users locally (if it was turned on).
-
- **To turn off local control using the registry**
-
-1.  Open a registry editor, such as regedit.exe.
-
-2.  Go `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Policies\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\Main\EnterpriseMode`, and then delete the **Enable** value.
        
-You can also use HKEY_CURRENT_USER, depending whether you want to turn off Enterprise Mode for users or for computers.
-
-3.  Close and restart all instances of IE.
        
-Enterprise Mode is no longer a user option on the **Tools** menu in IE11. However, IE11 still looks at the site list (if it was turned on).
-
-## Related topics
-- [What is Enterprise Mode?](what-is-enterprise-mode.md)
-- [Turn on Enterprise Mode and use a site list](turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md)
-- [Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode](turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md)
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 2cfad8e8db..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.date: 07/17/2018
----
-Before you can use a site list with Enterprise Mode, you must turn the functionality on and set up the system for centralized control. By allowing
-centralized control, you can create one global list of websites that render using Enterprise Mode. Approximately 65 seconds after Internet Explorer 11 starts, it looks for a properly formatted site list. If a new site list if found, with a different version number than the active list, IE11 loads and uses the newer version. After the initial check, IE11 won’t look for an updated list again until you restart the browser.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> We recommend that you store and download your website list from a secure web server (https://), to help protect against data tampering. After the list is downloaded, it's stored locally on your employees' computers so if the centralized file location is unavailable, they can still use Enterprise Mode.
-
-**Group Policy**
-
-1.  Open your Group Policy editor and go to the **Administrative Templates\\Windows Components\\Microsoft Edge\\Configure the Enterprise Mode     Site List** setting.
        Turning this setting on also requires you to create and store a site list.
-
-
-
-2.  Click **Enabled**, and then in the **Options** area, type the location to your site list.
-
-3.  Refresh your policy and then view the affected sites in Microsoft Edge.
        The site shows a message in Microsoft Edge, saying that the page needs IE. At the same time, the page opens in IE11; in a new frame if it's not yet running, or in a new tab if it is.
-
-**Registry**
-
-All of your managed devices must have access to this location if you want them to be able to access and use Enterprise Mode and your site list.
-
-1.  **To turn on Enterprise Mode for all users on the PC:** Open the registry editor and go to     `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Policies\Microsoft\MicrosoftEdge\Main\EnterpriseMode`.
-
-2.  Edit the `SiteList` registry key to point to where you want to keep your Enterprise Mode site list file.
        For example:
-    
-
-    -   **HTTPS location:** `"SiteList"="https://localhost:8080/sites.xml"`
-
-    -   **Local network:** `"SiteList"="\\network\shares\sites.xml"`
-
-    -   **Local file:**   `"SiteList"="file:///c:\\Users\\\\Documents\\testList.xml"`
-
-    >   **Example:**  
-    >>  _Web URL_ https://localhost:8080/EnterpriseMode.xml
-    >>
-    >>   _Network Share_ \\NetworkShare.xml (Place this inside the group policy folder on Sysvol)
-    >>
-    >>   _Drive Letter_ C:.xml
-
-    All of your managed devices must have access to this location if you want them to use Enterprise Mode and your site list.
-
-3.  Refresh the policy in your organization and then view the affected sites in
-    Microsoft Edge.
        The site shows a message in Microsoft Edge, saying that the page needs IE.
-    At the same time, the page opens in IE11; in a new frame if it is not yet
-    running, or in a new tab if it is.
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c8ef3d030c..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Turn on local user control and logging for Enterprise Mode.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 6622ecce-24b1-497e-894a-e1fd5a8a66d1
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-You can turn on local control of Enterprise Mode so that your users can turn Enterprise Mode on from the **Tools** menu. Turning on this feature also adds the **Enterprise** browser profile to the **Emulation** tab of the F12 developer tools.
-
-Besides turning on this feature, you also have the option to provide a URL for Enterprise Mode logging. If you turn logging on, Internet Explorer initiates a simple POST back to the supplied address, including the URL and a specification that **EnterpriseMode** was turned on or off through the **Tools** menu.
-
- **To turn on local control of Enterprise Mode using Group Policy**
-
-1.  Open your Group Policy editor and go to the **Administrative Templates\\Windows Components\\Internet Explorer\\Let users turn on and use Enterprise Mode from the Tools menu** setting.
-
-    ![group policy editor with emie setting.](images/ie-emie-editpolicy.png)
-
-2.  Click **Enabled**, and then in the **Options** area, type the location for where to receive reports about when your employees use this functionality to turn Enterprise Mode on or off from the **Tools** menu.
-
- **To turn on local control of Enterprise Mode using the registry**
-
-1.  Open a registry editor, like regedit.exe and go to `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Policies\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\Main\EnterpriseMode`.
-
-2.  In the right pane, right-click and click **New**, click **String Value**, and then name the new value **Enable**.
-
-3.  Right-click the **Enable** key, click **Modify**, and then type a **Value data** to point to a server that you can listen to for updates.
-
-    ![edit registry string for data collection location.](images/ie-emie-editregistrystring.png)
-
-Your **Value data** location can be any of the following types:
-
--   **URL location (like, https://www.emieposturl.com/api/records or https://localhost:13000)**. IE sends a POST message to the URL every time a change is made to Enterprise Mode from the **Tools** menu.
        **Important**
        
-The `https://www.emieposturl.com/api/records` example will only work if you’ve downloaded the sample discussed in the [Set up Enterprise Mode logging and data collection](set-up-enterprise-mode-logging-and-data-collection.md) topic. If you don’t have the sample, you won’t have the web API.
--   **Local network location (like, https://*emieposturl*/)**. IE sends a POST message to your specified local network location every time a change is made to Enterprise Mode from the **Tools** menu.
--   **Empty string**. If you leave the **Value data** box blank; your employees will be able to turn Enterprise Mode on and off from the **Tools** menu, but you won’t collect any logging data.
-
-For information about how to collect the data provided when your employees turn Enterprise Mode on or off from the **Tools** menu, see [Set up Enterprise Mode logging and data collection](set-up-enterprise-mode-logging-and-data-collection.md).
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/use-the-enterprise-mode-portal.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/use-the-enterprise-mode-portal.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 010448c58d..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/use-the-enterprise-mode-portal.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Use the topics in this section to learn about how to use the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.
-ms.prod: ie11
-title: Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-author: dansimp
----
-
-# Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Enterprise Mode is a compatibility mode that runs on Internet Explorer 11, letting websites render using a modified browser configuration that’s designed to emulate either Windows Internet Explorer 8 or Windows Internet Explorer 7, avoiding the common compatibility problems associated with web apps written and tested on older versions of Internet Explorer.
-
-The Enterprise Mode Site List Portal is an open-source web tool on GitHub that allows you to manage your Enterprise Mode Site List, hosted by the app, with multiple users. The portal is designed to use IIS and a SQL Server backend, leveraging Active Directory (AD) for employee management. Updates to your site list are made by submitting new change requests, which are then approved by a designated group of people, put into a pre-production environment for testing, and then deployed immediately, or scheduled for deployment later.
-
-You can use IE11 and the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal to manage your Enterprise Mode Site List, hosted by the app, with multiple users.
-
-## Minimum system requirements for portal and test machines
-Some of the components in this table might also need additional system resources. Check the component's documentation for more information.
-
-|Item |Description |
-|-----|------------|
-|Operating system |Windows 7 or later |
-|Memory |16 GB RAM |
-|Hard drive space |At least 8 GB of free space, formatted using the NTFS file system for better security |
-|Active Directory (AD) |Devices must be domain-joined |
-|SQL Server |Microsoft SQL Server Enterprise Edition 2012 or later |
-|Visual Studio |Visual Studio 2015 or later |
-|Node.js® package manager |npm Developer version or higher |
-|Additional server infrastructure |Internet Information Service (IIS) 6.0 or later |
-
-## Role assignments and available actions
-Admins can assign roles to employees for the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal, allowing the employees to perform specific actions, as described in this table.
-
-|Role assignment |Available actions |
-|----------------|------------------|
-|Requester |
        • Create a change request


        • Validate changes in the pre-production environment


        • Rollback pre-production and production changes in case of failure


        • Send approval requests


        • View own requests


        • Sign off and close own requests
         |
-|Approver

        (includes the App Manager and Group Head roles) |
        • All of the Requester actions, plus:


        • Approve requests
         |
-|Administrator |
        • All of the Requester and Approver actions, plus:


        • Add employees to the portal


        • Assign employee roles


        • Approve registrations to the portal


        • Configure portal settings (for example, determine the freeze schedule, determine the pre-production and production XML paths, and determine the attachment upload location)


        • Use the standalone Enterprise Mode Site List Manager page


        • View reports
         |
-
-## Enterprise Mode Site List Portal workflow by employee role
-The following workflow describes how to use the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.
-
-1. [The Requester submits a change request for an app](create-change-request-enterprise-mode-portal.md)
-
-2. [The Requester tests the change request info, verifying its accuracy](verify-changes-preprod-enterprise-mode-portal.md)
-
-3. [The Approver(s) group accepts the change request](approve-change-request-enterprise-mode-portal.md)
-
-4. [The Requester schedules the change for the production environment](schedule-production-change-enterprise-mode-portal.md)
-
-5. [The change is verified against the production site list and signed off](verify-changes-production-enterprise-mode-portal.md)
-
-
-## Related topics
-- [Set up the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](set-up-enterprise-mode-portal.md)
-
-- [Workflow-based processes for employees using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](workflow-processes-enterprise-mode-portal.md)
-
-- [How to use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager tool or page](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) 
-
-- [Enterprise Mode Site List Portal source code](https://github.com/MicrosoftEdge/enterprise-mode-site-list-portal)
-
-- [Enterprise Mode and the Enterprise Mode Site List](what-is-enterprise-mode.md)
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f68c42ca3c..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Use the topics in this section to learn about how to use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: f4dbed4c-08ff-40b1-ab3f-60d3b6e8ec9b
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 12/04/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Enterprise Mode is a compatibility mode that runs on Internet Explorer 11, letting websites render using a modified browser configuration that’s designed to emulate either Windows Internet Explorer 8 or Windows Internet Explorer 7, avoiding the common compatibility problems associated with web apps written and tested on older versions of Internet Explorer.
-
-You can use IE11 and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager to add individual website domains and domain paths and to specify whether the site renders using Enterprise Mode or the default mode.
-
-[!INCLUDE [enterprise-mode-site-list-mgr-versions-include](../../enterprise-mode/enterprise-mode-site-list-mgr-versions-include.md)]
-
-## Using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-The following topics give you more information about the things that you can do with the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager.
-
-|Topic |Description |
-|------|------------|
-|[Add sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-enterprise-mode-tool.md) |How to add websites to your site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2). |
-|[Add sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-enterprise-mode-tool.md) |How to add websites to your site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1). |
-|[Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md) |How to add several websites to your site list at the same time, using a text or XML file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2). |
-|[Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md) |How to add several websites to your site list at the same time, using a text or XML file and the WEnterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1). |
-|[Edit the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](edit-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) |How to edit the compatibility mode for specific websites.
        This topic applies to both versions of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager. |
-|[Fix validation problems using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](fix-validation-problems-using-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) |How to fix common site list validation errors.
        This topic applies to both versions of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager. |
-|[Search your Enterprise Mode site list in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](search-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) |How to look to see if a site is already in your global Enterprise Mode site list.
        This topic applies to both versions of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager. |
-|[Save your site list to XML in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](save-your-site-list-to-xml-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) |How to save a site list as XML, so you can deploy and use it with your managed systems.
        This topic applies to both versions of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager. |
-|[Export your Enterprise Mode site list from the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](export-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-from-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) |How to export your site list so you can transfer your data and contents to someone else.
        This topic applies to both versions of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager. |
-|[Import your Enterprise Mode site list to the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](import-into-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) |How to import your site list to replace a corrupted or out-of-date list.
        This topic applies to both versions of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager. |
-|[Delete sites from your Enterprise Mode site list in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](delete-sites-from-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) |How to delete a website from your site list.
        This topic applies to both versions of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager. |
-|[Remove all sites from your Enterprise Mode site list in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](remove-all-sites-from-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) |How to delete all of the websites in a site list.
        This topic applies to both versions of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager. |
-
-## Related topics
-
-
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853)
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
-- [Enterprise Mode schema v.2 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md)
-- [Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md)
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/using-enterprise-mode.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/using-enterprise-mode.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c6f3e6048e..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/using-enterprise-mode.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: Use this section to learn about how to turn on and use IE7 Enterprise Mode or IE8 Enterprise Mode.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 238ead3d-8920-429a-ac23-02f089c4384a
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Using IE7 Enterprise Mode or IE8 Enterprise Mode (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Using IE7 Enterprise Mode or IE8 Enterprise Mode
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Enterprise Mode gives you a way for your legacy websites and apps to run using emulated versions of Windows Internet Explorer 7 or Windows Internet Explorer 8, while your new sites and apps run using Internet Explorer 11, including modern standards and features.
-
-Although it’s called IE7 Enterprise Mode, it actually turns on Enterprise Mode along with Internet Explorer 7 or Microsoft Internet Explorer 5 Compatibility View. Compatibility View chooses which document mode to use based on whether there’s a `DOCTYPE` tag in your code:
-
--   **DOCTYPE tag found.** Webpages render using the Internet Explorer 7 document mode.
--   **No DOCTYPE tag found.** Webpages render using the Internet Explorer 5 document mode.
-
-**Important**
        
-Because we’ve added the IE7 Enterprise Mode option, we’ve had to rename the original functionality of Enterprise Mode to be IE8 Enterprise Mode. We’ve also replaced Edge Mode with IE11 Document Mode, so you can explicitly use IE11 on Windows 10.
-
-## Turning on and using IE7 Enterprise Mode or IE8 Enterprise Mode
-For instructions about how to add IE7 Enterprise Mode or IE8 Enterprise Mode to your webpages and apps, see:
-
--   [Add single sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-enterprise-mode-tool.md)
-
--   [Add single sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-enterprise-mode-tool.md)
-
--   [Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md)
-
--   [Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md)
-
-For instructions and more info about how to fix your compatibility issues using Enterprise Mode, see [Fix web compatibility issues using document modes and the Enterprise Mode site list](fix-compat-issues-with-doc-modes-and-enterprise-mode-site-list.md).
-
-## Related topics
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853)
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/verify-changes-preprod-enterprise-mode-portal.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/verify-changes-preprod-enterprise-mode-portal.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e06b8b806..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/verify-changes-preprod-enterprise-mode-portal.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Details about how to make sure your change request info is accurate within the pre-production environment of the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-title: Verify your changes using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
-ms.reviewer:
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
----
-
-# Verify your changes using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-> [!Important]
-> This step requires that each Requester have access to a test machine with Administrator rights, letting him or her get to the pre-production environment to make sure that the requested change is correct.
-
-The Requester successfully submits a change request to the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal and then gets an email, including:
-
-- **EMIE_RegKey**. A batch file that when run, sets the registry key to point to the local pre-production Enterprise Mode Site List.
-
-- **Test steps**. The suggested steps about how to test the change request details to make sure they're accurate in the pre-production environment.
-
-- **EMIE_Reset**. A batch file that when run, reverts the changes made to the pre-production registry.
-
-## Verify and send the change request to Approvers
-The Requester tests the changes and then goes back into the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal, **Pre-production verification** page to verify whether the testing was successful.
-
-**To verify changes and send to the Approver(s)**
-1. On the **Pre-production verification** page, the Requester clicks **Successful** and optionally includes any attachments (only .jpeg, .png, .jpg and .txt files are allowed) to support the change request and testing results.
-
-2. The Requester reviews the pre-defined Approver(s), and then clicks **Send for approval**.
-
-   The Requester, the Approver group, and the Administrator group all get an email, stating that the change request is waiting for approval.
-
-
-**To rollback your pre-production changes**
-1. On the **Pre-production verification** page, the Requester clicks **Failed** and optionally includes any attachments (only .jpeg, .png, .jpg and .txt files are allowed) to support the change request and testing results.
-
-2. Add a description about the issue into the **Issue description** box, and then click **Send failure details**.
-
-   The change request and issue info are sent to the Administrators.
-
-3. The Requester clicks **Roll back** to roll back the changes in the pre-production environment.
-
-    After the Requester rolls back the changes, the request can be updated and re-submitted.
-
-
-## View rolled back change requests
-The original Requester and the Administrator(s) group can view the rolled back change requests.
-
-**To view the rolled back change request**
-
-- In the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal, click **Rolled back** from the left pane.
-
-   All rolled back change requests appear, with role assignment determining which ones are visible.
-
-## Next steps
-If the change request is certified as successful, the Requester must next send it to the Approvers for approval. For the Approver-related steps, see the [Approve a change request using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](approve-change-request-enterprise-mode-portal.md) topic.
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/verify-changes-production-enterprise-mode-portal.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/verify-changes-production-enterprise-mode-portal.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 8387697841..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/verify-changes-production-enterprise-mode-portal.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Details about how the Requester makes sure that the change request update is accurate within the production environment using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-title: Verify the change request update in the production environment using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
----
-
-# Verify the change request update in the production environment using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-## Verify and sign off on the update in the production environment
-The Requester tests the changes in the production environment and then goes back into the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal, **Production verification** page to verify whether the testing was successful.
-
-**To verify the changes and sign off**
-- On the **Production verification** page, the Requester clicks **Successful**, optionally includes any attachments (only .jpeg, .png, .jpg and .txt files are allowed) to support the testing results, optionally includes a description of the change, and then clicks **Sign off**.
-
-   The Requester, Approver group, and Administrator group all get an email, stating that the change request has been signed off.
-
-
-**To rollback production changes**
-1. On the **Production verification** page, the Requester clicks **Failed** and optionally includes any attachments (only .jpeg, .png, .jpg and .txt files are allowed) to support the testing results.
-
-2. Add a description about the issue into the **Change description** box, and then click **Send failure details**.
-
-   The info is sent to the Administrators.
-
-3. The Requester clicks **Roll back** to roll back the changes in the production environment.
-
-    After the Requester rolls back the changes, the request is automatically handled in the production and pre-production environment site lists.
-
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/view-apps-enterprise-mode-site-list.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/view-apps-enterprise-mode-site-list.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 6ae2c865ea..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/view-apps-enterprise-mode-site-list.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: low
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Details about how to view the active Enterprise Mode Site List from the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-title: View the apps included in the active Enterprise Mode Site List from the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
----
-
-# View the apps included in the active Enterprise Mode Site List from the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Any employee with access to the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal can view the apps included in the current Enterprise Mode Site List.
-
-**To view the active Enterprise Mode Site List**
-1. Open the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal and click the **Production sites list** icon in the upper-right area of the page.
-
-    The **Production sites list** page appears, with each app showing its URL, the compatibility mode to use, and the assigned browser to open the site.
-
-2. Click any URL to view the actual site, using the compatibility mode and opening in the correct browser.
- 
-
-**To export the active Enterprise Mode Site List**
-1. On the **Production sites list** page, click **Export**.
-
-2. Save the ProductionSiteList.xlsx file.
-
-   The Excel file includes all apps in the current Enterprise Mode Site List, including URL, compatibility mode, and assigned browser.
diff --git a/browsers/enterprise-mode/what-is-enterprise-mode-include.md b/browsers/enterprise-mode/what-is-enterprise-mode-include.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b10897a3d3..0000000000
--- a/browsers/enterprise-mode/what-is-enterprise-mode-include.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.date: 07/17/2018
----
-## What is Enterprise Mode?
-Enterprise Mode, a compatibility mode that runs on Internet Explorer 11 on Windows 10, Windows 8.1, and Windows 7 devices, lets websites render using a modified browser configuration that’s designed to emulate either Windows Internet Explorer 7 or Windows Internet Explorer 8. Running in this mode helps to avoid many of the common compatibility problems associated with web apps written and tested on older versions of Internet Explorer.
-
-Many customers identify web app compatibility as a significant cost to upgrading because web apps need to be tested and upgraded before adopting a new browser. The improved compatibility provided by Enterprise Mode can help give customers confidence to upgrade to IE11, letting customers benefit from modern web standards, increased performance, improved security, and better reliability.
diff --git a/browsers/includes/available-duel-browser-experiences-include.md b/browsers/includes/available-duel-browser-experiences-include.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e506d779b2..0000000000
--- a/browsers/includes/available-duel-browser-experiences-include.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
----
-author: eavena
-ms.author: eravena
-ms.date:  10/02/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
manager: dansimp
-ms.prod: edge
-ms.topic: include
----
-
-## Available dual-browser experiences
-Based on the size of your legacy web app dependency, determined by the data collected with [Windows Upgrade Analytics](https://blogs.windows.com/windowsexperience/2016/09/26/new-windows-10-and-office-365-features-for-the-secure-productive-enterprise/), there are several options from which you can choose to configure your enterprise browsing environment:
-
-- Use Microsoft Edge as your primary browser.
-
-- Use Microsoft Edge as your primary browser and use Enterprise Mode to open sites in Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) that use IE proprietary technologies.
-
-- Use Microsoft Edge as your primary browser and open all intranet sites in IE11.
-
-- Use IE11 as your primary browser and use Enterprise Mode to open sites in Microsoft Edge that use modern web technologies.
-
-For more info about when to use which option, and which option is best for you, see the [Continuing to make it easier for Enterprise customers to upgrade to Internet Explorer 11 — and Windows 10](https://blogs.windows.com/msedgedev/2015/11/23/windows-10-1511-enterprise-improvements) blog.
diff --git a/browsers/includes/helpful-topics-include.md b/browsers/includes/helpful-topics-include.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 21e15f6d8d..0000000000
--- a/browsers/includes/helpful-topics-include.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
----
-author: eavena
-ms.author: eravena
-ms.date:  10/02/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
manager: dansimp
-ms.prod: edge
-ms.topic: include
----
-
-
-## Helpful information and additional resources
-- [Enterprise Mode Site List Portal source code](https://github.com/MicrosoftEdge/enterprise-mode-site-list-portal)
-
-- [Technical guidance, tools, and resources on Enterprise browsing](https://technet.microsoft.com/ie)
-
-- [Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=42501)
-
-- [Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=49974)
-
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](../enterprise-mode/use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) 
-
-- [Collect data using Enterprise Site Discovery](../enterprise-mode/collect-data-using-enterprise-site-discovery.md)
-
-- [Web Application Compatibility Lab Kit](https://technet.microsoft.com/microsoft-edge/mt612809.aspx)
-
-- [Microsoft Services Support](https://www.microsoft.com/microsoftservices/support.aspx)
-
-- [Find a Microsoft partner on Pinpoint](https://partnercenter.microsoft.com/pcv/search)
-
-
-
-
-
-- [Web Application Compatibility Lab Kit for Internet Explorer 11](https://technet.microsoft.com/browser/mt612809.aspx)
-- [Download Internet Explorer 11](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?linkid=290956)
-- [Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) - Administrator's Guide](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=760646)
-- [Fix web compatibility issues using document modes and the Enterprise Mode site list](/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/fix-compat-issues-with-doc-modes-and-enterprise-mode-site-list)
diff --git a/browsers/includes/import-into-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-mgr-include.md b/browsers/includes/import-into-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-mgr-include.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 31961c97a1..0000000000
--- a/browsers/includes/import-into-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-mgr-include.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
----
-author: eavena
-ms.author: eravena
-ms.date:  10/02/2018
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.prod: edge
-ms.topic: include
----
-
-If you need to replace your entire site list because of errors, or simply because it’s out of date, you can import your exported Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager.
-
-> [!IMPORTANT]
-> Importing your file overwrites everything that’s currently in the tool, so make sure it’s what want to do.
-
-1.  In the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, click **File \> Import**.
-
-2.  Go to the exported .EMIE file.
        For example, `C:\users\\documents\sites.emie`
-
-1.  Click **Open**.
-
-2.  Review the alert message about all of your entries being overwritten and click **Yes**.
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/TOC.yml b/browsers/internet-explorer/TOC.yml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2c6602e1de..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/TOC.yml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,361 +0,0 @@
-- name: IE11 Deployment Guide for IT Pros
-  href: ie11-deploy-guide/index.md
-  items: 
-    - name: Change history for the Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) Deployment Guide
-      href: ie11-deploy-guide/change-history-for-internet-explorer-11.md
-    - name: System requirements and language support for Internet Explorer 11
-      href: ie11-deploy-guide/system-requirements-and-language-support-for-ie11.md
-    - name: List of updated features and tools - Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)
-      href: ie11-deploy-guide/updated-features-and-tools-with-ie11.md
-    - name: Install and Deploy Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)
-      href: ie11-deploy-guide/install-and-deploy-ie11.md
-      items: 
-        - name: Customize Internet Explorer 11 installation packages
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/customize-ie11-install-packages.md
-          items: 
-            - name: Using IEAK 11 to create packages
-              href: ie11-deploy-guide/using-ieak11-to-create-install-packages.md
-            - name: Create packages for multiple operating systems or languages
-              href: ie11-deploy-guide/create-install-packages-for-multiple-operating-systems-or-languages.md
-            - name: Using .INF files to create packages
-              href: ie11-deploy-guide/using-inf-files-to-create-install-packages.md
-        - name: Choose how to install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/choose-how-to-install-ie11.md
-          items: 
-            - name: Install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) - System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager
-              href: ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-system-center-configuration-manager.md
-            - name: Install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) - Windows Server Update Services (WSUS)
-              href: ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-windows-server-update-services-wsus.md
-            - name: Install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) - Microsoft Intune
-              href: ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-microsoft-intune.md
-            - name: Install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) - Network
-              href: ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-the-network.md
-            - name: Install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) - Operating system deployment systems
-              href: ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-operating-system-deployment-systems.md
-            - name: Install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) - Third-party tools
-              href: ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-third-party-tools.md
-        - name: Choose how to deploy Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/choose-how-to-deploy-ie11.md
-          items: 
-            - name: Deploy Internet Explorer 11 using Automatic Version Synchronization (AVS)
-              href: ie11-deploy-guide/deploy-ie11-using-automatic-version-synchronization-avs.md
-            - name: Deploy Internet Explorer 11 using software distribution tools
-              href: ie11-deploy-guide/deploy-ie11-using-software-distribution-tools.md
-        - name: Virtualization and compatibility with Internet Explorer 11
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/virtualization-and-compatibility-with-ie11.md
-    - name: Collect data using Enterprise Site Discovery
-      href: ie11-deploy-guide/collect-data-using-enterprise-site-discovery.md
-    - name: Enterprise Mode for Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)
-      href: ie11-deploy-guide/enterprise-mode-overview-for-ie11.md
-      items: 
-        - name: Tips and tricks to manage Internet Explorer compatibility
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/tips-and-tricks-to-manage-ie-compatibility.md
-        - name: Enterprise Mode and the Enterprise Mode Site List
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/what-is-enterprise-mode.md
-        - name: Set up Enterprise Mode logging and data collection
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/set-up-enterprise-mode-logging-and-data-collection.md
-        - name: Turn on Enterprise Mode and use a site list
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md
-        - name: Enterprise Mode schema v.2 guidance
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md
-        - name: Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md
-        - name: Check for a new Enterprise Mode site list xml file
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/check-for-new-enterprise-mode-site-list-xml-file.md
-        - name: Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md
-        - name: Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
-          items: 
-            - name: Add single sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)
-              href: ie11-deploy-guide/add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-enterprise-mode-tool.md
-            - name: Add single sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)
-              href: ie11-deploy-guide/add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-enterprise-mode-tool.md
-            - name: Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)
-              href: ie11-deploy-guide/add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md
-            - name: Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)
-              href: ie11-deploy-guide/add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md
-            - name: Edit the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-              href: ie11-deploy-guide/edit-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
-            - name: Fix validation problems using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-              href: ie11-deploy-guide/fix-validation-problems-using-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
-            - name: Search your Enterprise Mode site list in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-              href: ie11-deploy-guide/search-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
-            - name: Save your site list to XML in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-              href: ie11-deploy-guide/save-your-site-list-to-xml-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
-            - name: Export your Enterprise Mode site list from the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-              href: ie11-deploy-guide/export-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-from-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
-            - name: Import your Enterprise Mode site list to the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-              href: ie11-deploy-guide/import-into-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
-            - name: Delete sites from your Enterprise Mode site list in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-              href: ie11-deploy-guide/delete-sites-from-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
-            - name: Remove all sites from your Enterprise Mode site list in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-              href: ie11-deploy-guide/remove-all-sites-from-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
-            - name: Review neutral sites for Internet Explorer mode using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-              href: ie11-deploy-guide/review-neutral-sites-with-site-list-manager.md
-        - name: Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/use-the-enterprise-mode-portal.md
-          items: 
-            - name: Set up the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-              href: ie11-deploy-guide/set-up-enterprise-mode-portal.md
-              items: 
-                - name: Use the Settings page to finish setting up the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-                  href: ie11-deploy-guide/configure-settings-enterprise-mode-portal.md
-                - name: Add employees to the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-                  href: ie11-deploy-guide/add-employees-enterprise-mode-portal.md
-            - name: Workflow-based processes for employees using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-              href: ie11-deploy-guide/workflow-processes-enterprise-mode-portal.md
-              items: 
-                - name: Create a change request using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-                  href: ie11-deploy-guide/create-change-request-enterprise-mode-portal.md
-                - name: Verify your changes using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-                  href: ie11-deploy-guide/verify-changes-preprod-enterprise-mode-portal.md
-                - name: Approve a change request using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-                  href: ie11-deploy-guide/approve-change-request-enterprise-mode-portal.md
-                - name: Schedule approved change requests for production using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-                  href: ie11-deploy-guide/schedule-production-change-enterprise-mode-portal.md
-                - name: Verify the change request update in the production environment using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-                  href: ie11-deploy-guide/verify-changes-production-enterprise-mode-portal.md
-                - name: View the apps currently on the Enterprise Mode Site List
-                  href: ie11-deploy-guide/view-apps-enterprise-mode-site-list.md
-                - name: View the available Enterprise Mode reports from the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-                  href: ie11-deploy-guide/view-enterprise-mode-reports-for-portal.md
-        - name: Using IE7 Enterprise Mode or IE8 Enterprise Mode
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/using-enterprise-mode.md
-        - name: Fix web compatibility issues using document modes and the Enterprise Mode site list
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/fix-compat-issues-with-doc-modes-and-enterprise-mode-site-list.md
-        - name: Remove sites from a local Enterprise Mode site list
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/remove-sites-from-a-local-enterprise-mode-site-list.md
-        - name: Remove sites from a local compatibility view list
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/remove-sites-from-a-local-compatibililty-view-list.md
-        - name: Turn off Enterprise Mode
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/turn-off-enterprise-mode.md
-    - name: Group Policy and Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)
-      href: ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-and-ie11.md
-      items: 
-        - name: Group Policy management tools
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-objects-and-ie11.md
-          items: 
-            - name: Group Policy and the Group Policy Management Console (GPMC)
-              href: ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-and-group-policy-mgmt-console-ie11.md
-            - name: Group Policy and the Local Group Policy Editor
-              href: ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-and-local-group-policy-editor-ie11.md
-            - name: Group Policy and Advanced Group Policy Management (AGPM)
-              href: ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-and-advanced-group-policy-mgmt-ie11.md
-            - name: Group Policy and Windows Powershell
-              href: ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-windows-powershell-ie11.md
-            - name: Group Policy and Shortcut Extensions
-              href: ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-shortcut-extensions-ie11.md
-        - name: New group policy settings for Internet Explorer 11
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/new-group-policy-settings-for-ie11.md
-        - name: Set the default browser using Group Policy
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/set-the-default-browser-using-group-policy.md
-        - name: ActiveX installation using group policy
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/activex-installation-using-group-policy.md
-        - name: Group Policy and compatibility with Internet Explorer 11
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-compatibility-with-ie11.md
-        - name: Group policy preferences and Internet Explorer 11
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-preferences-and-ie11.md
-        - name: Administrative templates and Internet Explorer 11
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/administrative-templates-and-ie11.md
-        - name: Enable and disable add-ons using administrative templates and group policy
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/enable-and-disable-add-ons-using-administrative-templates-and-group-policy.md
-    - name: Manage Internet Explorer 11
-      href: ie11-deploy-guide/manage-ie11-overview.md
-      items: 
-        - name: Auto detect settings Internet Explorer 11
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/auto-detect-settings-for-ie11.md
-        - name: Auto configuration settings for Internet Explorer 11
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/auto-configuration-settings-for-ie11.md
-        - name: Auto proxy configuration settings for Internet Explorer 11
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/auto-proxy-configuration-settings-for-ie11.md
-    - name: Troubleshoot Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)
-      href: ie11-deploy-guide/troubleshoot-ie11.md
-      items: 
-        - name: Setup problems with Internet Explorer 11
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/setup-problems-with-ie11.md
-        - name: Install problems with Internet Explorer 11
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/install-problems-with-ie11.md
-        - name: Problems after installing Internet Explorer 11
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/problems-after-installing-ie11.md
-        - name: Auto configuration and auto proxy problems with Internet Explorer 11
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/auto-configuration-and-auto-proxy-problems-with-ie11.md
-        - name: User interface problems with Internet Explorer 11
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/user-interface-problems-with-ie11.md
-        - name: Group Policy problems with Internet Explorer 11
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-problems-ie11.md
-        - name: .NET Framework problems with Internet Explorer 11
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/net-framework-problems-with-ie11.md
-        - name: Enhanced Protected Mode problems with Internet Explorer
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/enhanced-protected-mode-problems-with-ie11.md
-        - name: Fix font rendering problems by turning off natural metrics
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/turn-off-natural-metrics.md
-        - name: Intranet problems with Internet Explorer 11
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/intranet-problems-and-ie11.md
-        - name: Browser cache changes and roaming profiles
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/browser-cache-changes-and-roaming-profiles.md
-    - name: Out-of-date ActiveX control blocking
-      href: ie11-deploy-guide/out-of-date-activex-control-blocking.md
-      items: 
-        - name: Blocked out-of-date ActiveX controls
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/blocked-out-of-date-activex-controls.md
-    - name: Deprecated document modes and Internet Explorer 11
-      href: ie11-deploy-guide/deprecated-document-modes.md
-    - name: What is the Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit?
-      href: ie11-deploy-guide/what-is-the-internet-explorer-11-blocker-toolkit.md
-      items: 
-        - name: Internet Explorer 11 delivery through automatic updates
-          href: ie11-deploy-guide/ie11-delivery-through-automatic-updates.md
-        - name: Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit FAQ
-          href: ie11-faq/faq-ie11-blocker-toolkit.yml
-    - name: Missing Internet Explorer Maintenance settings for Internet Explorer 11
-      href: ie11-deploy-guide/missing-internet-explorer-maintenance-settings-for-ie11.md
-    - name: Missing the Compatibility View Button
-      href: ie11-deploy-guide/missing-the-compatibility-view-button.md
-    - name: Deploy pinned websites using Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT) 2013
-      href: ie11-deploy-guide/deploy-pinned-sites-using-mdt-2013.md
-- name: IE11 Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) Guide for IT Pros
-  href: ie11-faq/faq-for-it-pros-ie11.yml
-- name: Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) - Administration Guide for IT Pros
-  href: ie11-ieak/index.md
-  items: 
-    - name: What IEAK can do for you
-      href: ie11-ieak/what-ieak-can-do-for-you.md
-    - name: Internet Explorer Administration Kit (IEAK) information and downloads
-      href: ie11-ieak/ieak-information-and-downloads.md
-    - name: Before you start using IEAK 11
-      href: ie11-ieak/before-you-create-custom-pkgs-ieak11.md
-      items: 
-        - name: Hardware and software requirements for IEAK 11
-          href: ie11-ieak/hardware-and-software-reqs-ieak11.md
-        - name: Determine the licensing version and features to use in IEAK 11
-          href: ie11-ieak/licensing-version-and-features-ieak11.md
-        - name: Security features and IEAK 11
-          href: ie11-ieak/security-and-ieak11.md
-        - name: File types used or created by IEAK 11
-          href: ie11-ieak/file-types-ieak11.md
-        - name: Tasks and references to consider before creating and deploying custom packages using IEAK 11
-          href: ie11-ieak/create-manage-deploy-custom-pkgs-ieak11.md
-        - name: Create the build computer folder structure using IEAK 11
-          href: ie11-ieak/create-build-folder-structure-ieak11.md
-        - name: Set up auto detection for DHCP or DNS servers using IEAK 11
-          href: ie11-ieak/auto-detection-dhcp-or-dns-servers-ieak11.md
-        - name: Use proxy auto-configuration (.pac) files with IEAK 11
-          href: ie11-ieak/proxy-auto-config-examples.md
-        - name: Customize the toolbar button and Favorites List icons using IEAK 11
-          href: ie11-ieak/guidelines-toolbar-and-favorites-list-ieak11.md
-        - name: Use the uninstallation .INF files to uninstall custom components
-          href: ie11-ieak/create-uninstall-inf-files-for-custom-components.md
-        - name: Add and approve ActiveX controls using the IEAK 11
-          href: ie11-ieak/add-and-approve-activex-controls-ieak11.md
-        - name: Register an uninstall app for custom components using IEAK 11
-          href: ie11-ieak/register-uninstall-app-ieak11.md
-        - name: Customize Automatic Search for Internet Explorer using IEAK 11
-          href: ie11-ieak/customize-automatic-search-for-ie.md
-        - name: Create multiple versions of your custom package using IEAK 11
-          href: ie11-ieak/create-multiple-browser-packages-ieak11.md
-        - name: Before you install your package over your network using IEAK 11
-          href: ie11-ieak/prep-network-install-with-ieak11.md
-        - name: Use the RSoP snap-in to review policy settings
-          href: ie11-ieak/rsop-snapin-for-policy-settings-ieak11.md
-        - name: IEAK 11 - Frequently Asked Questions
-          href: ie11-faq/faq-ieak11.yml
-        - name: Troubleshoot custom package and IEAK 11 problems
-          href: ie11-ieak/troubleshooting-custom-browser-pkg-ieak11.md
-    - name: Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) Customization Wizard options
-      href: ie11-ieak/ieak11-wizard-custom-options.md
-      items: 
-        - name: Use the File Locations page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-          href: ie11-ieak/file-locations-ieak11-wizard.md
-        - name: Use the Platform Selection page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-          href: ie11-ieak/platform-selection-ieak11-wizard.md
-        - name: Use the Language Selection page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-          href: ie11-ieak/language-selection-ieak11-wizard.md
-        - name: Use the Package Type Selection page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-          href: ie11-ieak/pkg-type-selection-ieak11-wizard.md
-        - name: Use the Feature Selection page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-          href: ie11-ieak/feature-selection-ieak11-wizard.md
-        - name: Use the Automatic Version Synchronization page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-          href: ie11-ieak/auto-version-sync-ieak11-wizard.md
-        - name: Use the Custom Components page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-          href: ie11-ieak/custom-components-ieak11-wizard.md
-        - name: Use the Internal Install page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-          href: ie11-ieak/internal-install-ieak11-wizard.md
-        - name: Use the User Experience page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-          href: ie11-ieak/user-experience-ieak11-wizard.md
-        - name: Use the Browser User Interface page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-          href: ie11-ieak/browser-ui-ieak11-wizard.md
-        - name: Use the Search Providers page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-          href: ie11-ieak/search-providers-ieak11-wizard.md
-        - name: Use the Important URLs - Home Page and Support page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-          href: ie11-ieak/important-urls-home-page-and-support-ieak11-wizard.md
-        - name: Use the Accelerators page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-          href: ie11-ieak/accelerators-ieak11-wizard.md
-        - name: Use the Favorites, Favorites Bar, and Feeds page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-          href: ie11-ieak/favorites-favoritesbar-and-feeds-ieak11-wizard.md
-        - name: Use the Browsing Options page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-          href: ie11-ieak/browsing-options-ieak11-wizard.md
-        - name: Use the First Run Wizard and Welcome Page Options page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-          href: ie11-ieak/first-run-and-welcome-page-ieak11-wizard.md
-        - name: Use the Compatibility View page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-          href: ie11-ieak/compat-view-ieak11-wizard.md
-        - name: Use the Connection Manager page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-          href: ie11-ieak/connection-mgr-ieak11-wizard.md
-        - name: Use the Connection Settings page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-          href: ie11-ieak/connection-settings-ieak11-wizard.md
-        - name: Use the Automatic Configuration page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-          href: ie11-ieak/auto-config-ieak11-wizard.md
-        - name: Use the Proxy Settings page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-          href: ie11-ieak/proxy-settings-ieak11-wizard.md
-        - name: Use the Security and Privacy Settings page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-          href: ie11-ieak/security-and-privacy-settings-ieak11-wizard.md
-        - name: Use the Add a Root Certificate page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-          href: ie11-ieak/add-root-certificate-ieak11-wizard.md
-        - name: Use the Programs page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-          href: ie11-ieak/programs-ieak11-wizard.md
-        - name: Use the Additional Settings page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-          href: ie11-ieak/additional-settings-ieak11-wizard.md
-        - name: Use the Wizard Complete - Next Steps page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-          href: ie11-ieak/wizard-complete-ieak11-wizard.md
-    - name: Using Internet Settings (.INS) files with IEAK 11
-      href: ie11-ieak/using-internet-settings-ins-files.md
-      items: 
-        - name: Use the Branding .INS file to create custom branding and setup info
-          href: ie11-ieak/branding-ins-file-setting.md
-        - name: Use the BrowserToolbars .INS file to customize the Internet Explorer toolbar
-          href: ie11-ieak/browsertoolbars-ins-file-setting.md
-        - name: Use the CabSigning .INS file to review the digital signatures for your apps
-          href: ie11-ieak/cabsigning-ins-file-setting.md
-        - name: Use the ConnectionSettings .INS file to review the network connections for install
-          href: ie11-ieak/connectionsettings-ins-file-setting.md
-        - name: Use the CustomBranding .INS file to specify the custom branding location
-          href: ie11-ieak/custombranding-ins-file-setting.md
-        - name: Use the ExtRegInf .INS file to specify installation files and mode
-          href: ie11-ieak/extreginf-ins-file-setting.md
-        - name: Use the FavoritesEx .INS file for your Favorites icon and URLs
-          href: ie11-ieak/favoritesex-ins-file-setting.md
-        - name: Use the HideCustom .INS file to hide GUIDs
-          href: ie11-ieak/hidecustom-ins-file-setting.md
-        - name: Use the ISP_Security .INS file to add your root certificate
-          href: ie11-ieak/isp-security-ins-file-setting.md
-        - name: Use the Media .INS file to specify your install media
-          href: ie11-ieak/media-ins-file-setting.md
-        - name: Use the Proxy .INS file to specify a proxy server
-          href: ie11-ieak/proxy-ins-file-setting.md
-        - name: Use the Security Imports .INS file to import security info
-          href: ie11-ieak/security-imports-ins-file-setting.md
-        - name: Use the URL .INS file to use an auto-configured proxy server
-          href: ie11-ieak/url-ins-file-setting.md
-    - name: IExpress Wizard for Windows Server 2008 R2 with SP1
-      href: ie11-ieak/iexpress-wizard-for-win-server.md
-      items: 
-        - name: IExpress Wizard command-line options
-          href: ie11-ieak/iexpress-command-line-options.md
-        - name: Internet Explorer Setup command-line options and return codes
-          href: ie11-ieak/ie-setup-command-line-options-and-return-codes.md
-    - name: KB Troubleshoot
-      items: 
-        - name: Internet Explorer and Microsoft Edge FAQ for IT Pros
-          href: kb-support/ie-edge-faqs.yml
-- name: Microsoft Edge and Internet Explorer troubleshooting
-  href: /troubleshoot/browsers/welcome-browsers
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/breadcrumb/toc.yml b/browsers/internet-explorer/breadcrumb/toc.yml
deleted file mode 100644
index a0baa945df..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/breadcrumb/toc.yml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-- name: Docs
-  tocHref: /
-  topicHref: /
-  items:
-    - name: Internet Explorer
-      tocHref: /internet-explorer
-      topicHref: /internet-explorer/index
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/docfx.json b/browsers/internet-explorer/docfx.json
deleted file mode 100644
index c62ca17200..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/docfx.json
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-{
-  "build": {
-    "content": [
-      {
-        "files": [
-          "**/*.md",
-          "**/*.yml"
-        ],
-        "exclude": [
-          "**/includes/**",
-          "**/obj/**"
-        ]
-      }
-    ],
-    "resource": [
-      {
-        "files": [
-          "**/images/**"
-        ],
-        "exclude": [
-          "**/obj/**"
-        ]
-      }
-    ],
-    "globalMetadata": {
-      "recommendations": true,
-      "adobe-target": true,
-      "ms.collection": [
-        "tier3"
-      ],
-      "breadcrumb_path": "/internet-explorer/breadcrumb/toc.json",
-      "ROBOTS": "INDEX, FOLLOW",
-      "ms.topic": "article",
-      "feedback_system": "None",
-      "hideEdit": true,
-      "_op_documentIdPathDepotMapping": {
-        "./": {
-          "depot_name": "Win.internet-explorer",
-          "folder_relative_path_in_docset": "./"
-        }
-      },
-      "titleSuffix": "Internet Explorer",
-      "contributors_to_exclude": [
-        "rjagiewich", 
-        "traya1", 
-        "rmca14", 
-        "claydetels19", 
-        "jborsecnik",
-        "tiburd",
-        "garycentric",
-        "beccarobins",
-        "Stacyrch140",
-        "v-stsavell",
-        "American-Dipper"
-      ]
-    },
-    "externalReference": [],
-    "template": "op.html",
-    "dest": "edges/internet-explorer",
-    "markdownEngineName": "markdig"
-  }
-}
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/.vscode/settings.json b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/.vscode/settings.json
deleted file mode 100644
index d6332e1831..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/.vscode/settings.json
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-// Place your settings in this file to overwrite default and user settings.
-{
-    "editor.snippetSuggestions": "none",
-    "editor.quickSuggestions": false
-}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/activex-installation-using-group-policy.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/activex-installation-using-group-policy.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 855b556dd8..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/activex-installation-using-group-policy.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: How to use Group Policy to install ActiveX controls.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 59185370-558c-47e0-930c-8a5ed657e9e3
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: ActiveX installation using group policy (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Group Policy and ActiveX installation
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-ActiveX controls are installed and invoked using the HTML object tag with the CODEBASE attribute. This attribute, through a URL, makes Internet Explorer:
-
--   Get the ActiveX control if it's not already installed.
-
--   Download the installation package.
-
--   Perform trust verification on the object.
-
--   Prompt for installation permission, using the IE Information Bar.
-
-During installation, the rendering page registers and invokes the control, so that after installation, any standard user can invoke the control.
-
-**Important**
        ActiveX control installation requires administrator-level permissions.
-
-## Group Policy for the ActiveX Installer Service
-
-You use the ActiveX Installer Service (AXIS) and Group Policy to manage your ActiveX control deployment. The AXIS-related settings can be changed using either the Group Policy Management Console (GPMC) or the Local Group Policy Editor, and include:
-
--   **Approved Installation Sites for ActiveX Controls.** A list of approved installation sites used by AXIS to determine whether it can install a particular ActiveX control.
-
--   **ActiveX installation policy for sites in trusted zones.** Identifies how AXIS should behave when a website tries to install an ActiveX control. First, AXIS looks to see if the site appears in either the list of approved installation sites or in the **Trusted sites** zone. If the does, then AXIS checks to make sure the control meets your company's policy requirements. If the ActiveX control meets all of these requirements, the control is installed.
-
-For more information about the ActiveX Installer Service, see [Administering the ActiveX Installer Service in Windows 7](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-7/dd631688(v=ws.10)).
-
- 
-
- 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/add-employees-enterprise-mode-portal.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/add-employees-enterprise-mode-portal.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 455bae28bd..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/add-employees-enterprise-mode-portal.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Details about how to add employees to the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-title: Add employees to the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
----
-
-# Add employees to the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-After you get the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal up and running, you must add your employees. During this process, you'll also assign roles and groups.
-
-The available roles are:
-
-- **Requester.** The primary role to assign to employees that need to access the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal. The Requester can create change requests, validate changes in the pre-production environment, rollback pre-production and production changes in case of failure, send personal approval requests, view personal change requests, and sign off and close personal change requests.
-
-- **App Manager.** This role is considered part of the Approvers group. The App Manager can approve change requests, validate changes in the pre-production environment, rollback pre-production and production changes in case of failure, send personal approval requests, view personal requests, and sign off and close personal requests.
-
-- **Group Head.** This role is considered part of the Approvers group. The Group Head can approve change requests, validate changes in the pre-production environment, rollback pre-production and production changes in case of failure, send personal approval requests, view personal requests, and sign off and close personal requests.
-
-- **Administrator.** The role with the highest-level rights; we recommend limiting the number of employees you grant this role. The Administrator can perform any task that can be performed by the other roles, in addition to adding employees to the portal, assigning employee roles, approving registrations to the portal, configuring portal settings (for example, determining the freeze schedule, determining the pre-production and production XML paths, and determining the attachment upload location), and using the standalone Enterprise Mode Site List Manager page.
-
-**To add an employee to the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal**
-1. Open the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal and click the **Employee Management** icon in the upper-right area of the page.
-
-   The **Employee management** page appears.
-
-2.  Click **Add a new employee**.
-
-    The **Add a new employee** page appears.
-
-3. Fill out the fields for each employee, including:
-
-   - **Email.** Add the employee's email address.
-   
-   - **Name.** This box autofills based on the email address.
-   
-   - **Role.** Pick a single role for the employee, based on the list above.
-   
-   - **Group name.** Pick the name of the employee's group. The group association also assigns a group of Approvers.
-   
-   - **Comments.** Add optional comments about the employee.
-   
-   - **Active.** Click the check box to make the employee active in the system. If you want to keep the employee in the system, but you want to prevent access, clear this check box.
-
-4. Click **Save**.
-
-**To export all employees to an Excel spreadsheet**
-1. On the **Employee management** page, click **Export to Excel**.
-
-2. Save the EnterpriseModeUsersList.xlsx file.
-
-   The Excel file includes all employees with access to the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal, including user name, email address, role, and group name.
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 57c8991c7d..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: You can add multiple sites to your Enterprise Mode site list by creating a custom text (TXT) or Extensible Markup Language (XML) file of problematic sites and then adding it in the Bulk add from file area of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 20aF07c4-051a-451f-9c46-5a052d9Ae27c
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1) (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
-
-You can add multiple sites to your Enterprise Mode site list by creating a custom text (TXT) or Extensible Markup Language (XML) file of problematic sites and then adding it in the **Bulk add from file** area of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager. You can only add specific URLs, not Internet or Intranet Zones.
-
-If you want to add your websites one at a time, see Add sites to the [Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-enterprise-mode-tool.md).
-
-## Create an Enterprise Mode site list (TXT) file
-You can create and use a custom text file to add multiple sites to your Enterprise Mode site list at the same time. 
        **Important**
        This text file is only lets you add multiple sites at the same time. You can’t use this file to deploy Enterprise Mode into your company.
-
-You must separate each site using commas or carriage returns. For example:
-
-```
-microsoft.com, bing.com, bing.com/images
-```
-**-OR-**
-
-```
-microsoft.com
-bing.com
-bing.com/images
-```
-
-## Create an Enterprise Mode site list (XML) file using the v.1 version of the Enterprise Mode schema
-You can create and use a custom XML file with the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager to add multiple sites to your Enterprise Mode site list at the same time. For more info about the v.1 version of the Enterprise Mode schema, see [Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md).
-
-Each XML file must include:
-
-- **Version number.** This number must be incremented with each version of the Enterprise Mode site list, letting Internet Explorer know whether the list is new. Approximately 65 seconds after Internet Explorer 11 starts, it compares your site list version to the stored version number. If your file has a higher number, the newer version is loaded. 
        **Important**
        After this check, IE11 won’t look for an updated list again until you restart the browser.
-
-- **<emie> tag.** This tag specifies the domains and domain paths that must be rendered using IE7 Enterprise Mode, IE8 Enterprise Mode, or the default IE11 browser environment.
        **Important**
        If you decide a site requires IE7 Enterprise Mode, you must add `forceCompatView=”true”` to your XML file. That code tells Enterprise Mode to check for a `DOCTYPE` tag on the specified webpage. If there is, the site renders using Windows Internet Explorer 7. If there’s no tag, the site renders using Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.
-
-- <docMode> tag.This tag specifies the domains and domain paths that need either to appear using the specific doc mode you assigned to the site. Enterprise Mode takes precedence over document modes, so sites that are already included in the Enterprise Mode site list won’t be affected by this update and will continue to load in Enterprise Mode, as usual. For more specific info about using document modes, see [Fix web compatibility issues using document modes and the Enterprise Mode site list](fix-compat-issues-with-doc-modes-and-enterprise-mode-site-list.md).
-
-### Enterprise Mode v.1 XML schema example
-The following is an example of what your XML file should look like when you’re done adding your sites. For more info about how to create your XML file, see [Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md).
-
-```
-
-  
-    www.cpandl.com
-    www.woodgrovebank.com
-    adatum.com
-    contoso.com
-    relecloud.com
-      /about
-    
-    fabrikam.com
-      /products
-    
-  
-  
-    contoso.com
-      /travel
-    
-    fabrikam.com
-      /products
-    
-  
-
-```
-
-To make sure your site list is up-to-date; wait 65 seconds after opening IE and then check that the `CurrentVersion` value in the `HKEY\CURRENT\USER\Software\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\Main\EnterpriseMode\` registry key matches the version number in your file.
        **Important**
        If `CurrentVersion` is not set or is wrong, it means that the XML parsing failed. This can mean that the XML file isn’t there, that there are access problems, or that the XML file format is wrong. Don’t manually change the `CurrentVersion` registry setting. You must make your changes to your site list and then update the list using the import function in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (.
-
-## Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)
-After you create your .xml or .txt file, you can bulk add the sites to the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1).
-
- **To add multiple sites**
-
-1.  In the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1), click **Bulk add from file**.
-
-2.  Go to your site list (either .txt or .xml) to add the included sites to the tool, and then click **Open**.
        
-Each site is validated and if successful, added to the global site list when you click **OK** to close the menu. If a site doesn’t pass validation, you can try to fix the issues or pick the site and click **Add to list** to ignore the validation problem. For more information about fixing validation problems, see [Fix validation problems using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](fix-compat-issues-with-doc-modes-and-enterprise-mode-site-list.md).
-
-3.  Click **OK** to close the **Bulk add sites to the list** menu.
-
-4.  On the **File** menu, click **Save to XML**, and save your file.
        
-You can save the file locally or to a network share. However, you must make sure you deploy it to the location specified in your registry key. For more information about the registry key, see [Turn on Enterprise Mode and use a site list](turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md).
-
-## Next steps
-After you’ve added all of your sites to the tool and saved the file to XML, you can configure the rest of the Enterprise Mode functionality to use it. You can also turn Enterprise Mode on locally, so your users have the option to use Enterprise Mode on individual websites from the **Tools** menu. For more information, see [Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode](turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md).
-
-## Related topics
-- [Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md)
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 18c0b63cac..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,121 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Add multiple sites to your Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2).
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: da659ff5-70d5-4852-995e-4df67c4871dd
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2) (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 10/24/2017
----
-
-
-# Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
-
-You can add multiple sites to your Enterprise Mode site list by creating a custom text (TXT) or Extensible Markup Language (XML) file of problematic sites and then adding it in the **Bulk add from file** area of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2). You can only add specific URLs, not Internet or Intranet Zones.
-
-To add your websites one at a time, see [Add sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-enterprise-mode-tool.md).
-
-## Create an Enterprise Mode site list (TXT) file
-
-You can create and use a custom text file with the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2) to add multiple sites to your Enterprise Mode site list at the same time.
-
->**Important:**
        This text file is only lets you add multiple sites at the same time. You can’t use this file to deploy Enterprise Mode into your company.
-
-You must separate each site using commas or carriage returns. For example:
-
-```
-microsoft.com, bing.com, bing.com/images
-```
-**-OR-**
-
-```
-microsoft.com
-bing.com
-bing.com/images
-```
-
-## Create an Enterprise Mode site list (XML) file using the v.2 version of the Enterprise Mode schema
-
-You can create and use a custom XML file with the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2) to add multiple sites to your Enterprise Mode site list at the same time.
-
-Each XML file must include:
-
--   **site-list version number**. This number must be incremented with each version of the Enterprise Mode site list, letting Internet Explorer know whether the list is new. Approximately 65 seconds after Internet Explorer 11 starts, it compares your site list version to the stored version number. If your file has a higher number, the newer version is loaded. 
        **Important**
        After this check, IE11 won’t look for an updated list again until you restart the browser. 
-
--   **<compat-mode> tag.** This tag specifies what compatibility setting are used for specific sites or domains.
-
--   **<open-in> tag.** This tag specifies what browser opens for each sites or domain.
-
-### Enterprise Mode v.2 XML schema example
-
-The following is an example of what your XML file should look like when you’re done adding your sites. For more info about how to create your XML file, see [Enterprise Mode schema v.2 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md).
-
-```xml
-
-    
-    
-        EnterpriseSitelistManager
-        10240
-        20150728.135021
-    
-     
-    
-        IE8Enterprise
-        MSEdge
-    
-    
-        IE7Enterprise
-        IE11
-    
-    
-        default
-        IE11
-    
-
-```
-In the above example, the following is true:
-
-- ```www.cpandl.com```, as the main domain, must use IE8 Enterprise Mode. However, ```www.cpandl.com/images``` must use IE7 Enterprise Mode.
-
-- contoso.com, and all of its domain paths, can use the default compatibility mode for the site.
-
-To make sure your site list is up-to-date; wait 65 seconds after opening IE and then check that the `CurrentVersion` value in the `HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\Main\EnterpriseMode\` registry key matches the version number in your file. 
        **Important**
        If `CurrentVersion` is not set or is wrong, it means that the XML parsing failed. This can mean that the XML file isn’t there, that there are access problems, or that the XML file format is wrong. Don’t manually change the `CurrentVersion` registry setting. You must make your changes to your site list and then update the list using the import function in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2).
-
-## Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)
-After you create your .xml or .txt file, you can bulk add the sites to the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2).
-
- **To add multiple sites**
-
-1.  In the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2), click **Bulk add from file**.
-
-2.  Go to your site list (either .txt or .xml) to add the included sites to the tool, and then click **Open**.
        
-Each site is validated and if successful, added to the global site list when you click **OK** to close the menu. If a site doesn’t pass validation, you can try to fix the issues or pick the site and click **Add to list** to ignore the validation problem. For more information about fixing validation problems, see [Fix validation problems using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](fix-validation-problems-using-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md).
-
-3.  Click **OK** to close the **Bulk add sites to the list** menu.
-
-4.  On the **File** menu, click **Save to XML**, and save your file.
        
-You can save the file locally or to a network share. However, you must make sure you deploy it to the location specified in your registry key. For more information about the registry key, see [Turn on Enterprise Mode and use a site list](turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md).
-
-## Next steps
-After you’ve added all of your sites to the tool and saved the file to XML, you can configure the rest of the Enterprise Mode functionality to use it. You can also turn Enterprise Mode on locally, so your users have the option to use Enterprise Mode on individual websites from the **Tools** menu. For more information, see [Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode](turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md).
-
-## Related topics
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853)
-- [Enterprise Mode schema v.2 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md)
- 
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-enterprise-mode-tool.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-enterprise-mode-tool.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 8c5e4b4426..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-enterprise-mode-tool.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Enterprise Mode is a compatibility mode that runs on Internet Explorer 11, letting websites render using a modified browser configuration that's designed to emulate either Windows Internet Explorer 7 or Windows Internet Explorer 8, avoiding the common compatibility problems associated with web apps written and tested on older versions of Internet Explorer.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 042e44e8-568d-4717-8fd3-69dd198bbf26
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Add sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1) (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Add single sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Enterprise Mode is a compatibility mode that runs on Internet Explorer 11, letting websites render using a modified browser configuration that’s designed to emulate either Windows Internet Explorer 7 or Windows Internet Explorer 8, avoiding the common compatibility problems associated with web apps written and tested on older versions of Internet Explorer.
        **Important**
        You can only add specific URLs, not Internet or Intranet Zones.
-
-
        Note
        If you need to include a lot of sites, instead of adding them one at a time, you can create a list of websites and add them all at the same time. For more information, see Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Windows 7 and 8.1 Enterprise Mode Site List Manager.
-
-## Adding a site to your compatibility list
-You can add individual sites to your compatibility list by using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager.
-
        Note
        If you're using the v.2 version of the Enterprise Mode schema, you'll need to use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1). For more info, see Add sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2).
-
- **To add a site to your compatibility list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)**
-
-1.  In the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1), click **Add**.
-
-2.  Type the URL for the website that’s experiencing compatibility problems, like *<domain>.com* or *<domain>.com*/*<path>* into the **URL** box.
        
-Don't include the `https://` or `https://` designation. The tool automatically tries both versions during validation.
-
-3.  Type any comments about the website into the **Notes about URL** box.
        
-Administrators can only see comments while they’re in this tool.
-
-4.  Choose **IE7 Enterprise Mode**, **IE8 Enterprise Mode**, or the appropriate document mode for sites that must be rendered using the emulation of a previous version of IE, or pick **Default IE** if the site should use the latest version of IE.
-
-The path within a domain can require a different compatibility mode from the domain itself. For example, the domain might look fine in the default IE11 browser, but the path might have problems and require the use of Enterprise Mode. If you added the domain previously, your original compatibility choice is still selected. However, if the domain is new, **IE8 Enterprise Mode** is automatically selected.
-
-Enterprise Mode takes precedence over document modes, so sites that are already included in the Enterprise Mode site list won’t be affected by this update and will continue to load in Enterprise Mode, as usual. For more specific info about using document modes, see [Fix web compatibility issues using document modes and the Enterprise Mode site list](fix-compat-issues-with-doc-modes-and-enterprise-mode-site-list.md).
-
-5. Click **Save** to validate your website and to add it to the site list for your enterprise.
        
-   If your site passes validation, it’s added to the global compatibility list. If the site doesn’t pass validation, you’ll get an error message explaining the problem. You’ll then be able to either cancel the site or ignore the validation problem and add it to your list anyway.
-
-6. On the **File** menu, go to where you want to save the file, and then click **Save to XML**.
        
-   You can save the file locally or to a network share. However, you must make sure you deploy it to the location specified in your registry key. For more information about the registry key, see [Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode](turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md).
-
-## Next steps
-After you’ve added all of your sites to the tool and saved the file to XML, you can configure the rest of the Enterprise Mode functionality to use it. You can also turn Enterprise Mode on locally, so your users have the option to use Enterprise Mode on individual websites from the **Tools** menu. For more information, see [Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode](turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md).
-
-## Related topics
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-enterprise-mode-tool.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-enterprise-mode-tool.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 10f60620a8..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-enterprise-mode-tool.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Enterprise Mode is a compatibility mode that runs on Internet Explorer 11, letting websites render using a modified browser configuration that''s designed to emulate either Windows Internet Explorer 8 or Windows Internet Explorer 7, avoiding the common compatibility problems associated with web apps written and tested on older versions of Internet Explorer.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 513e8f3b-fedf-4d57-8d81-1ea4fdf1ac0b
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Add sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2) (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Add single sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
-
-Enterprise Mode is a compatibility mode that runs on Internet Explorer 11, letting websites render using a modified browser configuration that’s designed to emulate either Windows Internet Explorer 8 or Windows Internet Explorer 7, avoiding the common compatibility problems associated with web apps written and tested on older versions of Internet Explorer.
        **Important**
        You can only add specific URLs, not Internet or Intranet Zones.
-
-
        Note
        If you need to include a lot of sites, instead of adding them one at a time, you can create a list of websites and add them all at the same time. For more information, see the Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2) or the Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1) topic, based on your operating system.
-
-## Adding a site to your compatibility list
-You can add individual sites to your compatibility list by using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager.
        
-**Note**
        If you're using the v.1 version of the Enterprise Mode schema, you'll need to use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1). For more info, see [Add sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the WEnterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-enterprise-mode-tool.md).
-
- **To add a site to your compatibility list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)**
-
-1. In the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2), click **Add**.
-
-2. Type the URL for the website that’s experiencing compatibility problems, like *<domain>.com* or *<domain>.com*/*<path>* into the **URL** box.
        
-   Don't include the `https://` or `https://` designation. The tool automatically tries both versions during validation.
-
-3. Type any comments about the website into the **Notes about URL** box.
        
-   Administrators can only see comments while they’re in this tool.
-
-4. In the **Compat Mode** box, choose one of the following:
-
-   -   **IE8Enterprise**. Loads the site in IE8 Enterprise Mode.
-
-   -   **IE7Enterprise**. Loads the site in IE7 Enterprise Mode.
-
-   -   **IE\[*x*\]**. Where \[x\] is the document mode number and the site loads in the specified document mode.
-
-   -   **Default Mode**. Loads the site using the default compatibility mode for the page.
-
-   The path within a domain can require a different compatibility mode from the domain itself. For example, the domain might look fine in the default IE11 browser, but the path might have problems and require the use of Enterprise Mode. If you added the domain previously, your original compatibility choice is still selected. However, if the domain is new, **IE8 Enterprise Mode** is automatically selected.
-   
-   Enterprise Mode takes precedence over document modes, so sites that are already included in the Enterprise Mode site list won’t be affected by this update and will continue to load in Enterprise Mode, as usual. For more specific info about using document modes, see [Fix web compatibility issues using document modes and the Enterprise Mode site list](fix-compat-issues-with-doc-modes-and-enterprise-mode-site-list.md).
-
-5. In conjunction with the compatibility mode, you'll need to use the **Open in** box to pick which browser opens the site.
-
-   -   **IE11**. Opens the site in IE11, regardless of which browser is opened by the employee. If you have enabled [Internet Explorer mode integration on Microsoft Edge](/deployedge/edge-ie-mode), this option will open sites in Internet Explorer mode.
-
-   -   **MSEdge**. Opens the site in Microsoft Edge, regardless of which browser is opened by the employee.
-
-   -   **None**. Opens in whatever browser the employee chooses.
-
-6. If you have enabled [Internet Explorer mode integration on Microsoft Edge](/deployedge/edge-ie-mode), and you have sites that still need to opened in the standalone Internet Explorer 11 application, you can check the box for **Standalone IE**. This checkbox is only relevant when associated to 'Open in' IE11. Checking the box when 'Open In' is set to MSEdge or None will not change browser behavior.
-
-7. The checkbox **Allow Redirect** applies to the treatment of server side redirects. If you check this box, server side redirects will open in the browser specified by the open-in tag. For more information, see [here](./enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md#updated-schema-attributes).
-
-8. Click **Save** to validate your website and to add it to the site list for your enterprise.
        
-   If your site passes validation, it’s added to the global compatibility list. If the site doesn’t pass validation, you’ll get an error message explaining the problem. You’ll then be able to either cancel the site or ignore the validation problem and add it to your list anyway.
-
-9. On the **File** menu, go to where you want to save the file, and then click **Save to XML**.
        
-   You can save the file locally or to a network share. However, you must make sure you deploy it to the location specified in your registry key. For more information about the registry key, see [Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode](turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md).
-
-## Next steps
-After you’ve added all of your sites to the tool and saved the file to XML, you can configure the rest of the Enterprise Mode functionality to use it. You can also turn Enterprise Mode on locally, so your users have the option to use Enterprise Mode on individual websites from the **Tools** menu. For more information, see [Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode](turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md).
-
-## Related topics
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853)
- 
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/administrative-templates-and-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/administrative-templates-and-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4de574cbe2..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/administrative-templates-and-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: Administrative templates and Internet Explorer 11
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 2b390786-f786-41cc-bddc-c55c8a4c5af3
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Administrative templates and Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Administrative templates and Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-Administrative Templates are made up of a hierarchy of policy categories and subcategories that define how your policy settings appear in the Local Group Policy Editor, including:
-
--   What registry locations correspond to each setting.
-
--   What value options or restrictions are associated with each setting.
-
--   The default value for many settings.
-
--   Text explanations about each setting and the supported version of Internet Explorer.
-
-For a conceptual overview of Administrative Templates, see [Managing Group Policy ADMX Files Step-by-Step Guide](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-vista/cc709647(v=ws.10)).
-
-## What are Administrative Templates?
-Administrative Templates are XML-based, multi-language files that define the registry-based Group Policy settings in the Local Group Policy Editor. There are two types of Administrative Templates:
-
--   **ADMX.** A language-neutral setup file that states the number and type of policy setting, and the location by category, as it shows up in the Local Group Policy Editor.
-
--   **ADML.** A language-specific setup file that provides language-related information to the ADMX file. This file lets the policy setting show up in the right language in the Local Group Policy Editor. You can add new languages by adding new ADML files in the required language.
-
-## How do I store Administrative Templates?
-As an admin, you can create a central store folder on your SYSVOL directory, named **PolicyDefinitions**. For example, %*SystemRoot*%\\PolicyDefinitions. This folder provides a single, centralized storage location for your Administrative Templates (both ADMX and ADML) files, so they can be used by your domain-based Group Policy Objects (GPOs).
-
        Important
        Your Group Policy tools use the ADMX files in your store, ignoring any local copies. For more information about creating a central store, see Scenario 1: Editing the Local GPO Using ADMX Files.
-
-## Administrative Templates-related Group Policy settings
-When you install Internet Explorer 11, it updates the local administrative files, Inetres.admx and Inetres.adml, both located in the **PolicyDefinitions** folder.
-
        Note
        You won't see the new policy settings if you try to view or edit your policy settings on a computer that isn't running IE11. To fix this, you can either install IE11, or you can copy the updated Inetres.admx and Inetres.adml files from another computer to the PolicyDefinitions folder on this computer.
-
-IE11 provides these new policy settings, which are editable in the Local Group Policy Editor, and appear in the following policy paths:
-
--   Computer Configuration\\Administrative Templates\\Windows Components\\
-
--   User Configuration\\Administrative Templates\\Windows Components\\
-
-
-|Catalog                                           |Description                                  |
-| ------------------------------------------------ | --------------------------------------------|
-|IE                                                |Turns standard IE configuration on and off.  |
-|Internet Explorer\Accelerators                    |Sets up and manages Accelerators.            |
-|Internet Explorer\Administrator Approved Controls |Turns ActiveX controls on and off.           |
-|Internet Explorer\Application Compatibility       |Turns the **Cut**, **Copy**, or **Paste** operations on or off. This setting also requires that `URLACTION_SCRIPT_PASTE` is set to **Prompt**.   |
-|Internet Explorer\Browser Menus                   |Shows or hides the IE menus and menu options.|
-|Internet Explorer\Corporate Settings              |Turns off whether you specify the code download path for each computer.  |
-|Internet Explorer\Delete Browsing History         |Turns the **Delete Browsing History** settings on and off.   |
-|Internet Explorer\Internet Control Panel          |Turns pages on and off in the **Internet Options** dialog box. Also turns on and off the subcategories that manage settings on the **Content**, **General**, **Security** and **Advanced** pages.      |
-|Internet Explorer\Internet Settings               |Sets up and manages the **Advanced settings**, **AutoComplete**, **Display Settings**, and **URL Encoding** options.                 |
-|Internet Explorer\Persistence Behavior            |Sets up and manages the file size limits for Internet security zones.    |
-|Internet Explorer\Privacy                         |Turns various privacy-related features on and off.         |
-|Internet Explorer\Security Features               |Turns various security-related features on and off in the browser, Windows Explorer, and other applications.                       |
-|Internet Explorer\Toolbars                        |Turns on and off the ability for users to edit toolbars in the browser. You can also set the default toolbar buttons here.               |
-|RSS Feeds                                         |Sets up and manages RSS feeds in the browser.              |
-
-
-## Editing Group Policy settings
-Regardless which tool you're using to edit your Group Policy settings, you'll need to follow one of these guides for step-by-step editing instructions:
-
--   **If you're using the Group Policy Management Console (GPMC) or the Local Group Policy Editor.** See [Edit Administrative Template Policy Settings](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc771479(v=ws.11)) for step-by-step instructions about editing your Administrative Templates.
-
--   **If you're using GPMC with Advanced Group Policy Management (AGPM).** See [Checklist: Create, Edit, and Deploy a GPO](/microsoft-desktop-optimization-pack/agpm/checklist-create-edit-and-deploy-a-gpo-agpm40) for step-by-step instructions about how to check out a GPO from the AGPM archive, edit it, and request deployment.
-
-## Related topics
-- [Administrative templates (.admx) for Windows 10 April 2018 Update](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=56880)
-- [Administrative templates (.admx) for Windows 10 October 2018 Update](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=57576)
-- [Administrative Templates (.admx) for Windows 8.1 and Windows Server 2012 R2](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=746580)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/approve-change-request-enterprise-mode-portal.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/approve-change-request-enterprise-mode-portal.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 07687792a3..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/approve-change-request-enterprise-mode-portal.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Details about how Approvers can approve open change requests in the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-title: Approve a change request using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
----
-
-# Approve a change request using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-After a change request is successfully submitted to the pre-defined Approver(s), employees granted the role of **App Manager**, **Group Head**, or **Administrator**, they must approve the changes.
-
-## Approve or reject a change request
-The Approvers get an email stating that a Requester successfully opened, tested, and submitted the change request to the Approvers group. The Approvers can accept or reject a change request.
-
-**To approve or reject a change request**
-1. The Approver logs onto the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal, **All Approvals** page.
-
-   The Approver can also get to the **All Approvals** page by clicking **Approvals Pending** from the left pane.
-
-2. The Approver clicks the expander arrow (**\/**) to the right side of the change request, showing the list of Approvers and the **Approve** and **Reject** buttons.
-
-3. The Approver reviews the change request, making sure it's correct. If the info is correct, the Approver clicks **Approve** to approve the change request. If the info seems incorrect, or if the app shouldn't be added to the site list, the Approver clicks **Reject**.
-
-   An email is sent to the Requester, the Approver(s) group, and the Administrator(s) group, with the updated status of the request.
-
-
-## Send a reminder to the Approver(s) group
-If the change request is sitting in the approval queue for too long, the Requester can send a reminder to the group.
-
-- From the **My Approvals** page, click the checkbox next to the name of each Approver to be reminded, and then click **Send reminder**.
-
-  An email is sent to the selected Approver(s).
-
-
-## View rejected change requests
-The original Requester, the Approver(s) group, and the Administrator(s) group can all view the rejected change request.
-
-**To view the rejected change request**
-
-- In the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal, click **Rejected** from the left pane.
-
-   All rejected change requests appear, with role assignment determining which ones are visible.
-
-
-## Next steps
-After an Approver approves the change request, it must be scheduled for inclusion in the production Enterprise Mode Site List. For the scheduling steps, see the [Schedule approved change requests for production using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](schedule-production-change-enterprise-mode-portal.md) topic.
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/auto-configuration-and-auto-proxy-problems-with-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/auto-configuration-and-auto-proxy-problems-with-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f87e4e9cc9..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/auto-configuration-and-auto-proxy-problems-with-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: networking
-description: Auto configuration and auto proxy problems with Internet Explorer 11
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 3fbbc2c8-859b-4b2e-abc3-de2c299e0938
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Auto configuration and auto proxy problems with Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Auto configuration and auto proxy problems with Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-You might experience some problems using automatic configuration and auto-proxy with Internet Explorer 11.
-
-## Branding changes aren't distributed using automatic configuration
-If you've turned on the **Disable external branding of Internet Explorer** Group Policy Object, you won't be able to use automatic configuration to distribute your branding changes to your users' computers. When this object is turned on, it prevents the branding of IE by a non-Microsoft company or entity, such as an Internet service provider or Internet content provider. For more information about automatic configuration, see [Auto configuration settings for Internet Explorer 11](auto-configuration-settings-for-ie11.md) and [Use the Automatic Configuration page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](../ie11-ieak/auto-config-ieak11-wizard.md). For more information about Group Policy settings, see [Group policy objects and Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)](group-policy-objects-and-ie11.md).
-
-## Proxy server setup issues
-If you experience issues while setting up your proxy server, you can try these troubleshooting steps:
-
-- Check to make sure the proxy server address is right.
-
-- Check that both **Automatically detect settings** and **Automatic configuration** are turned on in the browser.
-
-- Check that the browser is pointing to the right automatic configuration script location.
-
-  **To check your proxy server address**
-
-1. On the **Tools** menu, click **Internet Options**, and then **Connections**.
-
-2. Click **Settings** or **LAN Settings**, and then look at your proxy server address.
-
-3. If you have multiple proxy servers, click **Advanced** to look at all of the additional addresses.
        **Note**
        If IE11 uses a proxy server for local IP addresses, regardless whether you turned on the **Bypass Proxy Server for Local Addresses** option, see [Internet Explorer Uses Proxy Server for Local IP Address Even if the "Bypass Proxy Server for Local Addresses" Option Is Turned On](/troubleshoot/browsers/internet-explorer-uses-proxy-server-local-ip-address).
-
-   **To check that you've turned on the correct settings**
-
-4. On the **Tools** menu, click **Internet Options**, and then click **Connections**.
-
-5. Click **Settings** or **LAN Settings**.
-
-6. In the **Automatic configuration** area, check that you've clicked the **Automatically detect settings** box. If you've turned on automatic configuration, check to make sure that you've also clicked the **Use automatic configuration script** box.
        **Note**
        If at this point everything is set up correctly, but the proxy server still isn't behaving properly, click the **Detect my network settings** box in the **Error** dialog box to try to detect the proxy server, again.
-
-   **To check that you're pointing to the correct automatic configuration script location**
-
-7. On the **Tools** menu, click **Internet Options**, and then click **Connections**.
-
-8. Click **Settings** or **LAN Settings**.
-
-9. In the **Automatic configuration** area, check that you've chosen the **Use automatic configuration script** box, and that it has the correct location to your automatic configuration script or for your automatic proxy URL.
-
- 
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/auto-configuration-settings-for-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/auto-configuration-settings-for-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 10ff22508d..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/auto-configuration-settings-for-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: networking
-description: Auto configuration settings for Internet Explorer 11
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 90308d59-45b9-4639-ab1b-497e5ba19023
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Auto configuration settings for Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Auto configuration settings for Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Automatic configuration lets you apply custom branding and graphics to your internal Internet Explorer installations, running on Windows 8.1 or Windows Server 2012 R2. For more information about adding custom branding and graphics to your IE package, see [Customize the toolbar button and Favorites List icons using IEAK 11](../ie11-ieak/guidelines-toolbar-and-favorites-list-ieak11.md).
        **Important**
        You'll only see and be able to use the **IE Customization Wizard 11 - Automatic Configuration** page if you're creating an internal IE installation package. For more information about the **IE Customization Wizard 11 - Automatic Configuration** page, see [Use the Automatic Configuration page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](../ie11-ieak/auto-config-ieak11-wizard.md).
-
-## Adding the automatic configuration registry key
-For custom graphics and branding, add the `FEATURE\AUTOCONFIG\BRANDING` registry key to your IE installation package.
        **Important**
        Follow these directions carefully because serious problems can occur if you update your registry incorrectly. For added protection, back up your registry so you can restore it if a problem occurs.
-
- **To add the registry key**
-
-1.  On the **Start** screen, type **regedit**, and then click **Regedit.exe**.
-
-2.  Right-click the `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\Main\FeatureControl` subkey, point to **New**, and then click **Key**.
-
-3.  Enter the new key name, `FEATURE\AUTOCONFIG\BRANDING`, and then press Enter.
-
-4.  Right-click `FEATURE\AUTOCONFIG\BRANDING`, point to **New**, and then click **DWORD (32-bit) Value**.
-
-5.  Enter the new DWORD value name, **iexplore.exe**, and then press Enter.
-
-6.  Right-click **iexplore.exe**, and then click **Modify**.
-
-7.  In the **Value data** box, enter **1**, and then click **OK**.
-
-8.  Exit the registry editor.
-
-## Updating your automatic configuration settings
-After adding the `FEATURE\AUTOCONFIG\BRANDING` registry key, you can change your automatic configuration settings to pick up the updated branding.
-
        Important
        Your branding changes won't be added or updated if you've previously chosen the Disable external branding of IE setting in the User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer Group Policy object. This setting is intended to prevent branding by a third-party, like an Internet service or content provider. For more information about Group Policy, including videos and the latest technical documentation, see the Group Policy TechCenter.
-
- **To update your settings**
-
-1.  Open the IE Customization Wizard 11, and go to the **Automatic Configuration** page.
-
-2.  Choose the **Automatically detect configuration settings** check box to allow automatic detection of browser settings.
-
-3.  Choose the **Enable Automatic Configuration** box to let you change the rest of the configuration options, including:
-
-    -   **Automatically configure every box:** Type how often IE should check for configuration updates. Typing **0** (zero), or not putting in any number, means that automatic configuration only happens when the computer restarts.
-
-    -   **Automatic Configuration URL (.INS file) box:** Type the location of your automatic configuration script.
-
-    -   **Automatic proxy URL (.JS, .JVS, or .PAC file) box:** Type the location of your automatic proxy script.
         **Important**
        Internet Explorer 11 no longer supports using file server locations with your proxy configuration (.pac) files. To keep using your .pac files, you have to keep them on a web server and reference them using a URL, like `https://share/test.ins`.
-
-If your branding changes aren't correctly deployed after running through this process, see [Auto configuration and auto proxy problems with Internet Explorer 11](auto-configuration-and-auto-proxy-problems-with-ie11.md).
-
-## Locking your automatic configuration settings
-You have two options to restrict your users' ability to override the automatic configuration settings, based on your environment.
-
--   **Using Microsoft Active Directory.** Choose **Disable changing Automatic Configuration settings** from the Administrative Templates setting.
-
--   **Not Using Active Directory.** Choose the **Disable changing Automatic Configuration settings** setting in the `User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer` Group Policy object.
-
- 
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/auto-detect-settings-for-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/auto-detect-settings-for-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index bf9f448755..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/auto-detect-settings-for-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: networking
-description: Auto detect settings Internet Explorer 11
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: c6753cf4-3276-43c5-aae9-200e9e82753f
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Auto detect settings Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Auto detect settings Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-After you specify the specific settings related to automatic detection on your Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) and Domain Name System (DNS) servers, you can set up your users' browser settings from a central location.
-
-Automatic detection works even if the browser wasn't originally set up or installed by the administrator.
-
--   **Using DHCP servers:** For local area network (LAN)-based users. This server type lets you specify your global and subnet TCP/IP parameters centrally, defining your users' parameters by using reserved addresses. By doing it this way, a computer can move between subnets, automatically reconfiguring for TCP/IP when it starts.
-
--   **Using DNS servers:** For users on dial-up connections. This server type uses a set of protocols and services on a TCP/IP network, which lets users search for other computers by using hierarchical, user-friendly names (hosts), instead of numeric IP addresses.
        **Note**
        DHCP has a higher priority than DNS for automatic configuration. If DHCP provides the URL to a .pac, .jvs, .js, or .ins configuration file, the process stops and the DNS lookup doesn't happen.
-
-## Updating your automatic detection settings
-To use automatic detection, you have to set up your DHCP and DNS servers.
        **Note**
        Your DHCP servers must support the `DHCPINFORM` message, to obtain the DHCP options.
-
- **To turn on automatic detection for DHCP servers**
-
-1. Open the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11, and go to the **Automatic Configuration** page.
-
-2. Choose the **Automatically detect configuration settings** box to automatically detect your browser settings. For more information about the **Automatic Configuration** page, see [Use the Automatic Configuration page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](../ie11-ieak/auto-config-ieak11-wizard.md).
-
-3. Open the [DHCP Administrative Tool](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/dd145324(v=ws.10)), create a new option type, using the code number 252, and then associate it with the URL to your configuration file. For detailed instructions about how to do this, see [Create an option 252 entry in DHCP](/previous-versions/tn-archive/bb794881(v=technet.10)).
-
-   **To turn on automatic detection for DNS servers**
-
-4. Open the IE Customization Wizard 11, and go to the **Automatic Configuration** page.
-
-5. Choose the **Automatically detect configuration settings** box to automatically detect your browser settings.
-
-6. In your DNS database file, create a host record named, **WPAD**. This record has the IP address of the web server storing your automatic configuration (.js, .jvs, .pac, or .ins) file.
        **-OR-**
        Create a canonical name (CNAME) alias record named, **WPAD**. This record has the resolved name (not the IP address) of the server storing your automatic configuration (.pac) file.
        **Note**
        For more information about creating a **WPAD** entry, see [Creating a WPAD entry in DNS](/previous-versions/tn-archive/cc995062(v=technet.10)). 
-
-7. After the database file propagates to the server, the DNS name, `wpad..com` resolves to the server name that includes your automatic configuration file.
        **Note**
        Internet Explorer 11 creates a default URL template based on the host name, **wpad**. For example, `https://wpad..com/wpad.dat`. Because of this, you need to set up a file or redirection point in your web server **WPAD** record, named **wpad.dat**. The **wpad.dat** record delivers the contents of your automatic configuration file.
-
-     
-
- 
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/auto-proxy-configuration-settings-for-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/auto-proxy-configuration-settings-for-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index faba1eb9ac..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/auto-proxy-configuration-settings-for-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: networking
-description: Auto proxy configuration settings for Internet Explorer 11
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 5120aaf9-8ead-438a-8472-3cdd924b7d9e
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Auto proxy configuration settings for Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Auto proxy configuration settings for Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Configure and maintain your proxy settings, like pointing your users' browsers to your automatic proxy script, through the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 running on either Windows 8.1 or Windows Server 2012 R2.
-
-## Updating your auto-proxy settings
-You can use your Internet settings (.ins) files to set up your standard proxy settings. You can also specify script files (.js, .jvs, or .pac) to configure and maintain your advanced proxy settings. IE uses your auto-proxy script files to dynamically determine whether to connect to a host or use a proxy server. If a proxy server connection fails, Internet Explorer 11 automatically attempts to connect to another proxy server that you have specified.
-
- **To update your settings**
-
-1.  Create a script file with your proxy information, copying it to a server location.
-
-2.  Open the IE Customization Wizard 11, and go to the **Automatic Configuration** page.
-
-3.  Choose the **Enable Automatic Configuration** box to let you change the rest of the configuration options, including:
-
-    -   **Automatically configure every box:** Type how often IE should check for configuration updates. Typing **0** (zero), or not putting in any number, means that updates only happen when the computer restarts.
-
-    -   **Automatic Configuration URL (.INS file) box:** Type the location of the .ins file you want to use for automatic configuration. For more information about setting up **Automatic Configuration**, see [Auto configuration settings for Internet Explorer 11](auto-configuration-settings-for-ie11.md).
-
-    -   **Automatic proxy URL (.JS, .JVS, or .PAC file) box:** Type the location of your automatic proxy script. This script runs whenever IE11 makes a network request and can include multiple proxy servers for each protocol type.
        **Important**
        IE11 no longer supports using file server locations with your proxy configuration (.pac) files. To keep using your .pac files, you have to keep them on a web server and reference them using a URL, like `https://share/test.ins`.
-
-## Locking your auto-proxy settings
-You have two options to restrict your users' ability to override the automatic configuration settings, based on your environment.
-
--   **Using Microsoft Active Directory.** Choose **Disable changing proxy settings** from the Administrative Templates setting.
-
--   **Not Using Active Directory.** Choose the **Prevent changing proxy settings** setting in the `User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer` Group Policy object. For more information about Group Policy, see the [Group Policy TechCenter](/windows/deployment/deploy-whats-new).
-
- 
-
- 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/blocked-out-of-date-activex-controls.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/blocked-out-of-date-activex-controls.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 17f6488e0a..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/blocked-out-of-date-activex-controls.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Blocked out-of-date ActiveX controls
-description: This page is periodically updated with new ActiveX controls blocked by this feature.
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.date: 05/10/2018
-ms.topic: article
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: security
-ms.assetid: ''
-ms.reviewer: 
-ms.sitesec: library
----
-
-# Blocked out-of-date ActiveX controls
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-ActiveX controls are small apps that let websites provide content, like videos and games, and let you interact with content, like toolbars. Unfortunately, because many ActiveX controls aren't automatically updated, they can become outdated as new versions are released. It's very important that you keep your ActiveX controls up to date because malicious software (or malware) can target security flaws in outdated controls, damaging your computer by collecting info from it, installing unwanted software, or by letting someone else control it remotely. To help avoid this situation, Internet Explorer includes a security feature called _out-of-date ActiveX control blocking_.
-
-We'll periodically update this page with new ActiveX controls blocked by this feature. We'll typically provide one month's advance notice before adding new controls to the list.
-
-You will receive a notification if a webpage tries to load one of the following of ActiveX control versions:
-
-**Java**
-
-| Java 2 Platform, Standard Edition (J2SE) 1.4, everything below (but not including) update 43 |
-|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-| J2SE 5.0, everything below (but not including) update 99                                     |
-| Java SE 6, everything below (but not including) update 181                                   |
-| Java SE 7, everything below (but not including) update 171                                   |
-| Java SE 8, everything below (but not including) update 161                                   |
-| Java SE 9, everything below (but not including) update 4                                     |
-
-**Silverlight**
-
-
-| Everything below (but not including) Silverlight 5.1.50907.0 |
-|--------------------------------------------------------------|
-|                                                              |
-
-For more information, see [Out-of-date ActiveX control blocking](out-of-date-activex-control-blocking.md) and [Internet Explorer begins blocking out-of-date ActiveX controls](https://blogs.msdn.com/b/ie/archive/2014/08/06/internet-explorer-begins-blocking-out-of-date-activex-controls.aspx).  You can also view Microsoft's complete list of out-of-date ActiveX controls in the XML-based [version list](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=403864).
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/browser-cache-changes-and-roaming-profiles.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/browser-cache-changes-and-roaming-profiles.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 3fc8a84465..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/browser-cache-changes-and-roaming-profiles.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: performance
-description: Browser cache changes and roaming profiles
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 85f0cd01-6f82-4bd1-9c0b-285af1ce3436
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Browser cache changes and roaming profiles (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 10/16/2017
----
-
-
-# Browser cache changes and roaming profiles
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-We’ve redesigned the browser cache to improve the performance, flexibility, reliability, and scalability of Internet Explorer and the apps that rely on the Windows Internet (WinINet) cache. Our new database design stops multiple clients from simultaneously accessing and using cached information, while also providing a higher level of data integrity.
-
-You won’t notice any changes to the management of your roaming profile data if you use our new database implementation in conjunction with the [roaming user profile guidelines](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/jj649079(v=ws.11)). This means that IE data that’s stored in the `AppData\Roaming` user profile folder is still be uploaded to your normal profile storage location after a user successfully logs off.
        **Note**
        Cookies in a roaming profile can only be set by Internet Explorer for the desktop, with Enhanced Protected Mode turned off. Cookies set by the immersive version of IE or by Microsoft Store apps, can’t be part of a roaming profile. For more information about persistent cookies and roaming, see [Persistent cookies are not roamed in Internet Explorer](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=401545).
-
-To get the best results while using roaming profiles, we strongly recommend the following:
-
--   Create a separate roaming repository for each domain account that uses roaming.
-
--   Restrict roaming user profiles so they work on only one computer at a time. Using a single roaming profile on multiple computers isn’t supported (via console or Remote Desktop) and can cause unpredictable results, including cookie loss.
-
--   Allow all computers that let users sign-on with a roaming profile have identical IE cookie policies and settings.
-
--   Make sure to delete the user’s local roaming profile at sign off for any computer using user profile roaming. You can do this by turning on the **Delete cached copies of roaming profiles** Group Policy Object.
-
- 
-
- 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/change-history-for-internet-explorer-11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/change-history-for-internet-explorer-11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 1617af18d5..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/change-history-for-internet-explorer-11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-title: Change history for Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) - Deployment Guide for IT Pros (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-description: This topic lists new and updated topics in the Internet Explorer 11 Deployment Guide documentation for Windows 10.
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.sitesec: library
-author: dansimp
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
----
-
-
-# Change history for Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-This topic lists new and updated topics in the Internet Explorer 11 documentation for Windows 10.
-
-## April 2017
-|New or changed topic | Description |
-|----------------------|-------------|
-|[Enterprise Mode for Internet Explorer 11](enterprise-mode-overview-for-ie11.md)|Updates to the Enterprise Mode section to include info about the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal. |
-
-## March 2017
-|New or changed topic | Description |
-|----------------------|-------------|
-|[New group policy settings for Internet Explorer 11](new-group-policy-settings-for-ie11.md) |Updated to add the Allow VBScript to run in Internet Explorer and the Hide the button (next to the New Tab button) that opens Microsoft Edge settings. |
-
-## November 2016
-|New or changed topic | Description |
-|----------------------|-------------|
-|[Collect data using Enterprise Site Discovery](collect-data-using-enterprise-site-discovery.md) |Updated the DocMode reason section to correct Code 8 and to add Code 9.|
-
-## August 2016
-|New or changed topic | Description |
-|----------------------|-------------|
-|[Enterprise Mode schema v.2 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md) |Updated to remove the IP range restrictions and to add code examples for both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. |
-|[Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md) |Updated to remove the IP range restrictions and to add code examples for both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. |
-|[Collect data using Enterprise Site Discovery](collect-data-using-enterprise-site-discovery.md)|Added the Understanding the returned reason codes section to the topic. |
-
-## July 2016
-|New or changed topic | Description |
-|----------------------|-------------|
-|[New group policy settings for Internet Explorer 11](new-group-policy-settings-for-ie11.md) |Updated to include the comprehensive list of Group Policies that were added with Internet Explorer 11. |
-
-## June 2016
-|New or changed topic | Description |
-|----------------------|-------------|
-|[New group policy settings for Internet Explorer 11](new-group-policy-settings-for-ie11.md) |Updated with 2 new policies, Send all sites not included in the Enterprise Mode Site List to Microsoft Edge and Show message when opening sites in Microsoft Edge using Enterprise Mode. |
-
-
-## May 2016
-|New or changed topic | Description |
-|----------------------|-------------|
-|[Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md) | Added info about using <emie> and <docMode> together. |
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/check-for-new-enterprise-mode-site-list-xml-file.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/check-for-new-enterprise-mode-site-list-xml-file.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 9b4b3e6f1f..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/check-for-new-enterprise-mode-site-list-xml-file.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Check for a new Enterprise Mode site list xml file (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-description: You can have centralized control over Enterprise Mode by creating a single, global XML site list that includes the list of websites to render using Enterprise Mode.
-ms.assetid: 2bbc7017-622e-4baa-8981-c0bbda10e9df
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-ms.sitesec: library
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.date: 08/14/2017
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
----
-
-
-# Check for a new Enterprise Mode site list xml file
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-You can have centralized control over Enterprise Mode by creating a single, global XML site list that includes the list of websites to render using Enterprise Mode. You can add and remove sites from your XML list as frequently as you want, changing which sites should render in Enterprise Mode for your employees. For information about turning on Enterprise Mode and using site lists, see [Turn on Enterprise Mode and use a site list](turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md).
-
-The information in this topic only covers HTTPS protocol. We strongly recommend that you use HTTPS protocol instead of file protocol due to increased performance.
-
-**How Internet Explorer 11 looks for an updated site list**
-
-1.  Internet Explorer starts up and looks for an updated site list in the following places:
-
-    1.  **In the cache container.** IE first checks the cache container to see if it finds your XML site list.
-
-    2.  **In the local cache.** If there’s nothing in the cache container, IE checks your local cache for the site list.
-
-    3.  **On the server.** Based on standard IE caching rules, IE might look for a copy of your site list in the location you put specified in the **SiteList** value of the registry.
-
-2.  If there’s an .xml file in the cache container, IE waits 65 seconds and then checks the local cache for a newer version of the file from the server, based on standard caching rules. If the server file has a different version number than the version in the cache container, the server file is used and stored in the cache container.
        **Note**
        If you’re already using a site list, enterprise mode continues to work during the 65 second wait; it just uses your existing site list instead of your new one.
-
-     
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/choose-how-to-deploy-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/choose-how-to-deploy-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 810264c501..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/choose-how-to-deploy-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Choose how to deploy Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 21b6a301-c222-40bc-ad0b-27f66fc54d9d
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Choose how to deploy Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Choose how to deploy Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-In this section, you can learn about how to deploy your custom version of Internet Explorer using Automatic Version Synchronization (AVS) or using your software distribution tools.
-
-## In this section
-
-|   Topic                                                      | Description                                            |
-|------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------ |
-|[Deploy IE11 using Automatic Version Synchronization (AVS)](deploy-ie11-using-automatic-version-synchronization-avs.md)  |Guidance about how to deploy your custom browser packages using Automatic Version Synchronization (AVS).  |
-|[Deploy IE11 using software distribution tools](deploy-ie11-using-software-distribution-tools.md)  |Guidance about how to deploy your custom browser packages using System Center 2012 R2, Windows Server Update Services (WSUS), Group Policy software installation, or Microsoft Deployment toolkit (MDT).  |
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/choose-how-to-install-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/choose-how-to-install-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0175cb7bbe..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/choose-how-to-install-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Choose how to install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 9572f5f1-5d67-483e-bd63-ffea95053481
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Choose how to install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Choose how to install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Before you install Internet Explorer 11, you should:
-
--   **Migrate Group Policy Objects.** Decide if your Group Policy Objects should migrate to the new version.
-
--   **Check vendor support for updated functionality.** Check whether third-party vendors have new versions or updates to necessary add-ons, apps, or code libraries.
-
--   **Choose the right version of Internet Explorer.** IE11 comes pre-installed on Windows 8.1 and Windows Server 2012 R2 or you can download it for Windows 7 SP1 or Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1) from the [Internet Explorer Downloads](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=214251) site.
-
--   **Choose how you'll deploy your installation package.** Your deployment method should be based on whether you're installing to computers already running Windows, or if you're deploying IE11 as part of a Windows installation.
-
-    -   **Existing computers running Windows.** Use Configuration Manager, System Center Essentials 2010, Windows Server Updates Services (WSUS), or Microsoft Intune to deploy IE11. For more information about how to use these systems, see [Configuration Manager](/previous-versions/system-center/system-center-2012-R2/gg682129(v=technet.10)), [System Center Essentials 2010](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=395200), [Windows Server Update Services](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/hh852345(v=ws.11)), and [Microsoft Intune Overview](https://www.microsoft.com/cloud-platform/microsoft-intune).
-
-    -   **As part of a Windows deployment.** Update your Windows images to include IE11, and then add the update to your MDT deployment share or to your Windows image. For instructions about how to create and use Windows images, see [Create and Manage a Windows Image Using DISM](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-8.1-and-8/hh825251(v=win.10)). For general information about deploying IE, see [Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT)](/mem/configmgr/mdt/), [Windows ADK Overview](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-8.1-and-8/hh825486(v=win.10)).
-
- 
-
- 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/collect-data-using-enterprise-site-discovery.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/collect-data-using-enterprise-site-discovery.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 961f15218c..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/collect-data-using-enterprise-site-discovery.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,446 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Use Internet Explorer to collect data on computers running Windows Internet Explorer 8 through Internet Explorer 11 on Windows 10, Windows 8.1, or Windows 7.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.assetid: a145e80f-eb62-4116-82c4-3cc35fd064b6
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Collect data using Enterprise Site Discovery
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-# Collect data using Enterprise Site Discovery
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Use Internet Explorer to collect data on computers running Windows Internet Explorer 8 through Internet Explorer 11 on Windows 10, Windows 8.1, or Windows 7. This inventory information helps you build a list of websites used by your company so you can make more informed decisions about your IE deployments, including figuring out which sites might be at risk or require overhauls during future upgrades.
-
->**Upgrade Readiness and Windows upgrades**
        
->You can use Upgrade Readiness to help manage your Windows 10 upgrades on devices running Windows 8.1 and Windows 7 (SP1). You can also use Upgrade Readiness to review several site discovery reports. For more information, see [Manage Windows upgrades with Upgrade Readiness](/windows/deployment/upgrade/manage-windows-upgrades-with-upgrade-readiness).
-
-
-## Before you begin
-Before you start, you need to make sure you have the following:
-
--   Latest cumulative security update (for all supported versions of Internet Explorer):
-
-    1.  Go to the [Microsoft Security Bulletin](/security-updates/) page, and change the filter to **Windows Internet Explorer 11**.
-
-        ![microsoft security bulletin techcenter.](images/securitybulletin-filter.png)
-
-    2.  Click the title of the latest cumulative security update, and then scroll down to the **Affected software** table.
-
-        ![affected software section.](images/affectedsoftware.png)
-
-    3.  Click the link that represents both your operating system version and Internet Explorer 11, and then follow the instructions in the **How to get this update** section.
-
--   [Setup and configuration package](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=517719), including:
-
-    -   Configuration-related PowerShell scripts
-
-    -   IETelemetry.mof file
-
-    -   Sample System Center 2012 report templates
-
-        You must use System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager or later for these samples to work.
-
-Both the PowerShell script and the Managed Object Format (.MOF) file need to be copied to the same location on the client device, before you run the scripts.
-
-## What data is collected?
-Data is collected on the configuration characteristics of IE and the sites it browses, as shown here.
-
-|Data point              |IE11 |IE10 |IE9  |IE8  |Description                                                             |
-|------------------------|-----|-----|-----|-----|------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|URL                     |  ✔️  |  ✔️  |  ✔️  |  ✔️  |URL of the browsed site, including any parameters included in the URL.  |
-|Domain                  |  ✔️  |  ✔️  |  ✔️  |  ✔️  |Top-level domain of the browsed site.                                   |
-|ActiveX GUID            |  ✔️  |  ✔️  |  ✔️  |  ✔️  |GUID of the ActiveX controls loaded by the site.                        |
-|Document mode           |  ✔️  |  ✔️  |  ✔️  |  ✔️  |Document mode used by IE for a site, based on page characteristics.     |
-|Document mode reason    |  ✔️  |  ✔️  |     |     |The reason why a document mode was set by IE.                           |
-|Browser state reason    |  ✔️  |  ✔️  |     |     |Additional information about why the browser is in its current state. Also called, browser mode.           |
-|Hang count              |  ✔️  |  ✔️  |  ✔️  |  ✔️  |Number of visits to the URL when the browser hung.                      |
-|Crash count             |  ✔️  |  ✔️  |  ✔️  |  ✔️  |Number of visits to the URL when the browser crashed.                   |
-|Most recent navigation failure (and count) |  ✔️  |  ✔️  |  ✔️  |  ✔️  |Description of the most recent navigation failure (like, a 404 bad request or 500 internal server error) and the number of times it happened.  |
-|Number of visits        |  ✔️  |  ✔️  |  ✔️  |  ✔️  |Number of times a site has been visited.                                |
-|Zone                    |  ✔️  |  ✔️  |  ✔️  |  ✔️  |Zone used by IE to browse sites, based on browser settings.             |
-
-
->**Important**
        By default, IE doesn’t collect this data; you have to turn this feature on if you want to use it. After you turn on this feature, data is collected on all sites visited by IE, except during InPrivate sessions. Additionally, the data collection process is silent, so there’s no notification to the employee. Therefore, you must get consent from the employee before you start collecting info. You must also make sure that using this feature complies with all applicable local laws and regulatory requirements.
-
-### Understanding the returned reason codes
-The following tables provide more info about the Document mode reason, Browser state reason, and the Zone codes that are returned as part of your data collection.
-
-#### DocMode reason
-The codes in this table can tell you what document mode was set by IE for a webpage.
        These codes only apply to Internet Explorer 10 and Internet Explorer 11.
-
-|Code |Description |
-|-----|------------|
-|3 |Page state is set by the `FEATURE_DOCUMENT_COMPATIBLE_MODE` feature control key.|
-|4 |Page is using an X-UA-compatible meta tag. |
-|5 |Page is using an X-UA-compatible HTTP header. |
-|6 |Page appears on an active **Compatibility View** list. |
-|7 |Page is using native XML parsing. |
-|8 |Page is using a special Quirks Mode Emulation (QME) mode that uses the modern layout engine, but the quirks behavior of Internet Explorer 5. |
-|9 |Page state is set by the browser mode and the page's DOCTYPE.|
-
-#### Browser state reason
-The codes in this table can tell you why the browser is in its current state. Also called “browser mode”.
        These codes only apply to Internet Explorer 10 and Internet Explorer 11.
-
-|Code |Description |
-|-----|------------|
-|1 |Site is on the intranet, with the **Display intranet sites in Compatibility View** box checked. |
-|2 |Site appears on an active **Compatibility View** list, created in Group Policy. |
-|3 |Site appears on an active **Compatibility View** list, created by the user. |
-|4 |Page is using an X-UA-compatible tag. |
-|5 |Page state is set by the **Developer** toolbar. |
-|6 |Page state is set by the `FEATURE_BROWSER_EMULATION` feature control key. |
-|7 |Site appears on the Microsoft **Compatibility View (CV)** list. |
-|8 |Site appears on the **Quirks** list, created in Group Policy. |
-|11 |Site is using the default browser. |
-
-#### Zone
-The codes in this table can tell you what zone is being used by IE to browse sites, based on browser settings.
        These codes apply to Internet Explorer 8, Internet Explorer 9, Internet Explorer 10, and Internet Explorer 11.
-
-|Code |Description |
-|-----|------------|
-|-1 |Internet Explorer is using an invalid zone. |
-|0 |Internet Explorer is using the Local machine zone. |
-|1 |Internet Explorer is using the Local intranet zone. |
-|2 |Internet Explorer is using the Trusted sites zone. |
-|3 |Internet Explorer is using the Internet zone. |
-|4 |Internet Explorer is using the Restricted sites zone. |
-
-## Where is the data stored and how do I collect it?
-The data is stored locally, in an industry-standard WMI class, .MOF file or in an XML file, depending on your configuration. This file remains on the client computer until it’s collected. To collect the files, we recommend:
-
--   **WMI file**. Use Microsoft Configuration Manager or any agent that can read the contents of a WMI class on your computer.
-
--   **XML file**. Any agent that works with XML can be used.
-
-## WMI Site Discovery suggestions
-We recommend that you collect your data for at most a month at a time, to capture a user’s typical workflow. We don’t recommend collecting data longer than that because the data is stored in a WMI provider and can fill up your computer’s hard drive. You may also want to collect data only for pilot users or a representative sample of people, instead of turning this feature on for everyone in your company.
-
-On average, a website generates about 250bytes of data for each visit, causing only a minor impact to Internet Explorer’s performance. Over the course of a month, collecting data from 20 sites per day from 1,000 users, you’ll get about 150MB of data:
        250 bytes (per site visit) X 20 sites/day X 30 days = (approximately) 150KB X 1000 users = (approximately) 150MB 
-
->**Important**
        The data collection process is silent, so there’s no notification to the employee. Therefore, you must get consent from the employee before you start collecting info. You must also make sure that using this feature complies with all applicable local laws and regulatory requirements.
-
-## Getting ready to use Enterprise Site Discovery
-Before you can start to collect your data, you must run the provided PowerShell script (IETelemetrySetUp.ps1) on your client devices to start generating the site discovery data and to set up a place to store this data locally. Then, you must start collecting the site discovery data from the client devices, using one of these three options:
-
-- Collect your hardware inventory using the MOF Editor, while connecting to a client device.
        
--OR-
-- Collect your hardware inventory using the MOF Editor with a .MOF import file.
        
--OR-
-- Collect your hardware inventory using the SMS\DEF.MOF file (Configuration Manager 2007 only)
-
-### WMI only: Running the PowerShell script to compile the .MOF file and to update security privileges
-You need to set up your computers for data collection by running the provided PowerShell script (IETelemetrySetUp.ps1) to compile the .mof file and to update security privileges for the new WMI classes.
-
->**Important**
        You must run this script if you’re using WMI as your data output. It's not necessary if you're using XML as your data output.
-
-**To set up Enterprise Site Discovery**
-
-- Start PowerShell in elevated mode (using admin privileges) and run IETelemetrySetUp.ps1 by by-passing the PowerShell execution policy, using this command: `powershell -ExecutionPolicy Bypass .\IETelemetrySetUp.ps1`. For more info, see [about Execution Policies](/powershell/module/microsoft.powershell.core/about/about_execution_policies).
-
-### WMI only: Set up your firewall for WMI data
-If you choose to use WMI as your data output, you need to make sure that your WMI data can travel through your firewall for the domain. If you’re sure, you can skip this section; otherwise, follow these steps:
-
-**To set up your firewall**
-
-1. In **Control Panel**, click **System and Security**, and then click **Windows Firewall**.
-
-2. In the left pane, click **Allow an app or feature through Windows Firewall** and scroll down to check the box for **Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI)**.
-
-3. Restart your computer to start collecting your WMI data.
-
-## Use PowerShell to finish setting up Enterprise Site Discovery
-You can determine which zones or domains are used for data collection, using PowerShell. If you don’t want to use PowerShell, you can do this using Group Policy. For more info, see [Use Group Policy to finish setting up Enterprise Site Discovery](#use-group-policy-to-finish-setting-up-enterprise-site-discovery).
-
->**Important**
        The .ps1 file updates turn on Enterprise Site Discovery and WMI collection for all users on a device.
-
-- **Domain allow list.** If you have a domain allow list, a comma-separated list of domains that should have this feature turned on, you should use this process.
-
-- **Zone allow list.** If you have a zone allow list, a comma-separated list of zones that should have this feature turned on, you should use this process.
-
-**To set up data collection using a domain allow list**
- 
-- Start PowerShell in elevated mode (using admin privileges) and run IETelemetrySetUp.ps1, using this command: `.\IETelemetrySetUp.ps1 [other args] -SiteAllowList sharepoint.com,outlook.com,onedrive.com`.
- 
-    >**Important**
        Wildcards, like \*.microsoft.com, aren’t supported.
-
-**To set up data collection using a zone allow list**
- 
-- Start PowerShell in elevated mode (using admin privileges) and run IETelemetrySetUp.ps1, using this command: `.\IETelemetrySetUp.ps1 [other args] -ZoneAllowList Computer,Intranet,TrustedSites,Internet,RestrictedSites`.
- 
-    >**Important**
        Only Computer, Intranet, TrustedSites, Internet, and RestrictedSites are supported.
-
-## Use Group Policy to finish setting up Enterprise Site Discovery
-You can use Group Policy to finish setting up Enterprise Site Discovery. If you don’t want to use Group Policy, you can do this using PowerShell. For more info, see [Use Powershell to finish setting up Enterprise Site Discovery](#use-powershell-to-finish-setting-up-enterprise-site-discovery).
-
->**Note**
         All of the Group Policy settings can be used individually or as a group.
-
- **To set up Enterprise Site Discovery using Group Policy**
-
--   Open your Group Policy editor, and go to these new settings:
-
-    |Setting name and location  |Description  |Options  |
-    |---------------------------|-------------|---------|
-    |Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Turn on Site Discovery WMI output |Writes collected data to a WMI class, which can be aggregated using a client-management solution like Configuration Manager. |
        • **On.** Turns on WMI recording.
        • **Off.** Turns off WMI recording.
         |
-    |Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Turn on Site Discovery XML output |Writes collected data to an XML file, which is stored in your specified location. |
        • **XML file path.** Including this turns on XML recording.
        • **Blank.** Turns off XML recording.
         |
-    |Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Limit Site Discovery output by Zone |Manages which zone can collect data. |To specify which zones can collect data, you must include a binary number that represents your selected zones, based on this order:
        0 – Restricted Sites zone
        0 – Internet zone
        0 – Trusted Sites zone
        0 – Local Intranet zone
        0 – Local Machine zone
        **Example 1:** Include only the Local Intranet zone
        Binary representation: *00010*, based on:
        0 – Restricted Sites zone
        0 – Internet zone
        0 – Trusted Sites zone
        1 – Local Intranet zone
        0 – Local Machine zone
        **Example 2:** Include only the Restricted Sites, Trusted Sites, and Local Intranet zones
        Binary representation: *10110*, based on:
        1 – Restricted Sites zone
        0 – Internet zone
        1 – Trusted Sites zone
        1 – Local Intranet zone
        1 – Local Machine zone |
-    |Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Limit Site Discovery output by domain |Manages which domains can collect data |To specify which domains can collect data, you must include your selected domains, one domain per line, in the provided box. It should look like:
        microsoft.sharepoint.com
        outlook.com
        onedrive.com
        timecard.contoso.com
        LOBApp.contoso.com |
-
-### Combining WMI and XML Group Policy settings
-You can use both the WMI and XML settings individually or together:
-
-**To turn off Enterprise Site Discovery**
-
-|Setting name|Option|
-|--- |--- |
-|Turn on Site Discovery WMI output|Off|
-|Turn on Site Discovery XML output|Blank|
-
-**Turn on WMI recording only**
-
-|Setting name|Option|
-|--- |--- |
-|Turn on Site Discovery WMI output|On|
-|Turn on Site Discovery XML output|Blank|
-
-**To turn on XML recording only**
-
-|Setting name|Option|
-|--- |--- |
-|Turn on Site Discovery WMI output|Off|
-|Turn on Site Discovery XML output|XML file path|
- 
-**To turn on both WMI and XML recording**
-
-|Setting name|Option|
-|--- |--- |
-|Turn on Site Discovery WMI output|On|
-|Turn on Site Discovery XML output|XML file path|
-
-## Use Configuration Manager to collect your data
-After you’ve collected your data, you’ll need to get the local files off of your employee’s computers. To do this, use the hardware inventory process in Configuration Manager, using one of these options:
-
-- Collect your hardware inventory using the MOF Editor, while connecting to a client device.
        
--OR-
-- Collect your hardware inventory using the MOF Editor with a .MOF import file.
        
--OR-
-- Collect your hardware inventory using the SMS\DEF.MOF file (Configuration Manager 2007 only)
-
-### Collect your hardware inventory using the MOF Editor while connected to a client device
-You can collect your hardware inventory using the MOF Editor, while you’re connected to your client devices.
-
- **To collect your inventory**
-
-1.  From the Configuration Manager, click **Administration**, click **Client Settings**, double-click **Default Client Settings**, click **Hardware Inventory**, and then click **Set Classes**.
-
-    ![Configuration Manager, showing the hardware inventory settings for client computers.](images/configmgrhardwareinventory.png)
-
-2.  Click **Add**, click **Connect**, and connect to a computer that has completed the setup process and has already existing classes.
-
-3.  Change the **WMI Namespace** to `root\cimv2\IETelemetry`, and click **Connect**.
-
-    ![Configuration Manager, with the Connect to Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI) box.](images/ie11-inventory-addclassconnectscreen.png)
-
-4.  Select the check boxes next to the following classes, and then click **OK**:
-
-    -   IESystemInfo
-
-    -   IEURLInfo
-
-    -   IECountInfo
-
-5.  Click **OK** to close the default windows.
        
-Your environment is now ready to collect your hardware inventory and review the sample reports.
-
-### Collect your hardware inventory using the MOF Editor with a .MOF import file
-You can collect your hardware inventory using the MOF Editor and a .MOF import file.
-
- **To collect your inventory**
-
-1.  From the Configuration Manager, click **Administration**, click **Client Settings**, double-click **Default Client Settings**, click **Hardware Inventory**, and then click **Set Classes**.
-
-2.  Click **Import**, choose the MOF file from the downloaded package we provided, and click **Open**.
-
-3.  Pick the inventory items to install, and then click **Import**.
-
-4.  Click **OK** to close the default windows.
        
-Your environment is now ready to collect your hardware inventory and review the sample reports.
-
-### Collect your hardware inventory using the SMS\DEF.MOF file (Configuration Manager 2007 only)
-You can collect your hardware inventory using the using the Systems Management Server (SMS\DEF.MOF) file. Editing this file lets you collect your data for Configuration Manager 2007. If you aren’t using this version of Configuration Manager, you won’t want to use this option.
-
-**To collect your inventory**
-
-1.  Using a text editor like Notepad, open the SMS\DEF.MOF file, located in your `\inboxes\clifiles.src\hinv` directory.
-
-2.  Add this text to the end of the file:
-
-    ``` 
-    [SMS_Report     (TRUE),
-     SMS_Group_Name ("IESystemInfo"),
-     SMS_Class_ID   ("MICROSOFT|IESystemInfo|1.0"),
-     Namespace      ("root\\\\cimv2\\\\IETelemetry")  ]
-    Class IESystemInfo: SMS_Class_Template
-    {
-        [SMS_Report (TRUE), Key  ]
-            String SystemKey;
-        [SMS_Report (TRUE)       ]
-            String IEVer;
-    };
-
-    [SMS_Report     (TRUE),
-     SMS_Group_Name ("IEURLInfo"),
-     SMS_Class_ID   ("MICROSOFT|IEURLInfo|1.0"),
-     Namespace      ("root\\\\cimv2\\\\IETelemetry")  ]
-    Class IEURLInfo: SMS_Class_Template
-    {
-        [SMS_Report (TRUE), Key  ]
-            String URL;
-        [SMS_Report (TRUE)       ]
-            String Domain;
-        [SMS_Report (TRUE)       ]
-            UInt32 DocMode;
-        [SMS_Report (TRUE)       ]
-            UInt32 DocModeReason;
-        [SMS_Report (TRUE)       ]
-            UInt32 Zone;
-        [SMS_Report (TRUE)       ]
-            UInt32 BrowserStateReason;
-        [SMS_Report (TRUE)       ]
-            String ActiveXGUID[];
-        [SMS_Report (TRUE)       ]
-            UInt32 CrashCount;
-        [SMS_Report (TRUE)       ]
-            UInt32 HangCount;
-        [SMS_Report (TRUE)       ]
-            UInt32 NavigationFailureCount;
-        [SMS_Report (TRUE)       ]
-            UInt32 NumberOfVisits;
-        [SMS_Report (TRUE)       ]
-            UInt32 MostRecentNavigationFailure;
-    };
-
-    [SMS_Report     (TRUE),
-     SMS_Group_Name ("IECountInfo"),
-     SMS_Class_ID   ("MICROSOFT|IECountInfo|1.0"),
-     Namespace      ("root\\\\cimv2\\\\IETelemetry")  ]
-    Class IECountInfo: SMS_Class_Template
-    {
-        [SMS_Report (TRUE), Key  ]
-            String CountKey;
-        [SMS_Report (TRUE)       ]
-            UInt32 CrashCount;
-        [SMS_Report (TRUE)       ]
-            UInt32 HangCount;
-        [SMS_Report (TRUE)       ]
-            UInt32 NavigationFailureCount;
-    };
-    ```
-
-3.  Save the file and close it to the same location.
-    Your environment is now ready to collect your hardware inventory and review the sample reports.
-
-## View the sample reports with your collected data
-The sample reports, **Configuration Manager Report Sample – ActiveX.rdl** and **Configuration Manager Report Sample – Site Discovery.rdl**, work with System Center 2012, so you can review your collected data.
-
-### Configuration Manager Report Sample – ActiveX.rdl
-Gives you a list of all of the ActiveX-related sites visited by the client computer.
-
-![ActiveX.rdl report, lists all ActiveX-related sites visited by the client computer.](images/configmgractivexreport.png)
-
-### Configuration Manager Report Sample – Site Discovery.rdl
-Gives you a list of all of the sites visited by the client computer.
-
-![Site Discovery.rdl report, lists all websites visited by the client computer.](images/ie-site-discovery-sample-report.png)
-
-## View the collected XML data
-After the XML files are created, you can use your own solutions to extract and parse the data. The data will look like:
-
-``` xml
-
-     
-          [dword]
-          [dword]
-          [dword]
-     
-     
-          [string]
-          
-               [guid]
-          
-          [dword]
-          [dword]
-          [dword]
-          [dword]
-          [dword]
-          [dword]
-          [dword]
-          [dword]
-          [string]
-          [dword]
-     
-     …
-     …
-
-```
-You can import this XML data into the correct version of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, automatically adding the included sites to your Enterprise Mode site list.
-
-**To add your XML data to your Enterprise Mode site list**
-
-1.  Open the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, click **File**, and then click **Bulk add from file**.
-
-    ![Enterprise Mode Site List Manager with Bulk add from file option.](images/bulkadd-emiesitelistmgr.png)
-
-2.  Go to your XML file to add the included sites to the tool, and then click **Open**.
        Each site is validated and if successful, added to the global site list when you click **OK** to close the menu. If a site doesn’t pass validation, you can try to fix the issues or pick the site and click **Add to list** to ignore the validation problem. For more information about fixing validation problems, see [Fix validation problems using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](fix-validation-problems-using-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md).
-
-3.  Click **OK** to close the **Bulk add sites to the list** menu.
-
-## Turn off data collection on your client devices
-After you’ve collected your data, you’ll need to turn Enterprise Site Discovery off.
-
-**To stop collecting data, using PowerShell**
-
--   On your client computer, start Windows PowerShell in elevated mode (using admin privileges) and run `IETelemetrySetUp.ps1`, using this command: `powershell -ExecutionPolicy Bypass .\IETelemetrySetUp.ps1 –IEFeatureOff`.
-
-    >**Note**
        Turning off data collection only disables the Enterprise Site Discovery feature – all data already written to WMI stays on your employee’s computer.
-
-
-**To stop collecting data, using Group Policy**
-
-1.  Open your Group Policy editor, go to `Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Turn on Site Discovery WMI output`, and click **Off**.
-
-2.  Go to `Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Turn on Site Discovery XML output`, and clear the file path location.
-
-### Delete already stored data from client computers
-You can completely remove the data stored on your employee’s computers.
-
-**To delete all existing data**
-
--   On the client computer, start PowerShell in elevated mode (using admin privileges) and run these four commands:
-
-    -   `Remove-WmiObject -Namespace root/cimv2/IETelemetry IEURLInfo`
-
-    -   `Remove-WmiObject -Namespace root/cimv2/IETelemetry  IESystemInfo`
-
-    -   `Remove-WmiObject -Namespace root/cimv2/IETelemetry  IECountInfo`
-
-    -   `Remove-Item -Path 'HKCU:\Software\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\WMITelemetry'`
-
-## Related topics
-* [Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2) download](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=746562)
-* [Enterprise Mode for Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)](enterprise-mode-overview-for-ie11.md)
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/configure-settings-enterprise-mode-portal.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/configure-settings-enterprise-mode-portal.md
deleted file mode 100644
index db62af6aab..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/configure-settings-enterprise-mode-portal.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Details about how the Administrator can use the Settings page to set up Groups and roles, the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal environment, and the freeze dates for production changes.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-title: Use the Settings page to finish setting up the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
----
-
-# Use the Settings page to finish setting up the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-The **Settings** page lets anyone with Administrator rights set up groups and roles, set up the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal environment, and choose the freeze dates for production changes.
-
-## Use the Environment settings area
-This area lets you specify the location of your production and pre-production environments, where to store your attachments, your settings location, and the website domain for email notifications.
-
-**To add location info**
-1. Open the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal and click the **Settings** icon in the upper-right area of the page.
-
-   The **Settings** page appears.
-
-2. In the **Environment settings** area of the page, provide the info for your **Pre-production environment**, your **Production environment**, your **Attachments location**, your **Settings location**, and your **Website domain for email notifications**.
-
-3. Click **Credentials** to add the appropriate domain, user name, and password for each location, and then click **OK**.
-
-## Use the Group and role settings area
-After you set up your email credentials, you'll be able to add or edit your Group info, along with picking which roles must be Approvers for the group.
-
-**To add a new group and determine the required change request Approvers**
-1. Open the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal and click the **Settings** icon in the upper-right area of the page.
-
-   The **Settings** page appears.
-
-2. In the **Group and role settings** area of the page, click **Group details**.
-
-    The **Add or edit group names** box appears.
-
-3. Click the **Add group** tab, and then add the following info:
-
-    - **New group name.** Type name of your new group.
-    
-    - **Group head email.** Type the email address for the primary contact for the group.
-
-    - **Group head name.** This box automatically fills, based on the email address.
-
-    - **Active.** Click the check box to make the group active in the system. If you want to keep the group in the system, but you want to prevent access, clear this check box.
-
-4. Click **Save**.
-
-
-**To set a group's required Approvers**
-1. In the **Group and role settings** area of the page, choose the group name you want to update with Approvers from the **Group name** box.
-
-2. In the **Required approvers** area, choose which roles are required to approve a change request for the group. You can choose one or many roles.
-
-    - **App Manager.** All employees in the selected group must get change request approval by someone assigned this role. 
-
-        You can change the name of this role by clicking the pencil icon and providing a new name in the **Edit role name** box.
-
-    - **Group Head.** All employees in the selected group must get change request approval by someone assigned this role.
-
-        You can change the name of this role by clicking the pencil icon and providing a new name in the **Edit role name** box.
-
-    - **Administrator.** All employees in the selected group must get change request approval by someone assigned this role.
-
-## Use the Freeze production changes area
-This optional area lets you specify a period when your employees must stop adding changes to the current Enterprise Mode Site List. This must include both a start and an end date.
-
-**To add the start and end dates**
-1. Open the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal and click the **Settings** icon in the upper-right area of the page.
-
-   The **Settings** page appears.
-
-2. In the **Freeze production changes** area of the page, use the calendars to provide the **Freeze start date** and the **Freeze end date**. Your employees can't add apps to the production Enterprise Mode Site List during this span of time.
-
-3. Click **Save**.
-
-## Related topics
-- [Enterprise Mode Site List Portal source code](https://github.com/MicrosoftEdge/enterprise-mode-site-list-portal)
-
-- [Enterprise Mode and the Enterprise Mode Site List](what-is-enterprise-mode.md)
-
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager tool or page](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) 
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/create-change-request-enterprise-mode-portal.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/create-change-request-enterprise-mode-portal.md
deleted file mode 100644
index cffb48a00d..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/create-change-request-enterprise-mode-portal.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Details about how to create a change request within the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-title: Create a change request using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
----
-
-# Create a change request using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Employees assigned to the Requester role can create a change request. A change request is used to tell the Approvers and the Administrator that a website needs to be added or removed from the Enterprise Mode Site List. The employee can navigate to each stage of the process by using the workflow links provided at the top of each page of the portal.
-
-> [!Important]
-> Each Requester must have access to a test machine with Administrator rights, letting him or her get to the pre-production environment to make sure that the requested change is correct.
-
-**To create a new change request**
-1. The Requester (an employee that has been assigned the Requester role) signs into the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal, and clicks **Create new request**.
-
-   The **Create new request** page appears.
-
-2. Fill out the required fields, based on the group and the app, including:
-
-    - **Group name.** Select the name of your group from the dropdown box.
-
-    - **App name.** Type the name of the app you want to add, delete, or update in the Enterprise Mode Site List.
-
-        - **Search all apps.** If you can't remember the name of your app, you can click **Search all apps** and search the list.
-
-        - **Add new app.** If your app isn't listed, you can click **Add new app** to add it to the list.
-
-    - **Requested by.** Automatically filled in with your name.
-
-    - **Description.** Add descriptive info about the app.
-
-    - **Requested change.** Select whether you want to **Add to EMIE**, **Delete from EMIE**, or **Update to EMIE**.
-
-    - **Reason for request.** Select the best reason for why you want to update, delete, or add the app.
-
-    - **Business impact (optional).** An optional area where you can provide info about the business impact of this app and the change.
-
-    - **App location (URL).** The full URL location to the app, starting with https:// or https://.
-
-    - **App best viewed in.** Select the best browser experience for the app. This can be Internet Explorer 5 through Internet Explorer 11 or one of the IE7Enterprise or IE8Enterprise modes.
-
-    - **Is an x-ua tag used?** Select **Yes** or **No** whether an x-ua-compatible tag is used by the app. For more info about x-ua-compatible tags, see the topics in [Defining document compatibility](/previous-versions/windows/internet-explorer/ie-developer/compatibility/cc288325(v=vs.85)).
-
-4. Click **Save and continue** to save the request and get the app info sent to the pre-production environment site list for testing.
-
-    A message appears that the request was successful, including a **Request ID** number, saying that the change is being made to the pre-production environment site list.
-
-5. The Requester gets an email with a batch script, that when run, configures their test machine for the pre-production environment, along with the necessary steps to make sure the changed info is correct.
-
-    - **If the change is correct.** The Requester asks the approvers to approve the change request by selecting **Successful** and clicking **Send for approval**.
-
-    - **If the change is incorrect.** The Requester can rollback the change in pre-production or ask for help from the Administrator.
-
-## Next steps
-
-After the change request is created, the Requester must make sure the suggested changes work in the pre-production environment. For these steps, see [Verify your changes using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](verify-changes-preprod-enterprise-mode-portal.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/create-install-packages-for-multiple-operating-systems-or-languages.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/create-install-packages-for-multiple-operating-systems-or-languages.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 395703b43d..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/create-install-packages-for-multiple-operating-systems-or-languages.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Create packages for multiple operating systems or languages
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 44051f9d-63a7-43bf-a427-d0a0a1c717da
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Create packages for multiple operating systems or languages (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Create packages for multiple operating systems or languages
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-You'll create multiple versions of your custom browser package if:
-
-- You support more than 1 version of Windows®.
-
-- You support more than 1 language.
-
-- You have custom installation packages with only minor differences. Like, having a different phone number.
-
-  **To create a new package**
-
-1.  Create an installation package using the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11, as described in the [Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) Customization Wizard options](../ie11-ieak/ieak11-wizard-custom-options.md) topic.
-
-2.  Go to your **CIE/Custom** folder and rename the `Install.ins`file. For example, if you need a version for employees in Texas, rename the file to Texas.ins.
-
-3.  Run the wizard again, using the Custom folder as the destination directory.
        
-**Important**
        
-Except for the **Title bar** text, **Favorites**, **Links bar**, **Home page**, and **Search bar**, keep all of your wizard settings the same for all of your build computers.
-
-     
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/customize-ie11-install-packages.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/customize-ie11-install-packages.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ddaef22325..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/customize-ie11-install-packages.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Customize Internet Explorer 11 installation packages
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.assetid: 10a14a09-673b-4f8b-8d12-64036135e7fd
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Customize Internet Explorer 11 installation packages (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Customize Internet Explorer 11 installation packages
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-You can customize Internet Explorer 11 to support various browser behaviors, multiple operating system versions and languages, and Setup information (.inf) files.
-
-|Topic                                                                   |Description                                         |
-|------------------------------------------------------------------------|----------------------------------------------------|
-|[Using IEAK 11 to create packages](using-ieak11-to-create-install-packages.md) |How to use the Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) and the IE Customization Wizard 11 to set up, configure, deploy, and maintain IE11. |
-|[Create packages for multiple operating systems or languages](create-install-packages-for-multiple-operating-systems-or-languages.md) |How to create multiple versions of your custom installation package, to support multiple operating systems or languages. |
-|[Using .INF files to create packages](using-inf-files-to-create-install-packages.md) |How to use the Microsoft® Windows Setup Engine to automate setup tasks and customize your component installations. |
-
-
-
-In addition, you can configure IE before, during, or after deployment, using these tools:
-
--   **IE Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11)**. Creates customized installation packages that can be deployed through your software distribution system. For more information about the IEAK 11, see [Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) - Administration Guide for IT Pros](../ie11-ieak/index.md).
-
--   **Group Policy**. Configures and enforces IE11 settings. For more information about settings and configuration options, see [Group policy objects and Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)](group-policy-objects-and-ie11.md).
-
--   **Unattend.xml**. Customizes some of the IE settings during your Windows installation. This option only applies if you're updating a Windows image with IE11.
        **Note**
        
-You'll only see the new IE11 Unattend.xml settings if your Unattend.xml file's associated with a Windows image that includes the IE11 update. For more information about editing and using the Unattend.xml file, see [Unattended Windows Setup Reference](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-8.1-and-8/ff699026(v=win.10)). For more information about using the Windows System Image Manager, see [Windows System Image Manager Technical Reference](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-8.1-and-8/hh824929(v=win.10)).
-
-     
-
- 
-
- 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/delete-sites-from-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/delete-sites-from-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 843d917596..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/delete-sites-from-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-description: Delete a single site from your global Enterprise Mode site list.
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 41413459-b57f-48da-aedb-4cbec1e2981a
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Delete sites from your Enterprise Mode site list in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Delete sites from your Enterprise Mode site list in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-
- **To delete a single site from your global Enterprise Mode site list**
-
--   From the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, pick the site you want to delete, and then click **Delete**.
        
-The site is permanently removed from your list.
-
-If you delete a site by mistake, you’ll need to manually add it back using the instructions in the following topics, based on operating system.
-
--   [Add sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-enterprise-mode-tool.md)
-
--   [Add sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-enterprise-mode-tool.md)
-
-## Related topics
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853)
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/deploy-ie11-using-automatic-version-synchronization-avs.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/deploy-ie11-using-automatic-version-synchronization-avs.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f0c56de35..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/deploy-ie11-using-automatic-version-synchronization-avs.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: You can deploy Internet Explorer 11 to your users' computers by using your custom browser packages and Automatic Version Synchronization (AVS).
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: f51224bd-3371-4551-821d-1d62310e3384
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Deploy Internet Explorer 11 using Automatic Version Synchronization (AVS) (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-# Deploy Internet Explorer 11 using Automatic Version Synchronization (AVS)
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-You can deploy Internet Explorer 11 to your users' computers by using your custom browser packages and Automatic Version Synchronization (AVS).
-
-## What is Automatic Version Synchronization?
-Automatic Version Synchronization (AVS) lets you use the Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) to synchronize the IE11 setup files on a local computer with the latest setup files on the web.
-
-You must synchronize the setup files at least once on the local computer, for each language and operating system combination, before proceeding through the rest of the wizard. If your packages have more than one version of IE, you need to keep the versions in separate component download folders, which can be pointed to from the **File Locations** page of the IEAK 11. For more information about using the AVS feature, see [Use the Automatic Version Synchronization page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](../ie11-ieak/auto-version-sync-ieak11-wizard.md)
-.
-
-## Related topics
-- [Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) - Administration Guide for IT Pros](../ie11-ieak/index.md)
-- [Customize Internet Explorer 11 installation packages](customize-ie11-install-packages.md)
-
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/deploy-ie11-using-software-distribution-tools.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/deploy-ie11-using-software-distribution-tools.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7eaac18e22..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/deploy-ie11-using-software-distribution-tools.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Deploy Internet Explorer 11 using software distribution tools
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: fd027775-651a-41e1-8ec3-d32eca876d8a
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Deploy Internet Explorer 11 using software distribution tools (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Deploy Internet Explorer 11 using software distribution tools
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-If you already manage software distribution and updates on your network through software distribution tools, you can also use these tools for ongoing deployments of Internet Explorer. Software distribution tools include:
-
--   **Configuration Manager** Deploy and install Internet Explorer 11 on your user's computers through a software distribution package. For more information about using this tool, see [Configuration Manager](/previous-versions/system-center/system-center-2012-R2/gg682129(v=technet.10)).
-
--   **Windows Server Update Services (WSUS).** Download a single copy of the IE11 updates, caching them to local servers so your users' computers can receive the updates directly from the WSUS servers, instead of through Windows Update. For more information about using this tool, see [Windows Server Update Services](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/hh852345(v=ws.11)).
-
--   **Group Policy Software Installation.** Deploy and install IE11 on your user's computers through a combination of Group Policy and Microsoft Active Directory. For more information about using this tool, see [Group Policy Software Installation overview](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2003/cc738858(v=ws.10)).
-
--   **Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT).** Add the IE11 update to your deployment share, using MDT to update your previously-deployed Windows image. For more information about using this tool, see [Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT)](/mem/configmgr/mdt/).
-
- 
-
- 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/deploy-pinned-sites-using-mdt-2013.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/deploy-pinned-sites-using-mdt-2013.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 513e6e6b22..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/deploy-pinned-sites-using-mdt-2013.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,122 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: You can pin websites to the Windows 8.1 taskbar for quick access using the Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT) 2013.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.assetid: 24f4dcac-9032-4fe8-bf6d-2d712d61cb0c
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Deploy pinned websites using Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT) 2013 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Deploy pinned websites using Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT) 2013
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-You can pin websites to the Windows 8.1 taskbar for quick access. You pin a website simply by dragging its tab to the taskbar. Some websites can also extend the icon’s Jump List.
-
-The ability to pin websites to the Windows 8.1 taskbar can help make end users in businesses more productive. As an IT professional, for example, you can pin intranet and SharePoint websites to the taskbar to make them immediately available to users. In this article, you learn how to deploy pinned websites by using Lite Touch Installation in the [Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT) 2013](/mem/configmgr/mdt/).
-
-## Deploying pinned websites in MDT 2013
-This topic requires that you have a complete MDT 2013 deployment share that contains Windows 8.1 which comes with Internet Explorer 11. If you’re deploying to Windows 7 clients and need to learn how to add IE11 to an MDT 2013 deployment share as an update, see [Installing Internet Explorer 11 using Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT)](./install-ie11-using-operating-system-deployment-systems.md) in the TechNet library.
-
-Deploying pinned websites in MDT 2013 is a 4-step process:
-
-1.  Create a .website file for each website that you want to deploy. When you pin a website to the taskbar, Windows 8.1 creates a .website file that describes how the icon should look and feel.
-
-2.  Copy the .website files to your deployment share.
-
-3.  Copy the .website files to your target computers.
-
-4.  Edit the task sequence of your Unattend.xml answer files to pin the websites to the taskbar. In particular, you want to add each .website file to the **TaskbarLinks** item in Unattend.xml during oobeSystem phase. You can add up to six .website files to the **TaskbarLinks** item.
-
-Pinned websites are immediately available to every user who logs on to the computer although the user must click each icon to populate its Jump List.
-
-**Important**
        
-To follow the examples in this topic, you’ll need to pin the Bing (https://www.bing.com/) and MSN (https://www.msn.com/) websites to the taskbar.
-
-### Step 1: Creating .website files
-The first step is to create a .website file for each website that you want to pin to the Windows 8.1 taskbar during deployment. A .website file is like a shortcut, except it’s a plain text file that describes not only the website’s URL but also how the icon looks.
-
- **To create each .website file**
-
-1.  Open the website in IE11.
-
-2.  Drag the website’s tab and drop it on the Windows 8.1 taskbar.
-
-3.  Go to `%USERPROFILE%\AppData\Roaming\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\Quick Launch\User Pinned\TaskBar` in Windows Explorer, and copy the bing.website and msn.website files to your desktop.
-
-### Step 2: Copying the .website files to the deployment share
-Next, you must enable your deployment share to copy the bing.website and msn.website files to the **Start** menu on each target computer.
-
- **To copy .website files to the deployment share**
-
-1.  Open your MDT 2013 deployment share in Windows Explorer.
-
-2.  In the `$OEM$` folder, create the path `$1\Users\Public\Public Links`. If the `$OEM$` folder doesn’t exist, create it at the root of your deployment share.
-
-3.  Copy the bing.website and msn.website files from your desktop to `$OEM$\$1\Users\Public\Public Links` in your deployment share.
-
-### Step 3: Copying .website files to target computers
-After your operating system is installed on the target computer, you need to copy the .website files over so they can be pinned to the taskbar.
-
- **To copy .website files to target computers**
-
-1.  In the **Deployment Workbench** of MDT 2013, open the deployment share containing the task sequence during which you want to deploy pinned websites, and then click **Task Sequences**.
-
-2.  In the right pane of the **Deployment Workbench**, right-click your task sequence (create a new one if you don’t have one yet), and click **Properties**.
-
-3.  In the **Task Sequence** tab, click the **Postinstall** folder, click **General** from the **Add** button, and then click **Run Command Line**.
-
-4.  Rename the newly created item to *Copy Files* and move it up to the top of the **Postinstall** folder.
-
-5.  In the **Command Line** box enter the following text, `xcopy "%DEPLOYROOT%\$OEM$\$1" "%OSDisk%\" /yqe`.
-
-6.  Click the **Apply** button to save your changes.
-
-### Step 4: Pinning .website files to the Taskbar
-With the .website files ready to copy to the **Public Links** folder on target computers for all users, the last step is to edit the Unattend.xml answer files to pin those .website files to the taskbar. You will need to complete the following steps for each task sequence during which you want to pin these websites to the taskbar.
-
- **To pin .website files to the Taskbar**
-
-1. Open the Windows System Image Manager (Windows SIM).
-
-2. On the **OS Info** tab, click **Edit Unattend.xml** to open the Unattend.xml file.
-
-2.  In the **Windows Image** pane, under **Components** and then **Microsoft-Windows-Shell-Setup**, right-click **TaskbarLinks**, and then click **Add Setting to Pass 7 oobeSystem**.
-
-3.  In the **TaskbarLinks Properties** pane, add the relative path to the target computer’s (not the deployment share’s) .website files that you created earlier. You can add up to six links to the **TaskbarLinks** item. For example, `%PUBLIC%\Users\Public\Public Links\Bing.website` and `%PUBLIC%\Users\Public\Public Links\MSN.website`
-
-4.  On the **File** menu, click **Save Answer File**, and then close Windows SIM.
-
-5.  To close the task sequence, click **OK**.
-
-## Updating intranet websites for pinning
-The MDT 2013 deployment share and task sequences are now ready to pin websites to the taskbar during deployment. This pinning feature can include intranet sites important in your organization.
-
-You can make your intranet websites act more like applications by extending them to fully support the Windows 8.1 taskbar. This includes creating custom Jump Lists, thumbnail previews, and notifications. For info about extending your intranet websites, see [Pinned Sites Developer Documentation](/previous-versions/windows/internet-explorer/ie-developer/samples/gg491731(v=vs.85)) on MSDN. For more ideas about what to pin, see [Add-ons](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=398483) in the Internet Explorer Gallery.
-
-## Related topics
-- [Unattended Windows Setup Reference](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-8.1-and-8/ff699026(v=win.10))
-- [Windows System Image Manager Technical Reference](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-8.1-and-8/hh824929(v=win.10))
-- [Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT)](/mem/configmgr/mdt/)
-- [Windows ADK Overview](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-8.1-and-8/hh825486(v=win.10))
-
- 
-
- 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/deprecated-document-modes.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/deprecated-document-modes.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 5cfa201d18..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/deprecated-document-modes.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Windows Internet Explorer 8 introduced document modes as a way to move from the proprietary coding of web features to a more standardized type of coding that could run on multiple browsers and devices.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 00cb1f39-2b20-4d37-9436-62dc03a6320b
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Deprecated document modes and Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-# Deprecated document modes and Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Windows Internet Explorer 8 introduced document modes as a way to move from the proprietary coding of web features to a more standardized type of coding that could run on multiple browsers and devices. Starting with Windows 10, we’re deprecating document modes.
-
-This means that while Internet Explorer 11 will continue to support document modes, Microsoft Edge won’t. And because of that, it also means that if you want to use Microsoft Edge, you’re going to have to update your legacy webpages and apps to support modern features, browsers, and devices.
-
->**Note**
        
->For specific details about the technologies and APIs that are no longer supported in Microsoft Edge, see [A break from the past, part 2: Saying goodbye to ActiveX, VBScript, attachEvent](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=615953).
-
-## What is document mode?
-Each release after Internet Explorer 8 has helped with the transition by introducing additional document modes that emulated previously supported versions, while also introducing support for features defined by industry standards. During this time, numerous websites and apps were updated to the latest and greatest industry standards, while many other sites and apps continued to simply rely on document modes to work properly.
-
-Because our goal with Microsoft Edge is to give users the best site and app viewing experience possible, we’ve decided to stop support for document modes. All websites and apps using legacy features and code will need to be updated to rely on the new modern standards and practices.
-
-If you have legacy sites and apps that can’t be updated to modern standards, you can continue to use IE11 and document modes. We recommend that you use the **IE11 Standards document mode** because it represents the highest support available for modern standards. You should also use the HTML5 document type declaration to turn on the latest supported standards while using IE11:``.
-
-## Document modes and IE11
-The compatibility improvements made in IE11 lets older websites just work in the latest standards mode, by default, without requiring emulation of the previous browser behavior. Because older websites are now just working, we’ve decided that Internet Explorer 10 document mode will be the last new document mode. Instead, developers will need to move to using the IE11 document mode going forward.
-
-## Document mode selection flowchart
-This flowchart shows how IE11 works when document modes are used.
-
-![Flowchart detailing how document modes are chosen in IE11.](images/docmode-decisions-sm.png)
        
-[Click this link to enlarge image](img-ie11-docmode-lg.md)
-
-## Known Issues with Internet Explorer 8 document mode in Enterprise Mode
-The default document mode for Enterprise Mode is Internet Explorer 8. While this mode provides a strong emulation of that browser, it isn’t an exact match. For example, Windows Internet Explorer 9 fundamentally changed how document modes work with iframes and document modes can’t undo architectural changes. It’s also a known issue that Windows 10 supports GDI font rendering while using Enterprise Mode, but uses natural metrics once outside of Enterprise Mode.
-
-## Related topics
-- [Enterprise Mode for Internet Explorer 11](enterprise-mode-overview-for-ie11.md)
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/edit-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/edit-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 29574ab860..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/edit-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: You can use Internet Explorer 11 and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager to change whether page rendering should use Enterprise Mode or the default Internet Explorer browser configuration. You can also add, remove, or delete associated comments.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 76aa9a85-6190-4c3a-bc25-0f914de228ea
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Edit the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Edit the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-You can use Internet Explorer 11 and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager to change whether page rendering should use Enterprise Mode or the default Internet Explorer browser configuration. You can also add, remove, or delete associated comments.
-
-If you need to edit a lot of websites, you probably don’t want to do it one at a time. Instead, you can edit your saved XML or TXT file and add the sites back again. For information about how to do this, depending on your operating system and schema version, see [Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md) or [Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md).
-
- **To change how your page renders**
-
-1.  In the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, double-click the site you want to change.
-
-2.  Change the comment or the compatibility mode option.
-
-3.  Click **Save** to validate your changes and to add the updated information to your site list.
        
-If your change passes validation, it’s added to the global site list. If the update doesn’t pass validation, you’ll get an error message explaining the problem. You’ll then be able to either cancel the update or ignore the validation problem and add it to your list anyway. For more information about fixing validation issues, see [Fix validation problems using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](fix-validation-problems-using-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md).
-
-4.  On the **File** menu, click **Save to XML**, and save the updated file.
        
-You can save the file locally or to a network share. However, you must make sure you deploy it to the location specified in your registry key. For more information about the registry key, see [Turn on Enterprise Mode and use a site list](turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md).
-
-## Related topics
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853)
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/enable-and-disable-add-ons-using-administrative-templates-and-group-policy.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/enable-and-disable-add-ons-using-administrative-templates-and-group-policy.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e21f3e41ed..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/enable-and-disable-add-ons-using-administrative-templates-and-group-policy.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: Enable and disable add-ons using administrative templates and group policy
-ms.author: dansimp
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: c6fe1cd3-0bfc-4d23-8016-c9601f674c0b
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-title: Enable and disable add-ons using administrative templates and group policy (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 4/12/2018
----
-
-
-# Enable and disable add-ons using administrative templates and group policy
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Add-ons let your employees personalize Internet Explorer. You can manage IE add-ons using Group Policy and Group Policy templates.
-
-There are four types of add-ons:
-
--   **Search Providers.** Type a term and see suggestions provided by your search provider.
-
--   **Accelerators.** Highlight text on a web page and then click the blue **Accelerator** icon to email, map, search, translate, or do many other tasks.
-
--   **Web Slices.** Subscribe to parts of a website to get real-time information on the Favorites bar.
-
--   **Toolbars.** Add features (like stock tickers) to your browser.
-
-## Using the Local Group Policy Editor to manage group policy objects
-You can use the Local Group Policy Editor to change how add-ons work in your organization.
-
- **To manage add-ons**
-
-1.  In the Local Group Policy Editor, go to `Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer`.
-
-2.  Change any or all of these settings to match your company’s policy and requirements.
-
-    -   Turn off add-on performance notifications
-
-    -   Automatically activate newly installed add-ons
-
-    -   Do not allow users to enable or disable add-ons
-
-3.  Go into the **Internet Control Panel\\Advance Page** folder, where you can change:
-
-    -   Do not allow resetting IE settings
-
-    -   Allow third-party browser extensions
-
-4.  Go into the **Security Features\\Add-on Management** folder, where you can change:
-
-    -   Add-on List
-
-    -   Deny all add-ons unless specifically allowed in the Add-on List
-
-    -   Turn off Adobe Flash in IE and prevent applications from using IE technology to instantiate Flash objects
-
-5.  Close the Local Group Policy Editor when you’re done.
-
-## Using the CLSID and Administrative Templates to manage group policy objects
-Every add-on has a Class ID (CLSID) that you use to enable and disable specific add-ons, using Group Policy and Administrative Templates.
-
- **To manage add-ons**
-
-1.  Get the CLSID for the add-on you want to enable or disable:
-
-    1.  Open IE, click **Tools**, and then click **Manage Add-ons**.
-
-    2.  Double-click the add-on you want to change. 
-
-    3.  In the More Information dialog, click **Copy** and then click **Close**. 
-    
-    4. Open Notepad and paste the information for the add-on. 
-    
-    5. On the Manage Add-ons windows, click **Close**.
-    
-    6. On the Internet Options dialog, click **Close** and then close IE.
-    
-2.  From the copied information, select and copy just the **Class ID** value.
-
-    > [!NOTE]
-    > You want to copy the curly brackets as well as the CLSID: **{47833539-D0C5-4125-9FA8-0819E2EAAC93}**.
-
-3.  Open the Group Policy Management Editor and go to: Computer Configuration\Policies\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Security Features\Add-on Management.
-
        **-OR-**
        
-Open the Local Group Policy Editor and go to: User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Security Features\Add-on Management.
-
-4.  Open the **Add-on List** Group Policy Object, select **Enabled**, and then click **Show**.
        The Show Contents dialog appears.
-
-6.  In **Value Name**, paste the Class ID for your add-on, for example, **{47833539-D0C5-4125-9FA8-0819E2EAAC93}**.
-
-6.  In **Value**, enter one of the following:
-
-    -   **0**. The add-on is disabled and your employees can’t change it.
-
-    -   **1**. The add-on is enabled and your employees can’t change it.
-
-    -   **2**. The add-on is enabled and your employees can change it.
-
-7.  Close the Show Contents dialog.
-
-7.  In the Group Policy editor, go to: Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer.
-
-8.  Double-click **Automatically activate/enable newly installed add-ons** and select **Enabled**.

        Enabling turns off the message prompting you to Enable or Don't enable the add-on.
-
-7.  Click **OK** twice to close the Group Policy editor.
- 
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/enhanced-protected-mode-problems-with-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/enhanced-protected-mode-problems-with-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e284e24e3f..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/enhanced-protected-mode-problems-with-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: Enhanced Protected Mode problems with Internet Explorer
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.assetid: 15890ad1-733d-4f7e-a318-10399b389f45
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Enhanced Protected Mode problems with Internet Explorer (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Enhanced Protected Mode problems with Internet Explorer
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Enhanced Protected Mode further restricts Protected Mode to deny potential attackers access to sensitive or personal information. If this feature is turned on, users might start to see errors asking them to turn it off, like **This webpage wants to run "npctrl.dll. If you trust this site, you can disable Enhanced Protected Mode for this site to run the control**. If your users click the **Disable** box, Enhanced Protected Mode is turned off for only the single visit to that specific site. After the user leaves the site, Enhanced Protected Mode is automatically turned back on.
-
-You can use your company’s Group Policy to turn Enhanced Protected Mode on or off for all users. For more information, see the [Group policy objects and Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)](group-policy-objects-and-ie11.md) information in this guide.
-
-For more information about Enhanced Protected Mode, see the [Enhanced Protected Mode](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=267512) post on IEBlog, and both the [Understanding Enhanced Protected Mode](/archive/blogs/ieinternals/understanding-enhanced-protected-mode) and the [Enhanced Protected Mode and Local Files](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=282663) blog posts on IEInternals.
-
- 
-
- 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/enterprise-mode-overview-for-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/enterprise-mode-overview-for-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e5e3c31095..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/enterprise-mode-overview-for-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Use the topics in this section to learn how to set up and use Enterprise Mode, Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, and the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal for your company.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: d52ba8ba-b3c7-4314-ba14-0610e1d8456e
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Enterprise Mode for Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Enterprise Mode for Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Use the topics in this section to learn how to set up and use Enterprise Mode and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager in your company.
-
-## In this section
-
-|Topic                                                          |Description                                                                        |
-|---------------------------------------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|[Enterprise Mode and the Enterprise Mode Site List](what-is-enterprise-mode.md)|Includes descriptions of the features of Enterprise Mode.                          |
-|[Set up Enterprise Mode logging and data collection](set-up-enterprise-mode-logging-and-data-collection.md) |Guidance about how to turn on local control of Enterprise Mode and how to use ASP or the GitHub sample to collect data from your local computers. |
-|[Turn on Enterprise Mode and use a site list](turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md) |Guidance about how to turn on Enterprise Mode and set up a site list, using Group Policy or the registry. |
-|[Enterprise Mode schema v.2 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md) |Guidance about how to write the XML for your site list, including what not to include, how to use trailing slashes, and info about how to target specific sites. |
-|[Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md) |Guidance about how to write the XML for your site list, including what not to include, how to use trailing slashes, and info about how to target specific sites. |
-|[Check for a new Enterprise Mode site list xml file](check-for-new-enterprise-mode-site-list-xml-file.md) |Guidance about how the Enterprise Mode functionality looks for your updated site list. |
-|[Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode](turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md) |Guidance about how to turn on local control of Enterprise Mode, using Group Policy or the registry.|
-|[Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) |Guidance about how to use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, including how to add and update sites on your site list. |
-|[Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](use-the-enterprise-mode-portal.md) |Guidance about how to set up and use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, including how to add and update sites on your site list. |
-|[Using Enterprise Mode](using-enterprise-mode.md)                           |Guidance about how to turn on either IE7 Enterprise Mode or IE8 Enterprise Mode.    |
-|[Fix web compatibility issues using document modes and the Enterprise Mode Site List](fix-compat-issues-with-doc-modes-and-enterprise-mode-site-list.md) |Guidance about how to decide and test whether to use document modes or Enterprise Mode to help fix compatibility issues. |
-|[Remove sites from a local Enterprise Mode site list](remove-sites-from-a-local-enterprise-mode-site-list.md) |Guidance about how to remove websites from a device's local Enterprise Mode site list. |
-|[Remove sites from a local compatibility view list](remove-sites-from-a-local-compatibililty-view-list.md) |Guidance about how to remove websites from a device's local compatibility view list. |
-|[Turn off Enterprise Mode](turn-off-enterprise-mode.md)                     |Guidance about how to stop using your site list and how to turn off local control, using Group Policy or the registry. |
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e486ed248d..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,133 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager to create and update your Enterprise Mode site list for devices running Windows 7 or Windows 8.1 Update.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 17c61547-82e3-48f2-908d-137a71938823
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-
-Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1) to create and update your Enterprise Mode site list for devices running the v.1 version of the schema, or the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2) to create and update your Enterprise Mode site list for devices running the v.2 version of the schema. We strongly recommend moving to the new schema, v.2. For more info, see [Enterprise Mode schema v.2 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md). 
-
-If you don't want to use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, you also have the option to update your XML schema using Notepad, or any other XML-editing app.
-
-## Enterprise Mode schema v.1 example
-The following is an example of the Enterprise Mode schema v.1. This schema can run on devices running Windows 7 and Windows 8.1.
-
-> [!IMPORTANT]
-> Make sure that you don't specify a protocol when adding your URLs. Using a URL like `contoso.com` automatically applies to both `http://contoso.com` and `https://contoso.com`.
-
-```xml
-
-  
-    www.cpandl.com
-    www.woodgrovebank.com
-    adatum.com
-    contoso.com
-    relecloud.com
-      /about
-    
-    fabrikam.com
-      /products
-    
-  
-  
-    contoso.com
-      /travel
-    
-    fabrikam.com
-      /products
-    
-  
-
-```
-
-### Schema elements
-This table includes the elements used by the Enterprise Mode schema.
-
-|Element |Description  |Supported browser  |
-|---------|---------|---------|
-|<rules>   | Root node for the schema.
        **Example** 
        <rules version="205"> 
          <emie> 
           <domain>contoso.com</domain> 
          </emie>
         </rules> |Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge         |
-|<emie>     |The parent node for the Enterprise Mode section of the schema. All <domain> entries will have either IE8 Enterprise Mode or IE7 Enterprise Mode applied. 
         **Example** 
        <rules version="205"> 
         <emie> 
           <domain>contoso.com</domain> 
         </emie>
        </rules>  
         
         **or** 
         For IPv6 ranges: 

        <rules version="205"> 
         <emie> 
          <domain>[10.122.34.99]:8080</domain> 
         </emie>
        </rules> 
         
         **or**
         For IPv4 ranges:
        <rules version="205"> 
         <emie> 
          <domain>[10.122.34.99]:8080</domain> 
         </emie>
        </rules> | Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge       |
-|<docMode>     |The parent node for the document mode section of the section. All <domain> entries will get IE5 - IE11 document modes applied. If there's a <domain> element in the docMode section that uses the same value as a <domain> element in the emie section, the emie element is applied.  
         **Example** 
         
        <rules version="205"> 
         <docmode> 
           <domain docMode="7">contoso.com</domain> 
         </docmode>
        </rules>     |Internet Explorer 11         |
-|<domain>     |A unique entry added for each site you want to put on the Enterprise Mode site list. The first <domain> element will overrule any additional <domain> elements that use the same value for the section. You can use port numbers for this element. 
         **Example** 
         
        <emie> 
         <domain>contoso.com:8080</domain>
        </emie>       |Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge         |
-|<path>    |A unique entry added for each path under a domain you want to put on the Enterprise Mode site list. The <path> element is a child of the <domain> element. Additionally, the first <path> element will overrule any additional <path> elements in the schema section.
         **Example**  
         
        <emie> 
         <domain exclude="true">fabrikam.com 
           <path exclude="false">/products</path>
         </domain>
        </emie>
         
         Where `https://fabrikam.com` doesn't use IE8 Enterprise Mode, but `https://fabrikam.com/products` does.   |Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge         |
-
-### Schema attributes
-This table includes the attributes used by the Enterprise Mode schema.
-
-|Attribute|Description|Supported browser|
-|--- |--- |--- |
-|version|Specifies the version of the Enterprise Mode Site List. This attribute is supported for the <rules> element.|Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge|
-|exclude|Specifies the domain or path that is excluded from getting the behavior applied. This attribute is supported on the <domain> and <path> elements.
         **Example** 
        <emie>
          <domain exclude="false">fabrikam.com 
            <path exclude="true">/products</path>
          </domain>
        </emie> 
         Where `https://fabrikam.com` doesn't use IE8 Enterprise Mode, but `https://fabrikam.com/products` does.|Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge|
-|docMode|Specifies the document mode to apply. This attribute is only supported on <domain> or <path>elements in the <docMode> section.
         **Example**
        <docMode> 
          <domain exclude="false">fabrikam.com 
            <path docMode="9">/products</path>
          </domain>
        </docMode>|Internet Explorer 11|
-|doNotTransition| Specifies that the page should load in the current browser, otherwise it will open in IE11. This attribute is supported on all <domain> or <path> elements. If this attribute is absent, it defaults to false.
         **Example**
        <emie>
         <domain doNotTransition="false">fabrikam.com 
           <path doNotTransition="true">/products</path>
         </domain>
        </emie>
        Where `https://fabrikam.com` opens in the IE11 browser, but `https://fabrikam.com/products` loads in the current browser (eg. Microsoft Edge)|Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge|
-|forceCompatView|Specifies that the page should load in IE7 document mode (Compat View). This attribute is only supported on <domain> or <path> elements in the <emie> section. If the page is also configured to load in Enterprise Mode, it will load in IE7 Enterprise Mode. Otherwise (exclude="true"), it will load in IE11's IE7 document mode. If this attribute is absent, it defaults to false. 
         **Example**
        <emie>
         <domain exclude="true">fabrikam.com 
           <path forcecompatview="true">/products</path>
         </domain>
        </emie>
        Where `https://fabrikam.com` does not use Enterprise Mode, but `https://fabrikam.com/products` uses IE7 Enterprise Mode.|Internet Explorer 11|
-
-### Using Enterprise Mode and document mode together
-If you want to use both Enterprise Mode and document mode together, you need to be aware that  <emie> entries override <docMode> entries for the same domain. 
-
-For example, say you want all of the sites in the contoso.com domain to open using IE8 Enterprise Mode, except test.contoso.com, which needs to open in document mode 11. Because Enterprise Mode takes precedence over document mode, if you want test.contoso.com to open using document mode, you'll need to explicitly add it as an exclusion to the <emie> parent node.
-
-```xml
-
-  
-    contoso.com
-    test.contoso.com
-  
-  
-    test.contoso.com
-  
-
-```
-
-### What not to include in your schema
-We recommend that you not add any of the following items to your schema because they can make your compatibility list behave in unexpected ways:
-- Don’t use protocols. For example, `http://`, `https://`, or custom protocols. They break parsing.
-- Don’t use wildcards.
-- Don’t use query strings, ampersands break parsing.
-
-## How to use trailing slashes
-You can use trailing slashes at the path-level, but not at the domain-level:
-- **Domain-level.** Don’t add trailing slashes to a domain, it breaks parsing.
-- **Path-level.** Adding a trailing slash to a path means that the path ends at that point. By not adding a trailing slash, the rule applies to all of the sub-paths.
-
-**Example**
-
-```xml
-contoso.com
-  /about/
-
-```
-In this example, `contoso.com/about/careers` will use the default version of Internet Explorer, even though `contoso.com/about/` uses Enterprise Mode.
-
-
-## How to target specific sites
-If you want to target specific sites in your organization.
-
-|Targeted site |Example |Explanation |
-|--------------|--------|------------|
-|You can specify subdomains in the domain tag. |<docMode>
        <domain docMode="5">contoso.com</domain>
        <domain docMode="9">info.contoso.com</domain>
        <docMode>         |
        • contoso.com uses document mode 5.
        • info.contoso.com uses document mode 9.
        • test.contoso.com also uses document mode 5.
        |
-|You can specify exact URLs by listing the full path. |<emie>
        <domain exclude="false">bing.com</domain>
        <domain exclude="false" forceCompatView="true">contoso.com</domain>
        <emie>        |
        • bing.com uses IE8 Enterprise Mode.
        • contoso.com uses IE7 Enterprise Mode.
        |
-|You can nest paths underneath domains. |<emie>
        <domain exclude="true">contoso.com
        <path exclude="false">/about</path>
        <path exclude="true">
        /about/business</path>
        </domain>
        </emie>         |
        • contoso.com will use the default version of IE.
        • contoso.com/about and everything underneath that node will load in Enterprise Mode, except contoso.com/about/business, which will load in the default version of IE.
         |
-|You can’t add a path underneath a path. The file will still be parsed, but the sub-path will be ignored. |<emie>
        <domain exclude="true">contoso.com
        <path>/about
        <path exclude="true">/business</path>
        </path>
        </domain>
        </emie>         |
        • contoso.com will use the default version of IE.
        • contoso.com/about and everything underneath that node will load in Enterprise Mode, including contoso.com/about/business because the last rule is ignored.
         |
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 5af6fab521..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager to create and update your Enterprise Mode site list for devices running Windows 10.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 909ca359-5654-4df9-b9fb-921232fc05f5
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Enterprise Mode schema v.2 guidance (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 12/04/2017
----
-
-
-# Enterprise Mode schema v.2 guidance
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
-
-Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager to create and update your site list for devices running Windows 7, Windows 8.1, and Windows 10, using the version 2.0 (v.2) of the Enterprise Mode schema. If you don't want to use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, you also have the option to update your XML schema using Notepad, or any other XML-editing app.
-
-> [!IMPORTANT]
-> If you're running Windows 7 or Windows 8.1 and you've been using the version 1.0 (v.1) of the schema, you can continue to do so, but you won't get the benefits that come with the updated schema. For info about the v.1 schema, see [Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md).
-
-## Enterprise Mode schema v.2 updates
-Because of the schema changes, you can't combine the old version (v.1) with the new version (v.2) of the schema. If you look at your XML file, you can tell which version you're using by:
-
--   <rules>. If your schema root node includes this key, you're using the v.1 version of the schema.
-
--   <site-list>. If your schema root node includes this key, you're using the v.2 version of the schema.
-
-You can continue to use the v.1 version of the schema on Windows 10, but you won't have the benefits of the new v.2 version schema updates and new features. Additionally, saving the v.1 version of the schema in the new Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2) automatically updates the file to use the v.2 version of the schema.
-
-### Enterprise Mode v.2 schema example
-The following is an example of the v.2 version of the Enterprise Mode schema.
-
-> [!IMPORTANT]
-> Make sure that you don't specify a protocol when adding your URLs. Using a URL like ``, automatically applies to both `http://contoso.com` and `https://contoso.com`.
- 
-```xml
-
-	
-	
-		EnterpriseSitelistManager
-		10240
-		20150728.135021
-	
-  	 
-	
-		IE8Enterprise
-		MSEdge
-	
-	
-		Default
-		IE11
-	
-	
-		IE7Enterprise
-		IE11
-	
-	
-		Default
-		IE11
-	
-	  
-		Default
-		None
-	  
-		IE8Enterprise"
-		None
-	
-	
-		IE7
-		IE11
-	
-	
-		 IE8Enterprise
-		 IE11
-	
-	
-		 IE7
-		 IE11
-		
-
-```
-
-### Updated schema elements
-This table includes the elements used by the v.2 version of the Enterprise Mode schema.
-
-|Element  |Description |Supported browser  |
-|---------|---------|---------|
-|<site-list>     |A new root node with this text is using the updated v.2 version of the schema. It replaces <rules>. 
         **Example** 
         
        <site-list version="205">
          <site url="contoso.com">
           <compat-mode>IE8Enterprise</compat-mode>
           <open-in>IE11</open-in>
          </site>
        </site-list>
                 | Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge        |
-|<site>    |A unique entry added for each site you want to put on the Enterprise Mode site list. The first <site> element will overrule any additional <site> elements that use the same value for the <url> element. 
         **Example** 
        <site url="contoso.com">
          <compat-mode>default</compat-mode>
          <open-in>none</open-in>
        </site>
         
         **or** For IPv4 ranges: 
          
        <site url="10.122.34.99:8080">
         <compat-mode>IE8Enterprise</compat-mode>
        <site>
         
         **or**  For IPv6 ranges:
        <site url="[10.122.34.99]:8080">
          <compat-mode>IE8Enterprise</compat-mode>
        <site>
         
         You can also use the self-closing version, <url="contoso.com" />, which also sets:
        • <compat-mode>default</compat-mode>
        • <open-in>none</open-in>
          • | Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge        |
-|<compat-mode>     |A child element that controls what compatibility setting is used for specific sites or domains. This element is only supported in IE11. 
           **Example** 

          <site url="contoso.com">
            <compat-mode>IE8Enterprise</compat-mode>
          </site>
           **or** 
           For IPv4 ranges:
          <site url="10.122.34.99:8080">
            <compat-mode>IE8Enterprise</compat-mode>
          <site>
           **or** For IPv6 ranges:
          <site url="[10.122.34.99]:8080">
            <compat-mode>IE8Enterprise</compat-mode>
          <site>
           Where
          • **IE8Enterprise.** Loads the site in IE8 Enterprise Mode.
            This element is required for sites included in the **EmIE** section of the v.1 schema and is needed to load in IE8 Enterprise Mode.
          • **IE7Enterprise.** Loads the site in IE7 Enterprise Mode.
            This element is required for sites included in the **EmIE** section of the v.1 schema and is needed to load in IE7 Enterprise Mode
            **Important**
            This tag replaces the combination of the `"forceCompatView"="true"` attribute and the list of sites specified in the EmIE section of the v.1 version of the schema.
          • **IE[x]**. Where [x] is the document mode number into which the site loads.
          • **Default or not specified.** Loads the site using the default compatibility mode for the page. In this situation, X-UA-compatible meta tags or HTTP headers are honored.
            •       |Internet Explorer 11         |
-|<open-in>    |A child element that controls what browser is used for sites. This element supports the **Open in IE11** or **Open in Microsoft Edge** experiences, for devices running Windows 10.
             **Examples**
            <site url="contoso.com">
              <open-in>none</open-in> 
            </site>
             
             Where
            • IE11. Opens the site in IE11, regardless of which browser is opened by the employee.
            • MSEdge. Opens the site in Microsoft Edge, regardless of which browser is opened by the employee.
            • None or not specified. Opens in whatever browser the employee chooses.
              •   | Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge        |
-
-### Updated schema attributes
-The <url> attribute, as part of the <site> element in the v.2 version of the schema, replaces the <domain> element from the v.1 version of the schema.
-
-|Attribute|Description|Supported browser|
-|---------|---------|---------|
-|allow-redirect|A boolean attribute of the <open-in> element that controls the behavior for redirected sites. Setting this attribute to "true" indicates that the site will open in IE11 or Microsoft Edge even if the site is navigated to as part of a HTTP or meta refresh redirection chain. Omitting the attribute is equivalent to "false" (sites in redirect chain will not open in another browser).
              **Example**
              <site url="contoso.com/travel">
                <open-in allow-redirect="true">IE11 </open-in>
              </site>
               In this example, if `https://contoso.com/travel` is encountered in a redirect chain in Microsoft Edge, it will be opened in Internet Explorer. | Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge|
-|version     |Specifies the version of the Enterprise Mode Site List. This attribute is supported for the <site-list> element.   | Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge|
-|url|Specifies the URL (and port number using standard port conventions) to which the child elements apply. The URL can be a domain, sub-domain, or any path URL.
               **Note**
               Make sure that you don't specify a protocol. Using <site url="contoso.com">  applies to both `http://contoso.com` and `https://contoso.com`. 
               **Example**
              <site url="contoso.com:8080">
                 <compat-mode>IE8Enterprise</compat-mode> 
               <open-in>IE11</open-in>
              </site>
              In this example, going to `https://contoso.com:8080` using Microsoft Edge, causes the site to open in IE11 and load in IE8 Enterprise Mode. | Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge|
-
-### Deprecated attributes
-These v.1 version schema attributes have been deprecated in the v.2 version of the schema:
-
-|Deprecated attribute|New attribute|Replacement example|
-|--- |--- |--- |
-|forceCompatView|<compat-mode>|Replace <forceCompatView="true"> with <compat-mode>IE7Enterprise</compat-mode>|
-|docMode|<compat-mode>|Replace <docMode="IE5"> with <compat-mode>IE5</compat-mode>|
-|doNotTransition|<open-in>|Replace:
               <doNotTransition="true"> with <open-in>none</open-in>|
-|<domain> and <path>|<site>|Replace:
              <emie>
               <domain>contoso.com</domain>
              </emie>
              With:
              <site url="contoso.com"/> 
                <compat-mode>IE8Enterprise</compat-mode>
                <open-in>IE11</open-in>
              </site>
              **-AND-** 
              Replace:
              <emie> 
                <domain exclude="true"  donotTransition="true">contoso.com 
               <path forceCompatView="true">/about</path>
               </domain>
              </emie>

               With:
              <site url="contoso.com/about">
               <compat-mode>IE7Enterprise</compat-mode>
               <open-in>IE11</open-in>
              </site>|
-
-While the old, replaced attributes aren't supported in the v.2 version of the schema, they'll continue to work in the v.1 version of the schema. If, however, you're using the v.2 version of the schema and these attributes are still there, the v.2 version schema takes precedence. We don’t recommend combining the two schemas, and instead recommend that you move to the v.2 version of the schema to take advantage of the new features.
-
-> [!IMPORTANT]
-> Saving your v.1 version of the file using the new Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2) automatically updates the XML to the new v.2 version of the schema.
-
-### What not to include in your schema
-We recommend that you not add any of the following items to your schema because they can make your compatibility list behave in unexpected ways:
-
-- Don’t use protocols. For example, `http://`, `https://`, or custom protocols. They break parsing.
-- Don’t use wildcards.
-- Don’t use query strings, ampersands break parsing.
-
-## Related topics
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/export-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-from-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/export-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-from-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 602eeb31b1..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/export-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-from-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: After you create your Enterprise Mode site list in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, you can export the contents to an Enterprise Mode (.EMIE) file.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.assetid: 9ee7c13d-6fca-4446-bc22-d23a0213a95d
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Export your Enterprise Mode site list from the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Export your Enterprise Mode site list from the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-After you create your Enterprise Mode site list in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, you can export the contents to an Enterprise Mode (.EMIE) file. This file includes all of your URLs, including your compatibility mode selections and should be stored somewhere safe. If your list gets deleted by mistake you can easily import this file and return everything back to when this file was last saved.
-
-**Important**
               
-This file is not intended for distribution to your managed devices. Instead, it is only for transferring data and comments from one manager to another. For example, if one administrator leaves and passes the existing data to another administrator. Internet Explorer doesn’t read this file.
-
- **To export your compatibility list**
-
-1.  On the **File** menu of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, click **Export**.
-
-2.  Export the file to your selected location. For example, `C:\Users\\Documents\sites.emie`.
-
-## Related topics
-
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853)
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/fix-compat-issues-with-doc-modes-and-enterprise-mode-site-list.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/fix-compat-issues-with-doc-modes-and-enterprise-mode-site-list.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 9ec7ddf862..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/fix-compat-issues-with-doc-modes-and-enterprise-mode-site-list.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: The Internet Explorer 11 Enterprise Mode site list lets you specify document modes for specific websites, helping you fix compatibility issues without changing a single line of code on the site.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 4b21bb27-aeac-407f-ae58-ab4c6db2baf6
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Fix web compatibility issues using document modes and the Enterprise Mode site list (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Fix web compatibility issues using document modes and the Enterprise Mode site list
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-The Internet Explorer 11 Enterprise Mode site list lets you specify document modes for specific websites, helping you fix compatibility issues without changing a single line of code on the site. This addition to the site list is a continuation of our commitment to help you upgrade and stay up-to-date on the latest version of Internet Explorer, while still preserving your investments in existing apps.
-
-## What does this mean for me?
-Enterprises can have critical apps that are coded explicitly for a specific browser version and that might not be in their direct control, making it very difficult and expensive to update to modern standards or newer browser versions. Because you can decide which URLs should open using specific document modes, this update helps ensure better compatibility, faster upgrades, and reduced testing and fixing costs.
-
-## How does this fix work?
-You can continue to use your legacy and orphaned web apps, by specifying a document mode in the centralized Enterprise Mode site list. Then, when IE11 goes to a site on your list, the browser loads the page in the specified document mode just as it would if it were specified through an X-UA-Compatible meta tag on the site. For more information about document modes and X-UA-compatible headers, see [Defining document compatibility](/previous-versions/windows/internet-explorer/ie-developer/compatibility/cc288325(v=vs.85)).
-
-**Important**
              
-Enterprise Mode takes precedence over document modes, so sites that are already included in the Enterprise Mode site list won’t be affected by this update and will continue to load in Enterprise Mode, as usual.
-
-### When do I use document modes versus Enterprise Mode?
-While the `` functionality provides great compatibility for you on Windows Internet Explorer 8 or Windows Internet Explorer 7, the new `` capabilities can help you stay up-to-date regardless of which versions of IE are running in your environment. Because of this, we recommend starting your testing process like this:
-
--   If your enterprise primarily uses Internet Explorer 8 or Internet Explorer 7 start testing using Enterprise Mode.
-
--   If your enterprise primarily uses Windows Internet Explorer 9 or Internet Explorer 10, start testing using the various document modes.
-
-Because you might have multiple versions of IE deployed, you might need to use both Enterprise Mode and document modes to effectively move to IE11.
-
-### Test your sites for document mode compatibility
-To see if this fix might help you, run through this process one step at a time, for each of your problematic sites:
-
-1.  Go to a site having compatibility problems, press **F12** to open the **F12 Developer Tools**, and go to the **Emulation** tool.
-
-    ![Emulation tool showing document mode selection.](images/docmode-f12.png)
-
-2.  Starting with the **11 (Default)** option, test your broken scenario.
              
-If that doesn’t work, continue down to the next lowest document mode, stopping as soon as you find a document mode that fixes your problems. For more information about the Emulation tool, see [Emulate browsers, screen sizes, and GPS locations](/previous-versions/windows/internet-explorer/ie-developer/samples/dn255001(v=vs.85)).
-
-3.  If none of the document modes fix your issue, change the **Browser Profile** to **Enterprise**, pick the mode you want to test with starting with **8** (IE8 Enterprise Mode), and then test your broken scenario.
-
-### Add your site to the Enterprise Mode site list
-After you’ve figured out the document mode that fixes your compatibility problems, you can add the site to your Enterprise Mode site list.
-
-**Note**
              
-There are two versions of the Enterprise Mode site list schema and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, based on your operating system. For more info about the schemas, see [Enterprise Mode schema v.2 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md) or [Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md). For more info about the different site list management tools, see [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md).
-
- **To add your site to the site list**
-
-1.  Open the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, and click **Add**.
-
-    ![Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, showing the available modes.](images/emie-listmgr.png)
-
-2.  Add the **URL** and pick the document mode from the **Launch in** box. This should be the same document mode you found fixed your problems while testing the site.
              
-Similar to Enterprise Mode, you can specify a document mode for a particular web path—such as contoso.com/ERP—or at a domain level. In the above, the entire contoso.com domain loads in Enterprise Mode, while microsoft.com is forced to load into IE8 Document Mode and bing.com loads in IE11.
-
-**Note**
              
-For more information about Enterprise Mode, see [What is Enterprise Mode?](what-is-enterprise-mode.md) For more information about the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager and how to add sites to your site list, see [Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md).
-
-
-### Review your Enterprise Mode site list
-Take a look at your Enterprise Mode site list and make sure everything is the way you want it. The next step will be to turn the list on and start to use it in your company. The Enterprise Mode Site List Manager will look something like:
-
-![Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, showing the different modes.](images/emie-sitelistmgr.png)
-
-And the underlying XML code will look something like:
-
-``` xml
-
-  
-       bing.com/images
-       www.msn.com/news
-  
-  
-  
-       timecard
-       tar
-       msdn.microsoft.com
-  
-
-```
-
-### Turn on Enterprise Mode and using your site list
-If you haven’t already turned on Enterprise Mode for your company, you’ll need to do that. You can turn on Enterprise Mode using Group Policy or your registry. For specific instructions and details, see [Turn on Enterprise Mode and use a site list](turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md).
-
-## Turn off default Compatibility View for your intranet sites
-By default, IE11 uses the **Display intranet sites in Compatibility View** setting. However, we’ve heard your feedback and know that you might want to turn this functionality off so you can continue to upgrade your web apps to more modern standards.
-
-To help you move forward, you can now use the Enterprise Mode site list to specify sites or web paths to use the IE7 document mode, which goes down to IE5 “Quirks” mode if the page doesn’t have an explicit `DOCTYPE` tag. Using this document mode effectively helps you provide the Compatibility View functionality for single sites or a group of sites, which after thorough testing, can help you turn off Compatibility View as the default setting for your intranet sites.
-
-## Related topics
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853)
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
-- [Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
- 
-
- 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/fix-validation-problems-using-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/fix-validation-problems-using-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 54da1d4ba1..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/fix-validation-problems-using-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: When you add multiple sites to your Enterprise Mode site list entries, they’re validated by the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager before they’re entered into your global list.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 9f80e39f-dcf1-4124-8931-131357f31d67
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Fix validation problems using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Fix validation problems using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-When you add multiple sites to your Enterprise Mode site list entries, they’re validated by the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager before they’re entered into your global list. If a site doesn’t pass validation, you’ll have a couple of options to address it.
-
-There are typically 3 types of errors you’ll see:
-
--   **Validation**. The site caused a validation error. Typically these occur because of typos, malformed URLs, or access-related issues. You can pick the site, click **Add to list** to ignore the problem and accept the site to your site list, or you can click **OK** to keep the site off of your site list.
-
--   **Duplicate**. The site already exists in the global compatibility list with a different compatibility mode. For example, the site was originally rendered in Enterprise Mode, but this update is for Default IE. You can pick the site, click **Add to list** to ignore the problem and accept the change to your site list, or you can click **OK** to keep your original compatibility mode.
-
--   **Redirection**. This is the least common type of validation error. Typically in this situation, a site redirects from an easy-to-remember URL to a longer URL. Like `\\tar` redirects to `\\timecard`. You can add the short URL or you can add both the short and long versions to your list.
              
-Another possibility is that redirection happens multiple times, with an intermediary site experiencing compatibility issues. For example, an employee types a short URL that then redirects multiple times, finally ending up on a non-intranet site. In this situation, you might want to add the intermediary URLs to your Enterprise Mode site list, in case there’s logic in one of them that has compatibility issues.
-
-## Related topics
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853)
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-and-advanced-group-policy-mgmt-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-and-advanced-group-policy-mgmt-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 93486e7113..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-and-advanced-group-policy-mgmt-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: Overview about Group Policy, Advanced Group Policy Management (AGPM), and Internet Explorer 11
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 63a7ef4a-6de2-4d08-aaba-0479131e3406
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Group Policy, Advanced Group Policy Management (AGPM), and Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Group Policy, Advanced Group Policy Management (AGPM), and Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Advanced Group Policy Management (AGPM) is an add-on license that available for the Microsoft Desktop Optimization Pack (MDOP). This license gives you change control and a role assignment-model that helps optimize Group Policy management and reduce the risk of widespread failures.
-
-From AGPM you can:
-
--   **Edit GPOs outside of your production environment.** Your GPOs are stored in an outside archive for editing, reviewing, and approving. Then, when you deploy, AGPM moves the GPOs to your production environment.
-
--   **Assign roles to your employees.** You can assign 3 roles to your employees or groups, including:
-
-    -   **Reviewer.** Can view and compare GPOs in the archive. This role can't edit or deploy GPOs.
-
-    -   **Editor.** Can view, compare, check-in and out, and edit GPOs in the archive. This role can also request GPO deployment.
-
-    -   **Approver.** Can approve GPO creation and deployment to the production environment.
-
--   **Manage your GPO lifecycle with change control features.** You can use the available version-control, history, and auditing features to help you manage your GPOs while moving through your archive, to your editing process, and finally to your GPO deployment.
-
-**Note**
              
-For more information about AGPM, and to get the license, see [Advanced Group Policy Management 4.0 Documents](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=13975).
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-and-group-policy-mgmt-console-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-and-group-policy-mgmt-console-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b56fd8d946..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-and-group-policy-mgmt-console-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: Overview about Group Policy, the Group Policy Management Console (GPMC), and Internet Explorer 11
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.assetid: ae3d227d-3da7-46b8-8a61-c71bfeae0c63
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Group Policy, the Group Policy Management Console (GPMC), and Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Group Policy, the Group Policy Management Console (GPMC), and Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-A Microsoft Management Console (MMC)-based tool that uses scriptable interfaces to manage Group Policy. The 32-bit and 64-bit versions are included with Windows Server R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1) and Windows Server 2012 R2.
-
-## Why use the GPMC?
-The GPMC lets you:
-
--   Import, export, copy, paste, backup and restore GPOs.
-
--   Search for existing GPOs.
-
--   Create reports, including providing the Resultant Set of Policy (RSoP) data in HTML reports that you can save and print.
-
--   Use simulated RSoP data to prototype your Group Policy before implementing it in the production environment.
-
--   Obtain RSoP data to view your GPO interactions and to troubleshoot your Group Policy deployment.
-
--   Create migration tables to let you import and copy GPOs across domains and across forests. Migration tables are files that map references to users, groups, computers, and Universal Naming Convention (UNC) paths in the source GPO to new values in the destination GPO.
-
--   Create scriptable interfaces to support all of the operations available within the GPMC. You can't use scripts to edit individual policy settings in a GPO.
-
-For more information about the GPMC, see [Group Policy Management Console](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc753298(v=ws.11)) on TechNet.
-
-## Searching for Group Policy settings
-To search for Group Policy settings in the Group Policy Management Console (GPMC), use the [Group Policy Search tool](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=279857). To find the Group Policy settings, click **Windows Components**, and then click **Internet Explorer**.
-
- 
-
- 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-and-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-and-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7e8c419582..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-and-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: Use the topics in this section to learn about Group Policy and how to use it to manage Internet Explorer.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 50383d3f-9ac9-4a30-8852-354b6eb9434a
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Group Policy and Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Group Policy and Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Use the topics in this section to learn about Group Policy and how to use it to manage Internet Explorer.
-
-## In this section
-
-|Topic                                               |Description                                                      |
-|----------------------------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------|
-|[New group policy settings for Internet Explorer 11](new-group-policy-settings-for-ie11.md) |Info about many of the new group policy settings added for Internet Explorer 11. |
-|[Group Policy management tools](group-policy-objects-and-ie11.md) |Guidance about how to use Microsoft Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) to manage your Group Policy settings. |
-|[ActiveX installation using group policy](activex-installation-using-group-policy.md) |Info about using the ActiveX Installer Service (AXIS) and Group Policy to manage your ActiveX control deployment. |
-|[Group Policy and compatibility with Internet Explorer 11](group-policy-compatibility-with-ie11.md) |Our Group Policy recommendations for security, performance, and compatibility with previous versions of IE, regardless of which Zone the website is in. |
-|[Group policy preferences and Internet Explorer 11](group-policy-preferences-and-ie11.md) |Info about Group Policy preferences, as compared to Group Policy settings. |
-|[Administrative templates and Internet Explorer 11](administrative-templates-and-ie11.md) |Info about Administrative Templates, including where to store them and the related Group Policy settings. | 
-|[Enable and disable add\-ons using administrative templates and group policy](enable-and-disable-add-ons-using-administrative-templates-and-group-policy.md) |Guidance about how to use your local Group Policy editor or the CLSID and Administrative Templates to manage your Group Policy objects.
- 
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-and-local-group-policy-editor-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-and-local-group-policy-editor-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c3a615888f..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-and-local-group-policy-editor-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: Group Policy, the Local Group Policy Editor, and Internet Explorer 11
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 6fc30e91-efac-4ba5-9ee2-fa77dcd36467
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Group Policy, the Local Group Policy Editor, and Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Group Policy, the Local Group Policy Editor, and Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-A Microsoft Management Console (MMC)-based tool that manages both computer and user-related configurations for an individual computer policy. This tool is included with Windows® 7 Service Pack 1 (SP1) and Windows 8.1.
-
-Here's a list of the policy settings you can use, based on the configuration type. For more info, see [Local Group Policy Editor](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc725970(v=ws.11)).
-
-|Computer configuration |User configuration |
-|-----------------------|-------------------|
-|Windows settings:
              • Name Resolution policy
              • Scripts (Startup/Shutdown)
              • Deployed printers
              • Security settings
              • Policy-based Quality of Service (QoS)
               |Windows settings:
              • Scripts (Startup/Shutdown)
              • Deployed printers
              • Security settings
              • Policy-based Quality of Service (QoS)

               |
-|Administrative templates:
              • Control Panel
              • Network
              • Printers
              • Server
              • System
              • Windows components
              • All settings

               |Administrative templates:
              • Control Panel
              • Desktop
              • Network
              • Shared folders
              • Start menu and taskbar
              • System
              • Windows components
              • All settings
               |
-
-
- 
-
- 
-
- 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-compatibility-with-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-compatibility-with-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 12b360b126..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-compatibility-with-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: Group Policy suggestions for compatibility with Internet Explorer 11
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 7482c99f-5d79-4344-9e1c-aea9f0a68e18
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Group Policy and compatibility with Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Group Policy and compatibility with Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Internet Explorer 11 has many Group Policy entries that can be configured for keeping your environment managed and safe. This table includes all of our recommendations around security, performance, and compatibility with the previous versions of Internet Explorer, regardless of which Zone the website is in.
-
-|Activity                         |Location                                      |Setting the policy object                                                |
-|---------------------------------|----------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|Turn on Compatibility View for all intranet zones |`Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Compatibility View` |Double-click **Turn on IE Standards Mode for local intranet** , and then click **Disabled**. |
-|Turn on Compatibility View for selected websites, using Group Policy |`Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Compatibility View` |Double-click **Use Policy List of Windows Internet Explorer 7 sites** , and then click **Enabled**.Users will be able to add or remove sites manually to their local Compatibility View list, but they won’t be able to remove the sites you specifically added. |
-|Turn on Quirks mode for selected websites, using Group Policy |`Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Compatibility View` |Double-click **Use Policy List of Quirks Mode sites**, and then click **Enabled**. |
-|Ensure your users are using the most up-to-date version of Microsoft’s compatibility list. |`Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Compatibility View` |Double-click **Include updated Web site lists from Microsoft**, and then click **Enabled**. |
-|Restrict users from making security zone configuration changes. |`Administrative Templates\ Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Internet Control Panel` |Double-click **Disable the Security Page**, and then click **Enabled**. |
-|Control which security zone settings are applied to specific websites. |`Administrative Templates\ Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Internet Control Panel\Security Page` |Double-click **Site to Zone Assignment List**, click **Enabled**, and then enter your list of websites and their applicable security zones.  |
-|Turn off Data Execution Prevention (DEP).  |`Administrative Templates\ Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Security Features` |Double-click **Turn off Data Execution Prevention**, and then click **Enabled**.  |
-
- 
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-objects-and-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-objects-and-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e6daed0d1..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-objects-and-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: Overview of the available Group Policy management tools
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.assetid: e33bbfeb-6b80-4e71-8bba-1d0369a87312
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Group Policy management tools (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Group Policy management tools
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Group Policy, based on Microsoft Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS), lets you manage your organization's computer and user settings as part of your Group Policy objects (GPOs), which are added and changed in the Group Policy Management Console (GPMC). GPOs can include registry-based Administrative Template policy settings, security settings, software deployment information, scripts, folder redirection, and preferences. The most effective way to target a specific GPO is to use Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI) filters. Like, creating a WMI filter that applies a GPO only to computers with a specific make and model.
-
-By using Group Policy, you can set up a policy setting once, and then copy that setting onto many computers. For example, you can set up multiple Internet Explorer 11 security settings in a GPO that's linked to a domain, and then apply all of those settings to every computer in the domain.
-
-**Note**
                
-For more information about Group Policy, see the [Group Policy TechCenter](/windows/deployment/deploy-whats-new). This site provides links to the latest technical documentation, videos, and downloads for Group Policy.
-
-## Managing settings with GPOs
-After deploying IE11 to your organization, you can continue to manage the browser settings by using Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) together with the following Group Policy-related setting management groups:
-
--   [Administrative templates and Internet Explorer 11](administrative-templates-and-ie11.md). Used to manage registry-based policies and options.
-
--   [Group policy preferences and Internet Explorer 11](group-policy-preferences-and-ie11.md). Used to set up and manage options that can be changed by the user after installation.
-
-**Note**
              
-Whenever possible, we recommend that you manage IE11 using Administrative Templates, because these settings are always written to secure policy branches in the registry. In addition, we recommend that you deploy using standard user accounts instead of letting your users log on to their computers as administrators. This helps to prevent your users from making unwanted changes to their systems or overriding Group Policy settings.
-
-     
-Users won't be able to use the IE11 user interface or the registry to change any managed settings on their computers. However, they will be able to change many of the preferences associated with the settings you set up using the Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11).
-
-## Which GPO tool should I use?
-You can use any of these tools to create, manage, view, and troubleshoot Group Policy objects (GPOs). For information about each, see:
-
--   [Group Policy, the Group Policy Management Console (GPMC), and Internet Explorer 11](group-policy-and-group-policy-mgmt-console-ie11.md). Provides a single location to manage all GPOs, WMI filters, and Group Policy–related permissions across multiple forests in an organization.
-
--   [Group Policy, the Local Group Policy Editor, and Internet Explorer 11](group-policy-and-local-group-policy-editor-ie11.md). Provides a user interface that lets you edit settings within individual GPOs.
-
--   [Group Policy, Advanced Group Policy Management (AGPM), and Internet Explorer 11](group-policy-and-advanced-group-policy-mgmt-ie11.md). An add-on license for the Microsoft Desktop Optimization Pack (MDOP) that helps to extend Group Policy for Software Assurance customers.
-
--   [Group Policy, Windows Powershell, and Internet Explorer 11](group-policy-windows-powershell-ie11.md). A command-line shell and scripting language that helps automate Windows and application administration on a single computer locally, or across many computers remotely.
-
- 
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-preferences-and-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-preferences-and-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b30e90d746..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-preferences-and-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: Info about Group Policy preferences versus Group Policy settings
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: f2264c97-7f09-4f28-bb5c-58ab80dcc6ee
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Group policy preferences and Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Group policy preferences and Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Group Policy preferences are less strict than Group Policy settings, based on:
-
-| Type   |Group Policy preferences |Group Policy settings |
-|-----|-------------------------|----------------------|
-|Enforcement |
              • Not enforced
              • Has the user interface turned on
              • Can only be refreshed or applied once
               |
              • Enforced
              • Has the user interface turned off
              • Can be refreshed multiple times
               |
-|Flexibility |Lets you create preference items for registry settings, files, and folders. |
              • Requires app support
              • Needs you to create Administrative Templates for new policy settings
              • Won't let you create policy settings to manage files and folders
               |
-|Local Group Policy |Not available |Available
-|Awareness |Supports apps that aren't Group Policy-aware |Requires apps to be Group Policy-aware |
-|Storage |
              • Overwrites the original settings
              • Removing the preference doesn't restore the original setting
               |
              • Doesn't overwrite the original settings
              • Stored in the Policy branches of the registry
              • Removing the setting restores the original setting
               |
-|Targeting and filtering |
              • Targeting is specific, with a user interface for each type of targeting item
              • Supports targeting at the individual preference item level
               |
              • Filtering is based on Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI), and requires writing WMI queries
              • Supports filtering at the Group Policy Object (GPO) level
               |
-
-
-For more information about Group Policy preferences, see the [Group Policy Settings Reference for Windows and Windows Server](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=279876).
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-problems-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-problems-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 8cec1052e4..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-problems-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: Links to troubleshooting topics and log files that can help address Group Policy problems with Internet Explorer 11.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 0da0d9a9-200c-46c4-96be-630e82de017b
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Group Policy problems with Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Group Policy problems with Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-If you're having problems with Group Policy and Internet Explorer 11, or if you're looking for high-level information about the concepts and techniques used to troubleshoot Group Policy, as well as links to detailed reference topics, procedures, and troubleshooting scenario guides, see [Group Policy Analysis and Troubleshooting Overview](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/jj134223(v=ws.11)).
-
-## Group Policy Object-related Log Files
-You can use the Event Viewer to review Group Policy-related messages in the **Windows Logs**, **System** file. All of the Group Policy-related events are shown with a source of **GroupPolicy**
-
- 
-
- 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-shortcut-extensions-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-shortcut-extensions-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a23dbf697..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-shortcut-extensions-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: Instructions about how to create and configure shortcut preference extensions to file system objects, URLs, and shell objects.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: c6fbf990-13e4-4be7-9f08-5bdd43179b3b
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Group Policy, Shortcut Extensions, and Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Group Policy, Shortcut Extensions, and Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Group Policy includes the Shortcuts preference extension, which lets you configure shortcuts to:
-
--   **File system objects.** Traditional shortcuts that link to apps, files, folders, drives, shares, or computers. For example, linking a shortcut to an app from the **Start** screen.
-
--   **URLs.** Shortcuts to webpages or FTP sites. For example, a link to your intranet site from your employee's **Favorites** folder.
-
--   **Shell objects.** Shortcuts to objects that appear in the shell namespace, such as printers, desktop items, Control Panel items, the Recycle Bin, and so on.
-
-## How do I configure shortcuts?
-You can create and configure shortcuts for any domain-based Group Policy Object (GPO) in the Group Policy Management Console (GPMC).
-
- **To create a new Shortcut preference item**
-
-1.  Open GPMC, right-click the Group Policy object that needs the new shortcut extension, and click **Edit**.
-
-2.  From **Computer Configuration** or **User Configuration**, go to **Preferences**, and then go to **Windows Settings**.
-
-3.  Right-click **Shortcuts**, click **New**, and then choose **Shortcut**.
-
-4.  Choose what the shortcut should do, including **Create**, **Delete**, **Replace**, or **Update**.
-
-5.  Type the required shortcut settings and your comments into the **Description** box, and click **OK**.
-
-For more information about shortcut extensions, including step-by-step guidance, see [Shortcuts Extension](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc730592(v=ws.11)) and [Configure a Shortcut Item](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc753580(v=ws.11)).
-
- 
-
- 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-windows-powershell-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-windows-powershell-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c3f3970e4d..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-windows-powershell-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: Overview about how Group Policy works with Windows Powershell and Internet Explorer 11
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.assetid: e3607cde-a498-4e04-9daa-b331412967fc
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Group Policy, Windows Powershell, and Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Group Policy, Windows Powershell, and Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Your domain-joined Group Policy Objects (GPOs) can use any of Group Policy-related “cmdlets” that run within Windows PowerShell.
-
-Each cmdlet is a single-function command-line tool that can:
-
--   Create, edit, remove, back up, and import GPOs.
-
--   Create, update, and remove Group Policy links.
-
--   Set inheritance flags and permissions on organizational units (OU) and domains.
-
--   Configure registry-based policy settings and registry settings for Group Policy preferences.
-
-For more info about PowerShell and Group Policy management, see [Use Windows PowerShell to Manage Group Policy](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/dd759177(v=ws.11)).
-
- 
-
- 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/ie11-delivery-through-automatic-updates.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/ie11-delivery-through-automatic-updates.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c8b17e2ff9..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/ie11-delivery-through-automatic-updates.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,144 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: support
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: A high-level overview of the delivery process and your options to control deployment of Internet Explorer through automatic updates.
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.manager: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-title: Internet Explorer 11 delivery through automatic updates
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 05/22/2018
----
-
-# Internet Explorer 11 delivery through automatic updates
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Internet Explorer 11 makes browsing the web faster, easier, safer, and more reliable than ever. To help customers become more secure and up-to-date, Microsoft will distribute Internet Explorer 11 through Automatic Updates and the Windows Update and Microsoft Update sites. Internet Explorer 11 will be available for users of the 32-bit and 64-bit versions of Windows 7 Service Pack 1 (SP1), and 64-bit version of Windows Server 2008 R2 SP1. This article provides an overview of the delivery process and options available for IT administrators to control how and when Internet Explorer 11 is deployed to their organization through Automatic Updates.
-
-- [Automatic updates delivery process](#automatic-updates-delivery-process)
-
-- [Internet Explorer 11 automatic upgrades](#internet-explorer-11-automatic-upgrades)
-
-- [Options for blocking automatic delivery](#options-for-blocking-automatic-delivery)
-
-- [Prevent automatic installation of Internet Explorer 11 with WSUS](#prevent-automatic-installation-of-internet-explorer-11-with-wsus)
-
-## Automatic updates delivery process
-
-Internet Explorer 11 only downloads and installs if it’s available for delivery through Automatic Updates; and Automatic Updates only offer Internet Explorer 11
-to users with local administrator accounts. User’s without local administrator accounts won’t be prompted to install the update and will continue using their
-current version of Internet Explorer.
-
-Internet Explorer 11 replaces Internet Explorer 8, Internet Explorer 9, or Internet Explorer 10. If you decide you don’t want Internet Explorer 11, and you’re running Windows 7 SP1 or Windows Server 2008 R2 with SP1, you can uninstall it from the **View installed updates** section of the **Uninstall an update** page of the Control Panel.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> If a user installs Internet Explorer 11 and then removes it, it won’t be re-offered to that computer through Automatic Updates. Instead, the user will have to manually re-install the app.
-
-## Internet Explorer 11 automatic upgrades
-
-Internet Explorer 11 is offered through Automatic Updates and Windows Update as an Important update. Users running Windows 7 SP1, who have chosen to download and install updates automatically through Windows Update, are automatically upgraded to Internet Explorer 11.
-
-Users who were automatically upgraded to Internet Explorer 11 can decide to uninstall Internet Explorer 11. However, Internet Explorer 11 will still appear as an optional update through Windows Update.
-
-## Options for blocking automatic delivery
-
-If you use Automatic Updates in your company, but want to stop your users from automatically getting Internet Explorer 11, do one of the following:
-
--   **Download and use the Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit.**  Includes a Group Policy template and a script that permanently blocks Internet Explorer 11 from being offered by Windows Update or Microsoft Update as a high-priority update. You can download this kit from the [Microsoft Download Center](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=40722).
-
-    > [!NOTE]
-    > The toolkit won't stop users with local administrator accounts from manually installing Internet Explorer 11. Using this toolkit also prevents your users from receiving automatic upgrades from Internet Explorer 8, Internet Explorer 9, or Internet Explorer 10 to Internet Explorer 11. For more information, see the [Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit frequently asked questions](../ie11-faq/faq-ie11-blocker-toolkit.yml).
-
--   **Use an update management solution to control update deployment.**
-    If you already use an update management solution, like [Windows Server Update Services (WSUS)](/windows-server/administration/windows-server-update-services/get-started/windows-server-update-services-wsus) or the more advanced [Microsoft Configuration Manager](/previous-versions/system-center/system-center-2012-R2/gg682129(v=technet.10)), you should use that instead of the Internet Explorer Blocker Toolkit.
-
-    > [!NOTE]
-    > If you use WSUS to manage updates, and Update Rollups are configured for automatic installation, Internet Explorer will automatically install throughout your company.
-
-Additional information on Internet Explorer 11, including a Readiness Toolkit, technical overview, in-depth feature summary, and Internet Explorer 11 download is available on the [Internet Explorer 11 page of the Microsoft Edge IT Center](https://technet.microsoft.com/microsoft-edge/dn262703.aspx).
-
-## Availability of Internet Explorer 11
-
-Automatic Updates will start to distribute Internet Explorer 11 shortly after the final release of the product and will distribute it through the Microsoft Configuration Manager and WSUS.
-
-## Prevent automatic installation of Internet Explorer 11 with WSUS
-
-Internet Explorer 11 will be released to WSUS as an Update Rollup package. Therefore, if you’ve configured WSUS to “auto-approve” Update Rollup packages, it’ll be automatically approved and installed. To stop Internet Explorer 11 from being automatically approved for installation, you need to:
-
-1. Click **Start**, click **Administrative Tools**, and then click **Microsoft
-   Windows Server Update Services 3.0**.
-
-2. Expand *ComputerName*, and then click **Options**.
-
-3. Click **Automatic Approvals**.
-
-4. Click the rule that automatically approves an update that is classified as
-   Update Rollup, and then click **Edit.**
-
-   > [!NOTE]
-   > If you don’t see a rule like this, you most likely haven’t configured WSUS to automatically approve Update Rollups for installation. In this situation, you don’t have to do anything else.
-
-5. Click the **Update Rollups** property under the **Step 2: Edit the properties (click an underlined value)** section.
-
-   > [!NOTE]
-   > The properties for this rule will resemble the following:
              • When an update is in Update Rollups
              • Approve the update for all computers
              
-
-6. Clear the **Update Rollup** check box, and then click **OK**.
-
-7. Click **OK** to close the **Automatic Approvals** dialog box.
              After the new Internet Explorer 11 package is available for download, you should manually synchronize the new package to your WSUS server, so that when you re-enable auto-approval it won’t be automatically installed.
-
-8. Click **Start**, click **Administrative Tools**, and then click **Microsoft Windows Server Update Services 3.0**.
-
-9. Expand *ComputerName*, and then click **Synchronizations**.
-
-10. Click **Synchronize Now**.
-
-11. Expand *ComputerName*, expand **Updates**, and then click **All Updates**.
-
-12. Choose **Unapproved** in the **Approval** drop down box.
-
-13. Check to make sure that Microsoft Internet Explorer 11 is listed as an unapproved update.
-
-    > [!NOTE]
-    > There may be multiple updates, depending on the imported language and operating system updates.
-
-**Optional**
-
-If you need to reset your Update Rollups packages to auto-approve, do this:
-
-1.  Click **Start**, click **Administrative Tools**, and then click **Microsoft Windows Server Update Services 3.0**.
-
-2.  Expand *ComputerName*, and then click **Options**.
-
-3.  Click **Automatic Approvals**.
-
-4.  Click the rule that automatically approves updates of different classifications, and then click **Edit**.
-
-5.  Click the **Update Rollups** property under the **Step 2: Edit the properties (click an underlined value)** section.
-
-6.  Check the **Update Rollups** check box, and then click **OK**.
-
-7.  Click **OK** to close the **Automatic Approvals** dialog box.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> Because auto-approval rules are only evaluated when an update is first imported into WSUS, turning this rule back on after the Internet Explorer 11 update has been imported and synchronized to the server won’t cause this update to be auto-approved.
-
-
-## Additional resources
-
--   [Automatic delivery process](what-is-the-internet-explorer-11-blocker-toolkit.md#automatic-delivery-process)
-
--   [Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit download](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=40722)
-
--   [Internet Explorer 11 FAQ for IT pros](../ie11-faq/faq-for-it-pros-ie11.yml)
-
--   [Internet Explorer 11 delivery through automatic updates]()
-
--   [Internet Explorer 11 deployment guide](./index.md)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/affectedsoftware.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/affectedsoftware.png
deleted file mode 100644
index df63b88432..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/affectedsoftware.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/bulkadd-emiesitelistmgr.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/bulkadd-emiesitelistmgr.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 040df5bb07..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/bulkadd-emiesitelistmgr.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/configmgractivexreport.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/configmgractivexreport.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a782b6657c..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/configmgractivexreport.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/configmgrhardwareinventory.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/configmgrhardwareinventory.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 7626296e87..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/configmgrhardwareinventory.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/docmode-decisions-lg.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/docmode-decisions-lg.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 07a182461b..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/docmode-decisions-lg.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/docmode-decisions-sm.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/docmode-decisions-sm.png
deleted file mode 100644
index c887d9c193..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/docmode-decisions-sm.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/docmode-f12.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/docmode-f12.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 28adf37af6..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/docmode-f12.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/emie-listmgr.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/emie-listmgr.png
deleted file mode 100644
index f3a1773a45..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/emie-listmgr.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/emie-sitelistmgr.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/emie-sitelistmgr.png
deleted file mode 100644
index ccd5c9cd4b..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/emie-sitelistmgr.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-editbindings.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-editbindings.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 3d22ce267e..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-editbindings.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-editpolicy.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-editpolicy.png
deleted file mode 100644
index f2b011d717..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-editpolicy.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-editregistrystring.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-editregistrystring.png
deleted file mode 100644
index dc365fc8ad..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-editregistrystring.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-grouppolicy.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-grouppolicy.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 115e7d8a05..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-grouppolicy.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-grouppolicysitelist.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-grouppolicysitelist.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 14079ffd7c..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-grouppolicysitelist.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-logfile.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-logfile.png
deleted file mode 100644
index b58e2a21b8..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-logfile.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-logging.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-logging.png
deleted file mode 100644
index becf942ecd..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-logging.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-packageupdate.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-packageupdate.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 66480b5f6c..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-packageupdate.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-publishsolution.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-publishsolution.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a3daa4e483..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-publishsolution.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-publishweb.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-publishweb.png
deleted file mode 100644
index eaf44305e2..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-publishweb.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-registrysitelist.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-registrysitelist.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 3c32b1af1a..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-registrysitelist.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-reportwdetails.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-reportwdetails.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 7209452cf3..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-reportwdetails.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-toolsmenu.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-toolsmenu.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 66e8ecf082..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-emie-toolsmenu.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-site-discovery-sample-report.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-site-discovery-sample-report.png
deleted file mode 100644
index c53b4d160e..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie-site-discovery-sample-report.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie11-inventory-addclassconnectscreen.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie11-inventory-addclassconnectscreen.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 629267fb62..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ie11-inventory-addclassconnectscreen.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ieoutdatedcontroloutsideofie.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ieoutdatedcontroloutsideofie.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 8c1d246aaf..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ieoutdatedcontroloutsideofie.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ieoutdatedcontrolwarning.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ieoutdatedcontrolwarning.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a6ea00e6f..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/ieoutdatedcontrolwarning.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/img-enterprise-mode-site-list-xml.jpg b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/img-enterprise-mode-site-list-xml.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 0bcfd3b650..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/img-enterprise-mode-site-list-xml.jpg and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/img-f12-developer-tools-emulation.jpg b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/img-f12-developer-tools-emulation.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 48ed75b701..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/img-f12-developer-tools-emulation.jpg and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/outdatedcontrolwarning.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/outdatedcontrolwarning.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 87e49b5093..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/outdatedcontrolwarning.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/securitybulletin-filter.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/securitybulletin-filter.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 73d11e3644..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/securitybulletin-filter.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/setdefaultbrowsergp.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/setdefaultbrowsergp.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 2a52b20e23..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/setdefaultbrowsergp.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/wedge.gif b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/wedge.gif
deleted file mode 100644
index aa3490aee9..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/images/wedge.gif and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/img-ie11-docmode-lg.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/img-ie11-docmode-lg.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 83c7c6b9b8..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/img-ie11-docmode-lg.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
----
-description: A full-sized view of how document modes are chosen in IE11.
-title: Full-sized flowchart detailing how document modes are chosen in IE11
-author: dansimp
-ms.date: 04/19/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
----
-
-# Full-sized flowchart detailing how document modes are chosen in IE11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-Return to: [Deprecated document modes and Internet Explorer 11](deprecated-document-modes.md)
-
-:::image type="content" source="images/docmode-decisions-lg.png" alt-text="Full-sized flowchart detailing how document modes are chosen in IE11" lightbox="images/docmode-decisions-lg.png":::
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/import-into-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/import-into-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f585e3210d..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/import-into-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: If you need to replace your entire site list because of errors, or simply because it’s out of date, you can import your exported Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: cacd5d68-700b-4a96-b4c9-ca2c40c1ac5f
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Import your Enterprise Mode site list to the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Import your Enterprise Mode site list to the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-If you need to replace your entire site list because of errors, or simply because it’s out of date, you can import your exported Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager.
-
-**Important**  
-Importing your file overwrites everything that’s currently in the tool, so make sure it’s what you really mean to do.
-
- **To import your compatibility list**
-
-1.  On the **File** menu of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, click **Import**.
-
-2.  Go to your exported .EMIE file (for example, `C:\users\\documents\sites.emie`), and then click **Open**.
-
-3.  Review the alert message about all of your entries being overwritten. If you still want to import the file, click **Yes**.
-
-## Related topics
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853)
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/index.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/index.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 75027dfd9d..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/index.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Use this guide to learn about the several options and processes you'll need to consider while you're planning for, deploying, and customizing Internet Explorer 11 for your employee's devices.
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.assetid: bddc2d97-c38d-45c5-9588-1f5bbff2e9c3
-title: Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) - Deployment Guide for IT Pros (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-manager: dansimp
-ms.date: 02/24/2016
----
-
-
-# Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) - Deployment Guide for IT Pros
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Use this guide to learn about the several options and processes you'll need to consider while you're planning for, deploying, and customizing Internet Explorer 11 for your employee's computers.
-
-**Important**
              
-Because this content isn't intended to be a step-by-step guide, not all of the steps are necessary to deploy IE11.
-
-## In this guide
-|Topic |Description |
-|------|------------|
-|[Change history for Internet Explorer 11](change-history-for-internet-explorer-11.md) |Lists new and updated topics in the Internet Explorer 11 documentation for Windows 10. |
-|[System requirements and language support for Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)](system-requirements-and-language-support-for-ie11.md) |IE11 is available for a number of systems and languages. This topic provides info about the minimum system requirements and language support. |
-|[List of updated features and tools - Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)](updated-features-and-tools-with-ie11.md) |IE11 includes several new features and tools. This topic includes high-level info about the each of them. |
-|[Install and Deploy Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)](install-and-deploy-ie11.md) |Use the topics in this section to learn how to customize your Internet Explorer installation package, how to choose the right method for installation, and how to deploy IE into your environment. You can also find more info about your virtualization options for legacy apps. |
-|[Collect data using Enterprise Site Discovery](collect-data-using-enterprise-site-discovery.md) |Use IE to collect data on computers running Windows Internet Explorer 8 through IE11 on Windows 10, Windows 8.1, or Windows 7. This inventory information helps you build a list of websites used by your company so you can make more informed decisions about your IE deployments, including figuring out which sites might be at risk or require overhauls during future upgrades. |
-|[Enterprise Mode for Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)](enterprise-mode-overview-for-ie11.md) |Use the topics in this section to learn how to set up and use Enterprise Mode, the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, and the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal in your company. |
-|[Group Policy and Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)](group-policy-and-ie11.md) |Use the topics in this section to learn about Group Policy and how to use it to manage IE. |
-|[Manage Internet Explorer 11](manage-ie11-overview.md) |Use the topics in this section to learn about how to auto detect your settings, auto configure your configuration settings, and auto configure your proxy configuration settings for IE. |
-|[Troubleshoot Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)](troubleshoot-ie11.md) |Use the topics in this section to learn how to troubleshoot several of the more common problems experienced with IE. |
-|[Out-of-date ActiveX control blocking](out-of-date-activex-control-blocking.md) |ActiveX controls are small apps that let websites provide content, like videos, games, and let you interact with content like toolbars. Unfortunately, because many ActiveX controls aren’t automatically updated, they can become outdated as new versions are released. It’s important that you keep your ActiveX controls up-to-date because malicious software (or malware) can target security flaws in outdated controls, damaging your computer by collecting info from it, installing unwanted software, or by letting someone else control it remotely. To help avoid this situation, IE includes a new security feature, called out-of-date ActiveX control blocking. |
-|[Deprecated document modes and Internet Explorer 11](deprecated-document-modes.md) |Internet Explorer 8 introduced document modes as a way to move from the proprietary coding of web features to a more standardized type of coding that could run on multiple browsers and devices. Starting with Windows 10, we’re deprecating document modes.
              This means that while IE11 will continue to support document modes, Microsoft Edge won’t. And because of that, it also means that if you want to use Microsoft Edge, you’re going to have to update your legacy webpages and apps to support modern features, browsers, and devices.
              Note
              For specific details about the technologies and APIs that are no longer supported in Microsoft Edge, see [A break from the past, part 2: Saying goodbye to ActiveX, VBScript, attachEvent](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=615953). |
-|[What is the Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit?](what-is-the-internet-explorer-11-blocker-toolkit.md) |The IE11 Blocker Toolkit lets you turn off the automatic delivery of IE11 through the Automatic Updates feature of Windows Update. |
-|[Missing Internet Explorer Maintenance (IEM) settings for Internet Explorer 11](missing-internet-explorer-maintenance-settings-for-ie11.md) |The Internet Explorer Maintenance (IEM) settings have been deprecated in favor of Group Policy preferences, Administrative Templates (.admx), and the Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11).
              Because of this change, your IEM-configured settings will no longer work on computers running Internet Explorer 10 or newer. To fix this, you need to update the affected settings using Group Policy preferences, Administrative Templates (.admx), or the IEAK 11.
              Because Group Policy Preferences and IEAK 11 run using asynchronous processes, you should choose to use only one of the tools within each group of settings. For example, using only IEAK 11 in the Security settings or Group Policy Preferences within the Internet Zone settings. Also, it's important to remember that policy is enforced and can't be changed by the user, while preferences are configured, but can be changed by the user. |
-|[Missing the Compatibility View Button](missing-the-compatibility-view-button.md) |Compatibility View was introduced in Internet Explorer 8 to help existing content continue to work with Windows Internet Explorer 7, while developers updated their content to support modern interoperable web standards. Since then, the IE web platform, and the web itself, have changed so that most public web content looks for standards-based features instead of IE 7-compatible behavior.
              Thanks to these changes, using IE11 in the latest standards mode is more compatible with the web than ever before. As a result, IE11 simplifies web page compatibility for users by removing the Compatibility View button and reducing the number of compatibility options in the F12 developer tools for developers. |
-|[Deploy pinned websites using Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT) 2013](deploy-pinned-sites-using-mdt-2013.md) |You can pin websites to the Windows 8.1 taskbar for quick access. You pin a website simply by dragging its tab to the taskbar. Some websites can also extend the icon’s Jump List.
              The ability to pin websites to the Windows 8.1 taskbar can help make end-users in businesses more productive. As an IT professional, for example, you can pin intranet and SharePoint websites to the taskbar to make them immediately available to employees. In this article, you learn how to deploy pinned websites by using Lite Touch Installation in the [Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT) 2013](/mem/configmgr/mdt/).
-
-
-## IE11 naming conventions
-IE11 offers differing experiences in Windows 8.1:
-
-|Name |Description |
-|-----|------------|
-|Internet Explorer or IE |The immersive browser, or IE, without a specific version. |
-|Internet Explorer for the desktop |The desktop browser. This is the only experience available when running IE11 on Windows 7 SP1 |
-|Internet Explorer 11 or IE11 |The whole browser, which includes both IE and Internet Explorer for the desktop. |
-
-## Related topics
-- [Internet Explorer 11 - FAQ for IT Pros](../ie11-faq/faq-for-it-pros-ie11.yml)
-- [Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) - Administrator's Guide](../ie11-ieak/index.md)
-- [Microsoft Edge - Deployment Guide for IT Pros](/microsoft-edge/deploy/)
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-and-deploy-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-and-deploy-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 47a4d07569..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-and-deploy-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Use the topics in this section to learn how to customize your Internet Explorer installation package, how to choose the right method for installation, and how to deploy IE into your environment.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: caca18c1-d5c4-4404-84f8-d02bc562915f
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Install and Deploy Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Install and Deploy Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1 Update
--   Windows 7 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Use the topics in this section to learn how to customize your Internet Explorer installation package, how to choose the right method for installation, and how to deploy IE into your environment. You can also find more info about your virtualization options for legacy apps.
-
-## In this section
-
-|Topic |Description |
-|------|------------|
-|[Customize Internet Explorer 11 installation packages](customize-ie11-install-packages.md) |Guidance about how to use .INF files or the IE Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) to create custom packages and about how to create those packages for multiple operating systems. |
-|[Choose how to install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)](choose-how-to-install-ie11.md) |Guidance for the different ways you can install IE, including using System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager, Windows Server Update Services (WSUS), Microsoft Intune, your network, the operating system deployment system, or third-party tools. |
-|[Choose how to deploy Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)](choose-how-to-deploy-ie11.md) |Guidance about how to deploy your custom version of IE using Automatic Version Synchronization (AVS) or using your software distribution tools. |
-|[Virtualization and compatibility with Internet Explorer 11](virtualization-and-compatibility-with-ie11.md) |Info about the Microsoft-supported options for virtualizing web apps. |
- 
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-microsoft-intune.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-microsoft-intune.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0ec2a15346..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-microsoft-intune.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to add and deploy the Internet Explorer 11 update using Microsoft Intune.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: b2dfc08c-78af-4c22-8867-7be3b92b1616
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) using Microsoft Intune (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) using Microsoft Intune
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Internet Explorer 11 is available as an update in Microsoft Intune. Microsoft Intune uses Windows cloud services to help you manage updates, monitor and protect your computers, provide remote assistance, track hardware and software inventory, and set security policies. For more information, see the [Documentation Library for Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/).
-
-## Adding and deploying the IE11 package
-You can add and then deploy the IE11 package to any computer that's managed by Microsoft Intune.
-
- **To add the IE11 package**
-
-1.  From the Microsoft Intune administrator console, start the Microsoft Intune Software Publisher.
-
-2.  Add your IE11 package as either an external link or as a Windows installer package (.exe or .msi). 
-
-For more info about how to decide which one to use, and how to use it, see [Deploy and configure apps](/mem/intune/).
-
- **To automatically deploy and install the IE11 package**
-
-1.  From the Microsoft Intune administrator console, start and run through the Deploy Software wizard.
-
-2.  Deploy the package to any of your employee computers that are managed by Microsoft Intune.
-
-3.  After the package is on your employee's computers, the installation process runs, based on what you set up in your wizard. 
-
-For more info about this, see [Deploy and configure apps](/mem/intune/).
-
- **To let your employees install the IE11 package**
-
-1.  Install the package on your company's Microsoft Intune site, marking it as **Available** for the appropriate groups.
-
-2.  Any employee in the assigned group can now install the package. 
-
-For more info about this, see [Update apps using Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/apps/apps-windows-10-app-deploy)
-
- 
-
- 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-operating-system-deployment-systems.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-operating-system-deployment-systems.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 469b700481..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-operating-system-deployment-systems.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to install the Internet Explorer 11 update using Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT) and your Windows images.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: e16f9144-170c-4964-a62d-0d1a16f4cd1f
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) using Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT) and your Windows images (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) using Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT) and your Windows images
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-You can install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) using Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT) and your Windows images.
-
-You'll need to extract the .cab file for each supported operating system and platform combination and the .msu file for each prerequisite update. Download the IE11 update and prerequisites here:
-
--   [Microsoft Download Center](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=279697)
-
--   [Microsoft Update Catalog](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=214287)
-
-After you install the .msu file updates, you'll need to add them to your MDT deployment. You'll also need to extract the IE11 .cab update file from the IE11 installation package, using the `/x` command-line option. For example, `IE11-Windows6.1-x64-en-us.exe /x:c:\ie11cab`.
-
-## Installing IE11 using Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT) 
-
-MDT adds IE11 to your Windows images, regardless whether you are creating or deploying a customized or non-customized image. MDT also lets you perform offline servicing during the System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager task sequence, letting you add IE11 before starting Windows. For info, see [Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT)](/mem/configmgr/mdt/).
-
- **To add IE11 to a MDT deployment share**
-
-1.  Right-click **Packages** from each **Deployment Shares** location, and then click **Import OS Packages**.
-
-2.  Go to the **Specify Directory** page, search for your folder with your update files (.cab and .msu) for import, and click **Next**.
-
-3.  Go to the **Summary** page and click **Next**.
              
-MDT starts importing your update files.
              **Note**
              Ignore any warnings that say, "Skipping invalid CAB file". This shows up because the **Import OS Packages** wizard skips the IE11\_Support.cab file, which isn't an actual update file.
-
-4.  After the import finishes, click **Finish**.
-
-### Offline servicing with MDT
-
-You can add the IE11 update while you're performing offline servicing, or slipstreaming, of your Windows images. This method lets you deploy IE11 without needing any additional installation after you've deployed Windows.
-
-These articles have step-by-step details about adding packages to your Windows images:
-
--   For Windows 8.1, see [Add or Remove Packages Offline Using DISM](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-8.1-and-8/hh824838(v=win.10)).
-
--   For Windows 7 SP1, see [Add or Remove Packages Offline](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-7/dd744559(v=ws.10)).
-
- 
-
- 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-system-center-configuration-manager.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-system-center-configuration-manager.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b8083e1f8d..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-system-center-configuration-manager.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: How to install the Internet Explorer 11 update using System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.assetid: 9ede9722-29b3-4cb7-956d-ffa91e7bedbd
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) using System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) using System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-You can install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) by using [System Center R2 2012 Configuration Manager](/previous-versions/system-center/system-center-2012-R2/gg682129(v=technet.10)). Complete these steps for each operating system and platform combination.
-
- **To install IE11**
-
-1.  Download and approve the [System requirements and language support for Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)](system-requirements-and-language-support-for-ie11.md).
-
-2.  Create a software distribution package that includes the IE11 installation package.
-
-3.  Create a program that includes the command-line needed to run the IE11 installation package. To run the package silently, without restarting and without checking the Internet for updates, use:`ie11_package.exe /quiet /norestart /update-no`.
-
-4.  Move the installation package to your distribution points, and then advertise the package.
-
-You can also use System Center Essentials 2010 to deploy IE11 installation packages. For info, see [System Center Essentials 2010](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?linkid=395200) and the [System Center Essentials 2010 Operations Guide](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=214266).
-
- 
-
- 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-the-network.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-the-network.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d0d9d17be1..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-the-network.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to install the Internet Explorer 11 update using your network
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 85f6429d-947a-4031-8f93-e26110a35828
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) using your network (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) using your network
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-You can install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) over your network by putting your custom IE11 installation package in a shared network folder and letting your employees run the Setup program on their own computers. You can create the network folder structure manually, or you can run Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11).
-
-**Note**
              If you support multiple architectures and operating systems, create a subfolder for each combination. If you support multiple languages, create a subfolder for each localized installation file.
-
- **To manually create the folder structure**
-
-- Copy your custom IE11 installation file into a folder on your network, making sure it's available to your employees.
-
-  **To create the folder structure using IEAK 11**
-
-- Run the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 in IEAK 11, using the **Full Installation Package** option.
              
-  The wizard automatically puts your custom installation files in your `\\Flat` folder. Where the `` is the location of your other build files.
-
-**Note**
              Use the localized versions of the IE Customization Wizard 11 to create localized IE11 installation packages.
-
-## Related topics
-- [Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) - Administration Guide for IT Pros](../ie11-ieak/index.md)
-     
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-third-party-tools.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-third-party-tools.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d593de27c6..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-third-party-tools.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to install the Internet Explorer 11 update using third-party tools and command-line options.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 30190c66-49f7-4ca4-8b57-a47656aa0c7e
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) using third-party tools (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) using third-party tools
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-You can install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) using third-party electronic software distribution (ESD) systems and these command-line options:
-
-## Setup Modes
-
-|Command-line options |Description                                           |
-|---------------------|------------------------------------------------------|
-|`/passive` |Installs without customer involvement.                          |
-|`/quiet` |Installs without customer involvement and without showing the UI. |
-
-## Setup Options
-
-|Command-line options |Description                                           |
-|---------------------|------------------------------------------------------|
-|`/update-no` |Installs without checking for updates.
              **Important**
              If you don't use this option, you'll need an Internet connection to finish your installation.                                                                |
-|`/no-default`     |Installs without making IE11 the default web browser.    |
-|`/closeprograms` |Automatically closes running programs.                    |
-
-
-## Restart Options
-
-|Command-line options |Description                                           |
-|---------------------|------------------------------------------------------|
-|`/norestart`    |Installs without restarting the computer.                  |
-|`/forcerestart` |Installs and restarts after installation.                  |
-
- 
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-windows-server-update-services-wsus.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-windows-server-update-services-wsus.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 07b0485309..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-windows-server-update-services-wsus.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to install the Internet Explorer 11 update using Windows Server Update Services (WSUS)'
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 6cbd6797-c670-4236-8423-e0919478f2ce
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) using Windows Server Update Services (WSUS) (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Install Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) using Windows Server Update Services (WSUS)
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Windows Server Update Services (WSUS) lets you download a single copy of the Microsoft product update and cache it on your local WSUS servers. You can then configure your computers to get the update from your local servers instead of Windows Update. For more information about WSUS, see [Windows Server Update Services](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/hh852345(v=ws.11)).
-
- **To import from Windows Update to WSUS**
-
-1. Open your WSUS admin site. For example, `https:///WSUSAdmin/`.
              
-   Where `` is the name of your WSUS server.
-
-2. Choose the top server node or the **Updates** node, and then click **Import Updates**.
-
-3. To get the updates, install the Microsoft Update Catalog ActiveX control.
-
-4. Search for Internet Explorer 11 and add its contents to your basket.
-
-5. After you're done browsing, go to your basket and click **Import**.
-
-   You can also download the updates without importing them by unchecking the **Import directly into Windows Server Update Services** box.
-
-   **To approve Internet Explorer in WSUS for installation**
-
-6. Open your WSUS admin site and check the **Review synchronization settings** box from the **To Do** list.
-
-7. Click **Synchronize now** to sync your WSUS server with Windows Update, and then click **Updates** from the navigation bar.
-
-8. Enter **Internet Explorer 11** into the **Search Contains** box, and then click **Apply**.
-
-9. Choose the right version of IE11 for your operating system, and click **Approve for installation**.
-
-10. Click each computer group you want to set up for the WSUS server, picking the right approval level, and then click **OK**.
-
- 
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-problems-with-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-problems-with-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 09442d827c..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-problems-with-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to fix potential installation problems with Internet Explorer 11
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.assetid: 3ae77745-86ac-40a9-a37d-eebbf37661a3
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Install problems with Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Install problems with Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Most Internet Explorer 11 installations are straightforward and work the way they should. But it's possible that you might have problems.
-
-If you do, you can:
-
--   Check that you meet the minimum operating system requirements and have the prerequisites installed.
-
--   Check that there are no other updates or restarts waiting.
-
--   Temporarily turn off your antispyware and antivirus software.
-
--   Try another IE11 installer. For example from [Windows Update](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=302315) or from the [Download Internet Explorer 11](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?linkid=327753) website.
-
--   Review the `IE11_main.log` file in the `\Windows` folder. This log file has information about each installation and is appended for each subsequent installation.
-
--   Make sure you use the same download server URLs that you entered during the Setup process.
-
-## Internet Explorer didn't finish installing
-If Internet Explorer doesn't finish installing, it might mean that Windows Update wasn't able to install an associated update, that you have a previous, unsupported version of IE installed, or that there's a problem with your copy of IE. We recommend you try this:
-
- **To fix this issue**
-
-1.  Uninstall IE:
-
-    1.  In the Control Panel, open the **Programs and Features** box, scroll down to IE11, and then click **Uninstall**.
-
-    2.  After the uninstall finishes, restart your computer.
-
-2.  Run [Windows Update](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=302315), clicking **Check for updates**.
-
-3.  Check the list for IE11. If it's included in the list of updates for download, exclude it before you update your computer.
              
-If you get an error during the Windows Update process, see [Fix the problem with Microsoft Windows Update that is not working](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=302316).
-
-4.  Restart your computer, making sure all of your the updates are finished.
-
-5.  Try to reinstall IE11 from either Windows Update (if you saw it in Step 3) or from the [Download Internet Explorer 11](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?linkid=327753) website.
-
-
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/intranet-problems-and-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/intranet-problems-and-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 803fc7fb83..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/intranet-problems-and-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to fix intranet search problems with Internet Explorer 11
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 3ee71d93-d9d2-48e1-899e-07932c73faa6
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Fix intranet search problems with Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Fix intranet search problems with Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-After upgrading to Internet Explorer 11, you might experience search issues while using your intranet site.
-
-## Why is my intranet redirecting me to search results?
-IE11 works differently with search, based on whether your organization is domain-joined.
-
--   **Domain-joined computers.** A single word entry is treated as a search term. However, IE11 also checks for available intranet sites and offers matches through the **Notification bar**. If you select **Yes** from the **Notification bar** to navigate to the intranet site, IE11 associates that word with the site so that the next time you type in the intranet site name, inline auto-complete will resolve to the intranet site address.
-
--   **Non-domain-joined computers.** A single word entry is treated as an intranet site. However, if the term doesn't resolve to a site, IE11 then treats the entry as a search term and opens your default search provider.
-
-To explicitly go to an intranet site, regardless of the environment, users can type either a trailing slash like `contoso/` or the `https://` prefix. Either of these will cause IE11 to treat the entry as an intranet search. You can also change the default behavior so that IE11 treats your single word entry in the address bar as an intranet site, regardless of your environment.
-
- **To enable single-word intranet search**
-
-1.  Open Internet Explorer for the desktop, click the **Tools** menu, and then click **Internet Options**.
-
-2.  Click **Advanced**, check the **Go to an intranet site for a single word entry in the Address bar** box, and then click **OK**.
-
-If you'd like your entire organization to have single word entries default to an intranet site, you can turn on the **Go to an intranet site for a single word entry in the Address bar** Group Policy. With this policy turned on, a search for `contoso` automatically resolves to `https://contoso`.
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/manage-ie11-overview.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/manage-ie11-overview.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 58a2d5298b..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/manage-ie11-overview.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Use the topics in this section to learn about how to auto detect your settings, auto configure your configuration settings, and auto configure your proxy configuration settings for Internet Explorer.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: eb3cce62-fc7b-41e3-97b6-2916b85bcf55
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Manage Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Manage Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Use the topics in this section to learn about how to auto detect your settings, auto configure your configuration settings, and auto configure your proxy configuration settings for Internet Explorer.
-
-## In this section
-
-|Topic |Description |
-|------|------------|
-|[Auto detect settings Internet Explorer 11](auto-detect-settings-for-ie11.md) |Guidance about how to update your automatic detection of DHCP and DNS servers. |
-|[Auto configuration settings for Internet Explorer 11](auto-configuration-settings-for-ie11.md) |Guidance about how to add, update and lock your auto configuration settings. |
-|[Auto proxy configuration settings for Internet Explorer 11](auto-proxy-configuration-settings-for-ie11.md) |Guidance about how to add, update, and lock your auto-proxy settings. |
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/missing-internet-explorer-maintenance-settings-for-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/missing-internet-explorer-maintenance-settings-for-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e3e56157b3..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/missing-internet-explorer-maintenance-settings-for-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: support
-description: IEM-configured settings have been deprecated for Internet Explorer 10 and newer. Use this topic to learn where to go to fix the affected settings through Group Policy Preferences, Administrative Templates (.admx), or the IEAK.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 89084e01-4e3f-46a6-b90e-48ee58d6821c
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Missing Internet Explorer Maintenance settings for Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Missing Internet Explorer Maintenance settings for Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-The Internet Explorer Maintenance (IEM) settings have been deprecated in favor of Group Policy Preferences, Administrative Templates (.admx), and the IE Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11).
-
-Because of this change, your IEM-configured settings will no longer work on computers running Internet Explorer 10 or newer. To fix this, you need to update the affected settings using Group Policy Preferences, Administrative Templates (.admx), or IE Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11).
-
-Because Group Policy Preferences and IEAK 11 run using asynchronous processes, you should choose to use only one of the tools within each group of settings. For example, using only IEAK 11 in the **Security** settings or Group Policy Preferences within the **Internet Zone** settings. Also, it's important to remember that policy is enforced and can't be changed by the user, while preferences are configured, but can be changed by the user.
-
-For more information about all of the new options and Group Policy, see:
-
--   [Group policy preferences and Internet Explorer 11](group-policy-preferences-and-ie11.md)
-
--   [Administrative templates and Internet Explorer 11](administrative-templates-and-ie11.md)
-
--   [Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) - Administration Guide for IT Pros](../ie11-ieak/index.md)
-
--   [Group Policy Settings Reference for Windows and Windows Server](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=279876)
-
--   [Group Policy ADMX Syntax Reference Guide](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc753471(v=ws.10))
-
--   [Enable and Disable Settings in a Preference Item](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc754299(v=ws.11))
-
-## IEM replacements
-The IEM settings have replacements you can use in either Group Policy Preferences or IEAK 11.
-
-### Browser user interface replacements
-
-|IEM setting |Description |Replacement tool |
-|------------|------------|-----------------|
-|Browser title |Lets you customize the text that shows up in the title bar of the browser.|On the **Browser User Interface** page of IEAK 11, click **Customize Title Bars**, and then type the text that appears on the title bar of the **Title Bar Text** box.
              Your text is appended to the text," Microsoft Internet Explorer provided by". |
-|Browser toolbar customizations (background and buttons) |Lets you customize the buttons on the browser toolbar.
              • **Buttons.** Customizes the buttons on the Internet Explorer 11 toolbar.
              • **Background.** No longer available.
               |On the **Browser User Interface** page of IEAK 11, click **Add**, type your new toolbar caption, action, and icon, and if the button should appear by default, and then click **OK**. You can also edit, remove, or delete an existing toolbar button from this page. |
-|Custom logo and animated bitmaps |Lets you replace the static and animated logos in the upper-right corner of the IE window with customized logos. |This setting isn't available anymore. |
-
-
-### Connection replacements
-
-|IEM setting |Description |Replacement tool |
-|------------|------------|-----------------|
-|Connection settings|Lets you import your connection settings from a previously set up computer. These settings define how your employees interact with the connection settings on the **System Polices and Restrictions** page. You can also remove old dial-up connections settings from your employee's computers.|In the **Internet Settings Group Policy Preferences** dialog box, click the **Connections** tab, and set up your proxy settings.
              -OR-
              On the **Connection Settings** page of IEAK 11, change your connection settings, including importing your current connection settings and deleting existing dial-up connection settings (as needed). |
-|Automatic browser configuration |Lets you update your employee's computer after you've deployed IE11, by specifying a URL to an .ins file, an auto-proxy URL, or both. You can decide when the update occurs, in minutes. Typing zero, or not putting in any number, means that automatic configuration only happens after the browser is started and used to go to a page. |In the **Internet Settings Group Policy Preferences** dialog box, click the **Automatic Configuration** tab, and then add your URL.
              On the **Automatic Configuration** page of IEAK 11, modify the configuration settings, including providing the URL to an .ins file or an auto-proxy site. |
-|Proxy settings |Lets you specify your proxy servers. |In the **Internet Settings Group Policy Preferences** dialog box, click the **Connections** tab, click **LAN Settings**, and then choose whether to turn on automatic detection of your configuration settings and if you want to use proxy servers.
              -OR-
              On the **Proxy Settings** page of IEAK 11, turn on your proxy settings, adding your proxy server addresses and exceptions. |
-|User Agent string |Lets the browser provide identification to visited servers. This string is often used to keep Internet traffic statistics. |This setting isn't available anymore. |
- 
-### URLs replacements
-
-|IEM setting |Description |Replacement tool |
-|------------|------------|-----------------|
-|Favorites and links |Lets you use custom URLs for the **Favorites** and **Links** folders. You can also specify the folder order, disable IE Suggested Sites, and import an existing folder structure. |On the **Favorites, Favorites Bar and Feeds** page of IEAK 11, add your custom URLs to the **Favorites**, **Favorites Bar**, or **RSS Feeds** folders, or create new folders.
              You can also edit, test, or remove your URLs, sort the list order, or disable IE Suggested Sites. |
-|Important URLs |Lets you add custom **Home** pages that can open different tabs. You can also add a **Support** page that shows up when an employee clicks online Help.|In the **Internet Settings Group Policy Preferences** dialog box, click the **General** tab, and add your custom **Home** page.
              On the **Important URLs - Home page and Support** page of IEAK 11, add the custom URLs to your **Home** and **Support** pages.
              You can also click to retain the previous home page information when the user upgrades to a newer version of IE. |
-
-### Security Zones and Content Ratings
-
-|IEM setting |Description |Replacement tool |
-|------------|------------|-----------------|
-|Security zones |Lets you change your security settings, by zone |In the **Internet Settings Group Policy Preferences** dialog box, click the **Security** tab, and update your security settings, based on zone.
              -OR-
              On the **Security and Privacy Settings** page of IEAK 11, choose your **Security Zones and Privacy** setting, changing it, as necessary. |
-|Content ratings |Lets you change your content ratings so your employees can't view sites with risky content. |On the **Security and Privacy Settings** page of IEAK 11, choose your **Content Ratings** setting, changing it, as necessary. |
-|Authenticode settings |Lets you pick your trustworthy software publishers and stop your employees from adding new, untrusted publishers while browsing. |These settings aren't available anymore. |
-
-### Programs
-
-|IEM setting |Description |Replacement tool |
-|------------|------------|-----------------|
-|Programs |Lets you import your default program settings, which specify the programs Windows uses for each Internet service. |In the **Internet Settings Group Policy Preferences** dialog box, click the **Programs** tab, and choose how to open IE11 links.
              -OR-
              On the **Programs** page of IEAK 11, choose whether to customize or import your program settings. |
-
-#### Advanced IEM settings
-The Advanced IEM settings, including Corporate and Internet settings, were also deprecated. However, they also have replacements you can use in either Group Policy Preferences or IEAK 11.
-
-**Note**
              Advanced IEM Settings were shown under **Programs** and only available when running in **Preference** mode.
-
-|IEM setting |Description |Replacement tool |
-|------------|------------|-----------------|
-|Corporate settings |Specifies the location of the file with the settings you use to make IE work best in your organization. |On the Additional Settings page of IEAK 11, expand Corporate Settings, and then customize how your organization handles temporary Internet files, code downloads, menu items, and toolbar buttons. |
-|Internet settings |Specifies the location of the file that includes your default IE settings. |In the Internet Settings Group Policy Preferences dialog box, click the Advanced tab, and then update your Internet-related settings, as required
              -OR-
              On the Additional Settings page of IEAK 11, expand Internet Settings, and then customize your default values in the Internet Options dialog box. |
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/missing-the-compatibility-view-button.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/missing-the-compatibility-view-button.md
deleted file mode 100644
index a002fae480..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/missing-the-compatibility-view-button.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: support
-description: Internet Explorer 11 uses the latest standards mode, which simplifies web page compatibility for users by removing the **Compatibility View** button and reducing the number of compatibility options in the F12 developer tools for developers.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.assetid: 501c96c9-9f03-4913-9f4b-f67bd9edbb61
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Missing the Compatibility View Button (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Missing the Compatibility View Button
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Compatibility View was introduced in Windows Internet Explorer 8 to help existing content continue to work with Windows Internet Explorer 7, while developers updated their content to support modern interoperable web standards. Since then, the Internet Explorer web platform, and the web itself, have changed so that most public web content looks for standards-based features instead of IE 7-compatible behavior.
-
-Thanks to these changes, using Internet Explorer 11 in the latest standards mode is more compatible with the web than ever before. As a result, IE11 simplifies web page compatibility for users by removing the **Compatibility View** button and reducing the number of compatibility options in the F12 developer tools for developers.
-
-## What happened to the Compatibility View button?
-In previous versions of IE, the **Compatibility View** button would attempt to fix a broken standards-based website, by getting the page to appear like it did in Internet Explorer 7. Today however, more standards-based websites are broken by attempting to appear like they did in Internet Explorer 7. So instead of implementing and using Compatibility View, developers are updating their server configuration to add X-UA-Compatible meta tags, which forces the content to the “edge”, making the **Compatibility View** button disappear. In support of these changes, the Compatibility View button has been completely removed for IE11.
-
-## What if I still need Compatibility View?
-There might be extenuating circumstances in your company, which require you to continue to use Compatibility View. In this situation, this process should be viewed strictly as a workaround. You should work with the website vendor to make sure that the affected pages are updated to match the latest web standards. The functionality described here is currently deprecated and will be removed at a time in the future.
-
-**Important**
              This functionality is only available in Internet Explorer for the desktop.
-
- **To change your Compatibility View settings**
-
-1.  Open Internet Explorer for the desktop, click **Tools**, and then click **Compatibility View settings**.
-
-2.  In the **Compatibility View Settings** box, add the problematic website URL, and then click **Add**.
              
-Compatibility View is turned on for this single website, for this specific computer.
-
-3.  Decide if you want your intranet sites displayed using Compatibility View, decide whether to use Microsoft compatibility lists, and then click **Close**.
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/net-framework-problems-with-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/net-framework-problems-with-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 6c68a1ec01..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/net-framework-problems-with-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: support
-description: How to turn managed browser hosting controls back on in Internet Explorer 11.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: b0b7f60f-9099-45ab-84f4-4ac64d7bcb43
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: .NET Framework problems with Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# .NET Framework problems with Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-## Summary
-
-If you’re having problems launching your legacy apps while running Internet Explorer 11, it’s most likely because Internet Explorer no longer starts apps that use managed browser hosting controls, like in .NET Framework 1.1 and 2.0.
-
- **To turn managed browser hosting controls back on**
-
-1.  **For x86 systems or for 64-bit processes on x64 systems:** Go to the `HKLM\SOFTWARE\MICROSOFT\.NETFramework` registry key and change the **EnableIEHosting** value to **1**.
-
-2.  **For 32-bit processes on x64 systems:** Go to the `HKLM\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\MICROSOFT\.NETFramework` registry key and change the **EnableIEHosting** value to **1**.
-
-## More information
-
-IEHost is a Microsoft .NET Framework 1.1-based technology that provides a better model than ActiveX controls to host controls within the browser. The IEHost controls are lightweight and are operated under the .NET security model where they are operated inside a sandbox. 
-
-From the .NET Framework 4, we remove the IEHost.dll file for the following reasons:
-
-- IEHost/HREF-EXE-style controls are exposed to the Internet. This poses a high security risk, and most customers who install the Framework are benefiting very little from this security risk.
-- Managed hosting controls and invoking random ActiveX controls may be unsafe, and this risk cannot be countered in the .NET Framework. Therefore, the ability to host is disabled. We strongly suggest that IEHost should be disabled in any production environment.
-- Potential security vulnerabilities and assembly versioning conflicts in the default application domain. By relying on COM Interop wrappers to load your assembly, it is implicitly loaded in the default application domain. If other browser extensions do the same function, they have the risks in the default application domain such as disclosing information, and so on. If you are not using strong-named assemblies as dependencies, type loading exceptions can occur. You cannot freely configure the common language runtime (CLR), because you do not own the host process, and you cannot run any code before your extension is loaded.
-
-For more information about .NET Framework application compatibility, see [Application compatibility in the .NET Framework](/dotnet/framework/migration-guide/application-compatibility).
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/new-group-policy-settings-for-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/new-group-policy-settings-for-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 1dd3438086..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/new-group-policy-settings-for-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: New group policy settings for Internet Explorer 11
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.assetid: 669cc1a6-e2cb-403f-aa31-c1de52a615d1
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: New group policy settings for Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# New group policy settings for Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Internet Explorer 11 gives you some new Group Policy settings to help you manage your company's web browser configurations, including:
-
-
-|                                               Policy                                                |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Category Path                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       |                Supported on                |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Explanation                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  |
-|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|--------------------------------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|                             Allow IE to use the HTTP2 network protocol                              |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Internet Control Panel\Advanced Page                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             |             IE11 on Windows 10             |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              This policy setting determines whether IE uses the HTTP2 network protocol. HTTP2 works with HTTP requests to optimize the latency of network requests through compression, multiplexing, and prioritization.
              If you enable this policy setting, IE uses the HTTP2 network protocol.
              If you disable this policy setting, IE won't use the HTTP2 network protocol.
              If you don't configure this policy setting, users can turn this behavior on or off, using the **Internet Explorer Advanced Internet Options** settings. The default is on.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               |
-|                             Allow IE to use the SPDY/3 network protocol                             |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Internet Control Panel\Advanced Page                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             |             IE11 on Windows 10             |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      This policy setting determines whether Internet Explorer uses the SPDY/3 network protocol. SPDY/3 works with HTTP requests to optimize the latency of network requests through compression, multiplexing and prioritization.
              If you enable this policy setting, Internet Explorer uses the SPDY/3 network protocol.
              If you disable this policy setting, Internet Explorer won't use the SPDY/3 network protocol.
              If you don't configure this policy setting, users can turn this behavior on or off, on the **Advanced\* tab of the \*\*Internet Options** dialog box. The default is on.
              **Note**
              We've replaced the SPDY/3 protocol with the HTTP2 protocol in Windows 10. You can configure the HTTP2 protocol by using the **Allow IE to use the HTTP2 network protocol** setting.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       |
-|    Allow Microsoft services to provide enhanced suggestions as the user types in the Address bar    |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               |             IE11 on Windows 10             |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       This policy setting allows IE to provide enhanced suggestions as the user types in the Address bar. To provide enhanced suggestions, the user’s keystrokes are sent to Microsoft through Microsoft services.
              If you enable this policy setting, users receive enhanced suggestions while typing in the Address bar. In addition, users won’t be able to change the **Suggestions** setting on the **Settings** charm.
              If you disable this policy setting, users won’t receive enhanced suggestions while typing in the Address bar. In addition, users won’t be able to change the **Suggestions** setting on the **Settings** charm.
              If you don’t configure this policy setting, users can change the **Suggestions** setting on the **Settings** charm.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        |
-|                     Allow only approved domains to use the TDC ActiveX control                      |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  
              • Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Internet Control Panel\Security Page\Intranet Zone
              • Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Internet Control Panel\Security Page\Locked-Down Intranet Zone
              • Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Internet Control Panel\Security Page\Trusted Sites Zone
              • Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Internet Control Panel\Security Page\Locked-Down Trusted Sites Zone
              • Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Internet Control Panel\Security Page\Local Machine Zone
              • Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Internet Control Panel\Security Page\Locked-Down Local Machine Zone
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                |             IE11 in Windows 10             |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          This policy setting determines whether users can run the Tabular Data Control (TDC) ActiveX control, based on security zone. By default, the TDC ActiveX Control is disabled in the **Internet** and **Restricted Sites** security zones.
              If you enable this policy setting, users won’t be able to run the TDC ActiveX control from all sites in the specified zone.
              If you disable this policy setting, users can run the TDC Active X control from all sites in the specified zone.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          |
-|                                         Allow SSL3 Fallback                                         |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Security Features                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      |     Internet Explorer 11 on Windows 10     |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       This policy setting allows you to stop websites from falling back to using Secure Socket Layer (SSL) 3.0 or lower, if Transport Layer Security (TLS) 1.0 or higher, fails. This setting doesn’t affect which security protocols are enabled.
              If you enable this policy setting and a website fails while using the TLS 1.0 or higher security protocols, Internet Explorer will try to fallback and use SSL 3.0 or lower security protocols.
              If you disable or don’t configure this setting, Internet Explorer uses the default system protocols.
              **Important:**
              By default, SSL 3.0 is disabled. If you choose to enable SSL 3.0, we recommend that you disable or don't configure this setting to help mitigate potential man-in-the-middle attacks.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        |
-|                             Allow VBScript to run in Internet Explorer                              | 
              •  Administrative Templates/Windows Components/Internet Explorer/Internet Control Panel/Security Page/Internet Zone/Internet Zone
              •  Administrative Templates/Windows Components/Internet Explorer/Internet Control Panel/Security Page/Internet Zone/Intranet Zone
              •  Administrative Templates/Windows Components/Internet Explorer/Internet Control Panel/Security Page/Internet Zone/Local Machine Zone
              •  Administrative Templates/Windows Components/Internet Explorer/Internet Control Panel/Security Page/Internet Zone/Locked-Down Internet Zone
              •  Administrative Templates/Windows Components/Internet Explorer/Internet Control Panel/Security Page/Internet Zone/Locked-Down Intranet Zone
              •  Administrative Templates/Windows Components/Internet Explorer/Internet Control Panel/Security Page/Internet Zone/Locked-Down Local Machine Zone
              •  Administrative Templates/Windows Components/Internet Explorer/Internet Control Panel/Security Page/Internet Zone/Locked-Down Restricted Sites Zone
              •  Administrative Templates/Windows Components/Internet Explorer/Internet Control Panel/Security Page/Internet Zone/Locked-Down Trusted Sites Zone
              •  Administrative Templates/Windows Components/Internet Explorer/Internet Control Panel/Security Page/Internet Zone/Restricted Sites Zone
              •  Administrative Templates/Windows Components/Internet Explorer/Internet Control Panel/Security Page/Internet Zone/Trusted Sites Zone
               |            Internet Explorer 11            |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   This policy setting lets you decide whether VBScript can run on pages in specific Internet Explorer zones.
              If you enable this policy setting (default), you must also pick one of the following options from the Options box:
              • Enable. VBScript runs on pages in specific zones, without any interaction.
              • Prompt. Employees are prompted whether to allow VBScript to run in the zone.
              • Disable. VBScript is prevented from running in the zone.
              If you disable or don’t configure this policy setting, VBScript runs without any interaction in the specified zone.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    |
-|                                   Always send Do Not Track header                                   |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Internet Control Panel\Advanced Page                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             |       At least Internet Explorer 10        |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    This policy setting allows you to configure how IE sends the Do Not Track (DNT) header.
              If you enable this policy setting, IE sends a `DNT:1` header with all HTTP and HTTPS requests. The `DNT:1` header signals to the servers not to track the user.
              **In Internet Explorer 9 and 10:**
              If you disable this policy setting, IE only sends the Do Not Track header if a Tracking Protection List is enabled or inPrivate Browsing mode is used.
              **In at least IE11:**
              If you disable this policy setting, IE only sends the Do Not Track header if inPrivate Browsing mode is used.
              If you don't configure the policy setting, users can select the **Always send Do Not Track header** option on the **Advanced\* tab of the \*\*Internet Options** dialog box. By selecting this option, IE sends a `DNT:1` header with all HTTP and HTTPS requests; unless the user grants a site-specific exception, in which case IE sends a `DNT:0` header. By default, this option is enabled.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     |
-|       Don't run antimalware programs against ActiveX controls
              (Internet, Restricted Zones)       |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   
              • Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Internet Control Panel\Security Page\Internet Zone
              • Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Internet Control Panel\Security Page\Locked-Down Internet Zone
              • Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Internet Control Panel\Security Page\Restricted Sites Zone
              • Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Internet Control Panel\Security Page\Locked-Down Restricted Sites Zone
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 |             IE11 on Windows 10             |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               This policy setting determines whether IE runs antimalware programs against ActiveX controls, to check if they're safe to load on pages.
              If you enable this policy setting, IE won't check with your antimalware program to see if it's safe to create an instance of the ActiveX control.
              If you disable this policy setting, IE always checks with your antimalware program to see if it's safe to create an instance of the ActiveX control.
              If you don't configure this policy setting, IE always checks with your antimalware program to see if it's safe to create an instance of the ActiveX control. Users can turn this behavior on or off, using the Internet Explorer's **Security** settings.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                |
-| Don't run antimalware programs against ActiveX controls
              (Intranet, Trusted, Local Machine Zones) |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  
              • Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Internet Control Panel\Security Page\Intranet Zone
              • Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Internet Control Panel\Security Page\Locked-Down Intranet Zone
              • Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Internet Control Panel\Security Page\Trusted Sites Zone
              • Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Internet Control Panel\Security Page\Locked-Down Trusted Sites Zone
              • Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Internet Control Panel\Security Page\Local Machine Zone
              • Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Internet Control Panel\Security Page\Locked-Down Local Machine Zone
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                |             IE11 on Windows 10             |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  This policy setting determines whether IE runs antimalware programs against ActiveX controls, to check if they're safe to load on pages.
              If you enable this policy setting, IE won't check with your antimalware program to see if it's safe to create an instance of the ActiveX control.
              If you disable this policy setting, IE always checks with your antimalware program to see if it's safe to create an instance of the ActiveX control.
              If you don't configure this policy setting, IE won't check with your antimalware program to see if it's safe to create an instance of the ActiveX control. Users can turn this behavior on or off, using Internet Explorer's **Security** settings.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   |
-|               Hide Internet Explorer 11 Application Retirement Notification                         |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                |      Internet Explorer 11 on Windows 10 20H2 & newer      |      This policy setting allows you to prevent the notification bar that informs users of Internet Explorer 11’s retirement from showing up. 
              If you disable or don’t configure this setting, the notification will be shown.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                |
-|               Hide the button (next to the New Tab button) that opens Microsoft Edge                |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components/Internet Explorer\Internet Settings\Advanced Settings\Browsing\                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               |      IE11 on Windows 10, version 1703      |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  This policy setting lets you decide whether employees can see the open Microsoft Edge button, which appears next to the New Tab button.
              If you enable this policy setting, the button to open Microsoft Edge from Internet Explorer will be hidden.
              If you disable this policy setting, the button to open Microsoft Edge from Internet Explorer appears.
              If you don't configure this policy setting, the button to open Microsoft Edge from Internet Explorer can be configured by your employees.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   |
-|                  Let users turn on and use Enterprise Mode from the **Tools** menu                  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               |             IE11 on Windows 10             |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      This policy setting lets you decide whether users can turn on Enterprise Mode for websites with compatibility issues. Optionally, this policy also lets you specify where to get reports (through post messages) about the websites for which users turn on Enterprise Mode using the **Tools** menu.
              If you enable this policy setting, users can see and use the **Enterprise Mode** option from the **Tools** menu. If you enable this setting, but don’t specify a report location, Enterprise Mode will still be available to your users, but you won’t get any reports.
              If you disable or don’t configure this policy setting, the menu option won’t appear and users won’t be able to turn on Enterprise Mode locally.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       |
-|                                Limit Site Discovery output by Domain                                |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               |        At least Internet Explorer 8        |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              This policy setting allows you to control which domains are included in the discovery function of the Internet Explorer Site Discovery Toolkit.
              If you enable this policy setting, the Internet Explorer Site Discovery Toolkit collects data from all sites in your specified domains, configured by adding one domain per line to the included text box.
              If you disable or don’t configure this setting, the Internet Explorer Site Discovery Toolkit collects data from all sites in all domains.
              **Note:**
              You can use this setting in conjunction with the other settings that control the Internet Explorer Site Discovery Toolkit.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              |
-|                                 Limit Site Discovery output by Zone                                 |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               |        At least Internet Explorer 8        | This policy setting allows you to control which zones are included in the discovery function of the Internet Explorer Site Discovery Toolkit.
              If you enable this policy setting, the Internet Explorer Site Discovery Toolkit collects data from all specified security zones.
              If you disable or don’t configure this setting, the Internet Explorer Site Discovery Toolkit collects data from all sites in all security zones.
              To specify which zones can collect data, you must include a binary number that represents your selected zones, based on this order:
              • 0 – Restricted Sites zone
              • 0 – Internet zone
              • 0 – Trusted Sites zone
              • 0 – Local Intranet zone
              • 0 – Local Machine zone

              **Example 1:** Include only the Local Intranet zone (binary representation: 00010), based on:
              • 0 – Restricted Sites zone
              • 0 – Internet zone
              • 0 – Trusted Sites zone
              • 1 – Local Intranet zone
              • 0 – Local Machine zone

              **Example 2:** Include only the Restricted Sites, Trusted Sites, and Local Intranet zones (binary representation: 10110), based on:
              • 1 – Restricted Sites zone
              • 0 – Internet zone
              • 1 – Trusted Sites zone
              • 1 – Local Intranet zone
              • 1 – Local Machine zone
              **Note:**
              You can use this setting in conjunction with the other settings that control the Internet Explorer Site Discovery Toolkit. |
-|            Prevent deleting ActiveX Filtering, Tracking Protection and Do Not Track data            |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Delete Browsing History                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   |    At least Windows Internet Explorer 9    |                                                                                                                                    **In Internet Explorer 9 and Internet Explorer 10:**
              This policy setting prevents users from deleting ActiveX Filtering and Tracking Protection data, which includes the list of websites for which the user has chosen to disable ActiveX Filtering or Tracking Protection. In addition, Tracking Protection data is also collected if users turn on the **Personalized Tracking Protection List**, which blocks third-party items while the user is browsing.
              **In IE11:**
              This policy setting prevents users from deleting ActiveX Filtering, Tracking Protection data, and Do Not Track exceptions, stored in the **Delete Browsing History** dialog box, for visited websites.
              If you enable this policy setting, ActiveX Filtering, Tracking Protection and Do Not Track data is preserved when the user clicks **Delete**.
              If you disable this policy setting, ActiveX Filtering, Tracking Protection and Do Not Track data is deleted when the user clicks **Delete**.
              If you don’t configure this policy setting, users can turn this feature on and off, determining whether to delete ActiveX Filtering, Tracking Protection, and Do Not Track data when clicking **Delete**.                                                                                                                                    |
-|           Send all sites not included in the Enterprise Mode Site List to Microsoft Edge            |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               |      IE11 on Windows 10, version 1607      |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         This policy setting lets you decide whether to open all sites that aren’t specified to open in IE11 by the Enterprise Mode site list, to open in Microsoft Edge.
              If you enable this policy setting, you must also enable the Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Use the Enterprise Mode IE website list policy setting and you must include at least one site in the Enterprise Mode site list.
              If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, all sites will open based on the currently active browser.
              **Note:**
              If you’ve also enabled the Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Microsoft Edge\Send all intranet sites to Internet Explorer 11 policy setting, then all intranet sites will continue to open in Internet Explorer 11.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         |
-|               Show message when opening sites in Microsoft Edge using Enterprise Mode               |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               |      IE11 on Windows 10, version 1607      |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         This policy setting lets you decide whether employees see an additional page in Internet Explorer 11, stating that a site has been opened using Microsoft Edge with Enterprise Mode.
              If you enable this policy setting, employees see an additional page in Internet Explorer 11, stating that a site has been opened using Microsoft Edge with Enterprise Mode.
              If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the default app behavior occurs and no additional page appears.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          |
-|                       Turn off automatic download of the ActiveX VersionList                        |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Security Features\Add-on Management                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             |    At least Windows Internet Explorer 8    |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                This policy setting allows you to decide whether Internet Explorer automatically downloads updated versions of Microsoft's VersionList.XML file. This file tells Internet Explorer whether to stop specific ActiveX controls from loading.
              If you enable this policy setting, Internet Explorer stops automatically downloading updated versions of the VersionList.XML file.
              If you disable or don’t configure this setting, Internet Explorer continues to download updated versions of the VersionList.XML file.
              **Important:**
              Stopping this file from updating breaks the out-of-date ActiveX control blocking feature, potentially compromising the security of the device. For more info, see the Out-of-Date ActiveX Control Blocking () topic.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                |
-|           Turn off loading websites and content in the background to optimize performance           |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Internet Control Panel\Advanced Page                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             |             IE11 on Windows 10             |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        This policy setting determines whether Internet Explorer preemptively loads websites and content in the background, speeding up performance such that when the user clicks a hyperlink, the background page seamlessly switches into view.
              If you enable this policy setting, IE doesn't load any websites or content in the background.
              If you disable this policy setting, IE preemptively loads websites and content in the background.
              If you don’t configure this policy setting, users can turn this behavior on or off, using IE settings. This feature is turned on by default.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         |
-|                                   Turn off phone number detection                                   |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Internet Settings\Advanced settings\Browsing                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         |             IE11 on Windows 10             |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              This policy setting determines whether phone numbers are recognized and turned into hyperlinks, which can be used to invoke the default phone application on the system.
              If you enable this policy setting, phone number detection is turned off. Users won’t be able to modify this setting.
              If you disable this policy setting, phone number detection is turned on. Users won’t be able to modify this setting.
              If you don't configure this policy setting, users can turn this behavior on or off, using IE settings. The default is on.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              |
-|                                 Turn off sending URL path as UTF-8                                  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Internet Settings\URL Encoding                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      |    At least Windows Internet Explorer 7    |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  This policy setting determines whether to let IE send the path portion of a URL using the UTF-8 standard. This standard defines characters so they're readable in any language and lets you exchange Internet addresses (URLs) with characters included in any language.
              If you enable this policy setting, UTF-8 is not allowed. Users won't be able to change this setting.
              If you disable this policy setting, UTF-8 is allowed. Users won't be able to change this setting.
              If you don't configure this policy setting, users can turn this behavior on or off.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   |
-|                            Turn off sending UTF-8 query strings for URLs                            |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Internet Control Panel\Advanced Page                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             |             IE11 on Windows 10             |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                This policy setting determines whether IE uses 8-bit Unicode Transformation Format (UTF-8) to encode query strings in URLs before sending them to servers or to proxy servers.
              If you enable this policy setting, you must specify when to use UTF-8 to encode query strings:
              • **0.** Never encode query strings.
              • **1.** Only encode query strings for URLs that aren't in the Intranet zone.
              • **2.** Only encode query strings for URLs that are in the Intranet zone.
              • **3.** Always encode query strings.
              If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users can turn this behavior on or off, using IE Advanced Options settings. The default is to encode all query strings in UTF-8.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                |
-|               Turn off the ability to launch report site problems using a menu option               |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Browser menus                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        |            Internet Explorer 11            |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           This policy setting allows you to manage whether users can start the **eport Site Problems** dialog box from the **Internet Explorer** settings area or from the **Tools** menu.
              If you enable this policy setting, users won’t be able to start the **Report Site Problems** dialog box from the Internet Explorer settings or the Tools menu.
              If you disable or don’t configure this policy setting, users will be able to start the **Report Site Problems** dialog box from the **Internet Explorer** settings area or from the **Tools** menu.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            |
-|                        Turn off the flip ahead with page prediction feature                         |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Internet Control Panel\Advanced Page                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             | At least Internet Explorer 10 on Windows 8 |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           This policy setting determines whether a user can swipe across a screen or click Forward to go to the next pre-loaded page of a website.
              If you enable this policy setting, flip ahead with page prediction is turned off and the next webpage isn’t loaded into the background.
              If you disable this policy setting, flip ahead with page prediction is turned on and the next webpage is loaded into the background.
              If you don’t configure this setting, users can turn this behavior on or off, using the **Settings** charm.
              **Note**
              Microsoft collects your browsing history to improve how flip ahead with page prediction works. This feature isn’t available for Internet Explorer for the desktop.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            |
-| Turn on 64-bit tab processes when running in Enhanced Protected Mode on 64-bit versions of Windows  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Internet Control Panel\Advanced Page                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             |             IE11 on Windows 10             |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   This policy setting determines whether IE11 uses 64-bit processes (for greater security) or 32-bit processes (for greater compatibility) when running in Enhanced Protected Mode on 64-bit versions of Windows.
              If you enable this policy setting, IE11 will use 64-bit tab processes when running in Enhanced Protected Mode on 64-bit versions of Windows.
              If you disable this policy setting, IE11 will use 32-bit tab processes when running in Enhanced Protected Mode on 64-bit versions of Windows.
              If you don't configure this policy setting, users can turn this feature on or off using IE settings. This feature is turned off by default.
              **Important**
              When using 64-bit processes, some ActiveX controls and toolbars might not be available.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    |
-|                                  Turn on Site Discovery WMI output                                  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               |        At least Internet Explorer 8        |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      This policy setting allows you to manage the WMI output functionality of the Internet Explorer Site Discovery Toolkit.
              If you enable this policy setting, the Internet Explorer Site Discovery Toolkit will log its collected data to an WMI class, which can be aggregated by using a client-management solution, such as Microsoft Configuration Manager.
              If you disable or don’t configure this setting, the Internet Explorer Site Discovery Toolkit won’t log its collected data to an WMI class.
              **Note:**
              Enabling or disabling this setting won’t impact any other output methods available to the Internet Explorer Site Discovery Toolkit.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       |
-|                                  Turn on Site Discovery XML output                                  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               |        At least Internet Explorer 8        |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            This policy setting allows you to manage the XML output functionality of the Internet Explorer Site Discovery Toolkit.
              If you enable this policy setting, the Internet Explorer Site Discovery Toolkit will log its collected data to an XML file, stored in your specified location.
              If you disable or don’t configure this setting, the Internet Explorer Site Discovery Toolkit won’t log its collected data to an XML file.
              **Note:**
              Enabling or disabling this setting won’t impact any other output methods available to the Internet Explorer Site Discovery Toolkit.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            |
-|                               Use the Enterprise Mode IE website list                               |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               |      IE11 on Windows 10, version 1511      |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 This policy setting lets you specify where to find the list of websites you want opened using Enterprise Mode, instead of Standard mode, because of compatibility issues. Users can’t edit this list.
              If you enable this policy setting, Internet Explorer downloads the Enterprise Mode website list from the `HKEY_CURRENT_USER or HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE`\Software\Policies\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\Main\EnterpriseMode hive, opening all included websites using Enterprise Mode. We recommend storing and downloading your list from a secure web server `(https://)`, to help protect against data tampering.
              If you disable or don’t configure this policy setting, Internet Explorer opens all websites using **Standard** mode.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 |
-
-## Removed Group Policy settings
-IE11 no longer supports these Group Policy settings:
-
--   Turn on Internet Explorer 7 Standards Mode
-
--   Turn off Compatibility View button
-
--   Turn off Quick Tabs functionality
-
--   Turn off the quick pick menu
-
--   Use large icons for command buttons
-
-## Viewing your policy settings
-After you've finished updating and deploying your Group Policy, you can use the Resultant Set of Policy (RSoP) snap-in to view your settings.
-
-**To use the RSoP snap-in**
-
-1.  Open and run the Resultant Set of Policy (RSoP) wizard, specifying the information you want to see.
-
-2.  Open your wizard results in the Group Policy Management Console (GPMC).
              
-For complete instructions about how to add, open, and use RSoP, see [Use the RSoP Snap-in](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2003/cc736424(v=ws.10))
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/out-of-date-activex-control-blocking.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/out-of-date-activex-control-blocking.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4eed39657f..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/out-of-date-activex-control-blocking.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,211 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: Use out-of-date ActiveX control blocking to help you know when IE prevents a webpage from loading outdated ActiveX controls and to update the outdated control, so that it’s safer to use.
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: e61866bb-1ff1-4a8d-96f2-61d3534e8199
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-title: Out-of-date ActiveX control blocking (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 05/10/2018
----
-
-
-# Out-of-date ActiveX control blocking
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
--   Windows Vista SP2
-
-ActiveX controls are small apps that let websites provide content, like videos, games, and let you interact with content like toolbars. Unfortunately, because many ActiveX controls aren’t automatically updated, they can become outdated as new versions are released. It’s very important that you keep your ActiveX controls up-to-date because malicious software (or malware) can target security flaws in outdated controls, damaging your computer by collecting info from it, installing unwanted software, or by letting someone else control it remotely. To help avoid this situation, Internet Explorer includes a new security feature, called *out-of-date ActiveX control blocking*.
-
-Out-of-date ActiveX control blocking lets you:
-
--   Know when IE prevents a webpage from loading common, but outdated ActiveX controls.
-
--   Interact with other parts of the webpage that aren’t affected by the outdated control.
-
--   Update the outdated control, so that it’s up-to-date and safer to use.
-
-The out-of-date ActiveX control blocking feature works with all [Security Zones](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=403863), except the Local Intranet Zone and the Trusted Sites Zone.
-
-It also works with these operating system and IE combinations:
-
-|Windows operating system                |IE version                       |
-|----------------------------------------|---------------------------------|
-|Windows 10 |All supported versions of IE.
              Microsoft Edge doesn't support ActiveX controls. |
-|Windows 8.1 and Windows 8.1 Update      |All supported versions of IE    |
-|Windows 7 SP1                           |All supported versions of IE    |
-|Windows Server 2012                     |All supported versions of IE    |
-|Windows Server 2008 R2 SP1              |All supported versions of IE    |
-|Windows Server 2008 SP2                 |Windows Internet Explorer 9 only |
-|Windows Vista SP2                       |Windows Internet Explorer 9 only |
-     
-For more info about this new feature, see the [Internet Explorer begins blocking out-of-date ActiveX controls](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=507691) blog. To see the complete list of out-of-date Active controls blocked by this feature, see [Blocked out-of-date ActiveX controls](blocked-out-of-date-activex-controls.md).
-
-
-## What does the out-of-date ActiveX control blocking notification look like?
-When IE blocks an outdated ActiveX control, you’ll see a notification bar similar to this, depending on your version of IE:
-
-**Internet Explorer 9 through Internet Explorer 11**
-
-![Warning about outdated activex controls (ie9+).](images/outdatedcontrolwarning.png)
-
-**Windows Internet Explorer 8**
-
-![Warning about outdated activex controls (ie8).](images/ieoutdatedcontrolwarning.png)
-
-Out-of-date ActiveX control blocking also gives you a security warning that tells you if a webpage tries to launch specific outdated apps, outside of IE:
-
-![Warning about outdated activex controls outside ie.](images/ieoutdatedcontroloutsideofie.png)
-
-
-## How do I fix an outdated ActiveX control or app?
-From the notification about the outdated ActiveX control, you can go to the control’s website to download its latest version.
-
- **To get the updated ActiveX control**
-
-1.  From the notification bar, tap or click **Update**.
              
-IE opens the ActiveX control’s website.
-
-2.  Download the latest version of the control.
-
-**Security Note:**
              If you don’t fully trust a site, you shouldn’t allow it to load an outdated ActiveX control. However, although we don’t recommend it, you can view the missing webpage content by tapping or clicking **Run this time**. This option runs the ActiveX control without updating or fixing the problem. The next time you visit a webpage running the same outdated ActiveX control, you’ll get the notification again.
-
- **To get the updated app**
-
-1.  From the security warning, tap or click **Update** link.
              
-IE opens the app’s website.
-
-2.  Download the latest version of the app.
-
-**Security Note:**
              If you don’t fully trust a site, you shouldn’t allow it to launch an outdated app. However, although we don’t recommend it, you can let the webpage launch the app by tapping or clicking **Allow**. This option opens the app without updating or fixing the problem. The next time you visit a webpage running the same outdated app, you’ll get the notification again.
-
-## How does IE decide which ActiveX controls to block?
-IE uses Microsoft’s versionlist.xml or versionlistWin7.xml file to determine whether an ActiveX control should be stopped from loading. These files are updated with newly-discovered out-of-date ActiveX controls, which IE automatically downloads to your local copy of the file.
-
-You can see your copy of the file here `%LOCALAPPDATA%\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\VersionManager\versionlist.xml` or you can view Microsoft’s version, based on your operating system and version of IE, here:
-- [Internet Explorer 11 on Windows 7 SP1 or Windows Server 2008 R2](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=798230)
-- [All other configurations](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=403864)
-
-**Security Note:**
              Although we strongly recommend against it, if you don’t want your computer to automatically download the updated version list from Microsoft, run the following command from a command prompt:
-
-```
-reg add "HKCU\Software\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\VersionManager" /v DownloadVersionList /t REG_DWORD /d 0 /f
-```
-Turning off this automatic download breaks the out-of-date ActiveX control blocking feature by not letting the version list update with newly outdated controls, potentially compromising the security of your computer. Use this configuration option at your own risk.
-
-## Out-of-date ActiveX control blocking
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
- on managed devices
-Out-of-date ActiveX control blocking includes four new Group Policy settings that you can use to manage your web browser configuration, based on your domain controller. You can download the administrative templates, including the new settings, from the [Administrative templates (.admx) for Windows 10](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=746579) page or the [Administrative Templates (.admx) for Windows 8.1 and Windows Server 2012 R2](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=746580) page, depending on your operating system.
-
-### Group Policy settings
-Here’s a list of the new Group Policy info, including the settings, location, requirements, and Help text strings. All of these settings can be set in either the Computer Configuration or User Configuration scope, but Computer Configuration takes precedence over User Configuration.
-
-**Important**
              
-Out-of-date ActiveX control blocking is turned off in the Local Intranet Zone and the Trusted Sites Zone; therefore, intranet websites and line-of-business apps will continue to use out-of-date ActiveX controls without disruption.
-
-|Setting |Category path |Supported on |Help text |
-|--------|--------------|-------------|----------|
-|Turn on ActiveX control logging in IE |`Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Security Features\Add-on Management` |Internet Explorer 8 through IE11 |This setting determines whether IE saves log information for ActiveX controls.
              If you enable this setting, IE logs ActiveX control information (including the source URI that loaded the control and whether it was blocked) to a local file.
              If you disable or don't configure this setting, IE won't log ActiveX control information.
              Note that you can turn this setting on or off regardless of the **Turn off blocking of outdated ActiveX controls for IE** or **Turn off blocking of outdated ActiveX controls for IE on specific domains** settings. |
-|Remove the **Run this time** button for outdated ActiveX controls in IE |`Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Security Features\Add-on Management`|Internet Explorer 8 through IE11 |This setting allows you stop users from seeing the **Run this time** button and from running specific outdated ActiveX controls in IE.
              If you enable this setting, users won't see the **Run this time** button on the warning message that appears when IE blocks an outdated ActiveX control.
              If you disable or don't configure this setting, users will see the **Run this time** button on the warning message that appears when IE blocks an outdated ActiveX control. Clicking this button lets the user run the outdated ActiveX control once. |
-|Turn off blocking of outdated ActiveX controls for IE on specific domains |`Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Security Features\Add-on Management` |Internet Explorer 8 through IE11 |This setting allows you to manage a list of domains on which IE will stop blocking outdated ActiveX controls. Outdated ActiveX controls are never blocked in the Intranet Zone.
              If you enable this setting, you can enter a custom list of domains for which outdated ActiveX controls won't be blocked in IE. Each domain entry must be formatted like one of the following:
              • **"domainname.TLD".** For example, if you want to include `*.contoso.com/*`, use "contoso.com".
              • **"hostname".** For example, if you want to include `https://example`, use "example".
              • **"file:///path/filename.htm"**. For example, use `file:///C:/Users/contoso/Desktop/index.htm`.
              If you disable or don't configure this setting, the list is deleted and IE continues to block specific outdated ActiveX controls on all domains in the Internet Zone. |
-|Turn off blocking of outdated ActiveX controls for IE |`Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Security Features\Add-on Management` |Internet Explorer 8 through IE11 |This setting determines whether IE blocks specific outdated ActiveX controls. Outdated ActiveX controls are never blocked in the Intranet Zone.
              If you enable this setting, IE stops blocking outdated ActiveX controls.
              If you disable or don't configure this setting, IE continues to block specific outdated ActiveX controls. |
-|Remove the **Update** button in the out-of-date ActiveX control blocking notification for IE |This functionality is only available through the registry |Internet Explorer 8 through IE11 |This setting determines whether the out-of-date ActiveX control blocking notification shows the **Update** button. This button points users to update specific out-of-date ActiveX controls in IE. |
-
-
-If you don't want to use Group Policy, you can also turn these settings on or off using the registry. You can update the registry manually.
-
-|Setting                  |Registry setting                                                |
-|-------------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------|
-|Turn on ActiveX control logging in IE |`reg add "HKCU\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies\Ext" /v AuditModeEnabled /t REG_DWORD /d 1 /f`
              Where:
              • **0 or not configured.** Logs ActiveX control information (including the source URI that loaded the control and whether it was blocked) to a local file.
              • **1.** Logs ActiveX control information.
               |
-|Remove **Run this time** button for outdated ActiveX controls in IE |`reg add "HKCU\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies\Ext" /v RunThisTimeEnabled /t REG_DWORD /d 0 /f`
              Where:
              • **0.** Removes the **Run this time** button.
              • **1 or not configured.** Leaves the **Run this time** button.
               |
-|Turn off blocking of outdated ActiveX controls for IE on specific domains |reg add "HKCU\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies\Ext\Domain" /v contoso.com /t REG_SZ /f
              Where:
              • **contoso.com.** A single domain on which outdated ActiveX controls won't be blocked in IE. Use a new `reg add` command for each domain you wish to add to the **Allow** list.
               |
-|Turn off blocking of outdated ActiveX controls for IE |`reg add "HKCU\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies\Ext" /v VersionCheckEnabled /t REG_DWORD /d 0 /f`
              Where:
              • **0.** Stops blocking outdated ActiveX controls.
              • **1 or not configured.** Continues to block specific outdated ActiveX controls.
               |
-|Remove the **Update** button in the out-of-date ActiveX control blocking notification for IE |`reg add "HKCU\Software\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\VersionManager" /v UpdateEnabled /t REG_DWORD /d 0 /f`
              Where:
              • **0.** Removes the **Update** button
              • **1 or not configured.** Leaves the **Update** button.
              
-
-## Inventory your ActiveX controls
-You can inventory the ActiveX controls being used in your company, by turning on the **Turn on ActiveX control logging in IE** setting:
-
--   **Windows 10:** Through a comma-separated values (.csv) file or through a local Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI) class.
-
--   **All other versions of Microsoft Windows:** Through a .csv file only.
-
-
-### Inventory your ActiveX controls by using a .CSV file
-If you decide to inventory the ActiveX controls being used in your company by turning on the **Turn on ActiveX control logging in IE** setting, IE logs the ActiveX control information to the `%LOCALAPPDATA%\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\AuditMode\VersionAuditLog.csv` file.
-
-Here’s a detailed example and description of what’s included in the VersionAuditLog.csv file.
-
-|Source URI |File path |Product version |File version |Allowed/Blocked |Reason |EPM-compatible |
-|-----------|----------|----------------|-------------|----------------|-------|---------------|
-|`https://contoso.com/test1.html` |C:\Windows\System32\Macromed\Flash\Flash.ocx |14.0.0.125 |14.0.0.125 |Allowed |Not in blocklist |EPM-compatible |
-|`https://contoso.com/test2.html` |C:\Program Files\Java\jre6\bin\jp2iexp.dll |6.0.410.2 |6.0.410.2 |Blocked |Out of date |Not EPM-compatible |
-
-**Where:**
--   **Source URI.** The URL of the page that loaded the ActiveX control.
-
--   **File path.** The location of the binary that implements the ActiveX control.
-
--   **Product version.** The product version of the binary that implements the ActiveX control.
-
--   **File version.** The file version of the binary that implements the ActiveX control.
-
--   **Allowed/Blocked** Whether IE blocked the ActiveX control.
- 
--   **Enhanced Protected Mode (EPM)-compatible.** Whether the loaded ActiveX control is compatible with [Enhanced Protected Mode](/troubleshoot/browsers/enhanced-protected-mode-add-on-compatibility).
              **Note**
              Enhanced Protected Mode isn’t supported on Internet Explorer 9 or earlier versions of IE. Therefore, if you’re using Internet Explorer 8 or Internet Explorer 9, all ActiveX controls will always be marked as not EPM-compatible.
-
--   **Reason.** The ActiveX control can be blocked or allowed for any of these reasons:
-
-|Reason                   |Corresponds to |Description                                     |
-|-------------------------|---------------|-------------------------------------------------|
-|Version not in blocklist |Allowed        |The version of the loaded ActiveX control is explicitly allowed by the IE version list. |
-|Trusted domain           |Allowed        |The ActiveX control was loaded on a domain listed in the **Turn off blocking of outdated ActiveX controls for IE on specific domains** setting. |
-|File doesn’t exist       |Allowed        |The loaded ActiveX control is missing required binaries to run correctly. |
-|Out-of-date              |Blocked        |The loaded ActiveX control is explicitly blocked by the IE version list because it is out-of-date. |
-|Not in blocklist         |Allowed        |The loaded ActiveX control isn’t in the IE version list. |
-|Managed by policy        |Allowed        |The loaded ActiveX control is managed by a Group Policy setting that isn’t listed here, and will be managed in accordance with that Group Policy setting. |
-|Trusted Site Zone or intranet |Allowed   |The ActiveX control was loaded in the Trusted Sites Zone or the Local Intranet Zone. |
-|Hardblocked              |Blocked        |The loaded ActiveX control is blocked in IE because it contains known security vulnerabilities. |
-|Unknown                  |Allowed or blocked |None of the above apply. |
-
-### Inventory your ActiveX controls by using a local WMI class
-For Windows 10 you also have the option to log your inventory info to a local WMI class. Info logged to this class includes all of info you get from the .csv file, plus the CLSID of the loaded ActiveX control or the name of any apps started from an ActiveX control.
-
-#### Before you begin
-Before you can use WMI to inventory your ActiveX controls, you need to [download the configuration package (.zip file)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=616971), which includes:
-
--   **ConfigureWMILogging.ps1**. A Windows PowerShell script.
-
--   **ActiveXWMILogging.mof**. A managed object file.
-
-Before running the PowerShell script, you must copy both the .ps1 and .mof file to the same directory location, on the client computer.
-
- **To configure IE to use WMI logging**
-
-1. Open your Group Policy editor and turn on the `Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Turn on ActiveX control logging in IE` setting.
-
-2. On the client device, start PowerShell in elevated mode (using admin privileges) and run `ConfigureWMILogging.ps1` by by-passing the PowerShell execution policy, using this command:
-   ```
-   powershell –ExecutionPolicy Bypass .\ConfigureWMILogging.ps1
-   ``` 
-   For more info, see [about_Execution_Policies](/powershell/module/microsoft.powershell.core/about/about_execution_policies).
-
-3. **Optional:** Set up your domain firewall for WMI data. For more info, see [Collect data using Enterprise Site Discovery](collect-data-using-enterprise-site-discovery.md).
-
-The inventory info appears in the WMI class, `IEAXControlBlockingAuditInfo`, located in the WMI namespace, *root\\cimv2\\IETelemetry*. To collect the inventory info from your client computers, we recommend using System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager or any agent that can access the WMI data. For more info, see [Collect data using Enterprise Site Discovery](collect-data-using-enterprise-site-discovery.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/problems-after-installing-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/problems-after-installing-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 41a67c1f65..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/problems-after-installing-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: support
-description: Possible solutions to the problems you might encounter after installing IE11, such as crashing or seeming slow, getting into an unusable state, or problems with adaptive streaming and DRM playback.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.assetid: c4b75ad3-9c4a-4dd2-9fed-69f776f542e6
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Problems after installing Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 10/16/2017
----
-
-
-# Problems after installing Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-After you install Internet Explorer 11 in your organization, you might run into the following issues. By following these suggestions, you should be able to fix them.
-
-## Internet Explorer is in an unusable state
-If IE11 gets into an unusable state on an employee's computer, you can use the **Reset Internet Explorer Settings (RIES)** feature to restore the default settings for many of the browser features, including:
-
--   Search scopes
-
--   Appearance settings
-
--   Toolbars
-
--   ActiveX® controls (resets to the opt-in state, unless they're pre-approved)
-
--   Branding settings created with IEAK 11
-
-RIES does not:
-
--   Clear the Favorites list, RSS feeds, or Web slices.
-
--   Reset connection or proxy settings.
-
--   Affect the applied Administrative Template Group Policy settings.
-
-RIES turns off all custom toolbars, browser extensions, and customizations installed with IE11. If you change your mind, you can turn each of the customizations back on through the **Manage Add-ons** dialog box. For more information about resetting IE settings, see [How to Reset Internet Explorer Settings](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/change-or-reset-internet-explorer-settings-2d4bac50-5762-91c5-a057-a922533f77d5).
-
-## IE is crashing or seems slow
-If you notice that CPU usage is running higher than normal, or that IE is frequently crashing or slowing down, you should check your browser add-ons and video card. By default, IE11 uses graphics processing unit (GPU) rendering mode. However, some outdated video cards and video drivers don't support GPU hardware acceleration. If IE11 determines that your current video card or video driver doesn't support GPU hardware acceleration, it'll use Software Rendering mode.
-
- **To check your browser add-ons**
-
-1. Start IE11 in **No Add-ons mode** by running the **Run** command from the **Start** menu, and then typing `iexplore.exe -extoff` into the box.
-
-2. Check if IE still crashes.
              
-   If the browser doesn't crash, open Internet Explorer for the desktop, click the **Tools** menu, and click **Manage Add-ons**.
-
-3. Click **Toolbars and Extensions**, click each toolbar or extension, clicking **Disable** to turn off all of the browser extensions and toolbars.
-
-4. Restart IE11. Go back to the **Manage Add-Ons** window and turn on each item, one-by-one.
              
-   After you turn each item back on, see if IE crashes or slows down. Doing it this way will help you identify the add-on that's causing IE to crash. After you've figured out which add-on was causing the problem, turn it off until you have an update from the manufacturer.
-
-   **To check for Software Rendering mode**
-
-5. Open Internet Explorer for the desktop, click the **Tools** menu, and then click **Internet Options**.
-
-6. On the **Advanced** tab, go to the **Accelerated graphics** section, and then turn on Software Rendering mode by choosing the **Use software rendering instead of GPU rendering** box.
              
-   If the **Use software rendering instead of GPU rendering** option is greyed out, it means that your current video card or video driver doesn't support GPU hardware acceleration. For more information, see [Windows 10 Support](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=746588).
-
-## Adaptive streaming and DRM playback don’t work with Windows Server 2012 R2
-IE11 in Windows Server 2012 R2 doesn’t include media features like adaptive streaming or Digital Rights Management (DRM) playback. To add these features, you’ll need to download and install the Media Feature Pack from the [Microsoft Download Center](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=320789), as well as an app that uses PlayReady DRM from the Microsoft Store, such as the Xbox Music app or Xbox Video app. The app must be installed to specifically turn on DRM features, while all other media features are installed with the Media Feature Pack.
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/remove-all-sites-from-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/remove-all-sites-from-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4c973ffad6..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/remove-all-sites-from-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Instructions about how to clear all of the sites from your global Enterprise Mode site list.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 90f38a6c-e0e2-4c93-9a9e-c425eca99e97
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Remove all sites from your Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Remove all sites from your Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-You can clear all of the sites from your global Enterprise Mode site list.
-
-**Important**  
-This is a permanent removal and erases everything. However, if you determine it was a mistake, and you saved an XML copy of your list, you can add the file again by following the steps in the [Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md) or [Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md), depending on your operating system.
-
- **To clear your compatibility list**
-
-1.  On the **File** menu of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, click **Clear list**.
-
-2.  Click **Yes** in the warning message.
              Your sites are all cleared from your list.
-
-## Related topics
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853)
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/remove-sites-from-a-local-compatibililty-view-list.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/remove-sites-from-a-local-compatibililty-view-list.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a0eace5e7..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/remove-sites-from-a-local-compatibililty-view-list.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Instructions about how to remove sites from a local compatibility view list.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.assetid: f6ecaa75-ebcb-4f8d-8721-4cd6e73c0ac9
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Remove sites from a local compatibility view list (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Remove sites from a local compatibility view list
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Remove websites that were added to a local compatibility view list by mistake or because they no longer have compatibility problems.
-
- **To remove sites from a local compatibility view list**
-
-1.  Open Internet Explorer 11, click **Tools**, and then click **Compatibility View Settings**.
-
-2.  Pick the site to remove, and then click **Remove**.
              
-Sites can only be removed one at a time. If one is removed by mistake, it can be added back using this same box and the **Add** section.
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/remove-sites-from-a-local-enterprise-mode-site-list.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/remove-sites-from-a-local-enterprise-mode-site-list.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d6bb2e98eb..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/remove-sites-from-a-local-enterprise-mode-site-list.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Instructions about how to remove sites from a local Enterprise Mode site list.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: c7d6dd0b-e264-42bb-8c9d-ac2f837018d2
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Remove sites from a local Enterprise Mode site list (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Remove sites from a local Enterprise Mode site list
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Remove websites that were added to a local Enterprise Mode site list by mistake or because the sites no longer have compatibility problems.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> The changes described in this topic only impact sites added to a local Enterprise Mode site list and not the list of sites deployed to all employees by an administrator. Employees can't delete sites added to the list by an administrator.
-
-**To remove single sites from a local Enterprise Mode site list**
-
-1.  Open Internet Explorer 11 and go to the site you want to remove.
-
-2.  Click **Tools**, and then click **Enterprise Mode**.
-
-    The checkmark disappears from next to Enterprise Mode and the site is removed from the list.
-
-    > [!NOTE]
-    > If the site is removed by mistake, it can be added back by clicking **Enterprise Mode** again.
-
-**To remove all sites from a local Enterprise Mode site list**
-
-1.  Open Internet Explorer 11, click **Tools**, and then click **Internet options**.
-
-2.  Click the **Delete** button from the **Browsing history** area.
-
-3.  Click the box next to **Cookies and website data**, and then click **Delete**.
-
-    > [!NOTE]
-    > This removes all of the sites from a local Enterprise Mode site list.
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/review-neutral-sites-with-site-list-manager.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/review-neutral-sites-with-site-list-manager.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4b385be382..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/review-neutral-sites-with-site-list-manager.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: How to use Site List Manager to review neutral sites for IE mode
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.assetid: f4dbed4c-08ff-40b1-ab3f-60d3b6e8ec9b
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Review neutral sites for Internet Explorer mode using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 04/02/2020
----
-
-# Review neutral sites for Internet Explorer mode using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Microsoft Edge version 77 or later
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> This feature is available on the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager version 11.0.
-
-## Overview
-
-While converting your site from v.1 schema to v.2 schema using the latest version of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, sites with the *doNotTransition=true* in v.1 convert to *open-in=None* in the v.2 schema, which is characterized as a "neutral site". This is the expected behavior for conversion unless you are using Internet Explorer mode (IE mode). When IE mode is enabled, only authentication servers that are used for modern and legacy sites should be set as neutral sites. For more information, see [Configure neutral sites](/deployedge/edge-ie-mode-sitelist#configure-neutral-sites). Otherwise, a site meant to open in Edge might potentially be tagged as neutral, which results in inconsistent experiences for users.
-
-The Enterprise Mode Site List Manager provides the ability to flag sites that are listed as neutral sites, but might have been added in error. This check is automatically performed when you are converting from v.1 to v.2 through the tool. This check might flag sites even if there was no prior schema conversion.
-
-## Flag neutral sites
-
-To identify neutral sites to review:
-
-1. In the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2), click **File > Flag neutral sites**.
-2. If selecting this option has no effect, there are no sites that needs to be reviewed. Otherwise, you will see a message **"Engine neutral sites flagged for review"**. When a site is flagged, you can assess if the site needs to be removed entirely, or if it needs the open-in attribute changed from None to MSEdge.
-3. If you believe that a flagged site is correctly configured, you can edit the site entry and click on **"Clear Flag"**. Once you select that option for a site, it will not be flagged again.
-
-## Related topics
-
-- [About IE Mode](/deployedge/edge-ie-mode)
-- [Configure neutral sites](/deployedge/edge-ie-mode-sitelist#configure-neutral-sites)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/save-your-site-list-to-xml-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/save-your-site-list-to-xml-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7b80dd178d..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/save-your-site-list-to-xml-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: You can save your current Enterprise Mode compatibility site list as an XML file, for distribution and use by your managed systems.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 254a986b-494f-4316-92c1-b089ee8b3e0a
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Save your site list to XML in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Save your site list to XML in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-You can save your current Enterprise Mode compatibility site list as an XML file, for distribution and use by your managed systems.
-
- **To save your list as XML**
-
-1.  On the **File** menu of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, click **Save to XML**.
-
-2.  Save the file to the location you specified in your Enterprise Mode registry key, set up when you turned on Enterprise Mode for use in your company. For information about the Enterprise Mode registry key, see [Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode](turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md).
              
-The first time a user starts Internet Explorer 11 on a managed device; Internet Explorer will look for a new version of the site list at the specified location. If the browser finds an updated site list, IE downloads the new XML site list and uses it.
-
-## Related topics
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853)
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/schedule-production-change-enterprise-mode-portal.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/schedule-production-change-enterprise-mode-portal.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 52343886ce..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/schedule-production-change-enterprise-mode-portal.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Details about how Administrators can schedule approved change requests for production in the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: windows-client
-title: Schedule approved change requests for production using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itprom
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
----
-
-# Schedule approved change requests for production using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-After a change request is approved, the original Requester can schedule the change for the production environment. The change can be immediate or set for a future time.
-
-**To schedule an immediate change**
-1. The Requester logs onto the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal and clicks **In Progress** from the left pane.
-
-2. The Requester clicks the **Approved** status for the change request.
-
-   The **Schedule changes** page appears.
-
-3. The Requester clicks **Now**, and then clicks **Save**.
-
-   The update is scheduled to immediately update the production environment, and an email is sent to the Requester. After the update finishes, the Requester is asked to verify the changes.
-
-
-**To schedule the change for a different day or time**
-1. The Requester logs onto the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal and clicks **In Progress** from the left pane.
-
-2. The Requester clicks the **Approved** status for the change request.
-
-   The **Schedule changes** page appears.
-
-3. The Requester clicks **Schedule**, sets the **Preferred day**, **Preferred start time**, and the **Preferred end time**, and then clicks **Save**.
-
-   The update is scheduled to update the production environment on that day and time and an email is sent to the Requester. After the update finishes, the Requester will be asked to verify the changes.
-
-
-## Next steps
-After the update to the production environment completes, the Requester must again test the change. If the testing succeeds, the Requester can sign off on the change request. If the testing fails, the Requester can contact the Administrator group for more help. For the production environment testing steps, see the [Verify the change request update in the production environment using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](verify-changes-production-enterprise-mode-portal.md) topic.
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/search-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/search-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f96a952626..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/search-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Search to see if a specific site already appears in your global Enterprise Mode site list.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: e399aeaf-6c3b-4cad-93c9-813df6ad47f9
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Search your Enterprise Mode site list in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Search your Enterprise Mode site list in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-You can search to see if a specific site already appears in your global Enterprise Mode site list so you don’t try to add it again.
-
- **To search your compatibility list**
-
-- From the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, type part of the URL into the **Search** box.
              
-  The search query searches all of the text. For example, entering *“micro”* will return results like, `www.microsoft.com`, `microsoft.com`, and `microsoft.com/images`. Wildcard characters aren’t supported.
-
-## Related topics
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853)
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/set-the-default-browser-using-group-policy.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/set-the-default-browser-using-group-policy.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 6ea7312b42..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/set-the-default-browser-using-group-policy.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: Use the Group Policy setting, Set a default associations configuration file, to set the default browser for your company devices running Windows 10.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.assetid: f486c9db-0dc9-4cd6-8a0b-8cb872b1d361
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Set the default browser using Group Policy (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Set the default browser using Group Policy
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-You can use the Group Policy setting, **Set a default associations configuration file**, to set the default browser for your company devices running Windows 10.
-
- **To set the default browser as Internet Explorer 11**
-
-1.  Open your Group Policy editor and go to the **Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\\Windows Components\\File Explorer\\Set a default associations configuration file** setting.
              
-Turning this setting on also requires you to create and store a default associations configuration file, locally or on a network share. For more information about creating this file, see [Export or Import Default Application Associations]( https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=618268).
-
-    ![set default associations group policy setting.](images/setdefaultbrowsergp.png)
-
-2.  Click **Enabled**, and then in the **Options** area, type the location to your default associations configuration file.
              
-If this setting is turned on and your employee's device is domain-joined, this file is processed and default associations are applied at logon. If this setting isn't configured or is turned off, or if your employee's device isn't domain-joined, no default associations are applied at logon.
-
-Your employees can change this setting by changing the Internet Explorer default value from the **Set Default Programs** area of the Control Panel.
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/set-up-enterprise-mode-logging-and-data-collection.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/set-up-enterprise-mode-logging-and-data-collection.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b42426f1d7..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/set-up-enterprise-mode-logging-and-data-collection.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,160 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Set up and turn on Enterprise Mode logging and data collection in your organization.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 2e98a280-f677-422f-ba2e-f670362afcde
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Set up Enterprise Mode logging and data collection (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Set up Enterprise Mode logging and data collection
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Using Group Policy, you can turn on Enterprise Mode for Internet Explorer and then you can turn on local user control using the **Let users turn on and use Enterprise Mode from the Tools menu** setting, located in the `Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer` category path. After you turn this setting on, your users can turn on Enterprise Mode locally, from the IE **Tools** menu.
-
-![enterprise mode option on the tools menu.](images/ie-emie-toolsmenu.png)
-
-The **Let users turn on and use Enterprise Mode from the Tools menu** setting also lets you decide where to send the user reports (as a URL). We recommend creating a custom HTTP port 81 to let your incoming user information go to a dedicated site. A dedicated site is important so you can quickly pick out the Enterprise Mode traffic from your other website traffic.
-
-![group policy to turn on enterprise mode.](images/ie-emie-grouppolicy.png)
-
-Getting these reports lets you find out about sites that aren’t working right, so you can add them to your Enterprise Mode site list, without having to locate them all yourself. For more information about creating and using a site list, see the [Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md) or the [Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md) topic, based on your operating system.
-
-## Using ASP to collect your data
-When you turn logging on, you need a valid URL that points to a server that can be listened to for updates to a user’s registry key. This means you need to set up an endpoint server for the incoming POST messages, which are sent every time the user turns Enterprise Mode on or off from the **Tools** menu.
-
- **To set up an endpoint server**
-
-1. Configure an IIS server to work with your Enterprise Mode data collection process. If you’re unsure how to set up IIS, see the [IIS installation webpage](/iis/install/installing-iis-7/installing-necessary-iis-components-on-windows-vista).
-
-2. Open Internet Information Services (IIS) and turn on the ASP components from the **Add Roles and Features Wizard**, **Server Roles** page.
              
-   This lets you create an ASP form that accepts the incoming POST messages.
-
-3. Open the Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager, click **Bindings**, highlight **Port 81**, click **Edit**, and then change the website information to point to Port 81 so it matches your custom-created port.
-
-   ![IIS Manager, editing website bindings.](images/ie-emie-editbindings.png)
-
-4. Open the **Logging** feature, pick **W3C** for the format, and click **Select Fields** to open the **W3C Logging Fields** box.
-
-   ![IIS Manager, setting logging options.](images/ie-emie-logging.png)
-
-5. Change the WC3 logging fields to include only the **Date**, **Client IP**, **User Name**, and **URI Query** standard fields, and then click **OK**.
              
-   Using only these fields keeps the log file simple, giving you the date, client IP address, and the website URI information for any site changed by your users.
-
-6. Apply these changes to your default website and close the IIS Manager.
-
-7. Put your EmIE.asp file into the root of the web server, using this command:
-
-   ``` 
-   <% @ LANGUAGE=javascript %>
-   <%
-   Response.AppendToLog(" ;" + Request.Form("URL") + " ;" + Request.Form("EnterpriseMode"));
-   %>
-   ```
-   This code logs your POST fields to your IIS log file, where you can review all of the collected data.
-
-
-### IIS log file information
-This is what your log files will look like after you set everything up and at least one of your users has turned on Enterprise Mode locally from the **Tools** menu. You can see the URL of the problematic website and client IP address of the user that turned on Enterprise Mode.
-
-![Enterprise Mode log file.](images/ie-emie-logfile.png)
-
-
-## Using the GitHub sample to collect your data
-Microsoft has created the [EMIE-Data-Collection_Sample](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=507401) that shows how to collect your Enterprise Mode reports. This sample only shows how to collect data, it doesn’t show how to aggregate the data into your Enterprise Mode site list.
              
-This sample starts with you turning on Enterprise Mode and logging (either through Group Policy, or by manually setting the EnterpriseMode registry key) so that your users can use Enterprise Mode locally. For the steps to do this, go to [Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode](turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md).
-
-**Note**
              If you decide to manually change the registry key, you can change the **Enable** setting to `[deployment url]/api/records/`, which automatically sends your reports to this page.
-
-### Setting up, collecting, and viewing reports
-For logging, you’re going to need a valid URL that points to a server that can be listened to for updates to a user’s registry key. This means you need to set up an endpoint server for the incoming POST messages, which are sent every time the user turns Enterprise Mode on or off from the **Tools** menu. These POST messages go into your database, aggregating the report data by URL, giving you the total number of reports where users turned on Enterprise Mode, the total number of reports where users turned off Enterprise Mode, and the date of the last report.
-
- **To set up the sample**
-
-1. Set up a server to collect your Enterprise Mode information from your users.
-
-2. Go to the Internet Explorer/[EMIE-Data_Collection_Sample](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=507401) page on GitHub and tap or click the **Download ZIP** button to download the complete project.
-
-3. Open Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with Update 2, and then open the PhoneHomeSample.sln file.
-
-4. On the **Build** menu, tap or click **Build Solution**.
              
-   The required packages are automatically downloaded and included in the solution.
-
-   **To set up your endpoint server**
-
-5. Right-click on the name, PhoneHomeSample, and click **Publish**.
-
-   ![Visual Studio, Publish menu.](images/ie-emie-publishsolution.png)
-
-6. In the **Publish Web** wizard, pick the publishing target and options that work for your organization.
-
-   **Important**
              
-   Make sure you have a database associated with your publishing target. Otherwise, your reports won’t be collected and you’ll have problems deploying the website. 
-
-   ![Visual Studio, Publish Web wizard.](images/ie-emie-publishweb.png)
-
-   After you finish the publishing process, you need to test to make sure the app deployed successfully.
-
-   **To test, deploy, and use the app**
-
-7. Open a registry editor on the computer where you deployed the app, go to the `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Policies\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\Main\EnterpriseMode` key, and change the **Enable** string to:
-
-   ``` "Enable"="https:///api/records/"
-   ```
-   Where `` points to your deployment URL.
-
-8. After you’re sure your deployment works, you can deploy it to your users using one of the following:
-
-   -   Turn on the **Let users turn on and use Enterprise Mode from the Tools menu** Group Policy setting, putting your `` information into the **Options** box.
-
-   -   Deploy the registry key in Step 3 using System Center or other management software.
-
-9. Get your users to visit websites, turning Enterprise Mode on or off locally, as necessary.
-
-   **To view the report results**
-
--   Go to `https:///List` to see the report results.
              
-If you’re already on the webpage, you’ll need to refresh the page to see the results.
-
-    ![Enterprise Mode Result report with details.](images/ie-emie-reportwdetails.png)
-
-
-### Troubleshooting publishing errors
-If you have errors while you’re publishing your project, you should try to update your packages.
-
- **To update your packages**
-
-1.  From the **Tools** menu of Microsoft Visual Studio, click **NuGet Package Manager**, and click **Manage NuGet Packages for Solution**.
-
-    ![Nuget Package Manager for package updates.](images/ie-emie-packageupdate.png)
-
-2.  Click **Updates** on the left side of the tool, and click the **Update All** button.
              
-You may need to do some additional package cleanup to remove older package versions.
-
-## Related topics
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853)
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
-- [What is Enterprise Mode?](what-is-enterprise-mode.md)
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
-- [Turn on Enterprise Mode and use a site list](turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md)
- 
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/set-up-enterprise-mode-portal.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/set-up-enterprise-mode-portal.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c022c08569..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/set-up-enterprise-mode-portal.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,231 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Details about how to set up the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal for your organization.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-title: Set up the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
----
-
-# Set up the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-The Enterprise Mode Site List Portal is an open-source web tool on GitHub that allows you to manage your Enterprise Mode Site List, hosted by the app, with multiple users. The portal is designed to use IIS and a SQL Server backend, leveraging Active Directory (AD) for employee management. Updates to your site list are made by submitting new change requests, which are then approved by a designated group of people, put into a pre-production environment for testing, and then deployed immediately, or scheduled for deployment later.
-
-Before you can begin using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal, you must set up your environment.
-
-## Step 1 - Copy the deployment folder to the web server
-You must download the deployment folder (**EMIEWebPortal/**), which includes all of the source code for the website, from the [Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](https://github.com/MicrosoftEdge/enterprise-mode-site-list-portal) site to your web server.
-
-**To download the source code**
-1. Download the deployment folder from the [Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](https://github.com/MicrosoftEdge/enterprise-mode-site-list-portal) source code to your web server.
-
-2. Install the Node.js® package manager, [npm](https://www.npmjs.com/).
-
-    > [!NOTE]   
-    > You need to install the npm package manager to replace all the third-party libraries we removed to make the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal open-source.
-
-3. Open File Explorer and then open the **EMIEWebPortal/** folder.
-
-4. Press and hold **Shift**, right-click the window, then click **Open PowerShell window here**.
-
-5. Type _npm i_ into the command prompt, then press **Enter**.
-
-   Installs the npm package manager and bulk adds all the third-party libraries back into your codebase.
-
-6. Go back up a directory, open the solution file **EMIEWebPortal.sln** in Visual Studio, open **Web.config** from **EMIEWebPortal/** folder, and replace MSIT-LOB-COMPAT with your server name hosting your database, replace LOBMerged with your database name, and build the entire solution.
-
-      > [!NOTE]
-      > Step 3 of this topic provides the steps to create your database.
-
-7. Copy the contents of the **EMIEWebPortal/** folder to a dedicated folder on your file system. For example, _D:\EMIEWebApp_. In a later step, you'll designate this folder as your website in the IIS Manager.
-
-## Step 2 - Create the Application Pool and website, by using IIS
-Create a new Application Pool and the website, by using the IIS Manager.
-
-**To create a new Application Pool**
-1. In IIS Manager, expand your local computer in the **Connections** pane, right-click **Application Pools**, then click **Add Application Pool**.
-   
-   The **Add Application Pool** box appears.
-
-2. In the **Add Application Pool** box, enter the following info:
-    
-    - **Name.** Type the name of your new application pool. For example, _EMIEWebAppPool_.
-
-    - **.NET CLR version.** Pick the version of .NET CLR used by your application pool from the drop-down box. It must be version 4.0 or higher.
-
-    - **Managed pipeline mode.** Pick **Integrated** from the drop-down box. IIS uses the integrated IIS and ASP.NET request-processing pipeline for managed content.
-
-3. Click **OK**.
-
-4. Select your new application pool from the **Application Pool** pane, click **Advanced Settings** from the **Edit Application Pool** area of the **Actions** pane.
-
-   The **Advanced Settings** box appears.
-
-5. Make sure your **Identity** value is **ApplicationPoolIdentity**, click **OK**, and then close the box.
-
-6. Open File Explorer and go to your deployment directory, created in Step 1. For example, _D:\EMIEWebApp_.
-
-7. Right-click on the directory, click **Properties**, and then click the **Security** tab.
-
-8. Add your new application pool to the list (for example, _IIS AppPool\EMIEWebAppPool_) with **Full control access**, making sure the location searches the local computer.
-
-9. Add **Everyone** to the list with **Read & execute access**.
-
-**To create the website**
-1. In IIS Manager, expand your local computer in the **Connections** pane, right-click **Sites**, then click **Add Website**.
-   
-   The **Add Website** box appears.
-
-2. In the **Add Website** box, type the name of your website into the **Site name** box. For example, _EMIEWebApp_, and then click **Select**.
-
-   The **Select Application Pool** box appears.
-
-4. Pick the name of the application pool created earlier in this step, and then click **OK**. For example, _EMIEWebAppPool_.
-
-5. In the **Physical path** box, browse to your folder that contains your deployment directory. For example, _D:\EMIEWebApp_.
-
-6. Set up your **Binding**, including your **Binding Type**, **IP address**, and **Port**, as appropriate for your organization.
-
-7. Clear the **Start Website immediately** check box, and then click **OK**.
-
-8. In IIS Manager, expand your local computer, and then double-click your new website. For example, _EMIEWebApp_.
-
-   The **<website_name> Home** pane appears.
-
-9. Double-click the **Authentication** icon, right-click on **Windows Authentication**, and then click **Enable**. 
-
-    > [!NOTE]
-    > You must also make sure that **Anonymous Authentication** is marked as **Enabled**.
-
-## Step 3 - Create and prep your database
-Create a SQL Server database and run our custom query to create the Enterprise Mode Site List tables.
-
-**To create and prep your database**
-1. Start SQL Server Management Studio.
-
-2. Open **Object Explorer** and then connect to an instance of the SQL Server Database Engine.
-
-3. Expand the instance, right-click on **Databases**, and then click **New Database**.
-
-4. Type a database name. For example, _EMIEDatabase_.
-
-5. Leave all default values for the database files, and then click **OK**.
-
-6. Open the **DatabaseScripts/Create DB Tables/1_CreateEMIETables.sql** query file, located in the deployment directory.
-
-7. Replace the database name placeholder with the database name you created earlier. For example, _EMIEDatabase_.
-
-8. Run the query.
-
-## Step 4 - Map your Application Pool to a SQL Server role
-Map your ApplicationPoolIdentity to your database, adding the db_owner role.
-
-**To map your ApplicationPoolIdentity to a SQL Server role**
-1. Start SQL Server Management Studio and connect to your database.
-
-2. Expand the database instance and then open the server-level **Security** folder.
-    
-    > [!IMPORTANT]
-    > Make sure you open the **Security** folder at the server level and not for the database.
-
-3. Right-click **Logins**, and then click **New Login**.
-
-   The **Login-New** dialog box appears.  
-
-4. Type the following into the **Login name** box, based on your server instance type:
-
-    - **Local SQL Server instance.** If you have a local SQL Server instance, where IIS and SQL Server are on the same server, type the name of your Application Pool. For example, _IIS AppPool\EMIEWebAppPool_.
-
-    - **Remote SQL Server instance.** If you have a remote SQL Server instance, where IIS and SQL Server are on different servers, type `Domain\ServerName$`.
-
-        > [!IMPORTANT]
-        > Don't click **Search** in the **Login name** box. Login name searches will resolve to a ServerName\AppPool Name account and SQL Server Management Studio won't be able to resolve the account's virtual Security ID (SID).
-
-5. Click **User Mapping** from the **Select a page** pane, click the checkbox for your database (for example, _EMIEDatabase_) from the **Users mapped to this login** pane, and then click **db_owner** from the list of available roles in the **Database role membership** pane. 
-
-6. Click **OK**.
-
-## Step 5 - Restart the Application Pool and website
-Using the IIS Manager, you must restart both your Application Pool and your website.
-
-**To restart your Application Pool and website**
-1. In IIS Manager, expand your local computer in the **Connections** pane, select your website, then click **Restart** from the **Manage Website** pane.
-
-2. In the **Connections** pane, select your Application Pool, and then click **Recycle** from the **Application Pool Tasks** pane.
-
-## Step 6 - Registering as an administrator
-After you've created your database and website, you'll need to register yourself (or another employee) as an administrator for the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.
-
-**To register as an administrator**
-1. Open Microsoft Edge and type your website URL into the Address bar. For example, https://emieportal:8085.
-
-2. Click **Register now**.
-
-3. Type your name or alias into the **Email** box, making sure it matches the info in the drop-down box.
-
-4. Click **Administrator** from the **Role** box, and then click **Save**.
-
-5. Append your website URL with `/#/EMIEAdminConsole` in the Address bar to go to your administrator console. For example, https://emieportal:8085/#/EMIEAdminConsole.
-
-   A dialog box appears, prompting you for the system user name and password. The default user name is EMIEAdmin and the default password is Admin123. We strongly recommend that you change the password by using the **Change password** link as soon as you're done with your first visit.
-
-6. Select your name from the available list, and then click **Activate**.
-
-7. Go to the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal Home page and sign in.
-
-## Step 7 - Configure the SMTP server and port for email notification
-After you've set up the portal, you need to configure your SMTP server and port for email notifications from the system.
-
-**To set up your SMTP server and port for emails**
-1. Open Visual Studio, and then open the web.config file from your deployment directory.
-
-2. Update the SMTP server and port info with your info, using this format:
-
-    ```
-       
-       
-    ```
-3. Open the **Settings** page in the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal, and then update the email account and password info.
-
-## Step 8 - Register the scheduler service
-Register the EMIEScheduler tool and service for production site list changes.
-
-**To register the scheduler service**
-
-1. Open File Explorer and go to EMIEWebPortal.SchedulerService\EMIEWebPortal.SchedulerService in your deployment directory, and then copy the **App_Data**, **bin**, and **Logs** folders to a separate folder. For example, C:\EMIEService\.
- 
-    > [!IMPORTANT]
-    > If you can't find the **bin** and **Logs** folders, you probably haven't built the Visual Studio solution. Building the solution creates the folders and files.
-
-2. In Visual Studio start the Developer Command Prompt as an administrator, and then change the directory to the location of the InstallUtil.exe file. For example, _C:\Windows\Microsoft.NET\Framework\v4.0.30319_.
-
-3. Run the command, `InstallUtil ""`. For example, _InstallUtil "C:\EMIEService\bin\Debug\EMIEWebPortal.SchedulerService.exe"._
- 
-   You'll be asked for your user name and password for the service.
-
-4. Open the **Run** command, type `Services.msc`, and then start the EMIEScheduler service.
-
-## Related topics
-- [Enterprise Mode Site List Portal source code](https://github.com/MicrosoftEdge/enterprise-mode-site-list-portal)
-
-- [Enterprise Mode and the Enterprise Mode Site List](what-is-enterprise-mode.md)
-
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager tool or page](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) 
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/setup-problems-with-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/setup-problems-with-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 70d197c391..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/setup-problems-with-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: support
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Reviewing log files to learn more about potential setup problems with Internet Explorer 11.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 2cd79988-17d1-4317-bee9-b3ae2dd110a0
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Setup problems with Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Setup problems with Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Installing Internet Explorer creates the following log files, which are stored in the Windows installation folder (typically, the C:\\Windows folder):
-
--   `IE11_main.log`
-
--   `IE11_NR_Setup.log`
-
--   `IE11_uninst.log`
-
--  `cbs*.log`
-
--   `WU_ IE11_LangPacks.log`
-
-These log files continuously record the entire process from the moment the IE setup program starts running until the last .cab file is downloaded, including error codes. The possible error codes are:
-
-|Error code |Description                                                         |
-|-----------|-------------------------------------------|
-|0 |Success |
-|1460 |Timeout |
-|3010 |Success, reboot required |
-|40001 |USER_ERROR_CANNOT_OPEN_LOG_FILE |
-|40003 |USER_ERROR_CANNOT_INITIALIZE_APPLICATION |
-|40004 |USER_ERROR_OLD_OS_VERSION |
-|40005 |USER_ERROR_WRONG_PLATFORM |
-|40006 |USER_ERROR_BAD_SPVERSION |
-|40007 |USER_ERROR_MISSING_REQUIRED_PREREQUISITE |
-|40008 |USER_ERROR_IE_GREATERVERSION_INSTALLED |
-|40010 |USER_ERROR_BAD_LANGUAGE |
-|40012 |USER_ERROR_CRYPTO_VALIDATION_FAILED |
-|40013 |USER_ERROR_ALREADY_INSTALLED |
-|40015 |USER_ERROR_WRONG_OS |
-|40016 |USER_ERROR_EXTRACTION_FAILED |
-|40019 |USER_ERROR_WINDOWS_PRERELEASE_NOT_SUPPORTED |
-|40021 |USER_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_VIDEO_HARDWARE |
-|40022 |USER_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_VIDEO_DRIVER |
-|40023 |USER_ERROR_PREREQUISITE_INSTALL_FAILED |
-|40024 |USER_ERROR_NEUTRAL_CAB_DOWNLOAD_FAILED |
-|40025 |USER_ERROR_NEUTRAL_CAB_INSTALL_FAILED |
-|41001 |USER_ERROR_UNKNOWN |
-|50005 |USER_SUCCESS_USER_CANCELLED |
-
- 
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/system-requirements-and-language-support-for-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/system-requirements-and-language-support-for-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 818b3acf64..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/system-requirements-and-language-support-for-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Lists the minimum system requirements and supported languages for Internet Explorer 11.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 27185e3d-c486-4e4a-9c51-5cb317c0006d
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: System requirements and language support for Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# System requirements and language support for Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1 Update
--   Windows 7 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Internet Explorer 11 is available for a number of systems and languages. This topic provides info about the minimum system requirements and language support.
-
-## Minimum system requirements for IE11
-IE11 is pre-installed on Windows 8.1, Windows 10, and Windows Server 2012 R2 and is listed here for reference. For more info about IE11 on Windows 10, see [Browser: Microsoft Edge and Internet Explorer 11](/microsoft-edge/deploy/emie-to-improve-compatibility).
-
-**Important**
               
-IE11 isn't supported on Windows 8 or Windows Server 2012.
-
-Some of the components in this table might also need additional system resources. Check the component's documentation for more information.
-
-
-|        Item        |                                                                                                                                                                  Minimum requirements                                                                                                                                                                   |
-|--------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-| Computer/processor |                                                                                                                                                     1 gigahertz (GHz) 32-bit (x86) or 64-bit (x64)                                                                                                                                                      |
-|  Operating system  |                                                            
              • Windows 10 (32-bit or 64-bit)
              • Windows 8.1 Update (32-bit or 64-bit)
              • Windows 7 with SP1 (32-bit or 64-bit)
              • Windows Server 2012 R2
              • Windows Server 2008 R2 with SP1 (64-bit only)
                                                                           |
-|       Memory       |                  
              • Windows 10 (32-bit)-1 GB
              • Windows 10 (64-bit)-2 GB
              • Windows 8.1 Update (32-bit)-1 GB
              • Windows 8.1 Update (64-bit)-2 GB
              • Windows 7 with SP1 (32-bit or 64-bit)-512 MB
              • Windows Server 2012 R2-512 MB
              • Windows Server 2008 R2 with SP1 (64-bit only)-512 MB
                                |
-|  Hard drive space  | 
              • Windows 10 (32-bit)-16 GB
              • Windows 10 (64-bit)-20 GB
              • Windows 8.1 Update (32-bit)-16 GB
              • Windows 8.1 Update (64-bit)-20 GB
              • Windows 7 with SP1 (32-bit)-70 MB
              • Windows 7 with SP1 (64-bit)-120 MB
              • Windows Server 2012 R2-32 GB
              • Windows Server 2008 R2 with SP1 (64-bit only)-200 MB
                  •  |
-|       Drive        |                                                                                                                                                       CD-ROM drive (if installing from a CD-ROM)                                                                                                                                                        |
-|      Display       |                                                                                                                                           Super VGA (800 x 600) or higher-resolution monitor with 256 colors                                                                                                                                            |
-|    Peripherals     |                                                                                                                                                  Internet connection and a compatible pointing device                                                                                                                                                   |
-
-## Support for .NET Framework
-You might experience start up issues where IE11 fails to launch an application that uses managed browser hosting controls with your legacy apps. This is because, starting with Internet Explorer 10, the browser started blocking legacy apps from using the .NET Framework 1.1 and 2.0. To fix this problem, see [.NET Framework problems with Internet Explorer 11](net-framework-problems-with-ie11.md).
-
-## Support for multiple languages
-IE11 is available in 108 languages for Windows 8.1 and Windows 10 and in 97 languages for Windows 7 with SP1. For the list of languages and download links, see [Available language packs based on operating system](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=281818).
-
-Computers running localized versions of Windows should run the same version of IE11. For example, if your employees use the Spanish edition of Windows, you should deploy the Spanish version of IE11. On the other hand, if your employees use multiple localized versions of Windows, like Spanish, French, and Catalan, you should install IE11 in one of the languages, and then install language packs for the others.
-
- 
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/tips-and-tricks-to-manage-ie-compatibility.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/tips-and-tricks-to-manage-ie-compatibility.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ec77071c73..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/tips-and-tricks-to-manage-ie-compatibility.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Find out how to achieve better backward compatibility for your legacy web applications with the Enterprise Mode Site List.
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-title: Tips and tricks to manage Internet Explorer compatibility
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 05/10/2018
----
-
-# Tips and tricks to manage Internet Explorer compatibility
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-Find out how to achieve better backward compatibility for your legacy web applications with the Enterprise Mode Site List.
-
-Jump to:
-- [Tips for IT professionals](#tips-for-it-professionals)
-- [Tips for web developers](#tips-for-web-developers)
-
-[Enterprise Mode for Internet Explorer 11](enterprise-mode-overview-for-ie11.md) can be very effective in providing backward compatibility for older web apps. The Enterprise Mode Site List includes the ability to put any web app in any document mode, include IE8 and IE7 Enterprise Modes, without changing a single line of code on the website.
-
-![Internet Explorer Enterprise Modes and document modes.](images/img-enterprise-mode-site-list-xml.jpg)
-
-Sites in the \ section can be rendered in any document mode, as shown in blue above. Some sites designed for older versions of Internet Explorer may require better backward compatibility, and these can leverage the \ section of the Enterprise Mode Site List. IE8 Enterprise Mode provides higher-fidelity emulation for Internet Explorer 8 by using, among other improvements, the original Internet Explorer 8 user agent string. IE7 Enterprise Mode further improves emulation by adding Compatibility View.  
-  
-Compatibility View, first introduced with Internet Explorer 8, is basically a switch. If a webpage has no DOCTYPE, that page will be rendered in Internet Explorer 5 mode. If there is a DOCTYPE, the page will be rendered in Internet Explorer 7 mode. You can effectively get Compatibility View by specifying Internet Explorer 7 in the \ section, as this falls back to Internet Explorer 5 automatically if there's no DOCTYPE, or you can use IE7 Enterprise Mode for even better emulation.
-
-## Tips for IT professionals
-
-### Inventory your sites
-
-Upgrading to a new browser can be a time-consuming and potentially costly venture. To help reduce these costs, you can download the [Enterprise Site Discovery Toolkit](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=44570), which can help you prioritize which sites you should be testing based on their usage in your enterprise. For example, if the data shows that no one is visiting a particular legacy web app, you may not need to test or fix it. The toolkit is supported on Internet Explorer 8, Internet Explorer 9, Internet Explorer 10, and Internet Explorer 11. The toolkit also gives you information about which document mode a page runs in your current browser so you can better understand how to fix that site if it breaks in a newer version of the browser.  
-  
-Once you know which sites to test and fix, the following remediation methods may help fix your compatibility issues in Internet Explorer 11 and Windows 10.
-
-### If you're on Internet Explorer 8 and upgrading to Internet Explorer 11:
-
-Use the Enterprise Mode Site List to add sites to the Internet Explorer 5, Internet Explorer 7, and Internet Explorer 8 documents modes, as well as IE8 Enterprise Mode and IE7 Enterprise Mode.
-
--   Sites with the *x-ua-compatible* meta tag or HTTP header set to "IE=edge" may break in Internet Explorer 11 and need to be set to Internet Explorer 8 mode. This is because "edge" in Internet Explorer 8 meant Internet Explorer 8 mode, but "edge" in Internet Explorer 11 means Internet Explorer 11 mode.
-
--   Sites without a DOCTYPE in zones other than Intranet will default to QME (or "interoperable quirks") rather than Internet Explorer 5 Quirks and may need to be set to Internet Explorer 5 mode.
-
--   Some sites may need to be added to both Enterprise Mode and Compatibility View to work. You can do this by adding the site to IE7 Enterprise Mode.
-
-### If you're on Internet Explorer 9 and upgrading to Internet Explorer 11:
-
-Use the Enterprise Mode Site List to add sites to the Internet Explorer 5, Internet Explorer 7, and Internet Explorer 9 document modes.
-
--   Sites with the *x-ua-compatible* meta tag or HTTP header set to "IE=edge" may break in Internet Explorer 11 and need to be set to Internet Explorer 9 mode. This is because "edge" in Internet Explorer 9 meant Internet Explorer 9 mode, but "edge" in Internet Explorer 11 means Internet Explorer 11 mode.
-
--   Sites without a DOCTYPE in zones other than Intranet will default to Interoperable Quirks rather than Internet Explorer 5 Quirks and may need to be set to Internet Explorer 5 mode.
-
--   If your sites worked in Internet Explorer 9, you won't need IE8 Enterprise Mode or IE7 Enterprise Mode.
-
-### If you're on Internet Explorer 10 and upgrading to Internet Explorer 11:
-
-Use the Enterprise Mode Site List to add sites to the Internet Explorer 5, Internet Explorer 7, and Internet Explorer 10 modes.
-
--   Sites with the *x-ua-compatible* meta tag or HTTP header set to "IE=edge" may break in Internet Explorer 11 and need to be set to Internet Explorer 10 mode. This is because "edge" in Internet Explorer 10 meant Internet Explorer 10 mode, but "edge" in Internet Explorer 11 means Internet Explorer 11 mode.
-
--   If your sites worked in Internet Explorer 10, you won't need IE8 Enterprise Mode or IE7 Enterprise Mode.
-
-### If you're on Internet Explorer 11 and upgrading to Windows 10:
-
-You're all set! You shouldn’t need to make any changes.
-
-## Tips for web developers
-
-If your website worked in an older version of Internet Explorer, but no longer works in Internet Explorer 11, you may need to update the site. Here are the set of steps you should take to find the appropriate remediation strategy.
-
-### Try document modes
-
-To see if the site works in the Internet Explorer 5, Internet Explorer 7, Internet Explorer 8, Internet Explorer 9, Internet Explorer 10, or Internet Explorer 11 document modes:
-
--   Open the site in Internet Explorer 11, load the F12 tools by pressing the **F12** key or by selecting **F12 Developer Tools** from the **Tools** menu, and select the **Emulation** tab.  
-
-    ![F12 Developer Tools Emulation tab.](images/img-f12-developer-tools-emulation.jpg)
-
--   Run the site in each document mode until you find the mode in which the site works.
- 
-    > [!NOTE]
-    > You will need to make sure the User agent string dropdown matches the same browser version as the Document mode dropdown. For example, if you were testing to see if the site works in Internet Explorer 10, you should update the Document mode dropdown to 10 and the User agent string dropdown to Internet Explorer 10.
-
--   If you find a mode in which your site works, you will need to add the site  domain, sub-domain, or URL to the Enterprise Mode Site List for the document mode in which the site works, or ask the IT administrator to do so. You can add the *x-ua-compatible* meta tag or HTTP header as well.
-
-### Try IE8 Enterprise Mode
-
-If a document mode didn't fix your site, try IE8 Enterprise Mode, which benefits sites written for Internet Explorer 5, Internet Explorer 7, and Internet Explorer 8 document modes.
-
--   Enable the **Let users turn on and use Enterprise Mode from the Tools menu** policy locally on your machine. To do this:
-
-    -   Search for and run **gpedit.msc**
-
-    -   Navigate to **Computer Configuration** \> **Administrative Template** \> **Windows Components** \> **Internet Explorer**.
-
-    -   Enable the **Let users turn on and use Enterprise Mode from the Tools menu** Group Policy setting.
-
-    After making this change, run **gpupdate.exe /force** to make sure the setting is applied locally. You should also make sure to disable this setting once you're done testing. Alternately, you can use a regkey; see [Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode](turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md) for more  information.
-
--   Restart Internet Explorer 11 and open the site you're testing, then go to **Emulation** tab in the **F12 Developer Tools** and select **Enterprise** from the **Browser profile** dropdown. If the site works, inform the IT administrator that the site needs to be added to the IE8 Enterprise Mode section.
-
-### Try IE7 Enterprise Mode
-
-If IE8 Enterprise Mode doesn't work, IE7 Enterprise Mode will give you the Compatibility View behavior that shipped with Internet Explorer 8 with Enterprise Mode. To try this approach:
-
--   Go to the **Tools** menu, select **Compatibility View Settings**, and add the site to the list.
-
--   Go to **Emulation** tab in the **F12 Developer Tools** and select **Enterprise** from the **Browser profile** dropdown.
-
-If the site works, inform the IT administrator that the site needs to be added to the IE7 Enterprise Mode section.\
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> Adding the same Web path to the Enterprise Mode and sections of the Enterprise Mode Site List will not work, but we will address this in a future update.
-
-### Update the site for modern web standards
-
-We recommend that enterprise customers focus their new development on established, modern web standards for better performance and interoperability across devices, and avoid developing sites in older Internet Explorer document modes. We often hear that, due to fact that the Intranet zone defaults to Compatibility View, web developers  inadvertently create new sites in the Internet Explorer 7 or Internet Explorer 5 modes in the Intranet zone, depending on whether or not they used a DOCTYPE. As you  move your web apps to modern standards, you can enable the **Turn on Internet Explorer Standards Mode for local intranet** Group Policy setting and add those sites that need Internet Explorer 5 or Internet Explorer 7 modes to the Site List. Of course, it is always a good idea to test the app to ensure that these settings work for your environment.
-
-## Related resources
-
-- [Document modes](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dn384051(v=vs.85).aspx)
-- [What is Enterprise Mode?](what-is-enterprise-mode.md)
-- [Turn on Enterprise Mode and use a site list](turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md)
-- [Enterprise Site Discovery Toolkit](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=44570)
-- [Collect data using Enterprise Site Discovery](collect-data-using-enterprise-site-discovery.md)
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853)
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
-- [Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md)
-- [Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md)
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/troubleshoot-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/troubleshoot-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index bf8ceeb867..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/troubleshoot-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: support
-description: Use the topics in this section to learn how to troubleshoot several of the more common problems experienced with Internet Explorer.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 0361c1a6-3faa-42b2-a588-92439eebeeab
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Troubleshoot Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Troubleshoot Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Use the topics in this section to learn how to troubleshoot several of the more common problems experienced with Internet Explorer.
-
-## In this section
-
-|Topic  |Description   |
-|-------|--------------|
-|[Setup problems with Internet Explorer 11](setup-problems-with-ie11.md) |Guidance about how to find and understand the error log files created when setup runs. |
-|[Install problems with Internet Explorer 11](install-problems-with-ie11.md) |Guidance about how to address potential problems when IE doesn’t finish installing. |
-|[Problems after installing Internet Explorer 11](problems-after-installing-ie11.md) |Guidance about how to troubleshoot and help fix instability problems, where IE crashes or seems slow or where Digital Rights Management (DRM) playback doesn’t work. |
-|[Auto configuration and auto proxy problems with Internet Explorer 11](auto-configuration-and-auto-proxy-problems-with-ie11.md) |Guidance about how to troubleshoot and help fix problems where branding changes aren’t distributed or where you’re experiencing proxy server setup problems. |
-|[User interface problems with Internet Explorer 11](user-interface-problems-with-ie11.md) |Guidance about changes to the IE Customization Wizard, security zones, Favorites, Command, and Status bars, and the search box. |
-|[Group Policy problems with Internet Explorer 11](group-policy-problems-ie11.md) |Guidance about how to find the Group Policy Object-related log files for troubleshooting. |
-|[.NET Framework problems with Internet Explorer 11](net-framework-problems-with-ie11.md) |Guidance about how to turn managed browser hosting controls back on. |
-|[Enhanced Protected Mode problems with Internet Explorer](enhanced-protected-mode-problems-with-ie11.md) |Guidance about how to turn off Enhanced Protected Mode to address compatibility issues. |
-|[Fix font rendering problems by turning off natural metrics](turn-off-natural-metrics.md) |Guidance about how to turn off natural metrics to address font rendering problems. |
-|[Intranet problems with Internet Explorer 11](intranet-problems-and-ie11.md) |Guidance about how to turn on single-word intranet searches in the address bar. |
-|[Browser cache changes and roaming profiles](browser-cache-changes-and-roaming-profiles.md) |Guidance about changes we’ve made to the browser cache to improve the performance, flexibility, reliability, and scalability and how to get the best results while using a roaming profile. |
-
- 
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/turn-off-enterprise-mode.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/turn-off-enterprise-mode.md
deleted file mode 100644
index fdb532ae11..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/turn-off-enterprise-mode.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: How to turn Enterprise Mode off temporarily while testing websites and how to turn it off completely if you no longer want to to use it.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.assetid: 5027c163-71e0-49b8-9dc0-f0a7310c7ae3
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Turn off Enterprise Mode (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Turn off Enterprise Mode
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-It’s important that you test the sites you’re adding, or considering removing, from your Enterprise Mode site list. To make this testing easier, you can turn off the site list or the entire Enterprise Mode functionality. For example, you might have an intranet site on your list that you’ve upgraded to be compatible with the new web standards . If you test the site while the site list is active, Internet Explorer 11 will automatically switch to Enterprise Mode. By turning off the site list, you can see what the page actually looks like and decide whether to remove it from your site list.
-
-In addition, if you no longer want your users to be able to turn Enterprise Mode on locally, you can remove Enterprise Mode from the local **Tools** menu.
-
-**Important**
                  
-Turning off both of these features turns off Enterprise Mode for your company. Turning off Enterprise Mode also causes any websites included in your employee’s manual site lists to not appear in Enterprise Mode.
-
-  **To turn off the site list using Group Policy**
-
-1. Open your Group Policy editor, like Group Policy Management Console (GPMC).
-
-2. Go to the **Use the Enterprise Mode IE website list** setting, and then click **Disabled**.
                  
-   Enterprise Mode will no longer look for the site list, effectively turning off Enterprise Mode. However, if you previously turned on local control for your employees, Enterprise Mode will still be available from the **Tools** menu. You need to turn that part of the functionality off separately.
-
-   **To turn off local control using Group Policy**
-
-3. Open your Group Policy editor, like Group Policy Management Console (GPMC).
-
-4. Go to the **Let users turn on and use Enterprise Mode from the Tools menu** setting, and then click **Disable**.
-
-5. Enterprise Mode no longer shows up on the **Tools** menu for your employees. However, if you are still using an Enterprise Mode site list, all of the globally listed sites will still appear in Enterprise Mode. If you want to turn off all of Enterprise Mode, you will need to also turn off the site list functionality.
-
-   **To turn off the site list using the registry**
-
-6. Open a registry editor, such as regedit.exe.
-
-7. Go to `HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\Main\EnterpriseMode`, and then delete the **SiteList** value.
                  
-   You can also use HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, depending whether you want to turn off the Enterprise Mode site list for users or for computers.
-
-8. Close all and restart all instances of Internet Explorer.
                  
-   IE11 stops looking at the site list for rendering instructions. However, Enterprise Mode is still available to your users locally (if it was turned on).
-
-   **To turn off local control using the registry**
-
-9. Open a registry editor, such as regedit.exe.
-
-10. Go `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Policies\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\Main\EnterpriseMode`, and then delete the **Enable** value.
                  
-    You can also use HKEY_CURRENT_USER, depending whether you want to turn off Enterprise Mode for users or for computers.
-
-11. Close and restart all instances of IE.
                  
-    Enterprise Mode is no longer a user option on the **Tools** menu in IE11. However, IE11 still looks at the site list (if it was turned on).
-
-## Related topics
-- [What is Enterprise Mode?](what-is-enterprise-mode.md)
-- [Turn on Enterprise Mode and use a site list](turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md)
-- [Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode](turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md)
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/turn-off-natural-metrics.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/turn-off-natural-metrics.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 178085c2ad..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/turn-off-natural-metrics.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: support
-description: Turn off natural metrics for Internet Explorer 11
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: e31a27d7-662e-4106-a3d2-c6b0531961d5
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Fix font rendering problems by turning off natural metrics (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Fix font rendering problems by turning off natural metrics
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-By default, Internet Explorer 11 uses “natural metrics”. Natural metrics use inter-pixel spacing that creates more accurately rendered and readable text, avoiding many common font rendering problems with Windows Internet Explorer 9 or older sites.
-
-However, you might find that many intranet sites need you to use Windows Graphics Device Interface (GDI) metrics. To avoid potential compatibility issues, you must turn off natural metrics for those sites.
-
- **To turn off natural metrics**
-
--   Add the following HTTP header to each site: `X-UA-TextLayoutMetrics: gdi`
-
-
                  -OR-
                  
-
-- Add the following <meta> tag to each site: ``
-
-Turning off natural metrics automatically turns on GDI metrics.
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b32fa64ad..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Turn on Enterprise Mode and use a site list (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-description: How to turn on Enterprise Mode and specify a site list.
-ms.assetid: 800e9c5a-57a6-4d61-a38a-4cb972d833e1
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-ms.sitesec: library
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.date: 08/14/2017
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
----
-
-
-# Turn on Enterprise Mode and use a site list
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Before you can use a site list with Enterprise Mode, you need to turn the functionality on and set up the system for centralized control. By allowing centralized control, you can create one global list of websites that render using Enterprise Mode. Approximately 65 seconds after Internet Explorer 11 starts, it looks for a properly formatted site list. If a new site list if found, with a different version number than the active list, IE11 loads and uses the newer version. After the initial check, IE11 won’t look for an updated list again until you restart the browser.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> We recommend that you store and download your website list from a secure web server (https://), to help protect against data tampering. After the list is downloaded, it's stored locally on your employees' computers so if the centralized file location is unavailable, they can still use Enterprise Mode.
-
- **To turn on Enterprise Mode using Group Policy**
-
-1. Open your Group Policy editor and go to the `Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Internet Explorer\Use the Enterprise Mode IE website list` setting.
                  
-   Turning this setting on also requires you to create and store a site list. For more information about creating your site list, see the [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) topics.
-
-   ![local group policy editor for using a site list.](images/ie-emie-grouppolicysitelist.png)
-
-2. Click **Enabled**, and then in the **Options** area, type the location to your site list.
-
-   **To turn on Enterprise Mode using the registry**
-
-3. **For only the local user:** Open a registry editor, like regedit.exe and go to `HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Policies\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\Main\EnterpriseMode`.
-   
                  -OR-
                  
-   For all users on the device: Open a registry editor, like regedit.exe and go to HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Policies\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\Main\EnterpriseMode.
-
-4. Edit the `SiteList` registry key to point to where you want to keep your Enterprise Mode site list file. For example:
-
-   ![enterprise mode with site list in the registry.](images/ie-emie-registrysitelist.png)
-
-   -   **HTTPS location**: `"SiteList"="https://localhost:8080/sites.xml"`
-
-   -   **Local network:** `"SiteList"="\\network\shares\sites.xml"`
-
-   -   **Local file:** `"SiteList"="file:///c:\\Users\\\\Documents\\testList.xml"`
-    
-   All of your managed devices must have access to this location if you want them to be able to access and use Enterprise Mode and your site list. For information about how to create and use an Enterprise Mode site list, see [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md).
-
-## Related topics
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853)
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
-- [Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md)
-- [Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md)
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 6290d3a462..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Turn on local user control and logging for Enterprise Mode.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 6622ecce-24b1-497e-894a-e1fd5a8a66d1
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-You can turn on local control of Enterprise Mode so that your users can turn Enterprise Mode on from the **Tools** menu. Turning on this feature also adds the **Enterprise** browser profile to the **Emulation** tab of the F12 developer tools.
-
-Besides turning on this feature, you also have the option to provide a URL for Enterprise Mode logging. If you turn logging on, Internet Explorer initiates a simple POST back to the supplied address, including the URL and a specification that **EnterpriseMode** was turned on or off through the **Tools** menu.
-
- **To turn on local control of Enterprise Mode using Group Policy**
-
-1. Open your Group Policy editor and go to the **Administrative Templates\\Windows Components\\Internet Explorer\\Let users turn on and use Enterprise Mode from the Tools menu** setting.
-
-   ![group policy editor with emie setting.](images/ie-emie-editpolicy.png)
-
-2. Click **Enabled**, and then in the **Options** area, type the location for where to receive reports about when your employees use this functionality to turn Enterprise Mode on or off from the **Tools** menu.
-
-   **To turn on local control of Enterprise Mode using the registry**
-
-3. Open a registry editor, like regedit.exe and go to `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Policies\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\Main\EnterpriseMode`.
-
-4. In the right pane, right-click and click **New**, click **String Value**, and then name the new value **Enable**.
-
-5. Right-click the **Enable** key, click **Modify**, and then type a **Value data** to point to a server that you can listen to for updates.
-
-   ![edit registry string for data collection location.](images/ie-emie-editregistrystring.png)
-
-Your **Value data** location can be any of the following types:
-
-- **URL location**, for example: `https://www.emieposturl.com/api/records` or `https://localhost:13000`. IE sends a POST message to the URL every time a change is made to Enterprise Mode from the **Tools** menu.
-
-    > [!Important]
-    > The `https://www.emieposturl.com/api/records` example will only work if you've downloaded the sample discussed in the [Set up Enterprise Mode logging and data collection](set-up-enterprise-mode-logging-and-data-collection.md) article. If you don't have the sample, you won't have the web API.
-
-- **Local network location**, for example: `https://emieposturl/`. IE sends a POST message to your specified local network location every time a change is made to Enterprise Mode from the **Tools** menu.
-
-- **Empty string**. If you leave the **Value data** box blank; your employees will be able to turn Enterprise Mode on and off from the **Tools** menu, but you won't collect any logging data.
-
-For information about how to collect the data provided when your employees turn Enterprise Mode on or off from the **Tools** menu, see [Set up Enterprise Mode logging and data collection](set-up-enterprise-mode-logging-and-data-collection.md).
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/updated-features-and-tools-with-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/updated-features-and-tools-with-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 98739a8df1..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/updated-features-and-tools-with-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: High-level info about some of the new and updated features for Internet Explorer 11.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.assetid: f53c6f04-7c60-40e7-9fc5-312220f08156
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: List of updated features and tools - Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# List of updated features and tools - Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1 Update
--   Windows 7 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Internet Explorer 11 includes several new features and tools. This topic includes high-level info about the each of them.
-
-## Updated features and tools
--   **Updated web standards.** WebGL, Canvas 2D L2 extensions, fullscreen API, encrypted media extensions, media source extensions, CSS flexible box layout module, mutation observers, like DOM4 and 5.3.
-
--   **Enhanced Protected Mode.** Extends Protected Mode to further restrict the ability of an attacker to access sensitive or personal information in personal and corporate environments. This feature is turned off by default. For more info, see [Enhanced Protected Mode problems with Internet Explorer](enhanced-protected-mode-problems-with-ie11.md).
-
--   **Enterprise Mode.** Enterprise Mode, a compatibility mode that runs on IE11 on Windows 8.1 Update and Windows 7 devices, lets websites render using a modified browser configuration that’s designed to emulate Windows Internet Explorer 8, avoiding the common compatibility problems associated with web apps written and tested on older versions of Internet Explorer. For more info, see [What is Enterprise Mode?](what-is-enterprise-mode.md)
-
--   **Out-of-date ActiveX control blocking**. Helps to keep your ActiveX controls up-to-date, because malicious software (or malware) can target security flaws in outdated controls, damaging your computer by collecting info from it, installing unwanted software, or by letting someone else control it remotely. For more info, see [Out-of-date ActiveX control blocking](out-of-date-activex-control-blocking.md).
-
--   **Do Not Track (DNT) exceptions.** IE11 lets websites ask whether to track users as they browse a website. If the user approves the request, IE records an exception to the "Do Not Track" rule and sends headers to the website that allow tracking. By respecting these headers and requesting exceptions to the default privacy settings, website owners can develop a trusted relationship with their users about privacy. For more info, see [Internet Explorer 11 - FAQ for IT Pros](../ie11-faq/faq-for-it-pros-ie11.yml).
-
--   **IE Administration Kit (IEAK).** Lets you create custom, branded versions of IE11. For more info and to download the tool, see [Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) - Administration Guide for IT Pros](../ie11-ieak/index.md).
-
--   **Unattend Settings.** Lets you update the Unattend.xml file, to customize the home page, favorites, search providers, feeds, Accelerators, Web Slices, and settings for top result searches. For more info, see the [Unattend Settings: Microsoft-Windows-IE-InternetExplorer](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-8.1-and-8/ff715726(v=win.10)).
-
- 
-
- 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/use-the-enterprise-mode-portal.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/use-the-enterprise-mode-portal.md
deleted file mode 100644
index fe55abfdc6..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/use-the-enterprise-mode-portal.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Use the topics in this section to learn about how to use the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.
-ms.prod: ie11
-title: Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
-ms.reviewer: dansimp
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-author: dansimp
----
-
-# Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Enterprise Mode is a compatibility mode that runs on Internet Explorer 11, letting websites render using a modified browser configuration that’s designed to emulate either Windows Internet Explorer 8 or Windows Internet Explorer 7, avoiding the common compatibility problems associated with web apps written and tested on older versions of Internet Explorer.
-
-The Enterprise Mode Site List Portal is an open-source web tool on GitHub that allows you to manage your Enterprise Mode Site List, hosted by the app, with multiple users. The portal is designed to use IIS and a SQL Server backend, leveraging Active Directory (AD) for employee management. Updates to your site list are made by submitting new change requests, which are then approved by a designated group of people, put into a pre-production environment for testing, and then deployed immediately, or scheduled for deployment later.
-
-You can use IE11 and the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal to manage your Enterprise Mode Site List, hosted by the app, with multiple users.
-
-## Minimum system requirements for portal and test machines
-Some of the components in this table might also need additional system resources. Check the component's documentation for more information.
-
-|Item |Description |
-|-----|------------|
-|Operating system |Windows 7 or later |
-|Memory |16 GB RAM |
-|Hard drive space |At least 8 GB of free space, formatted using the NTFS file system for better security |
-|Active Directory (AD) |Devices must be domain-joined |
-|SQL Server |Microsoft SQL Server Enterprise Edition 2012 or later |
-|Visual Studio |Visual Studio 2015 or later |
-|Node.js® package manager |npm Developer version or higher |
-|Additional server infrastructure |Internet Information Service (IIS) 6.0 or later |
-
-## Role assignments and available actions
-Admins can assign roles to employees for the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal, allowing the employees to perform specific actions, as described in this table.
-
-|Role assignment |Available actions |
-|----------------|------------------|
-|Requester |
                  • Create a change request


                  • Validate changes in the pre-production environment


                  • Rollback pre-production and production changes in case of failure


                  • Send approval requests


                  • View own requests


                  • Sign off and close own requests
                   |
-|Approver

                  (includes the App Manager and Group Head roles) |
                  • All of the Requester actions, plus:


                  • Approve requests
                   |
-|Administrator |
                  • All of the Requester and Approver actions, plus:


                  • Add employees to the portal


                  • Assign employee roles


                  • Approve registrations to the portal


                  • Configure portal settings (for example, determine the freeze schedule, determine the pre-production and production XML paths, and determine the attachment upload location)


                  • Use the standalone Enterprise Mode Site List Manager page


                  • View reports
                   |
-
-## Enterprise Mode Site List Portal workflow by employee role
-The following workflow describes how to use the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.
-
-1. [The Requester submits a change request for an app](create-change-request-enterprise-mode-portal.md)
-
-2. [The Requester tests the change request info, verifying its accuracy](verify-changes-preprod-enterprise-mode-portal.md)
-
-3. [The Approver(s) group accepts the change request](approve-change-request-enterprise-mode-portal.md)
-
-4. [The Requester schedules the change for the production environment](schedule-production-change-enterprise-mode-portal.md)
-
-5. [The change is verified against the production site list and signed off](verify-changes-production-enterprise-mode-portal.md)
-
-
-## Related topics
-- [Set up the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](set-up-enterprise-mode-portal.md)
-
-- [Workflow-based processes for employees using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](workflow-processes-enterprise-mode-portal.md)
-
-- [How to use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager tool or page](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) 
-
-- [Enterprise Mode Site List Portal source code](https://github.com/MicrosoftEdge/enterprise-mode-site-list-portal)
-
-- [Enterprise Mode and the Enterprise Mode Site List](what-is-enterprise-mode.md)
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
deleted file mode 100644
index cbfcfecf93..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Use the topics in this section to learn about how to use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: f4dbed4c-08ff-40b1-ab3f-60d3b6e8ec9b
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 12/04/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Enterprise Mode is a compatibility mode that runs on Internet Explorer 11, letting websites render using a modified browser configuration that's designed to emulate either Windows Internet Explorer 8 or Windows Internet Explorer 7, avoiding the common compatibility problems associated with web apps written and tested on older versions of Internet Explorer.
-
-You can use IE11 and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager to add individual website domains and domain paths and to specify whether the site renders using Enterprise Mode or the default mode.
-
-## Enterprise Mode Site List Manager versions
-There are currently two versions of the Enterprise Site List Manager, both based on your schema and operating system. Download the [Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853) or the [Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378) tool, based on your operating system.
-
-|Schema version |Operating system |Enterprise Site List Manager version |
-|-----------------|---------------|------------------------------------|
-|Enterprise Mode schema, version 2 (v.2) |Windows 10
                  -OR-
                  Windows 8.1
                  -OR-
                  Windows 7|Uses the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2) and the v.2 version of the schema. If you import a v.1 version schema into the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2),  the XML is saved into the v.2 version of the schema.

                  For more info about the v.2 version of the schema, see [Enterprise Mode schema v.2 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md).|
-|Enterprise Mode schema, version 1 (v.1) |Windows 10
                  -OR-
                  Windows 8.1
                  -OR-
                  Windows 7|Uses the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1) and the v.1 version of the schema. 

                   For more info about the v.1 version of the schema, see [Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md)|
-
-## Using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-The following topics give you more information about the things that you can do with the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager.
-
-|Topic |Description |
-|------|------------|
-|[Add sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-enterprise-mode-tool.md) |How to add websites to your site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2). |
-|[Add sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-enterprise-mode-tool.md) |How to add websites to your site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1). |
-|[Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md) |How to add several websites to your site list at the same time, using a text or XML file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2). |
-|[Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md) |How to add several websites to your site list at the same time, using a text or XML file and the WEnterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1). |
-|[Edit the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](edit-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) |How to edit the compatibility mode for specific websites.
                  This topic applies to both versions of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager. |
-|[Fix validation problems using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](fix-validation-problems-using-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) |How to fix common site list validation errors.
                  This topic applies to both versions of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager. |
-|[Review neutral sites for Internet Explorer mode using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](review-neutral-sites-with-site-list-manager.md) |How to flag sites listed as neutral, to ensure that they are intentional and not a result of schema conversion. This topic applies to the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager version 11.0 or later. |
-|[Search your Enterprise Mode site list in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](search-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) |How to look to see if a site is already in your global Enterprise Mode site list.
                  This topic applies to both versions of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager. |
-|[Save your site list to XML in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](save-your-site-list-to-xml-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) |How to save a site list as XML, so you can deploy and use it with your managed systems.
                  This topic applies to both versions of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager. |
-|[Export your Enterprise Mode site list from the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](export-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-from-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) |How to export your site list so you can transfer your data and contents to someone else.
                  This topic applies to both versions of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager. |
-|[Import your Enterprise Mode site list to the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](import-into-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) |How to import your site list to replace a corrupted or out-of-date list.
                  This topic applies to both versions of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager. |
-|[Delete sites from your Enterprise Mode site list in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](delete-sites-from-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) |How to delete a website from your site list.
                  This topic applies to both versions of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager. |
-|[Remove all sites from your Enterprise Mode site list in the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](remove-all-sites-from-your-enterprise-mode-site-list-in-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) |How to delete all of the websites in a site list.
                  This topic applies to both versions of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager. |
-| [Review neutral sites for Internet Explorer mode using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](review-neutral-sites-with-site-list-manager.md)|How to flag sites listed as neutral, to ensure that they are intentional and not a result of schema conversion.
                   This topic applies to the latest version of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager.
-
-## Related topics
-
-
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853)
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
-- [Enterprise Mode schema v.2 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md)
-- [Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md)
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/user-interface-problems-with-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/user-interface-problems-with-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b7669cf1ca..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/user-interface-problems-with-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: support
-description: Info about where features went in the IEAK11, where the Favorites, Command, and Status bars went, and where the search bar went.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 7324faff-ccb6-4e14-ad91-af12dbca575e
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: User interface problems with Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# User interface problems with Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Some of the features in both Internet Explorer 11 and IEAK 11 have moved around. Here are some of the more common changes.
-
-## Where did features go in the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11?
-Various installation or set up choices can prevent you from seeing certain pages in the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11. If, after going through the entire Wizard you still haven't found the screen you were looking for, try:
-
--   Making sure you picked the right version of IEAK 11 during installation. Most administrators should pick the **Internal** version, which has more screens and options available.
-
--   Making sure you picked all of the features you wanted from the **Feature Selection** page of the IE Customization Wizard 11. If you don't pick a feature, the associated page won't appear.
-
-## Where are the security zone settings?
-You can see your security zone settings by opening Internet Explorer for the desktop, clicking **Internet Options** from the **Tools** menu, and then clicking **Security**.
-
-## Where did the Favorites, Command, and Status bars go?
-For IE11, the UI has been changed to provide just the controls needed to support essential functionality, hiding anything considered non-essential, such as the **Favorites Bar**, **Command Bar**, **Menu Bar**, and **Status Bar**. This is intended to help focus users on the content of the page, rather than the browser itself. However, if you want these bars to appear, you can turn them back on using Group Policy settings.
-
- **To turn the toolbars back on**
-
-- Right click in the IE toolbar heading and choose to turn on the **Command bar**, **Favorites bar**, and **Status bar** from the menu.
-  
                  -OR-
                  
-  In IE, press ALT+V to show the View menu, press T to enter the Toolbars menu, and then press:
-
-  -   **C** to turn on the **Command Bar**
-
-  -   **F** to turn on the **Favorites Bar**
-
-  -   **S** to turn on the **Status Bar**
-
-## Where did the search box go?
-IE11 uses the **One Box** feature, which lets users type search terms directly into the **Address bar**. Any text entered into the **Address bar** that doesn't appear to be a URL is automatically sent to the currently selected search provider.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> Depending on how you've set up your intranet search, the text entry might resolve to an intranet site. For more information about this, see  [Intranet problems with Internet Explorer 11](intranet-problems-and-ie11.md).
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/using-enterprise-mode.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/using-enterprise-mode.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 677f1c974a..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/using-enterprise-mode.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: Use this section to learn about how to turn on and use IE7 Enterprise Mode or IE8 Enterprise Mode.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 238ead3d-8920-429a-ac23-02f089c4384a
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Using IE7 Enterprise Mode or IE8 Enterprise Mode (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Using IE7 Enterprise Mode or IE8 Enterprise Mode
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Enterprise Mode gives you a way for your legacy websites and apps to run using emulated versions of Windows Internet Explorer 7 or Windows Internet Explorer 8, while your new sites and apps run using Internet Explorer 11, including modern standards and features.
-
-Although it’s called IE7 Enterprise Mode, it actually turns on Enterprise Mode along with Internet Explorer 7 or Microsoft Internet Explorer 5 Compatibility View. Compatibility View chooses which document mode to use based on whether there’s a `DOCTYPE` tag in your code:
-
--   **DOCTYPE tag found.** Webpages render using the Internet Explorer 7 document mode.
--   **No DOCTYPE tag found.** Webpages render using the Internet Explorer 5 document mode.
-
-**Important**
                  
-Because we’ve added the IE7 Enterprise Mode option, we’ve had to rename the original functionality of Enterprise Mode to be IE8 Enterprise Mode. We’ve also replaced Edge Mode with IE11 Document Mode, so you can explicitly use IE11 on Windows 10.
-
-## Turning on and using IE7 Enterprise Mode or IE8 Enterprise Mode
-For instructions about how to add IE7 Enterprise Mode or IE8 Enterprise Mode to your webpages and apps, see:
-
--   [Add single sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-enterprise-mode-tool.md)
-
--   [Add single sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](add-single-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-enterprise-mode-tool.md)
-
--   [Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md)
-
--   [Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-1-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md)
-
-For instructions and more info about how to fix your compatibility issues using Enterprise Mode, see [Fix web compatibility issues using document modes and the Enterprise Mode site list](fix-compat-issues-with-doc-modes-and-enterprise-mode-site-list.md).
-
-## Related topics
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853)
-- [Download the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378)
-- [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/using-ieak11-to-create-install-packages.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/using-ieak11-to-create-install-packages.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 2090ed72ef..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/using-ieak11-to-create-install-packages.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use IEAK 11 while planning, customizing, and building the custom installation package.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: af93742f-f955-44ab-bfa2-7bf0c99045d3
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Using Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) to create packages (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Using Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) to create packages
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) helps you set up, deploy, and maintain Internet Explorer 11.
-
-**Note**
                  IEAK 11 works in network environments, with or without Microsoft Active Directory.
-
- 
-
-## Plan, Customize, and Build with the IEAK 11
-Consider these activities while planning, customizing, and building the custom installation package.
-
-### Plan
-Before you begin, you should:
-
--   **Check the operating system requirements.** Check that the requirements for the computer you're building your installation package from, and the computers you're installing IE11 to, all meet the system requirements for IEAK 11 and IE11. For Internet Explorer requirements, see [System requirements and language support for Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)](system-requirements-and-language-support-for-ie11.md). For IEAK 11 requirements, see [Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) - Administration Guide for IT Pros](../ie11-ieak/index.md).
-
--   **Decide on your distribution method.** Decide how to distribute your custom installation package: Windows Update, Microsoft Configuration Manager, or your network.
-
--   **Gather URLs and branding and custom graphics.** Collect the URLs for your company's own **Home**, **Search**, and **Support** pages, plus any custom branding and graphic files for the browser toolbar button and the **Favorites** list icons.
-
--   **Identify trusted network servers.** Decide which servers your employees should use to install the custom IE package. These servers need to be listed as trusted sites.
-
--   **Set up automatic detection and configuration settings.** Decide whether to automatically customize IE11 the first time it's started.
-
--   **Identify custom components for uninstallation.** Decide whether to include any custom uninstallation programs. Uninstallation programs let your employees remove your custom components through **Uninstall or change a program** in the Control Panel.
-
--   **Identify ActiveX controls.** Decide if you'll use ActiveX controls in your company. If you already use ActiveX, you should get an inventory of your active controls.
-
-### Customize and build
-After installing IE11 and the IEAK 11, you should:
-
--   **Prepare your build computer.** Create your build environment on the computer you're using to build the custom package.
-
--   **Create your branding and custom graphics.** If you don't have any, create custom branding and graphic files for the browser toolbar button and icons in your **Favorites** list.
-
--   **Specify your servers as trusted sites.** Identify your installation servers as trusted sites, in the **Trusted sites zone** of the **Internet Options** box.
-
--   **Turn on automatic detection and configuration settings (Optional).** Set up your network so that IE is automatically customized the first time it's started.
-
--   **Set up custom components for uninstallation.** Create the custom .inf file you'll use to register your custom uninstallation programs.
-
--   **Set up ActiveX controls.** Add any new ActiveX controls to the Axaa.adm file, using a text editor.
-
--   **Create a custom browser package.** Create your custom installation package, using IE Customization Wizard 11. For more information about using the wizard, see [Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) Customization Wizard options](../ie11-ieak/ieak11-wizard-custom-options.md).
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/using-inf-files-to-create-install-packages.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/using-inf-files-to-create-install-packages.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f65a6f4ac..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/using-inf-files-to-create-install-packages.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use Setup Information (.inf) files to create installation packages.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 04fa2ba8-8d84-4af6-ab99-77e4f1961b0e
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Using Setup Information (.inf) files to create packages (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Using Setup Information (.inf) files to create install packages
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-IEAK 11 uses Setup information (.inf) files to provide uninstallation instructions. Uninstallation instructions let your employees remove components, like files, registry entries, or shortcuts, through the **Uninstall or change a program** box. For details about .inf files, see [INF File Sections and Directives](/windows-hardware/drivers/install/).
-
- **To add uninstallation instructions to the .inf files**
-
-- Open the Registry Editor (regedit.exe) and add these registry keys:
-  ```
-  HKLM,SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\app-name,"DisplayName",,"description"
-  HKLM,SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\app-name,"UninstallString",,"command-line"
-  ```
-  Where **"description"** is the name that shows up in the **Uninstall or change a program** box and **"command-line"** is the command that runs after the component is picked.
-  
                  Note
                  
-  Make sure your script removes the uninstallation registry key, too. Otherwise, the component name will continue to show up in the Uninstall or change a program.
-
-## Limitations
-.Inf files have limitations:
-
--   You can't delete directories.
-
--   You can't use **RenFiles** to move a file to a different location, it only lets you rename a file in its existing location. For detailed information, see [INF RenFiles Directive](/windows-hardware/drivers/install/inf-renfiles-directive).
-
--   You can't use **CopyFiles** to copy a file to another place on your hard drive, it can only copy files from the source disk to the destination directory. For information, see [INF CopyFiles Directive](/windows-hardware/drivers/install/inf-copyfiles-directive).
-
- 
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/verify-changes-preprod-enterprise-mode-portal.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/verify-changes-preprod-enterprise-mode-portal.md
deleted file mode 100644
index a31c831abd..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/verify-changes-preprod-enterprise-mode-portal.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Details about how to make sure your change request info is accurate within the pre-production environment of the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-title: Verify your changes using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
----
-
-# Verify your changes using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-> [!Important]
-> This step requires that each Requester have access to a test machine with Administrator rights, letting him or her get to the pre-production environment to make sure that the requested change is correct.
-
-The Requester successfully submits a change request to the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal and then gets an email, including:
-
-- **EMIE_RegKey**. A batch file that when run, sets the registry key to point to the local pre-production Enterprise Mode Site List.
-
-- **Test steps**. The suggested steps about how to test the change request details to make sure they're accurate in the pre-production environment.
-
-- **EMIE_Reset**. A batch file that when run, reverts the changes made to the pre-production registry.
-
-## Verify and send the change request to Approvers
-The Requester tests the changes and then goes back into the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal, **Pre-production verification** page to verify whether the testing was successful.
-
-**To verify changes and send to the Approver(s)**
-1. On the **Pre-production verification** page, the Requester clicks **Successful** and optionally includes any attachments (only .jpeg, .png, .jpg and .txt files are allowed) to support the change request and testing results.
-
-2. The Requester reviews the pre-defined Approver(s), and then clicks **Send for approval**.
-
-   The Requester, the Approver group, and the Administrator group all get an email, stating that the change request is waiting for approval.
-
-
-**To rollback your pre-production changes**
-1. On the **Pre-production verification** page, the Requester clicks **Failed** and optionally includes any attachments (only .jpeg, .png, .jpg and .txt files are allowed) to support the change request and testing results.
-
-2. Add a description about the issue into the **Issue description** box, and then click **Send failure details**.
-
-   The change request and issue info are sent to the Administrators.
-
-3. The Requester clicks **Roll back** to roll back the changes in the pre-production environment.
-
-    After the Requester rolls back the changes, the request can be updated and re-submitted.
-
-
-## View rolled back change requests
-The original Requester and the Administrator(s) group can view the rolled back change requests.
-
-**To view the rolled back change request**
-
-- In the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal, click **Rolled back** from the left pane.
-
-   All rolled back change requests appear, with role assignment determining which ones are visible.
-
-## Next steps
-If the change request is certified as successful, the Requester must next send it to the Approvers for approval. For the Approver-related steps, see the [Approve a change request using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](approve-change-request-enterprise-mode-portal.md) topic.
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/verify-changes-production-enterprise-mode-portal.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/verify-changes-production-enterprise-mode-portal.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 1ccd3e4d0c..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/verify-changes-production-enterprise-mode-portal.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Details about how the Requester makes sure that the change request update is accurate within the production environment using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-title: Verify the change request update in the production environment using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
----
-
-# Verify the change request update in the production environment using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-## Verify and sign off on the update in the production environment
-The Requester tests the changes in the production environment and then goes back into the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal, **Production verification** page to verify whether the testing was successful.
-
-**To verify the changes and sign off**
-- On the **Production verification** page, the Requester clicks **Successful**, optionally includes any attachments (only .jpeg, .png, .jpg and .txt files are allowed) to support the testing results, optionally includes a description of the change, and then clicks **Sign off**.
-
-   The Requester, Approver group, and Administrator group all get an email, stating that the change request has been signed off.
-
-
-**To rollback production changes**
-1. On the **Production verification** page, the Requester clicks **Failed** and optionally includes any attachments (only .jpeg, .png, .jpg and .txt files are allowed) to support the testing results.
-
-2. Add a description about the issue into the **Change description** box, and then click **Send failure details**.
-
-   The info is sent to the Administrators.
-
-3. The Requester clicks **Roll back** to roll back the changes in the production environment.
-
-    After the Requester rolls back the changes, the request is automatically handled in the production and pre-production environment site lists.
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/view-apps-enterprise-mode-site-list.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/view-apps-enterprise-mode-site-list.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 9aa736bacb..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/view-apps-enterprise-mode-site-list.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Details about how to view the active Enterprise Mode Site List from the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-title: View the apps included in the active Enterprise Mode Site List from the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
----
-
-# View the apps included in the active Enterprise Mode Site List from the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Any employee with access to the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal can view the apps included in the current Enterprise Mode Site List.
-
-**To view the active Enterprise Mode Site List**
-1. Open the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal and click the **Production sites list** icon in the upper-right area of the page.
-
-    The **Production sites list** page appears, with each app showing its URL, the compatibility mode to use, and the assigned browser to open the site.
-
-2. Click any URL to view the actual site, using the compatibility mode and opening in the correct browser.
- 
-
-**To export the active Enterprise Mode Site List**
-1. On the **Production sites list** page, click **Export**.
-
-2. Save the ProductionSiteList.xlsx file.
-
-   The Excel file includes all apps in the current Enterprise Mode Site List, including URL, compatibility mode, and assigned browser.
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/view-enterprise-mode-reports-for-portal.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/view-enterprise-mode-reports-for-portal.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f2db72080d..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/view-enterprise-mode-reports-for-portal.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Details about how an Administrator can view the available Enterprise Mode reports from the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-title: View the available Enterprise Mode reports from the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
----
-
-# View the available Enterprise Mode reports from the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Administrators can view the Microsoft-provided Enterprise Mode reports from the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.
-
-**To view the reports**
-1. Open the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal and click the **Enterprise Mode reports** icon in the upper-right area of the page.
-
-    The **Enterprise Mode reports** page appears, with each app showing its URL, the compatibility mode to use, and the assigned browser to open the site.
-
-2. Use the calendars to provide the **From date** and **To date**, determining the span of time the report covers.
-
-3. Click **Apply**.
-
-    The reports all change to reflect the appropriate timeframe and group, including:
-
-    - **Total number of websites in the site list.** A box at the top of the reports page that tells you the total number of websites included in the Enterprise Mode Sit List.
-
-    - **All websites by docmode.** Shows how many change requests exist, based on the different doc modes included in the **App best viewed in** field.
-
-    - **All websites by browser.** Shows how many apps require which browser, including **IE11**, **MSEdge**, or **None**.
-
-    - **All requests by status.** Shows how many change requests exist, based on each status.
-
-    - **All requests by change type.** Shows how many change requests exist, based on the **Requested change** field.
-
-    - **Request status by group.** Shows how many change requests exist, based on both group and status.
-
-    - **Reasons for request.** Shows how many change request reasons exist, based on the **Reason for request** field.
-
-    - **Requested changes by app name.** Shows what specific apps were **Added to site list**, **Deleted from site list**, or **Updated from site list**.
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/virtualization-and-compatibility-with-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/virtualization-and-compatibility-with-ie11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 613d58863c..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/virtualization-and-compatibility-with-ie11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: virtualization
-description: Virtualization and compatibility with Internet Explorer 11
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: b0388c04-2584-4b6d-a7a8-4e0476773a80
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Virtualization and compatibility with Internet Explorer 11 (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Virtualization and compatibility with Internet Explorer 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-If your company is considering upgrading to the latest version of Internet Explorer, but is hesitant because of a large number of web apps that need to be tested and moved, we recommend that you consider virtualization. Virtualization lets you set up a virtual environment where you can run earlier versions of IE.
-
-**Important**
                  
-We strongly suggest that while you're using virtualization, you also update your web apps so they run natively in the newer version of IE. For more information about how to update your code, see the [Internet Explorer 11 Compatibility Cookbook (Windows)](/previous-versions//dn384049(v=vs.85)) to learn about the developer features that have been changed or deprecated since Internet Explorer 10.
-
-The Microsoft-supported options for virtualizing web apps are:
-
--   **Microsoft Enterprise Desktop Virtualization (MED-V).** Uses Microsoft Virtual PC to provide an enterprise solution for desktop virtualization. With MED-V, you can easily create, deliver, and manage corporate Virtual PC images on any Windows®-based desktop. For more information, see [MED-V](/microsoft-desktop-optimization-pack/medv-v2/).
-
--   **Client Hyper-V.** Uses the same virtualization technology previously available in Windows Server, but now installed for Windows 8.1. For more information, see [Client Hyper-V](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-8.1-and-8/hh857623(v=ws.11)).
                  
-For more information about virtualization options, see [Microsoft Desktop Virtualization](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=271662).
-
- 
-
- 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/what-is-enterprise-mode.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/what-is-enterprise-mode.md
deleted file mode 100644
index fd8cca1014..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/what-is-enterprise-mode.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,173 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Info about the features included in Enterprise Mode with Internet Explorer 11.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 3c77e9f3-eb21-46d9-b5aa-f9b2341cfefa
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Enterprise Mode and the Enterprise Mode Site List (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 10/25/2018
----
-
-
-# Enterprise Mode and the Enterprise Mode Site List
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 8.1
-- Windows 7
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Internet Explorer and Microsoft Edge can work together to support your legacy web apps, while still defaulting to the higher bar for security and modern experiences enabled by Microsoft Edge. Working with multiple browsers can be difficult, particularly if you have a substantial number of internal sites. To help manage this dual-browser experience, we are introducing a new web tool specifically targeted towards larger organizations: the [Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](https://github.com/MicrosoftEdge/enterprise-mode-site-list-portal).
-
-## Available dual-browser experiences
-If you have specific websites and apps that you know have compatibility problems with Microsoft Edge, you can use the Enterprise Mode site list so that the websites automatically open using Internet Explorer 11. Additionally, if you know that your intranet sites aren't going to work correctly with Microsoft Edge, you can set all intranet sites to open using IE11 automatically. 
-
-Using Enterprise Mode means that you can continue to use Microsoft Edge as your default browser, while also ensuring that your apps continue working on IE11.
-
-> [!TIP]
-> If you are running an earlier version of Internet Explorer, we recommend upgrading to IE11, so that any legacy apps continue to work correctly.
-
-For Windows 10, Microsoft Edge is the default browser experience. However, Microsoft Edge lets you continue to use IE11 for sites that are on your corporate intranet or included on your Enterprise Mode Site List. 
-
-
-## What is Enterprise Mode?
-Enterprise Mode, a compatibility mode that runs on Internet Explorer 11 on Windows 10, Windows 8.1, and Windows 7 devices, lets websites render using a modified browser configuration that’s designed to emulate either Windows Internet Explorer 7 or Windows Internet Explorer 8. Running in this mode helps to avoid many of the common compatibility problems associated with web apps written and tested on older versions of Internet Explorer.
-
-Many customers identify web app compatibility as a significant cost to upgrading because web apps need to be tested and upgraded before adopting a new browser. The improved compatibility provided by Enterprise Mode can help give customers confidence to upgrade to IE11, letting customers benefit from modern web standards, increased performance, improved security, and better reliability.
-
-### Enterprise Mode features
-Enterprise Mode includes the following features:
-
-- **Improved web app and website compatibility.** Through improved emulation, Enterprise Mode lets many legacy web apps run unmodified on IE11, supporting several site patterns that aren’t currently supported by existing document modes.
-
-- **Tool-based management for website lists.** Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager to add website domains and domain paths and to specify whether a site renders using Enterprise Mode.
-Download the [Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853) or the [Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=394378), based on your operating system and schema.
-
-- **Centralized control.** You can specify the websites or web apps to interpret using Enterprise Mode, through an XML file on a website or stored locally. Domains and paths within those domains can be treated differently, allowing granular control. Use Group Policy to let users turn Enterprise Mode on or off from the Tools menu and to decide whether the Enterprise browser profile appears on the Emulation tab of the F12 developer tools.
-
-    > [!Important]
-    > All centrally-made decisions override any locally-made choices. 
-
-- **Integrated browsing.** When Enterprise Mode is set up, users can browse the web normally, letting the browser change modes automatically to accommodate Enterprise Mode sites.
-
-- **Data gathering.** You can configure Enterprise Mode to collect local override data, posting back to a named server. This lets you "crowd source" compatibility testing from key users; gathering their findings to add to your central site list.
-
-## Enterprise Mode and the Enterprise Mode Site List
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
- XML file
-The Enterprise Mode Site List is an XML document that specifies a list of sites, their compatibility mode, and their intended browser. Using [Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=716853), you can automatically start a webpage using a specific browser. In IE11, the webpage can also be launched in a specific compatibility mode, so it always renders correctly. Your employees can easily view this site list by typing `about:compat` in either Microsoft Edge or IE11.
-
-Starting with Windows 10, version 1511 (also known as the Anniversary Update), you can also [restrict IE11 to only the legacy web apps that need it](https://blogs.windows.com/msedgedev/2016/05/19/edge14-ie11-better-together/), automatically sending sites not included in the Enterprise Mode Site List to Microsoft Edge.
-
-### Site list xml file
-This is a view of the [raw EMIE v2 schema.xml file](https://gist.github.com/kypflug/9e9961de771d2fcbd86b#file-emie-v2-schema-xml). There are equivalent Enterprise Mode Site List policies for both [Microsoft Edge](/microsoft-edge/deploy/emie-to-improve-compatibility) and [Internet Explorer 11](turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md). The Microsoft Edge list is used to determine which sites should open in IE11; while the IE11 list is used to determine the compatibility mode for a site, and which sites should open in Microsoft Edge. We recommend using one list for both browsers, where each policy points to the same XML file location.
-
-```xml
-
-	
-	
-		EnterpriseSiteListManager
-		10586
-		20150728.135021
-	
-  	 
-	
-		IE8Enterprise
-		IE11
-	
-	
-		Default
-		IE11
-	
-	
-		IE7Enterprise
-		IE11
-	
-	  
-	
-	  
-		IE8Enterprise"
-		IE11
-	
-	
-		IE7
-		IE11
-	
-	
-		 IE7
-		 IE11
-	
-
-
-```
-
-## Enterprise Mode Site List Manager and the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal tools
-You can build and manage your Enterprise Mode Site List is by using any generic text editor. However, we’ve also provided a couple tools that can make that process even easier.
-
-### Enterprise Mode Site List Manager
-This tool helps you create error-free XML documents with simple n+1 versioning and URL verification. We recommend using this tool if your site list is relatively small. For more info about this tool, see the Use the [Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md) topics.
-
-There are two versions of this tool, both supported on Windows 7, Windows 8.1, and Windows 10:
-
-- [Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=42501). This is an older version of the schema that you must use if you want to create and update your Enterprise Mode Site List for devices running the v.1 version of the schema.
-
-    We strongly recommend moving to the new schema, v.2. For more info, see [Enterprise Mode schema v.2 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md).
-
-- [Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=49974). The updated version of the schema, including new functionality. You can use this version of the schema to create and update your Enterprise Mode Site List for devices running the v.2 version of the schema.
-
-    If you open a v.1 version of your Enterprise Mode Site List using this version, it will update the schema to v.2, automatically. For more info, see [Enterprise Mode schema v.1 guidance](enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md).
-
-If your list is too large to add individual sites, or if you have more than one person managing the site list, we recommend using the Enterprise Site List Portal.
-
-### Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-The [Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](https://github.com/MicrosoftEdge/enterprise-mode-site-list-portal) is an open-source web tool on GitHub that allows you to manage your Enterprise Mode Site List, hosted by the app, with multiple users. The portal is designed to use IIS and a SQL Server backend, leveraging Active Directory (AD) for employee management.
-
-In addition to all the functionality of the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager tool, the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal helps you:
-
-- Manage site lists from any device supporting Windows 7 or greater.
-
-- Submit change requests.
-
-- Operate offline through an on-premise solution.
-
-- Provide role-based governance.
-
-- Test configuration settings before releasing to a live environment.
-
-Updates to your site list are made by submitting new change requests, which are then approved by a designated group of people, put into a pre-production environment for testing, and then deployed immediately, or scheduled for deployment later.
-
-Because the tool is open-source, the source code is readily available for examination and experimentation. We encourage you to [fork the code, submit pull requests, and send us your feedback](https://github.com/MicrosoftEdge/enterprise-mode-site-list-portal)! For more info about the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal, see the [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](use-the-enterprise-mode-portal.md) topics.
-
-## Related topics
-
-- [Enterprise Mode Site List Portal source code](https://github.com/MicrosoftEdge/enterprise-mode-site-list-portal)
-
-- [Technical guidance, tools, and resources on Enterprise browsing](https://technet.microsoft.com/ie)
-
-- [Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.1)](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=42501)
-
-- [Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=49974)
-
-- [Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md)
-
-- [Collect data using Enterprise Site Discovery](collect-data-using-enterprise-site-discovery.md)
-
-- [Web Application Compatibility Lab Kit](https://technet.microsoft.com/microsoft-edge/mt612809.aspx)
-
-- [Find a Microsoft partner on Pinpoint](https://partnercenter.microsoft.com/pcv/search)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/what-is-the-internet-explorer-11-blocker-toolkit.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/what-is-the-internet-explorer-11-blocker-toolkit.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 13e84a6792..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/what-is-the-internet-explorer-11-blocker-toolkit.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,156 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: support
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: How to download and use the Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit to turn off the automatic delivery of IE11 through the Automatic Updates feature of Windows Update.
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.manager: elizapo
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: fafeaaee-171c-4450-99f7-5cc7f8d7ba91
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-title: What is the Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit? (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 05/10/2018
----
-
-
-# What is the Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit?
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-The Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit lets you turn off the automatic delivery of IE11 through the **Automatic Updates** feature of Windows Update.
-
-> [!IMPORTANT]
-> The IE11 Blocker Toolkit does not stop users from manually installing IE11 from the [Microsoft Download Center](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?linkid=327753). Also, even if you have installed previous versions of the toolkit before, like for Internet Explorer 10, you still need to install this version to prevent the installation of IE11.
-
-## Install the toolkit
-
-1.  Download the IE11 Blocker Toolkit from [Toolkit to Disable Automatic Delivery of Internet Explorer 11](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=327745).
-
-2.  Accept the license agreement and store the included four files on your local computer.
-
-3.  Start an elevated Command Prompt by going to **Start**>**All Programs**>**Accessories**> right-clicking on **Command Prompt**, and then choosing **Run as Administrator**.
-
-4.  In the Command Prompt, change to the location where you put the 4 files.
-
-5.  In the Command Prompt, type `ie11_blocker.cmd /B` and press Enter.
                  
-Wait for the message, **Blocking deployment of IE11 on the local machine. The operation completed successfully.**
-
-6.  Close the Command Prompt.
-
-For answers to frequently asked questions, see [Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit: Frequently Asked Questions](../ie11-faq/faq-ie11-blocker-toolkit.yml).
-
-## Automatic updates
-Internet Explorer 11 makes browsing the web faster, easier, safer, and more reliable than ever. To help customers become more secure and up-to-date, Microsoft will distribute Internet Explorer 11 through Automatic Updates and the Windows Update and Microsoft Update sites. Internet Explorer 11 will be available for users of the 32-bit and 64-bit versions of Windows 7 Service Pack 1 (SP1), and 64-bit version of Windows Server 2008 R2 SP1. This article provides an overview of the delivery process and options available for IT administrators to control how and when Internet Explorer 11 is deployed to their organization through Automatic Updates.
-
-### Automatic delivery process
-Internet Explorer 11 only downloads and installs if it’s available for delivery through Automatic Updates; and Automatic Updates only offer Internet Explorer 11 to users with local administrator accounts. User’s without local administrator accounts won’t be prompted to install the update and will continue using their current version of Internet Explorer.
-
-Internet Explorer 11 replaces Internet Explorer 8, Internet Explorer 9, or Internet Explorer 10. If you decide you don’t want Internet Explorer 11, and you’re running Windows 7 SP1 or Windows Server 2008 R2 with SP1, you can uninstall it from the **View installed updates** section of the **Uninstall an update** page of the Control Panel. 
-
-### Internet Explorer 11 automatic upgrades
-
-Internet Explorer 11 is offered through Automatic Updates and Windows Update as an Important update. Users running Windows 7 SP1, who have chosen to download and install updates automatically through Windows Update, are automatically upgraded to Internet Explorer 11.
-
-Users who were automatically upgraded to Internet Explorer 11 can decide to uninstall Internet Explorer 11. However, Internet Explorer 11 will still appear as an optional update through Windows Update.
-
-### Options for blocking automatic delivery
-
-If you use Automatic Updates in your company, but want to stop your users from automatically getting Internet Explorer 11, do one of the following:
-
--   **Download and use the Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit.**  Includes a Group Policy template and a script that permanently blocks Internet Explorer 11 from being offered by Windows Update or Microsoft Update as a high-priority update. You can download this kit from the [Microsoft Download Center](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=40722).
-
-    > [!NOTE]
-    >The toolkit won't stop users with local administrator accounts from manually installing Internet Explorer 11. Using this toolkit also prevents your users from receiving automatic upgrades from Internet Explorer 8, Internet Explorer 9, or Internet Explorer 10 to Internet Explorer 11. For more information, see the [Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit frequently asked questions](../ie11-faq/faq-for-it-pros-ie11.yml).
-
--   **Use an update management solution to control update deployment.** If you already use an update management solution, like [Windows Server Update Services (WSUS)](/windows-server/administration/windows-server-update-services/get-started/windows-server-update-services-wsus) or the more advanced [Configuration Manager](/previous-versions/system-center/system-center-2012-R2/gg682129(v=technet.10)), you should use that instead of the Internet Explorer Blocker Toolkit.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> If you use WSUS to manage updates, and Update Rollups are configured for automatic installation, Internet Explorer will automatically install throughout your company.
-
-
-### Prevent automatic installation of Internet Explorer 11 with WSUS
-
-Internet Explorer 11 will be released to WSUS as an Update Rollup package. Therefore, if you’ve configured WSUS to “auto-approve” Update Rollup packages, it’ll be automatically approved and installed. To stop Internet Explorer 11 from being automatically approved for installation, you need to:
-
-1.  Click **Start**, click **Administrative Tools**, and then click **Microsoft Windows Server Update Services 3.0**.
-
-2.  Expand *ComputerName*, and then click **Options**.
-
-3.  Click **Automatic Approvals**.
-
-4.  Click the rule that automatically approves an update that is classified as Update Rollup, and then click **Edit.**
-
-    > [!NOTE]
-    > If you don’t see a rule like this, you most likely haven’t configured WSUS to automatically approve Update Rollups for installation. In this situation, you don’t have to do anything else.
-
-5.  Click the **Update Rollups** property under the **Step 2: Edit the properties (click an underlined value)** section.
-
-    > [!NOTE]
-    > The properties for this rule will resemble the following:
                  • When an update is in Update Rollups
                  • Approve the update for all computers
                  
-
-6.  Clear the **Update Rollup** check box, and then click **OK**.
-
-7.  Click **OK** to close the **Automatic Approvals** dialog box.
-
-After the new Internet Explorer 11 package is available for download, you should manually synchronize the new package to your WSUS server, so that when you re-enable auto-approval it won’t be automatically installed.
-
-1.  Click **Start**, click **Administrative Tools**, and then click **Microsoft Windows Server Update Services 3.0**.
-
-2.  Expand *ComputerName*, and then click **Synchronizations**.
-
-3.  Click **Synchronize Now**.
-
-4.  Expand *ComputerName*, expand **Updates**, and then click **All Updates**.
-
-5.  Choose **Unapproved** in the **Approval**drop down box.
-
-6.  Check to make sure that Microsoft Internet Explorer 11 is listed as an unapproved update.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> There may be multiple updates, depending on the imported language and operating system updates.
-
-### Optional - Reset update rollups packages to auto-approve
-
-1.  Click **Start**, click **Administrative Tools**, and then click **Microsoft Windows Server Update Services 3.0**.
-
-2.  Expand *ComputerName*, and then click **Options**.
-
-3.  Click **Automatic Approvals**.
-
-4.  Click the rule that automatically approves updates of different classifications, and then click **Edit**.
-
-5.  Click the **Update Rollups** property under the **Step 2: Edit the properties (click an underlined value)** section.
-
-6.  Check the **Update Rollups** check box, and then click **OK**.
-
-7.  Click **OK** to close the **Automatic Approvals** dialog box.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> Because auto-approval rules are only evaluated when an update is first imported into WSUS, turning this rule back on after the Internet Explorer 11 update has been imported and synchronized to the server won’t cause this update to be auto-approved.
-
-
-
-## Additional resources
-
--   [Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit download](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=40722)
-
--   [Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit - Frequently Asked Questions](../ie11-faq/faq-ie11-blocker-toolkit.yml)
-
--   [Internet Explorer 11 FAQ for IT pros](../ie11-faq/faq-for-it-pros-ie11.yml)
-
--   [Internet Explorer 11 delivery through automatic updates](ie11-delivery-through-automatic-updates.md)
-
--   [Internet Explorer 11 deployment guide](./index.md)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/workflow-processes-enterprise-mode-portal.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/workflow-processes-enterprise-mode-portal.md
deleted file mode 100644
index dd8e3bcce6..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/workflow-processes-enterprise-mode-portal.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: Use the topics in this section to learn how to perform all of the workflow-related processes in the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-title: Workflow-based processes for employees using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
----
-
-
-# Workflow-based processes for employees using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 8.1
--   Windows 7
--   Windows Server 2012 R2
--   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-Use the topics in this section to learn how to perform the available Enterprise Mode Site List Portal processes, based on workflow.
-
-## In this section
-|Topic                                                          |Description                                                                        |
-|---------------------------------------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|[Create a change request using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](create-change-request-enterprise-mode-portal.md)|Details about how the Requester creates a change request in the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.|
-|[Verify your changes using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](verify-changes-preprod-enterprise-mode-portal.md)|Details about how the Requester tests a change request in the pre-production environment of the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.|
-|[Approve a change request using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](approve-change-request-enterprise-mode-portal.md)|Details about how the Approver(s) approve a change request in the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.|
-|[Schedule approved change requests for production using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](schedule-production-change-enterprise-mode-portal.md)|Details about how the Requester schedules the approved change request update in the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.|
-|[Verify the change request update in the production environment using the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](verify-changes-production-enterprise-mode-portal.md)|Details about how the Requester tests an update in the production environment of the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal.|
-|[View the apps currently on the Enterprise Mode Site List](view-apps-enterprise-mode-site-list.md)|Details about how anyone with access to the portal can review the apps already on the active Enterprise Mode Site List.|
-|[View the available Enterprise Mode reports from the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](view-enterprise-mode-reports-for-portal.md) |Details about how the Administrator can view the view the Microsoft-provided Enterprise Mode reports from the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal. |
-
-
-## Related topics
-- [Set up the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](set-up-enterprise-mode-portal.md)
-
-- [Enterprise Mode Site List Portal source code](https://github.com/MicrosoftEdge/enterprise-mode-site-list-portal)
-
-- [Enterprise Mode and the Enterprise Mode Site List](what-is-enterprise-mode.md)
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-faq/faq-for-it-pros-ie11.yml b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-faq/faq-for-it-pros-ie11.yml
deleted file mode 100644
index 96fce41e4b..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-faq/faq-for-it-pros-ie11.yml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,250 +0,0 @@
-### YamlMime:FAQ
-metadata:
-  ms.localizationpriority: medium
-  ms.mktglfcycl: explore
-  description: Frequently asked questions about Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros
-  author: dansimp
-  ms.prod: ie11
-  ms.assetid: 140e7d33-584a-44da-8c68-6c1d568e1de3
-  ms.reviewer: 
-  audience: itpro
-  manager: dansimp
-  ms.author: dansimp
-  title: Internet Explorer 11 - FAQ for IT Pros (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-  ms.sitesec: library
-  ms.date: 10/16/2017
-  ms.topic: faq
-title: Internet Explorer 11 - FAQ for IT Pros
-summary: |
-  [!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-  
-  Answering frequently asked questions about Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) features, operating system support, integration with the Windows operating system, Group Policy, and general configuration.
-  
-
-sections:
-  - name: Ignored
-    questions:
-      - question: |
-          What operating system does IE11 run on?
-        answer: |
-          -   Windows 10
-          
-          -   Windows 8.1
-          
-          -   Windows Server 2012 R2
-          
-          -   Windows 7 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-          
-          -   Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-          
-          
-      - question: |
-          How do I install IE11 on Windows 10, Windows 8.1, or Windows Server 2012 R2?
-        answer: |
-          IE11 is preinstalled with Windows 8.1 and Windows Server 2012 R2. No additional action is required.
-
-      - question: |
-          How do I install IE11 on Windows 7 with SP1 or Windows Server 2008 R2 with SP1?
-        answer: |
-          You can install IE11 on computers running either Windows 7 with SP1 or Windows Server 2008 R2 with SP1. To download IE11, see the IE11 [home page](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=290956).
-          
-      - question: |
-          How does IE11 integrate with Windows 8.1?
-        answer: |
-          IE11 is the default handler for the HTTP and HTTPS protocols and the default browser for Windows 8.1. There are two experiences in Windows 8.1: Internet Explorer and Internet Explorer for the desktop. IE is the default browser for touch-first, immersive experiences. Internet Explorer for the desktop provides a more traditional window and tab management experience. The underlying platform of IE11 is fully interoperable across both IE and the familiar Internet Explorer for the desktop, letting developers write the same markup for both experiences.
-          
-      - question: |
-          What are the new or improved security features?
-        answer: |
-          IE11 offers improvements to Enhanced Protected Mode, password manager, and other security features. IE11 also turns on Transport Layer Security (TLS) 1.2 by default.
-
-      - question: |
-          How is Microsoft supporting modern web standards, such as WebGL?
-        answer: |
-          Microsoft is committed to providing an interoperable web by supporting modern web standards. Doing this lets developers use the same markup across web browsers, helping to reduce development and support costs.
                  
-          Supported web standards include:
-          
-          -   Web Graphics Library (WebGL)
-          
-          -   Canvas 2D L2 extensions, including image smoothing using the nearest neighbor, dashed lines, and fill rules
-          
-          -   Fullscreen API
-          
-          -   Encrypted media extensions
-          
-          -   Media source extensions
-          
-          -   CSS flexible box layout module
-          
-          -   And mutation observers like DOM4 and 5.3
-          
-          For more information about specific changes and additions, see the [IE11 guide for developers](/previous-versions/windows/internet-explorer/ie-developer/dev-guides/bg182636(v=vs.85)).
-          
-      - question: |
-          What test tools exist to test for potential application compatibility issues?
-        answer: |
-          The Compat Inspector tool supports Windows Internet Explorer 9 through IE11. For more information, see [Compat Inspector User Guide](https://testdrive-archive.azurewebsites.net/html5/compatinspector/help/post.htm). In addition, you can use the new [F12 Developer Tools](/previous-versions/windows/internet-explorer/ie-developer/dev-guides/bg182632(v=vs.85)) that are included with IE11, or the [modern.ie](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?linkid=308902) website for Microsoft Edge.
-          
-      - question: |
-          Why am I having problems launching my legacy apps with Internet Explorer 11?
-        answer: |
-          It’s most likely because IE no longer starts apps that use managed browser hosting controls, like in the .NET Framework 1.1 and 2.0. You can get IE11 to use managed browser hosting controls again, by:
-          
-          -   **For x86 systems or for 32-bit processes on x64 systems:** Go to the `HKLM\SOFTWARE\MICROSOFT\.NETFramework` registry key and change the **EnableIEHosting** value to **1**.
-          
-          -   **For x64 systems or for 64-bit processes on x64 systems:** Go to the `HKLM\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\.NETFramework` registry key and change the **EnableIEHosting** value to **1**.
-          
-          For more information, see the [Web Applications](/dotnet/framework/migration-guide/application-compatibility) section of the Application Compatibility in the .NET Framework 4.5 page.
-          
-      - question: |
-          Is there a compatibility list for IE?
-        answer: |
-          Yes. You can review the XML-based [compatibility version list](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=403864).
-          
-      - question: |
-          What is Enterprise Mode?
-        answer: |
-          Enterprise Mode is a compatibility mode designed for Enterprises. This mode lets websites render using a modified browser configuration that’s designed to avoid the common compatibility problems associated with web apps written and tested on older versions of IE, like Windows Internet Explorer 7 or Windows Internet Explorer 8.
                  
-          For more information, see [Turn on Enterprise Mode and use a site list](../ie11-deploy-guide/turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md).
-          
-      - question: |
-          What is the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager tool?
-        answer: |
-          Enterprise Mode Site List Manager tool gives you a way to add websites to your Enterprise Mode site list, without having to manually code XML.
                  
-          For more information, see all of the topics in [Use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager](../ie11-deploy-guide/use-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md).
-          
-      - question: |
-          Are browser plug-ins supported in IE11?
-        answer: |
-          The immersive version of IE11 provides an add-on–free experience, so browser plugins won't load and dependent content won't be displayed. This doesn't apply to Internet Explorer for the desktop. For more information, see [Browsing Without Plug-ins](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=242587). However, Internet Explorer for the desktop and IE11 on Windows 7 with SP1 do support browser plugins, including ActiveX controls such as Adobe Flash and Microsoft Silverlight.
-          
-      - question: |
-          Is Adobe Flash supported on IE11?
-        answer: |
-          Adobe Flash is included as a platform feature and is available out of the box for Windows 8.1, running on both IE and Internet Explorer for the desktop. Users can turn this feature on or off using the **Manage Add-ons** dialog box, while administrators can turn this feature on or off using the Group Policy setting, **Turn off Adobe Flash in IE and prevent applications from using IE technology to instantiate Flash objects**.
                  
-          **Important**
                  
-          The preinstalled version of Adobe Flash isn't supported on IE11 running on either Windows 7 with SP1 or Windows Server 2008 R2 with SP1. However, you can still download and install the separate Adobe Flash plug-in.
-          
-      - question: |
-          Can I replace IE11 on Windows 8.1 with an earlier version?
-        answer: |
-          No. Windows 8.1 doesn't support any of the previous versions of IE.
-
-      - question: |
-          Are there any new Group Policy settings in IE11?
-        answer: |
-          IE11 includes all of the previous Group Policy settings you've used to manage and control web browser configuration since Internet Explorer 9. It also includes the following new Group Policy settings, supporting new features:
-          
-          -   Turn off Page Prediction
-          
-          -   Turn on the swiping motion for Internet Explorer for the desktop
-          
-          -   Allow Microsoft services to provide more relevant and personalized search results
-          
-          -   Turn off phone number detection
-          
-          -   Allow IE to use the SPDY/3 network protocol
-          
-          -   Let users turn on and use Enterprise Mode from the **Tools** menu
-          
-          -   Use the Enterprise Mode IE website list
-          
-          For more information, see [New group policy settings for IE11](../ie11-deploy-guide/new-group-policy-settings-for-ie11.md).
-          
-          
-      - question: |
-          Where can I get more information about IE11 for IT pros?
-        answer: |
-          Visit the [Springboard Series for Microsoft Browsers](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=313191) webpage on TechNet.
-          
-          
-          
-      - question: |
-          Can I customize settings for IE on Windows 8.1?
-        answer: |
-          Settings can be customized in the following ways:
-          
-          -   IE11 **Settings** charm.
-          
-          -   IE11-related Group Policy settings.
-          
-          -   IEAK 11 for settings shared by both IE and Internet Explorer for the desktop.
-          
-      - question: |
-          Can I make Internet Explorer for the desktop my default browsing experience?
-        answer: |
-          Group Policy settings can be set to open either IE or Internet Explorer for the desktop as the default browser experience. Individual users can configure their own settings in the **Programs** tab of **Internet Options**. The following table shows the settings and results:
                  
-          
-          |Setting |Result |
-          |--------|-------|
-          |Let IE decide |Links open in the same type of experience from where they're launched. For example, clicking a link from a Microsoft Store app, opens IE. However, clicking a link from a desktop app, opens Internet Explorer for the desktop. |
-          |Always in IE11 |Links always open in IE. |
-          |Always in Internet Explorer for the desktop |Links always open in Internet Explorer for the desktop. |
-          
-          
-      - question: |
-          Can IEAK 11 build custom Internet Explorer 11 packages in languages other than the language of the in-use IEAK 11 version?
-        answer: |
-          Yes. You can use IEAK 11 to build custom Internet Explorer 11 packages in any of the supported 24 languages. You'll select the language for the custom package on the Language Selection page of the customization wizard.
-          
-          IEAK 11 is available in 24 languages but can build customized Internet Explorer 11 packages in all languages of the supported operating systems. Select a language below and download IEAK 11 from the download center:
-          
-          |  |  |  |
-          |---------|---------|---------|
-          |[English](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/en-us/ieak.msi)     |[French](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/fr-fr/ieak.msi)         |[Norwegian (Bokmål)](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/nb-no/ieak.msi)         |
-          |[Arabic](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/ar-sa/ieak.msi)     |[Chinese (Simplified)](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/zh-cn/ieak.msi)         |[Chinese(Traditional)](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/zh-tw/ieak.msi)         |
-          |[Czech](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/cs-cz/ieak.msi)     |[Danish](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/da-dk/ieak.msi)         |[Dutch](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/nl-nl/ieak.msi)          |
-          |[Finnish](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/fi-fi/ieak.msi)    |[German](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/de-de/ieak.msi)         |[Greek](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/el-gr/ieak.msi)         |
-          |[Hebrew](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/he-il/ieak.msi)     |[Hungarian](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/hu-hu/ieak.msi)         |[Italian](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/it-it/ieak.msi)         |
-          |[Japanese](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/ja-jp/ieak.msi)     |[Korean](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/ko-kr/ieak.msi)         |[Polish](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/pl-pl/ieak.msi)         |
-          |[Portuguese (Brazil)](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/pt-br/ieak.msi)     |[Portuguese (Portugal)](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/pt-pt/ieak.msi)         |[Russian](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/ru-ru/ieak.msi)         |
-          |[Spanish](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/es-es/ieak.msi)     |[Swedish](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/sv-se/ieak.msi)         |[Turkish](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/tr-tr/ieak.msi)         |
-          
-          
-          
-          
-      - question: |
-          What are the different modes available for the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard?
-        answer: |
-          The IEAK Customization Wizard displays pages based on your licensing mode selection, either **Internal** or **External**. For more information on IEAK Customization Wizard modes, see [Determine the licensing version and features to use in IEAK 11](../ie11-ieak/licensing-version-and-features-ieak11.md).
-          
-          The following table displays which pages are available in IEAK 11, based on the licensing mode:
-          
-          | **Wizard Pages**                          | **External** | **Internal** |
-          |-------------------------------------------|--------------|--------------|
-          | Welcome to the IEAK                       | Yes          | Yes          |
-          | File Locations                            | Yes          | Yes          |
-          | Platform Selection                        | Yes          | Yes          |
-          | Language Selection                        | Yes          | Yes          |
-          | Package Type Selection                    | Yes          | Yes          |
-          | Feature Selection                         | Yes          | Yes          |
-          | Automatic Version Synchronization         | Yes          | Yes          |
-          | Custom Components                         | Yes          | Yes          |
-          | Corporate Install                         | No           | Yes          |
-          | User Experience                           | No           | Yes          |
-          | Browser User Interface                    | Yes          | Yes          |
-          | Search Providers                          | Yes          | Yes          |
-          | Important URLs - Home page and Support    | Yes          | Yes          |
-          | Accelerators                              | Yes          | Yes          |
-          | Favorites, Favorites Bar, and Feeds       | Yes          | Yes          |
-          | Browsing Options                          | No           | Yes          |
-          | First Run Wizard and Welcome Page Options | Yes          | Yes          |
-          | Compatibility View                        | Yes          | Yes          |
-          | Connection Manager                        | Yes          | Yes          |
-          | Connection Settings                       | Yes          | Yes          |
-          | Automatic Configuration                   | No           | Yes          |
-          | Proxy Settings                            | Yes          | Yes          |
-          | Security and Privacy Settings             | No           | Yes          |
-          | Add a Root Certificate                    | Yes          | No           |
-          | Programs                                  | Yes          | Yes          |
-          | Additional Settings                       | No           | Yes          |
-          | Wizard Complete                           | Yes          | Yes          |
-          
-
-additionalContent: |
-
-  ## Related topics
-
-  - [Microsoft Edge - Deployment Guide for IT Pros](/microsoft-edge/deploy/)
-  - [Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) - Deployment Guide for IT Pros](../ie11-deploy-guide/index.md)
-  - [Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) - Administrator's Guide](../ie11-ieak/index.md)
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-faq/faq-ie11-blocker-toolkit.yml b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-faq/faq-ie11-blocker-toolkit.yml
deleted file mode 100644
index 618ec339b5..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-faq/faq-ie11-blocker-toolkit.yml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,161 +0,0 @@
-### YamlMime:FAQ
-metadata:
-  ms.localizationpriority: medium
-  ms.mktglfcycl: explore
-  description: Get answers to commonly asked questions about the Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit.
-  author: dansimp
-  ms.author: dansimp
-  ms.prod: ie11
-  ms.assetid:
-  ms.reviewer:
-  audience: itpro
-  manager: dansimp
-  title: Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit - Frequently Asked Questions
-  ms.sitesec: library
-  ms.date: 05/10/2018
-  ms.topic: faq
-title: Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit - Frequently Asked Questions
-summary: |
-  [!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-  
-  
-  Get answers to commonly asked questions about the Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit.
-  
-  > [!Important]
-  > If you administer your company’s environment using an update management solution, such as Windows Server Update Services (WSUS) or Configuration Manager, you don’t need to use the Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit. Update management solutions let you completely manage your Windows Updates and Microsoft Updates, including your Internet Explorer 11 deployment.
-  
-  - [Automatic updates delivery process](/internet-explorer/ie11-faq/faq-ie11-blocker-toolkit#automatic-updates-delivery-process)
-  
-  - [How the Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit works](/internet-explorer/ie11-faq/faq-ie11-blocker-toolkit#how-the-internet-explorer-11-blocker-toolkit-works)
-  
-  - [Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit and other update services](/internet-explorer/ie11-faq/faq-ie11-blocker-toolkit#internet-explorer-11-blocker-toolkit-and-other-update-services)
-  
-
-sections:
-  - name: Automatic Updates delivery process
-    questions:
-      - question: |
-          Which users will receive Internet Explorer 11 important update?
-        answer: |
-          Users running either Windows 7 with Service Pack 1 (SP1) or the 64-bit version of Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1) will receive Internet Explorer 11 important update, if Automatic Updates are turned on. Windows Update is manually run. Automatic Updates will automatically downloand install the Internet Explorer 11 files if it’s turned on. For more information about how Internet Explorer works with Automatic Updates and information about other deployment blocking options, see [Internet Explorer 11 Delivery through automatic updates](../ie11-deploy-guide/ie11-delivery-through-automatic-updates.md).
-          
-      - question: |
-          When is the Blocker Toolkit available?
-        answer: |
-          The Blocker Toolkit is currently available from the [Microsoft DownloCenter](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=40722).
-          
-      - question: |
-          Whtools cI use to manage Windows Updates and Microsoft Updates in my company?
-        answer: |
-          We encourage anyone who wants full control over their company’s deployment of Windows Updates and Microsoft Updates, to use [Windows Server Update Services (WSUS)](/windows-server/administration/windows-server-update-services/get-started/windows-server-update-services-wsus), a free tool for users of Windows Server. You calso use the more advanced configuration management tool, [Configuration Manager](/previous-versions/system-center/system-center-2012-R2/gg682041(v=technet.10)).
-          
-      - question: |
-          How long does the blocker mechanism work?
-        answer: |
-          The Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit uses a registry key value to permanently turn off the automatic delivery of Internet Explorer 11. This behavior lasts long the registry key value isn’t removed or changed.
-
-      - question: |
-          Why should I use the Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit to stop delivery of Internet Explorer 11? Why can’t I just disable all of Automatic Updates?
-        answer: |
-          Automatic Updates provide you with ongoing criticsecurity and reliability updates. Turning this feature off cleave your computers more vulnerable. Instead, we suggest thyou use update management solution, such WSUS, to fully control your environment while leaving this feature running, managing how and when the updates get to your user’s computers.
-          
-          The Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit safely allows Internet Explorer 11 to downloand install in companies thcan’t use WSUS, Configuration Manager, or
-          other update management solution.
-          
-      - question: |
-          Why don’t we just block URL access to Windows Update or Microsoft Update?
-        answer: |
-          Blocking the Windows Update or Microsoft Update URLs also stops delivery of criticsecurity and reliability updates for all of the supported versions of the Windows operating system; leaving your computers more vulnerable.
-
-  - name: How the Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit works
-    questions:
-      - question: |
-          How should I test the Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit in my company?
-        answer: |
-          Because the toolkit only sets a registry key to turn on and off the delivery of Internet Explorer 11, there should be no additionimpact or side effects to your environment. No additiontesting should be necessary.
-
-      - question: |
-          What’s the registry key used to block delivery of Internet Explorer 11?
-        answer: |
-          HKLM\\SOFTWARE\\Microsoft\\Internet Explorer\\Setup\\11.0
-
-      - question: |
-          What’s the registry key name and values?
-        answer: |
-          The registry key name is **DoNotAllowIE11**, where:
-          
-          -   A value of **1** turns off the automatic delivery of Internet Explorer 11 using Automatic Updates and turns off the Express install option.
-          
-          -   Not providing a registry key, or using a value of anything other th**1**, lets the user install Internet Explorer 11 through Automatic Updates or a
-              manuupdate.
-          
-      - question: |
-          Does the Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit stop users from manually installing Internet Explorer 11?
-        answer: |
-          No. The Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit only stops computers from automatically installing Internet Explorer 11 through Automatic Updates. Users cstill downloand install Internet Explorer 11 from the Microsoft DownloCenter or from externmedia.
-
-      - question: |
-          Does the Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit stop users from automatically upgrading to Internet Explorer 11?
-        answer: |
-          Yes. The Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit also prevents Automatic Updates from automatically upgrading a computer from Internet Explorer 8, Internet Explorer 9, or Internet Explorer 10 to Internet Explorer 11.
-
-      - question: |
-          How does the provided script work?
-        answer: |
-          The script accepts one of two command line options:
-          
-          -   **Block:** Creates the registry key thstops Internet Explorer 11 from installing through Automatic Updates.
-          
-          -   **Unblock:** Removes the registry key thstops Internet Explorer 11 from installing through Automatic Updates.
-          
-      - question: |
-          What’s the ADM template file used for?
-        answer: |
-          The Administrative Template (.adm file) lets you import the new Group Policy environment and use Group Policy Objects to centrally manage all of the computers in your company.
-
-      - question: |
-          Is the tool localized?
-        answer: |
-          No. The tool isn’t localized, it’s only available in English (en-us). However, it does work, without any modifications, on any language edition of the supported operating systems.
-
-  - name: Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit and other update services
-    questions:
-      - question: |
-          Is there a version of the Internet Explorer Blocker Toolkit thwill prevent automatic installation of IE11?
-        answer: |
-          Yes. The IE11 Blocker Toolkit is available for download. For more information, see [Toolkit to Disable Automatic Delivery of IE11](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=328195) on the Microsoft DownloCenter.
-          
-      - question: |
-          Does the Internet Explorer 11 blocking mechanism also block delivery of Internet Explorer 11 through update management solutions, like WSUS?
-        answer: |
-          No. You cstill deploy Internet Explorer 11 using one of the upgrade management solutions, even if the blocking mechanism is activated. The Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit is only intended for companies thdon’t use upgrade management solutions.
-
-      - question: |
-          If WSUS is set to 'auto-approve' Update Rollup packages (this is not the default configuration), how do I stop Internet Explorer 11 from automatically installing throughout my company?
-        answer: |
-          You only need to change your settings if:
-          
-          -   You use WSUS to manage updates and allow auto-approvals for Update Rollup installation.
-          
-              -and-
-          
-          -   You have computers running either Windows 7 SP1 or Windows Server 2008 R2 (SP1) with Internet Explorer 8, Internet Explorer 9, or Internet Explorer 10 installed.
-          
-              -and-
-          
-          -   You don’t want to upgrade your older versions of Internet Explorer to Internet Explorer 11 right now.
-          
-          If these scenarios apply to your company, see [Internet Explorer 11 delivery through automatic updates](../ie11-deploy-guide/ie11-delivery-through-automatic-updates.md) for more information on how to prevent automatic installation.
-          
-          
-additionalContent: |
-
-  ## Additionresources
-
-  - [Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit download](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=40722)
-
-  - [Internet Explorer 11 Ffor IT pros](./faq-for-it-pros-ie11.yml)
-
-  - [Internet Explorer 11 delivery through automatic updates](../ie11-deploy-guide/ie11-delivery-through-automatic-updates.md)
-
-  - [Internet Explorer 11 deployment guide](../ie11-deploy-guide/index.md)
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-faq/faq-ieak11.yml b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-faq/faq-ieak11.yml
deleted file mode 100644
index 20e3889f45..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-faq/faq-ieak11.yml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,140 +0,0 @@
-### YamlMime:FAQ
-metadata:
-  ms.localizationpriority: medium
-  ms.mktglfcycl: support
-  ms.pagetype: security
-  description: Internet Explorer Administration Kit (IEAK) helps corporations, Internet service providers (ISPs), Internet content providers (ICPs), and independent software vendors (ISVs) to deploy and manage web-based solutions.
-  author: dansimp
-  ms.author: dansimp
-  ms.manager: elizapo
-  ms.prod: ie11
-  ms.assetid: 
-  ms.reviewer: 
-  audience: itpro
-  manager: dansimp
-  title: IEAK 11 - Frequently Asked Questions
-  ms.sitesec: library
-  ms.date: 05/10/2018
-  ms.topic: faq
-title: IEAK 11 - Frequently Asked Questions
-summary: |
-  [!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-  
-  
-  Get answers to commonly asked questions about the Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11), and find links to additional material you might find helpful.
-  
-
-sections:
-  - name: Ignored
-    questions:
-      - question: |
-          What is IEAK 11?
-        answer: |
-          IEAK 11 enables you to customize, brand, and distribute customized Internet Explorer 11 browser packages across an organization. Download the kit from the [Internet Explorer Administration Kit (IEAK) information and downloads](../ie11-ieak/ieak-information-and-downloads.md).
-          
-      - question: |
-          What are the supported operating systems?
-        answer: |
-          You can customize and install IEAK 11 on the following supported operating systems:
-          
-          -   Windows 8
-          
-          -   Windows Server 2012
-          
-          -   Windows 7 Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-          
-          -   Windows Server 2008 R2 Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-          
-          > [!NOTE]
-          > IEAK 11 does not support building custom packages for Windows RT.
-          
-          
-      - question: |
-          What can I customize with IEAK 11?
-        answer: |
-          The IEAK 11 enables you to customize branding and settings for Internet Explorer 11. For PCs running Windows 7, the custom package also includes the Internet Explorer executable.
-          
-          > [!NOTE]
-          > Internet Explorer 11 is preinstalled on PCs running Windows 8. Therefore, the executable is not included in the customized package.
-          
-      - question: |
-          Can IEAK 11 build custom Internet Explorer 11 packages in languages other than the language of the in-use IEAK 11 version?
-        answer: |
-          Yes. You can use IEAK 11 to build custom Internet Explorer 11 packages in any of the supported 24 languages. You'll select the language for the custom package on the Language Selection page of the customization wizard.
-          
-          > [!NOTE]
-          > IEAK 11 is available in 24 languages but can build customized Internet Explorer 11 packages in all languages of the supported operating systems. To download IEAK 11, see [Internet Explorer Administration Kit (IEAK) information and downloads](../ie11-ieak/ieak-information-and-downloads.md).
-          
-      - question: |
-          Is there a version of the Internet Explorer Administration Kit (IEAK) supporting IE11?
-        answer: |
-          Yes. The Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) is available for download. IEAK 11 lets you create custom versions of IE11 for use in your organization. For more information, see the following resources:
-          
-          - [Internet Explorer Administration Kit Information and Downloads](../ie11-ieak/ieak-information-and-downloads.md) on the Internet Explorer TechCenter.
-          
-          - [Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) - Administrator's Guide](../ie11-ieak/index.md)
-          
-      - question: |
-          What are the different modes available for the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard?
-        answer: |
-          The IEAK Customization Wizard displays pages based on your licensing mode selection, either **Internal** or **External**. For more information on IEAK Customization Wizard modes, see [What IEAK can do for you](../ie11-ieak/what-ieak-can-do-for-you.md).
-          
-          The following table displays which pages are available in IEAK 11, based on the licensing mode:
-          
-          | **Wizard Pages**                          | **External** | **Internal** |
-          |-------------------------------------------|--------------|--------------|
-          | Welcome to the IEAK                       | Yes          | Yes          |
-          | File Locations                            | Yes          | Yes          |
-          | Platform Selection                        | Yes          | Yes          |
-          | Language Selection                        | Yes          | Yes          |
-          | Package Type Selection                    | Yes          | Yes          |
-          | Feature Selection                         | Yes          | Yes          |
-          | Automatic Version Synchronization         | Yes          | Yes          |
-          | Custom Components                         | Yes          | Yes          |
-          | Corporate Install                         | No           | Yes          |
-          | User Experience                           | No           | Yes          |
-          | Browser User Interface                    | Yes          | Yes          |
-          | Search Providers                          | Yes          | Yes          |
-          | Important URLs - Home page and Support    | Yes          | Yes          |
-          | Accelerators                              | Yes          | Yes          |
-          | Favorites, Favorites Bar, and Feeds       | Yes          | Yes          |
-          | Browsing Options                          | No           | Yes          |
-          | First Run Wizard and Welcome Page Options | Yes          | Yes          |
-          | Compatibility View                        | Yes          | Yes          |
-          | Connection Manager                        | Yes          | Yes          |
-          | Connection Settings                       | Yes          | Yes          |
-          | Automatic Configuration                   | No           | Yes          |
-          | Proxy Settings                            | Yes          | Yes          |
-          | Security and Privacy Settings             | No           | Yes          |
-          | Add a Root Certificate                    | Yes          | No           |
-          | Programs                                  | Yes          | Yes          |
-          | Additional Settings                       | No           | Yes          |
-          | Wizard Complete                           | Yes          | Yes          |
-          
-          
-      - question: |
-          Can IEAK 11 build custom Internet Explorer 11 packages in languages other than the language of the in-use IEAK 11 version?
-        answer: |
-          Yes. You can use IEAK 11 to build custom Internet Explorer 11 packages in any of the supported 24 languages. You'll select the language for the custom package on the Language Selection page of the customization wizard.
-          
-          IEAK 11 is available in 24 languages but can build customized Internet Explorer 11 packages in all languages of the supported operating systems. Select a language below and download IEAK 11 from the download center:
-          
-          |  |  |  |
-          |---------|---------|---------|
-          |[English](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/en-us/ieak.msi)     |[French](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/fr-fr/ieak.msi)         |[Norwegian (Bokmål)](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/nb-no/ieak.msi)         |
-          |[Arabic](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/ar-sa/ieak.msi)     |[Chinese (Simplified)](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/zh-cn/ieak.msi)         |[Chinese(Traditional)](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/zh-tw/ieak.msi)         |
-          |[Czech](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/cs-cz/ieak.msi)     |[Danish](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/da-dk/ieak.msi)         |[Dutch](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/nl-nl/ieak.msi)          |
-          |[Finnish](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/fi-fi/ieak.msi)    |[German](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/de-de/ieak.msi)         |[Greek](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/el-gr/ieak.msi)         |
-          |[Hebrew](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/he-il/ieak.msi)     |[Hungarian](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/hu-hu/ieak.msi)         |[Italian](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/it-it/ieak.msi)         |
-          |[Japanese](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/ja-jp/ieak.msi)     |[Korean](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/ko-kr/ieak.msi)         |[Polish](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/pl-pl/ieak.msi)         |
-          |[Portuguese (Brazil)](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/pt-br/ieak.msi)     |[Portuguese (Portugal)](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/pt-pt/ieak.msi)         |[Russian](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/ru-ru/ieak.msi)         |
-          |[Spanish](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/es-es/ieak.msi)     |[Swedish](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/sv-se/ieak.msi)         |[Turkish](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/tr-tr/ieak.msi)         |          
-
-additionalContent: |
-
-  ## Additional resources
-
-  -[Download IEAK 11](../ie11-ieak/ieak-information-and-downloads.md)
-  -[IEAK 11 overview](../ie11-ieak/index.md)
-  -[IEAK 11 product documentation](../ie11-ieak/index.md)
-  -[IEAK 11 licensing guidelines](../ie11-ieak/licensing-version-and-features-ieak11.md)
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/accelerators-ieak11-wizard.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/accelerators-ieak11-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 40a7886b0a..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/accelerators-ieak11-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use the Accelerators page in the IEAK 11 Customization Wizard to add accelerators to employee devices.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 208305ad-1bcd-42f3-aca3-0ad1dda7048b
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Accelerators page in the IEAK 11 Wizard (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Accelerators page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-The **Accelerators** page of the Internet Explorer Administration Kit (IEAK 11) Customization Wizard lets you add accelerators to your employee computers. Accelerators are contextual menu options that can quickly get to a web service from any webpage. For example, an accelerator can look up a highlighted word in the dictionary or a selected location on a map.
-
-**Note**
                  
-The customizations you make on this page apply only to Internet Explorer for the desktop.
-
- **To use the Accelerators page**
-
-1.  Click **Import** to automatically import your existing accelerators from your current version of IE into this list.
-
-2.  Click **Add** to add more accelerators.
                  
-The **Add Accelerator** box appears.
-
-3.  Use the **Browse** button to go to your custom accelerator XML file.
-
-4.  Check the **Set this Accelerator as the default for the category** box if you want this accelerator to be the default value that shows up for the category.
-
-5.  Click **Edit** to change your accelerator information, click **Set Default** to make an accelerator the default value for a category, or **Remove** to delete an accelerator.
-
-6.  Click **Next** to go to the [Favorites, Favorites Bar, and Feeds](favorites-favoritesbar-and-feeds-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Important URLs - Home Page and Support](important-urls-home-page-and-support-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/add-and-approve-activex-controls-ieak11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/add-and-approve-activex-controls-ieak11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b4d0459c78..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/add-and-approve-activex-controls-ieak11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use IEAK 11 to add and approve ActiveX controls for your organization.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 33040bd1-f0e4-4541-9fbb-16e0c76752ab
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Add and approve ActiveX controls using IEAK 11 (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Add and approve ActiveX controls using IEAK 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-There are two main approaches to how you can control the use of ActiveX controls in your company. For more info about ActiveX controls, including how to manage the controls using Group Policy, see [Group Policy and ActiveX installation](../ie11-deploy-guide/activex-installation-using-group-policy.md) in the [Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) - Deployment Guide for IT Pros](../ie11-deploy-guide/index.md).
-
-**Note**
                  
-ActiveX controls are supported in Internet Explorer for the desktop for Windows 7 and Windows 8.1. They are not supported on the immersive version of Internet Explorer for Windows 8.1.
-
-## Scenario 1: Limited Internet-only use of ActiveX controls
-While you might not care about your employees using ActiveX controls while on your intranet sites, you probably do want to limit ActiveX usage while your employee is on the Internet. By specifying and pre-approving a set of generic controls for use on the Internet, you’re able to let your employees use the Internet, but you can still limit your company’s exposure to potentially hazardous, non-approved ActiveX controls.
-
-For example, your employees need to access an important Internet site, such as for a business partner or service provider, but there are ActiveX controls on their page. To make sure the site is accessible and functions the way it should, you can visit the site to review the controls, adding them as new entries to your `\Windows\Downloaded Program Files` folder. Then, as part of your browser package, you can enable and approve these ActiveX controls to run on this specific site; while all additional controls are blocked.
-
-**To add and approve ActiveX controls**
-
-1.  In IE, click **Tools**, and then **Internet Options**.
-
-2.  On the **Security** tab, click the zone that needs to change, and click **Custom Level**.
-
-3.  Go to **Run ActiveX controls and plug-ins**, and then click **Administrator approved**.
-
-4.  Repeat the last two steps until you have configured all the zones you want.
-
-5.  When you run the IEAK 11 Customization Wizard to create a custom package, you'll use the [Additional Settings](additional-settings-ieak11-wizard.md) page, clicking each folder to expand its contents. Then select the check boxes for the controls you want to approve.
-
-## Scenario 2: Restricted use of ActiveX controls
-You can get a higher degree of management over ActiveX controls by listing each of them out and then allowing the browser to use only that set of controls. The biggest challenge to using this method is the extra effort you need to put into figuring out all of the controls, and then actually listing them out. Because of that, we only recommend this approach if your complete set of controls is relatively small.
-
-After you decide which controls you want to allow, you can specify them as approved by zone, using the process described in the first scenario.
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/add-root-certificate-ieak11-wizard.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/add-root-certificate-ieak11-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c04501eea7..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/add-root-certificate-ieak11-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: We’re sorry. While we continue to recommend that you digitally sign your package, we’ve removed all of the functionality that allowed you to add a root certificate using the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11. The wizard page itself will be removed in a future version of the IEAK.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 7ae4e747-49d2-4551-8790-46a61b5fe838
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Add a Root Certificate page in the IEAK 11 Wizard (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Add a Root Certificate page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-We’re sorry. While we continue to recommend that you digitally sign your package, we’ve removed all of the functionality that allowed you to add a root certificate using the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11. The wizard page itself will be removed in a future version of the IEAK.
-
-Click **Next** to go to the [Programs](programs-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Security and Privacy Settings](security-and-privacy-settings-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/additional-settings-ieak11-wizard.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/additional-settings-ieak11-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ebff04a24a..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/additional-settings-ieak11-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use the Additional Settings page in IEAK 11 Customization Wizard for additional settings that relate to your employee’s desktop, operating system, and security.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: c90054af-7b7f-4b00-b55b-5e5569f65f25
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Additional Settings page in the IEAK 11 Wizard (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Additional Settings page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-The **Additional Settings** page of the Internet Explorer Administration Kit (IEAK 11) Customization Wizard lets you pick additional custom, corporate, and Internet settings that relate to your employee’s desktop, operating system, and security. If you don’t change a setting, it’ll be ignored.
-
-The additional settings appear in administration (.adm) files that are stored in your `:\Program Files\Windows IEAK 11\policies` folder. You can also create your own .adm files with options that can be configured using the wizard. Any edits you make to your own .adm file are stored as .ins files, which are used to build the .inf files for your custom install package.
-
-You can store your user settings in a central location so your employees that log on from computer to computer can use them. For example if you have an employee that requires low security using a computer that’s typically operated by someone that needs more restrictive permissions.
-
-You’ll only see this page if you are running the **Internal** version of the IE Customization Wizard 11.
-
-**To use the Additional Settings page**
-
-1.  Double-click **Custom Settings**, **Corporate Settings**, or **Internet Settings**, and review the included policy or restriction settings.
-
-2.  Pick the setting you want to change, and then update its details.
-
-3.  Click **Next** to go to the [Wizard Complete-Next Steps](wizard-complete-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Programs](programs-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/auto-config-ieak11-wizard.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/auto-config-ieak11-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 879c328e43..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/auto-config-ieak11-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use the Automatic Configuration page in the IEAK 11 Customization Wizard to add URLs to auto-configure IE.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: de5b1dbf-6e4d-4f86-ae08-932f14e606b0
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Automatic Configuration page in the IEAK 11 Wizard (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Automatic Configuration page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-The **Automatic Configuration** page of the Internet Explorer Administration Kit (IEAK 11) Customization Wizard lets you provide URLs to the files that’ll automatically configure Internet Explorer 11 for a group of employees or devices.
-
-**Note**
                  
-This page only appears if you’re using the **Internal** version of the wizard.
-
-You can set your proxy settings using Internet setting (.ins) files. You can also configure and maintain your advanced proxy settings using JScript (.js), JavaScript (.jvs), or proxy auto-configuration (.pac) script files. When you provide an auto-proxy script, IE dynamically determines whether to connect directly to a host or to use a proxy server.
-
-You can use the Domain Name System (DNS) and the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) naming systems to detect and change a browser’s settings automatically when the employee first starts IE on the network. For more info, see [Set up auto detection for DHCP or DNS servers using IEAK 11](auto-detection-dhcp-or-dns-servers-ieak11.md), or refer to the product documentation for your DNS and DHCP software packages.
-
-**To check the existing settings on your employee’s devices**
-
-1.  Open IE, click **Tools**, click **Internet Options**, and then click the **Connections** tab.
-
-2.  Click **LAN Settings** and make sure that the **Use automatic configuration script** box is selected, confirming the path and name of the file in the **Address** box.
-
-**To use the Automatic Configuration page**
-
-1.  Check the **Automatically detect configuration settings** box to automatically detect browser settings.
-
-2.  Check the **Enable Automatic Configuration** box if you plan to automatically change your IE settings after deployment, using configuration files. You can then:
-
-    -   Type the length of time (in minutes) for how often settings are to be applied in your company. Putting zero (**0**), or nothing, in this box will cause automatic configuration to only happen when the computer’s restarted.
-
-    -   Type the location to your .ins file. You can edit this file directly to make any necessary changes.
-
-        The updates will take effect the next time your employee starts IE, or during your next scheduled update.
-
-    -   Type the location to your automatic proxy script file.
-
-        **Note**
                  
-        If you specify URLs for both auto-config and auto-proxy, the auto-proxy URL will be incorporated into the .ins file. The correct form for the URL is `https://share/test.ins`.
-
-3.  Click **Next** to go to the [Proxy Settings](proxy-settings-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Connection Settings](connection-settings-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/auto-detection-dhcp-or-dns-servers-ieak11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/auto-detection-dhcp-or-dns-servers-ieak11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index fadc8246a0..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/auto-detection-dhcp-or-dns-servers-ieak11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to set up automatic detection for DHCP or DNS servers using IEAK 11 in your organization.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: c6bfe7c4-f452-406f-b47e-b7f0d8c44ae1
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Set up auto detection for DHCP or DNS servers using IEAK 11 (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Set up auto detection for DHCP or DNS servers using IEAK 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Set up your network to automatically detect and customize Internet Explorer 11 when it’s first started. Automatic detection is supported on both Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) and Domain Name System (DNS), letting your servers detect and set up your employee’s browser settings from a central location, using a configuration URL (.ins file) or a JavaScript proxy configuration file (.js, .jvs, or .pac).
-
-Before you can set up your environment to use automatic detection, you need to turn the feature on.
-
-**To turn on the automatic detection feature**
-
--   Open Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11), run the IE Customization Wizard 11 and on the **Automatic Configuration** page, check **Automatically detect configuration settings**. For more information, see [Use the Automatic Configuration page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](auto-config-ieak11-wizard.md).
-
-## Automatic detection on DHCP and DNS servers
-Automatic detection works even if the browser wasn't originally set up or installed by the administrator.
-
-- **Using DHCP servers:** For local area network (LAN)-based users. This server type lets you specify your global and subnet TCP/IP parameters centrally, defining your users' parameters by using reserved addresses. By doing it this way, a computer can move between subnets, automatically reconfiguring for TCP/IP when it starts.
-  
                  Note
                  
-  Your DHCP servers must support the DHCPINFORM message, to obtain the DHCP options.    
-
-- **Using DNS servers:** For users on dial-up connections. This server type uses a set of protocols and services on a TCP/IP network, which lets users search for other computers by using hierarchical, user-friendly names (hosts), instead of numeric IP addresses. To use this, you have to set up either the host record or the CNAME alias record in the DNS database file.
-  
                  Note
                  
-  DHCP has a higher priority than DNS for automatic configuration. If DHCP provides the URL to a .pac, .jvs, .js, or .ins configuration file, the process stops and the DNS lookup doesn't happen.
-
-**To set up automatic detection for DHCP servers**
-
--   Open the [DHCP Administrative Tool](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/dd145324(v=ws.10)), create a new option type, using the code number 252, and then associate it with the URL to your configuration file. For detailed instructions about how to do this, see [Create an option 252 entry in DHCP](/previous-versions/tn-archive/bb794881(v=technet.10)).
-
-    **Examples:**
                  
-    `https://www.microsoft.com/webproxy.pac`
                  
-    `https://marketing/config.ins`
                  
-    `https://123.4.567.8/account.pac`
                  
-    For more detailed info about how to set up your DHCP server, see your server documentation.
-
-**To set up automatic detection for DNS servers**
-
-1. In your DNS database file, the file that’s used to associate your host (computer) names to static IP addresses in a zone, you need to create a host record named, **WPAD**. This record contains entries for all of the hosts that require static mappings, such as workstations, name servers, and mail servers. It also has the IP address to the web server storing your automatic configuration (.js, .jvs, .pac, or .ins) file.
                  The syntax is:
                  
-   ` IN A `
                  
-   `corserv IN A 192.55.200.143`
                  
-   `nameserver2 IN A 192.55.200.2`
                  
-   `mailserver1 IN A 192.55.200.51`
-   
                  -OR-
                  
-   Create a canonical name (CNAME) alias record, named WPAD. This record lets you use more than one name to point to a single host, letting you host both an FTP server and a web server on the same computer. It also includes the resolved name (not the IP address) of the server storing your automatic configuration (.pac) file.
                  
-   Note
                  For more info about creating a WPAD entry, see Creating a WPAD entry in DNS. 
-
-2. After the database file propagates to the server, the DNS name, `wpad..com` resolves to the server name that includes your automatic configuration file.
-
-**Note**
                  
-IE11 creates a default URL template based on the host name,**wpad**. For example, `https://wpad..com/wpad.dat`. Because of this, you need to set up a file or redirection point in your web server **WPAD** record, named **wpad.dat**. The **wpad.dat** record delivers the contents of your automatic configuration file.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/auto-version-sync-ieak11-wizard.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/auto-version-sync-ieak11-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b4565ed485..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/auto-version-sync-ieak11-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use the Automatic Version Synchronization page in the IEAK 11 Customization Wizard to download the IE11 Setup file each time you run the Wizard.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: bfc7685f-843b-49c3-8b9b-07e69705840c
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Automatic Version Synchronization page in the IEAK 11 Wizard (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Automatic Version Synchronization page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-The **Automatic Version Synchronization** page of the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 runs the synchronization process every time you run the wizard, downloading the Internet Explorer 11 Setup file to your computer. The Setup file includes the required full and express packages.
-
-**Important**
                  
-You must run the **Automatic Version Synchronization** page once for each operating system and language combination of IE.
-
-The **Automatic Version Synchronization** page tells you:
-
--   **Version available on your machine**. The version of IE11 that’s running on the computer that’s also running the IE Customization Wizard 11.
-
--   **Latest version available on web**. The most recently released version of the IE Customization Wizard 11. To get this value, the wizard compares the version of IE on your computer to the latest version of IE on the **Downloads** site. If the versions are different, you’ll be asked to update your version of IE.
-
--   **Disk space required**. The amount of space on your hard drive needed to update the browser.
-
--   **Disk space available**. The amount of hard drive space available on the computer that’s running the IE Customization Wizard 11.
-
-
-**To use the Automatic Version Synchronization page**
-
-1.  Click **Synchronize**.
                  
-You might receive a security warning before downloading your Setup file, asking if you want to continue. Click **Run** to continue.
-
-2.  Click **Next** to go to the [Custom Components](custom-components-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Feature Selection](feature-selection-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/before-you-create-custom-pkgs-ieak11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/before-you-create-custom-pkgs-ieak11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7271837b2e..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/before-you-create-custom-pkgs-ieak11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: plan
-description: A list of steps to follow before you start to create your custom browser installation packages.
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.manager: elizapo
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 6ed182b0-46cb-4865-9563-70825be9a5e4
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-title: Before you start using IEAK 11 (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 04/24/2018
----
-
-
-# Before you start using IEAK 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-Before you run IEAK 11 and the Customization Wizard, make sure you have met the following requirements:
-
-- Have you determined which licensing version of the Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 to install? For info, see [Determine the licensing version and features to use in IEAK 11](licensing-version-and-features-ieak11.md).
-
--   Do you meet the necessary hardware and software requirements? See [Hardware and software requirements for IEAK 11](hardware-and-software-reqs-ieak11.md).
-
--   Have you gotten all of the URLs needed to customize your **Home**, **Search**, and **Support** pages? See [Use the Important URLs - Home Page and Support page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](important-urls-home-page-and-support-ieak11-wizard.md).
-
--   Have you reviewed the security features to determine how to set up and manage them? See [Security features and IEAK 11](security-and-ieak11.md).
-
--   Have you created a test lab, where you can run the test version of your browser package to make sure it runs properly?
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/branding-ins-file-setting.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/branding-ins-file-setting.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 351b1bbb76..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/branding-ins-file-setting.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Use the \[Branding\] .INS file setting to set up your custom branding and setup info in your browser install package.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: cde600c6-29cf-4bd3-afd1-21563d2642df
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Branding .INS file to create custom branding and setup info (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Branding .INS file to create custom branding and setup info
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Info about the custom branding and setup information in your browser package.
-
-|Name       |Value                           | Description                                                  |
-|-----------|--------------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------|
-|Add on URL | `` |The add-on URL for the product updates command in the browser.|
-|BrowserDefault|
                  • **0.** Locks down Internet Explorer as the default browser.
                  • **1.** Preserves the existing default browser.
                  • **2.** Lets the employee decide the default browser.
                   | Determines the default browser behavior. |
-|CMBitmapName | `` | The file name for the Connection Manager custom bitmap. |
-|CMBitmapPath | `` | The full file path to the Connection Manager custom bitmap file. |
-|CMProfileName| `` | The name of the Connection Manager profile. |
-|CMProfilePath| `` | The full file path to the Connection Manager profile. |
-|CMUseCustom | 
                  • **0.** Don’t use a custom Connection Manager profile.
                  • **1.** Use a custom Connection Manager profile.
                   | Determines whether to use a custom Connection Manager profile. |
-|CompanyName |`` |The name of the company with a valid IEAK 11 license, building this .ins file. |
-|EncodeFavs |
                  • **0.** Don’t encode the section.
                  • **1.** Encode the section.
                   |Determines whether to encode the **[Favorites]** section for versions of IE earlier than 5.0. |
-|FavoritesDelete |*hexadecimal:* `0x89` |Lets you remove all existing Favorites and Quick Links. |
-|FavoritesOnTop |
                  • **0.** Don’t put the new item at the top of the **Favorites** menu.
                  • **1.** Put the new item at the top of the **Favorites** menu.
                   |Determines whether to put new favorite items at the top of the menu. |
-|IE4 Welcome Msg |
                  • **0.** Don’t go to a **Welcome** page the first time the browser is opened.
                  • **1.** Go to a **Welcome** page the first time the browser is opened.
                   |Determines whether a **Welcome** page appears. |
-|Language ID |`` |Code value for the language used. |
-|Language Locale |`` |The locale of the version of IE being customized, as denoted by a four-letter string — for example, EN-us for English. |
-|NoIELite |
                  • **0.** Don’t optimize the Active Setup Wizard.
                  • **1.** Optimize the Active Setup Wizard for download, using existing files, as possible.
                   |Determines whether to optimize the Active Setup Wizard for download. |
-|SilentInstall |
                  • **0.** Run Windows Update Setup interactively.
                  • **1.** Run Windows Update Setup non-interactively, but show progress and error messages to the employee.
                   |Determines whether Windows Update Setup runs interactively on the employee’s computer.
                  **Note**
                  This only appears for the **Internal** version of the IEAK 11. |
-|StealthInstall |
                  • **0.** Run Windows Update Setup showing progress and error messages to the employee.
                  • **1.** Run Windows Update Setup without showing error messages to the employee.
                   |Determines whether Windows Update Setup shows error messages and dialog boxes.
                  **Note**
                  This only appears for the **Internal** version of the IEAK 11. |
-|Toolbar Bitmap |`` |Full path to the icon bitmap that appears on the browser toolbar. |
-|Type |
                  • **1.** Internal version. For use on a corporate intranet or network.
                  • **2.** External version. For use by ISPs, ICPs, or Developers.
                   |The version of IEAK 11 being used. |
-|User Agent |`` |String to be appended to the default User Agent string. |
-|Version |`` |Version number of the browser. For example, `6,0,0,1`. |
-|WebIntegrated |
                  • **0.** Don’t include the 4.x integrated shell in your custom package.
                  • **1.** Include the 4.x integrated shell in your custom package.
                   |Determines whether the IE 4.x integrated shell is included in this package. |
-|Win32DownloadSite |`` |URL from where your employees will download the IEsetup.exe file. |
-|Window_Title |`` |Customized window title for IE. |
-|Window_Title_CN |`` |Company name to be appended to the window title. |
-|WizardVersion |`` |Version of the IEAK that created the .ins file. For example, `6.00.0707.2800`. |
-
- 
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/browser-ui-ieak11-wizard.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/browser-ui-ieak11-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0116384f6d..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/browser-ui-ieak11-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use the Browser User Interface page in the IEAK 11 Customization Wizard to change the toolbar buttons and the title bar.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: c4a18dcd-2e9c-4b5b-bcc5-9b9361a79f0d
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Browser User Interface page in the IEAK 11 Wizard (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Browser User Interface page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-The **Browser User Interface** page of the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 lets you change the toolbar buttons and the title bar text in IE.
-
-**Note**
                  The customizations you make on this page apply only to Internet Explorer for the desktop.
-
- **To use the Browser User Interface page**
-
-1.  Check the **Customize Title Bars** box so you can add your custom text to the **Title Bar Text** box.
                  
-The text shows up in the title bar as **IE provided by** <*your_custom_text*>.
-
-2.  Check the **Delete existing toolbar buttons, if present** box so you can delete all of the toolbar buttons in your employee’s browser, except for the standard buttons installed with IE (which can’t be removed).
-
-**Note**
                  Only Administrators can use this option.
-
-3. Click **Add** to add new toolbar buttons.
                  
-   The **Browser Toolbar Button Information** box appears.
-
-4. In the **Toolbar caption** box, type the text that shows up when an employee hovers over your custom button. We recommend no more than 10 characters.
-
-5. In the **Toolbar action** box, browse to your script or executable file that runs when an employee clicks your custom button.
-
-6. In the **Toolbar icon** box, browse to the icon file that represents your button while active. This icon must be 20x20 pixels.
-
-7. Check the **This button should be shown on the toolbar by default** box so your custom button shows by default.
                  
-   This box should be cleared if you want to offer a custom set of buttons, but want your employees to choose whether or not to use them. In this situation, your buttons will show up in the **Customize Toolbars** dialog box, under **Available toolbar buttons**. Your employees can get to this dialog box in IE by clicking **Tools** from the **Command Bar**, clicking **Toolbars**, and then clicking **Customize**.
-
-8. Click **OK.**
-
-9. Click **Edit** to change your custom toolbar button or **Remove** to delete the button. The removed button will disappear from your employee’s computer after you apply the updated customization. Only custom toolbar buttons can be removed.
-
-10. Click **Next** to go to the [Search Providers](search-providers-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [User Experience](user-experience-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/browsertoolbars-ins-file-setting.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/browsertoolbars-ins-file-setting.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 05fb2324f7..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/browsertoolbars-ins-file-setting.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: plan
-description: Use the \[BrowserToolbars\] .INS file setting to customize your Internet Explorer toolbar and buttons.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 83af0558-9df3-4c2e-9350-44f7788efa6d
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the BrowserToolbars .INS file to customize the Internet Explorer toolbar and buttons (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the BrowserToolbars .INS file to customize the Internet Explorer toolbar and buttons
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Info about how to customize the Internet Explorer toolbar.
-
-|Name       |Value                      |Description  |
-|-----------|---------------------------|-------------|
-|Action0    |`` |Path and file name for the executable (.exe) file that's associated with your custom toolbar button. |
-|Caption0   |`` |Text that appears as the caption for your custom toolbar button. |
-|DeleteButtons |
                  • **0.** Don’t delete the existing custom toolbar buttons.
                  • **1.** Delete the existing custom toolbar buttons.
                   |Determines whether to delete the existing custom toolbar buttons. |
-|HotIcon0 |`` |An icon (.ico) file that appears highlighted on the button when the pointer is moved over it. |
-|Icon0 |`` |An icon (.ico) file that appears dimmed on the button when the pointer isn’t moved over it. |
-|Show0 |
                  • **0.** Don’t show the button by default.
                  • **1.** Show the button by default.
                   |Determines whether to show the new button on the toolbar by default. |
-|ToolTipText0 |`` |Tooltip text for the custom toolbar button. |
-
- 
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/browsing-options-ieak11-wizard.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/browsing-options-ieak11-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 3214ea32c0..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/browsing-options-ieak11-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use the Browsing Options page in the IEAK 11 Customization Wizard to manage items in the Favorites, Favorites Bar, and Feeds section.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: d6bd71ba-5df3-4b8c-8bb5-dcbc50fd974e
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Browsing Options page in the IEAK 11 Wizard (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Browsing Options page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-The **Browsing Options** page of the Internet Explorer Administration Kit (IEAK 11) Customization Wizard lets you decide how you want to manage items in the **Favorites, Favorites Bar, and Feeds** section, including the Microsoft-provided default items.
-
-The choices that you make on this page affect only the items shown on the **Favorites, Favorites Bar, and Feeds** page.
-
-**To use the Browsing Options page**
-
-1.  Decide how you want to manage links that are already installed on your employee’s computer:
-
-    -   **Delete all existing items under Favorites, Favorites Bar and Feeds.** Removes all of the links, Web Slices, feeds, and Accelerators on the computer. This includes links and favorites added by you or the employee. Because this removes everything, we recommend that you use this option with caution.
-
-    -   **Only delete the items created by the administrator.** Removes only the items that you added for your employees on the **Favorites, Favorites Bar and Feeds** page.
-
-    -   **Don’t delete any items.** Doesn’t remove anything. Links Web Slices, feeds, and Accelerators are added to your employee computers at the top of the list, in the order you picked on the **Favorites, Favorites Bar and Feeds** page.
-
-2.  Decide if you don’t want to add the Microsoft-default items:
-
-    -   **Favorites.** Checking this box won’t add the Microsoft-defined links.
-
-    -   **Web Slices and Links.** Checking this box won’t add the Microsoft-defined Web Slices or links.
-
-    -   **Feeds.** Checking this box won’t add the Microsoft-defined RSS feeds.
-
-    -   **Accelerators.** Checking this box won’t add the Microsoft-defined Accelerators.
-
-3.  Click **Next** to go to the [First Run Wizard and Welcome Page Options](first-run-and-welcome-page-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Favorites, Favorites Bar, and Feeds](favorites-favoritesbar-and-feeds-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/cabsigning-ins-file-setting.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/cabsigning-ins-file-setting.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 321f45caf5..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/cabsigning-ins-file-setting.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Use the \[CabSigning\] .INS file setting to customize the digital signature info for your apps.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 098707e9-d712-4297-ac68-7d910ca8f43b
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the CabSigning .INS file to customize the digital signature info for your apps (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the CabSigning .INS file to customize the digital signature info for your apps
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Info about how to customize the digital signature info for your apps.
-
-|Name       |Value                      |Description  |
-|-----------|---------------------------|-------------|
-|InfoURL |`` |URL that appears on the **Certificate** dialog box. |
-|Name |`` |Company name associated with the certificate. |
-|pvkFile |`` |File path to the privacy key file. |
-|spcFile |`` |File path to the certificate file.|
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/compat-view-ieak11-wizard.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/compat-view-ieak11-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b6138064be..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/compat-view-ieak11-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.pagetype: appcompat
-description: We’re sorry. We’ve removed all of the functionality included on the **Compatibility View** page of the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 51d8f80e-93a5-41e4-9478-b8321458bc30
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Compatibility View page in the IEAK 11 Wizard (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Compatibility View page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-We’re sorry. We’ve changed the way Compatibility View works in Internet Explorer 11 and have removed all of the functionality included on the **Compatibility View** page of the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11. For more info about the changes we’ve made to the Compatibility View functionality, see [Missing the Compatibility View Button](../ie11-deploy-guide/missing-the-compatibility-view-button.md).
-
-Click **Next** to go to the [Programs](programs-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Security and Privacy Settings](security-and-privacy-settings-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/connection-mgr-ieak11-wizard.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/connection-mgr-ieak11-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e9051c955b..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/connection-mgr-ieak11-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: We’re sorry. We’ve removed all of the functionality included on the **Connection Manager** page of the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 1edaa7db-cf6b-4f94-b65f-0feff3d4081a
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Connection Manager page in the IEAK 11 Wizard (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Connection Manager page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-We're sorry. We've removed all of the functionality included on the Connection Manager page of the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11.
-
-Click **Next** to go to the [Connection Settings](connection-settings-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Compatibility View](compat-view-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/connection-settings-ieak11-wizard.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/connection-settings-ieak11-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index bc00c58bec..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/connection-settings-ieak11-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use the Connection Settings page in IEAK 11 Customization Wizard to import and preset connection settings on your employee’s computers.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: dc93ebf7-37dc-47c7-adc3-067d07de8b78
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Connection Settings page in the IEAK 11 Wizard (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Connection Settings page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-The **Connection Settings** page of the Internet Explorer Administration Kit (IEAK 11) Customization Wizard lets you import the connection settings from your computer, to preset the connection settings on your employee’s computers.
-
-**Note**
                  Using the options on the **Additional Settings** page of the wizard, you can let your employees change their connection settings. For more information see the [Additional Settings](additional-settings-ieak11-wizard.md) page. You can also customize additional connection settings using the **Automatic Configuration** page in the wizard. For more information see the [Automatic Configuration](auto-config-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
-**To view your current connection settings**
-
-1.  Open IE, click the **Tools** menu, click **Internet Options**, and then click the **Connections** tab.
-
-2.  Click **Settings** to view your dial-up settings and click **LAN Settings** to view your network settings.
-
-**To use the Connection Settings page**
-
-1. Decide if you want to customize your connection settings. You can pick:
-
-   -   **Do not customize Connection Settings.** Pick this option if you don’t want to preset your employee’s connection settings.
-
-   -   **Import the current Connection Settings from this machine.** Pick this option to import your connection settings from your computer and use them as the preset for your employee’s connection settings.
- 
-   **Note**
                  If you want to change any of your settings later, you can click **Modify Settings** to open the **Internet Properties** box, click the **Connection Settings** tab, and make your changes.
-
-2. Check the **Delete existing Dial-up Connection Settings** box to clear any existing settings on your employee’s computers.
-
-3. Click **Next** to go to the [Automatic Configuration](auto-config-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Connection Manager](connection-mgr-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/connectionsettings-ins-file-setting.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/connectionsettings-ins-file-setting.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0e7777a64e..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/connectionsettings-ins-file-setting.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: plan
-description: Use the \[ConnectionSettings\] .INS file setting to specify the network connection settings needed to install your custom package.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 41410300-6ddd-43b2-b9e2-0108a2221355
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the ConnectionSettings .INS file to review the network connections for install (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the ConnectionSettings .INS file to review the network connections for install
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Info about the network connection settings used to install your custom package. This section creates a common configuration on all of your employee’s computers.
-
-|Name       |Value                      |Description  |
-|-----------|---------------------------|-------------|
-|ConnectName0 |`` |Name for the connection. |
-|ConnectName1 |`` |Secondary name for the connection. |
-|DeleteConnectionSettings |
                  • **0.** Don’t remove the connection settings during installation.
                  • **1.** Remove the connection settings during installation.
                    **Note**
                    This only appears for the **Internal** version of the IEAK 11.
                   |Determines whether to remove the existing connection settings during installation of your custom package. |
-|Option |
                  • **0.** Don’t let employees import connection settings.
                  • **1.** Let employees import connection settings.
                   |Determines whether an employee can import connection settings into the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard. |
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/create-build-folder-structure-ieak11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/create-build-folder-structure-ieak11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0befbc922f..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/create-build-folder-structure-ieak11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: plan
-description: How to create your folder structure on the computer that you’ll use to build your custom browser package.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: e0d05a4c-099f-4f79-a069-4aa1c28a1080
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Create the build computer folder structure using IEAK 11  (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Create the build computer folder structure using IEAK 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Create your build environment on the computer that you’ll use to build your custom browser package. Your license agreement determines your folder structure and which version of Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) you’ll use: **Internal** or **External**.
-
-|Name             |Version               |Description                                              |
-|-----------------|----------------------|---------------------------------------------------------|
-|`\` |Internal and External |The main, placeholder folder used for all files built by IEAK or that you referenced in your custom package.|
-|`\\Dist` |Internal only |Destination directory for your files. You’ll only need this folder if you’re creating your browser package on a network drive. |
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/create-manage-deploy-custom-pkgs-ieak11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/create-manage-deploy-custom-pkgs-ieak11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e2a0fb48a9..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/create-manage-deploy-custom-pkgs-ieak11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: plan
-description: Review this list of tasks and references before you create and deploy your Internet Explorer 11 custom install packages.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: fe71c603-bf07-41e1-a477-ade5b28c9fb3
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Tasks and references to consider before creating and deploying custom packages using IEAK 11 (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Tasks and references to consider before creating and deploying custom packages using IEAK 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Review this list of tasks and references to help you use the Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) to set up, deploy, and manage Internet Explorer 11 in your company.
-
-|Task                                    |References                                                    |
-|----------------------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------|
-|Review concepts and requirements, including info about the version and features you'll use. |
                  • [Hardware and software requirements for IEAK 11](hardware-and-software-reqs-ieak11.md)
                  • [Determine the licensing version and features to use in IEAK 11](licensing-version-and-features-ieak11.md)
                  • [Before you start using IEAK 11](before-you-create-custom-pkgs-ieak11.md)
                   |
-|Prep your environment and get all of the info you'll need for running IEAK 11 |
                  • [Create the build computer folder structure using IEAK 11](create-build-folder-structure-ieak11.md)
                  • [Customize the Toolbar button and Favorites List icons using IEAK 11](guidelines-toolbar-and-favorites-list-ieak11.md)
                  • [Before you install your package over your network using IEAK 11](prep-network-install-with-ieak11.md)
                  • [Set up auto detection for DHCP or DNS servers using IEAK 11](auto-detection-dhcp-or-dns-servers-ieak11.md)
                  • [Register an uninstall app for custom components using IEAK 11](register-uninstall-app-ieak11.md)
                  • [Add and approve ActiveX controls using the IEAK 11](add-and-approve-activex-controls-ieak11.md)
                  • [Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) Customization Wizard options](ieak11-wizard-custom-options.md)
                  • [Security features and IEAK 11](security-and-ieak11.md)
                   |
-|Run the Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) Customization Wizard |
                  • [Use the File Locations page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](file-locations-ieak11-wizard.md)
                  • [Use the Platform Selection page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](platform-selection-ieak11-wizard.md)
                  • [Use the Language Selection page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](language-selection-ieak11-wizard.md)
                  • [Use the Package Type Selection page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](pkg-type-selection-ieak11-wizard.md)
                  • [Use the Feature Selection page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](feature-selection-ieak11-wizard.md)
                  • [Use the Automatic Version Synchronization page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](auto-version-sync-ieak11-wizard.md)
                  • [Use the Custom Components page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](custom-components-ieak11-wizard.md)
                  • [Use the Internal Install page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](internal-install-ieak11-wizard.md)
                  • [Use the User Experience page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](user-experience-ieak11-wizard.md)
                  • [Use the Browser User Interface page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](browser-ui-ieak11-wizard.md)
                  • [Use the Search Providers page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](search-providers-ieak11-wizard.md)
                  • [Use the Important URLs - Home Page and Support page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](important-urls-home-page-and-support-ieak11-wizard.md)
                  • [Use the Accelerators page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](accelerators-ieak11-wizard.md)
                  • [Use the Favorites, Favorites Bar, and Feeds page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](favorites-favoritesbar-and-feeds-ieak11-wizard.md)
                  • [Use the Browsing Options page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](browsing-options-ieak11-wizard.md)
                  • [Use the First Run Wizard and Welcome Page Options page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](first-run-and-welcome-page-ieak11-wizard.md)
                  • [Use the Compatibility View page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](compat-view-ieak11-wizard.md)
                  • [Use the Connection Manager page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](connection-mgr-ieak11-wizard.md)
                  • [Use the Connection Settings page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](connection-settings-ieak11-wizard.md)
                  • [Use the Automatic Configuration page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](auto-config-ieak11-wizard.md)
                  • [Use the Proxy Settings page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](proxy-settings-ieak11-wizard.md)
                  • [Use the Security and Privacy Settings page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](security-and-privacy-settings-ieak11-wizard.md)
                  • [Use the Add a Root Certificate page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](add-root-certificate-ieak11-wizard.md)
                  • [Use the Programs page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](programs-ieak11-wizard.md)
                  • [Use the Additional Settings page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](additional-settings-ieak11-wizard.md)
                  • [Use the Wizard Complete - Next Steps page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](wizard-complete-ieak11-wizard.md)
                   |
-|Review your policy settings and create multiple versions of your install package. |
                  • [Create multiple versions of your custom package using IEAK 11](create-multiple-browser-packages-ieak11.md)
                  • [Use the RSoP snap-in to review policy settings](rsop-snapin-for-policy-settings-ieak11.md)
                    **Note**
                    For deployment instructions, additional troubleshooting, and post-installation management, see the [Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) - Deployment Guide for IT Pros](../ie11-deploy-guide/index.md)
                   |
-|Review the general IEAK Customization Wizard 11 information, which applies throughout the process. |
                  • [Troubleshoot custom package and IEAK 11 problems](troubleshooting-custom-browser-pkg-ieak11.md)
                  • [File types used or created by IEAK 11](file-types-ieak11.md)
                  • [Customize Automatic Search using IEAK 11](customize-automatic-search-for-ie.md)
                  • [Use the uninstallation .INF files to uninstall custom components](create-uninstall-inf-files-for-custom-components.md)
                  • [Using Internet Settings (.INS) files with IEAK 11](using-internet-settings-ins-files.md)
                  • [Use proxy auto-configuration (.pac) files with IEAK 11](proxy-auto-config-examples.md)
                  • [IExpress Wizard for Windows Server 2008 R2 with SP1](iexpress-wizard-for-win-server.md)
                   |
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/create-multiple-browser-packages-ieak11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/create-multiple-browser-packages-ieak11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 5d88bfa81a..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/create-multiple-browser-packages-ieak11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Steps to create multiple versions of your custom browser if you support more than 1 version of Windows, more than 1 language, or have different features in each package.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 4c5f3503-8c69-4691-ae97-1523091ab333
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Create multiple versions of your custom package using IEAK 11 (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Create multiple versions of your custom package using IEAK 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-You'll need to create multiple versions of your custom browser package if:
-
--   You support more than 1 version of the Windows operating system.
-
--   You support more than 1 language.
-
--   You have custom installation packages with only minor differences. For example, having a different phone number or a different set of URLs in the **Favorites** folder.
-
-The Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 stores your original settings in the Install.ins file and will show them each time you re-open the wizard. For more info about .ins files, see [Using Internet Settings (.INS) files with IEAK 11](using-internet-settings-ins-files.md).
-
-**To create multiple versions of your browser package**
-
-1.  Use the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 to create a custom browser package. For more info about how to run the wizard, start with the [Use the File Locations page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](file-locations-ieak11-wizard.md) topic.
-
-2.  Go to the Cie\Custom folder and rename the Install.ins file to a name that reflects the version. Like, if you need a version for your employees in Texas, you could name the file Texas.ins.
-
-3.  Run the wizard again, choosing the newly renamed folder as the destination directory for your output files.
                  
-**Important**
                  Except for the **Title bar** text, **Favorites**, **Links bar**, **Home** page, and **Search bar**, we recommend that you keep all of your wizard settings the same for all of your build computers.
-
-4.  Repeat this process until you’ve created a package for each version of your custom installation package.
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/create-uninstall-inf-files-for-custom-components.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/create-uninstall-inf-files-for-custom-components.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ba3904ae39..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/create-uninstall-inf-files-for-custom-components.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Use Setup information (.inf) files to uninstall custom components from your custom browser packages.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 8257aa41-58de-4339-81dd-9f2ffcc10a08
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use Setup information (.inf) files to uninstall custom components (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use uninstallation .INF files to uninstall custom components
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-The Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) uses Setup information (.inf) files to provide installation instructions for your custom browser packages. You can also use this file to uninstall your custom components by removing the files, registry entries, and shortcuts, and adding your custom component to the list of programs that can be uninstalled from **Uninstall or change a program**.
-
-**To uninstall your custom components**
-
-1.  Open the Registry Editor and add a new key and value to:
                  `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\app-name,"DisplayName",,"description"`
                  
-Where *description* is the string that’s shown in the **Uninstall or change a program** box.
-
-2.  Add another new key and value to:
                  `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\app-name,"UninstallString”",,"command-line"`
                  
-Where *command-line* is the command that’s run when the component is picked from the **Uninstall or change a program** box.
-
-Your uninstall script must also remove your key from under the **Uninstall** registry key, so that your component no longer appears in the **Uninstall or change a program** after uninstallation. You can also run just a section of an .inf file by using the Setupx.dll InstallHinfSection entry point. To make this work, your installation script must copy the .inf file to the Windows\Inf folder for your custom component.
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/custom-components-ieak11-wizard.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/custom-components-ieak11-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 1a981a5a16..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/custom-components-ieak11-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use the Custom Components page in the IEAK 11 Customization Wizard to add additional components for your employees to install with IE.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 38a2b90f-c324-4dc8-ad30-8cd3e3e901d7
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Custom Components page in the IEAK 11 Wizard (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Custom Components page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-The **Custom Components** page of the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 lets you add up to 10 additional components that your employees can install at the same time they install IE. These components can be created by Microsoft or your organization as either compressed cabinet (.cab) or self-extracting executable (.exe) files. If you’re using Microsoft components, make sure you have the latest version and software patches from the [Microsoft Support](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=258658) site. To include Microsoft Update components, you must bundle the associated files into a custom component.
-
-**Important**
                  You should sign any custom code that’s being downloaded over the Internet. The default settings of Internet Explorer 11 will automatically reject any unsigned code. For more info about digitally signing custom components, see [Security features and IEAK 11](security-and-ieak11.md).
-
-**To use the Custom Component page**
-
-1.  Click **Add**.
                  
-The **Add a Custom Component** box appears.
-
-2.  Type in the name of your component and then browse to the location of your file (either .cab or .exe).
-
-3.  Pick when to install the component. This can be before IE, after IE, or after the computer restarts.
                  
-**Important**
                  You should install your component before IE if you need to run a batch file to configure your employee settings. You should install your component after IE if you plan to install software updates. 
-
-4.  Check the **Only install if IE is installed successfully** box if your component should only install if IE installs successfully. For example, if you’re installing a security update that requires IE.
-
-5.  If your component is a .cab file, you must provide the extraction command into the **Command** box.
-
-6.  If your component has its own globally unique identifier (GUID), replace the value in the **GUID** box. Otherwise, keep the automatically generated GUID.
-
-7.  Describe your component using up to 511 characters in the **Description** box.
-
-8.  Type any command-line options that need to run while installing your component into the **Parameters** box. For example, if you want your component to install silently, without prompts. For more info about using options, see [IExpress command-line options](iexpress-command-line-options.md).
-
-9.  Type the value that Microsoft Update Setup uses to check that the component installed successfully into the **Uninstall Key** box. This check is done by comparing your value to the value in the `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\ApplicationName` key.
-
-10. Type a numeric serial number for your component into the **Version** box, using this format: *xxxx*, *xxxxxx*, *xxxx*, *xxxx*.
-
-11. Click **Add**.
                  
-The boxes clear and you can add another component. Click **Cancel** to go back to the **Custom Components** page.
-
-12. Click **Edit** to change your custom component information, **Verify** to make sure the component is digitally signed, or **Remove** to delete the component from your custom installation package.
-
-13. Click **Next** to go to the [Internal Install](internal-install-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Automatic Version Synchronization](auto-version-sync-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/custombranding-ins-file-setting.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/custombranding-ins-file-setting.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7a5556235d..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/custombranding-ins-file-setting.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: plan
-description: Use the \[CustomBranding\] .INS file setting to specify the location of your branding cabinet (.cab) file.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 9c74e239-65c5-4aa5-812f-e0ed80c5c2b0
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the CustomBranding .INS file to create custom branding and setup info (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the CustomBranding .INS file to create custom branding and setup info
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Provide the URL to your branding cabinet (.cab) file.
-
-
-|   Name   |      Value       |                                                      Description                                                       |
-|----------|------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-| Branding | `` | The location of your branding cabinet (.cab) file. For example, https://www.<your_server>.net/cabs/branding.cab. |
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/customize-automatic-search-for-ie.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/customize-automatic-search-for-ie.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 634e13f2fb..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/customize-automatic-search-for-ie.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: manage
-description: Customize Automatic Search in Internet Explorer so that your employees can type a single word into the Address box to search for frequently used pages.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 694e2f92-5e08-49dc-b83f-677d61fa918a
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Customize Automatic Search using IEAK 11 (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Customize Automatic Search for Internet Explorer using IEAK 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Internet Explorer lets websites advertise any search provider that uses the open search standard described at the A9 website ([OpenSearch 1.1 Draft 5](https://opensearch.org/docs/latest/opensearch/index/)). When IE detects new search providers, the **Search** box becomes active and adds the new providers to the drop-down list of providers.
-
-Using the **Administrative Templates** section of Group Policy, you can prevent the search box from appearing, you can add a list of acceptable search providers, or you can restrict your employee’s ability to add or remove search providers.
-
-## Automatic Search Configuration
-You can customize Automatic Search so that your employees can type a single word into the **Address** box to search for frequently used pages. For example, you can let a commonly used webpage about invoices appear if an employee types *invoice* into the **Address** box, even if the URL doesn’t include the term. If a website can’t be associated with the term, or if there are multiple matches, a webpage appears showing the top search results.
-
-**To set up Automatic Search**
-
-1. Create a script (.asp) file that conditionally looks for search terms, and post it to an intranet server here: https://ieautosearch/response.asp?MT=%1&srch=%2.
                  
-   For info about the acceptable values for the *%1* and *%2* parameters, see the [Automatic Search parameters](#automatic-search-parameters). For an example of the script file, see the [Sample Automatic Search script](#sample-automatic-search-script).
                  
-   **Important**
                  If you aren’t using IIS in your company, you’ll need to remap this URL to your script file’s location. 
-
-2. On the **Additional Settings** page of the IEAK 11, click **Internet Settings**, and then click **Advanced Settings**.
-
-3. Go to the section labeled **Searching** and type *intranet* into the **Search Provider Keyword** box.
-
-**To redirect to a different site than the one provided by the search results**
-
--   In the **Advanced Settings** section, go to the section labeled **Searching** and change the **When searching from the address bar** setting to **Just go to the most likely site**.
-
-**To disable Automatic Search**
-
--   In the **Advanced Settings** section, go to the section labeled **Searching** and change the **When searching from the address bar** setting to **Do not search from the address bar**.
-
-### Automatic Search parameters
-You must replace the Automatic Search script file parameters, *%1* and *%2* so they’re part of the actual URL.
-
-|Parameter |Value                                                   |
-|----------|--------------------------------------------------------|
-|1% |The text string typed by an employee into the **Address** bar. |
-|2% |The type of search chosen by an employee. This can include:
                  • **3.** Display the results and go to the most likely site.
                  • **2.** Go to the most likely site.
                  • **1.** Display the results in the main window.
                  • **0.** Don't search from the **Address** box.
                   |
-
-### Sample Automatic Search script
-This is a VBScript-based sample of an .asp Automatic Search script.
-
-```
-<%@ Language=VBScript %>
-<%
-' search holds the words typed in the Address bar
-' by the user, without the "go" or
-' "find" or any delimiters like
-' "+" for spaces.
-' If the user typed
-' "Apple pie," search = "Apple pie."
-' If the user typed
-' "find Apple pie," search = "Apple pie."
-
-search = Request.QueryString("MT")
-search = UCase(search)
-searchOption = Request.QueryString("srch")
-
-' This is a simple if/then/else
-' to redirect the browser to the site
-' of your choice based on what the
-' user typed.
-' Example: expense report is an intranet page
-' about filling out an expense report
-
-if (search = "NEW HIRE") then
-Response.Redirect("https://admin/hr/newhireforms.htm") 
-elseif (search = "LIBRARY CATALOG") then
-Response.Redirect("https://library/catalog")
-elseif (search = "EXPENSE REPORT") then
-Response.Redirect("https://expense")
-elseif (search = "LUNCH MENU") then
-Response.Redirect("https://cafe/menu/")
-else
-
-' If there is not a match, use the
-' default IE autosearch server
-Response.Redirect("https://auto.search.msn.com/response.asp?MT="
-+ search + "&srch=" + searchOption + 
-"&prov=&utf8")
-end if
-%>
-```
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/extreginf-ins-file-setting.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/extreginf-ins-file-setting.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d0a2f9882..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/extreginf-ins-file-setting.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Use the \[ExtRegInf\] .INS file setting to specify your Setup information (.inf) files and the installation mode for your custom components.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 53148422-d784-44dc-811d-ef814b86a4c6
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the ExtRegInf .INS file to specify your installation files and mode (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the ExtRegInf .INS file to specify installation files and mode
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Info about how to specify your Setup information (.inf) files and the installation mode for your custom components.
-
-|Name       |Value    |Description                                                                                                       |
-|-----------|---------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|Chat       |*string* |The name of the .inf file and the install mode for components. For example, *,chat.inf,DefaultInstall.            |
-|Conf       |*string* |The name of the .inf file and the install mode for components. For example, *,conf.inf,DefaultInstall.            |
-|Inetres    |*string* |The name of the .inf file and the install mode for components. For example, *,inetres.inf,DefaultInstall.         |
-|Inetset    |*string* |The name of the .inf file and the install mode for components. For example, *,inetset.inf,DefaultInstall.         |
-|Subs       |*string* |The name of the .inf file and the install mode for components. For example, *,subs.inf,DefaultInstall.            |
-|ConnectionSettings |*string* |The name of the .inf file and the install mode for components. For example, *,connect.inf,DefaultInstall. |
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/favorites-favoritesbar-and-feeds-ieak11-wizard.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/favorites-favoritesbar-and-feeds-ieak11-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 030dc054d2..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/favorites-favoritesbar-and-feeds-ieak11-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use the Favorites, Favorites Bar, and Feeds page in IEAK 11 Customization Wizard to add links, web slices, and feeds to your custom browser package.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 84afa831-5642-4b8f-b7df-212a53ec8fc7
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Favorites, Favorites Bar, and Feeds page in the IEAK 11 Wizard (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Favorites, Favorites Bar, and Feeds page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-The **Favorites, Favorites Bar, and Feeds** page of the Internet Explorer Administration Kit (IEAK 11) Customization Wizard lets you add:
-
--   **Links.** Used so your employees can quickly connect with your important websites. These links can appear in the **Links** folder or on the **Favorites Bar**.
-
--   **Web Slices.** Used so your employees can subscribe to a section of a webpage, tracking information as it changes, such as for weather reports, stock prices, or the progress of an auction item.
-
--   **Feeds.** Used so your employees can quickly access your recommended RSS feeds. While you can’t import a folder of RSS feeds, you can add new links.
-
-Although we provide default items in the **Favorites, Favorites Bar, and Feeds** area, you can remove any of the items, add more items, or add new folders and links as part of your custom package. The customizations you make on this page only apply to Internet Explorer for the desktop.
-
-**To work with Favorites**
-
-1.  To import your existing folder of links, pick **Favorites**, and then click **Import**.
-
-2.  Go to your existing link folder, most likely in the `\Users\\Favorites` folder, and then click **OK**.
                  
-The links are imported and added to the **Favorites, Favorites Bar, and Feeds** page, beneath the **Favorites** folder.
-
-3.  To add a new favorite link, pick **Favorites**, and then click **Add URL**.
                  
-The **Details** box appears.
-
-4.  Type the new link name in the **Name** box.
-
-5.  Type the new URL in the **URL** box.
-
-6.  Optionally, you can add a 16x16 pixel icon to your link by adding the location in the **Icon** box.
-
-7.  Click **OK**.
-
-8.  To add a new **Favorites** folder, pick **Favorites**, and then click **Add Folder**.
                  
-The **Details** box appears.
-
-9.  Type the folder name into the **Name** box, and then click **OK**.
-
-10. Click **Edit** to change any of your new information, **Test URL** to test each of your links to make sure they go to the right place, or **Remove** to delete a **Favorites** item.
-
-11. If you have multiple **Favorites** links, you can update their order in the list. Check the **Add to the top of the list** box, click the link you want to move, and then click **Move Up** or **Move Down**.
-
-12. Check the **Disable IE Suggested Sites** box to disable the Suggested Sites feature. By turning this on, your employees won’t receive suggested sites based on the sites that they visit.
-
-13. Continue with the next procedures in this topic to add additional **Favorites Bar** or **RSS Feeds** links, or you can click **Next** to go to the [Browsing Options](browsing-options-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Accelerators](accelerators-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
-**To work with the Favorites Bar**
-
-1.  To import your existing folder of links, pick **Favorites Bar**, and then click **Import**.
-
-2.  Go to your existing link folder, most likely in the `\Users\\Favorites\Favorites Bar` folder, and then click **OK**.
                  
-The links are imported and added to the **Favorites, Favorites Bar, and Feeds** page, beneath the **Favorites Bar** folder.
-
-3.  To add a new link to the **Favorites Bar**, pick **Favorites Bar**, and then click **Add URL**.
                  
-The **Details** box appears.
-
-4.  Type the new quick link name in the **Name** box.
-
-5.  Type the new URL in the **URL** box.
-
-6.  Optionally, you can add a 16x16 pixel icon to your link by adding the location in the **Icon** box.
-
-7.  Pick whether your link is a simple **Link**, a **Feed**, or a **Web Slice**, and then click **OK**.
-
-8.  Click **Edit** to change any of your new information, **Test URL** to test each of your links to make sure they go to the right place, or **Remove** to delete a **Favorites Bar** item.
-
-9.  If you have multiple **Favorites Bar** links, you can update their order in the list. Check the **Add to the top of the list** box, click the link you want to move, and then click **Move Up** or **Move Down**.
-
-10. Check the **Disable IE Suggested Sites** box to disable the Suggested Sites feature. By turning this on, your employees won’t receive suggested sites based on the sites that they visit.
-
-11. Continue with the next procedures in this topic to add additional **Favorites** or **RSS Feeds** links, or you can click **Next** to go to the [Browsing Options](browsing-options-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Accelerators](accelerators-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
-**To work with RSS Feeds**
-
-1.  To add a new link to the **RSS Feeds**, pick **Favorites Bar**, and then click **Add URL**.
                  
-The **Details** box appears.
-
-2.  Type the new link name in the **Name** box.
-
-3.  Type the new URL in the **URL** box, and then click **OK**.
-
-4.  Click **Edit** to change any of your new information, **Test URL** to test each of your links to make sure they go to the right place, or **Remove** to delete a **RSS Feeds** item.
-
-5.  If you have multiple **RSS Feeds** links, you can update their order in the list. Check the **Add to the top of the list** box, click the link you want to move, and then click **Move Up** or **Move Down**.
-
-6.  Check the **Disable IE Suggested Sites** box to disable the Suggested Sites feature. By turning this on, your employees won’t receive suggested sites based on the sites that they visit.
-
-7.  Continue with the next procedures in this topic to add additional **Favorites** or **Favorites Bar** links, or you can click **Next** to go to the [Browsing Options](browsing-options-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Accelerators](accelerators-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/favoritesex-ins-file-setting.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/favoritesex-ins-file-setting.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ac736e20df..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/favoritesex-ins-file-setting.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Use the \[FavoritesEx\] .INS file setting to specify your Favorites icon file, whether Favorites is available offline, and your Favorites URLs.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 55de376a-d442-478e-8978-3b064407b631
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the FavoritesEx .INS file for your Favorites icon and URLs (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the FavoritesEx .INS file for your Favorites icon and URLs
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Info about where you store your **Favorites** icon file, whether your **Favorites** are available offline, and the URLs for each **Favorites** site.
-
-|Name            |Value                  |Description                                                               |
-|----------------|-----------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|IconFile1       |`` |An icon (.ico file) that represents the **Favorites** item you’re adding. |
-|Offline1        |
                  • **0.** Makes the **Favorites** item unavailable for offline browsing.
                  • **1.** Makes the **Favorites** item available for offline browsing.
                   |Determines if the **Favorites** item is available for offline browsing. |
-|Title1          |`` |Title for the **Favorites** item. |
-|Url1            |``   |URL to the **Favorites** item.    |
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/feature-selection-ieak11-wizard.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/feature-selection-ieak11-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 08899cb2db..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/feature-selection-ieak11-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use the Feature Selection page in the IEAK 11 Customization Wizard to choose which parts of the setup processes and Internet Explorer 11 to change for your company.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 9cb8324e-d73b-41ba-ade9-3acc796e21d8
-ms.reviewer: 
-ms.date: 03/15/2016
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Feature Selection page in the IEAK 11 Wizard (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
----
-
-
-# Use the Feature Selection page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-The **Feature Selection** page of the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 lets you choose which parts of the setup processes and Internet Explorer 11 to change for your company, including:
-
--   **Setup Customizations.** Lets you add custom components, decide which components to install, provide your download site information, and modify the Setup title bar and graphics.
-
--   **Internal Install.** Lets you decide to install the latest updates, run the malicious Software Removal Tool, and set IE11 as the default browser.
-
--   **Connection Manager.** Lets you import your Connection Manager Profiles, created by the Connection Manager Administration Kit (CMAK).
-
--   **Browser User Interface.** Lets you change the toolbar buttons, the title bar, and the general look of the browser.
-
--   **Search Providers.** Lets you add, remove, and pick a new default search provider for IE11.
-
--   **Important URLs – Home Page and Support.** Lets you choose multiple **Home** pages that open in different tabs in IE. You can also use this page to change the **Welcome** and **Online Support** pages.
-
--   **Accelerators.** Lets you import, add, edit, or remove Accelerators, the contextual services that give you quick access to external services from any webpage.
-
--   **Favorites, Favorites Bar, and Feeds.** Lets you pick which favorites, web slices, and feeds are installed with your custom installation package.
-
--   **Browsing Options.** Lets you pick how you delete items in the Favorites, Favorites Bar, and Feeds folders, and whether to add the Microsoft default items.
-
--   **Compatibility View.** Lets you decide whether IE renders content using compatibility mode or standards mode.
-
--   **Connections Customization.** Lets you set up and deploy custom connections.
-
--   **Security Zones and Content Ratings.** Lets you control what your employees can view and what’s downloaded to their computer.
-
--   **Programs.** Lets you pick the default program that’s used automatically by email, HTML, newsgroups, Internet calls, calendars, and contact lists.
-
--   **Additional Settings.** Lets you pre-set and lockdown specific functionality on your employee’s computer.
-
-**Note**
                  Your choices on this page determine what wizard pages appear.
-
-**To use the Feature Selection page**
-
-1.  Check the box next to each feature you want to include in your custom installation package.
                  
-You can also click **Select All** to add, or **Clear All** to remove, all of the features.
-
-2.  Click **Next** to go to the [Automatic Version Synchronization](auto-version-sync-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Package Type Selection](pkg-type-selection-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
- 
-
- 
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/file-locations-ieak11-wizard.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/file-locations-ieak11-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0aee908cd4..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/file-locations-ieak11-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use the File Locations page in the IEAK 11 Customization Wizard to change the location of your install package and IE11 folders.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: bd0620e1-0e07-4560-95ac-11888c2c389e
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the File Locations page in the IEAK 11 Wizard (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the File Locations page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-The **File Locations** page of the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 lets you change the location of your folders, including:
-
--   Where you’ll create and store your custom installation package.
-
--   Where you’ll download and store Internet Explorer 11.
-
-**Important**
                  
-You can create a custom installation package on your hard drive and move it to an Internet or intranet server, or you can create it directly on a server. If you create the package on a web server that’s running from your hard drive, use the path to the web server as the destination folder location. Whatever location you choose, it must be protected by appropriate access control lists (ACLs). If the location is not protected, the custom package may be tampered with.
-
-**To use the File Locations page**
-
-1.  Browse to the location where you’ll store your finished custom IE installation package and the related subfolders.
                  
-**Note**
                  Subfolders are created for each language version, based on operating system and media type. For example, if your destination folder is `C:\Inetpub\Wwwroot\Cie\Dist`, then the English-language version is created as `C:\Inetpub\Wwwroot\Cie\Dist\Flat\Win32\En` subfolders.
-
-2.  Click **Advanced Options**.
                  
-The **Advanced Options** box opens and lets you change how the wizard downloads and gets files, and how it imports settings from your .ins file.
-
-3.  Check the box letting IE Customization Wizard 11 look for the latest components, using Automatic Version Synchronization.
                  
-This option lets the wizard connect to the IE **Downloads** page to look for updated versions of IE since you last ran the wizard.
                  
-**Important**
                  
-You must run Automatic Version Synchronization at least once to check for updated components.
-
-4.  Browse to your .ins file location, and then click **Open**.
                  
-By importing settings from an .ins file, you can re-use existing configurations. This saves you time if your packages have the same or similar settings.
-
-5.  Browse to your component download folder.
                  
-Automatic Version Synchronization automatically checks the component download folder to see if you have the latest version of IE. To keep this folder up-to-date, you shouldn’t change its location. However, if you want to keep both a previous version of IE and the latest version, we recommend you download the components to a different location.
-
-6.  Click **OK** to close the **Advanced Options** box, and then click **Next** to go to the [Platform Selection](platform-selection-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/file-types-ieak11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/file-types-ieak11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 616e3b9938..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/file-types-ieak11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: plan
-description: Review the file types that are created and used by tools in the Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11).
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: e5735074-3e9b-4a00-b1a7-b8fd8baca327
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: File types used or created by IEAK 11 (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# File types used or created by IEAK 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-A list of the file types used or created by tools in IEAK 11:
-
-|File type |Description              |
-|----------|-------------------------|
-|.adm | An admin file (located at `:\Program Files\Windows IEAK 11\policies`), used by Group Policy to define the system policies and restrictions for Windows. You can use the IEAK 11 to change these settings. |
-|.bat |An ASCII text file that contains a sequence of operating system commands, including the parameters and operators supported by the batch command language. When you run the batch file from a command prompt, the computer processes each command sequentially. |
-|.bmp, .gif, .jpeg, and .jpg |Image files you can use to customize your toolbar button and favorites list icons. For info, see the [Customize the Toolbar button and Favorites List icons using IEAK 11](guidelines-toolbar-and-favorites-list-ieak11.md) page. |
-|.cab |A compressed cabinet (.cab) file, created by the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 to store your custom component files. We highly recommend that your .cab files be signed for security purposes. For more info, see the [Security features and IEAK 11](security-and-ieak11.md) page. |
-|.cif |A component info file (IESetup.cif), identifying the new or updated components you're going to install with Internet Explorer. Each component file has an associated *ComponentID* that's used by Windows Update Setup to determine whether a new component or an update exists. |
-|.cmp |Connection profile files that are created by the Connection Manager Administration Kit (CMAK). |
-|.cms |Service provider files, created by the CMAK tool to specify the configuration of the phone book and many of the other functions of your service profiles. |
-|.exe |Executable files that control the setup process, by installing the .cab files that install the custom browser package on your employee's devices. |
-|.inf |Setup information files that provide installation instructions for your custom browser packages. For more info, see the [Use the uninstallation .INF files to uninstall custom components](create-uninstall-inf-files-for-custom-components.md) page. |
-|.ins |Internet Settings files that specify how to configure your custom browser and its components. You can create multiple versions of your custom package by customizing copies of this file. For more info, see the [Using Internet Settings (.INS) files with IEAK 11](using-internet-settings-ins-files.md) page. |
-|.pac |Proxy auto-configuration script files that determine whether to connect directly to a host or to use a proxy server. For more info, see the [Use the Automatic Configuration page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](auto-config-ieak11-wizard.md) page. |
-|.js and .jvs |JScript and JavaScript files that let you configure and maintain your advanced proxy settings. For more info, see the [Use the Automatic Configuration page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](auto-config-ieak11-wizard.md) page. |
-|.pvk |A file format used by some certification authorities to store the private key of the digital certificate. The public part of the digital certificate is stored in an SPC file, while the private part is stored in the PVK file. For more info, see the **Understanding certificates** section of the [Security features and IEAK 11](security-and-ieak11.md) page. |
-|.sed |Connection profile files, created by the CMAK tool, including the instructions for building the self-extracting executable (.exe) file for your service profiles.
                  **Important**
                  You must never edit a .sed file. |
-|.spc |The software publishing certificate file, which includes:
                  • The name and other identifying information of the owner of the certificate.
                  • The public key associated with the certificate.
                  • The serial number.
                  • The length of time the certificate is valid.
                  • The digital signature of the certification authority that issued the certificate.
                   |
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/first-run-and-welcome-page-ieak11-wizard.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/first-run-and-welcome-page-ieak11-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d6fe74f8a..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/first-run-and-welcome-page-ieak11-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use the First Run Wizard and Welcome Page Options page in the IEAK 11 Customization Wizard to set what your employee’s see the first time they log on to IE, based on their operating system.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 85f856a6-b707-48a9-ba99-3a6e898276a9
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the First Run Wizard and Welcome Page Options page in the IEAK 11 Wizard (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the First Run Wizard and Welcome Page Options page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-The **First Run Wizard and Welcome Page Options** page of the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 lets you decide what your employee’s see the first time they log on to IE, based on their operating system.
-
--   **Windows 8.1 Update and newer.** No longer includes a **Welcome** page, so if you pick the **Use Internet Explorer 11 Welcome Page** or the **Use a custom Welcome page** option, IEAK creates an initial **Home** page that loads before all other **Home** pages, as the first tab. This only applies to the Internet Explorer for the desktop.
-
--   **Windows 7 SP1.** You can disable the first run page for Windows 7 SP1 and then pick a custom **Welcome** page to show instead. If you don’t customize the settings on this page, your employees will see the default IE **Welcome** page.
-
-**To use the First Run Wizard and Welcome Page Options page**
-
-1.  Check the **Use IE11 First Run wizard (recommended)** box to use the default First Run wizard in IE.
                  
-Clearing this box lets you use the IE11 **Welcome** page or your custom **Welcome** page.
-
-2.  If you cleared the First Run wizard box, you can decide which **Welcome** page to use:
-
-    -   **Use IE11 Welcome Page.** Check this box if you want to use the default IE11 **Welcome** page.
-
-    -   **Use a custom Welcome Page.** Check this box if you want to use a custom **Welcome** page. If you choose this option, you need to add the URL to your custom page.
-
-3.  Click **Next** to go to the [Compatibility View](compat-view-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Browsing Options](browsing-options-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/guidelines-toolbar-and-favorites-list-ieak11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/guidelines-toolbar-and-favorites-list-ieak11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e3d95badec..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/guidelines-toolbar-and-favorites-list-ieak11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: plan
-description: Customization guidelines for your Internet Explorer toolbar button and Favorites List icons.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: bddc8f23-9ac1-449d-ad71-f77f43ae3b5c
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Customize the toolbar button and Favorites List icons using IEAK 11 (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Customize the Toolbar button and Favorites List icons using IEAK 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Use these customization guidelines to change the browser toolbar button and the **Favorites List** icons, using your own branding and graphics.
-
-**Important**
                  Check your license agreement to make sure this customization is available.
-
-|Graphic                |Type and description                                                  | 
-|-----------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|Browser toolbar button |2 icon (.ico) files with color images for active and inactive states. | 
-|Favorites List icons   |1 icon (.ico) file for each new URL. |
-
-Your icons must use the .ico file extension, no other image file extension works.
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/hardware-and-software-reqs-ieak11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/hardware-and-software-reqs-ieak11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 2da43b7f38..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/hardware-and-software-reqs-ieak11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: plan
-description: List of supported hardware and software requirements for Internet Explorer 11 and the Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: c50b86dc-7184-43d1-8daf-e750eb88dabb
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Hardware and software requirements for Internet Explorer 11 and the IEAK 11 (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Hardware and software requirements for Internet Explorer 11 and the IEAK 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Before you can use the Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 and the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11, you must first install Internet Explorer 11. For more info about installing IE11, see the [Determine the licensing version and features to use in IEAK 11](licensing-version-and-features-ieak11.md) page.
-
-## Hardware requirements
-Before you start the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11, you must check to see how much disk space you have on the drive you're going to use to build the IE11 install package. This drive can be on the same device as the one running the wizard; it just needs to have a secure destination folder.
-
-Before you start to create your install package, you must meet all of the [Internet Explorer 11 requirements](../ie11-deploy-guide/system-requirements-and-language-support-for-ie11.md), plus:
-
--   Up to 100 megabytes (MB) of disk space, depending on how many components you include in the installation package.
-
--   An additional 100 MB of disk space for each custom installation package built. Different media types are considered separate packages.
-
-## Software requirements
-The device you're going to use to build your install packages must be running Internet Explorer 11, on one of these operating systems:
-
-- Windows 10
                  However, you must use the Windows 8.1 target platform and only the "Configuration-only package" is available.
-
-- Windows 8.1
-
-- Windows Server 2012 R2
-
-- Windows® 7 Service Pack 1 (SP1)
-
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 (SP1)
-
-**Important**
                  
-The device you're going to use to run IEAK 11 must be running the same version of the operating system as the device where you'll build your install packages.
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/hidecustom-ins-file-setting.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/hidecustom-ins-file-setting.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 6c46e306f3..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/hidecustom-ins-file-setting.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Use the \[HideCustom\] .INS file setting to decide whether to hide the GUID for each custom component.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: e673f7b1-c3aa-4072-92b0-20c6dc3d9277
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the HideCustom .INS file to hide the GUID for each custom component (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the HideCustom .INS file to hide the GUID for each custom component
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Info about whether to hide the globally unique identifier (GUID) for each of your custom components.
-
-|Name                  |Value                                                                |Description                                    |
-|------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------|
-|GUID  |
                  • **0.** Component isn't hidden.
                  • **1.** Component is hidden.
                   |Determines whether this is a hidden component. | 
- 
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/ie-setup-command-line-options-and-return-codes.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/ie-setup-command-line-options-and-return-codes.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c9d24160a9..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/ie-setup-command-line-options-and-return-codes.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Reference about the command-line options and return codes for Internet Explorer Setup.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 40c23024-cb5d-4902-ad1b-6e8a189a699f
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Internet Explorer Setup command-line options and return codes (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Internet Explorer Setup command-line options and return codes
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-You can use command-line options along with a tool like IExpress to package your custom version of Internet Explorer and to perform a batch installation across your organization.
-
-## IE Setup command-line options
-These command-line options work with IE Setup:
-
-`[/help] [/passive | /quiet] [/update-no] [/no-default] [/nobackup] [/ieak-full: | /ieak-branding: ] [/norestart | /forcerestart] [/log: `
-
-|Parameter (Setup modes) |Description                                                                                      |
-|------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|`/passive`              |Runs the install without requiring input from the employee, showing progress and error messages. |
-|`/quiet`                |Identical to `/passive`, but doesn't show any of the progress or error messages to the employee. |
-
                  
-
-|Parameter (Setup options) |Description                                                                                      |
-|--------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|`/update-no`              |Doesn't look for Internet Explorer updates.                                                      |
-|`/no-default`             |Doesn't make Internet Explorer the default browser.                                              |
-|`/no-backup`              |Doesn't back up the files necessary to uninstall IE.                                             |
-|`/ieak-full`              |Reserved for use by the IEAK 11.                                                                 |
-|`/ieak-branding`          |Reserved for use by the IEAK 11.                                                                 |
-
                  
-
-|Parameter (Restart options) |Description                                 |
-|----------------------------|--------------------------------------------|
-|`/norestart`                |Doesn't restart after installation.         |
-|`/forcerestart`             |Restarts after installation.                |
-
                  
-
-|Parameter (miscellaneous options) |Description                                 |
-|----------------------------------|--------------------------------------------|
-|`/help`          |Provides help info. Can't be used with any other option.     |
-|`/log `    |Creates a log file about the installation process, at the specified location. |
-
-
-## Windows Setup return and status codes
-Windows Setup needs to tell you whether IE successfully installed. However, because IE11wzd.exe is packaged inside your IE11setup.exe file, the return codes can’t be sent directly back to you. Instead, Setup needs to return the information (both success and failure) to the `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Active Setup\InstallInfo` registry branch.
-
-|Subkey   |Data type |Value                                  |
-|---------|----------|---------------------------------------|
-|Complete         |String    |0 = Success                                                    |
-|Complete         |String    |0x80100003 = Files are missing for the requested installation. |
-|Complete         |String    |0x80100001 = Setup partially succeeded. One or more components weren’t downloaded or installed. Check the **FailedComponents** subkey for the list of components. |
-|Complete         |String   |0x80100002 = Setup partially succeeded, but the employee cancelled Setup. One or more components weren’t downloaded or installed.  Check the **FailedComponents** subkey for the list of components. |
-|FailedComponents |MultiSZ  |``Null``Component1  |
-|InstallStatus    |Binary   |0 = Install completed successfully. |
-|InstallStatus    |Binary   |1 = Suspend Setup.
                  The employee cancelled Setup and is then asked to confirm:
                  • 2 = No, don’t cancel. Resume Setup.
                  • 3 = Yes, cancel confirmed. Quit Setup as soon as possible.
                  **Important**
                   If the cancellation is confirmed, Setup will quit as soon as all of the in-progress tasks are done, like copying or extracting files. |
-
-## Related topics
-- [IExpress Wizard for Windows Server 2008 R2 with SP1](iexpress-wizard-for-win-server.md)
-- [Express Wizard command-line options](iexpress-command-line-options.md)
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/ieak-information-and-downloads.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/ieak-information-and-downloads.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a02248b90..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/ieak-information-and-downloads.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: support
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: The Internet Explorer Administration Kit (IEAK) simplifies the creation, deployment, and management of customized Internet Explorer packages. Use the IEAK to configure the out-of-box Internet Explorer experience or to manage user settings after Internet Explorer deployment.
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.manager: dougkim
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-title: Internet Explorer Administration Kit (IEAK) information and downloads
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 05/10/2018
----
-
-# Internet Explorer Administration Kit (IEAK) information and downloads
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
->Applies to: Windows 10 
-
-The Internet Explorer Administration Kit (IEAK) simplifies the creation, deployment, and management of customized Internet Explorer packages. You can use the IEAK to configure the out-of-box Internet Explorer experience or to manage user settings after Internet Explorer deployment. To find more information on the IEAK, see [What IEAK can do for you](what-ieak-can-do-for-you.md).
-
-
-## Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11)
-
-[IEAK 11 documentation](index.md)
-
-[IEAK 11 licensing guidelines](licensing-version-and-features-ieak11.md)
-
-[IEAK 11 - Frequently Asked Questions](../ie11-faq/faq-ieak11.yml)
-
-[Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) - Administrator's Guide](before-you-create-custom-pkgs-ieak11.md)
-
-## Download IEAK
-
-To download, choose to **Open** the download or **Save** it to your hard drive first.
-
-:::row:::
-   :::column span="":::
-      [English](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/en-us/ieak.msi)
-
-      [Arabic](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/ar-sa/ieak.msi)
-
-      [Chinese (Simplified)](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/zh-cn/ieak.msi)
-
-      [Chinese (Traditional)](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/zh-tw/ieak.msi)
-
-      [Czech](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/cs-cz/ieak.msi)
- 
-     [Danish](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/da-dk/ieak.msi)
-
-      [Dutch](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/nl-nl/ieak.msi)
- 
-     [Finnish](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/fi-fi/ieak.msi)
-:::column-end:::
-   :::column span="":::
-      [French](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/fr-fr/ieak.msi)
- 
-     [German](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/de-de/ieak.msi)
-
-      [Greek](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/el-gr/ieak.msi)
-
-      [Hebrew](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/he-il/ieak.msi)
-
-      [Hungarian](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/hu-hu/ieak.msi)
-
-      [Italian](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/it-it/ieak.msi)
-
-      [Japanese](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/ja-jp/ieak.msi)
-
-      [Korean](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/ko-kr/ieak.msi)
-:::column-end:::
-   :::column span="":::
-      [Norwegian (Bokmål)](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/nb-no/ieak.msi)
-
-      [Polish](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/pl-pl/ieak.msi)
-
-      [Portuguese (Brazil)](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/pt-br/ieak.msi)
-
-      [Portuguese (Portugal)](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/pt-pt/ieak.msi)
-
-      [Russian](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/ru-ru/ieak.msi)
-
-      [Spanish](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/es-es/ieak.msi)
-
-      [Swedish](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/sv-se/ieak.msi)
-
-      [Turkish](https://download.microsoft.com/download/A/B/1/AB1954BF-8B20-4F01-808A-FE5EE5269F08/MSI/tr-tr/ieak.msi)
-:::column-end:::
-:::row-end:::
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/ieak11-wizard-custom-options.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/ieak11-wizard-custom-options.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0aa9964807..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/ieak11-wizard-custom-options.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: plan
-description: Review the options available to help you customize your browser install packages for deployment to your employee's devices.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 4b804da3-c3ac-4b60-ab1c-99536ff6e31b
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) Customization Wizard options (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) Customization Wizard options
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Use the Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) and the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 to customize your browser install packages for deployment to your employee's devices.
-
-## IE Customization Wizard 11 options
-IEAK 11 lets you customize a lot of Internet Explorer 11, including the IE and Internet Explorer for the desktop experiences. For more info about the experiences, see [Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) - Deployment Guide for IT Pros](../ie11-deploy-guide/index.md). For info about which pages appear in the **Internal** or **External** version of IE Customization Wizard 11, see [Determine the licensing version and features to use in IEAK 11](licensing-version-and-features-ieak11.md).
-
-|Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 page |Browser experience                  |Description                  |
-|-----------------------------------------------|------------------------------------|-----------------------------|
-|[Custom Components](custom-components-ieak11-wizard.md) |Internet Explorer for the desktop |Add up to 10 additional components that your employees can install at the same time they install IE. |
-|[Internal install](internal-install-ieak11-wizard.md) |Internet Explorer for the desktop |Choose to set IE11 as the default browser.
                  **Note**
                  This only applies to IE11 on Windows 7 SP1 |
-|[User Experience](user-experience-ieak11-wizard.md) |Internet Explorer for the desktop |Control the installation and restart experience for your employees.
                  This only applies to IE11 on Windows 7 SP1 |
-|[Browser user interface](browser-ui-ieak11-wizard.md) |Internet Explorer for the desktop |Customize your title bars and toolbar buttons. |
-|[Search Providers](search-providers-ieak11-wizard.md) |Both |Import and add Search providers. |
-|[Important URLs – Home page and Support](important-urls-home-page-and-support-ieak11-wizard.md) |The **Support** page is supported by both experiences. The **Home** page is only supported on Internet Explorer for the desktop. |Add URLs for your **Home** and **Support** pages. |
-|[Accelerators](accelerators-ieak11-wizard.md) |Internet Explorer for the desktop |Import and add default accelerators. |
-|[Favorites, Favorites Bar and Feeds](favorites-favoritesbar-and-feeds-ieak11-wizard.md) |Internet Explorer for the desktop |Import and add items to the **Favorites** folder, the **Favorites Bar**, and the **Feeds** folder.
                  **Note**
                  You can turn off the entire **Suggested Sites** feature from this page. |
-|[Browsing Options](browsing-options-ieak11-wizard.md) |Doesn't apply. The choices that you make on this page affect only the items shown on the **Favorites, Favorites Bar, and Feeds** page. |Choose how to manage items in the **Favorites** folder, the **Favorites Bar**, and the **Feeds** folder. You can also turn off the Microsoft-default Favorites, Web slices, links, feeds, and accelerators. |
-|[First Run Wizard and Welcome Page Options](first-run-and-welcome-page-ieak11-wizard.md) |Internet Explorer for the desktop |Decide if the First Run wizard appears the first time an employee starts IE. You can also use the IE11 **Welcome** page, or link to a custom **Welcome** page. |
-|[Compatibility View](compat-view-ieak11-wizard.md) |No longer supported |This functionality has been removed for IE11. For more information, see [Missing the Compatibility View Button](../ie11-deploy-guide/missing-the-compatibility-view-button.md). |
-|[Connection Manager](connection-mgr-ieak11-wizard.md) |No longer supported |This functionality has been removed for IE11. |
-|[Connection Settings](connection-settings-ieak11-wizard.md) |Both |Choose whether to customize your connection settings. You can also choose to delete old dial-up connection settings. |
-|[Automatic Configuration](auto-config-ieak11-wizard.md) |Both |Choose whether to automatically detect configuration settings and whether to turn on and customize automatic configuration. |
-|[Proxy Settings](proxy-settings-ieak11-wizard.md) |Both |Turn on and set up your proxy servers.
                  **Note**
                  We don't support Gopher Server anymore. |
-|[Add a Root Certification](add-root-certificate-ieak11-wizard.md) |No longer supported |This functionality has been removed for IE11. |
-|[Security and Privacy Settings](security-and-privacy-settings-ieak11-wizard.md) |The **Security Zones and Privacy** settings are supported by both experiences. The **Content Ratings** are only supported on Internet Explorer for the desktop. |Decide if you want to:
                  • Customize your security zones and privacy settings
                    • -OR-
                  • Import your current security zones and privacy settings
                    • -AND-
                  • Customize your content ratings settings
                    • -OR-
                  • Import your current content ratings settings
                   |
-|[Programs](programs-ieak11-wizard.md) |Internet Explorer for the desktop |Decide your default programs or import your current settings. |
-|[Additional Settings](additional-settings-ieak11-wizard.md) |Both |Decide how to set up multiple IE settings that appear in the **Internet Options** box. |
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/iexpress-command-line-options.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/iexpress-command-line-options.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 391784b8a4..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/iexpress-command-line-options.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Reference about the command-line options for the IExpress Wizard.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: aa16d738-1067-403c-88b3-bada12cf9752
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: IExpress Wizard command-line options (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-# IExpress Wizard command-line options
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-**Applies to:**
-- Windows Server 2008 R2 with SP1
-
-Use command-line options with the IExpress Wizard (IExpress.exe) to control your Internet Explorer custom browser package extraction process. 
-
-These command-line options work with IExpress:
                  
-`Ie11setup  /c:"ie11wzd "`
-
-|Parameter |Action                                                                                      |
-|----------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|`/q`   |Specifies quiet mode, hiding all of the prompts, while files are being extracted. This option won’t suppress prompts during Setup. |
-|`/q:u` |Specifies user-quiet mode, letting some of the progress and error messages appear to the employee. |
-|`/q:a` |Specifies administrator-quiet mode, hiding all of the progress and error messages from the employee. |
-|`/t:` |Specifies where to store your extracted files. |
-|`/c:` |Extracts all of the files without installing them. If `t:/` isn’t used, you’ll be prompted for a storage folder. |
-|`/c:` |Specifies the UNC path and name of the Setup .inf or .exe file. |
-|`/r:n` |Never restarts the computer after installation. |
-|`/r:a` |Always restarts the computer after installation. |
-|`/r:s` |Restarts the computer after installation without prompting the employee. |
-
-## Related topics
-- [IExpress Wizard for Windows Server 2008 R2 with SP1](iexpress-wizard-for-win-server.md)
-- [Internet Explorer Setup command-line options and return codes](ie-setup-command-line-options-and-return-codes.md)
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/iexpress-wizard-for-win-server.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/iexpress-wizard-for-win-server.md
deleted file mode 100644
index fe4bb3a985..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/iexpress-wizard-for-win-server.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Use the IExpress Wizard on Windows Server 2008 R2 with SP1 to create self-extracting files to run your custom Internet Explorer Setup program.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 5100886d-ec88-4c1c-8cd7-be00da874c57
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: IExpress Wizard for Windows Server 2008 R2 with SP1 (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# IExpress Wizard for Windows Server 2008 R2 with SP1
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Use the IExpress Wizard and its associated command-line options to create self-extracting files that automatically run your custom Internet Explorer Setup (.inf or .exe file) program that’s contained inside.
-
-## IExpress Wizard location
-The IExpress Wizard (Iexpress.exe) is included as part of Windows Server 2008 R2 with Service Pack 1 (SP1), in the `:\Windows\System32` folder. The wizard uses a self-extraction directive (.sed) file to store your package’s information. When you run the wizard, you have the option to start with an existing .sed file or to create a new one.
-
-## IExpress Wizard features
-The IExpress Wizard:
-
--   Performs silent, unattended installations of your custom IE packages.
-
--   Supports upgrading IE without removing previous installations.
-
--   Supports repeated updating or performing clean installations of the same IE build.
-
-## IExpress Wizard settings
-The IExpress Wizard lets you:
-
--   Decide whether the self-installing package is for administrators or for general employees.
-
--   Set multiple ways to run the installation command, such as in normal or silent mode.
-
--   Determine whether the IExpress dynamic-link libraries (.dll files) are updated on an employee’s computer.
-
--   Determine the compatibility of the installation package, based on the operating system version range, the browser version range, or any application version range.
-
--   Update and add files to the IExpress package, using the UPDFILE tool, without having to rebuild the package.
-
--   Replace Runonce with RunOnceEx (if the newer version of Iernonce.dll exists); giving you control over the job run order and status display.
-
--   Let corporate administrators set up support for roaming employees.
-
--   Let Internet Content Providers (ICPs) and Internet Service Providers (ISPs) generate packages for preconfigured desktops with custom, current content.
-
--   Save disk space by cleaning up the hard drive when running in Setup, uninstallation, and maintenance modes.
-
--   Provide support for multiple download sites.
-
--   Provide support for internal and external development, customization, expandability, and enhanced debugging.
-
--   Provide support for the extended character set, beyond single-byte characters (SBCS).
-
--   Provide support for using the .inf file format to download Internet components. For more information, see [Use the uninstallation .INF files to uninstall custom components](create-uninstall-inf-files-for-custom-components.md).
-
-## Related topics
-- [IExpress command-line options](iexpress-command-line-options.md)
-- [Internet Explorer Setup command-line options and return codes](ie-setup-command-line-options-and-return-codes.md)
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/images/wedge.gif b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/images/wedge.gif
deleted file mode 100644
index aa3490aee9..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/images/wedge.gif and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/important-urls-home-page-and-support-ieak11-wizard.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/important-urls-home-page-and-support-ieak11-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b32b5bacab..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/important-urls-home-page-and-support-ieak11-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use the Important URLs - Home Page and Support page in the IEAK 11 Customization Wizard to choose one or more **Home** pages and an online support page for your customized version of IE.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 19e34879-ba9d-41bf-806a-3b9b9b752fc1
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Important URLs - Home Page and Support page in the IEAK 11 Wizard (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Important URLs - Home Page and Support page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-The **Important URLS – Home Page and Support** page of the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 lets you choose one or more **Home** pages and an online support page for your customized version of IE.
-
-**To use the Important URLS – Home Page and Support page**
-
-1.  In the **Add a homepage URL** box, type the URL to the page your employees go to when they click the **Home** button, and then click **Add**.
                  
-If you add multiple **Home** pages, each page appears on a separate tab in the browser. If you don’t add a custom **Home** page, IE uses https://www.msn.com by default. If you want to delete an existing page, click the URL and then click **Remove**.
-
-2.  Check the **Retain previous Home Page (Upgrade)** box if you have employees with previous versions of IE, who need to keep their **Home** page settings when the browser is updated.
-
-3.  Check the **Online support page URL** box to type in the URL to your own support page. Customizing the support page is only supported in Internet Explorer for the desktop.
-
-4.  Click **Next** to go to the [Accelerators](accelerators-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Search Providers](search-providers-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/index.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/index.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d4dde73e8c..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/index.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.mktglfcycl: plan
-description: IEAK 11 - Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 Users Guide
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 847bd7b4-d5dd-4e10-87b5-4d7d3a99bbac
-title: Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) - Administrator's Guide (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-manager: dansimp
-ms.date: 03/15/2016
----
-
-
-# Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) - Administrator's Guide
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-The Internet Explorer Administration Kit (IEAK) simplifies the creation, deployment, and management of customized Internet Explorer packages. You can use the IEAK to configure the out-of-box Internet Explorer experience or to manage user settings after Internet Explorer deployment.
-
-Use this guide to learn about the several options and processes you'll need to consider while you're using the Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) to customize, deploy, and manage Internet Explorer 11 for your employee's devices.
-
-> [!IMPORTANT]
-> Because this content isn't intended to be a step-by-step guide, not all of the steps are necessary.
-
-
-## Included technology
-IEAK 11 includes the following technology:
-- **Internet Explorer Customization Wizard.** This wizard guides you through the process of creating custom browser packages. After these packages are installed on your user's desktop, the user receives customized versions of Internet Explorer 11, with the settings and options you selected through the wizard.
-- **Windows Installer (MSI).** IEAK 11 supports creating an MSI wrapper for your custom Internet Explorer 11 packages, enabling you to use Active Directory to deploy the package to your user's PC.
-- **IEAK Help.** IEAK 11 Help includes many conceptual and procedural topics, which you can view from the **Index**, **Contents**, or **Search** tabs. You also have the option to print any topic, or the entire Help library.
-
-
-## Naming conventions
-IE11 and IEAK 11 offers differing experiences between Windows 7 and Windows 8.1 Update and newer versions of the Windows operating system:
-
-|Name |Description                                                |
-|-----|-----------------------------------------------------------|
-|IE                                        |The immersive browser, or IE, without a specific version.  |
-|Internet Explorer for the desktop         |The desktop browser. This is the only experience available when running IE11 on Windows 7 SP1.  |
-|IE11                                      |The whole browser, which includes both IE and Internet Explorer for the desktop.  |
-|Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 |Step-by-step wizard screens that help you create custom IE11 installation packages. |
-
-## Related topics
-- [IEAK 11 - Frequently Asked Questions](../ie11-faq/faq-ieak11.yml)
-- [Download IEAK 11](ieak-information-and-downloads.md)
-- [IEAK 11 administrators guide]()
-- [IEAK 11 licensing guidelines](licensing-version-and-features-ieak11.md)
-- [Internet Explorer 11 - FAQ for IT Pros](../ie11-faq/faq-for-it-pros-ie11.yml)
-- [Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) - Deployment Guide for IT Pros](../ie11-deploy-guide/index.md)
-- [Microsoft Edge - Deployment Guide for IT Pros](/microsoft-edge/deploy/)
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/internal-install-ieak11-wizard.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/internal-install-ieak11-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 6936f198d0..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/internal-install-ieak11-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use the Internal Install page in the IEAK 11 Customization Wizard to customize Setup for the default browser and the latest browser updates.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 33d078e3-75b8-455b-9126-f0d272ed676f
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Internal Install page in the IEAK 11 Wizard (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Internal Install page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-The **Internal Install** page of the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 lets you customize Setup for the default browser and the latest browser updates, based on your company’s guidelines.
-
-**Note**
                  The customizations made on this page only apply to Internet Explorer for the desktop on Windows 7.
-
-**To use the Internal Install page**
-
-1.  Pick either:
-
-    -   **Allow user to choose.** Lets your employees pick their own default browser.
                  -OR-
                  
-
-    -   **Do not set IE as the default browser.** Won’t set IE as the default browser. However, your employees can still make IE the default.
-
-2.  Click **Next** to go to the [User Experience](user-experience-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Custom Components](custom-components-ieak11-wizard.md).
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/isp-security-ins-file-setting.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/isp-security-ins-file-setting.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 666c5f8b17..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/isp-security-ins-file-setting.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Use the \[ISP_Security\] .INS file setting to add the root certificate for your custom Internet Explorer package.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 4eca2de5-7071-45a2-9c99-75115be00d06
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the ISP_Security .INS file to add your root certificate (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the ISP_Security .INS file to add your root certificate
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Info about where you store the root certificate you’re adding to your custom package.
-
-|Name           |Value                  |Description                                                                               |
-|---------------|-----------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|RootCertPath |`` |Location and name of the root certificate you want to add to your custom install package. |
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/language-selection-ieak11-wizard.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/language-selection-ieak11-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index a343a30e51..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/language-selection-ieak11-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use the Language Selection page in the IEAK 11 Customization Wizard to choose the language for your IEAK 11 custom package.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: f9d4ab57-9b1d-4cbc-9398-63f4938df1f6
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Language Selection page in the IEAK 11 Wizard (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Language Selection page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-The **Language Selection** page of the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 lets you choose the language for your Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) custom package. You can create custom Internet Explorer 11 packages in any of the languages your operating system version is available in.
-
-**Important**
                  Make sure that the language of your IEAK 11 installation matches the language of your custom IE11 package. If the languages don’t match, IEAK 11 won’t work properly.
-
-**To use the Language Selection page**
-
-1.  Pick the language you want your custom IE11 installation package to use.
                  
-You can support as many languages as you want, but each localized version must be in its own install package.
                  
-**Note**
                  To keep your settings across multiple versions of the package, you can pick the same destination folder for all versions. The different language versions are then saved in separate subfolders within that destination folder. Like, for an English version, `C:\Cie\Build1\Flat\Win32_WIN8\en-US\` and for a German version, `C:\Cie\Build1\Flat\Win32_WIN8\de-DE\`.
-
-2.  Click **Next** to go to the [Package Type Selection](pkg-type-selection-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Platform Selection](platform-selection-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/licensing-version-and-features-ieak11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/licensing-version-and-features-ieak11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 9eba34b5e1..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/licensing-version-and-features-ieak11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: plan
-description: Learn about the version of the IEAK 11 you should run, based on your license agreement.
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 69d25451-08af-4db0-9daa-44ab272acc15
-ms.reviewer:
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-title: Determine the licensing version and features to use in IEAK 11 (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 10/23/2018
----
-
-
-# Determine the licensing version and features to use in IEAK 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-In addition to the Software License Terms for the Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11, referred to as the "software"), these Guidelines further define how you may and may not use the software to create versions of Internet Explorer 11 with optional customizations (referred to as the "customized browser") for internal use and distribution in accordance with the IEAK 11 Software License Terms. IEAK 11 is for testing purposes only and is not intended to be used in a production environment.
-
-During installation, you must pick a version of IEAK 11, either **External** or **Internal**, based on your license agreement. Your version selection decides the options you can chose, the steps you follow to deploy your Internet Explorer 11 package, and how you manage the browser after deployment.
-
--   **External Distribution as an Internet Service Provider (ISP), Internet Content Provider (ICP), or Developer.** If you are an ISP or an ICP, your license agreement also states that you must show the Internet Explorer logo on your packaging and promotional goods, as well as on your website.
-    > [!IMPORTANT]
-    > Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEMs) that install IEAK 11 as part of a Windows product, under an OEM license agreement with Microsoft, must use their appropriate Windows OEM Preinstallation document (OPD) as the guide for allowable customizations.
-
--   **Internal Distribution via a Corporate Intranet.** This version is for network admins that plan to directly deploy IE11 into a corporate environment.
-
-## Available features by version
-
-|                  Feature                  |                                     Internal                                     |                                       External                                       |
-|-------------------------------------------|:--------------------------------------------------------------------------------:|:------------------------------------------------------------------------------------:|
-|              Welcome screen               | ![Available.](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png) |   ![Available](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png)   |
-|              File locations               | ![Available.](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png) |   ![Available](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png)   |
-|            Platform selection             | ![Available.](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png) |   ![Available](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png)   |
-|            Language selection             | ![Available.](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png) |   ![Available](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png)   |
-|          Package type selection           | ![Available.](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png) |   ![Available](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png)   |
-|             Feature selection             | ![Available.](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png) |   ![Available](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png)   |
-|  Automatic Version Synchronization (AVS)  | ![Available.](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png) |   ![Available](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png)   |
-|             Custom components             | ![Available.](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png) |   ![Available](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png)   |
-|             Internal install              | ![Available.](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png) | ![Not available](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148766.png) |
-|              User experience              | ![Available.](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png) | ![Not available](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148766.png) |
-|          Browser user interface           | ![Available.](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png) |   ![Available](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png)   |
-|             Search providers              | ![Available.](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png) |   ![Available](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png)   |
-|  Important URLs – Home page and support   | ![Available.](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png) |   ![Available](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png)   |
-|               Accelerators                | ![Available.](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png) |   ![Available](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png)   |
-|    Favorites, Favorites bar, and feeds    | ![Available.](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png) |   ![Available](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png)   |
-|             Browsing options              | ![Available.](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png) | ![Not available](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148766.png) |
-| First Run wizard and Welcome page options | ![Available.](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png) |   ![Available](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png)   |
-|            Connection manager             | ![Available.](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png) |   ![Available](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png)   |
-|            Connection settings            | ![Available.](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png) |   ![Available](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png)   |
-|          Automatic configuration          | ![Available.](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png) | ![Not available](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148766.png) |
-|              Proxy settings               | ![Available.](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png) |   ![Available](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png)   |
-|       Security and privacy settings       | ![Available.](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png) | ![Not available](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148766.png) |
-|          Add a root certificate           | ![Available.](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png) | ![Not available](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148766.png) |
-|                 Programs                  | ![Available.](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png) |   ![Available](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png)   |
-|            Additional settings            | ![Available.](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png) | ![Not available](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148766.png) |
-|              Wizard complete              | ![Available.](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png) |   ![Available](/microsoft-edge/deploy/images/148767.png)   |
-
----
-
-
-## Customization guidelines
-
-Two installation modes are available to you, depending on how you are planning to use the customized browser created with the software. Each mode requires a separate installation of the software.
-
--   **External Distribution**
-    This mode is available to anyone who wants to create a customized browser for distribution outside their company (for example, websites, magazines, retailers, non-profit organizations, independent hardware vendors, independent software vendors, Internet service providers, Internet content providers, software developers, and marketers).
-
--   **Internal Distribution**
-    This mode is available to companies for the creation and distribution of a customized browser only to their employees over a corporate intranet.
-
-The table below identifies which customizations you may or may not perform based on the mode you selected.
-
-| **Feature Name**      | **External Distribution**    | **Internal Distribution**     |
-|---------------------------------|:--------------------:|:-------------------:|
-| **Custom Components**     | Yes       | Yes    |
-| **Title Bar**   | Yes   | Yes     |
-| **Favorites**   | One folder, containing any number of links.  | Any number of folders/links.   |
-| **Search Provider URLs** | Yes   | Yes   |
-| **Search Guide URL** | No  | Yes   |
-| **Online Support URL** | Yes  | Yes    |
-| **Web Slice**  | Suggested maximum five Web Slices.   | Any number of Web Slices.    |
-| **Accelerator**  | Search provider Accelerator must be the same as the search provider set for the Search Toolbox. We recommend that Any number of Accelerators/Accelerator Categories. Feature Name External Internal Accelerator category not exceed seven total categories, and each Accelerator category must be unique. We recommend each Accelerator category not have more than two Accelerators. The Accelerator display name should follow the syntax of verb + noun, such as "Map with Bing." | Any number of Accelerators/Accelerator Categories. |
-| **Homepage URLs**  | Can add a maximum of three.  | Unlimited.  |
-| **First Run Wizard and Welcome Page Options** | Cannot remove Internet Explorer 11 First Run wizard. Can customize **Welcome** page.    | Customizable.   |
-| **RSS Feeds** | One folder, containing any number of links.   | Any number of folders/links.  |
-| **Browsing Options**   | No    | Yes   |
-| **Security and Privacy Settings**  | No  | Can add any number of sites.   |
-| **Corporate Options** (Latest Updates, Default Browser, Uninstall Info, Additional Settings) | No   | Yes   |
-| **User Experience** (Setup/Restart) | No   | Yes   |
-| **User Agent String** | Yes   | Yes  |
-| **Compatibility View**  | Yes   | Yes  |
-| **Connection Settings and Manage**  | Yes  | Yes  |
-
-
-Support for some of the Internet Explorer settings on the wizard pages varies depending on your target operating system. For more information, see [Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 options](./ieak11-wizard-custom-options.md).
-
-## Distribution guidelines
-
-Two installation modes are available to you, depending on how you are planning to use the customized browser created with the software. Each mode requires a separate installation of the software.
-
--   **External Distribution**
-    You shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the quality of (i) any non-Microsoft software distributed with Internet Explorer 11, and (ii) any media used for distribution (for example, optical media, flash drives), at a level that meets or exceeds the highest industry standards. If you distribute add-ons with Internet Explorer 11, those add-ons must comply with the [Microsoft browser extension policy](/legal/microsoft-edge/microsoft-browser-extension-policy).
-
--   **Internal Distribution - corporate intranet**
-    The software is solely for use by your employees within your company's organization and affiliated companies through your corporate intranet. Neither you nor any of your employees may permit redistribution of the software to or for use by third parties other than for third parties such as consultants, contractors, and temporary staff accessing your corporate intranet.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/media-ins-file-setting.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/media-ins-file-setting.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f628def610..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/media-ins-file-setting.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Use the \[Media\] .INS file setting to specify the types of media on which your custom install package is available.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: c57bae60-d520-49a9-a77d-da43f7ebe5b8
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Media .INS file to specify your install media (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Media .INS file to specify your install media
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-The types of media on which your custom install package is available.
-
-|Name |Value |Description      |
-|-----|------|-----------------|
-|Build_LAN |
                  • **0.** Don’t create the LAN-based installation package.
                  • **1.** Create the LAN-based installation package.
                   |Determines whether you want to create a LAN-based installation package. |
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/pkg-type-selection-ieak11-wizard.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/pkg-type-selection-ieak11-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ae7b3c6150..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/pkg-type-selection-ieak11-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use the Package Type Selection page in the IEAK 11 Customization Wizard to pick the media type you’ll use to distribute your custom package.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: dd91f788-d05e-4f45-9fd5-d951abf04f2c
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Package Type Selection page in the IEAK 11 Wizard (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Package Type Selection page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-The **Package Type Selection** page of the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 lets you pick which type of media you’ll use to distribute your custom installation package. You can pick more than one type, if you need it.
-
-**Important**
                  You can't create a full installation package for deployment to Windows 10 computers. That option only works for computers running Windows 7 or Windows 8.1.
-
-**To use the File Locations page**
-
-1.  Check the **Full Installation Package** box if you’re going to build your package on, or move your package to, a local area network (LAN). This media package includes the Internet Explorer 11 installation files, and is named **IE11-Setup-Full.exe**, in the `\\FLAT\\` folder.
                  -OR-
                   
-
-2.  Check the **Configuration-only package** box if you want to update an existing installation of IE11. This media package is named **IE11- Setup-Branding.exe**, in the `\\BrndOnly\\` folder.
                  
-You can distribute this file on any media format or server. It customizes the IE11 features without re-installing IE.
                  
-**Important**
                  You can’t include custom components in a configuration-only package.
-
-3.  Click **Next** to go to the [Feature Selection](feature-selection-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Language Selection](language-selection-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/platform-selection-ieak11-wizard.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/platform-selection-ieak11-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 67d9caac65..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/platform-selection-ieak11-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use the Platform Selection page in the IEAK 11 Customization Wizard to pick the specs for your employee devices that will get the install package.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 9cbf5abd-86f7-42b6-9810-0b606bbe8218
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Platform Selection page in the IEAK 11 Wizard (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Platform Selection page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-The **Platform Selection** page of the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 lets you pick the operating system and architecture (32-bit or 64-bit) for the devices on which you’re going to install the custom installation package.
-
-**To use the Platform Selection page**
-
-1.  Pick the operating system and architecture for the devices on which you’re going to install the custom package.
                  
-You must create individual packages for each supported operating system.
                  
-**Note**
                  To keep your settings across several operating system packages, you can specify the same destination folder. Then, after running the wizard, you can reuse the resulting .ins file. Any additional changes to the .ins file are saved. For more info about using .ins files, see [Using Internet Settings (.INS) files with IEAK 11](using-internet-settings-ins-files.md). For more info about adding in your .ins file, see [Use the File Locations page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](file-locations-ieak11-wizard.md).
-
-2.  Click **Next** to go to the [Language Selection](language-selection-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [File Locations](file-locations-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/prep-network-install-with-ieak11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/prep-network-install-with-ieak11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4720c446af..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/prep-network-install-with-ieak11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: plan
-description: Learn about what you need to do before you deploy your custom browser package using IEAK 11 over your network.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 2c66d22a-4a94-47cc-82ab-7274abe1dfd6
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Before you install your package over your network using IEAK 11 (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Before you install your package over your network using IEAK 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Employees can install the custom browser package using a network server. However, you must either lower the intranet security level or make the server a trusted site.
-
-**To lower your intranet security**
-
-1. In Internet Explorer 11, click **Tools**, **Internet Options**, and then the **Security** tab.
-
-2. Click **Local intranet**, and then **Sites**.
-
-3. Uncheck **Automatically detect intranet network**, uncheck **Include all network paths (UNC)**, and then click **OK**.
-
-**To make your server a trusted site**
-
-1. From the **Security** tab, click **Trusted sites**, and then **Sites**.
-
-2. Type the location of the server with the downloadable custom browser package, and then click **Add**.
-
-3. Repeat this step for every server that will include the custom browser package for download.
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/programs-ieak11-wizard.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/programs-ieak11-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index acfbbc74ae..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/programs-ieak11-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use the Programs page in the IEAK 11 Customization Wizard to pick the default programs to use for Internet services.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: f715668f-a50d-4db0-b578-e6526fbfa1fc
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Programs page in the IEAK 11 Wizard (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Programs page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-The **Programs** page of the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 lets you pick the default programs to use for Internet services, like email, contact lists, and newsgroups, by importing settings from your computer.
-
-**Important**
                  The customizations you make on this page only apply to Internet Explorer for the desktop.
-
-**To use the Programs page**
-
-1. Determine whether you want to customize your connection settings. You can pick:
-
-    - **Do not customize Program Settings.** Pick this option if you don’t want to set program associations for your employee’s devices.
                  -OR-
                  
-    
-    - **Import the current Program Settings.** Pick this option to import the program associations from your device and use them as the preset for your employee’s program settings.
                  **Note**
                  If you want to change any of your settings, you can click **Modify Settings** to open the **Internet Properties** box, click **Set associations**, and make your changes.
-    
-2. Click **Next** to go to the [Additional Settings](additional-settings-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Add a Root Certificate](add-root-certificate-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/proxy-auto-config-examples.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/proxy-auto-config-examples.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 56a0823f9a..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/proxy-auto-config-examples.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,185 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Learn about how to use a proxy auto-configuration (.pac) file to specify an automatic proxy URL.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 6c94708d-71bd-44bd-a445-7e6763b374ae
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use proxy auto-configuration (.pac) files with IEAK 11 (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use proxy auto-configuration (.pac) files with IEAK 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-These are various ways you can use a proxy auto-configuration (.pac) file to specify an automatic proxy URL. We've included some examples here to help guide you, but you'll need to change the proxy names, port numbers, and IP addresses to match your organization's info.
-
-Included examples:
-- [Example 1: Connect directly if the host is local](#example-1-connect-directly-if-the-host-is-local) 
-- [Example 2: Connect directly if the host is inside the firewall](#example-2-connect-directly-if-the-host-is-inside-the-firewall)
-- [Example 3: Connect directly if the host name is resolvable](#example-3-connect-directly-if-the-host-name-is-resolvable)
-- [Example 4: Connect directly if the host is in specified subnet](#example-4-connect-directly-if-the-host-is-in-specified-subnet)
-- [Example 5: Determine the connection type based on the host domain](#example-5-determine-the-connection-type-based-on-the-host-domain)
-- [Example 6: Determine the connection type based on the protocol](#example-6-determine-the-connection-type-based-on-the-protocol)
-- [Example 7: Determine the proxy server based on the host name matching the IP address](#example-7-determine-the-proxy-server-based-on-the-host-name-matching-the-ip-address)
-- [Example 8: Connect using a proxy server if the host IP address matches the specified IP address](#example-8-connect-using-a-proxy-server-if-the-host-ip-address-matches-the-specified-ip-address)
-- [Example 9: Connect using a proxy server if there are periods in the host name](#example-9-connect-using-a-proxy-server-if-there-are-periods-in-the-host-name)
-- [Example 10: Connect using a proxy server based on specific days of the week](#example-10-connect-using-a-proxy-server-based-on-specific-days-of-the-week)
-
-
-## Example 1: Connect directly if the host is local
-In this example, if the host is local, it can connect directly. However, if the server isn't local, it must connect through a proxy server. Specifically, the `isPlainHostName` function looks to see if there are any periods (.) in the host name. If the function finds periods, it means the host isn’t local and it returns false. Otherwise, the function returns true.
-
-``` javascript
-function FindProxyForURL(url, host)
- {
- if (isPlainHostName(host))
- return "DIRECT";
- else
- return "PROXY proxy:80";
- }
-```
-## Example 2: Connect directly if the host is inside the firewall
-In this example, if the host is inside the firewall, it can connect directly. However, if the server is outside the firewall, it must connect through a proxy server. Specifically, the `localHostOrDomainIs` function only runs for URLs in the local domain. If the host domain name matches the provided domain information, the `dnsDomainIs` function returns true.
-
-``` javascript
-function FindProxyForURL(url, host)
- {
- if ((isPlainHostName(host) ||
- dnsDomainIs(host, ".company.com")) &&
- !localHostOrDomainIs(host, "www.company.com") &&
- !localHostOrDoaminIs(host, "home.company.com"))
- return "DIRECT";
- else
- return "PROXY proxy:80";
-}
-```
-## Example 3: Connect directly if the host name is resolvable
-In this example, if the host name can be resolved, it can connect directly. However, if the name can’t be resolved, the server must connect through a proxy server. Specifically, this function requests the DNS server to resolve the host name it's passed. If the name can be resolved, a direct connection is made. If it can't, the connection is made using a proxy. This is particularly useful when an internal DNS server is used to resolve all internal host names.
-
-**Important**
                  The `isResolvable` function queries a Domain Name System (DNS) server. References to Object Model objects, properties, or methods cause the proxy auto-configuration file to fail silently. For example, the references `window.open(...)`, `alert(...)`, and `password(...)` all cause the proxy auto-configuration file to fail.
-
-``` javascript
-function FindProxyForURL(url, host)
- {
- if (isResolvable(host))
- return "DIRECT";
- else
- return "PROXY proxy:80";
- }
-```
-
-## Example 4: Connect directly if the host is in specified subnet
-In this example, if the host is in a specified subnet, it can connect directly. However, if the server is outside of the specified subnet, it must connect through a proxy server. Specifically, the `isInNet` (host, pattern, mask) function returns true if the host IP address matches the specified pattern. The mask indicates which part of the IP address to match (255=match, 0=ignore).
-
-**Important**
                  The `isInNet` function queries a DNS server. References to Object Model objects, properties, or methods cause the proxy auto-configuration file to fail silently. For example, the references `window.open(...)`, `alert(...)`, and `password(...)` all cause the proxy auto-configuration file to fail.
-
-``` javascript
-function FindProxyForURL(url, host)
- {
- if (isInNet(host, "999.99.9.9", "255.0.255.0"))
- return "DIRECT";
- else
- return "PROXY proxy:80";
- }
-```
-## Example 5: Determine the connection type based on the host domain
-In this example, if the host is local, the server can connect directly. However, if the host isn’t local, this function determines which proxy to use based on the host domain. Specifically, the `shExpMatch(str, shexp)` function returns true if `str` matches the `shexp` using shell expression patterns. This is particularly useful when the host domain name is one of the criteria for proxy selection.
-
-``` javascript
-function FindProxyForURL(url, host)
- {
- if (isPlainHostName(host))
- return "DIRECT";
- else if (shExpMatch(host, "*.com"))
- return "PROXY comproxy:80";
- else if (shExpMatch(host, "*.edu"))
- return "PROXY eduproxy:80";
- else
- return "PROXY proxy";
- }
-```
-## Example 6: Determine the connection type based on the protocol
-In this example, the in-use protocol is extracted from the server and used to make a proxy selection. If no protocol match occurs, the server is directly connected. Specifically the `substring` function extracts the specified number of characters from a string. This is particularly useful when protocol is one of the criteria for proxy selection.
-
-``` javascript
-function FindProxyForURL(url, host)
- {
- if (url.substring(0, 5) == "http:") {
- return "PROXY proxy:80";
- }
- else if (url.substring(0, 4) == "ftp:") {
- return "PROXY fproxy:80";
- }
- else if (url.substring(0, 6) == "https:") {
- return "PROXY secproxy:8080";
- }
- else {
- return "DIRECT";
-      }
- }
-```
-## Example 7: Determine the proxy server based on the host name matching the IP address
-In this example, the proxy server is selected by translating the host name into an IP address and then comparing the address to a specified string.
-
-**Important** 
                  The `dnsResolve` function queries a DNS server. References to Object Model objects, properties, or methods cause the proxy auto-configuration file to fail silently. For example, the references `window.open(...)`, `alert(...)`, and `password(...)` all cause the proxy auto-configuration file to fail.
-
-``` javascript
-function FindProxyForURL(url, host)
- {
- if (dnsResolve(host) == "999.99.99.999") { // = https://secproxy
- return "PROXY secproxy:8080";
- }
- else {
- return "PROXY proxy:80";
- }
- }
-```
-## Example 8: Connect using a proxy server if the host IP address matches the specified IP address
-In this example, the proxy server is selected by explicitly getting the IP address and then comparing it to a specified string. If no protocol match occurs, the server makes a direct connection. Specifically, the `myIpAddress` function returns the IP address (in integer-period format) for the host that the browser is running on.
-
-``` javascript
-function FindProxyForURL(url, host)
- {
- if (myIpAddress() == "999.99.999.99") { 
- return "PROXY proxy:80";
- }
- else {
- return "DIRECT";
- }
- }
-```
-## Example 9: Connect using a proxy server if there are periods in the host name
-In this example, the function looks to see if there are periods (.) in the host name. If there are any periods, the connection occurs using a proxy server. If there are no periods, a direct connection occurs. Specifically, the `dnsDomainLevels` function returns an integer equal to the number of periods in the host name.
-
-**Note**
                  This is another way to determine connection types based on host name characteristics.
-
-``` javascript
-function FindProxyForURL(url, host)
- {
- if (dnsDomainLevels(host) > 0) { // if the number of periods in host > 0
- return "PROXY proxy:80";
- }
- return "DIRECT";
- }
-```
-## Example 10: Connect using a proxy server based on specific days of the week
-In this example, the function decides whether to connect to a proxy server, based on the days of the week. Connecting on days that don’t fall between the specified date parameters let the server make a direct connection. Specifically the `weekdayRange(day1 [,day2] [,GMT] )` function returns whether the current system time falls within the range specified by the parameters `day1`, `day2`, and `GMT`. Only the first parameter is required. The GMT parameter presumes time values are in Greenwich Mean Time rather than the local time zone. This function is particularly useful for situations where you want to use a proxy server for heavy traffic times, but allow a direct connection when traffic is light.
-
-``` javascript
-function FindProxyForURL(url, host)
- {
- if(weekdayRange("WED", "SAT", "GMT")) 
- return "PROXY proxy:80";
- else 
- return "DIRECT";
- }
-```
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/proxy-ins-file-setting.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/proxy-ins-file-setting.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 9def48f2d3..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/proxy-ins-file-setting.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Use the \[Proxy\] .INS file setting to define whether to use a proxy server.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 30b03c2f-e3e5-48d2-9007-e3fd632f3c18
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Proxy .INS file to specify a proxy server (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Proxy .INS file to specify a proxy server
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Info about whether to use a proxy server. If yes, this also includes the host names for the proxy server.
-
-|Name |Value |Description |
-|-----|------|------------|
-|FTP_Proxy_Server |`` |The host name for the FTP proxy server. |
-|Gopher_Proxy_Server |`` |We no longer support Gopher Server. |
-|HTTP_Proxy_Server |`` |The host name for the HTTP proxy server. |
-|Proxy_Enable |
                  • **0.** Don’t use a proxy server.
                  • **1.** Use a proxy server.
                   |Determines whether to use a proxy server. |
-|Proxy_Override |`` |The host name for the proxy server. For example, ``. |
-|Secure_Proxy_Server |`` |The host name for the secure proxy server. |
-|Socks_Proxy_Server |`` |The host name for the SOCKS proxy server. |
-|Use_Same_Proxy |
                  • **0.** Don’t use the same proxy server for all services.
                  • **1.** Use the same proxy server for all services.
                   |Determines whether to use a single proxy server for all services. |
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/proxy-settings-ieak11-wizard.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/proxy-settings-ieak11-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ba113af6cc..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/proxy-settings-ieak11-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use the Proxy Settings page in the IEAK 11 Customization Wizard to pick the proxy servers used to connect to required services.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 1fa1eee3-e97d-41fa-a48c-4a6e0dc8b544
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Proxy Settings page in the IEAK 11 Wizard (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Proxy Settings page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-The **Proxy Settings** page of the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 lets you pick the proxy servers used by your employees to connect for services required by the custom install package.
-
-Using a proxy server lets you limit access to the Internet. You can also use the **Additional Settings** page of the wizard to further restrict your employees from changing the proxy settings.
-
-**To use the Proxy Settings page**
-
-1.  Check the **Enable proxy settings** box if you want to use proxy servers for any of your services.
-
-2.  Type the address of the proxy server you want to use for your services into the **Address of proxy** box. In most cases, a single proxy server is used for all of your services.
                  
-Proxy locations that don’t begin with a protocol (like, https:// or ftp://) are assumed to be a CERN-type HTTP proxy. For example, the entry *proxy* is treated the same as the entry `https://proxy`.
-
-3.  Type the port for each service. The default value is *80*.
-
-4.  Check the **Use the same proxy server for all addresses** box to use the same proxy server settings for all of your services.
-
-5.  Type any services that shouldn’t use a proxy server into the **Do not use proxy server for addresses beginning with** box.
                  
-When filling out your exceptions, keep in mind:
-
-    -   Proxy bypass entries can begin with a protocol type, such as https://, https://, or ftp://. However, if a protocol type is used, the exception entry applies only to requests for that protocol.
-
-    -   Protocol values are not case sensitive and you can use a wildcard character (*) in place of zero or more characters.
-
-    -   You must use a semicolon between your entries.
-
-    -   This list is limited to **2064** characters.
-
-6.  Check the **Do not use proxy server for local (intranet) addresses** to bypass your proxy servers for all addresses on your intranet.
-
-7.  Click **Next** to go to the [Security and Privacy Settings](security-and-privacy-settings-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Automatic Configuration](auto-config-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/register-uninstall-app-ieak11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/register-uninstall-app-ieak11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f3b4414183..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/register-uninstall-app-ieak11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Learn how to register an uninstall app for your custom components, using IEAK 11.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 4da1d408-af4a-4c89-a491-d6f005fd5005
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Register an uninstall app for custom components using IEAK 11 (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Register an uninstall app for custom components using IEAK 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Register the uninstall apps for any custom components you’ve included in your Internet Explorer 11 package. Registering these apps lets your employees remove the components later, using **Uninstall or change a program** in the Control Panel.
-
-## Register your uninstallation program
-While you’re running your custom component setup process, your app can add information to the subkeys in the `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\ApplicationName` registry key, registering your uninstallation program.
-
-**Note**
                  IE11 also uses this registry key to verify that the component installed successfully during setup.
-
-|Subkey |Data type |Value      |
-|-------|----------|-----------|
-|DisplayName |*string* |Friendly name for your uninstall app. This name must match your **Uninstall Key** in the **Add a Custom Component** page of the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11. For more info, see the [Custom Components](custom-components-ieak11-wizard.md) page.  |
-|UninstallString |*string* |Full command-line text, including the path, to uninstall your component. You must not use a batch file or a sub-process. |
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/rsop-snapin-for-policy-settings-ieak11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/rsop-snapin-for-policy-settings-ieak11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 52e023abde..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/rsop-snapin-for-policy-settings-ieak11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: manage
-description: Learn how to use the Resultant Set of Policy (RSoP) snap-in to view your policy settings.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 0f21b320-e879-4a06-8589-aae6fc264666
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the RSoP snap-in to review policy settings (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Using the Resultant Set of Policy (RSoP) snap-in to review policy settings
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-After you’ve deployed your custom Internet Explorer package to your employees, you can use the Resultant Set of Policy (RSoP) snap-in to view your created policy settings. The RSoP snap-in is a two-step process. First, you run the RSoP wizard to determine what information should be viewed. Second, you open the specific items in the console window to view the settings. For complete instructions about how to use RSoP, see [Resultant Set of Policy](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc772175(v=ws.11)).
-
-**To add the RSoP snap-in**
-
-1.  On the **Start** screen, type *MMC*.
                  
-The Microsoft Management Console opens.
-
-2.  Click **File**, and then click **Add/Remove Snap-in**.
-
-3.  In the **Available snap-ins** window, go down to the **Resultant Set of Policy** snap-in option, click **Add**, and then click **OK**.
                  
-You’re now ready to use the RSoP snap-in from the console.
-
-**To use the RSoP snap-in**
-
-1.  Right-click **Resultant Set of Policy** and then click **Generate RSoP Data**.
                  
-You’ll only need to go through the resulting RSoP Wizard first time you run the snap-in.
-
-2.  Click **Next** on the **Welcome** screen.
-
-3.  Under **Computer Configuration**, click **Administrative Templates**, click **Windows Components**, click **IE**, and then click the feature you want to review the policy settings for.
-
- 
-
- 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/search-providers-ieak11-wizard.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/search-providers-ieak11-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c092a2101b..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/search-providers-ieak11-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use the Search Providers page in the IEAK 11 Customization Wizard to add additional providers and set the default.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 48cfaba5-f4c0-493c-b656-445311b7bc52
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Search Providers page in the IEAK 11 Wizard (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Search Providers page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-The **Search Providers** page of the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 lets you add a default search provider (typically, Bing®) and additional providers to your custom version of IE.
-
-**Note**
                  The Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 offers improved and extended search settings. However, you can still optionally include support for Search Suggestions and Favicons, as well as Accelerator previews by using an .ins file from a previous version of IEAK.
-
-**To use the Search Providers page**
-
-1.  Click **Import** to automatically import your existing search providers from your current version of IE into this list.
-
-2.  Click **Add** to add more providers.
                  
-The **Search Provider** box appears.
-
-3.  In the **Display Name** box, type the text that appears in the **Search Options** menu for the search provider.
-
-4.  In the **URL** box, type the full URL to the search provider, including the https:// prefix.
-
-5.  In the **Favicon URL** box, type the full URL to any icon to associate with your provider.
-
-6.  In the **Suggestions URL (XML)** box, type the associated search suggestions in XML format.
-
-7.  In the **Suggestions URL (JSON)** box, type the associated search suggestions in JavaScript Object Notation format.
-
-8.  In the **Accelerator Preview URL** box, type the associated Accelerator preview URL for each provider, if it’s necessary.
-
-9.  Check the **Display Search Suggestions for this provider** box to turn on search suggestions for the provider, and then click **OK**.
-
-10. Check the **Search Guide URL Customization** box if you’re going to add your search providers to a custom webpage for your employees. Then, type the URL to the custom webpage in the text box.
-
-11. Click **Edit** to change your search provider information, click **Set Default** to make a search provider the default for your employees, or **Remove** to delete a search provider.
-
-12. Click **Next** to go to the [Important URLs - Home Page and Support](important-urls-home-page-and-support-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Browser User Interface](browser-ui-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/security-and-ieak11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/security-and-ieak11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 6c1c936553..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/security-and-ieak11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: plan
-description: Learn about the security features available in Internet Explorer 11 and IEAK 11.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 5b64c9cb-f8da-411a-88e4-fa69dea473e2
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Security features and IEAK 11 (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Security features and IEAK 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Use Internet Explorer in conjunction with your new and existing security measures, to make sure the computers in your company aren’t compromised while on the Internet.
-
-## Enhanced Protection Mode
-Extends Protected Mode to further restrict the ability of an attacker to access sensitive or personal information in personal and corporate environments, including:
-
--   Restricting access to higher-level processes in the AppContainer.
-
--   Improving security against memory safety exploits in 64-bit tab processes.
-
-This feature is turned off by default. For more info, see [Enhanced Protected Mode problems with Internet Explorer](../ie11-deploy-guide/enhanced-protected-mode-problems-with-ie11.md).
-
-## Certificates and Digital Signatures
-Web browsers have security features that help protect users from downloading harmful programs. Depending on the security level and the platform that you are using, the user may be prevented from, or warned against, downloading programs that are not digitally signed. Digital signatures show users where programs come from, verify that the programs have not been altered, and ensure that users do not receive unnecessary warnings when installing the custom browser.
-
-Because of this, the custom .cab files created by the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard should be signed, unless you pre-configure the Local intranet zone with a Low security setting. Any custom components you distribute with your browser package for these platforms should also be signed.
-
-### Understanding digital certificates
-To sign your package and custom programs digitally, you must first obtain a digital certificate. You can obtain a certificate from a certification authority or a privately-controlled certificate server. For more info about obtaining certificates or setting up a certificate server, see the following:
-
--   Microsoft-trusted certification authorities ([Windows root certificate program requirements](/previous-versions//cc751157(v=technet.10))).
-
--   Certificates overview documentation ([Certificates](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc732331(v=ws.11))).
-
--   Microsoft Active Directory Certificate Services ( [Active Directory Certificate Services](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc732625(v=ws.11))).
-
--   Enterprise public key infrastructure (PKI) snap-in documentation ([Enterprise PKI](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc771400(v=ws.11))).
-
-After you get a certificate, you should note the public and private keys, which are a matched set of keys that are created by the software publisher for encryption and decryption. They are generated on your device at the time the certificate is requested, and your private key is never sent to the certification authority or any other party.
-
-### Understanding code signing
-Code signing varies, depening on how you plan to distribute your custom install package.
-
--   **If you plan to distribute custom packages over the Internet**, you must sign all custom components and the CMAK profile package (if used). Before you start the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard, make sure that both are signed. Typically, their respective manufacturers will have signed them. Otherwise, you can sign these using the Sign Tool (SignTool.exe) ( [SignTool.exe (Sign Tool)](/dotnet/framework/tools/signtool-exe)) or use the File Signing Tool (Signcode.exe) ([Signcode.exe (File Signing Tool)](/previous-versions/9sh96ycy(v=vs.100))). You should read the documentation included with these tools for more info about all of the signing options.
                  
-In addition, after you run the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard, we highly recommend that you sign the IEAK package and the branding.cab file (if you are using it separately from the package). You can do this also using the tools mentioned above. For more information, download Code-Signing Best Practices ([Code-Signing Best Practices](/previous-versions/windows/hardware/design/dn653556(v=vs.85))).
-
--   **If you plan to distribute your custom packages over an intranet**, sign the custom files or preconfigure the Local intranet zone with a Low security setting, because the default security setting does not allow users to download unsigned programs or code.
-
-### Understanding your private key
-Your device creates two keys during the enrollment process of your digital certificate. One is a public key, which is sent to anyone you want to communicate with, and one is a private key, which is stored on your local device and must be kept secret. You use the private key to encrypt your data and the corresponding public key to decrypt it.
-
-You must keep your private key, private. To do this, we recommend:
-
--   **Separate test and release signing.** Set up a parallel code signing infrastructure, using test certificates created by an internal test root certificate authority. This helps to ensure that your certificates aren’t stored on an insecure build system, reducing the likelihood that they will be compromised.
-
--   **Tamper-proof storage.** Save your private keys on secure, tamper-proof hardware devices.
-
--   **Security.** Protect your private keys using physical security measures, such as cameras and card readers.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/security-and-privacy-settings-ieak11-wizard.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/security-and-privacy-settings-ieak11-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c78a131719..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/security-and-privacy-settings-ieak11-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use the Security and Privacy Settings page in the IEAK 11 Customization Wizard to manage your security zones, privacy settings, and content ratings.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: cb7cd1df-6a79-42f6-b3a1-8ae467053f82
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Security and Privacy Settings page in the IEAK 11 Wizard (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Security and Privacy Settings page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-The **Security and Privacy Settings** page of the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 lets you manage your security zones, privacy settings, and content ratings. These settings help restrict the types of content your employees can access from the Internet, including any content that might be considered offensive or otherwise inappropriate in a corporate setting.
-
-**To use the Security and Privacy Settings page**
-
-1.  Decide if you want to customize your security zones and privacy settings. You can pick:
-
-    -   **Do not customize security zones and privacy.** Pick this option if you don’t want to customize your security zones and privacy settings.
-
-    -   **Import the current security zones and privacy.** Pick this option to import your security zone and privacy settings from your computer and use them as the preset for your employee’s settings.
                  **Note**
                  To change your settings, click **Modify Settings** to open the **Internet Properties** box, and then click the **Security** and **Privacy** tabs to make your changes.
-
-2.  Decide if you want to customize your content ratings. You can pick:
-
-    -   **Do not customize content ratings.** Pick this option if you don’t want to customize content ratings.
-
-    -   **Import the current content ratings settings.** Pick this option to import your content rating settings from your computer and use them as the preset for your employee’s settings.
                  **Note**
                  Not all Internet content is rated. If you choose to allow users to view unrated sites, some of those sites could contain inappropriate material. To change your settings, click **Modify Settings** to open the **Content Advisor** box, where you can make your changes.
-
-3.  Click **Next** to go to the [Add a Root Certificate](add-root-certificate-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Proxy Settings](proxy-settings-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/security-imports-ins-file-setting.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/security-imports-ins-file-setting.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b4fd0c45b2..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/security-imports-ins-file-setting.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Use the \[Security Imports\] .INS file setting to decide whether to import security info to your custom package.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 19791c44-aaa7-4f37-9faa-85cbdf29f68e
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Security Imports .INS file to import security info (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Security Imports .INS file to import security info
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Info about how to import security information from your local device to your custom package.
-
-|Name |Value |Description |
-|-----|------|------------|
-|ImportAuthCode |
                  • **0.** Don’t import the existing settings.
                  • **1.** Import the existing settings.
                   |Whether to import the existing Authenticode settings. |
-|ImportRatings |
                  • **0.** Don’t import the existing settings.
                  • **1.** Import the existing settings.
                   |Whether to import the existing Content Ratings settings. |
-|ImportSecZones |
                  • **0.** Don’t import the existing settings.
                  • **1.** Import the existing settings.
                   |Whether to import the existing Security Zone settings. |
-|ImportSiteCert |
                  • **0.** Don’t import the existing authorities.
                  • **1.** Import the existing authorities.
                   |Whether to import the existing site certification authorities. |
-|Win16SiteCerts |
                  • **0.** Don’t use the site certificates.
                  • **1.** Use the site certificates.
                   |Whether to use site certificates for computers running 16-bit versions of Windows. |
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/troubleshooting-custom-browser-pkg-ieak11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/troubleshooting-custom-browser-pkg-ieak11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e4fcd7c739..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/troubleshooting-custom-browser-pkg-ieak11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,127 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: support
-description: Info about some of the known issues using the Internet Exporer Customization Wizard and a custom Internet Explorer install package.
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 9e22cc61-6c63-4cab-bfdf-6fe49db945e4
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-title: Troubleshoot custom package and IEAK 11 problems (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Troubleshoot custom package and IEAK 11 problems
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-While the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard has been around for quite a while, there are still some known issues that you might encounter while deploying or managing your custom IE install package.
-
-## I am unable to locate some of the wizard pages
-The most common reasons you will not see certain pages is because:
-
--   **Your licensing agreement with Microsoft.** Your licensing agreement determines whether you install the **Internal** or **External** version of the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard, and there are different features available for each version. For info about which features are available for each version, see [Determine the licensing version and features to use in IEAK 11](licensing-version-and-features-ieak11.md).
-
--   **Your choice of operating system.** Depending on the operating system you picked from the **Platform Selection** page of the wizard, you might not see all of the pages. Some features aren’t available for all operating systems. For more information, see [Use the Platform Selection page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](platform-selection-ieak11-wizard.md).
-
--   **Your choice of features.** Depending on what you selected from the **Feature Selection** page of the wizard, you might not see all of the pages. You need to make sure that the features you want to customize are all checked. For more information, see [Use the Feature Selection page in the IEAK 11 Wizard](feature-selection-ieak11-wizard.md).
-
-## Internet Explorer Setup fails on user's devices
-Various issues can cause problems during Setup, including missing files, trust issues, or URL monikers. You can troubleshoot these issues by reviewing the Setup log file, located at `IE11\_main.log` from the **Windows** folder (typically, `C:\Windows`). The log file covers the entire Setup process from the moment IE11Setup.exe starts until the last .cab file finishes, providing error codes that you can use to help determine the cause of the failure.
-
-### Main.log file codes
-
-|Code |Description |
-|-----|------------|
-|0 |Initializing, making a temporary folder, and checking disk space. |
-|1 |Checking for all dependencies. |
-|2 |Downloading files from the server. |
-|3 |Copying files from download location to the temporary installation folder. |
-|4 |Restarting download and retrying Setup, because of a time-out error or other download error. |
-|5 |Checking trust and checking permissions. |
-|6 |Extracting files. |
-|7 |Running Setup program (an .inf or .exe file). |
-|8 |Installation is finished. |
-|9 |Download finished, and all files are downloaded. |
-
-### Main.log error codes
-
-|Code |Description |
-|-----|------------|
-|80100003 |Files are missing from the download folder during installation. |
-|800bxxxx |An error code starting with 800b is a trust failure. |
-|800Cxxxx |An error code starting with 800C is a Urlmon.dll failure. |
-
-
-## Internet Explorer Setup connection times out
-Internet Explorer Setup can switch servers during the installation process to maintain maximum throughput or to recover from a non-responsive download site (you receive less than 1 byte in 2 minutes). If the connection times out, but Setup is able to connect to the next download site on the list, your download starts over. If however the connection times out and Setup can’t connect to a different server, it’ll ask if you want to stop the installation or try again.
-
-To address connection issues (for example, as a result of server problems) where Setup can’t locate another download site by default, we recommend you overwrite your first download server using this workaround:
-
-``` syntax
-\ie11setup.exe /C:"ie11wzd.exe /S:""\ie11setup.exe"" /L:""https://your_Web_server/your_Web_site/ie11sites.dat"""
-```
-
-Where `` represents the folder location where you stored IE11setup.exe.
-
-## Users cannot uninstall IE
-If you cannot uninstall IE using **Uninstall or change a program** in the Control Panel, it could be because the uninstall information is not on the computer. To fix this issue, you should:
-
-1.  Review the uninstall log file, IE11Uninst.log, located in the `C:\Windows` folder. This log file covers the entire uninstallation process, including every file change, every registry change, and any dialog boxes that are shown.
-
-2.  Try to manually uninstall IE. Go to the backup folder, `:\Windows\$ie11$`, and run the uninstall file, `Spunist.exe`.
-
- 
-## The Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 does not work with user names that user double-byte character sets
-The customization wizard does not work with user names that use double-byte character sets, such as Chinese or Japanese. To fix this, set the **TEMP** and **TMP** environmental variables to a path that does not use these characters (for example, C:\temp).
-
-1. Open **System Properties**, click the **Advanced** tab, and then click **Environmental Variables**.
-2. Click Edit, and then modify the **TEMP** and **TMP** environmental variables to a non-user profile directory.
-
- 
-## Unicode characters are not supported in IEAK 11 path names
-While Unicode characters, such as Emoji, are supported for organization names and other branding items, you must not use Unicode characters in any paths associated with running the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11. This includes paths to your IEAK 11 installation and to the storage location for your custom packages after they're built.
-
-## Internet Explorer branding conflicts when using both Unattend and IEAK 11 to customize Internet Explorer settings
-Using both Unattend settings and an IEAK custom package to modify a user's version of Internet Explorer 11 might cause a user to lose personalized settings during an upgrade. For example, many manufacturers configure Internet Explorer using Unattend settings. If a user purchases a laptop, and then signs up for Internet service, their Internet Service Provider (ISP) might provide a version of Internet Explorer that has been branded (for example, with a custom homepage for that ISP) using Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11. If that user later upgrades to a new version of Internet Explorer, the Unattend settings from the laptop manufacturer will be reapplied, overwriting any settings that the user configured for themselves (such as their homepage).
-
-
-## IEAK 11 does not correctly apply the Delete all existing items under Favorites, Favorites Bar and Feeds option
-The Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 does not correctly apply the **Delete all existing items under Favorites**, **Favorites Bar and Feeds** option, available on the **Browsing Options** page.
-
-Selecting to include this feature in your customized Internet Explorer package enables the deletion of existing items in the **Favorites** and **Favorites Bar** areas, but it doesn't enable deletion in the **Feeds** area. In addition, this setting adds a new favorite, titled “Web Slice Gallery” to the **Favorites Bar**.
-
-## F1 does not activate Help on Automatic Version Synchronization page
-Pressing the **F1** button on the **Automatic Version Synchronization** page of the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 does not display the **Help** page. Clicking the **Help** button enables you to open the Help system and view information about this page.
-
-## Certificate installation does not work on IEAK 11
-IEAK 11 doesn't install certificates added using the Add a Root Certificate page of the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11. Administrators can manually install certificates using the Certificates Microsoft Management Console snap-in (Certmgr.msc) or using the command-line tool, Certificate Manager (Certmgr.exe).
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> This applies only when using the External licensing mode of IEAK 11.
-
-## The Additional Settings page appears in the wrong language when using a localized version of IEAK 11
-When using IEAK 11 in other languages, the settings on the Additional Settings page appear in the language of the target platform, regardless of the IEAK 11 language.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> This applies only when using the Internal licensing mode of IEAK 11.
-
-To work around this issue, run the customization wizard following these steps:
-1. On the **Language Selection** page, select the language that matches the language of your installed IEAK 11.
-2. Click **Next**, and then click **Synchronize** on the Automatic Version Synchronization page. 
-3. After synchronization is complete, cancel the wizard.
-4. Repeat these steps for each platform on the Platform Selection page.
-
-After performing these steps, you must still do the following each time you synchronize a new language and platform:
-1. Open File Explorer to the Program Files\Windows IEAK 11 or Program Files (x86)\Windows IEAK 11 folder.
-2. Open the **Policies** folder, and then open the appropriate platform folder.
-3. Copy the contents of the matching-language folder into the new language folder.
-
-After completing these steps, the Additional Settings page matches your wizard’s language.
-
-## Unable to access feeds stored in a subfolder
-Adding feeds using the **Favorites**, **Favorites Bar**, and **Feeds** page of the Internet Explorer 11 Customization Wizard requires that the feeds be stored in a single folder. Creating two levels of folders, and creating the feed in the subfolder, causes the feed to fail.
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/url-ins-file-setting.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/url-ins-file-setting.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 06a1d3c029..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/url-ins-file-setting.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Use the \[URL\] .INS file setting to decide whether to use an auto-configured proxy server.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 05b09dfa-cf11-408d-92c2-b4ae434a59a7
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the URL .INS file to use an auto-configured proxy server (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the URL .INS file to use an auto-configured proxy server
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Info about whether to use an auto-configured proxy server. If yes, this also includes the URLs to the pages that appear when your employees first connect to that server.
-
-|Name |Value |Description |
-|-----|------|------------|
-|AutoConfig |
                  • **0.** Don’t automatically configure the browser.
                  • **1.** Automatically configure the browser.
                   |Determines whether to automatically configure the customized browser on your employee’s device. |
-|AutoConfigJSURL |`` |The URL for the proxy auto-config file (.js or .jvs) |
-|AutoConfigTime |*integer* |Automatically configures the browser on your employee’s device after its run for a specified length of time. |
-|AutoConfigURL |`` |The URL for the proxy auto-config (.pac) file. |
-|FirstHomePage |`` |The page (URL) that appears the first time the custom browser is opened on the employee’s device. |
-|Help_Page |`` |The URL to your internal technical support site. |
-|Home_Page |`` |The URL to your default **Home** page. |
-|NoWelcome |
                  • **0.** Display the **Welcome** page.
                  • **1.** Don’t display the **Welcome** page.
                   |Determines whether to show the **Welcome** page the first time the browser’s used on an employee’s device. |
-|Quick_Link_1 |`` |The URL to your first Quick Link. |
-|Quick_Link_1_Name |`` |The name of the site associated with Quick_Link_1. |
-|Quick_Link_2 |`` |The URL to your second Quick Link. |
-|Quick_Link_2_Name |`` |The name of the site associated with Quick_Link_2. |
-|Quick_Link_X |`` |The URL to another Quick Link. |
-|Quick_Link_X_Icon |`` |A Quick Links icon (.ico) file. |
-|Quick_Link_X_Name |`` |The name of the site associated with another Quick Link. |
-|Quick_Link_X_Offline |
                  • **0.** Don’t make the Quick Links available offline.
                  • **1.** Make the Quick Links available offline.
                   |Determines whether to make the Quick Links available for offline browsing. |
-|Search_Page |`` |The URL to the default search page. |
-|UseLocalIns |
                  • **0.** Don’t use a local .ins file.
                  • **1.** Use a local .ins file.
                   |Determines whether to use a local Internet Settings (.ins) file |
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/user-experience-ieak11-wizard.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/user-experience-ieak11-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 364daedbbc..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/user-experience-ieak11-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use the User Experience page in the IEAK 11 Customization Wizard to decide user interaction with the Setup process.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: d3378058-e4f0-4a11-a888-b550af994bfa
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the User Experience page in the IEAK 11 Wizard (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the User Experience page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-The **User Experience** page of the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 lets you decide how much you want your employees to interact with the custom package’s Setup process.
-
-**Note**
                  You’ll only see this page if you are running the **Internal** version of the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11.
                  The customizations you make on this page only apply to Internet Explorer for the desktop on Windows 7.
-
-**To use the User Experience page**
-
-1. Choose how your employee should interact with Setup, including:
-
-   - **Interactive installation**. Lets your employees change installation options while installing your custom package. This experience shows all of the progress and error messages throughout the process.
-
-   - **Hands-free installation**. Lets you make all of the decisions for your employees. However, they’ll still see all of the progress and error messages throughout the process.
-
-   - **Completely silent installation**. Lets you make all of the decisions for your employees and hides all of the progress and error messages. Because this mode is completely silent, if the installation fails, your employees won’t know and they won’t be able to run the installation package again.
-     
                  Both the hands-free and completely silent installation options will:
-    
-     - Answer prompts so Setup can continue.
-    
-     - Accept the license agreement.
-
-     - Determine that Internet Explorer 11 is installed and not just downloaded.
-
-     - Perform your specific installation type.
-
-     - Install IE in the default location, unless it is already installed. In that case, the new version of the browser is installed in the same location as the previous version.
-
-2. Choose if your employee’s device will restart at the end of Setup.
-
-   -   **Default**. Prompts your employees to restart after installing IE.
-
-   -   **No restart**. Doesn’t restart the computer after installing IE. The employee will have to manually restart later.
-
-   -   **Force restart**. Automatically restarts the computer after installing IE.
-
-3. Click **Next** to go to the [Browser User Interface](browser-ui-ieak11-wizard.md) page or **Back** to go to the [Internal Install](internal-install-ieak11-wizard.md) page.
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/using-internet-settings-ins-files.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/using-internet-settings-ins-files.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c9bb888bed..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/using-internet-settings-ins-files.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: Info about how to use Internet Settings (.ins) files and the IEAK 11 to configure your custom browser package.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: a24a7cdb-681e-4f34-a53c-6d8383c5f977
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Using Internet Settings (.INS) files with IEAK 11 (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Using Internet Settings (.INS) files with IEAK 11
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-Use the Internet Settings (.ins) files and the Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) to configure your custom browser and its components. You can create multiple versions of your custom package by customizing copies of this file.
-
-Here's a list of the available .INS file settings:
-
-|Setting                                  |Description                                                                   |
-|-----------------------------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|[Branding](branding-ins-file-setting.md) |Customize the branding and setup information in your browser package. |
-|[BrowserToolbars](browsertoolbars-ins-file-setting.md) |Customize the appearance of the IE toolbar. |
-|[CabSigning](cabsigning-ins-file-setting.md) |Digital signature information for your programs. |
-|[ConnectionSettings](connectionsettings-ins-file-setting.md) |Info about the networking connection settings used to install your custom package. |
-|[CustomBranding](custombranding-ins-file-setting.md) |URL location to your branding cabinet (.cab) file. |
-|[ExtRegInf](extreginf-ins-file-setting.md) |Names of your Setup information (.inf) files and the installation mode for components. |
-|[FavoritesEx](favoritesex-ins-file-setting.md) |Add a path to your icon file for **Favorites**, decide whether **Favorites** are available offline, and add URLs to each**Favorites** site. |
-|[HideCustom](hidecustom-ins-file-setting.md) |Whether to hide the globally unique identifier (GUID) for each custom component. |
-|[ISP_Security](isp-security-ins-file-setting.md) |The root certificate you’re adding to your custom package. |
-|[Media](media-ins-file-setting.md) |Types of media in which your custom installation package is available. |
-|[Proxy](proxy-ins-file-setting.md) |Whether to use a proxy server. |
-|[Security Imports](security-imports-ins-file-setting.md) |Whether to import security information for your custom package. |
-|[URL](url-ins-file-setting.md) |Whether to use an auto-configured proxy server. |
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/what-ieak-can-do-for-you.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/what-ieak-can-do-for-you.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b6c2cc7087..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/what-ieak-can-do-for-you.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: support
-ms.pagetype: security
-description: Internet Explorer Administration Kit (IEAK) helps corporations, Internet service providers (ISPs), Internet content providers (ICPs), and independent software vendors (ISVs) to deploy and manage web-based solutions.
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.manager: elizapo
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: 
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-title: What IEAK can do for you
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 05/10/2018
----
-
-# What IEAK can do for you
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-
-Internet Explorer Administration Kit (IEAK) helps corporations, Internet service providers (ISPs), Internet content providers (ICPs), and independent software vendors (ISVs) to deploy and manage web-based solutions. 
-
-IEAK 10 and newer includes the ability to install using one of the following installation modes:
-
--   Internal
-
--   External
-
-## IEAK 11 users
-Internet Explorer Administration Kit (IEAK) helps corporations, Internet service providers (ISPs), Internet content providers (ICPs), and independent software vendors (ISVs) to deploy and manage web-based solutions.
-
-IEAK 10 and newer includes the ability to install using one of the following installation modes:
-- Internal
-- External
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> IEAK 11 works in network environments, with or without Microsoft Active Directory service.
-
-
-### Corporations
-IEAK helps corporate administrators establish version control, centrally distribute and manage browser installation, configure automatic connection profiles, and customize large portions of Internet Explorer, including features, security, communications settings, and other important functionality.
-
-Corporate administrators install IEAK using Internal mode (for Internet Explorer 10 or newer) or Corporate mode (for Internet Explorer 9 or older).
-
-### Internet service providers
-IEAK helps ISPs customize, deploy and distribute, add third-party add-ons, search providers, and custom components, as well as include web slices and accelerators all as part of a custom Internet Explorer installation package.
-
-ISPs install IEAK using External mode (for Internet Explorer 10 or newer) or Internet Service Provider (ISP) mode (for Internet Explorer 9 or older).
-
-### Internet content providers
-IEAK helps ICPs customize the appearance of Internet Explorer and its Setup program, including letting you add your company name or specific wording to the Title bar, set up a customer support webpage, set up the user home page and search providers, add links to the Favorites and the Explorer bars, add optional components, web slices and accelerators, and determine which compatibility mode Internet Explorer should use.
-
-ICPs install IEAK using External mode (for Internet Explorer 10 or newer) or Internet Content Provider (ICP) mode (for Internet Explorer 9 or older)
-
-### Independent software vendors
-IEAK helps ISVs distribute (and redistribute) a custom version of Internet Explorer that can include custom components, programs, and controls (like the web browser control) that you create for your users. ISVs can also determine home pages, search providers, and add websites to the Favorites bar.
-
-ISVs install IEAK using External mode (for Internet Explorer 10 or newer) or Internet Content Provider (ICP) mode (for Internet Explorer 9 or older).
-
-## Additional resources
-
-- [IEAK 11 - Frequently Asked Questions](../ie11-faq/faq-ieak11.yml)
-- [Download IEAK 11](ieak-information-and-downloads.md) 
-- [IEAK 11 overview](index.md)
-- [IEAK 11 administrators guide](./index.md)
-- [IEAK 11 licensing guidelines](licensing-version-and-features-ieak11.md)
-- [Internet Explorer 11 - FAQ for IT Pros](../ie11-faq/faq-for-it-pros-ie11.yml)
-- [Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) - Deployment Guide for IT Pros](../ie11-deploy-guide/index.md)
-- [Microsoft Edge - Deployment Guide for IT Pros](/microsoft-edge/deploy/)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/wizard-complete-ieak11-wizard.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/wizard-complete-ieak11-wizard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 03de7ed423..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/wizard-complete-ieak11-wizard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: How to use the Wizard Complete - Next Steps page in the IEAK 11 Customization Wizard to build your custom Internet Explorer install package.
-author: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.assetid: aaaac88a-2022-4d0b-893c-b2404b45cabc
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-title: Use the Wizard Complete - Next Steps page in the IEAK 11 Wizard (Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 for IT Pros)
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Use the Wizard Complete - Next Steps page in the IEAK 11 Wizard
-
-[!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
-
-The **Wizard Complete – Next Steps** page of the Internet Explorer Customization Wizard 11 lets you build your custom installation package, after you click **Finish**.
-
-In most cases, your next steps will be to prepare your files for installation from your network or from another distribution method. If you haven’t already done it, you’ll need to digitally sign any program or .cab files that are going to be distributed over the Internet or over an intranet that isn’t configured to allow downloads.
-
-After that, the steps you’ll use to distribute your customized browser will vary, depending on your version of IEAK (Internal or External) and the media you’re using to distribute the package. For more information, see the [Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) - Deployment Guide for IT Pros](../ie11-deploy-guide/index.md).
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/deploy1.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/deploy1.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 1e16c46e03..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/deploy1.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/deploy2.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/deploy2.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 44b4aad41c..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/deploy2.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/explore1.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/explore1.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 3a956dc394..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/explore1.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/explore2.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/explore2.png
deleted file mode 100644
index c07bbd197b..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/explore2.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/explore3.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/explore3.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 4ea3adee19..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/explore3.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/ie-deploy.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/ie-deploy.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 622d9e250b..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/ie-deploy.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/ie-explore.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/ie-explore.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 184cfdf381..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/ie-explore.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/ie-manage.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/ie-manage.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 51c9cc4aa9..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/ie-manage.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/ie-plan.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/ie-plan.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 9b158a815f..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/ie-plan.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/ie-support.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/ie-support.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 4152163abc..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/ie-support.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/informed1.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/informed1.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a1f1f0b0fe..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/informed1.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/informed2.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/informed2.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 544ad83db6..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/informed2.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/manage1.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/manage1.png
deleted file mode 100644
index df84f05983..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/manage1.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/manage2.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/manage2.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 94d111e32c..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/manage2.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/manage3.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/manage3.png
deleted file mode 100644
index c0043c5a8e..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/manage3.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/manage4.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/manage4.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 20af91d5a5..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/manage4.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/plan1.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/plan1.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 1bf8e4264e..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/plan1.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/plan2.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/plan2.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 95103ecc5b..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/plan2.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/support1.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/support1.png
deleted file mode 100644
index e771ed999a..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/support1.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/support2.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/support2.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 9841cf1962..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/support2.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/support3.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/support3.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a3a0425c73..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/support3.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/twitter.png b/browsers/internet-explorer/images/twitter.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 3b30a9a1cc..0000000000
Binary files a/browsers/internet-explorer/images/twitter.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 2ba0956295..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
----
-author: aczechowski
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.date: 02/14/2023
-ms.reviewer: cathask
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.prod: ie11
-ms.topic: include
----
-
-> [!CAUTION]
-> **Update:** The retired, out-of-support Internet Explorer 11 desktop application has been permanently disabled through a Microsoft Edge update on certain versions of Windows 10. For more information, see [Internet Explorer 11 desktop app retirement FAQ](https://aka.ms/iemodefaq).
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/index.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/index.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7aeb739bc8..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/index.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
----
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-description: The landing page for IE11 that lets you access the documentation.
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-manager: dansimp
-ms.prod: ie11
-title: Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
-assetid: be3dc32e-80d9-4d9f-a802-c7db6c50dbe0
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.date: 07/27/2017
----
-
-
-# Internet Explorer 11 (IE11)
-Find info about Internet Explorer 11 that's important to IT Pros.
-
-- [Internet Explorer 11 - FAQ for IT Pros](ie11-faq/faq-for-it-pros-ie11.yml)
-
-- [Internet Explorer 11 (IE11) - Deployment Guide for IT Pros](ie11-deploy-guide/index.md)
-
-- [Internet Explorer Administration Kit 11 (IEAK 11) - Administrator's Guide](ie11-ieak/index.md)
-
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/internet-explorer.yml b/browsers/internet-explorer/internet-explorer.yml
deleted file mode 100644
index 17eee2393b..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/internet-explorer.yml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,151 +0,0 @@
-### YamlMime:Landing
-
-title: Internet Explorer 11 documentation
-summary: Consistent, reliable web browsing on Windows 7, Windows 8.1, and Windows 10, with the security, performance, backward compatibility, and modern standards support that large organizations need.
-metadata:
-  title: Internet Explorer 11 documentation
-  description: Consistent, reliable web browsing on Windows 7, Windows 8.1, and Windows 10, with the security, performance, backward compatibility, and modern standards support that large organizations need.
-  ms.topic: landing-page
-  author: aczechowski
-  ms.author: aaroncz
-  ms.date: 07/29/2022
-  ms.prod: ie11
-
-# linkListType: architecture | concept | deploy | download | get-started | how-to-guide | learn | overview | quickstart | reference | sample | tutorial | video | whats-new
-
-landingContent:
-# Cards and links should be based on top customer tasks or top subjects
-# Start card title with a verb
-  # Card 
-  - title: Explore
-    linkLists:
-      - linkListType: get-started
-        links:
-          - text: IE11 features and tools
-            url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/updated-features-and-tools-with-ie11.md
-          - text: System requirements and language support
-            url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/system-requirements-and-language-support-for-ie11.md
-          - text: Frequently asked questions
-            url: ./ie11-faq/faq-for-it-pros-ie11.yml
-          - text: Internet Explorer 11 deployment guide
-            url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/index.md
-          - text: Use Enterprise Mode to improve compatibility
-            url: /microsoft-edge/deploy/emie-to-improve-compatibility
-          - text: Lifecycle FAQ - Internet Explorer
-            url: /lifecycle/faq/internet-explorer-microsoft-edge
-      - linkListType: download
-        links:
-          - text: Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema, v.2)
-            url: https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=49974
-          - text: Cumulative security updates for Internet Explorer 11
-            url: https://www.catalog.update.microsoft.com/Search.aspx?q=cumulative%20security%20update%20for%20internet%20explorer%2011
-
-  # Card
-  - title: Plan
-    linkLists:            
-      - linkListType: get-started
-        links:
-          - text: What is Enterprise Mode?
-            url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/what-is-enterprise-mode.md
-          - text: Tips and tricks to manage Internet Explorer compatibility
-            url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/tips-and-tricks-to-manage-ie-compatibility.md
-          - text: Download the Enterprise Site Discovery Toolkit
-            url: https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=44570
-          - text: Collect data using Enterprise Site Discovery
-            url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/collect-data-using-enterprise-site-discovery.md
-          - text: Manage Windows upgrades with Upgrade Readiness
-            url: /windows/deployment/upgrade/manage-windows-upgrades-with-upgrade-readiness
-      - linkListType: how-to-guide
-        links:
-          - text: Turn on Enterprise Mode and use a site list
-            url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/turn-on-enterprise-mode-and-use-a-site-list.md
-          - text: Add sites to the Enterprise Mode site list
-            url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md
-          - text: Edit the Enterprise Mode site list
-            url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/edit-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-enterprise-mode-site-list-manager.md
-          - text: Turn on local control and logging for Enterprise Mode
-            url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/turn-on-local-control-and-logging-for-enterprise-mode.md
-
-  # Card
-  - title: Deploy
-    linkLists:            
-      - linkListType: get-started
-        links:
-          - text: IEAK 11 user's guide
-            url: ./ie11-ieak/index.md
-          - text: Download IEAK 11
-            url: ./ie11-ieak/ieak-information-and-downloads.md
-          - text: Frequently asked questions about IEAK 11
-            url: ./ie11-faq/faq-ieak11.yml
-          - text: Customization and distribution guidelines
-            url: ./ie11-ieak/licensing-version-and-features-ieak11.md#customization-guidelines           
-      - linkListType: deploy
-        links:
-          - text: Install Internet Explorer 11 through automatic updates (recommended)
-            url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/ie11-delivery-through-automatic-updates.md
-          - text: Install Internet Explorer 11 as part of an operating system deployment
-            url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-operating-system-deployment-systems.md
-          - text: Install Internet Explorer 11 over the network
-            url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-the-network.md
-          - text: Install Internet Explorer 11 with System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager
-            url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-system-center-configuration-manager.md
-          - text: Install Internet Explorer 11 with Windows Server Update Services (WSUS)
-            url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-windows-server-update-services-wsus.md
-          - text: Install Internet Explorer 11 with Microsoft Intune
-            url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-microsoft-intune.md
-          - text: Install Internet Explorer 11 with third-party tools
-            url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-third-party-tools.md
- 
-  # Card
-  - title: Manage
-    linkLists:            
-      - linkListType: tutorial
-        links:
-          - text: Group Policy for beginners
-            url: /previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-7/hh147307(v=ws.10)
-          - text: New Group Policy settings for IE11
-            url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/new-group-policy-settings-for-ie11.md
-          - text: Administrative templates for IE11
-            url: https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=40905
-          - text: Group Policy preferences for IE11
-            url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/group-policy-preferences-and-ie11.md
-          - text: Configure Group Policy preferences
-            url: /troubleshoot/browsers/how-to-configure-group-policy-preference-settings
-          - text: Blocked out-of-date ActiveX controls
-            url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/blocked-out-of-date-activex-controls.md
-          - text: Out-of-date ActiveX control blocking
-            url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/out-of-date-activex-control-blocking.md
-          - text: Update to block out-of-date ActiveX controls in Internet Explorer
-            url: https://support.microsoft.com/topic/update-to-block-out-of-date-activex-controls-in-internet-explorer-39ced8f8-5d98-3c7b-4792-b62fad4e2277
- 
-  # Card 
-  - title: Support
-    linkLists:
-      - linkListType: get-started
-        links:
-          - text: Change or reset Internet Explorer settings
-            url: https://support.microsoft.com/windows/change-or-reset-internet-explorer-settings-2d4bac50-5762-91c5-a057-a922533f77d5
-          - text: Troubleshoot problems with setup, installation, auto configuration, and more
-            url: ./ie11-deploy-guide/troubleshoot-ie11.md
-          - text: Disable VBScript execution in Internet Explorer for Internet Zone and Restricted Sites Zone
-            url: https://support.microsoft.com/topic/option-to-disable-vbscript-execution-in-internet-explorer-for-internet-zone-and-restricted-sites-zone-3a2104c0-5af0-9aae-6c57-8207d3cb3e65
-          - text: Frequently asked questions about IEAK 11
-            url: ./ie11-faq/faq-ieak11.yml
-          - text: Internet Explorer 8, 9, 10, 11 forum
-            url: https://social.technet.microsoft.com/forums/ie/home?forum=ieitprocurrentver
-          - text: Contact a Microsoft support professional
-            url: https://support.microsoft.com/contactus
-          - text: General support
-            url: https://support.microsoft.com/windows/internet-explorer-help-23360e49-9cd3-4dda-ba52-705336cc0de2
-
-  # Card 
-  - title: Stay informed
-    linkLists:
-      - linkListType: get-started
-        links:
-          - text: Sign up for the Windows IT Pro Insider
-            url: https://aka.ms/windows-it-pro-insider
-          - text: Microsoft Edge Dev blog
-            url: https://blogs.windows.com/msedgedev
-          - text: Microsoft Edge Dev on Twitter
-            url: https://twitter.com/MSEdgeDev
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/kb-support/ie-edge-faqs.yml b/browsers/internet-explorer/kb-support/ie-edge-faqs.yml
deleted file mode 100644
index fc5a540272..0000000000
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/kb-support/ie-edge-faqs.yml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,241 +0,0 @@
-### YamlMime:FAQ
-metadata:
-  title: IE and Microsoft Edge FAQ for IT Pros
-  description: Describes frequently asked questions about Internet Explorer and Microsoft Edge for IT professionals. 
-  manager: msmets
-  author: ramakoni1
-  ms.author: ramakoni
-  ms.reviewer: ramakoni, DEV_Triage
-  ms.service: internet-explorer
-  ms.technology:
-  ms.topic: faq
-  ms.localizationpriority: medium
-  ms.date: 01/23/2020
-title: Internet Explorer and Microsoft Edge frequently asked questions (FAQ) for IT Pros
-summary: |
-
-sections:
-  - name: Cookie-related questions
-    questions:
-      - question: |
-          What is a cookie?
-        answer: |
-          An HTTP cookie (the web cookie or browser cookie) is a small piece of data that a server sends to the user's web browser. The web browser may store the cookie and return it to the server together with the next request. For example, a cookie might be used to indicate whether two requests come from the same browser in order to allow the user to remain logged-in. The cookie records stateful information for the stateless HTTP protocol.
-
-      - question: |
-          How does Internet Explorer handle cookies?
-        answer: |
-          For more information about how Internet Explorer handles cookies, see the following articles:
-          
-          - [Beware Cookie Sharing in Cross-Zone Scenarios](/archive/blogs/ieinternals/beware-cookie-sharing-in-cross-zone-scenarios)
-          - [A Quick Look at P3P](/archive/blogs/ieinternals/a-quick-look-at-p3p)
-          - [Internet Explorer Cookie Internals FAQ](/archive/blogs/ieinternals/internet-explorer-cookie-internals-faq)
-          - [Privacy Beyond Blocking Cookies](/archive/blogs/ie/privacy-beyond-blocking-cookies-bringing-awareness-to-third-party-content)
-          - [Description of Cookies](https://support.microsoft.com/help/260971/description-of-cookies)
-          
-      - question: |
-          Where does Internet Explorer store cookies?
-        answer: |
-          To see where Internet Explorer stores its cookies, follow these steps:
-          
-          1. Start File Explorer.
-          2. Select **Views** \> **Change folder and search options**.
-          3. In the **Folder Options** dialog box, select **View**.
-          4. In **Advanced settings**, select **Do not show hidden files, folders, or drivers**.
-          5. Clear **Hide protected operation system files (Recommended)**.
-          6. Select **Apply**.
-          7. Select **OK**.
-          
-          The following are the folder locations where the cookies are stored:
-          
-          **In Windows 10**  
-          C:\Users\username\AppData\Local\Microsoft\Windows\INetCache
-          
-          **In Windows 8 and Windows 8.1**  
-          C:\Users\username\AppData\Local\Microsoft\Windows\INetCookies
-          
-          **In Windows 7**  
-          C:\Users\username\AppData\Roaming\Microsoft\Windows\Cookies  
-          C:\Users\username\AppData\Roaming\Microsoft\Windows\Cookies\Low
-          
-      - question: |
-          What is the per-domain cookie limit?
-        answer: |
-          Since the June 2018 cumulative updates for Internet Explorer and Microsoft Edge, the per-domain cookie limit is increased from 50 to 180 for both browsers. The cookies vary by path. So, if the same cookie is set for the same domain but for different paths, it's essentially a new cookie.
-          
-          There's still a 5 Kilobytes (KB) limit on the size of the cookie header that is sent out. This limit can cause some cookies to be lost after they exceed that value.
-          
-          The JavaScript limitation was updated to 10 KB from 4 KB.
-          
-          For more information, see [Internet Explorer Cookie Internals (FAQ)](/archive/blogs/ieinternals/internet-explorer-cookie-internals-faq).
-
-  - name: Additional information about cookie limits
-    questions:
-      - question: |
-          What does the Cookie RFC allow?
-        answer: |
-          RFC 2109 defines how cookies should be implemented, and it defines minimum values that browsers support. According to the RFC, browsers would ideally have no limits on the size and number of cookies that a browser can handle. To meet the specifications, the user agent should support the following:
-
-          - At least 300 cookies total
-          - At least 20 cookies per unique host or domain name
-
-          For practicality, individual browser makers set a limit on the total number of cookies that any one domain or unique host can set. They also limit the total number of cookies that can be stored on a computer.
-          
-      - question: |
-          Cookie size limit per domain
-        answer: |
-          Some browsers also limit the amount of space that any one domain can use for cookies. This means that if your browser sets a limit of 4,096 bytes per domain for cookies, 4,096 bytes is the maximum available space in that domain even though you can set up to 180 cookies.
-
-  - name: Proxy Auto Configuration (PAC)-related questions
-    questions:
-      - question: |
-          Is an example Proxy Auto Configuration (PAC) file available?
-        answer: |
-          Here's a simple PAC file:
-          
-          ```vb
-          function FindProxyForURL(url, host)
-          {
-           return "PROXY proxyserver:portnumber";
-          }
-          ```
-          
-          > [!NOTE]
-          > The previous PAC always returns the `proxyserver:portnumber` proxy.
-          
-          For more information about how to write a PAC file and about the different functions in a PAC file, see [the FindProxyForURL website](https://findproxyforurl.com/).
-          
-          **Third-party information disclaimer**  
-          The third-party products that this article discusses are manufactured by companies that are independent of Microsoft. Microsoft makes no warranty, implied or otherwise, about the performance or reliability of these products.
-          
-      - question: |
-          How to improve performance by using PAC scripts
-        answer: |
-          For more information, see [Optimizing performance with automatic Proxy configuration scripts (PAC)](/troubleshoot/developer/browsers/connectivity-navigation/optimize-pac-performance).
-          
-  - name: Other questions
-    questions:
-      - question: |
-          How to set home and start pages in Microsoft Edge and allow user editing
-        answer: |
-          For more information, see the following blog article:
-          
-          [How do I set the home page in Microsoft Edge?](https://support.microsoft.com/microsoft-edge/change-your-browser-home-page-a531e1b8-ed54-d057-0262-cc5983a065c6)
-          
-      - question: |
-          How to add sites to the Enterprise Mode (EMIE) site list
-        answer: |
-          For more information about how to add sites to an EMIE list, see [Add multiple sites to the Enterprise Mode site list using a file and the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager (schema v.2)](../ie11-deploy-guide/add-multiple-sites-to-enterprise-mode-site-list-using-the-version-2-schema-and-enterprise-mode-tool.md).
-          
-      - question: |
-          What is Content Security Policy (CSP)?
-        answer: |
-          By using [Content Security Policy](/microsoft-edge/dev-guide/security/content-security-policy), you create an allowlist of sources of trusted content in the HTTP headers. You also pre-approve certain servers for content that is loaded into a webpage, and instruct the browser to execute or render only resources from those sources. You can use this technique to prevent malicious content from being injected into sites.
-          
-          Content Security Policy is supported in all versions of Microsoft Edge. It lets web developers lock down the resources that can be used by their web application. This helps prevent [cross-site scripting](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cross-site_scripting) attacks that remain a common vulnerability on the web. However, the first version of Content Security Policy was difficult to implement on websites that used inline script elements that either pointed to script sources or contained script directly.
-          
-          CSP2 makes these scenarios easier to manage by adding support for nonces and hashes for script and style resources. A nonce is a cryptographically strong random value that is generated on each page load that appears in both the CSP policy and in the script tags on the page. Using nonces can help minimize the need to maintain a list of allowed source URL values while also allowing trusted scripts that are declared in script elements to run.
-          
-          For more information, see the following articles:
-          
-          - [Introducing support for Content Security Policy Level 2](https://blogs.windows.com/msedgedev/2017/01/10/edge-csp-2/)
-          - [Content Security Policy](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Content_Security_Policy)
-          
-      - question: |
-          Where to find Internet Explorer security zones registry entries
-        answer: |
-          Most of the Internet Zone entries can be found in [Internet Explorer security zones registry entries for advanced users](/troubleshoot/browsers/ie-security-zones-registry-entries).
-          
-          This article was written for Internet Explorer 6 but is still applicable to Internet Explorer 11.
-          
-          The default Zone Keys are stored in the following locations:
-          
-          - HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Internet Settings\Zones
-          - HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Internet Settings\Zones
-          
-      - question: |
-          Why don't HTML5 videos play in Internet Explorer 11?
-        answer: |
-          To play HTML5 videos in the Internet Zone, use the default settings or make sure that the registry key value of **2701** under **Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Internet Settings\Zones\3** is set to **0**.
-          
-          - 0 (the default value): Allow
-          - 3: Disallow
-          
-          This key is read by the **URLACTION\_ALLOW\_AUDIO\_VIDEO 0x00002701** URL action flag that determines whether media elements (audio and video) are allowed in pages in a URL security zone.
-          
-          For more information, see [Unable to play HTML5 Videos in IE](/archive/blogs/askie/unable-to-play-html5-videos-in-ie).
-          
-          For Windows 10 N and Windows KN editions, you must also download the feature pack that is discussed in [Media feature pack for Windows 10 N and Windows 10 KN editions](https://support.microsoft.com/help/3010081/media-feature-pack-for-windows-10-n-and-windows-10-kn-editions).
-          
-          For more information about how to check Windows versions, see [Which version of Windows operating system am I running?](https://support.microsoft.com/help/13443/windows-which-version-am-i-running)
-          
-      - question: |
-          What is the Enterprise Mode Site List Portal?
-        answer: |
-          This is a new feature to add sites to your enterprise mode site list XML. For more information, see [Enterprise Mode Site List Portal](https://github.com/MicrosoftEdge/enterprise-mode-site-list-portal).
-          
-      - question: |
-          What is Enterprise Mode Feature?
-        answer: |
-          For more information, see [Enterprise Mode and the Enterprise Mode Site List](../ie11-deploy-guide/what-is-enterprise-mode.md).
-          
-      - question: |
-          Where can I obtain a list of HTTP Status codes?
-        answer: |
-          For information about this list, see [HTTP Status Codes](/windows/win32/winhttp/http-status-codes).
-          
-      - question: |
-          What is end of support for Internet Explorer 11?
-        answer: |
-          Internet Explorer 11 is the last major version of Internet Explorer. Internet Explorer 11 will continue receiving security updates and technical support for the lifecycle of the version of Windows on which it's installed.
-          
-          For more information, see [Lifecycle FAQ - Internet Explorer and Microsoft Edge](/lifecycle/faq/internet-explorer-microsoft-edge).
-          
-      - question: |
-          How to configure TLS (SSL) for Internet Explorer
-        answer: |
-          For more information about how to configure TLS/SSL for Internet Explorer, see [Group Policy Setting to configure TLS/SSL](https://gpsearch.azurewebsites.net/#380).
-          
-      - question: |
-          What is Site to Zone?
-        answer: |
-          Site to Zone usually refers to one of the following:
-          
-          **Site to Zone Assignment List**  
-          This is a Group Policy policy setting that can be used to add sites to the various security zones.
-          
-          The Site to Zone Assignment List policy setting associates sites to zones by using the following values for the Internet security zones:
-          
-          - Intranet zone
-          - Trusted Sites zone
-          - Internet zone
-          - Restricted Sites zone
-          
-          If you set this policy setting to **Enabled**, you can enter a list of sites and their related zone numbers. By associating a site to a zone, you can make sure that the security settings for the specified zone are applied to the site.
-          
-          **Site to Zone Mapping**  
-          Site to Zone Mapping is stored as the name of the key. The protocol is a registry value that has a number that assigns it to the corresponding zone. Internet Explorer will read from the following registry subkeys for the sites that are deployed through the Site to Zone assignment list:
-          
-          - HKEY\_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Policies\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Internet Settings\ZoneMap
-          - HKEY\_CURRENT_USER\SOFTWARE\Policies\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Internet Settings\ZoneMapKey
-          
-          **Site to Zone Assignment List policy**  
-          This policy setting is available for both Computer Configuration and User Configuration:
-          
-          - Computer Configuration > Administrative Templates > Windows Components > Internet Explorer > Internet Control Panel > Security Page
-          - User Configuration > Administrative Templates > Windows Components > Internet Explorer > Internet Control Panel > Security Page
-          
-          **References**  
-          [How to configure Internet Explorer security zone sites using group policies](/archive/blogs/askie/how-to-configure-internet-explorer-security-zone-sites-using-group-polices)
-          
-      - question: |
-          What are the limits for MaxConnectionsPerServer, MaxConnectionsPer1_0Server for the current versions of Internet Explorer?
-        answer: |
-          For more information about these settings and limits, see [Connectivity Enhancements in Windows Internet Explorer 8](/previous-versions/cc304129(v=vs.85)).
-          
-      - question: |
-          What is the MaxConnectionsPerProxy setting, and what are the maximum allowed values for this setting?
-        answer: |
-          The **MaxConnectionsPerProxy** setting controls the number of connections that a single-user client can maintain to a given host by using a proxy server.
-          
-          For more information, see [Understanding Connection Limits and New Proxy Connection Limits in WinInet and Internet Explorer](/archive/blogs/jpsanders/understanding-connection-limits-and-new-proxy-connection-limits-in-wininet-and-internet-explorer).
diff --git a/education/docfx.json b/education/docfx.json
index 60af34def4..f066cfa6c2 100644
--- a/education/docfx.json
+++ b/education/docfx.json
@@ -34,8 +34,8 @@
         "education",
         "tier2"
       ],
-      "ms.prod": "windows-client",
-      "ms.technology": "itpro-edu",
+      "ms.subservice": "itpro-edu",
+      "ms.service": "windows-client",
       "author": "paolomatarazzo",
       "ms.author": "paoloma",
       "manager": "aaroncz",
@@ -51,10 +51,10 @@
         }
       },
       "titleSuffix": "Windows Education",
-      "contributors_to_exclude": [ 
-        "rjagiewich", 
-        "traya1", 
-        "rmca14", 
+      "contributors_to_exclude": [
+        "rjagiewich",
+        "traya1",
+        "rmca14",
         "claydetels19",
         "Kellylorenebaker",
         "jborsecnik",
diff --git a/education/windows/configure-aad-google-trust.md b/education/windows/configure-aad-google-trust.md
index 8f3304ae76..75606b7b94 100644
--- a/education/windows/configure-aad-google-trust.md
+++ b/education/windows/configure-aad-google-trust.md
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ To test federation, the following prerequisites must be met:
 1. A Google Workspace environment, with users already created
     > [!IMPORTANT]
     > Users require an email address defined in Google Workspace, which is used to match the users in Microsoft Entra ID.
-    > For more information about identity matching, see [Identity matching in Microsoft Entra ID](federated-sign-in.md#identity-matching-in-azure-ad).
+    > For more information about identity matching, see [Identity matching in Microsoft Entra ID](federated-sign-in.md#identity-matching-in-microsoft-entra-id).
 1. Individual Microsoft Entra accounts already created: each Google Workspace user will require a matching account defined in Microsoft Entra ID. These accounts are commonly created through automated solutions, for example:
     - School Data Sync (SDS)
     - Microsoft Entra Connect Sync for environment with on-premises AD DS
diff --git a/education/windows/federated-sign-in.md b/education/windows/federated-sign-in.md
index a1273e7bd7..3d414e043d 100644
--- a/education/windows/federated-sign-in.md
+++ b/education/windows/federated-sign-in.md
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ To enable a federated sign-in experience, the following prerequisites must be me
     - PowerShell scripts that call the [Microsoft Graph API][GRAPH-1]
     - provisioning tools offered by the IdP
 
-    For more information about identity matching, see [Identity matching in Microsoft Entra ID](#identity-matching-in-azure-ad).
+    For more information about identity matching, see [Identity matching in Microsoft Entra ID](#identity-matching-in-microsoft-entra-id).
 1. Licenses assigned to the Microsoft Entra user accounts. It's recommended to assign licenses to a dynamic group: when new users are provisioned in Microsoft Entra ID, the licenses are automatically assigned. For more information, see [Assign licenses to users by group membership in Microsoft Entra ID][AZ-2]
 1. Enable Federated sign-in or Web sign-in on the Windows devices, depending if the devices are shared or assigned to a single student
 
@@ -201,8 +201,6 @@ The following issues are known to affect student shared devices:
 
 For student shared devices, it's recommended to configure the account management policies to automatically delete the user profiles after a certain period of inactivity or disk levels. For more information, see [Set up a shared or guest Windows device][WIN-3].
 
-
-
 ### Preferred Microsoft Entra tenant name
 
 To improve the user experience, you can configure the *preferred Microsoft Entra tenant name* feature.\
@@ -210,8 +208,6 @@ When using preferred Microsoft Entra tenant name, the users bypass the disambigu
 
 For more information about preferred tenant name, see [Authentication CSP - PreferredAadTenantDomainName][WIN-4].
 
-
-
 ### Identity matching in Microsoft Entra ID
 
 When a Microsoft Entra user is federated, the user's identity from the IdP must match an existing user object in Microsoft Entra ID.
diff --git a/education/windows/images/setedupolicies_omauri.PNG b/education/windows/images/setedupolicies_omauri.png
similarity index 100%
rename from education/windows/images/setedupolicies_omauri.PNG
rename to education/windows/images/setedupolicies_omauri.png
diff --git a/education/windows/images/suspcs/suspc_getstarted_050817.PNG b/education/windows/images/suspcs/suspc_getstarted_050817.png
similarity index 100%
rename from education/windows/images/suspcs/suspc_getstarted_050817.PNG
rename to education/windows/images/suspcs/suspc_getstarted_050817.png
diff --git a/education/windows/images/suspcs/suspc_runpackage_getpcsready.PNG b/education/windows/images/suspcs/suspc_runpackage_getpcsready.png
similarity index 100%
rename from education/windows/images/suspcs/suspc_runpackage_getpcsready.PNG
rename to education/windows/images/suspcs/suspc_runpackage_getpcsready.png
diff --git a/education/windows/images/wcd/setedupolicies.PNG b/education/windows/images/wcd/setedupolicies.png
similarity index 100%
rename from education/windows/images/wcd/setedupolicies.PNG
rename to education/windows/images/wcd/setedupolicies.png
diff --git a/education/windows/images/wcd/wcd_settings_assignedaccess.PNG b/education/windows/images/wcd/wcd_settings_assignedaccess.png
similarity index 100%
rename from education/windows/images/wcd/wcd_settings_assignedaccess.PNG
rename to education/windows/images/wcd/wcd_settings_assignedaccess.png
diff --git a/education/windows/index.yml b/education/windows/index.yml
index 2959b14bbb..d14d00dd63 100644
--- a/education/windows/index.yml
+++ b/education/windows/index.yml
@@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ brand: windows
 
 metadata:
   ms.topic: hub-page
-  ms.prod: windows-client
-  ms.technology: itpro-edu
   ms.collection:
     - education
     - tier1
diff --git a/education/windows/set-up-school-pcs-provisioning-package.md b/education/windows/set-up-school-pcs-provisioning-package.md
index 0396303749..6086d0f017 100644
--- a/education/windows/set-up-school-pcs-provisioning-package.md
+++ b/education/windows/set-up-school-pcs-provisioning-package.md
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ ms.date: 06/02/2023
 ms.topic: reference
 appliesto:
   - ✅ Windows 10
----  
+---
 
 # What's in my provisioning package?
 
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ For a more detailed look at the policies, see the Windows article [Set up shared
 
 This section lists only the MDM and local group policies that are configured uniquely for the Set up School PCs app.
 
-For a more detailed look of each policy listed, see [Policy CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider) in the Windows IT Pro Center documentation.  
+For a more detailed look of each policy listed, see [Policy CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider) in the Windows IT Pro Center documentation.
 
 | Policy name | Default value | Description |
 |--|--|--|
@@ -81,10 +81,10 @@ For a more detailed look of each policy listed, see [Policy CSP](/windows/client
 
 ## Apps uninstalled from Windows devices
 
-Set up School PCs app uses the Universal app uninstall policy. The policy identifies default apps that aren't relevant to the classroom experience, and uninstalls them from each device. The apps uninstalled from Windows devices are:  
+Set up School PCs app uses the Universal app uninstall policy. The policy identifies default apps that aren't relevant to the classroom experience, and uninstalls them from each device. The apps uninstalled from Windows devices are:
 
 - Mixed Reality Viewer
-- Weather  
+- Weather
 - Desktop App Installer
 - Tips
 - Messaging
@@ -106,11 +106,11 @@ Set up School PCs uses the Universal app install policy to install school-releva
 
 ## Provisioning time estimates
 
-The time it takes to install a package on a device depends on the:  
+The time it takes to install a package on a device depends on the:
 
 - Strength of network connection
 - Number of policies and apps within the package
-- Other configurations made to the device  
+- Other configurations made to the device
 
 Review the table below to estimate your expected provisioning time. A package that only applies Set Up School PC's default configurations will provision the fastest. A package that removes preinstalled apps, through CleanPC, will take much longer to provision.
 
diff --git a/education/windows/toc.yml b/education/windows/toc.yml
index ef02b15f30..667c2ddc07 100644
--- a/education/windows/toc.yml
+++ b/education/windows/toc.yml
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ items:
   - name: Deploy applications to Windows 11 SE
     href: tutorial-deploy-apps-winse/toc.yml
 - name: Concepts
-  items: 
+  items:
     - name: Windows 11 SE
       items:
       - name: Overview
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ items:
       - name: Configure federation between Google Workspace and Microsoft Entra ID
         href: configure-aad-google-trust.md
     - name: Configure Shared PC
-      href: /windows/configuration/set-up-shared-or-guest-pc?context=/education/context/context
+      href: /windows/configuration/shared-pc/set-up-shared-or-guest-pc?context=/education/context/context
     - name: Get and deploy Minecraft Education
       href: get-minecraft-for-education.md
     - name: Use the Set up School PCs app
@@ -65,6 +65,6 @@ items:
     - name: Take a Test technical reference
       href: take-a-test-app-technical.md
     - name: Shared PC technical reference
-      href: /windows/configuration/shared-pc-technical?context=/education/context/context
+      href: /windows/configuration/shared-pc/shared-pc-technical?context=/education/context/context
+
 
-      
diff --git a/includes/configure/gpo-settings-1.md b/includes/configure/gpo-settings-1.md
index 4a7b56a8be..296a1025d2 100644
--- a/includes/configure/gpo-settings-1.md
+++ b/includes/configure/gpo-settings-1.md
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ author: paolomatarazzo
 ms.author: paoloma
 ms.date: 08/15/2023
 ms.topic: include
-ms.prod: windows-client
+ms.service: windows-client
 ---
 
 To configure a device with group policy, use the [Local Group Policy Editor](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-r2-and-2008/cc731745(v=ws.10)). To configure multiple devices joined to Active Directory, [create or edit](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-r2-and-2008/cc754740(v=ws.11)) a group policy object (GPO) and use the following settings:
diff --git a/includes/configure/gpo-settings-2.md b/includes/configure/gpo-settings-2.md
index 88fd46ec27..fa200244ae 100644
--- a/includes/configure/gpo-settings-2.md
+++ b/includes/configure/gpo-settings-2.md
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ author: paolomatarazzo
 ms.author: paoloma
 ms.date: 08/15/2023
 ms.topic: include
-ms.prod: windows-client
+ms.service: windows-client
 ---
 
 Group policies can be [linked](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-r2-and-2008/cc732979(v=ws.10)) to domains or organizational units, [filtered using security groups](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-r2-and-2008/cc752992(v=ws.10)), or [filtered using WMI filters](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-r2-and-2012/jj717288(v=ws.11)).
diff --git a/includes/configure/intune-custom-settings-1.md b/includes/configure/intune-custom-settings-1.md
index 60125a46d1..05f77b0843 100644
--- a/includes/configure/intune-custom-settings-1.md
+++ b/includes/configure/intune-custom-settings-1.md
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ author: paolomatarazzo
 ms.author: paoloma
 ms.date: 08/15/2023
 ms.topic: include
-ms.prod: windows-client
+ms.service: windows-client
 ---
 
 To configure devices with Microsoft Intune, use a custom policy:
diff --git a/includes/configure/intune-custom-settings-2.md b/includes/configure/intune-custom-settings-2.md
index 03977b7a0d..92dc4bf22d 100644
--- a/includes/configure/intune-custom-settings-2.md
+++ b/includes/configure/intune-custom-settings-2.md
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ author: paolomatarazzo
 ms.author: paoloma
 ms.date: 08/15/2023
 ms.topic: include
-ms.prod: windows-client
+ms.service: windows-client
 ---
 
 7. Select **Next**
diff --git a/includes/configure/intune-custom-settings-info.md b/includes/configure/intune-custom-settings-info.md
index 8f406cf058..fc2277cecb 100644
--- a/includes/configure/intune-custom-settings-info.md
+++ b/includes/configure/intune-custom-settings-info.md
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ author: paolomatarazzo
 ms.author: paoloma
 ms.date: 08/15/2023
 ms.topic: include
-ms.prod: windows-client
+ms.service: windows-client
 ---
 
 For more information about how to create custom settings using Intune, see [Use custom settings for Windows devices in Intune](/mem/intune/configuration/custom-settings-windows-10).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/includes/configure/intune-settings-catalog-1.md b/includes/configure/intune-settings-catalog-1.md
index b27582fd32..6afcc21dab 100644
--- a/includes/configure/intune-settings-catalog-1.md
+++ b/includes/configure/intune-settings-catalog-1.md
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ author: paolomatarazzo
 ms.author: paoloma
 ms.date: 08/15/2023
 ms.topic: include
-ms.prod: windows-client
+ms.service: windows-client
 ---
 
 To configure devices with Microsoft Intune, [create a Settings catalog policy](/mem/intune/configuration/settings-catalog) and use the following settings:
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/includes/configure/intune-settings-catalog-2.md b/includes/configure/intune-settings-catalog-2.md
index 287d5ebbf1..66b5ceae1d 100644
--- a/includes/configure/intune-settings-catalog-2.md
+++ b/includes/configure/intune-settings-catalog-2.md
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ author: paolomatarazzo
 ms.author: paoloma
 ms.date: 08/15/2023
 ms.topic: include
-ms.prod: windows-client
+ms.service: windows-client
 ---
 
 Assign the policy to a group that contains as members the devices or users that you want to configure.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/includes/configure/provisioning-package-1.md b/includes/configure/provisioning-package-1.md
index 951ca428e3..62543ac656 100644
--- a/includes/configure/provisioning-package-1.md
+++ b/includes/configure/provisioning-package-1.md
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ author: paolomatarazzo
 ms.author: paoloma
 ms.date: 09/12/2023
 ms.topic: include
-ms.prod: windows-client
+ms.service: windows-client
 ---
 
 Use the following settings to [create a provisioning package](/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-create-package):
diff --git a/includes/configure/provisioning-package-2.md b/includes/configure/provisioning-package-2.md
index b600e58e47..8915e7aebd 100644
--- a/includes/configure/provisioning-package-2.md
+++ b/includes/configure/provisioning-package-2.md
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ author: paolomatarazzo
 ms.author: paoloma
 ms.date: 09/12/2023
 ms.topic: include
-ms.prod: windows-client
+ms.service: windows-client
 ---
 
 [Apply the provisioning package](/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-apply-package) to the devices that you want to configure.
diff --git a/includes/configure/registry.md b/includes/configure/registry.md
index 2c620f057a..6c76a6b9b1 100644
--- a/includes/configure/registry.md
+++ b/includes/configure/registry.md
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ author: paolomatarazzo
 ms.author: paoloma
 ms.date: 08/15/2023
 ms.topic: include
-ms.prod: windows-client
+ms.service: windows-client
 ---
 
 To configure devices with the [Registry Editor](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-r2-and-2008/cc755256(v=ws.11)), use the following settings:
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/includes/configure/tab-intro.md b/includes/configure/tab-intro.md
index a818e4df8b..c9c293a8c5 100644
--- a/includes/configure/tab-intro.md
+++ b/includes/configure/tab-intro.md
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ author: paolomatarazzo
 ms.author: paoloma
 ms.date: 08/15/2023
 ms.topic: include
-ms.prod: windows-client
+ms.service: windows-client
 ---
 
 The following instructions provide details how to configure your devices. Select the option that best suits your needs.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/store-for-business/images/msfb-add-collection.PNG b/store-for-business/images/msfb-add-collection.png
similarity index 100%
rename from store-for-business/images/msfb-add-collection.PNG
rename to store-for-business/images/msfb-add-collection.png
diff --git a/store-for-business/images/wsfb-private-store-gpo.PNG b/store-for-business/images/wsfb-private-store-gpo.png
similarity index 100%
rename from store-for-business/images/wsfb-private-store-gpo.PNG
rename to store-for-business/images/wsfb-private-store-gpo.png
diff --git a/template.md b/template.md
index c9529e25a3..c114acd13f 100644
--- a/template.md
+++ b/template.md
@@ -2,8 +2,8 @@
 title: # ARTICLE TITLE in 55 chars or less, most important for SEO. Best to match H1 and TOC, but doesn't have to.
 description: # A summary of the content. 75-300 characters. Used in site search. Sometimes used on a search engine results page for improved SEO. Always end with period.
 ms.date: mm/dd/yyyy
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.technology: itpro-fundamentals # itpro-deploy itpro-updates itpro-apps itpro-manage itpro-configure itpro-security itpro-privacy itpro-edu
+ms.service: windows-client
+ms.subservice: itpro-fundamentals # itpro-deploy itpro-updates itpro-apps itpro-manage itpro-configure itpro-security itpro-privacy itpro-edu
 ms.topic: conceptual #reference troubleshooting how-to end-user-help overview (more in contrib guide)
 ms.localizationpriority: medium #high null
 author: # GitHub username (aczechowski)
@@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ manager: # MS alias of manager (dougeby/aaroncz)
 ms.collection: # optional
 - # highpri - high priority, strategic, important, current, etc. articles (confirm with manager prior to use)
 - # education - part of M365 for Education vertical
+- # tier1 tier2 tier3
 ---
 
 # Metadata and Markdown Template
diff --git a/windows/application-management/index.yml b/windows/application-management/index.yml
index 46ff46e15f..371bc58a37 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/index.yml
+++ b/windows/application-management/index.yml
@@ -11,7 +11,8 @@ metadata:
   manager: aaroncz
   ms.date: 08/18/2023
   ms.topic: landing-page
-  ms.prod: windows-client
+  ms.service: windows-client
+  ms.subservice: itpro-apps
   ms.collection:
     - tier1
 
@@ -40,7 +41,7 @@ landingContent:
           - text: Changes to Service Host grouping in Windows 10
             url: svchost-service-refactoring.md
 
-  - title: Application Virtualization (App-V) 
+  - title: Application Virtualization (App-V)
     linkLists:
       - linkListType: overview
         links:
diff --git a/windows/client-management/includes/mdm-enrollment-error-codes.md b/windows/client-management/includes/mdm-enrollment-error-codes.md
index 017a48153f..186805615f 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/includes/mdm-enrollment-error-codes.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/includes/mdm-enrollment-error-codes.md
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 ---
 author: vinaypamnani-msft
 ms.author: vinpa
-ms.prod: windows
+ms.service: windows-client
 ms.topic: include
 ms.date: 04/06/2023
 ---
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/assignedaccess-ddf.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/assignedaccess-ddf.md
index 4c003123f7..f5e0e84d26 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/assignedaccess-ddf.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/assignedaccess-ddf.md
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ The following XML file contains the device description framework (DDF) for the A
         
         This node can accept and return json string which comprises of account name, and AUMID for Kiosk mode app.
 
-Example: {"User":"domain\\user", "AUMID":"Microsoft.WindowsCalculator_8wekyb3d8bbwe!App"}. 
+Example: {"User":"domain\\user", "AUMID":"Microsoft.WindowsCalculator_8wekyb3d8bbwe!App"}.
 
 When configuring kiosk mode app, account name will be used to find the target user. Account name includes domain name and user name. Domain name can be optional if user name is unique across the system. For a local account, domain name should be machine name. When "Get" is executed on this node, domain name is always returned in the output.
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/bitlocker-ddf-file.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/bitlocker-ddf-file.md
index ea131ee762..5f89c0bace 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/bitlocker-ddf-file.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/bitlocker-ddf-file.md
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ The following XML file contains the device description framework (DDF) for the B
                          If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, BitLocker will use the default encryption method of XTS-AES 128-bit or the encryption method specified by any setup script.”
                          The format is string.
                          Sample value for this node to enable this policy and set the encryption methods is:
-                         
+                       
 
                          EncryptionMethodWithXtsOsDropDown_Name = Select the encryption method for operating system drives.
                          EncryptionMethodWithXtsFdvDropDown_Name = Select the encryption method for fixed data drives.
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ The following XML file contains the device description framework (DDF) for the B
                          Note: If you want to require the use of a startup PIN and a USB flash drive, you must configure BitLocker settings using the command-line tool manage-bde instead of the BitLocker Drive Encryption setup wizard.
                          The format is string.
                          Sample value for this node to enable this policy is:
-                         
+                       
 
                          ConfigureNonTPMStartupKeyUsage_Name = Allow BitLocker without a compatible TPM (requires a password or a startup key on a USB flash drive)
                          All of the below settings are for computers with a TPM.
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ The following XML file contains the device description framework (DDF) for the B
                          NOTE: If minimum PIN length is set below 6 digits, Windows will attempt to update the TPM 2.0 lockout period to be greater than the default when a PIN is changed. If successful, Windows will only reset the TPM lockout period back to default if the TPM is reset.
                          The format is string.
                          Sample value for this node to enable this policy is:
-                         
+                       
 
                          Disabling the policy will let the system choose the default behaviors.
                          If you want to disable this policy use the following SyncML:
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ The following XML file contains the device description framework (DDF) for the B
                          Note: Not all characters and languages are supported in pre-boot. It is strongly recommended that you test that the characters you use for the custom message or URL appear correctly on the pre-boot recovery screen.
                          The format is string.
                          Sample value for this node to enable this policy is:
-                         
+                       
 
                          The possible values for 'xx' are:
                          0 = Empty
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ The following XML file contains the device description framework (DDF) for the B
                          If this policy setting is disabled or not configured, the default recovery options are supported for BitLocker recovery. By default a DRA is allowed, the recovery options can be specified by the user including the recovery password and recovery key, and recovery information is not backed up to AD DS.
                          The format is string.
                          Sample value for this node to enable this policy is:
-                         
+                       
 
                          The possible values for 'xx' are:
                          true = Explicitly allow
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ The following XML file contains the device description framework (DDF) for the B
                          If you enable this policy setting, you can control the methods available to users to recover data from BitLocker-protected fixed data drives.
                          The format is string.
                          Sample value for this node to enable this policy is:
-                         
+                       
 
                          The possible values for 'xx' are:
                          true = Explicitly allow
@@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ The following XML file contains the device description framework (DDF) for the B
                          If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, all fixed data drives on the computer will be mounted with read and write access.
                          The format is string.
                          Sample value for this node to enable this policy is:
-                         
+                       
 
                          Disabling the policy will let the system choose the default behaviors.
                          If you want to disable this policy use the following SyncML:
@@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ The following XML file contains the device description framework (DDF) for the B
                          Note: This policy setting can be overridden by the group policy settings under User Configuration\Administrative Templates\System\Removable Storage Access. If the "Removable Disks: Deny write access" group policy setting is enabled this policy setting will be ignored.
                          The format is string.
                          Sample value for this node to enable this policy is:
-                         
+                       
 
                          The possible values for 'xx' are:
                          true = Explicitly allow
@@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ The following XML file contains the device description framework (DDF) for the B
                          require reinstallation of Windows.
                          Note: This policy takes effect only if "RequireDeviceEncryption" policy is set to 1.
                          The format is integer.
-                         The expected values for this policy are: 
+                         The expected values for this policy are:
 
                          1 = This is the default, when the policy is not set. Warning prompt and encryption notification is allowed.
                          0 = Disables the warning prompt and encryption notification. Starting in Windows 10, next major update, 
@@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ The following XML file contains the device description framework (DDF) for the B
                          If "AllowWarningForOtherDiskEncryption" is not set, or is set to "1", "RequireDeviceEncryption" policy will not try to encrypt drive(s) if a standard user
                          is the current logged on user in the system.
 
-                         The expected values for this policy are: 
+                         The expected values for this policy are:
 
                          1 = "RequireDeviceEncryption" policy will try to enable encryption on all fixed drives even if a current logged in user is standard user.
                          0 = This is the default, when the policy is not set. If current logged on user is a standard user, "RequireDeviceEncryption" policy
@@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ The policy only comes into effect when Active Directory backup for a recovery pa
                               
 * status\RotateRecoveryPasswordsStatus 
                               * status\RotateRecoveryPasswordsRequestID
-                          
+                        
 
                           
 Supported Values: String form of request ID. Example format of request ID is GUID. Server can choose the format as needed according to the management tools.\
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/includes/mdm-admx-csp-note.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/includes/mdm-admx-csp-note.md
index 68b132c9a5..f6b4842c2a 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/includes/mdm-admx-csp-note.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/includes/mdm-admx-csp-note.md
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 ---
 author: vinaypamnani-msft
 ms.author: vinpa
-ms.prod: windows
+ms.service: windows-client
 ms.topic: include
 ms.date: 05/09/2023
 ---
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/includes/mdm-admx-policy-note.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/includes/mdm-admx-policy-note.md
index 24b506bf4b..dd4c2dcbdb 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/includes/mdm-admx-policy-note.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/includes/mdm-admx-policy-note.md
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 ---
 author: vinaypamnani-msft
 ms.author: vinpa
-ms.prod: windows
+ms.service: windows-client
 ms.topic: include
 ms.date: 05/09/2023
 ---
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/includes/mdm-insider-csp-note.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/includes/mdm-insider-csp-note.md
index 7e0d214867..53aca4ba98 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/includes/mdm-insider-csp-note.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/includes/mdm-insider-csp-note.md
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 ---
 author: vinaypamnani-msft
 ms.author: vinpa
-ms.prod: windows
+ms.service: windows-client
 ms.topic: include
 ms.date: 05/09/2023
 ---
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/passportforwork-ddf.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/passportforwork-ddf.md
index 8c1832dac1..92e080ba93 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/passportforwork-ddf.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/passportforwork-ddf.md
@@ -934,7 +934,7 @@ If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the PIN recovery secret
               
             
             False
-            Windows Hello for Business can use certificates to authenticate to on-premise resources. 
+            Windows Hello for Business can use certificates to authenticate to on-premise resources.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, Windows Hello for Business will wait until the device has received a certificate payload from the mobile device management server before provisioning a PIN.
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-controlpolicyconflict.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-controlpolicyconflict.md
index 11a98be2e2..cd2bf997f6 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-controlpolicyconflict.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-controlpolicyconflict.md
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ If set to 1 then any MDM policy that's set that has an equivalent GP policy will
 
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> MDMWinsOverGP only applies to policies in Policy CSP. MDM policies win over Group Policies where applicable; not all Group Policies are available via MDM or CSP. It does not apply to other MDM settings with equivalent GP settings that are defined in other CSPs such as the [Defender CSP](defender-csp.md). Nor does it apply to the [Update Policy CSP](policy-csp-update.md) for managing Windows updates. 
+> MDMWinsOverGP only applies to policies in Policy CSP. MDM policies win over Group Policies where applicable; not all Group Policies are available via MDM or CSP. It does not apply to other MDM settings with equivalent GP settings that are defined in other CSPs such as the [Defender CSP](defender-csp.md). Nor does it apply to the [Update Policy CSP](policy-csp-update.md) for managing Windows updates.
 
 This policy is used to ensure that MDM policy wins over GP when policy is configured on MDM channel. The default value is 0. The MDM policies in Policy CSP will behave as described if this policy value is set 1.
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-enterprisecloudprint.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-enterprisecloudprint.md
index f0c354b20c..016c5d5a51 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-enterprisecloudprint.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-enterprisecloudprint.md
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ Resource URI for which access is being requested by the Mopria discovery client
 
 This policy must target ./User, otherwise it fails.
 
-The default value is an empty string. Otherwise, the value should contain a URL. 
+The default value is an empty string. Otherwise, the value should contain a URL.
 
 **Example**:
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-windowslogon.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-windowslogon.md
index 0c07ef2d66..9d17406fe6 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-windowslogon.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-windowslogon.md
@@ -34,11 +34,11 @@ ms.date: 01/18/2024
 
 This policy setting controls whether a device will automatically sign in and lock the last interactive user after the system restarts or after a shutdown and cold boot.
 
-This only occurs if the last interactive user didn't sign out before the restart or shutdown. 
+This only occurs if the last interactive user didn't sign out before the restart or shutdown.
 
 If the device is joined to Active Directory or Microsoft Entra ID, this policy only applies to Windows Update restarts. Otherwise, this will apply to both Windows Update restarts and user-initiated restarts and shutdowns.
 
-- If you don't configure this policy setting, it's enabled by default. When the policy is enabled, the user is automatically signed in and the session is automatically locked with all lock screen apps configured for that user after the device boots. 
+- If you don't configure this policy setting, it's enabled by default. When the policy is enabled, the user is automatically signed in and the session is automatically locked with all lock screen apps configured for that user after the device boots.
 
 After enabling this policy, you can configure its settings through the ConfigAutomaticRestartSignOn policy, which configures the mode of automatically signing in and locking the last interactive user after a restart or cold boot .
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/TOC.yml b/windows/configuration/TOC.yml
deleted file mode 100644
index 97c1386a73..0000000000
--- a/windows/configuration/TOC.yml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,367 +0,0 @@
-- name: Configure Windows client
-  href: index.yml
-- name: Customize the appearance
-  items:
-    - name: Windows 11
-      items:
-        - name: Start menu
-          items:
-          - name: Customize Start menu layout
-            href: customize-start-menu-layout-windows-11.md
-          - name: Supported Start menu CSPs
-            href: supported-csp-start-menu-layout-windows.md
-        - name: Taskbar
-          items:
-          - name: Customize Taskbar
-            href: customize-taskbar-windows-11.md
-          - name: Supported Taskbar CSPs
-            href: supported-csp-taskbar-windows.md
-    - name: Windows 10 Start and taskbar
-      items:
-        - name: Start layout and taskbar
-          href: windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md
-        - name: Use XML
-          items: 
-          - name: Customize and export Start layout
-            href: customize-and-export-start-layout.md
-          - name: Customize the taskbar
-            href: configure-windows-10-taskbar.md
-          - name: Add image for secondary Microsoft Edge tiles
-            href: start-secondary-tiles.md
-          - name: Start layout XML for Windows 10 desktop editions (reference)
-            href: start-layout-xml-desktop.md
-        - name: Use group policy
-          href: customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-group-policy.md
-        - name: Use provisioning packages
-          href: customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-provisioning-packages-and-icd.md
-        - name: Use mobile device management (MDM)
-          href: customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-mobile-device-management.md
-        - name: Troubleshoot Start menu errors
-          href: /troubleshoot/windows-client/shell-experience/troubleshoot-start-menu-errors
-        - name: Changes to Start policies in Windows 10
-          href: changes-to-start-policies-in-windows-10.md
-    - name: Accessibility settings
-      items:
-         - name: Accessibility information for IT Pros
-           href: windows-accessibility-for-ITPros.md
-         - name: Configure access to Microsoft Store
-           href: stop-employees-from-using-microsoft-store.md
-         - name: Configure Windows Spotlight on the lock screen
-           href: windows-spotlight.md
-         - name: Manage Windows 10 and Microsoft Store tips, "fun facts", and suggestions
-           href: manage-tips-and-suggestions.md
-         - name: Configure cellular settings for tablets and PCs
-           href: provisioning-apn.md
-         - name: Lockdown features from Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry
-           href: lockdown-features-windows-10.md
-
-
-- name: Configure kiosks and digital signs
-  items:
-    - name: Configure kiosks and digital signs on Windows desktop editions
-      href: kiosk-methods.md
-    - name: Prepare a device for kiosk configuration
-      href: kiosk-prepare.md
-    - name: Set up digital signs
-      href: setup-digital-signage.md
-    - name: Set up a single-app kiosk
-      href: kiosk-single-app.md
-    - name: Set up a multi-app kiosk for Windows 10
-      href: lock-down-windows-10-to-specific-apps.md
-    - name: Set up a multi-app kiosk for Windows 11
-      href: lock-down-windows-11-to-specific-apps.md
-    - name: Kiosk reference information
-      items:
-        - name: More kiosk methods and reference information
-          href: kiosk-additional-reference.md
-        - name: Find the Application User Model ID of an installed app
-          href: find-the-application-user-model-id-of-an-installed-app.md
-        - name: Validate your kiosk configuration
-          href: kiosk-validate.md
-        - name: Guidelines for choosing an app for assigned access (kiosk mode)
-          href: guidelines-for-assigned-access-app.md
-        - name: Policies enforced on kiosk devices
-          href: kiosk-policies.md
-        - name: Assigned access XML reference
-          href: kiosk-xml.md
-        - name: Use AppLocker to create a Windows 10 kiosk
-          href: lock-down-windows-10-applocker.md
-        - name: Use Shell Launcher to create a Windows client kiosk
-          href: kiosk-shelllauncher.md
-        - name: Use MDM Bridge WMI Provider to create a Windows client kiosk
-          href: kiosk-mdm-bridge.md
-        - name: Troubleshoot kiosk mode issues
-          href: /troubleshoot/windows-client/shell-experience/kiosk-mode-issues-troubleshooting
-
-- name: Configure multi-user and guest devices 
-  items:
-    - name: Shared devices concepts
-      href: shared-devices-concepts.md
-    - name: Configure shared devices with Shared PC
-      href: set-up-shared-or-guest-pc.md
-    - name: Shared PC technical reference
-      href: shared-pc-technical.md
-
-- name: Use provisioning packages
-  items:
-    - name: Provisioning packages for Windows client
-      href: provisioning-packages/provisioning-packages.md
-    - name: How provisioning works in Windows client
-      href: provisioning-packages/provisioning-how-it-works.md
-    - name: Introduction to configuration service providers (CSPs)
-      href: provisioning-packages/how-it-pros-can-use-configuration-service-providers.md
-    - name: Install Windows Configuration Designer
-      href: provisioning-packages/provisioning-install-icd.md
-    - name: Create a provisioning package
-      href: provisioning-packages/provisioning-create-package.md
-    - name: Apply a provisioning package
-      href: provisioning-packages/provisioning-apply-package.md
-    - name: Settings changed when you uninstall a provisioning package
-      href: provisioning-packages/provisioning-uninstall-package.md
-    - name: Provision PCs with common settings for initial deployment (desktop wizard)
-      href: provisioning-packages/provision-pcs-for-initial-deployment.md
-    - name: Provision PCs with apps
-      href: provisioning-packages/provision-pcs-with-apps.md
-    - name: Use a script to install a desktop app in provisioning packages
-      href: provisioning-packages/provisioning-script-to-install-app.md
-    - name: Create a provisioning package with multivariant settings
-      href: provisioning-packages/provisioning-multivariant.md
-    - name: PowerShell cmdlets for provisioning Windows client (reference)
-      href: provisioning-packages/provisioning-powershell.md
-    - name: Diagnose provisioning packages
-      href: provisioning-packages/diagnose-provisioning-packages.md
-    - name: Windows Configuration Designer command-line interface (reference)
-      href: provisioning-packages/provisioning-command-line.md
-
-- name: Configure Cortana
-  items:
-    - name: Configure Cortana in Windows 10
-      href: cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-overview.md
-    - name: Testing scenarios using Cortana n Windows 10, version 2004 and later
-      items:
-        - name: Set up and test Cortana in Windows 10, version 2004 and later
-          href: cortana-at-work/set-up-and-test-cortana-in-windows-10.md
-        - name: Cortana at work testing scenarios
-          href: cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-testing-scenarios.md
-        - name: Test scenario 1 - Sign into Microsoft Entra ID, enable the wake word, and try a voice query
-          href: cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-1.md
-        - name: Test scenario 2 - Run a Bing search with Cortana
-          href: cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-2.md
-        - name: Test scenario 3 - Set a reminder
-          href: cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-3.md
-        - name: Test scenario 4 - Use Cortana to find free time on your calendar
-          href: cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-4.md
-        - name: Test scenario 5 - Find out about a person
-          href: cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-5.md
-        - name: Test scenario 6 - Change your language and run a quick search with Cortana
-          href: cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-6.md
-    - name: Send feedback about Cortana back to Microsoft
-      href: cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-feedback.md
-    - name: Testing scenarios using Cortana in Windows 10, versions 1909 and earlier, with Microsoft 365 in your organization
-      items:
-        - name: Set up and test Cortana in Windows 10, versions 1909 and earlier, with Microsoft 365 in your organization
-          href: cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-o365.md
-        - name: Testing scenarios using Cortana in your business or organization
-          href: cortana-at-work/testing-scenarios-using-cortana-in-business-org.md
-        - name: Test scenario 1 - Sign into Microsoft Entra ID, enable the wake word, and try a voice query
-          href: cortana-at-work/test-scenario-1.md
-        - name: Test scenario 2 - Run a quick search with Cortana at work
-          href: cortana-at-work/test-scenario-2.md
-        - name: Test scenario 3 - Set a reminder for a specific location using Cortana at work
-          href: cortana-at-work/test-scenario-3.md
-        - name: Test scenario 4 - Use Cortana at work to find your upcoming meetings
-          href: cortana-at-work/test-scenario-4.md
-        - name: Test scenario 5 - Use Cortana to send email to a coworker
-          href: cortana-at-work/test-scenario-5.md
-        - name: Test scenario 6 - Review a reminder suggested by Cortana based on what you’ve promised in email
-          href: cortana-at-work/test-scenario-6.md
-        - name: Test scenario 7 - Use Cortana and Windows Information Protection (WIP) to help protect your organization’s data on a device
-          href: cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-7.md
-
-    - name: Set up and test custom voice commands in Cortana for your organization
-      href: cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-voice-commands.md
-    - name: Use Group Policy and mobile device management (MDM) settings to configure Cortana in your organization
-      href: cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-policy-settings.md
-
-
-- name: Reference
-  items:
-    - name: Windows Configuration Designer reference
-      items:
-        - name: Windows Configuration Designer provisioning settings (reference)
-          href: wcd/wcd.md
-        - name: Changes to settings in Windows Configuration Designer
-          href: wcd/wcd-changes.md
-        - name: AccountManagement
-          href: wcd/wcd-accountmanagement.md
-        - name: Accounts
-          href: wcd/wcd-accounts.md 
-        - name: ADMXIngestion
-          href: wcd/wcd-admxingestion.md 
-        - name: AssignedAccess
-          href: wcd/wcd-assignedaccess.md 
-        - name: Browser
-          href: wcd/wcd-browser.md 
-        - name: CellCore
-          href: wcd/wcd-cellcore.md
-        - name: Cellular
-          href: wcd/wcd-cellular.md     
-        - name: Certificates
-          href: wcd/wcd-certificates.md 
-        - name: CleanPC
-          href: wcd/wcd-cleanpc.md     
-        - name: Connections
-          href: wcd/wcd-connections.md 
-        - name: ConnectivityProfiles
-          href: wcd/wcd-connectivityprofiles.md 
-        - name: CountryAndRegion
-          href: wcd/wcd-countryandregion.md 
-        - name: DesktopBackgroundAndColors
-          href: wcd/wcd-desktopbackgroundandcolors.md     
-        - name: DeveloperSetup
-          href: wcd/wcd-developersetup.md     
-        - name: DeviceFormFactor
-          href: wcd/wcd-deviceformfactor.md  
-        - name: DeviceManagement
-          href: wcd/wcd-devicemanagement.md  
-        - name: DeviceUpdateCenter
-          href: wcd/wcd-deviceupdatecenter.md
-        - name: DMClient
-          href: wcd/wcd-dmclient.md 
-        - name: EditionUpgrade
-          href: wcd/wcd-editionupgrade.md    
-        - name: FirewallConfiguration
-          href: wcd/wcd-firewallconfiguration.md     
-        - name: FirstExperience
-          href: wcd/wcd-firstexperience.md     
-        - name: Folders
-          href: wcd/wcd-folders.md  
-        - name: HotSpot
-          href: wcd/wcd-hotspot.md
-        - name: KioskBrowser
-          href: wcd/wcd-kioskbrowser.md      
-        - name: Licensing
-          href: wcd/wcd-licensing.md 
-        - name: Location
-          href: wcd/wcd-location.md      
-        - name: Maps
-          href: wcd/wcd-maps.md 
-        - name: NetworkProxy
-          href: wcd/wcd-networkproxy.md     
-        - name: NetworkQOSPolicy
-          href: wcd/wcd-networkqospolicy.md 
-        - name: OOBE
-          href: wcd/wcd-oobe.md 
-        - name: Personalization
-          href: wcd/wcd-personalization.md     
-        - name: Policies
-          href: wcd/wcd-policies.md 
-        - name: Privacy
-          href: wcd/wcd-privacy.md  
-        - name: ProvisioningCommands
-          href: wcd/wcd-provisioningcommands.md
-        - name: SharedPC
-          href: wcd/wcd-sharedpc.md 
-        - name: SMISettings
-          href: wcd/wcd-smisettings.md     
-        - name: Start
-          href: wcd/wcd-start.md    
-        - name: StartupApp
-          href: wcd/wcd-startupapp.md     
-        - name: StartupBackgroundTasks
-          href: wcd/wcd-startupbackgroundtasks.md 
-        - name: StorageD3InModernStandby
-          href: wcd/wcd-storaged3inmodernstandby.md
-        - name: SurfaceHubManagement
-          href: wcd/wcd-surfacehubmanagement.md    
-        - name: TabletMode
-          href: wcd/wcd-tabletmode.md  
-        - name: TakeATest
-          href: wcd/wcd-takeatest.md
-        - name: Time
-          href: wcd/wcd-time.md    
-        - name: UnifiedWriteFilter
-          href: wcd/wcd-unifiedwritefilter.md     
-        - name: UniversalAppInstall
-          href: wcd/wcd-universalappinstall.md 
-        - name: UniversalAppUninstall
-          href: wcd/wcd-universalappuninstall.md 
-        - name: UsbErrorsOEMOverride
-          href: wcd/wcd-usberrorsoemoverride.md
-        - name: WeakCharger
-          href: wcd/wcd-weakcharger.md  
-        - name: WindowsHelloForBusiness
-          href: wcd/wcd-windowshelloforbusiness.md
-        - name: WindowsTeamSettings
-          href: wcd/wcd-windowsteamsettings.md     
-        - name: WLAN
-          href: wcd/wcd-wlan.md     
-        - name: Workplace
-          href: wcd/wcd-workplace.md  
-
-    - name: User Experience Virtualization (UE-V)
-      items:
-        - name: User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) for Windows 10
-          href: ue-v/uev-for-windows.md
-        - name: Get started with UE-V
-          items:
-            - name: Get started with UE-V
-              href: ue-v/uev-getting-started.md
-            - name: What's New in UE-V for Windows 10, version 1607
-              href: ue-v/uev-whats-new-in-uev-for-windows.md
-            - name: User Experience Virtualization Release Notes
-              href: ue-v/uev-release-notes-1607.md
-            - name: Upgrade to UE-V for Windows 10
-              href: ue-v/uev-upgrade-uev-from-previous-releases.md
-        - name: Prepare a UE-V Deployment
-          items:
-            - name: Prepare a UE-V Deployment
-              href: ue-v/uev-prepare-for-deployment.md
-            - name: Deploy Required UE-V Features
-              href: ue-v/uev-deploy-required-features.md
-            - name: Deploy UE-V for use with Custom Applications
-              href: ue-v/uev-deploy-uev-for-custom-applications.md
-        - name: Administer UE-V
-          items:
-            - name: UE-V administration guide
-              href: ue-v/uev-administering-uev.md
-            - name: Manage Configurations for UE-V
-              items:
-                - name: Manage Configurations for UE-V
-                  href: ue-v/uev-manage-configurations.md
-                - name: Configuring UE-V with Group Policy Objects
-                  href: ue-v/uev-configuring-uev-with-group-policy-objects.md
-                - name: Configuring UE-V with Microsoft Configuration Manager
-                  href: ue-v/uev-configuring-uev-with-system-center-configuration-manager.md
-                - name: Administering UE-V with Windows PowerShell and WMI
-                  href: ue-v/uev-administering-uev-with-windows-powershell-and-wmi.md
-                - name: Managing the UE-V Service and Packages with Windows PowerShell and WMI
-                  href: ue-v/uev-managing-uev-agent-and-packages-with-windows-powershell-and-wmi.md
-                - name: Managing UE-V Settings Location Templates Using Windows PowerShell and WMI
-                  href: ue-v/uev-managing-settings-location-templates-using-windows-powershell-and-wmi.md
-                - name: Working with Custom UE-V Templates and the UE-V Template Generator
-                  href: ue-v/uev-working-with-custom-templates-and-the-uev-generator.md
-                - name: Manage Administrative Backup and Restore in UE-V
-                  href: ue-v/uev-manage-administrative-backup-and-restore.md
-                - name: Changing the Frequency of UE-V Scheduled Tasks
-                  href: ue-v/uev-changing-the-frequency-of-scheduled-tasks.md
-                - name: Migrating UE-V Settings Packages
-                  href: ue-v/uev-migrating-settings-packages.md
-                - name: Using UE-V with Application Virtualization Applications
-                  href: ue-v/uev-using-uev-with-application-virtualization-applications.md
-        - name: Troubleshooting UE-V
-          href: ue-v/uev-troubleshooting.md
-        - name: Technical Reference for UE-V
-          items:
-            - name: Technical Reference for UE-V
-              href: ue-v/uev-technical-reference.md
-            - name: Sync Methods for UE-V
-              href: ue-v/uev-sync-methods.md
-            - name: Sync Trigger Events for UE-V
-              href: ue-v/uev-sync-trigger-events.md
-            - name: Synchronizing Microsoft Office with UE-V
-              href: ue-v/uev-synchronizing-microsoft-office-with-uev.md
-            - name: Application Template Schema Reference for UE-V
-              href: ue-v/uev-application-template-schema-reference.md
-            - name: Security Considerations for UE-V
-              href: ue-v/uev-security-considerations.md
diff --git a/windows/configuration/windows-accessibility-for-ITPros.md b/windows/configuration/accessibility/index.md
similarity index 95%
rename from windows/configuration/windows-accessibility-for-ITPros.md
rename to windows/configuration/accessibility/index.md
index cda104c484..335576ee27 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/windows-accessibility-for-ITPros.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/accessibility/index.md
@@ -1,19 +1,9 @@
 ---
 title: Windows accessibility information for IT Pros
 description: Lists the various accessibility features available in Windows client with links to detailed guidance on how to set them.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
-ms.author: lizlong
-author: lizgt2000
-ms.date: 08/11/2023
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ms.topic: conceptual
 ms.collection: tier1
-appliesto: 
-  - ✅ Windows 10
-  - ✅ Windows 11
 ---
 
 
@@ -25,76 +15,54 @@ Microsoft is dedicated to making its products and services accessible and usable
 
 This article helps you as the IT administrator learn about built-in accessibility features. It also includes recommendations for how to support people in your organization who use these features.
 
-Windows 11, version 22H2, includes improvements for people with disabilities: system-wide live captions, Focus sessions, voice access, and more natural voices for Narrator. For more information, see [New accessibility features coming to Windows 11](https://blogs.windows.com/windowsexperience/2022/05/10/new-accessibility-features-coming-to-windows-11/) and [How inclusion drives innovation in Windows 11](https://blogs.windows.com/windowsexperience/?p=177554).
+Windows 11, version 22H2, includes improvements for people with disabilities: system-wide live captions, Focus sessions, voice access, and more natural voices for Narrator. For more information, see [New accessibility features coming to Windows 11](https://blogs.windows.com/windowsexperience/2022/05/10/new-accessibility-features-coming-to-windows-11/) and [How inclusion drives innovation in Windows 11](https://blogs.windows.com/windowsexperience/?p=177554).
+
 
 ## General recommendations
 
 - **Be aware of Ease of Access settings**. Understand how people in your organization might use these settings. Help people in your organization learn how they can customize Windows.
-
 - **Don't block settings**. Avoid using group policy or MDM settings that override Ease of Access settings.
-
 - **Encourage choice**. Allow people in your organization to customize their computers based on their needs. That customization might be installing an add-on for their browser, or a non-Microsoft assistive technology.
 
 ## Vision
 
 - [Use Narrator to use devices without a screen](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/complete-guide-to-narrator-e4397a0d-ef4f-b386-d8ae-c172f109bdb1). Narrator describes Windows and apps and enables you to control devices by using a keyboard, controller, or with a range of gestures on touch-supported devices. Now the user is able to download and install 10 more natural languages.
-
 - [Create accessible apps](/windows/apps/develop/accessibility). You can develop accessible apps just like Mail, Groove, and Store that work well with Narrator and other leading screen readers.
-
 - Use keyboard shortcuts. Get the most out of Windows with shortcuts for apps and desktops.
-
   - [Keyboard shortcuts in Windows](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/keyboard-shortcuts-in-windows-dcc61a57-8ff0-cffe-9796-cb9706c75eec)
   - [Narrator keyboard commands and touch gestures](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/appendix-b-narrator-keyboard-commands-and-touch-gestures-8bdab3f4-b3e9-4554-7f28-8b15bd37410a)
   - [Windows keyboard shortcuts for accessibility](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/windows-keyboard-shortcuts-for-accessibility-021bcb62-45c8-e4ef-1e4f-41b8c1fc87fd)
-
 - Get closer with [Magnifier](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/use-magnifier-to-make-things-on-the-screen-easier-to-see-414948ba-8b1c-d3bd-8615-0e5e32204198). Magnifier enlarges all or part of your screen and offers various configuration settings.
-
 - [Make Windows easier to see](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/make-windows-easier-to-see-c97c2b0d-cadb-93f0-5fd1-59ccfe19345d).
-
   - Changing the size or color of pointers or adding trails or touch feedback make it easier to follow the mouse.
   - Adjust the size of text, icons, and other screen items to make them easier to see.
   - Many high-contrast themes are available to suit your needs.
-
 - [Have Cortana assist](https://support.microsoft.com/topic/what-is-cortana-953e648d-5668-e017-1341-7f26f7d0f825). Cortana can handle various tasks for you, including setting reminders, opening apps, finding facts, and sending emails and texts.
-
 - [Dictate text and commands](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/use-voice-recognition-in-windows-83ff75bd-63eb-0b6c-18d4-6fae94050571). Windows includes speech recognition that lets you tell it what to do.
-
 - [Simplify for focus](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/make-it-easier-to-focus-on-tasks-0d259fd9-e9d0-702c-c027-007f0e78eaf2). Reducing animations and turning off background images and transparency can minimize distractions.
-
 - [Keep notifications around longer](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/make-windows-easier-to-hear-9c18cfdc-63be-2d47-0f4f-5b00facfd2e1). If notifications aren't staying visible long enough for you to notice them, you can increase the time a notification will be displayed up to five minutes.
-
 - [Read in braille](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/chapter-8-using-narrator-with-braille-3e5f065b-1c9d-6eb2-ec6d-1d07c9e94b20). Narrator supports braille displays from more than 35 manufacturers using more than 40 languages and multiple braille variants.
-
 - Starting in Windows 11, version 22H2 with [KB5022913](https://support.microsoft.com/kb/5022913), the compatibility of braille displays has been expanded. Braille displays work seamlessly and reliably across multiple screen readers, improving the end user experience.
 
 ## Hearing
 
 - [Use live captions to better understand audio](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/use-live-captions-to-better-understand-audio-b52da59c-14b8-4031-aeeb-f6a47e6055df). Use Windows 11, version 22H2 or later to better understand any spoken audio with real time captions.
-
 - Starting with Windows 11, version 22H2 with [KB5026446](https://support.microsoft.com/kb/5026446), live captions now supports additional languages.
-
 - [View live transcription in a Teams meeting](https://support.microsoft.com/office/view-live-transcription-in-a-teams-meeting-dc1a8f23-2e20-4684-885e-2152e06a4a8b). During any Teams meeting, view a live transcription so you don't miss what's being said.
-
 - [Use Teams for sign language](https://www.microsoft.com/microsoft-teams/group-chat-software). Teams is available on various platforms and devices, so you don't have to worry about whether your co-workers, friends, and family can communicate with you.
 
 - [Make Windows easier to hear](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/make-windows-easier-to-hear-9c18cfdc-63be-2d47-0f4f-5b00facfd2e1).
-
   - Replace audible alerts with visual alerts.
   - If notifications aren't staying visible long enough for you to notice them, you can increase the time a notification will be displayed up to five minutes.
   - Send all sounds to both left and right channels, which is helpful for those people with partial hearing loss or deafness in one ear.
-
 - [Read spoken words with captioning](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/change-caption-settings-135c465b-8cfd-3bac-9baf-4af74bc0069a). You can customize things like color, size, and background transparency to suit your needs and tastes.
-
 - Use the [Azure Cognitive Services Translator](/azure/cognitive-services/translator/) service to add machine translation to your solutions.
 
 ## Physical
 
 - [Have Cortana assist you](https://support.microsoft.com/topic/what-is-cortana-953e648d-5668-e017-1341-7f26f7d0f825). Cortana can handle various tasks for you, including setting reminders, opening apps, finding facts, and sending emails and texts.
-
 - [Dictate text and commands](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/use-voice-recognition-in-windows-83ff75bd-63eb-0b6c-18d4-6fae94050571). Windows includes voice recognition that lets you tell it what to do.
-
 - [Use the On-Screen Keyboard (OSK)](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/use-the-on-screen-keyboard-osk-to-type-ecbb5e08-5b4e-d8c8-f794-81dbf896267a). Instead of relying on a physical keyboard, use the OSK to enter data and select keys with a mouse or other pointing device. It also offers word prediction and completion.
-
 - [Make your mouse, keyboard, and other input devices easier to use](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/make-your-mouse-keyboard-and-other-input-devices-easier-to-use-10733da7-fa82-88be-0672-f123d4b3dcfe).
 
   - If you have limited control of your hands, you can personalize your keyboard to do helpful things like ignore repeated keys.
@@ -103,32 +71,24 @@ Windows 11, version 22H2, includes improvements for people with disabilities: sy
 ## Cognition
 
 - [Simplify for focus](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/make-it-easier-to-focus-on-tasks-0d259fd9-e9d0-702c-c027-007f0e78eaf2). Reducing animations and turning off background images and transparency can minimize distractions.
-
 - [Download and use fonts that are easier to read](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=50721). **Fluent Sitka Small** and **Fluent Calibri** are fonts that address "visual crowding" by adding character and enhance word and line spacing.
-
 - [Microsoft Edge reading view](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/take-your-reading-with-you-b6699255-4436-708e-7b93-4d2e19a15af8). Clears distracting content from web pages so you can stay focused on what you really want to read.
 
 ## Assistive technology devices built into Windows
 
 - [Hear text read aloud with Narrator](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/hear-text-read-aloud-with-narrator-040f16c1-4632-b64e-110a-da4a0ac56917). Narrator reads text on your PC screen aloud and describes events, such as notifications or calendar appointments, so you can use your PC without a display.
-
 - Scripting functionality has been added to Narrator. There is store delivery of Narrator extension scripts which currently include an Outlook script and an Excel script.
-
 - [Use voice recognition](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/use-voice-recognition-in-windows-83ff75bd-63eb-0b6c-18d4-6fae94050571).
 
 
 - With spellings experience in voice access, you can dictate a complex or non-standard word letter-by-letter and add it to Windows dictionary. The next time you try to dictate the same word, voice access improves its recognition.
 
 - [Save time with keyboard shortcuts](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/keyboard-shortcuts-in-windows-dcc61a57-8ff0-cffe-9796-cb9706c75eec).
-
-- [Use voice access to control your PC and author text with your voice](https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/topic/use-voice-access-to-control-your-pc-author-text-with-your-voice-4dcd23ee-f1b9-4fd1-bacc-862ab611f55d).
+- [Use voice access to control your PC and author text with your voice](https://support.microsoft.com/topic/use-voice-access-to-control-your-pc-author-text-with-your-voice-4dcd23ee-f1b9-4fd1-bacc-862ab611f55d).
 
 ## Other resources
 
 [Windows accessibility](https://www.microsoft.com/Accessibility/windows)
-
 [Designing accessible software](/windows/apps/design/accessibility/designing-inclusive-software)
-
 [Inclusive design](https://www.microsoft.com/design/inclusive)
-
 [Accessibility guide for Microsoft 365 Apps](/deployoffice/accessibility-guide)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/apn-add-details.PNG b/windows/configuration/cellular/images/apn-add-details.PNG
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/apn-add-details.PNG
rename to windows/configuration/cellular/images/apn-add-details.PNG
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/apn-add.PNG b/windows/configuration/cellular/images/apn-add.PNG
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/apn-add.PNG
rename to windows/configuration/cellular/images/apn-add.PNG
diff --git a/windows/configuration/provisioning-apn.md b/windows/configuration/cellular/provisioning-apn.md
similarity index 66%
rename from windows/configuration/provisioning-apn.md
rename to windows/configuration/cellular/provisioning-apn.md
index 4600c0eaf2..88c77810eb 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/provisioning-apn.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/cellular/provisioning-apn.md
@@ -1,63 +1,40 @@
 ---
-title: Configure cellular settings for tablets and PCs (Windows 10)
+title: Configure cellular settings for tablets and PCs
 description: Enterprises can provision cellular settings for tablets and PC with built-in cellular modems or plug-in USB modem dongles.
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: lizgt2000
-ms.author: lizlong
-ms.topic: article
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
+ms.topic: concept-article
 ms.date: 04/13/2018
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
 ---
 
 # Configure cellular settings for tablets and PCs
 
-
-**Applies to**
-
-- Windows 10
-
 >**Looking for consumer information?** See [Cellular settings in Windows 10](https://support.microsoft.com/help/10739/windows-10-cellular-settings)
 
-Enterprises can configure cellular settings for tablets and PC that have built-in cellular modems or plug-in USB modem dongles and apply the settings in a [provisioning package](provisioning-packages/provisioning-packages.md). After the devices are configured, users are automatically connected using the access point name (APN) defined by the enterprise without needing to manually connect.
+Enterprises can configure cellular settings for tablets and PC that have built-in cellular modems or plug-in USB modem dongles and apply the settings in a [provisioning package](../provisioning-packages/provisioning-packages.md). After the devices are configured, users are automatically connected using the access point name (APN) defined by the enterprise without needing to manually connect.
 
 For users who work in different locations, you can configure one APN to connect when the users are at work and a different APN when the users are traveling.
 
-
 ## Prerequisites
 
 - Windows 10, version 1703, desktop editions (Home, Pro, Enterprise, Education)
-
 - Tablet or PC with built-in cellular modem or plug-in USB modem dongle
-
-- [Windows Configuration Designer](provisioning-packages/provisioning-install-icd.md)
-
+- [Windows Configuration Designer](../provisioning-packages/provisioning-install-icd.md)
 - APN (the address that your PC uses to connect to the Internet when using the cellular data connection)
 
-    >[!NOTE]
-    >You can get the APN from your mobile operator.
-    
 ## How to configure cellular settings in a provisioning package
 
-1. In Windows Configuration Designer, [start a new project](provisioning-packages/provisioning-create-package.md) using the **Advanced provisioning** option.
+1. In Windows Configuration Designer, [start a new project](../provisioning-packages/provisioning-create-package.md) using the **Advanced provisioning** option.
+1. Enter a name for your project, and then click **Next**.
+1. Select **All Windows desktop editions**, click **Next**, and then click **Finish**.
+1. Go to **Runtime settings > Connections > EnterpriseAPN**.
+1. Enter a name for the connection, and then click **Add**.
 
-2. Enter a name for your project, and then click **Next**.
+![Example of APN connection name.](images/apn-add.png)
 
-3. Select **All Windows desktop editions**, click **Next**, and then click **Finish**.
+1. The connection appears in the **Available customizations** pane. Select it to view the settings that you can configure for the connection.
 
-4. Go to **Runtime settings > Connections > EnterpriseAPN**.
+![settings for new connection.](images/apn-add-details.png)
 
-5. Enter a name for the connection, and then click **Add**.
-
-    ![Example of APN connection name.](images/apn-add.png)
-    
-6. The connection appears in the **Available customizations** pane. Select it to view the settings that you can configure for the connection.
-
-    ![settings for new connection.](images/apn-add-details.png)
-    
-7. The following table describes the settings available for the connection.
+1. The following table describes the settings available for the connection.
 
     | Setting | Description |
     | --- | --- |
@@ -72,45 +49,39 @@ For users who work in different locations, you can configure one APN to connect
     | Password | If you select PAP, CHAP, or MSCHAPv2 authentication, enter a password that corresponds to the user name. |
     | Roaming | Select the behavior that you want when the device is roaming. The options are:

                  -Disallowed
                  -Allowed (default)
                  -DomesticRoaming
                  -Use OnlyForDomesticRoaming
                  -UseOnlyForNonDomesticRoaming
                  -UseOnlyForRoaming   |
     | UserName | If you select PAP, CHAP, or MSCHAPv2 authentication, enter a user name.  |
-    
-8. After you configure the connection settings, [build the provisioning package](provisioning-packages/provisioning-create-package.md#build-package).
-
-9. [Apply the package to devices.](provisioning-packages/provisioning-apply-package.md)
 
+1. After you configure the connection settings, [build the provisioning package](../provisioning-packages/provisioning-create-package.md#build-package).
+1. [Apply the package to devices.](../provisioning-packages/provisioning-apply-package.md)
 
 ## Confirm the settings
 
 After you apply the provisioning package, you can confirm that the settings have been applied.
 
 1. On the configured device, open a command prompt as an administrator.
+1. Run the following command:
 
-2. Run the following command:
-
-    ```
+    ```cmd
     netsh mbn show profiles
     ```
 
-3. The command will list the mobile broadband profiles. Using the "Name" for the listed mobile broadband profile, run:
+1. The command will list the mobile broadband profiles. Using the "Name" for the listed mobile broadband profile, run:
 
-    ```
+    ```cmd
     netsh mbn show profiles name="name"
     ```
 
     This command will list details for that profile, including Access Point Name.
 
-
 Alternatively, you can also use the command:
 
-```
+```cmd
 netsh mbn show interface
 ```
 
 From the results of that command, get the name of the cellular/mobile broadband interface and run:
 
-```
+```cmd
 netsh mbn show connection interface="name"
 ```
 
 The result of that command will show details for the cellular interface, including Access Point Name.
-
-
diff --git a/windows/configuration/changes-to-start-policies-in-windows-10.md b/windows/configuration/changes-to-start-policies-in-windows-10.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c8a911f8a2..0000000000
--- a/windows/configuration/changes-to-start-policies-in-windows-10.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Changes to Group Policy settings for Windows 10 Start menu (Windows 10)
-description: Learn about changes to Group Policy settings for the Windows 10 Start menu. Also, learn about the new Windows 10 Start experience.
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: lizgt2000
-ms.author: lizlong
-ms.topic: whats-new
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.date: 08/18/2023
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
----
-
-# Changes to Group Policy settings for Windows 10 Start
-
-**Applies to**:
-
-- Windows 10
-
-Windows 10 has a brand new Start experience. As a result, there are changes to the Group Policy settings that you can use to manage Start. Some policy settings are new or changed, and some old Start policy settings still apply. Other Start policy settings no longer apply and are deprecated.
-
-## Start policy settings supported for Windows 10 Pro, Windows 10 Enterprise, and Windows 10 Education
-
-
-These policy settings are available in **Administrative Templates\\Start Menu and Taskbar** under **User Configuration**.
-
-|Policy|Notes|
-|--- |--- |
-|Clear history of recently opened documents on exit|Documents that the user opens are tracked during the session. When the user signs off, the history of opened documents is deleted.|
-|Don't allow pinning items in Jump Lists|Jump Lists are lists of recently opened items, such as files, folders, or websites, organized by the program that you use to open them. This policy prevents users from pinning items to any Jump List.|
-|Don't display or track items in Jump Lists from remote locations|When this policy is applied, only items local on the computer are shown in Jump Lists.|
-|Don't keep history of recently opened documents|Documents that the user opens aren't tracked during the session.|
-|Prevent changes to Taskbar and Start Menu Settings|In Windows 10, this policy disables all of the settings in **Settings** > **Personalization** > **Start** and the options in dialog available via right-click Taskbar > **Properties**|
-|Prevent users from customizing their Start Screen|Use this policy with a [customized Start layout](windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md) to prevent users from changing it|
-|Prevent users from uninstalling applications from Start|In Windows 10, this policy removes the uninstall button in the context menu. It doesn't prevent users from uninstalling the app through other entry points (for example, PowerShell)|
-|Remove All Programs list from the Start menu|In Windows 10, this policy removes the **All apps** button.|
-|Remove and prevent access to the Shut Down, Restart, Sleep, and Hibernate commands|This policy removes the Shut Down, Restart, Sleep, and Hibernate commands from the Start Menu, Start Menu power button, CTRL+ALT+DEL screen, and Alt+F4 Shut Down Windows menu.|
-|Remove common program groups from Start Menu|As in earlier versions of Windows, this policy removes apps specified in the All Users profile from Start|
-|Remove frequent programs list from the Start Menu|In Windows 10, this policy removes the top left **Most used** group of apps.|
-|Remove Logoff on the Start Menu|**Logoff** has been changed to **Sign Out** in the user interface, however the functionality is the same.|
-|Remove pinned programs list from the Start Menu|In Windows 10, this policy removes the bottom left group of apps (by default, only File Explorer and Settings are pinned).|
-|Show "Run as different user" command on Start|This policy enables the **Run as different user** option in the right-click menu for apps.|
-|Start Layout|This policy applies a specific Start layout, and it also prevents users from changing the layout. This policy can be configured in **User Configuration** or **Computer Configuration**.|
-|Force Start to be either full screen size or menu size|This policy applies a specific size for Start.|
-
-## Deprecated Group Policy settings for Start
-
-The Start policy settings listed in the following table don't work on Windows 10. Most of them were deprecated in Windows 8 however a few more were deprecated in Windows 10. Deprecation in this case means that the policy setting won't work on Windows 10. The “Supported on” text for a policy setting won't list Windows 10. The policy settings are still in the Group Policy Management Console and can be used on the operating systems that they apply to.
-
-| Policy                                                                           | When deprecated |
-|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------|-----------------|
-| Go to the desktop instead of Start when signing in                               | Windows 10      |
-| List desktop apps first in the Apps view                                         | Windows 10      |
-| Pin Apps to Start when installed (User or Computer)                              | Windows 10      |
-| Remove Default Programs link from the Start menu.                                | Windows 10      |
-| Remove Documents icon from Start Menu                                            | Windows 10      |
-| Remove programs on Settings menu                                                 | Windows 10      |
-| Remove Run menu from Start Menu                                                  | Windows 10      |
-| Remove the "Undock PC" button from the Start Menu                                | Windows 10      |
-| Search just apps from the Apps view                                              | Windows 10      |
-| Show Start on the display the user is using when they press the Windows logo key | Windows 10      |
-| Show the Apps view automatically when the user goes to Start                     | Windows 10      |
-| Add the Run command to the Start Menu                                            | Windows 8       |
-| Change Start Menu power button                                                   | Windows 8       |
-| Gray unavailable Windows Installer programs Start Menu shortcuts                 | Windows 8       |
-| Remove Downloads link from Start Menu                                            | Windows 8       |
-| Remove Favorites menu from Start Menu                                            | Windows 8       |
-| Remove Games link from Start Menu                                                | Windows 8       |
-| Remove Help menu from Start Menu                                                 | Windows 8       |
-| Remove Homegroup link from Start Menu                                            | Windows 8       |
-| Remove Music icon from Start Menu                                                | Windows 8       |
-| Remove Network icon from Start Menu                                              | Windows 8       |
-| Remove Pictures icon from Start Menu                                             | Windows 8       |
-| Remove Recent Items menu from Start Menu                                         | Windows 8       |
-| Remove Recorded TV link from Start Menu                                          | Windows 8       |
-| Remove user folder link from Start Menu                                          | Windows 8       |
-| Remove Videos link from Start Menu                                               | Windows 8       |
-
- 
-
-## Related topics
-
-- [Manage Windows 10 Start and taskbar layout](windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md)
-- [Configure Windows 10 taskbar](configure-windows-10-taskbar.md)
-- [Customize and export Start layout](customize-and-export-start-layout.md)
-- [Add image for secondary tiles](start-secondary-tiles.md)
-- [Start layout XML for desktop editions of Windows 10 (reference)](start-layout-xml-desktop.md)
-- [Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with Group Policy](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-group-policy.md)
-- [Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with provisioning packages](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-provisioning-packages-and-icd.md)
-- [Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with mobile device management (MDM)](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-mobile-device-management.md)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-provisioning-packages-and-icd.md b/windows/configuration/customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-provisioning-packages-and-icd.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 904afc2d16..0000000000
--- a/windows/configuration/customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-provisioning-packages-and-icd.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,140 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with provisioning packages (Windows 10)
-description: In Windows 10, you can use a provisioning package to deploy a customized Start layout to users.
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: lizgt2000
-ms.author: lizlong
-ms.topic: article
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
-ms.date: 12/31/2017
----
-
-# Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with provisioning packages
-
-
-**Applies to**
-
-- Windows 10
-
-> **Looking for consumer information?** [Customize the Start menu](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=623630)
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> Currently, using provisioning packages to customize the Start menu layout is supported on Windows 10. It's not supported on Windows 11.
-
-In Windows 10 Pro, Windows 10 Enterprise, and Windows 10 Education, version 1703, you can use a provisioning package that you create with Windows Configuration Designer to deploy a customized Start and taskbar layout to users. No reimaging is required, and the Start and taskbar layout can be updated simply by overwriting the .xml file that contains the layout. The provisioning package can be applied to a running device. This enables you to customize Start and taskbar layouts for different departments or organizations, with minimal management overhead.
-
-> [!IMPORTANT]
-> If you use a provisioning package to configure the taskbar, your configuration will be reapplied each time the explorer.exe process restarts. If your configuration pins an app and the user unpins that app, the user's change will be overwritten the next time the configuration is applied. To apply a taskbar configuration and allow users to make changes that will persist, apply your configuration by using Group Policy.
-
-**Before you begin**: [Customize and export Start layout](customize-and-export-start-layout.md) for desktop editions.
-
-## How Start layout control works
-
-
-Three features enable Start and taskbar layout control:
-
--   The **Export-StartLayout** cmdlet in Windows PowerShell exports a description of the current Start layout in .xml file format. 
-
-    > [!NOTE]
-    > To import the layout of Start to a mounted Windows image, use the [Import-StartLayout](/powershell/module/startlayout/import-startlayout) cmdlet.
-
--    [You can modify the Start .xml file](configure-windows-10-taskbar.md) to include  `` or create an .xml file just for the taskbar configuration.
-
--   In Windows Configuration Designer, you use the **Policies/Start/StartLayout** setting to provide the contents of the .xml file that defines the Start and taskbar layout.
-
-
-
-## Prepare the Start layout XML file
-
-The **Export-StartLayout** cmdlet produces an XML file. Because Windows Configuration Designer produces a customizations.xml file that contains the configuration settings, adding the Start layout section to the customizations.xml file directly would result in an XML file embedded in an XML file. Before you add the Start layout section to the customizations.xml file, you must replace the markup characters in your layout.xml with escape characters. 
-
-
-1. Copy the contents of layout.xml into an online tool that escapes characters.
-
-3. During the procedure to create a provisioning package, you will copy the text with the escape characters and paste it in the customizations.xml file for your project.  
-
-## Create a provisioning package that contains a customized Start layout
-
-
-Use the Windows Configuration Designer tool to create a provisioning package. [Learn how to install Windows Configuration Designer.](provisioning-packages/provisioning-install-icd.md)
-
-> [!IMPORTANT]
-> When you build a provisioning package, you may include sensitive information in the project files and in the provisioning package (.ppkg) file. Although you have the option to encrypt the .ppkg file, project files are not encrypted. You should store the project files in a secure location and delete the project files when they are no longer needed.
-
-1.  Open Windows Configuration Designer (by default, %systemdrive%\\Program Files (x86)\\Windows Kits\\10\\Assessment and Deployment Kit\\Imaging and Configuration Designer\\x86\\ICD.exe).
-
-2. Choose **Advanced provisioning**.
-
-3. Name your project, and click **Next**.
-
-4. Choose **All Windows desktop editions** and click **Next**.
-
-5. On **New project**, click **Finish**. The workspace for your package opens.
-
-6. Expand **Runtime settings** > **Policies** > **Start**, and click **StartLayout**.
-
-   > [!TIP]
-   > If **Start** is not listed, check the type of settings you selected in step 4. You must create the project using settings for **All Windows desktop editions**.
-
-7. Enter **layout.xml**. This value creates a placeholder in the customizations.xml file that you will replace with the contents of the layout.xml file in a later step.
-
-7. Save your project and close Windows Configuration Designer.
-
-7. In File Explorer, open the project's directory. (The default location is C:\Users\\*user name*\Documents\Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (WICD)\\*project name*) 
-
-7. Open the customizations.xml file in a text editor. The **<Customizations>** section will look like this:
-
-    ![Customizations file with the placeholder text to replace highlighted.](images/customization-start.png)
-
-7. Replace **layout.xml** with the text from the layout.xml file, [with markup characters replaced with escape characters](#escape).
-
-8. Save and close the customizations.xml file.
-
-8. Open Windows Configuration Designer and open your project.
-
-8.  On the **File** menu, select **Save.**
-
-9.  On the **Export** menu, select **Provisioning package**.
-
-10. Change **Owner** to **IT Admin**, which will set the precedence of this provisioning package higher than provisioning packages applied to this device from other sources, and then select **Next.**
-
-11. Optional. In the **Provisioning package security** window, you can choose to encrypt the package and enable package signing.
-
-    -   **Enable package encryption** - If you select this option, an auto-generated password will be shown on the screen.
-
-    -   **Enable package signing** - If you select this option, you must select a valid certificate to use for signing the package. You can specify the certificate by clicking **Browse** and choosing the certificate you want to use to sign the package.
-
-12. Click **Next** to specify the output location where you want the provisioning package to go when it's built. By default, Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (ICD) uses the project folder as the output location.
-
-    Optionally, you can click **Browse** to change the default output location.
-
-13. Click **Next**.
-
-14. Click **Build** to start building the package. The provisioning package doesn't take long to build. The project information is displayed in the build page and the progress bar indicates the build status.
-
-    If you need to cancel the build, click **Cancel**. This cancels the current build process, closes the wizard, and takes you back to the **Customizations Page**.
-
-15. If your build fails, an error message will show up that includes a link to the project folder. You can scan the logs to determine what caused the error. Once you fix the issue, try building the package again.
-
-    If your build is successful, the name of the provisioning package, output directory, and project directory will be shown.
-
-    -   If you choose, you can build the provisioning package again and pick a different path for the output package. To do this, click **Back** to change the output package name and path, and then click **Next** to start another build.
-    -   If you are done, click **Finish** to close the wizard and go back to the **Customizations Page**.
-
-16. Copy the provisioning package to the target device.
-
-17. Double-click the ppkg file and allow it to install.
-
-## Related topics
-
-- [Manage Windows 10 Start and taskbar layout](windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md)
-- [Configure Windows 10 taskbar](configure-windows-10-taskbar.md)
-- [Customize and export Start layout](customize-and-export-start-layout.md)
-- [Add image for secondary tiles](start-secondary-tiles.md)
-- [Start layout XML for desktop editions of Windows 10 (reference)](start-layout-xml-desktop.md)
-- [Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with Group Policy](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-group-policy.md)
-- [Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with mobile device management (MDM)](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-mobile-device-management.md)
-- [Changes to Start policies in Windows 10](changes-to-start-policies-in-windows-10.md)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/docfx.json b/windows/configuration/docfx.json
index 6d8d824a07..3dbfae73d8 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/docfx.json
+++ b/windows/configuration/docfx.json
@@ -41,9 +41,10 @@
       "zone_pivot_group_filename": "resources/zone-pivot-groups.json",
       "breadcrumb_path": "/windows/resources/breadcrumb/toc.json",
       "uhfHeaderId": "MSDocsHeader-Windows",
-      "ms.technology": "itpro-configure",
-      "ms.topic": "article",
-      "ms.prod": "windows-client",
+      "ms.subservice": "itpro-configure",
+      "ms.service": "windows-client",
+      "ms.author": "paoloma",
+      "author": "paolomatarazzo",
       "manager": "aaroncz",
       "feedback_system": "Standard",
             "feedback_product_url": "https://support.microsoft.com/windows/send-feedback-to-microsoft-with-the-feedback-hub-app-f59187f8-8739-22d6-ba93-f66612949332",
@@ -55,10 +56,10 @@
       },
       "titleSuffix": "Configure Windows",
       "contributors_to_exclude": [
-        "rjagiewich", 
-        "traya1", 
-        "rmca14", 
-        "claydetels19", 
+        "rjagiewich",
+        "traya1",
+        "rmca14",
+        "claydetels19",
         "jborsecnik",
         "tiburd",
         "garycentric",
@@ -71,8 +72,38 @@
     },
     "fileMetadata": {
       "feedback_system": {
-        "ue-v/**/*.*": "None",
-        "cortana-at-work/**/*.*": "None"
+        "ue-v/**/*.*": "None"
+      },
+      "author":{
+        "wcd//**/*.md": "aczechowski",
+        "wcd//**/*.yml": "aczechowski",
+        "ue-v//**/*.md": "aczechowski",
+        "ue-v//**/*.yml": "aczechowski"
+      },
+      "ms.author":{
+        "wcd//**/*.md": "aaroncz",
+        "wcd//**/*.yml": "aaroncz",
+        "ue-v//**/*.md": "aaroncz",
+        "ue-v//**/*.yml": "aaroncz"
+      },
+      "ms.reviewer":{
+        "kiosk//**/*.md": "sybruckm",
+        "start//**/*.md": "ericpapa"
+      },
+      "ms.collection":{
+        "wcd//**/*.md": "must-keep",
+        "ue-v//**/*.md": [
+          "must-keep",
+          "tier3"
+        ]
+      },
+      "appliesto": {
+        "*/**/*.md": [
+          "✅ Windows 11",
+          "✅ Windows 10"
+        ],
+        "ue-v//**/*.md": "✅ Windows 10",
+        "wcd//**/*.md": ""
       }
     },
     "template": [],
@@ -80,3 +111,4 @@
     "markdownEngineName": "markdig"
   }
 }
+
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/account-management-details.PNG b/windows/configuration/images/account-management-details.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/account-management-details.PNG
rename to windows/configuration/images/account-management-details.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/add-applications-details.PNG b/windows/configuration/images/add-applications-details.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/add-applications-details.PNG
rename to windows/configuration/images/add-applications-details.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/add-certificates-details.PNG b/windows/configuration/images/add-certificates-details.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/add-certificates-details.PNG
rename to windows/configuration/images/add-certificates-details.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/admx-category.PNG b/windows/configuration/images/admx-category.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/admx-category.PNG
rename to windows/configuration/images/admx-category.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/admx-policy.PNG b/windows/configuration/images/admx-policy.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/admx-policy.PNG
rename to windows/configuration/images/admx-policy.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/apn-add-details.png b/windows/configuration/images/apn-add-details.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..caee3d6429
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/configuration/images/apn-add-details.png differ
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/apn-add.png b/windows/configuration/images/apn-add.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0e25e5c0e9
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/configuration/images/apn-add.png differ
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/customization-start-edge.PNG b/windows/configuration/images/customization-start-edge.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/customization-start-edge.PNG
rename to windows/configuration/images/customization-start-edge.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/customization-start.PNG b/windows/configuration/images/customization-start.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/customization-start.PNG
rename to windows/configuration/images/customization-start.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/customize-start-menu-layout-windows-11/start-menu-layout.png b/windows/configuration/images/customize-start-menu-layout-windows-11/start-menu-layout.png
deleted file mode 100644
index ca0cbd51cc..0000000000
Binary files a/windows/configuration/images/customize-start-menu-layout-windows-11/start-menu-layout.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/icd-create-options-1703.PNG b/windows/configuration/images/icd-create-options-1703.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/icd-create-options-1703.PNG
rename to windows/configuration/images/icd-create-options-1703.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/icd-desktop-1703.PNG b/windows/configuration/images/icd-desktop-1703.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/icd-desktop-1703.PNG
rename to windows/configuration/images/icd-desktop-1703.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/icd-runtime.PNG b/windows/configuration/images/icd-runtime.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/icd-runtime.PNG
rename to windows/configuration/images/icd-runtime.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/icd-setting-help.PNG b/windows/configuration/images/icd-setting-help.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/icd-setting-help.PNG
rename to windows/configuration/images/icd-setting-help.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/icd-step1.PNG b/windows/configuration/images/icd-step1.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/icd-step1.PNG
rename to windows/configuration/images/icd-step1.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/icd-step2.PNG b/windows/configuration/images/icd-step2.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/icd-step2.PNG
rename to windows/configuration/images/icd-step2.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/icd-step3.PNG b/windows/configuration/images/icd-step3.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/icd-step3.PNG
rename to windows/configuration/images/icd-step3.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/icd-step4.PNG b/windows/configuration/images/icd-step4.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/icd-step4.PNG
rename to windows/configuration/images/icd-step4.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/icd-step5.PNG b/windows/configuration/images/icd-step5.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/icd-step5.PNG
rename to windows/configuration/images/icd-step5.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/icd-switch.PNG b/windows/configuration/images/icd-switch.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/icd-switch.PNG
rename to windows/configuration/images/icd-switch.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/icons/accessibility.svg b/windows/configuration/images/icons/accessibility.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..21a6b4f235
--- /dev/null
+++ b/windows/configuration/images/icons/accessibility.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+
+  
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/icons/windows-os.svg b/windows/configuration/images/icons/windows-os.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..da64baf975
--- /dev/null
+++ b/windows/configuration/images/icons/windows-os.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+
+  
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/kiosk-account-details.PNG b/windows/configuration/images/kiosk-account-details.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/kiosk-account-details.PNG
rename to windows/configuration/images/kiosk-account-details.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/kiosk-common-details.PNG b/windows/configuration/images/kiosk-common-details.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/kiosk-common-details.PNG
rename to windows/configuration/images/kiosk-common-details.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/kiosk-desktop.PNG b/windows/configuration/images/kiosk-desktop.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/kiosk-desktop.PNG
rename to windows/configuration/images/kiosk-desktop.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/kiosk-fullscreen.PNG b/windows/configuration/images/kiosk-fullscreen.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/kiosk-fullscreen.PNG
rename to windows/configuration/images/kiosk-fullscreen.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/kiosk-settings.PNG b/windows/configuration/images/kiosk-settings.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/kiosk-settings.PNG
rename to windows/configuration/images/kiosk-settings.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/kiosk.png b/windows/configuration/images/kiosk.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 868ea31bb1..0000000000
Binary files a/windows/configuration/images/kiosk.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/office-logo.png b/windows/configuration/images/office-logo.png
deleted file mode 100644
index cd6d504301..0000000000
Binary files a/windows/configuration/images/office-logo.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/set-up-device-details-desktop.PNG b/windows/configuration/images/set-up-device-details-desktop.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/set-up-device-details-desktop.PNG
rename to windows/configuration/images/set-up-device-details-desktop.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/set-up-device-details.PNG b/windows/configuration/images/set-up-device-details.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/set-up-device-details.PNG
rename to windows/configuration/images/set-up-device-details.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/set-up-network-details-desktop.PNG b/windows/configuration/images/set-up-network-details-desktop.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/set-up-network-details-desktop.PNG
rename to windows/configuration/images/set-up-network-details-desktop.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/set-up-network-details.PNG b/windows/configuration/images/set-up-network-details.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/set-up-network-details.PNG
rename to windows/configuration/images/set-up-network-details.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/user.PNG b/windows/configuration/images/user.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/user.PNG
rename to windows/configuration/images/user.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/wcd-app-commands.PNG b/windows/configuration/images/wcd-app-commands.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/wcd-app-commands.PNG
rename to windows/configuration/images/wcd-app-commands.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/wcd-app-name.PNG b/windows/configuration/images/wcd-app-name.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/wcd-app-name.PNG
rename to windows/configuration/images/wcd-app-name.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/windows.png b/windows/configuration/images/windows.png
deleted file mode 100644
index e3889eff6a..0000000000
Binary files a/windows/configuration/images/windows.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/windows/configuration/includes/insider-note.md b/windows/configuration/includes/insider-note.md
index a1160f8047..f0018a1d2b 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/includes/insider-note.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/includes/insider-note.md
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ ms.date: 01/11/2024
 
 :::row:::
 :::column span="1":::
-:::image type="content" source="../images/insider.png" alt-text="Logo of Windows Insider." border="false":::
+:::image type="content" source="insider.png" alt-text="Logo of Windows Insider." border="false":::
 :::column-end:::
 :::column span="3":::
 > [!IMPORTANT]
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/insider.png b/windows/configuration/includes/insider.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/insider.png
rename to windows/configuration/includes/insider.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/includes/multi-app-kiosk-support-windows11.md b/windows/configuration/includes/multi-app-kiosk-support-windows11.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 10bfe16e1d..0000000000
--- a/windows/configuration/includes/multi-app-kiosk-support-windows11.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
----
-author: aczechowski
-ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.date: 09/21/2021
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.service: windows-client
-ms.topic: include
----
-
-Currently, multi-app kiosk is only supported on Windows 10. It's not supported on Windows 11.
diff --git a/windows/configuration/index.yml b/windows/configuration/index.yml
index 4bcaa16c51..334a6aeec9 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/index.yml
+++ b/windows/configuration/index.yml
@@ -1,5 +1,4 @@
 ### YamlMime:Landing
-
 title: Configure Windows client # < 60 chars
 summary: Find out how to apply custom configurations to Windows client devices. # < 160 chars
 
@@ -7,15 +6,13 @@ metadata:
   title: Configure Windows client # Required; page title displayed in search results. Include the brand. < 60 chars.
   description: Find out how to apply custom configurations to Windows client devices. # Required; article description that is displayed in search results. < 160 chars.
   ms.topic: landing-page # Required
-  ms.prod: windows-client
   ms.collection:
     - tier1
   author: aczechowski
   ms.author: aaroncz
   manager: aaroncz
   ms.date: 12/20/2023
-  localization_priority: medium
-    
+
 # linkListType: architecture | concept | deploy | download | get-started | how-to-guide | learn | overview | quickstart | reference | tutorial | video | whats-new
 
 landingContent:
@@ -35,7 +32,6 @@ landingContent:
           - text: Accessibility information for IT pros
             url: windows-accessibility-for-itpros.md
 
-
   # Card (optional)
   - title: Configure a Windows kiosk
     linkLists:
@@ -50,7 +46,6 @@ landingContent:
           - text: Manage multi-user and guest devices
             url: shared-devices-concepts.md
 
-
   # Card (optional)
   - title: Use provisioning packages
     linkLists:
@@ -86,7 +81,8 @@ landingContent:
         links:
           - text: Configure Cortana in Windows 10
             url: cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-overview.md
-          - text: Custom voice commands in Cortana 
+          - text: Custom voice commands in Cortana
+
             url: cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-voice-commands.md
 
   # Card (optional)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/kiosk-additional-reference.md b/windows/configuration/kiosk-additional-reference.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 91f7ece2cf..0000000000
--- a/windows/configuration/kiosk-additional-reference.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
----
-title: More kiosk methods and reference information (Windows 10/11)
-description: Find more information for configuring, validating, and troubleshooting kiosk configuration.
-ms.reviewer: sybruckm
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: lizlong
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: lizgt2000
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.topic: reference
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
-ms.date: 12/31/2017
----
-
-# More kiosk methods and reference information
-
-
-**Applies to**
-
-- Windows 10 Pro, Enterprise, and Education
-- Windows 11
-
-
-## In this section
-
-Topic | Description
---- | ---
-[Find the Application User Model ID of an installed app](find-the-application-user-model-id-of-an-installed-app.md) | This topic explains how to get the AUMID for an app.
-[Validate your kiosk configuration](kiosk-validate.md) | This topic explains what to expect on a multi-app kiosk.
-[Guidelines for choosing an app for assigned access (kiosk mode)](guidelines-for-assigned-access-app.md) | These guidelines will help you choose an appropriate Windows app for your assigned access experience.
-[Policies enforced on kiosk devices](kiosk-policies.md) | Learn about the policies enforced on a device when you configure it as a kiosk.
-[Assigned access XML reference](kiosk-xml.md) | The XML and XSD for kiosk device configuration.
-[Use AppLocker to create a Windows client kiosk](lock-down-windows-10-applocker.md) | Learn how to use AppLocker to configure a Windows client kiosk device running Enterprise or Education so that users can only run a few specific apps.
-[Use Shell Launcher to create a Windows client kiosk](kiosk-shelllauncher.md) |  Using Shell Launcher, you can configure a kiosk device that runs a Windows application as the user interface.
-[Use MDM Bridge WMI Provider to create a Windows client kiosk](kiosk-mdm-bridge.md) | Environments that use Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI) can use the MDM Bridge WMI Provider to configure the MDM_AssignedAccess class.
-[Troubleshoot kiosk mode issues](/troubleshoot/windows-client/shell-experience/kiosk-mode-issues-troubleshooting) | Tips for troubleshooting multi-app kiosk configuration.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/configuration/kiosk-methods.md b/windows/configuration/kiosk-methods.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d722a89cf2..0000000000
--- a/windows/configuration/kiosk-methods.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,117 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Configure kiosks and digital signs on Windows 10/11 desktop editions
-ms.reviewer: sybruckm
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: lizlong
-description: In this article, learn about the methods for configuring kiosks and digital signs on Windows 10 or Windows 11 desktop editions.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-author: lizgt2000
-ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
-ms.date: 12/31/2017
----
-
-# Configure kiosks and digital signs on Windows desktop editions
-
->[!WARNING]
->Some information relates to prereleased product which may be substantially modified before it's commercially released. Microsoft makes no warranties, express or implied, with respect to the information provided here.
-
-**Applies to**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 11
-
-Some desktop devices in an enterprise serve a special purpose. For example, a PC in the lobby that customers use to see your product catalog. Or, a PC displaying visual content as a digital sign. Windows client offers two different locked-down experiences for public or specialized use:
-
-- **A single-app kiosk**: Runs a single Universal Windows Platform (UWP) app in full screen above the lock screen. People using the kiosk can see only that app. When the kiosk account (a local standard user account) signs in, the kiosk app launches automatically, and you can configure the kiosk account to sign in automatically as well. If the kiosk app is closed, it will automatically restart. 
-  
-  A single-app kiosk is ideal for public use. Using [Shell Launcher](kiosk-shelllauncher.md), you can configure a kiosk device that runs a Windows desktop application as the user interface. The application that you specify replaces the default shell (explorer.exe) that usually runs when a user logs on. This type of single-app kiosk doesn't run above the lock screen. 
-
-  ![Illustration of a full-screen kiosk experience that runs one app on a Windows client device.](images/kiosk-fullscreen.png)
-
-- **A multi-app kiosk**: Runs one or more apps from the desktop. People using the kiosk see a customized Start that shows only the tiles for the apps that are allowed. With this approach, you can configure a locked-down experience for different account types. 
-
-  A multi-app kiosk is appropriate for devices that are shared by multiple people. When you configure a multi-app kiosk, [specific policies are enforced](kiosk-policies.md) that affects **all** non-administrator users on the device. 
-
-  ![Illustration of a kiosk Start screen that runs multiple apps on a Windows client device.](images/kiosk-desktop.png)
-
-Kiosk configurations are based on **Assigned Access**, a feature in Windows client that allows an administrator to manage the user's experience by limiting the application entry points exposed to the user. 
-
-There are several kiosk configuration methods that you can choose from, depending on your answers to the following questions.
-
-- **Which type of app will your kiosk run?**
-
-    ![icon that represents apps.](images/office-logo.png) 
-
-    Your kiosk can run a Universal Windows Platform (UWP) app or a Windows desktop application. For [digital signage](setup-digital-signage.md), select a digital sign player as your kiosk app. [Check out the guidelines for kiosk apps.](guidelines-for-assigned-access-app.md)
-
-- **Which type of kiosk do you need?**
-
-    ![icon that represents a kiosk.](images/kiosk.png)
-
-    If you want your kiosk to run a single app for anyone to see or use, consider a single-app kiosk that runs either a [Universal Windows Platform (UWP) app](#methods-for-a-single-app-kiosk-running-a-uwp-app) or a [Windows desktop application](#classic). For a kiosk that people can sign in to with their accounts or that runs more than one app, choose [a multi-app kiosk](#desktop).
-
-- **Which edition of Windows client will the kiosk run?**
-
-    ![icon that represents Windows.](images/windows.png)
-
-    All of the configuration methods work for Windows client Enterprise and Education; some of the methods work for Windows Pro. Kiosk mode isn't available on Windows Home.
-
-- **Which type of user account will be the kiosk account?**
-
-    ![icon that represents a user account.](images/user.png)
-
-    The kiosk account can be a local standard user account, a local administrator account, a domain account, or a Microsoft Entra account, depending on the method that you use to configure the kiosk. If you want people to sign in and authenticate on the device, you should use a multi-app kiosk configuration. The single-app kiosk configuration doesn't require people to sign in to the device, although they can sign in to the kiosk app if you select an app that has a sign-in method.
-
-
->[!IMPORTANT]
->Single-app kiosk mode isn't supported over a remote desktop connection. Your kiosk users must sign in on the physical device that is set up as a kiosk.
-
-[!INCLUDE [assigned-access-kiosk-mode](../../includes/licensing/assigned-access-kiosk-mode.md)]
-
-## Methods for a single-app kiosk running a UWP app
-
-You can use this method | For this edition | For this kiosk account type 
---- | --- | ---
-[Assigned access in Settings](kiosk-single-app.md#local) | Pro, Ent, Edu | Local standard user
-[Assigned access cmdlets](kiosk-single-app.md#powershell)  | Pro, Ent, Edu | Local standard user
-[The kiosk wizard in Windows Configuration Designer](kiosk-single-app.md#wizard)  | Pro (version 1709), Ent, Edu | Local standard user, Active Directory, Microsoft Entra ID 
-[Microsoft Intune or other mobile device management (MDM)](kiosk-single-app.md#mdm) | Pro (version 1709), Ent, Edu | Local standard user, Microsoft Entra ID
-[Shell Launcher](kiosk-shelllauncher.md) v2 | Ent, Edu | Local standard user, Active Directory, Microsoft Entra ID
-
-
-
-## Methods for a single-app kiosk running a Windows desktop application
-
-You can use this method | For this edition | For this kiosk account type 
---- | --- | ---
-[The kiosk wizard in Windows Configuration Designer](kiosk-single-app.md#wizard) | Ent, Edu | Local standard user, Active Directory, Microsoft Entra ID 
-[Microsoft Intune or other mobile device management (MDM)](kiosk-single-app.md#mdm) | Pro (version 1709), Ent, Edu | Local standard user, Microsoft Entra ID
-[Shell Launcher](kiosk-shelllauncher.md) v1 and v2 | Ent, Edu | Local standard user, Active Directory, Microsoft Entra ID
-
-
-
-## Methods for a multi-app kiosk
-
-You can use this method | For this edition | For this kiosk account type 
---- | --- | ---
-[XML in a provisioning package](lock-down-windows-10-to-specific-apps.md) | Pro, Ent, Edu | Local standard user, Active Directory, Microsoft Entra ID
-[Microsoft Intune or other MDM](lock-down-windows-10-to-specific-apps.md) | Pro, Ent, Edu | Local standard user, Microsoft Entra ID
-[MDM WMI Bridge Provider](kiosk-mdm-bridge.md) | Pro, Ent, Edu | Local standard user, Active Directory, Microsoft Entra ID  
-
-## Summary of kiosk configuration methods
-
-Method | App type | Account type | Single-app kiosk | Multi-app kiosk
---- | --- | --- | :---: | :---:
-[Assigned access in Settings](kiosk-single-app.md#local) | UWP | Local account | ✔️  |
-[Assigned access cmdlets](kiosk-single-app.md#powershell) | UWP | Local account | ✔️ |
-[The kiosk wizard in Windows Configuration Designer](kiosk-single-app.md#wizard) | UWP, Windows desktop app | Local standard user, Active Directory, Microsoft Entra ID | ✔️  |
-[XML in a provisioning package](lock-down-windows-10-to-specific-apps.md)  | UWP, Windows desktop app | Local standard user, Active Directory, Microsoft Entra ID | ✔️  | ✔️
-Microsoft Intune or other MDM [for full-screen single-app kiosk](kiosk-single-app.md#mdm) or [for multi-app kiosk with desktop](lock-down-windows-10-to-specific-apps.md) | UWP, Windows desktop app | Local standard user, Microsoft Entra ID | ✔️ | ✔️
-[Shell Launcher](kiosk-shelllauncher.md) |Windows desktop app | Local standard user, Active Directory, Microsoft Entra ID | ✔️ | 
-[MDM Bridge WMI Provider](kiosk-mdm-bridge.md) | UWP, Windows desktop app | Local standard user, Active Directory, Microsoft Entra ID |  | ✔️
-
-
->[!NOTE]
->For devices running Windows client Enterprise and Education, you can also use [Windows Defender Application Control](/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/windows-defender-application-control) or [AppLocker](lock-down-windows-10-applocker.md) to lock down a device to specific apps.
diff --git a/windows/configuration/kiosk-policies.md b/windows/configuration/kiosk-policies.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 9e599f8790..0000000000
--- a/windows/configuration/kiosk-policies.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Policies enforced on kiosk devices (Windows 10/11)
-description: Learn about the policies enforced on a device when you configure it as a kiosk.
-ms.reviewer: sybruckm
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: lizgt2000
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: lizlong
-ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
-ms.date: 12/31/2017
----
-
-# Policies enforced on kiosk devices
-
-
-**Applies to**
-
-- Windows 10 Pro, Enterprise, and Education
-- Windows 11
-
-
-
-It isn't recommended to set policies enforced in assigned access kiosk mode to different values using other channels, as the kiosk mode has been optimized to provide a locked-down experience.
-
-When the assigned access kiosk configuration is applied on the device, certain policies are enforced system-wide, and will impact other users on the device.
-
-
-## Group Policy
-
-The following local policies affect all **non-administrator** users on the system, regardless whether the user is configured as an assigned access user or not.  These users include local users, domain users, and Microsoft Entra users.
-
-| Setting |	Value |
-| --- | --- |
-Remove access to the context menus for the task bar	| Enabled
-Clear history of recently opened documents on exit |	Enabled
-Prevent users from customizing their Start Screen |	Enabled
-Prevent users from uninstalling applications from Start |		Enabled
-Remove Run menu from Start Menu	 |	Enabled
-Disable showing balloon notifications as toast |		Enabled
-Do not allow pinning items in Jump Lists |		Enabled
-Do not allow pinning programs to the Taskbar |		Enabled
-Do not display or track items in Jump Lists from remote locations |		Enabled
-Remove Notifications and Action Center |		Enabled
-Lock all taskbar settings |		Enabled
-Lock the Taskbar	 |	Enabled
-Prevent users from adding or removing toolbars |		Enabled
-Prevent users from resizing the taskbar	 |	Enabled
-Remove frequent programs list from the Start Menu |		Enabled
-Remove Pinned programs from the taskbar	 |	Enabled
-Remove the Security and Maintenance icon	 |	Enabled
-Turn off all balloon notifications |		Enabled
-Turn off feature advertisement balloon notifications	 |	Enabled
-Turn off toast notifications |		Enabled
-Remove Task Manager |		Enabled
-Remove Change Password option in Security Options UI |		Enabled
-Remove Sign Out option in Security Options UI	 |	Enabled
-Remove All Programs list from the Start Menu	 |	Enabled – Remove and disable setting
-Prevent access to drives from My Computer	 |	Enabled - Restrict all drives
-
->[!NOTE]
->When **Prevent access to drives from My Computer** is enabled, users can browse the directory structure in File Explorer, but they cannot open folders and access the contents. Also, they cannot use the **Run** dialog box or the **Map Network Drive** dialog box to view the directories on these drives. The icons representing the specified drives still appear in File Explorer, but if users double-click the icons, a message appears explaining that a setting prevents the action. This setting does not prevent users from using programs to access local and network drives. It does not prevent users from using the Disk Management snap-in to view and change drive characteristics.
-
-
-
-## MDM policy
-
-
-Some of the MDM policies based on the [Policy configuration service provider (CSP)](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider) affect all users on the system (that is, system-wide impact).
-
-Setting	| 	Value	| System-wide
- --- | --- | ---
-[Experience/AllowCortana](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-experience#experience-allowcortana)		| 0 - Not allowed	| 	Yes
-[Start/AllowPinnedFolderSettings](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-allowpinnedfoldersettings)	| 	0 - Shortcut is hidden and disables the setting in the Settings app	| 	Yes
-Start/HidePeopleBar		| 1 - True (hide)	| 	No
-[Start/HideChangeAccountSettings](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-hidechangeaccountsettings)		| 1 - True (hide) | Yes
-[WindowsInkWorkspace/AllowWindowsInkWorkspace](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-windowsinkworkspace#windowsinkworkspace-allowwindowsinkworkspace)	| 	0 - Access to ink workspace is disabled and the feature is turned off	| 	Yes
-[Start/StartLayout](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-startlayout)	| Configuration dependent	| 	No
-[WindowsLogon/DontDisplayNetworkSelectionUI](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-windowslogon#windowslogon-dontdisplaynetworkselectionui)	| 	<Enabled/>	| 	Yes
diff --git a/windows/configuration/find-the-application-user-model-id-of-an-installed-app.md b/windows/configuration/kiosk/find-the-application-user-model-id-of-an-installed-app.md
similarity index 93%
rename from windows/configuration/find-the-application-user-model-id-of-an-installed-app.md
rename to windows/configuration/kiosk/find-the-application-user-model-id-of-an-installed-app.md
index 5b78101494..862316c47b 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/find-the-application-user-model-id-of-an-installed-app.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/kiosk/find-the-application-user-model-id-of-an-installed-app.md
@@ -1,12 +1,10 @@
 ---
 title: Find the Application User Model ID of an installed app
-ms.reviewer: sybruckm
 description: To configure assigned access (kiosk mode), you need the Application User Model ID (AUMID) of apps installed on a device.
-author: lizgt2000
-ms.author: lizlong
 ms.topic: article
 ms.date: 12/31/2017
 ---
+
 # Find the Application User Model ID of an installed app
 
 To configure assigned access (kiosk mode), you need the Application User Model ID (AUMID) of apps installed on a device. You can find the AUMID by using Windows PowerShell, File Explorer, or the registry.
@@ -43,10 +41,8 @@ You can add the `-user ` or the `-allusers` parameters to the **Get-Ap
 To get the names and AUMIDs for all apps installed for the current user, perform the following steps:
 
 1. Open **Run**, enter **shell:Appsfolder**, and select **OK**.
-
-2. A File Explorer window opens. Press **Alt** > **View** > **Choose details**.
-
-3. In the **Choose Details** window, select **AppUserModelId**, and then select **OK**. (You might need to change the **View** setting from **Tiles** to **Details**.)
+1. A File Explorer window opens. Press **Alt** > **View** > **Choose details**.
+1. In the **Choose Details** window, select **AppUserModelId**, and then select **OK**. (You might need to change the **View** setting from **Tiles** to **Details**.)
 
 ![Image of the Choose Details options.](images/aumid-file-explorer.png)
 
@@ -56,7 +52,9 @@ Querying the registry can only return information about Microsoft Store apps tha
 
 At a command prompt, type the following command:
 
-`reg query HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Classes\ActivatableClasses\Package /s /f AppUserModelID | find "REG_SZ"`
+```cmd
+reg query HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Classes\ActivatableClasses\Package /s /f AppUserModelID | find "REG_SZ"
+```
 
 ### Example to get AUMIDs of the installed apps for the specified user
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/guidelines-for-assigned-access-app.md b/windows/configuration/kiosk/guidelines-for-assigned-access-app.md
similarity index 50%
rename from windows/configuration/guidelines-for-assigned-access-app.md
rename to windows/configuration/kiosk/guidelines-for-assigned-access-app.md
index 95bcd1a788..4ed078e5e1 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/guidelines-for-assigned-access-app.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/kiosk/guidelines-for-assigned-access-app.md
@@ -1,166 +1,145 @@
 ---
 title: Guidelines for choosing an app for assigned access
 description: The following guidelines may help you choose an appropriate Windows app for your assigned access experience.
-author: lizgt2000
-ms.author: lizlong
 ms.topic: article
-ms.reviewer: sybruckm
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
 ms.date: 12/31/2017
 ---
 
 # Guidelines for choosing an app for assigned access (kiosk mode)
 
-
-**Applies to**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 11
-
-
-You can use assigned access to restrict customers at your business to using only one Windows app so your device acts like a kiosk.  Administrators can use assigned access to restrict a selected user account to access a single Windows app. You can choose almost any Windows app for assigned access; however, some apps may not provide a good user experience.
+Use assigned access to restrict users to use only one application, so that the device acts like a kiosk. Administrators can use assigned access to restrict a selected user account to access a single Windows app. You can choose almost any Windows app for assigned access; however, some apps may not provide a good user experience.
 
 The following guidelines may help you choose an appropriate Windows app for your assigned access experience.
 
 ## General guidelines
 
-- Windows apps must be provisioned or installed for the assigned access account before they can be selected as the assigned access app. [Learn how to provision and install apps](/windows/client-management/mdm/enterprise-app-management#install_your_apps). 
-
-- Updating a Windows app can sometimes change the Application User Model ID (AUMID) of the app. If this change happens, you must update the assigned access settings to launch the updated app, because assigned access uses the AUMID to determine which app to launch. 
-
+- Windows apps must be provisioned or installed for the assigned access account before they can be selected as the assigned access app. [Learn how to provision and install apps](/windows/client-management/mdm/enterprise-app-management#install_your_apps).
+- Updating a Windows app can sometimes change the Application User Model ID (AUMID) of the app. If this change happens, you must update the assigned access settings to launch the updated app, because assigned access uses the AUMID to determine which app to launch.
 - Apps that are generated using the [Desktop App Converter (Desktop Bridge)](/windows/uwp/porting/desktop-to-uwp-run-desktop-app-converter) can't be used as kiosk apps.
 
-
-
-
 ## Guidelines for Windows apps that launch other apps
 
-Some Windows apps can launch other apps. Assigned access prevents Windows apps from launching other apps. 
+Some apps can launch other apps. Assigned access prevents Windows apps from launching other apps.
 
-Avoid selecting Windows apps that are designed to launch other apps as part of their core functionality.  
+Avoid selecting Windows apps that are designed to launch other apps as part of their core functionality.
 
 ## Guidelines for web browsers
 
-Starting with Windows 10 version 1809+, Microsoft Edge includes support for kiosk mode. [Learn how to deploy Microsoft Edge kiosk mode.](/microsoft-edge/deploy/microsoft-edge-kiosk-mode-deploy)
+Microsoft Edge includes support for kiosk mode. [Learn how to deploy Microsoft Edge kiosk mode.](/microsoft-edge/deploy/microsoft-edge-kiosk-mode-deploy)
 
-In Windows client, you can install the **Kiosk Browser** app from Microsoft to use as your kiosk app. For digital signage scenarios, you can configure **Kiosk Browser** to navigate to a URL and show only that content -- no navigation buttons, no address bar, etc. For kiosk scenarios, you can configure more settings, such as allowed and blocked URLs, navigation buttons, and end session buttons. For example, you could configure your kiosk to show the online catalog for your store, where customers can navigate between departments and items, but aren't allowed to go to a competitor's website. 
+In Windows client, you can install the **Kiosk Browser** app from Microsoft to use as your kiosk app. For digital signage scenarios, you can configure **Kiosk Browser** to navigate to a URL and show only that content -- no navigation buttons, no address bar, etc. For kiosk scenarios, you can configure more settings, such as allowed and blocked URLs, navigation buttons, and end session buttons. For example, you could configure your kiosk to show the online catalog for your store, where customers can navigate between departments and items, but aren't allowed to go to a competitor's website.
 
 >[!NOTE]
 >Kiosk Browser supports a single tab. If a website has links that open a new tab, those links will not work with Kiosk Browser. Kiosk Browser does not support .pdfs.
 >
 >Kiosk Browser can't access intranet websites.
 
-
 **Kiosk Browser** must be downloaded for offline licensing using Microsoft Store For Business. You can deploy **Kiosk Browser** to devices running Windows 10, version 1803 (Pro, Business, Enterprise, and Education) and Windows 11.
 
 1. [Get **Kiosk Browser** in Microsoft Store for Business with offline license type.](/microsoft-store/acquire-apps-microsoft-store-for-business#acquire-apps)
-2. [Deploy **Kiosk Browser** to kiosk devices.](/microsoft-store/distribute-offline-apps)
-3. Configure policies using settings from the Policy Configuration Service Provider (CSP) for [KioskBrowser](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-kioskbrowser). These settings can be configured using your MDM service provider, or [in a provisioning package](provisioning-packages/provisioning-create-package.md). In Windows Configuration Designer, the settings are located in **Policies > KioskBrowser** when you select advanced provisioning for Windows desktop editions.
+1. [Deploy **Kiosk Browser** to kiosk devices.](/microsoft-store/distribute-offline-apps)
+1. Configure policies using settings from the Policy Configuration Service Provider (CSP) for [KioskBrowser](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-kioskbrowser). These settings can be configured using your MDM service provider, or [in a provisioning package](../provisioning-packages/provisioning-create-package.md). In Windows Configuration Designer, the settings are located in **Policies > KioskBrowser** when you select advanced provisioning for Windows desktop editions.
 
 >[!NOTE]
 >If you configure the kiosk using a provisioning package, you must apply the provisioning package after the device completes the out-of-box experience (OOBE).
 
 ### Kiosk Browser settings
 
-Kiosk Browser settings | Use this setting to
---- | ---
-Blocked URL Exceptions | Specify URLs that people can navigate to, even though the URL is in your blocked URL list. You can use wildcards. 

                  For example, if you want people to be limited to `http://contoso.com` only, you would add `.contoso.com` to blocked URL exception list and then block all other URLs.
-Blocked URLs | Specify URLs that people can't navigate to. You can use wildcards. 

                  If you want to limit people to a specific site, add `https://*` to the blocked URL list, and then specify the site to be allowed in the blocked URL exceptions list.
-Default URL | Specify the URL that Kiosk Browser will open with. **Tip!** Make sure your blocked URLs don't include your default URL.
-Enable End Session Button | Show a button in Kiosk Browser that people can use to reset the browser. End Session will clear all browsing data and navigate back to the default URL.
-Enable Home Button | Show a Home button in Kiosk Browser. Home will return the browser to the default URL.
-Enable Navigation Buttons | Show forward and back buttons in Kiosk Browser.
-Restart on Idle Time | Specify when Kiosk Browser should restart in a fresh state after an amount of idle time since the last user interaction.
+| Kiosk Browser settings | Use this setting to |
+|--|--|
+| Blocked URL Exceptions | Specify URLs that people can navigate to, even though the URL is in your blocked URL list. You can use wildcards. 

                  For example, if you want people to be limited to `http://contoso.com` only, you would add `.contoso.com` to blocked URL exception list and then block all other URLs. |
+| Blocked URLs | Specify URLs that people can't navigate to. You can use wildcards. 

                  If you want to limit people to a specific site, add `https://*` to the blocked URL list, and then specify the site to be allowed in the blocked URL exceptions list. |
+| Default URL | Specify the URL that Kiosk Browser will open with. **Tip!** Make sure your blocked URLs don't include your default URL. |
+| Enable End Session Button | Show a button in Kiosk Browser that people can use to reset the browser. End Session will clear all browsing data and navigate back to the default URL. |
+| Enable Home Button | Show a Home button in Kiosk Browser. Home will return the browser to the default URL. |
+| Enable Navigation Buttons | Show forward and back buttons in Kiosk Browser. |
+| Restart on Idle Time | Specify when Kiosk Browser should restart in a fresh state after an amount of idle time since the last user interaction. |
+
+To configure multiple URLs for **Blocked URL Exceptions** or **Blocked URLs** in Windows Configuration Designer:
+
+1. Create the provisioning package. When ready to export, close the project in Windows Configuration Designer
+1. Open the customizations.xml file in the project folder (e.g C:\Users\name\Documents\Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (WICD)\Project_18)
+1. Insert the null character string in between each URL (e.g www.bing.com``www.contoso.com)
+1. Save the XML file
+1. Open the project again in Windows Configuration Designer
+1. Export the package. Ensure you do not revisit the created policies under Kiosk Browser or else the null character will be removed
 
-> [!IMPORTANT]
-> To configure multiple URLs for **Blocked URL Exceptions** or **Blocked URLs** in Windows Configuration Designer:
-> 
-> 1. Create the provisioning package. When ready to export, close the project in Windows Configuration Designer.
-> 2. Open the customizations.xml file in the project folder (e.g C:\Users\name\Documents\Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (WICD)\Project_18). 
-> 3. Insert the null character string in between each URL (e.g www.bing.com``www.contoso.com). 
-> 4. Save the XML file.
-> 5. Open the project again in Windows Configuration Designer.
-> 6. Export the package. Ensure you do not revisit the created policies under Kiosk Browser or else the null character will be removed.
-> 
-> 
 > [!TIP]
+>
 > To enable the **End Session** button for Kiosk Browser in Intune, you must [create a custom OMA-URI policy](/intune/custom-settings-windows-10) with the following information:
+>
 > - OMA-URI: ./Vendor/MSFT/Policy/Config/KioskBrowser/EnableEndSessionButton
 > - Data type: Integer
 > - Value: 1
 
-
 #### Rules for URLs in Kiosk Browser settings
 
 Kiosk Browser filtering rules are based on the [Chromium Project](https://www.chromium.org/Home).
 
 URLs can include:
+
 - A valid port value from 1 to 65,535.
 - The path to the resource.
 - Query parameters.
 
 More guidelines for URLs:
 
-- If a period precedes the host, the policy filters exact host matches only.
-- You can't use user:pass fields.
-- When both blocked URL and blocked URL exceptions apply with the same path length, the exception takes precedence.
-- The policy searches wildcards (*) last.
-- The optional query is a set of key-value and key-only tokens delimited by '&'.
-- Key-value tokens are separated by '='.
-- A query token can optionally end with a '*' to indicate prefix match. Token order is ignored during matching.
+- If a period precedes the host, the policy filters exact host matches only
+- You can't use user:pass fields
+- When both blocked URL and blocked URL exceptions apply with the same path length, the exception takes precedence
+- The policy searches wildcards (*) last
+- The optional query is a set of key-value and key-only tokens delimited by '&'
+- Key-value tokens are separated by '='
+- A query token can optionally end with a '*' to indicate prefix match. Token order is ignored during matching
 
 ### Examples of blocked URLs and exceptions
 
 The following table describes the results for different combinations of blocked URLs and blocked URL exceptions.
 
-Blocked URL rule |  Block URL exception rule | Result
---- | --- | ---
-`*` | `contoso.com`
                  `fabrikam.com` | All requests are blocked unless it's to contoso.com, fabrikam.com, or any of their subdomains.
-`contoso.com` | `mail.contoso.com`
                  `.contoso.com`
                  `.www.contoso.com` | Block all requests to contoso.com, except for the main page and its mail subdomain.
-`youtube.com` | `youtube.com/watch?v=v1`
                  `youtube.com/watch?v=v2` | Blocks all access to youtube.com except for the specified videos (v1 and v2).
+| Blocked URL rule | Block URL exception rule | Result |
+|--|--|--|
+| `*` | `contoso.com`
                  `fabrikam.com` | All requests are blocked unless it's to contoso.com, fabrikam.com, or any of their subdomains. |
+| `contoso.com` | `mail.contoso.com`
                  `.contoso.com`
                  `.www.contoso.com` | Block all requests to contoso.com, except for the main page and its mail subdomain. |
+| `youtube.com` | `youtube.com/watch?v=v1`
                  `youtube.com/watch?v=v2` | Blocks all access to youtube.com except for the specified videos (v1 and v2). |
 
-The following table gives examples for blocked URLs. 
+The following table gives examples for blocked URLs.
 
-
-|          Entry           |                                    Result                                     |
-|--------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|      `contoso.com`       | Blocks all requests to contoso.com, www.contoso.com, and sub.www.contoso.com  |
-|       `https://*`        |                   Blocks all HTTPS requests to any domain.                    |
-|    `mail.contoso.com`    | Blocks requests to mail.contoso.com but not to www.contoso.com or contoso.com |
-|      `.contoso.com`      |    Blocks contoso.com but not its subdomains, like subdomain.contoso.com.     |
-|    `.www.contoso.com`    |                Blocks www.contoso.com but not its subdomains.                 |
-|           `*`            |    Blocks all requests except for URLs in the Blocked URL Exceptions list.    |
-|         `*:8080`         |                       Blocks all requests to port 8080.                       |
-|   `contoso.com/stuff`    |         Blocks all requests to contoso.com/stuff and its subdomains.          |
-|      `192.168.1.2`       |                        Blocks requests to 192.168.1.2.                        |
-| `youtube.com/watch?v=V1` |                       Blocks YouTube video with id V1.                        |
+| Entry | Result |
+|--|--|
+| `contoso.com` | Blocks all requests to contoso.com, www.contoso.com, and sub.www.contoso.com |
+| `https://*` | Blocks all HTTPS requests to any domain. |
+| `mail.contoso.com` | Blocks requests to mail.contoso.com but not to www.contoso.com or contoso.com |
+| `.contoso.com` | Blocks contoso.com but not its subdomains, like subdomain.contoso.com. |
+| `.www.contoso.com` | Blocks www.contoso.com but not its subdomains. |
+| `*` | Blocks all requests except for URLs in the Blocked URL Exceptions list. |
+| `*:8080` | Blocks all requests to port 8080. |
+| `contoso.com/stuff` | Blocks all requests to contoso.com/stuff and its subdomains. |
+| `192.168.1.2` | Blocks requests to 192.168.1.1. |
+| `youtube.com/watch?v=V1` | Blocks YouTube video with id V1. |
 
 ### Other browsers
 
-
-
 You can create your own web browser Windows app by using the WebView class. Learn more about developing your own web browser app:
-- [Creating your own browser with HTML and JavaScript](https://blogs.windows.com/msedgedev/2015/08/27/creating-your-own-browser-with-html-and-javascript/) 
+
+- [Creating your own browser with HTML and JavaScript](https://blogs.windows.com/msedgedev/2015/08/27/creating-your-own-browser-with-html-and-javascript/)
 - [WebView class](/uwp/api/Windows.UI.Xaml.Controls.WebView)
 - [A web browser built with JavaScript as a Windows app](https://github.com/MicrosoftEdge/JSBrowser/tree/v1.0)
 
-
-
 ## Secure your information
 
 Avoid selecting Windows apps that may expose the information you don't want to show in your kiosk, since kiosk usually means anonymous access and locates in a public setting like a shopping mall. For example, an app that has a file picker allows the user to gain access to files and folders on the user's system, avoid selecting these types of apps if they provide unnecessary data access.
 
 ## App configuration
 
-Some apps may require more configurations before they can be used appropriately in assigned access. For example, Microsoft OneNote requires you to set up a Microsoft account for the assigned access user account before OneNote will open in assigned access. 
+Some apps may require more configurations before they can be used appropriately in assigned access. For example, Microsoft OneNote requires you to set up a Microsoft account for the assigned access user account before OneNote will open in assigned access.
 
-Check the guidelines published by your selected app and set up accordingly. 
+Check the guidelines published by your selected app and set up accordingly.
 
 ## Develop your kiosk app
 
-Assigned access in Windows client uses the new lock framework. When an assigned access user signs in, the selected kiosk app is launched above the lock screen. The kiosk app is running as an above lock screen app. 
+Assigned access in Windows client uses the new lock framework. When an assigned access user signs in, the selected kiosk app is launched above the lock screen. The kiosk app is running as an above lock screen app.
 
-Follow the [best practices guidance for developing a kiosk app for assigned access](/windows-hardware/drivers/partnerapps/create-a-kiosk-app-for-assigned-access). 
+Follow the [best practices guidance for developing a kiosk app for assigned access](/windows-hardware/drivers/partnerapps/create-a-kiosk-app-for-assigned-access).
 
 ## Test your assigned access experience
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/kiosk/images/account-management-details.PNG b/windows/configuration/kiosk/images/account-management-details.PNG
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e4307d8f7b
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/configuration/kiosk/images/account-management-details.PNG differ
diff --git a/windows/configuration/kiosk/images/add-applications-details.PNG b/windows/configuration/kiosk/images/add-applications-details.PNG
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2efd3483ae
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/configuration/kiosk/images/add-applications-details.PNG differ
diff --git a/windows/configuration/kiosk/images/add-certificates-details.PNG b/windows/configuration/kiosk/images/add-certificates-details.PNG
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..78cd783282
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/configuration/kiosk/images/add-certificates-details.PNG differ
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/apprule.png b/windows/configuration/kiosk/images/apprule.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/apprule.png
rename to windows/configuration/kiosk/images/apprule.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/appwarning.png b/windows/configuration/kiosk/images/appwarning.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/appwarning.png
rename to windows/configuration/kiosk/images/appwarning.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/aumid-file-explorer.png b/windows/configuration/kiosk/images/aumid-file-explorer.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/aumid-file-explorer.png
rename to windows/configuration/kiosk/images/aumid-file-explorer.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/auto-signin.png b/windows/configuration/kiosk/images/auto-signin.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/auto-signin.png
rename to windows/configuration/kiosk/images/auto-signin.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/enable-assigned-access-log.png b/windows/configuration/kiosk/images/enable-assigned-access-log.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/enable-assigned-access-log.png
rename to windows/configuration/kiosk/images/enable-assigned-access-log.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/finish-details.png b/windows/configuration/kiosk/images/finish-details.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/finish-details.png
rename to windows/configuration/kiosk/images/finish-details.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/genrule.png b/windows/configuration/kiosk/images/genrule.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/genrule.png
rename to windows/configuration/kiosk/images/genrule.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/kiosk/images/kiosk-account-details.PNG b/windows/configuration/kiosk/images/kiosk-account-details.PNG
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..53c31880ea
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/configuration/kiosk/images/kiosk-account-details.PNG differ
diff --git a/windows/configuration/kiosk/images/kiosk-common-details.PNG b/windows/configuration/kiosk/images/kiosk-common-details.PNG
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5eda9b293e
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/configuration/kiosk/images/kiosk-common-details.PNG differ
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/kiosk-fullscreen-sm.png b/windows/configuration/kiosk/images/kiosk-fullscreen-sm.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/kiosk-fullscreen-sm.png
rename to windows/configuration/kiosk/images/kiosk-fullscreen-sm.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/kiosk/images/kiosk-settings.PNG b/windows/configuration/kiosk/images/kiosk-settings.PNG
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..51a4338371
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/configuration/kiosk/images/kiosk-settings.PNG differ
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/kiosk-wizard.png b/windows/configuration/kiosk/images/kiosk-wizard.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/kiosk-wizard.png
rename to windows/configuration/kiosk/images/kiosk-wizard.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/lockdownapps.png b/windows/configuration/kiosk/images/lockdownapps.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/lockdownapps.png
rename to windows/configuration/kiosk/images/lockdownapps.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/multiappassignedaccesssettings.png b/windows/configuration/kiosk/images/multiappassignedaccesssettings.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/multiappassignedaccesssettings.png
rename to windows/configuration/kiosk/images/multiappassignedaccesssettings.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/profile-config.png b/windows/configuration/kiosk/images/profile-config.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/profile-config.png
rename to windows/configuration/kiosk/images/profile-config.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/sample-start.png b/windows/configuration/kiosk/images/sample-start.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/sample-start.png
rename to windows/configuration/kiosk/images/sample-start.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/set-assignedaccess.png b/windows/configuration/kiosk/images/set-assignedaccess.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/set-assignedaccess.png
rename to windows/configuration/kiosk/images/set-assignedaccess.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/kiosk/images/set-up-device-details.PNG b/windows/configuration/kiosk/images/set-up-device-details.PNG
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..031dac6fe6
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/configuration/kiosk/images/set-up-device-details.PNG differ
diff --git a/windows/configuration/kiosk/images/set-up-network-details.PNG b/windows/configuration/kiosk/images/set-up-network-details.PNG
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..778b8497c4
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/configuration/kiosk/images/set-up-network-details.PNG differ
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/slv2-oma-uri.png b/windows/configuration/kiosk/images/slv2-oma-uri.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/slv2-oma-uri.png
rename to windows/configuration/kiosk/images/slv2-oma-uri.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/vm-kiosk-connect.png b/windows/configuration/kiosk/images/vm-kiosk-connect.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/vm-kiosk-connect.png
rename to windows/configuration/kiosk/images/vm-kiosk-connect.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/vm-kiosk.png b/windows/configuration/kiosk/images/vm-kiosk.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/vm-kiosk.png
rename to windows/configuration/kiosk/images/vm-kiosk.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/kiosk/kiosk-additional-reference.md b/windows/configuration/kiosk/kiosk-additional-reference.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d652bf9874
--- /dev/null
+++ b/windows/configuration/kiosk/kiosk-additional-reference.md
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+---
+title: More kiosk methods and reference information
+description: Find more information for configuring, validating, and troubleshooting kiosk configuration.
+ms.topic: reference
+ms.date: 12/31/2017
+---
+
+# More kiosk methods and reference information
+
+## In this section
+
+| Topic | Description |
+|--|--|
+| [Find the Application User Model ID of an installed app](find-the-application-user-model-id-of-an-installed-app.md) | This topic explains how to get the AUMID for an app. |
+| [Validate your kiosk configuration](kiosk-validate.md) | This topic explains what to expect on a multi-app kiosk. |
+| [Guidelines for choosing an app for assigned access (kiosk mode)](guidelines-for-assigned-access-app.md) | These guidelines will help you choose an appropriate Windows app for your assigned access experience. |
+| [Policies enforced on kiosk devices](kiosk-policies.md) | Learn about the policies enforced on a device when you configure it as a kiosk. |
+| [Assigned access XML reference](kiosk-xml.md) | The XML and XSD for kiosk device configuration. |
+| [Use AppLocker to create a Windows client kiosk](lock-down-windows-10-applocker.md) | Learn how to use AppLocker to configure a Windows client kiosk device running Enterprise or Education so that users can only run a few specific apps. |
+| [Use Shell Launcher to create a Windows client kiosk](kiosk-shelllauncher.md) | Using Shell Launcher, you can configure a kiosk device that runs a Windows application as the user interface. |
+| [Use MDM Bridge WMI Provider to create a Windows client kiosk](kiosk-mdm-bridge.md) | Environments that use Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI) can use the MDM Bridge WMI Provider to configure the MDM_AssignedAccess class. |
+| [Troubleshoot kiosk mode issues](/troubleshoot/windows-client/shell-experience/kiosk-mode-issues-troubleshooting) | Tips for troubleshooting multi-app kiosk configuration. |
diff --git a/windows/configuration/kiosk-mdm-bridge.md b/windows/configuration/kiosk/kiosk-mdm-bridge.md
similarity index 74%
rename from windows/configuration/kiosk-mdm-bridge.md
rename to windows/configuration/kiosk/kiosk-mdm-bridge.md
index 4b2f8a1fe8..7725923709 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/kiosk-mdm-bridge.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/kiosk/kiosk-mdm-bridge.md
@@ -1,42 +1,30 @@
 ---
-title: Use MDM Bridge WMI Provider to create a Windows 10/11 kiosk (Windows 10/11)
+title: Use MDM Bridge WMI Provider to create a Windows kiosk
 description: Environments that use Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI) can use the MDM Bridge WMI Provider to configure the MDM_AssignedAccess class.
-ms.reviewer: sybruckm
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: lizlong
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: lizgt2000
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
-ms.date: 12/31/2017
+ms.date: 1/26/2024
+zone_pivot_groups: windows-versions-11-10
+appliesto:
 ---
 
 # Use MDM Bridge WMI Provider to create a Windows client kiosk
 
-
-**Applies to**
-
-- Windows 10 Pro, Enterprise, and Education
-- Windows 11
-
-Environments that use [Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI)](/windows/win32/wmisdk/wmi-start-page) can use the [MDM Bridge WMI Provider](/windows/win32/dmwmibridgeprov/mdm-bridge-wmi-provider-portal) to configure the MDM_AssignedAccess class. For more information about using a PowerShell script to configure AssignedAccess, see [PowerShell Scripting with WMI Bridge Provider](/windows/client-management/mdm/using-powershell-scripting-with-the-wmi-bridge-provider). 
+Environments that use [Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI)](/windows/win32/wmisdk/wmi-start-page) can use the [MDM Bridge WMI Provider](/windows/win32/dmwmibridgeprov/mdm-bridge-wmi-provider-portal) to configure the MDM_AssignedAccess class. For more information about using a PowerShell script to configure AssignedAccess, see [PowerShell Scripting with WMI Bridge Provider](/windows/client-management/mdm/using-powershell-scripting-with-the-wmi-bridge-provider).
 
 Here's an example to set AssignedAccess configuration:
 
-1. Download the [psexec tool](/sysinternals/downloads/psexec).  
-2. Run `psexec.exe -i -s cmd.exe`.
-3. In the command prompt launched by psexec.exe, enter `powershell.exe` to open PowerShell.
+1. [Download PsTools][PSTools]
+1. Open an elevated command prompt and run: `psexec.exe -i -s powershell.exe`
+1. In the PowerShell session launched by `psexec.exe`, execute the following script:
 
-Step 4 is different for Windows 10 or Windows 11
+::: zone pivot="windows-10"
 
-4. Execute the following script for Windows 10:
-
-```xml
+```PowerShell
 $nameSpaceName="root\cimv2\mdm\dmmap"
 $className="MDM_AssignedAccess"
 $obj = Get-CimInstance -Namespace $namespaceName -ClassName $className
 Add-Type -AssemblyName System.Web
+
 $obj.Configuration = [System.Web.HttpUtility]::HtmlEncode(@"
 
 
@@ -90,46 +78,48 @@ $obj.Configuration = [System.Web.HttpUtility]::HtmlEncode(@"
 
 Set-CimInstance -CimInstance $obj
 ```
-4. Execute the following script for Windows 11:
 
- ```xml
+::: zone-end
+
+::: zone pivot="windows-11"
+
+ ```PowerShell
 $nameSpaceName="root\cimv2\mdm\dmmap"
 $className="MDM_AssignedAccess"
 $obj = Get-CimInstance -Namespace $namespaceName -ClassName $className
 Add-Type -AssemblyName System.Web
-$obj.Configuration = [System.Web.HttpUtility]::HtmlEncode(@"
 
+$obj.Configuration = [System.Web.HttpUtility]::HtmlEncode(@"
 
-
+
   
-           
+    
       
-         
-           
-           
-           
-           
-           
-           
-           
-         
-       
+        
+          
+          
+          
+          
+          
+          
+        
+      
       
-        
       
       
-     
+    
   
   
     
@@ -137,8 +127,17 @@ $obj.Configuration = [System.Web.HttpUtility]::HtmlEncode(@"
       
     
   
-    
+
 "@)
 
 Set-CimInstance -CimInstance $obj
-```
\ No newline at end of file
+```
+
+::: zone-end
+
+For more information, see [Using PowerShell scripting with the WMI Bridge Provider][WIN-1].
+
+
+
+[WIN-1]: /windows/client-management/mdm/using-powershell-scripting-with-the-wmi-bridge-provider
+[PsTools]: https://download.sysinternals.com/files/PSTools.zip
diff --git a/windows/configuration/kiosk/kiosk-methods.md b/windows/configuration/kiosk/kiosk-methods.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6db61a28ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/windows/configuration/kiosk/kiosk-methods.md
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+---
+title: Configure kiosks and digital signs on Windows 10/11 desktop editions
+description: In this article, learn about the methods for configuring kiosks and digital signs on Windows 10 or Windows 11 desktop editions.
+ms.topic: article
+ms.date: 12/31/2017
+---
+
+# Configure kiosks and digital signs on Windows desktop editions
+
+Organization may want to set up special purpose devices, such as a device in the lobby that customers can use to view product catalogs, or a device displaying visual content as a digital sign. Windows client offers two different locked-down experiences for public or specialized use:
+
+- Single-app kiosk: runs a single Universal Windows Platform (UWP) application in full screen above the lock screen. People using the kiosk can see only that app. When the kiosk account (a local standard user account) signs in, the kiosk app launches automatically. If the kiosk app is closed, it will automatically restart
+- Multi-app kiosk: runs one or more applications from the desktop. People using the kiosk see a customized Start menu that shows only the apps that are allowed to execute. With this approach, you can configure a locked-down experience for different account types
+
+A single-app kiosk is ideal for public use. Using [Shell Launcher](kiosk-shelllauncher.md), you can configure a kiosk device that runs a Windows desktop application as the user interface. The application that you specify replaces the default shell (explorer.exe) that usually runs when a user signs in. This type of single-app kiosk doesn't run above the lock screen.
+
+A multi-app kiosk is appropriate for devices that are shared by multiple people. When you configure a multi-app kiosk, [specific policies are enforced](kiosk-policies.md) that affects **all** non-administrator users on the device.
+
+Kiosk configurations are based on **Assigned Access**, a feature in Windows client that allows an administrator to manage the user's experience by limiting the application entry points exposed to the user.
+
+There are several kiosk configuration methods that you can choose from, depending on your answers to the following questions.
+
+- **Which type of app will your kiosk run?**
+  Your kiosk can run a Universal Windows Platform (UWP) app or a Windows desktop application. For [digital signage](setup-digital-signage.md), select a digital sign player as your kiosk app. [Check out the guidelines for kiosk apps.](guidelines-for-assigned-access-app.md)
+- **Which type of kiosk do you need?**
+  If you want your kiosk to run a single app for anyone to see or use, consider a single-app kiosk that runs either a [Universal Windows Platform (UWP) app](#methods-for-a-single-app-kiosk-running-a-uwp-app) or a Windows desktop application. For a kiosk that people can sign in to with their accounts or that runs more than one app, choose a multi-app kiosk
+- **Which edition of Windows client will the kiosk run?**
+  All of the configuration methods work for Windows client Enterprise and Education; some of the methods work for Windows Pro. Kiosk mode isn't available on Windows Home
+- **Which type of user account will be the kiosk account?**
+  The kiosk account can be a local standard user account, a local administrator account, a domain account, or a Microsoft Entra account, depending on the method that you use to configure the kiosk. If you want people to sign in and authenticate on the device, you should use a multi-app kiosk configuration. The single-app kiosk configuration doesn't require people to sign in to the device, although they can sign in to the kiosk app if you select an app that has a sign-in method
+
+>[!IMPORTANT]
+>Single-app kiosk mode isn't supported over a remote desktop connection. Your kiosk users must sign in on the physical device that is set up as a kiosk.
+
+[!INCLUDE [assigned-access-kiosk-mode](../../../includes/licensing/assigned-access-kiosk-mode.md)]
+
+## Methods for a single-app kiosk running a UWP app
+
+| You can use this method | For this edition | For this kiosk account type |
+|--|--|--|
+| [Assigned access in Settings](kiosk-single-app.md) | Pro, Ent, Edu | Local standard user |
+| [Assigned access cmdlets](kiosk-single-app.md) | Pro, Ent, Edu | Local standard user |
+| [The kiosk wizard in Windows Configuration Designer](kiosk-single-app.md) | Pro (version 1709), Ent, Edu | Local standard user, Active Directory, Microsoft Entra ID |
+| [Microsoft Intune or other mobile device management (MDM)](kiosk-single-app.md) | Pro (version 1709), Ent, Edu | Local standard user, Microsoft Entra ID |
+| [Shell Launcher](kiosk-shelllauncher.md) v2 | Ent, Edu | Local standard user, Active Directory, Microsoft Entra ID |
+
+## Methods for a single-app kiosk running a Windows desktop application
+
+| You can use this method | For this edition | For this kiosk account type |
+|--|--|--|
+| [The kiosk wizard in Windows Configuration Designer](kiosk-single-app.md) | Ent, Edu | Local standard user, Active Directory, Microsoft Entra ID |
+| [Microsoft Intune or other mobile device management (MDM)](kiosk-single-app.md) | Pro (version 1709), Ent, Edu | Local standard user, Microsoft Entra ID |
+| [Shell Launcher](kiosk-shelllauncher.md) v1 and v2 | Ent, Edu | Local standard user, Active Directory, Microsoft Entra ID |
+
+## Methods for a multi-app kiosk
+
+| You can use this method | For this edition | For this kiosk account type |
+|--|--|--|
+| [XML in a provisioning package](lock-down-windows-10-to-specific-apps.md) | Pro, Ent, Edu | Local standard user, Active Directory, Microsoft Entra ID |
+| [Microsoft Intune or other MDM](lock-down-windows-10-to-specific-apps.md) | Pro, Ent, Edu | Local standard user, Microsoft Entra ID |
+| [MDM WMI Bridge Provider](kiosk-mdm-bridge.md) | Pro, Ent, Edu | Local standard user, Active Directory, Microsoft Entra ID |
+
+## Summary of kiosk configuration methods
+
+| Method | App type | Account type | Single-app kiosk | Multi-app kiosk |
+|--|--|--|:-:|:-:|
+| [Assigned access in Settings](kiosk-single-app.md) | UWP | Local account | ✅ |
+| [Assigned access cmdlets](kiosk-single-app.md) | UWP | Local account | ✅ |
+| [The kiosk wizard in Windows Configuration Designer](kiosk-single-app.md) | UWP, Windows desktop app | Local standard user, Active Directory, Microsoft Entra ID | ✅ |
+| [XML in a provisioning package](lock-down-windows-10-to-specific-apps.md) | UWP, Windows desktop app | Local standard user, Active Directory, Microsoft Entra ID | ✅ | ✅ |
+| Microsoft Intune or other MDM [for full-screen single-app kiosk](kiosk-single-app.md) or [for multi-app kiosk with desktop](lock-down-windows-10-to-specific-apps.md) | UWP, Windows desktop app | Local standard user, Microsoft Entra ID | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [Shell Launcher](kiosk-shelllauncher.md) | Windows desktop app | Local standard user, Active Directory, Microsoft Entra ID | ✅ |
+| [MDM Bridge WMI Provider](kiosk-mdm-bridge.md) | UWP, Windows desktop app | Local standard user, Active Directory, Microsoft Entra ID |  | ✅ |
+
+>[!NOTE]
+>For devices running Windows client Enterprise and Education, you can also use [Windows Defender Application Control](/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/windows-defender-application-control) or [AppLocker](lock-down-windows-10-applocker.md) to lock down a device to specific apps.
diff --git a/windows/configuration/kiosk/kiosk-policies.md b/windows/configuration/kiosk/kiosk-policies.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3ab125b892
--- /dev/null
+++ b/windows/configuration/kiosk/kiosk-policies.md
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+---
+title: Policies enforced on kiosk devices
+description: Learn about the policies enforced on a device when you configure it as a kiosk.
+ms.topic: article
+ms.date: 12/31/2017
+---
+
+# Policies enforced on kiosk devices
+
+It isn't recommended to set policies enforced in assigned access kiosk mode to different values using other channels, as the kiosk mode has been optimized to provide a locked-down experience.
+
+When the assigned access kiosk configuration is applied on the device, certain policies are enforced system-wide, and will impact other users on the device.
+
+## Group Policy
+
+The following local policies affect all **non-administrator** users on the system, regardless whether the user is configured as an assigned access user or not.  These users include local users, domain users, and Microsoft Entra users.
+
+| Setting | Value |
+|--|--|
+| Remove access to the context menus for the task bar | Enabled |
+| Clear history of recently opened documents on exit | Enabled |
+| Prevent users from customizing their Start Screen | Enabled |
+| Prevent users from uninstalling applications from Start | Enabled |
+| Remove Run menu from Start Menu | Enabled |
+| Disable showing balloon notifications as toast | Enabled |
+| Do not allow pinning items in Jump Lists | Enabled |
+| Do not allow pinning programs to the Taskbar | Enabled |
+| Do not display or track items in Jump Lists from remote locations | Enabled |
+| Remove Notifications and Action Center | Enabled |
+| Lock all taskbar settings | Enabled |
+| Lock the Taskbar | Enabled |
+| Prevent users from adding or removing toolbars | Enabled |
+| Prevent users from resizing the taskbar | Enabled |
+| Remove frequent programs list from the Start Menu | Enabled |
+| Remove Pinned programs from the taskbar | Enabled |
+| Remove the Security and Maintenance icon | Enabled |
+| Turn off all balloon notifications | Enabled |
+| Turn off feature advertisement balloon notifications | Enabled |
+| Turn off toast notifications | Enabled |
+| Remove Task Manager | Enabled |
+| Remove Change Password option in Security Options UI | Enabled |
+| Remove Sign Out option in Security Options UI | Enabled |
+| Remove All Programs list from the Start Menu | Enabled - Remove and disable setting |
+| Prevent access to drives from My Computer | Enabled - Restrict all drives |
+
+>[!NOTE]
+>When **Prevent access to drives from My Computer** is enabled, users can browse the directory structure in File Explorer, but they cannot open folders and access the contents. Also, they cannot use the **Run** dialog box or the **Map Network Drive** dialog box to view the directories on these drives. The icons representing the specified drives still appear in File Explorer, but if users double-click the icons, a message appears explaining that a setting prevents the action. This setting does not prevent users from using programs to access local and network drives. It does not prevent users from using the Disk Management snap-in to view and change drive characteristics.
+
+## MDM policy
+
+Some of the MDM policies based on the [Policy configuration service provider (CSP)](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider) affect all users on the system (that is, system-wide impact).
+
+| Setting | Value | System-wide |
+|--|--|--|
+| [Experience/AllowCortana](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-experience#experience-allowcortana) | 0 - Not allowed | Yes |
+| [Start/AllowPinnedFolderSettings](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-allowpinnedfoldersettings) | 0 - Shortcut is hidden and disables the setting in the Settings app | Yes |
+| Start/HidePeopleBar | 1 - True (hide) | No |
+| [Start/HideChangeAccountSettings](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-hidechangeaccountsettings) | 1 - True (hide) | Yes |
+| [WindowsInkWorkspace/AllowWindowsInkWorkspace](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-windowsinkworkspace#windowsinkworkspace-allowwindowsinkworkspace) | 0 - Access to ink workspace is disabled and the feature is turned off | Yes |
+| [Start/StartLayout](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-startlayout) | Configuration dependent | No |
+| [WindowsLogon/DontDisplayNetworkSelectionUI](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-windowslogon#windowslogon-dontdisplaynetworkselectionui) | <Enabled/> | Yes |
+
+
+
diff --git a/windows/configuration/kiosk-prepare.md b/windows/configuration/kiosk/kiosk-prepare.md
similarity index 89%
rename from windows/configuration/kiosk-prepare.md
rename to windows/configuration/kiosk/kiosk-prepare.md
index 05323a4d02..cf393573ad 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/kiosk-prepare.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/kiosk/kiosk-prepare.md
@@ -1,27 +1,12 @@
 ---
 title: Prepare a device for kiosk configuration on Windows 10/11 | Microsoft Docs
 description: Learn how to prepare a device for kiosk configuration. Also, learn about the recommended kiosk configuration changes.
-ms.reviewer: sybruckm
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: lizlong
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: lizgt2000
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
 ms.date: 12/31/2017
 ---
 
 # Prepare a device for kiosk configuration
 
-
-**Applies to**
-
-- Windows 10 Pro, Enterprise, and Education
-- Windows 11
-
-
-
 ## Before you begin
 
 - [User account control (UAC)](/windows/security/identity-protection/user-account-control/user-account-control-overview) must be turned on to enable kiosk mode.
@@ -43,16 +28,14 @@ For a more secure kiosk experience, we recommend that you make the following con
 - **Hide update notifications**. Starting with Windows 10 version 1809, you can hide notifications from showing on the devices. To enable this feature, you have the following options:
 
   - **Use Group policy**: `Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Windows Update\Display options for update notifications`
-
   - **Use an MDM provider**: This feature uses the [Update/UpdateNotificationLevel CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-updatenotificationlevel). In Intune, you can use the [Windows update settings](/mem/intune/protect/windows-update-settings) to manage this feature.
 
   - **Use the registry**:
 
     1. Open Registry Editor (regedit).
-    2. Go to `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Policies\Microsoft\Windows\WindowsUpdate`.
-    3. Create a **New** > **DWORD (32-bit) Value**. Enter `SetUpdateNotificationLevel`, and set its value to `1`.
-    4. Create a **New** > **DWORD (32-bit) Value**. Enter `UpdateNotificationLevel`. For value, you can enter:
-
+    1. Go to `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Policies\Microsoft\Windows\WindowsUpdate`.
+    1. Create a **New** > **DWORD (32-bit) Value**. Enter `SetUpdateNotificationLevel`, and set its value to `1`.
+    1. Create a **New** > **DWORD (32-bit) Value**. Enter `UpdateNotificationLevel`. For value, you can enter:
         - `1`: Hides all notifications except restart warnings.
         - `2`: Hides all notifications, including restart warnings.
 
@@ -72,8 +55,8 @@ For a more secure kiosk experience, we recommend that you make the following con
 - **Replace "blue screen" with blank screen for OS errors**. To enable this feature, use the Registry Editor:
 
   1. Open Registry Editor (regedit).
-  2. Go to `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\CrashControl`.
-  3. Create a **New** > **DWORD (32-bit) Value**. Enter `DisplayDisabled`, and set its value to `1`.
+  1. Go to `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\CrashControl`.
+  1. Create a **New** > **DWORD (32-bit) Value**. Enter `DisplayDisabled`, and set its value to `1`.
 
 - **Put device in "Tablet mode"**. If you want users to use the touch screen, without using a keyboard or mouse, then turn on tablet mode using the Settings app. If users won't interact with the kiosk, such as for a digital sign, then don't turn on this setting.
 
@@ -83,12 +66,12 @@ For a more secure kiosk experience, we recommend that you make the following con
 
   - Use the **Settings** app:
     1. Open the **Settings** app.
-    2. Go to **System** > **Tablet mode**.
-    3. Configure the settings you want.
+    1. Go to **System** > **Tablet mode**.
+    1. Configure the settings you want.
 
   - Use the **Action Center**:
     1. On your device, swipe in from the left.
-    2. Select **Tablet mode**.
+    1. Select **Tablet mode**.
 
 - **Hide "Ease of access" feature on the sign-in screen**: To enable this feature, you have the following options:
 
@@ -99,9 +82,9 @@ For a more secure kiosk experience, we recommend that you make the following con
 
   - **Use the Settings app**:
     1. Open the **Settings** app.
-    2. Go to **System** > **Power & Sleep** > **Additional power settings** > **Choose what the power button does**.
-    3. Select **Do nothing**.
-    4. **Save changes**.
+    1. Go to **System** > **Power & Sleep** > **Additional power settings** > **Choose what the power button does**.
+    1. Select **Do nothing**.
+    1. **Save changes**.
 
   - **Use Group Policy**: Your options:
 
@@ -139,10 +122,11 @@ For a more secure kiosk experience, we recommend that you make the following con
 
 - **Disable the camera**: To enable this feature, you have the following options:
 
-  - **Use the Settings app**: 
+  - **Use the Settings app**:
+
     1. Open the **Settings** app.
-    2. Go to **Privacy** > **Camera**.
-    3. Select **Allow apps use my camera** > **Off**.
+    1. Go to **Privacy** > **Camera**.
+    1. Select **Allow apps use my camera** > **Off**.
 
   - **Use Group Policy**: `Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Camera: Allow use of camera`: Select **Disabled**.
 
@@ -158,8 +142,8 @@ For a more secure kiosk experience, we recommend that you make the following con
   - **Use the Settings app**:
 
     1. Open the **Settings** app.
-    2. Go to **System** > **Notifications & actions**.
-    3. In **Show notifications on the lock screen**, select **Off**.
+    1. Go to **System** > **Notifications & actions**.
+    1. In **Show notifications on the lock screen**, select **Off**.
 
   - **Use Group policy**:
     - `Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\System\Logon\Turn off app notifications on the lock screen`: Select **Enabled**.
@@ -182,27 +166,16 @@ For a more secure kiosk experience, we recommend that you make the following con
       - `\System\Logon\Turn off app notifications on the lock screen`: Select **Enabled**.
 
 - **Disable removable media**:  To enable this feature, you have the following options:
-
   - **Use Group policy**: `Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\System\Device Installation\Device Installation Restrictions`. Review the available settings that apply to your situation.
-
     To prevent this policy from affecting a member of the Administrators group, select `Allow administrators to override Device Installation Restriction policies` > **Enabled**.
-
   - **Use an MDM provider**: In Intune, you have the following options:
-
     - [General settings in a device configuration profile](/mem/intune/configuration/device-restrictions-windows-10#general): See the **Removable storage** setting, and more settings you can manage.
-
     - [Administrative templates](/mem/intune/configuration/administrative-templates-windows): These templates are the administrative templates used in on-premises Group Policy. Configure the following settings:
-
       - `\System\Device Installation`: There are several policies you can manage, including restrictions in `\System\Device Installation\Device Installation Restrictions`.
-
         To prevent this policy from affecting a member of the Administrators group, select `Allow administrators to override Device Installation Restriction policies` > **Enabled**.
-
       When looking at settings, check the supported OS for each setting to make sure it applies.
-
     - [Settings Catalog](/mem/intune/configuration/settings-catalog): This option lists all the settings you can configure, including the administrative templates used in on-premises Group Policy. Configure the following settings:
-
-      - `\Administrative Templates\System\Device Installation`: There are several policies you can manage, including restrictions in `\System\Device Installation\Device Installation Restrictions`. 
-
+      - `\Administrative Templates\System\Device Installation`: There are several policies you can manage, including restrictions in `\System\Device Installation\Device Installation Restrictions`.
         To prevent this policy from affecting a member of the Administrators group, select `Allow administrators to override Device Installation Restriction policies` > **Enabled**.
 
 ## Enable logging
@@ -219,27 +192,23 @@ You may also want to set up **automatic logon** for your kiosk device. When your
 > If you are using a Windows client device restriction CSP to set "Preferred Microsoft Entra tenant domain", this will break the "User logon type" auto-login feature of the Kiosk profile.
 
 > [!TIP]
-> If you use the [kiosk wizard in Windows Configuration Designer](kiosk-single-app.md#wizard) or [XML in a provisioning package](lock-down-windows-10-to-specific-apps.md) to configure your kiosk, you can set an account to sign in automatically in the wizard or XML. 
+> If you use the [kiosk wizard in Windows Configuration Designer](kiosk-single-app.md) or [XML in a provisioning package](lock-down-windows-10-to-specific-apps.md) to configure your kiosk, you can set an account to sign in automatically in the wizard or XML.
 
-
-**How to edit the registry to have an account sign in automatically**
+How to edit the registry to have an account sign in automatically:
 
 1. Open Registry Editor (regedit.exe).
 
    > [!NOTE]
    > If you are not familiar with Registry Editor, [learn how to modify the Windows registry](/troubleshoot/windows-server/performance/windows-registry-advanced-users).
-  
- 
-2. Go to
 
-   **HKEY\_LOCAL\_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion\Winlogon**
+1. Go to
 
-3. Set the values for the following keys.
+   **HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion\Winlogon**
+
+1. Set the values for the following keys.
 
    - *AutoAdminLogon*: set value as **1**.
-
    - *DefaultUserName*: set value as the account that you want signed in.
-
    - *DefaultPassword*: set value as the password for the account.
 
      > [!NOTE]
@@ -247,7 +216,7 @@ You may also want to set up **automatic logon** for your kiosk device. When your
 
    - *DefaultDomainName*: set value for domain, only for domain accounts. For local accounts, don't add this key.
 
-4. Close Registry Editor. The next time the computer restarts, the account will sign in automatically.
+1. Close Registry Editor. The next time the computer restarts, the account will sign in automatically.
 
 > [!TIP]
 > You can also configure automatic sign-in [using the Autologon tool from Sysinternals](/sysinternals/downloads/autologon).
@@ -262,27 +231,27 @@ The following table describes some features that have interoperability issues we
 - **Accessibility**: Assigned access doesn't change Ease of Access settings. We recommend that you use [Keyboard Filter](/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/keyboardfilter) to block the following key combinations that bring up accessibility features:
 
   | Key combination | Blocked behavior |
-  | --- | --- | 
+  | --- | --- |
   | Left Alt + Left Shift + Print Screen | Open High Contrast dialog box. |
   | Left Alt + Left Shift + Num Lock | Open Mouse Keys dialog box. |
-  | Windows logo key + U | Open Ease of Access Center. | 
+  | Windows logo key + U | Open Ease of Access Center. |
 
 - **Assigned access Windows PowerShell cmdlets**: In addition to using the Windows UI, you can use the Windows PowerShell cmdlets to set or clear assigned access. For more information, see [Assigned access Windows PowerShell reference](/powershell/module/assignedaccess/)
 
 - **Key sequences blocked by assigned access**: When in assigned access, some key combinations are blocked for assigned access users.
 
-  Alt + F4, Alt + Shift + Tab, Alt + Tab aren't blocked by Assigned Access, it's recommended you use [Keyboard Filter](/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/keyboardfilter) to block these key combinations.
+  Alt + F4, Alt + Shift + Tab, Alt + Tab aren't blocked by Assigned Access, it's recommended you use [Keyboard Filter](/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/keyboardfilter) to block these key combinations.
 
   Ctrl + Alt + Delete is the key to break out of Assigned Access. If needed, you can use Keyboard Filter to configure a different key combination to break out of assigned access by setting BreakoutKeyScanCode as described in [WEKF_Settings](/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/wekf-settings).
 
   | Key combination | Blocked behavior for assigned access users |
-  | --- | --- | 
-  | Alt + Esc | Cycle through items in the reverse order from which they were opened. |
-  | Ctrl + Alt + Esc | Cycle through items in the reverse order from which they were opened. |
-  | Ctrl + Esc | Open the Start screen. |
-  | Ctrl + F4 | Close the window. |
-  | Ctrl + Shift + Esc | Open Task Manager. |
-  | Ctrl + Tab | Switch windows within the application currently open. |
+  | --- | --- |
+  | Alt + Esc | Cycle through items in the reverse order from which they were opened. |
+  | Ctrl + Alt + Esc  | Cycle through items in the reverse order from which they were opened. |
+  | Ctrl + Esc | Open the Start screen. |
+  | Ctrl + F4 | Close the window. |
+  | Ctrl + ShiftEsc  | Open Task Manager. |
+  | Ctrl + Tab | Switch windows within the application currently open. |
   | LaunchApp1 | Open the app that is assigned to this key. |
   | LaunchApp2 | Open the app that is assigned to this key. On many Microsoft keyboards, the app is Calculator. |
   | LaunchMail | Open the default mail client. |
@@ -291,30 +260,22 @@ The following table describes some features that have interoperability issues we
   Keyboard Filter settings apply to other standard accounts.
 
 - **Key sequences blocked by [Keyboard Filter](/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/keyboardfilter)**: If Keyboard Filter is turned ON, then some key combinations are blocked automatically without you having to explicitly block them. For more information, see the [Keyboard Filter](/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/keyboardfilter).
-
   [Keyboard Filter](/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/keyboardfilter) is only available on Windows client Enterprise or Education.
-
 - **Power button**: Customizations for the Power button complement assigned access, letting you implement features such as removing the power button from the Welcome screen. Removing the power button ensures the user can't turn off the device when it's in assigned access.
-
   For more information on removing the power button or disabling the physical power button, see [Custom Logon](/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/custom-logon).
-
 - **Unified Write Filter (UWF)**: UWFsettings apply to all users, including users with assigned access.
-
   For more information, see [Unified Write Filter](/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/unified-write-filter).
-
 - **WEDL_AssignedAccess class**: You can use this class to configure and manage basic lockdown features for assigned access. It's recommended to you use the Windows PowerShell cmdlets instead.
-
   If you need to use assigned access API, see [WEDL_AssignedAccess](/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/wedl-assignedaccess).
-
 - **Welcome Screen**: Customizations for the Welcome screen let you personalize not only how the Welcome screen looks, but for how it functions. You can disable the power or language button, or remove all user interface elements. There are many options to make the Welcome screen your own.
 
-  For more information, see [Custom Logon](/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/custom-logon).
+For more information, see [Custom Logon](/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/custom-logon).
 
 ## Testing your kiosk in a virtual machine (VM)
 
 Customers sometimes use virtual machines (VMs) to test configurations before deploying those configurations to physical devices. If you use a VM to test your single-app kiosk configuration, you need to know how to connect to the VM properly.
 
-A single-app kiosk configuration runs an app above the lock screen. It doesn't work when it's accessed remotely, which includes *enhanced* sessions in Hyper-V. 
+A single-app kiosk configuration runs an app above the lock screen. It doesn't work when it's accessed remotely, which includes *enhanced* sessions in Hyper-V.
 
 When you connect to a VM configured as a single-app kiosk, you need a *basic* session rather than an enhanced session. In the following image, notice that **Enhanced session** isn't selected in the **View** menu; that means it's a basic session.
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/kiosk-shelllauncher.md b/windows/configuration/kiosk/kiosk-shelllauncher.md
similarity index 69%
rename from windows/configuration/kiosk-shelllauncher.md
rename to windows/configuration/kiosk/kiosk-shelllauncher.md
index 4bd3071b0d..0b6209673e 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/kiosk-shelllauncher.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/kiosk/kiosk-shelllauncher.md
@@ -1,28 +1,16 @@
 ---
-title: Use Shell Launcher to create a Windows 10/11 kiosk (Windows 10/11)
-description: Shell Launcher lets you change the default shell that launches when a user signs in to a device.
-ms.reviewer: sybruckm
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: lizlong
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: lizgt2000
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
+title: Use Shell Launcher to create a kiosk experience
+description: Learn how to configure Shell Launcher to change the default Windows shell when a user signs in to a device.
+ms.topic: how-to
 ms.date: 12/31/2017
 ---
 
 # Use Shell Launcher to create a Windows client kiosk
 
-
-**Applies to**
-- Windows 10 Ent, Edu
-- Windows 11
-
-Using Shell Launcher, you can configure a device that runs an application as the user interface, replacing the default shell (explorer.exe). In **Shell Launcher v1**, available in Windows client, you can only specify a Windows desktop application as the replacement shell. In **Shell Launcher v2**, available in Windows 10 version 1809+ / Windows 11, you can also specify a UWP app as the replacement shell. To use **Shell Launcher v2** in Windows 10 version 1809, you need to install the [KB4551853](https://support.microsoft.com/help/4551853) update. 
+Shell Launcher is a Windows feature that executes an application as the user interface, replacing the default Windows Explorer (`explorer.exe`).
 
 >[!NOTE]
->Shell Launcher controls which application the user sees as the shell after sign-in. It does not prevent the user from accessing other desktop applications and system components. 
+>Shell Launcher controls which application the user sees as the shell after sign-in. It doesn't prevent the user from accessing other desktop applications and system components.
 >
 >Methods of controlling access to other desktop applications and system components can be used in addition to using the Shell Launcher. These methods include, but are not limited to:
 >- [Group Policy](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=25250) - example: Prevent access to registry editing tools
@@ -31,30 +19,25 @@ Using Shell Launcher, you can configure a device that runs an application as the
 
 You can apply a custom shell through Shell Launcher [by using PowerShell](#configure-a-custom-shell-using-powershell). Starting with Windows 10 version 1803+, you can also [use mobile device management (MDM)](#configure-a-custom-shell-in-mdm) to apply a custom shell through Shell Launcher.
 
-
-## Differences between Shell Launcher v1 and Shell Launcher v2
-
-Shell Launcher v1 replaces `explorer.exe`, the default shell, with `eshell.exe` which can launch a Windows desktop application.
-
-Shell Launcher v2 replaces `explorer.exe` with `customshellhost.exe`. This new executable file can launch a Windows desktop application or a UWP app.
+Shell Launcher replaces `explorer.exe` with `customshellhost.exe`. This executable file can launch a Windows desktop application or a UWP app.
 
 In addition to allowing you to use a UWP app for your replacement shell, Shell Launcher v2 offers additional enhancements:
+
 - You can use a custom Windows desktop application that can then launch UWP apps, such as **Settings** and **Touch Keyboard**.
 - From a custom UWP shell, you can launch secondary views and run on multiple monitors.
-- The custom shell app runs in full screen, and can run other apps in full screen on user’s demand.
+- The custom shell app runs in full screen, and can run other apps in full screen on user's demand.
 
 For sample XML configurations for the different app combinations, see [Samples for Shell Launcher v2](https://github.com/Microsoft/Windows-iotcore-samples/tree/develop/Samples/ShellLauncherV2).
 
 ## Requirements
 
 >[!WARNING]
->- Windows 10 doesn’t support setting a custom shell prior to OOBE. If you do, you won’t be able to deploy the resulting image.
 >
->- Shell Launcher doesn't support a custom shell with an application that launches a different process and exits. For example, you cannot specify **write.exe** in Shell Launcher. Shell Launcher launches a custom shell and monitors the process to identify when the custom shell exits. **Write.exe** creates a 32-bit wordpad.exe process and exits. Because Shell Launcher is not aware of the newly created wordpad.exe process, Shell Launcher will take action based on the exit code of **Write.exe**, such as restarting the custom shell. 
+>- Windows 10 doesn't support setting a custom shell prior to OOBE. If you do, you won't be able to deploy the resulting image.
+>- Shell Launcher doesn't support a custom shell with an application that launches a different process and exits. For example, you cannot specify **write.exe** in Shell Launcher. Shell Launcher launches a custom shell and monitors the process to identify when the custom shell exits. **Write.exe** creates a 32-bit wordpad.exe process and exits. Because Shell Launcher is not aware of the newly created wordpad.exe process, Shell Launcher will take action based on the exit code of **Write.exe**, such as restarting the custom shell.
 
--   A domain, Microsoft Entra ID, or local user account.
-
--   A Windows application that is installed for that account. The app can be your own company application or a common app like Internet Explorer.
+- A domain, Microsoft Entra ID, or local user account.
+- A Windows application that is installed for that account. The app can be your own company application or a common app like Internet Explorer.
 
 [See the technical reference for the shell launcher component.](/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/shell-launcher)
 
@@ -65,23 +48,20 @@ To set a custom shell, you first turn on the Shell Launcher feature, and then yo
 **To turn on Shell Launcher in Windows features**
 
 1. Go to Control Panel > **Programs and features** > **Turn Windows features on or off**.
-
-2. Expand **Device Lockdown**.
-
-2. Select **Shell Launcher** and **OK**.
+1. Expand **Device Lockdown**.
+1. Select **Shell Launcher** and **OK**.
 
 Alternatively, you can turn on Shell Launcher using Windows Configuration Designer in a provisioning package, using `SMISettings > ShellLauncher`, or you can use the Deployment Image Servicing and Management (DISM.exe) tool.
 
 **To turn on Shell Launcher using DISM**
 
-1.  Open a command prompt as an administrator.
-2.  Enter the following command.
+1. Open a command prompt as an administrator.
+1. Enter the following command.
 
     ```
     Dism /online /Enable-Feature /all /FeatureName:Client-EmbeddedShellLauncher
     ```
 
-
 ## Configure a custom shell in MDM
 
 You can use XML and a [custom OMA-URI setting](#custom-oma-uri-setting) to configure Shell Launcher in MDM.
@@ -91,37 +71,37 @@ You can use XML and a [custom OMA-URI setting](#custom-oma-uri-setting) to confi
 The following XML sample works for **Shell Launcher v1**:
 
 ```xml
- 
- 
-   
-     
-       
-     
-   
+
+
+  
+    
+      
+    
+  
   
     
     
     
   
 
-``` 
+```
 
-For **Shell Launcher v2**, you can use UWP app type for `Shell` by specifying the v2 namespace, and use `v2:AppType` to specify the type, as shown in the following example. If `v2:AppType` is not specified, it implies the shell is Win32 app.
+For **Shell Launcher v2**, you can use UWP app type for `Shell` by specifying the v2 namespace, and use `v2:AppType` to specify the type, as shown in the following example. If `v2:AppType` isn't specified, it implies the shell is Win32 app.
 
 ```xml
- 
- 
-   
-     
-       
-         
-       
-     
-   
-   
+
+
+  
+    
+      
+        
+      
+    
+  
+  
 
-``` 
+```
 
 >[!TIP]
 >In the XML for Shell Launcher v2, note the **AllAppsFullScreen** attribute. When set to **True**, Shell Launcher will run every app in full screen, or maximized for desktop apps. When this attribute is set to **False** or not set, only the custom shell app runs in full screen; other apps launched by the user will run in windowed mode.
@@ -130,21 +110,21 @@ xmlns:v2="http://schemas.microsoft.com/ShellLauncher/2019/Configuration">
 
 ### Custom OMA-URI setting
 
-In your MDM service, you can create a [custom OMA-URI setting](/intune/custom-settings-windows-10) to configure Shell Launcher v1 or v2. (The [XML](#xml-for-shell-launcher-configuration) that you use for your setting will determine whether you apply Shell Launcher v1 or v2.)
+In your MDM service, you can create a [custom OMA-URI setting](/intune/custom-settings-windows-10) to configure Shell Launcher v1 or v1. (The [XML](#xml-for-shell-launcher-configuration) that you use for your setting determines whether you apply Shell Launcher v1 or v2.)
 
 The OMA-URI path is `./Device/Vendor/MSFT/AssignedAccess/ShellLauncher`.
 
-For the value, you can select data type `String` and paste the desired configuration file content into the value box. If you wish to upload the xml instead of pasting the content, choose data type `String (XML file)`. 
+For the value, you can select data type `String` and paste the desired configuration file content into the value box. If you wish to upload the xml instead of pasting the content, choose data type `String (XML file)`.
 
 ![Screenshot of custom OMA-URI settings.](images/slv2-oma-uri.png)
 
 After you configure the profile containing the custom Shell Launcher setting, select **All Devices** or selected groups of devices to apply the profile to. Don't assign the profile to users or user groups.
 
-## Configure a custom shell using PowerShell 
+## Configure a custom shell using PowerShell
 
 For scripts for Shell Launcher v2, see [Shell Launcher v2 Bridge WMI sample scripts](https://github.com/Microsoft/Windows-iotcore-samples/blob/develop/Samples/ShellLauncherV2/SampleBridgeWmiScripts/README.md).
 
-For Shell Launcher v1, modify the following PowerShell script as appropriate. The comments in the sample script explain the purpose of each section and tell you where you will want to change the script for your purposes. Save your script with the extension .ps1, open Windows PowerShell as administrator, and run the script on the kiosk device.
+For Shell Launcher v1, modify the following PowerShell script as appropriate. The comments in the sample script explain the purpose of each section and tell you where you'll want to change the script for your purposes. Save your script with the extension.ps1, open Windows PowerShell as administrator, and run the script on the kiosk device.
 
 ```powershell
 # Check if shell launcher license is enabled
@@ -157,29 +137,22 @@ using System.Runtime.InteropServices;
 static class CheckShellLauncherLicense
 {
     const int S_OK = 0;
-
     public static bool IsShellLauncherLicenseEnabled()
     {
         int enabled = 0;
-
         if (NativeMethods.SLGetWindowsInformationDWORD("EmbeddedFeature-ShellLauncher-Enabled", out enabled) != S_OK) {
             enabled = 0;
         }
-        
         return (enabled != 0);
     }
-
     static class NativeMethods
     {
         [DllImport("Slc.dll")]
         internal static extern int SLGetWindowsInformationDWORD([MarshalAs(UnmanagedType.LPWStr)]string valueName, out int value);
     }
-
 }
 "@
-
     $type = Add-Type -TypeDefinition $source -PassThru
-
     return $type[0]::IsShellLauncherLicenseEnabled()
 }
 
@@ -200,12 +173,12 @@ $NAMESPACE = "root\standardcimv2\embedded"
 try {
     $ShellLauncherClass = [wmiclass]"\\$COMPUTER\${NAMESPACE}:WESL_UserSetting"
     } catch [Exception] {
-    write-host $_.Exception.Message; 
+    write-host $_.Exception.Message;
+
     write-host "Make sure Shell Launcher feature is enabled"
     exit
     }
 
-
 # This well-known security identifier (SID) corresponds to the BUILTIN\Administrators group.
 
 $Admins_SID = "S-1-5-32-544"
@@ -218,7 +191,7 @@ function Get-UsernameSID($AccountName) {
     $NTUserSID = $NTUserObject.Translate([System.Security.Principal.SecurityIdentifier])
 
     return $NTUserSID.Value
-    
+
 }
 
 # Get the SID for a user account named "Cashier". Rename "Cashier" to an existing account on your system to test this script.
@@ -232,8 +205,7 @@ $restart_device = 1
 $shutdown_device = 2
 
 # Examples. You can change these examples to use the program that you want to use as the shell.
-
-# This example sets the command prompt as the default shell, and restarts the device if the command prompt is closed. 
+# This example sets the command prompt as the default shell, and restarts the device if the command prompt is closed.
 
 $ShellLauncherClass.SetDefaultShell("cmd.exe", $restart_device)
 
@@ -259,39 +231,36 @@ Get-WmiObject -namespace $NAMESPACE -computer $COMPUTER -class WESL_UserSetting
 # Enable Shell Launcher
 
 $ShellLauncherClass.SetEnabled($TRUE)
-
 $IsShellLauncherEnabled = $ShellLauncherClass.IsEnabled()
-
 "`nEnabled is set to " + $IsShellLauncherEnabled.Enabled
 
 # Remove the new custom shells.
 
 $ShellLauncherClass.RemoveCustomShell($Admins_SID)
-
 $ShellLauncherClass.RemoveCustomShell($Cashier_SID)
 
 # Disable Shell Launcher
 
 $ShellLauncherClass.SetEnabled($FALSE)
-
 $IsShellLauncherEnabled = $ShellLauncherClass.IsEnabled()
-
 "`nEnabled is set to " + $IsShellLauncherEnabled.Enabled
 ```
 
 ## default action, custom action, exit code
-Shell launcher defines 4 actions to handle app exits, you can customize shell launcher and use these actions based on different exit code.
 
-Value|Description
---- | ---
-0|Restart the shell
-1|Restart the device
-2|Shut down the device
-3|Do nothing
+Shell launcher defines four actions to handle app exits, you can customize shell launcher and use these actions based on different exit code.
 
-These action can be used as default action, or can be mapped to a specific exit code. Refer to [Shell Launcher](/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/wesl-usersettingsetcustomshell) to see how these codes with Shell Launcher WMI.
+| Value | Description |
+|--|--|
+| 0 | Restart the shell |
+| 1 | Restart the device |
+| 2 | Shut down the device |
+| 3 | Do nothing |
+
+These actions can be used as default action, or can be mapped to a specific exit code. Refer to [Shell Launcher](/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/wesl-usersettingsetcustomshell) to see how these codes with Shell Launcher WMI.
+
+To configure these actions with Shell Launcher CSP, use below syntax in the shell launcher configuration xml. You can specify at most four custom actions mapping to four exit codes, and one default action for all other exit codes. When app exits and if the exit code is not found in the custom action mapping, or there is no default action defined, it will be no-op, i.e. nothing happens. So it's recommended to at least define DefaultAction. [Get XML examples for different Shell Launcher v2 configurations.](https://github.com/Microsoft/Windows-iotcore-samples/tree/develop/Samples/ShellLauncherV2)
 
-To configure these action with Shell Launcher CSP, use below syntax in the shell launcher configuration xml. You can specify at most 4 custom actions mapping to 4 exit codes, and one default action for all other exit codes. When app exits and if the exit code is not found in the custom action mapping, or there is no default action defined, it will be no-op, i.e. nothing happens. So it's recommended to at least define DefaultAction. [Get XML examples for different Shell Launcher v2 configurations.](https://github.com/Microsoft/Windows-iotcore-samples/tree/develop/Samples/ShellLauncherV2)
 ``` xml
 
     
diff --git a/windows/configuration/kiosk-single-app.md b/windows/configuration/kiosk/kiosk-single-app.md
similarity index 78%
rename from windows/configuration/kiosk-single-app.md
rename to windows/configuration/kiosk/kiosk-single-app.md
index 0218a198e2..688758b856 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/kiosk-single-app.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/kiosk/kiosk-single-app.md
@@ -1,9 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: Set up a single-app kiosk on Windows
 description: A single-use device is easy to set up in Windows Pro, Enterprise, and Education editions.
-ms.reviewer: sybruckm
-ms.author: lizlong
-author: lizgt2000
 ms.topic: article
 ms.collection:
  - tier1
@@ -11,13 +8,7 @@ ms.date: 07/12/2023
 ---
 
 
-# Set up a single-app kiosk on Windows 10/11
-
-
-**Applies to**
-
-- Windows 10 Pro, Enterprise, and Education
-- Windows 11
+# Set up a single-app kiosk
 
 A single-app kiosk uses the Assigned Access feature to run a single app above the lock screen. When the kiosk account signs in, the app is launched automatically. The person using the kiosk cannot do anything on the device outside of the kiosk app.
 
@@ -28,30 +19,30 @@ A single-app kiosk uses the Assigned Access feature to run a single app above th
 >
 >Kiosk mode is not supported over a remote desktop connection. Your kiosk users must sign in on the physical device that is set up as a kiosk. Apps that run in kiosk mode cannot use copy and paste.
 
-You have several options for configuring your single-app kiosk. 
+You have several options for configuring your single-app kiosk.
 
-- [Locally, in Settings](#local):  The **Set up a kiosk** (previously named **Set up assigned access**) option in **Settings** is a quick and easy method to set up a single device as a kiosk for a local standard user account. 
+- Locally, in Settings:  The **Set up a kiosk** (previously named **Set up assigned access**) option in **Settings** is a quick and easy method to set up a single device as a kiosk for a local standard user account.
 
   This option supports:
 
   - Windows 10 Pro, Enterprise, and Education
   - Windows 11
 
-- [PowerShell](#powershell): You can use Windows PowerShell cmdlets to set up a single-app kiosk. First, you need to [create the user account](https://support.microsoft.com/help/4026923/windows-create-a-local-user-or-administrator-account-in-windows-10) on the device and install the kiosk app for that account.
+- PowerShell: You can use Windows PowerShell cmdlets to set up a single-app kiosk. First, you need to [create the user account](https://support.microsoft.com/help/4026923/windows-create-a-local-user-or-administrator-account-in-windows-10) on the device and install the kiosk app for that account.
 
   This option supports:
 
   - Windows 10 Pro, Enterprise, and Education
   - Windows 11
 
-- [The kiosk wizard in Windows Configuration Designer](#wizard): Windows Configuration Designer is a tool that produces a *provisioning package*. A provisioning package includes configuration settings that can be applied to one or more devices during the first-run experience (OOBE), or after OOBE is done (runtime). Using the kiosk wizard, you can also create the kiosk user account, install the kiosk app, and configure more useful settings.
+- The kiosk wizard in Windows Configuration Designer: Windows Configuration Designer is a tool that produces a *provisioning package*. A provisioning package includes configuration settings that can be applied to one or more devices during the first-run experience (OOBE), or after OOBE is done (runtime). Using the kiosk wizard, you can also create the kiosk user account, install the kiosk app, and configure more useful settings.
 
   This option supports:
 
   - Windows 10 Pro version 1709+, Enterprise, and Education
   - Windows 11
 
-- [Microsoft Intune or other mobile device management (MDM) provider](#mdm): For devices managed by your organization, you can use MDM to set up a kiosk configuration.
+- Microsoft Intune or other mobile device management (MDM) provider: For devices managed by your organization, you can use MDM to set up a kiosk configuration.
 
   This option supports:
 
@@ -59,26 +50,27 @@ You have several options for configuring your single-app kiosk.
   - Windows 11
 
 > [!TIP]
-> You can also configure a kiosk account and app for single-app kiosk within [XML in a provisioning package](lock-down-windows-10-to-specific-apps.md) by using a [kiosk profile](lock-down-windows-10-to-specific-apps.md#profile).  
+> You can also configure a kiosk account and app for single-app kiosk within [XML in a provisioning package](lock-down-windows-10-to-specific-apps.md) by using a [kiosk profile](lock-down-windows-10-to-specific-apps.md#profile).
+
 >
 > Be sure to check the [configuration recommendations](kiosk-prepare.md) before you set up your kiosk.
 
-
-
-
 ## Set up a kiosk in local Settings
 
->App type: 
-> - UWP
->
->OS:
-> - Windows 10 Pro, Ent, Edu
-> - Windows 11
->
->Account type:
-> - Local standard user
+App type:
 
-You can use **Settings** to quickly configure one or a few devices as a kiosk. 
+- UWP
+
+OS:
+
+- Windows 10 Pro, Ent, Edu
+- Windows 11
+
+Account type:
+
+- Local standard user
+
+You can use **Settings** to quickly configure one or a few devices as a kiosk.
 
 When your kiosk is a local device that isn't managed by Active Directory or Microsoft Entra ID, there is a default setting that enables automatic sign-in after a restart. That means that when the device restarts, the last signed-in user will be signed in automatically. If the last signed-in user is the kiosk account, the kiosk app will be launched automatically after the device restarts.
 
@@ -92,73 +84,67 @@ When your kiosk is a local device that isn't managed by Active Directory or Micr
 
 When you set up a kiosk (also known as *assigned access*) in **Settings** for Windows client, you create the kiosk user account at the same time. To set up assigned access in PC settings:
 
-1.  Open the **Settings** app > **Accounts**. Select **Other users** or **Family and other users**.
+Open the **Settings** app > **Accounts**. Select **Other users** or **Family and other users**.
 
-2.  Select **Set up a kiosk > Assigned access**, and then select **Get started**.
+1. Select **Set up a kiosk > Assigned access**, and then select **Get started**.
 
-3.  Enter a name for the new account. 
+1. Enter a name for the new account.
 
     >[!NOTE]
     >If there are any local standard user accounts on the device already, the **Create an account** page will offer the option to **Choose an existing account**.
 
-4.  Choose the app that will run when the kiosk account signs in. Only apps that can run above the lock screen will be available in the list of apps to choose from. For more information, see [Guidelines for choosing an app for assigned access](guidelines-for-assigned-access-app.md). If you select **Microsoft Edge** as the kiosk app, you configure the following options:
+1. Choose the app that will run when the kiosk account signs in. Only apps that can run above the lock screen will be available in the list of apps to choose from. For more information, see [Guidelines for choosing an app for assigned access](guidelines-for-assigned-access-app.md). If you select **Microsoft Edge** as the kiosk app, you configure the following options:
 
     - Whether Microsoft Edge should display your website full-screen (digital sign) or with some browser controls available (public browser)
     - Which URL should be displayed when the kiosk accounts signs in
     - When Microsoft Edge should restart after a period of inactivity (if you select to run as a public browser)
 
-5.  Select **Close**.
+1. Select **Close**.
 
 To remove assigned access, select the account tile on the **Set up a kiosk** page, and then select **Remove kiosk**.
 
-
 ### Windows 10 version 1803 and earlier
 
 When you set up a kiosk (also known as *assigned access*) in **Settings** for Windows 10 version 1803 and earlier, you must select an existing local standard user account. [Learn how to create a local standard user account.](https://support.microsoft.com/help/4026923/windows-create-a-local-user-or-administrator-account-in-windows-10)
 
 ![The Set up assigned access page in Settings.](images/kiosk-settings.png)
 
-**To set up assigned access in PC settings**
-
-1.  Go to **Start** > **Settings** > **Accounts** > **Other people**.
-
-2.  Select **Set up assigned access**.
-
-3.  Choose an account.
-
-4.  Choose an app. Only apps that can run above the lock screen will be available in the list of apps to choose from. For more information, see [Guidelines for choosing an app for assigned access](guidelines-for-assigned-access-app.md).
-
-5.  Close **Settings** – your choices are saved automatically, and will be applied the next time that user account signs in.
+To set up assigned access in PC settings:
 
+1. Go to **Start** > **Settings** > **Accounts** > **Other people**.
+1. Select **Set up assigned access**.
+1. Choose an account.
+1. Choose an app. Only apps that can run above the lock screen will be available in the list of apps to choose from. For more information, see [Guidelines for choosing an app for assigned access](guidelines-for-assigned-access-app.md).
+1. Close **Settings** - your choices are saved automatically, and will be applied the next time that user account signs in.
 To remove assigned access, choose **Turn off assigned access and sign out of the selected account**.
 
-
-
 ## Set up a kiosk using Windows PowerShell
 
- 
->App type: 
-> - UWP
->
->OS: 
-> - Windows 10 Pro, Ent, Edu
-> - Windows 11
->
->Account type: 
-> - Local standard user
+App type:
+
+- UWP
+
+OS:
+
+- Windows 10 Pro, Ent, Edu
+- Windows 11
+
+Account type:
+
+- Local standard user
 
 ![PowerShell windows displaying Set-AssignedAccess cmdlet.](images/set-assignedaccess.png)
 
-You can use any of the following PowerShell cmdlets to set up assigned access on multiple devices. 
+You can use any of the following PowerShell cmdlets to set up assigned access on multiple devices.
 
 Before you run the cmdlet:
 
 1. Sign in as administrator.
-2. [Create the user account](https://support.microsoft.com/help/4026923/windows-create-a-local-user-or-administrator-account-in-windows-10) for Assigned Access.
-3. Sign in as the Assigned Access user account.
-4. Install the Universal Windows app that follows the assigned access/above the lock guidelines.
-5. Sign out as the Assigned Access user account.
-6. Sign in as administrator.
+1. [Create the user account](https://support.microsoft.com/help/4026923/windows-create-a-local-user-or-administrator-account-in-windows-10) for Assigned Access.
+1. Sign in as the Assigned Access user account.
+1. Install the Universal Windows app that follows the assigned access/above the lock guidelines.
+1. Sign out as the Assigned Access user account.
+1. Sign in as administrator.
 
 To open PowerShell on Windows client, search for PowerShell, and find **Windows PowerShell Desktop app** in the results. Run PowerShell as administrator.
 
@@ -168,7 +154,7 @@ To open PowerShell on Windows client, search for PowerShell, and find **Windows
 - **Configure assigned access by app name and user SID**: `Set-AssignedAccess -AppName  -UserSID `
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> To set up assigned access using `-AppName`, the user account that you enter for assigned access must have signed in at least once. 
+> To set up assigned access using `-AppName`, the user account that you enter for assigned access must have signed in at least once.
 
 [Learn how to get the AUMID](./find-the-application-user-model-id-of-an-installed-app.md).
 
@@ -180,32 +166,32 @@ To remove assigned access, using PowerShell, run the following cmdlet:
 Clear-AssignedAccess
 ```
 
-
-
 ## Set up a kiosk using the kiosk wizard in Windows Configuration Designer
 
->App type:
-> - UWP 
-> - Windows desktop application
->
->OS:
-> - Windows 10 Pro version 1709+ for UWP only
-> - Windows 10 Ent, Edu for UWP and Windows desktop applications
-> - Windows 11
->
->Account type:
-> - Local standard user
-> - Active Directory 
+App type:
+
+- UWP
+- Windows desktop application
+
+OS:
+
+- Windows 10 Pro version 1709+ for UWP only
+- Windows 10 Ent, Edu for UWP and Windows desktop applications
+- Windows 11
+
+Account type:
+
+- Local standard user
+- Active Directory
 
 ![Kiosk wizard option in Windows Configuration Designer.](images/kiosk-wizard.png)
 
-
 >[!IMPORTANT]
 >When Exchange Active Sync (EAS) password restrictions are active on the device, the autologon feature does not work. This behavior is by design. For more informations, see [How to turn on automatic logon in Windows](/troubleshoot/windows-server/user-profiles-and-logon/turn-on-automatic-logon).
 
 When you use the **Provision kiosk devices** wizard in Windows Configuration Designer, you can configure the kiosk to run either a Universal Windows app or a Windows desktop application.
 
-[Install Windows Configuration Designer](provisioning-packages/provisioning-install-icd.md), then open Windows Configuration Designer and select **Provision kiosk devices**. After you name your project, and select **Next**, configure the following settings:
+[Install Windows Configuration Designer](../provisioning-packages/provisioning-install-icd.md), then open Windows Configuration Designer and select **Provision kiosk devices**. After you name your project, and select **Next**, configure the following settings:
 
 1. Enable device setup:
 
@@ -218,7 +204,7 @@ When you use the **Provision kiosk devices** wizard in Windows Configuration Des
     - **Configure devices for shared use**: This setting optimizes Windows client for shared use scenarios, and isn't necessary for a kiosk scenario. Set this value to **No**, which may be the default.
     - **Remove pre-installed software**: Optional. Select **Yes** if you want to remove preinstalled software.
 
-2. Set up the network:
+1. Set up the network:
 
     :::image type="content" source="images/set-up-network-details.png" alt-text="In Windows Configuration Designer, turn on wireless connectivity, enter the network SSID, and network type.":::
 
@@ -228,7 +214,7 @@ When you use the **Provision kiosk devices** wizard in Windows Configuration Des
     - **Network SSID**: Enter the Service Set Identifier (SSID) of the network.
     - **Network type**: Select **Open** or **WPA2-Personal**. If you select **WPA2-Personal**, enter the password for the wireless network.
 
-3. Enable account management:
+1. Enable account management:
 
     :::image type="content" source="images/account-management-details.png" alt-text="In Windows Configuration Designer, join Active Directory, Microsoft Entra ID, or create a local admin account.":::
 
@@ -244,21 +230,21 @@ When you use the **Provision kiosk devices** wizard in Windows Configuration Des
 
       - **Local administrator**: If you select this option, enter a user name and password. If you create a local account in the provisioning package, you must change the password using the **Settings** app every 42 days. If the password isn't changed during that period, the account might be locked out, and unable to sign in.
 
-4. Add applications:
+1. Add applications:
 
     :::image type="content" source="images/add-applications-details.png" alt-text="In Windows Configuration Designer, add an application that will run in kiosk mode.":::
 
-    To add applications to the devices, select **Add applications**. You can install multiple applications in a provisioning package, including Windows desktop applications (Win32) and Universal Windows Platform (UWP) apps. The settings in this step vary depending on the application you select. For help with the settings, see [Provision PCs with apps](provisioning-packages/provision-pcs-with-apps.md).
+    To add applications to the devices, select **Add applications**. You can install multiple applications in a provisioning package, including Windows desktop applications (Win32) and Universal Windows Platform (UWP) apps. The settings in this step vary depending on the application you select. For help with the settings, see [Provision PCs with apps](../provisioning-packages/provision-pcs-with-apps.md).
 
     > [!WARNING]
     > If you select the plus button to add an application, you must enter an application for the provisioning package to validate. If you select the plus button by mistake, then:
     >
     > 1. In **Installer Path**, select any executable file.
-    > 2. When the **Cancel** button shows, select it.
+    > 1. When the **Cancel** button shows, select it.
     >
     > These steps let you complete the provisioning package without adding an application.
 
-5. Add certificates:
+1. Add certificates:
 
     :::image type="content" source="images/add-certificates-details.png" alt-text="In Windows Configuration Designer, add a certificate.":::
 
@@ -267,7 +253,7 @@ When you use the **Provision kiosk devices** wizard in Windows Configuration Des
     - **Certificate name**: Enter a name for the certificate.
     - **Certificate path**: Browse and select the certificate you want to add.
 
-6. Configure the kiosk account, and the kiosk mode app:
+1. Configure the kiosk account, and the kiosk mode app:
 
     :::image type="content" source="images/kiosk-account-details.png" alt-text="In Windows Configuration Designer, the Configure kiosk common settings button is shown when provisioning a kiosk device.":::
 
@@ -279,7 +265,7 @@ When you use the **Provision kiosk devices** wizard in Windows Configuration Des
       - **Windows desktop application**: Enter the path or filename. If the file path is in the PATH environment variable, then you can use the filename. Otherwise, the full path is required.
       - **Universal Windows app**: Enter the AUMID.
 
-7. Configure kiosk common settings:
+1. Configure kiosk common settings:
 
     :::image type="content" source="images/kiosk-common-details.png" alt-text="In Windows Configuration Designer, set tablet mode, configure the welcome and shutdown screens, and turn off the power timeout settings.":::
 
@@ -289,7 +275,7 @@ When you use the **Provision kiosk devices** wizard in Windows Configuration Des
     - **Customize user experience**
     - **Configure power settings**
 
-8. Finish:
+1. Finish:
 
     :::image type="content" source="images/finish-details.png" alt-text="In Windows Configuration Designer, protect your package with a password.":::
 
@@ -298,37 +284,36 @@ When you use the **Provision kiosk devices** wizard in Windows Configuration Des
     - **Protect your package**: Select **Yes** to password protect your provisioning package. When you apply the provisioning package to a device, you must enter this password.
 
 >[!NOTE]
->If you want to use [the advanced editor in Windows Configuration Designer](provisioning-packages/provisioning-create-package.md#configure-settings), specify the user account and app (by AUMID) in **Runtime settings** > **AssignedAccess** > **AssignedAccessSettings**
+>If you want to use [the advanced editor in Windows Configuration Designer](../provisioning-packages/provisioning-create-package.md#configure-settings), specify the user account and app (by AUMID) in **Runtime settings** > **AssignedAccess** > **AssignedAccessSettings**
 
 >[!IMPORTANT]
 >When you build a provisioning package, you may include sensitive information in the project files and in the provisioning package (.ppkg) file. Although you have the option to encrypt the .ppkg file, project files are not encrypted. You should store the project files in a secure location and delete the project files when they are no longer needed.
 
-[Learn how to apply a provisioning package.](provisioning-packages/provisioning-apply-package.md)
-
-
+[Learn how to apply a provisioning package.](../provisioning-packages/provisioning-apply-package.md)
 
 ## Set up a kiosk or digital sign using Microsoft Intune or other MDM service
 
->App type: 
-> - UWP
->
->OS: 
-> - Windows 10 Pro version 1709+, Ent, Edu
-> - Windows 11
->
->Account type:
-> - Local standard user
-> - Microsoft Entra ID
+App type:
+
+- UWP
+
+OS:
+
+- Windows 10 Pro version 1709+, Ent, Edu
+- Windows 11
+
+Account type:
+
+- Local standard user
+- Microsoft Entra ID
 
 Microsoft Intune and other MDM services enable kiosk configuration through the [AssignedAccess configuration service provider (CSP)](/windows/client-management/mdm/assignedaccess-csp). Assigned Access has a `KioskModeApp` setting. In the `KioskModeApp` setting, you enter the user account name and the [AUMID](/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/find-the-application-user-model-id-of-an-installed-app) for the app to run in kiosk mode.
 
 >[!TIP]
->A ShellLauncher node has been added to the [AssignedAccess CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/assignedaccess-csp). 
+>A ShellLauncher node has been added to the [AssignedAccess CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/assignedaccess-csp).
 
 To configure a kiosk in Microsoft Intune, see [Windows client and Windows Holographic for Business device settings to run as a dedicated kiosk using Intune](/intune/kiosk-settings). For other MDM services, see the documentation for your provider.
 
-
-
 ## Sign out of assigned access
 
 To exit the assigned access (kiosk) app, press **Ctrl + Alt + Del**, and then sign in using another account. When you press **Ctrl + Alt + Del** to sign out of assigned access, the kiosk app will exit automatically. If you sign in again as the assigned access account or wait for the sign in screen timeout, the kiosk app relaunches. The assigned access user will remain signed in until an admin account opens **Task Manager** > **Users** and signs out the user account.
diff --git a/windows/configuration/kiosk-validate.md b/windows/configuration/kiosk/kiosk-validate.md
similarity index 66%
rename from windows/configuration/kiosk-validate.md
rename to windows/configuration/kiosk/kiosk-validate.md
index 7ab28c7741..eb3259d185 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/kiosk-validate.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/kiosk/kiosk-validate.md
@@ -1,58 +1,49 @@
 ---
-title: Validate kiosk configuration (Windows 10/11)
-description: In this article, learn what to expect on a multi-app kiosk in Windows 10/11 Pro, Enterprise, and Education.
-ms.reviewer: sybruckm
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: lizlong
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: lizgt2000
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
+title: Validate kiosk configuration
+description: In this article, learn what to expect on a multi-app kiosk in Windows 10/11 Pro, Enterprise, and Education.
+
 ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
 ms.date: 12/31/2017
 ---
 
 # Validate kiosk configuration
 
-
-**Applies to**
-
-- Windows 10 Pro, Enterprise, and Education
-- Windows 11
-
 To identify the provisioning packages applied to a device, go to **Settings** > **Accounts** > **Access work or school**, and then click **Add or remove a provisioning package**. You should see a list of packages that were applied to the device.
 
 Optionally, run Event Viewer (eventvwr.exe) and look through logs under **Applications and Services Logs** > **Microsoft** > **Windows** > **Provisioning-Diagnostics-Provider** > **Admin**.
 
-To test the kiosk, sign in with the assigned access user account you specified in the configuration to check out the multi-app experience. 
+To test the kiosk, sign in with the assigned access user account you specified in the configuration to check out the multi-app experience.
 
 >[!NOTE]
->The kiosk configuration setting will take effect the next time the assigned access user signs in. If that user account is signed in when you apply the configuration, make sure the user signs out and signs back in to validate the experience. 
+>The kiosk configuration setting will take effect the next time the assigned access user signs in. If that user account is signed in when you apply the configuration, make sure the user signs out and signs back in to validate the experience.
 
 The following sections explain what to expect on a multi-app kiosk.
 
 ### App launching and switching experience
 
-In the multi-app mode, to maximize the user productivity and streamline the experience, an app will be always launched in full screen when the users click the tile on the Start. The users can minimize and close the app, but cannot resize the app window.  
+In the multi-app mode, to maximize the user productivity and streamline the experience, an app will be always launched in full screen when the users click the tile on the Start. The users can minimize and close the app, but cannot resize the app window.
 
-The users can switch apps just as they do today in Windows. They can use the Task View button, Alt + Tab hotkey, and the swipe in from the left gesture to view all the open apps in task view. They can click the Windows button to show Start, from which they can open apps, and they can switch to an opened app by clicking it on the taskbar. 
+The users can switch apps just as they do today in Windows. They can use the Task View button, Alt + Tab hotkey, and the swipe in from the left gesture to view all the open apps in task view. They can click the Windows button to show Start, from which they can open apps, and they can switch to an opened app by clicking it on the taskbar.
 
 ### Start changes
 
 When the assigned access user signs in, you should see a restricted Start experience:
-- Start gets launched in full screen and prevents the end user from accessing the desktop. 
-- Start shows the layout aligned with what you defined in the multi-app configuration XML. 
+- Start gets launched in full screen and prevents the end user from accessing the desktop.
+
+- Start shows the layout aligned with what you defined in the multi-app configuration XML.
+
 - Start prevents the end user from changing the tile layout.
   - The user cannot resize, reposition, and unpin the tiles.
   - The user cannot pin additional tiles on the start.
 - Start hides **All Apps** list.
-- Start hides all the folders on Start (including File Explorer, Settings, Documents, Downloads, Music, Pictures, Videos, HomeGroup, Network, and Personal folders). 
-- Only **User** and **Power** buttons are available. (You can control whether to show the **User/Power** buttons using [existing policies](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start).) 
+- Start hides all the folders on Start (including File Explorer, Settings, Documents, Downloads, Music, Pictures, Videos, HomeGroup, Network, and Personal folders).
+- Only **User** and **Power** buttons are available. (You can control whether to show the **User/Power** buttons using [existing policies](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start).)
 - Start hides **Change account settings** option under **User** button.
 
 ### Taskbar changes
 
 If the applied multi-app configuration enables taskbar, when the assigned access user signs in, you should see a restricted Taskbar experience:
+
 - Disables context menu of Start button (Quick Link)
 - Disables context menu of taskbar
 - Prevents the end user from changing the taskbar
@@ -62,33 +53,31 @@ If the applied multi-app configuration enables taskbar, when the assigned access
 
 ### Blocked hotkeys
 
-The multi-app mode blocks the following hotkeys, which are not relevant for the lockdown experience. 
+The multi-app mode blocks the following hotkeys, which are not relevant for the lockdown experience.
 
 | Hotkey | Action |
 | --- | --- |
-| Windows logo key  + A	 | Open Action center |
-| Windows logo key  + Shift + C |	Open Cortana in listening mode |
-| Windows logo key  + D	| Display and hide the desktop |
-| Windows logo key  + Alt + D	| Display and hide the date and time on the desktop |
-| Windows logo key  + E	| Open File Explorer |
-| Windows logo key  + F |	Open Feedback Hub |
-| Windows logo key  + G	| Open Game bar when a game is open |
-| Windows logo key  + I	| Open Settings |
-| Windows logo key  + J |	Set focus to a Windows tip when one is available. |
-| Windows logo key  + O	| Lock device orientation |
-| Windows logo key  + Q	 | Open search |
-| Windows logo key  + R	| Open the Run dialog box |
-| Windows logo key  + S	| Open search |
-| Windows logo key  + X	| Open the Quick Link menu |
-| Windows logo key  + comma (,) |	Temporarily peek at the desktop |
-| Windows logo key  + Ctrl + F |	Search for PCs (if you're on a network) |
-
-
+| Windows logo key  + A     | Open Action center |
+| Windows logo key  + Shift + C |    Open Cortana in listening mode |
+| Windows logo key  + D    | Display and hide the desktop |
+| Windows logo key  + Alt + D    | Display and hide the date and time on the desktop |
+| Windows logo key  + E    | Open File Explorer |
+| Windows logo key  + F |    Open Feedback Hub |
+| Windows logo key  + G    | Open Game bar when a game is open |
+| Windows logo key  + I    | Open Settings |
+| Windows logo key  + J |    Set focus to a Windows tip when one is available. |
+| Windows logo key  + O    | Lock device orientation |
+| Windows logo key  + Q     | Open search |
+| Windows logo key  + R    | Open the Run dialog box |
+| Windows logo key  + S    | Open search |
+| Windows logo key  + X    | Open the Quick Link menu |
+| Windows logo key  + comma (,) |    Temporarily peek at the desktop |
+| Windows logo key  + Ctrl + F |    Search for PCs (if you're on a network) |
 
 ### Locked-down Ctrl+Alt+Del screen
 
-The multi-app mode removes options (e.g. **Change a password**, **Task Manager**, **Network**) in the Ctrl+Alt+Del screen to ensure the users cannot access the functionalities that are not allowed in the lockdown experience. 
+The multi-app mode removes options (e.g. **Change a password**, **Task Manager**, **Network**) in the Ctrl+Alt+Del screen to ensure the users cannot access the functionalities that are not allowed in the lockdown experience.
 
 ### Auto-trigger touch keyboard
 
-In the multi-app mode, the touch keyboard will be automatically triggered when there is an input needed and no physical keyboard is attached on touch-enabled devices. You don’t need to configure any other setting to enforce this behavior.
+In the multi-app mode, the touch keyboard will be automatically triggered when there is an input needed and no physical keyboard is attached on touch-enabled devices. You don't need to configure any other setting to enforce this behavior.
diff --git a/windows/configuration/kiosk-xml.md b/windows/configuration/kiosk/kiosk-xml.md
similarity index 99%
rename from windows/configuration/kiosk-xml.md
rename to windows/configuration/kiosk/kiosk-xml.md
index d4525a15f4..dc2c2a62b2 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/kiosk-xml.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/kiosk/kiosk-xml.md
@@ -1,25 +1,13 @@
 ---
-title: Assigned Access configuration kiosk XML reference (Windows 10/11)
+title: Assigned Access configuration kiosk XML reference
 description: Learn about the assigned access configuration (kiosk) for XML and XSD for kiosk device configuration in Windows 10/11.
-ms.reviewer: sybruckm
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: lizgt2000
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: lizlong
+
 ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
 ms.date: 12/31/2017
 ---
 
 # Assigned Access configuration (kiosk) XML reference
 
-
-**Applies to**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 11
-
 ## Full XML sample
 
 >[!NOTE]
@@ -27,7 +15,8 @@ ms.date: 12/31/2017
 
 ```xml
 
-
@@ -60,7 +49,8 @@ ms.date: 12/31/2017
                               
                               
                               
@@ -140,6 +130,7 @@ ms.date: 12/31/2017
     
 
 ```
+
 ## Kiosk only sample XML
 
 ```xml
@@ -193,7 +184,8 @@ This sample demonstrates that both UWP and Win32 apps can be configured to autom
                               
                               
                               
@@ -252,6 +244,7 @@ This sample demonstrates that both UWP and Win32 apps can be configured to autom
 ```
 
 ## Microsoft Edge Kiosk XML Sample
+
 ```xml
 
 
   
-          
+    
+
         
         
     
@@ -312,7 +306,8 @@ This sample demonstrates that only a global profile is used, with no active user
                               
                               
                               
@@ -336,6 +331,7 @@ This sample demonstrates that only a global profile is used, with no active user
 ```
 
 Below sample shows dedicated profile and global profile mixed usage, a user would use one profile, everyone else that's non-admin will use another profile.
+
 ```xml
 
 
                               
                               
@@ -420,6 +417,7 @@ Below sample shows dedicated profile and global profile mixed usage, a user woul
 ```
 
 ## Folder Access sample xml
+
 Starting with Windows 10 version 1809 +, folder access is locked down so that when common file dialog is opened, IT Admin can specify if the user has access to the Downloads folder, or no access to any folder at all. This restriction has been redesigned for finer granularity and easier use, and is available in Windows 10 version 2009+.
 
 IT Admin now can specify user access to Downloads folder, Removable drives, or no restrictions at all. Downloads and Removable Drives can be allowed at the same time.
@@ -656,7 +654,6 @@ IT Admin now can specify user access to Downloads folder, Removable drives, or n
     
 
 
-
 ```
 
 ## XSD for AssignedAccess configuration XML
@@ -755,7 +752,7 @@ The following XML schema is for AssignedAccess Configuration up to Windows 10, v
         
         
     
-    
+
     
         
         
@@ -930,7 +927,7 @@ The following XML is the schema for Windows 10 version 1909+:
     
         
     
-  
+
     
     
     
diff --git a/windows/configuration/lock-down-windows-10-applocker.md b/windows/configuration/kiosk/lock-down-windows-10-applocker.md
similarity index 58%
rename from windows/configuration/lock-down-windows-10-applocker.md
rename to windows/configuration/kiosk/lock-down-windows-10-applocker.md
index 0b37ec1768..2781e1b640 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/lock-down-windows-10-applocker.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/kiosk/lock-down-windows-10-applocker.md
@@ -1,30 +1,20 @@
 ---
-title: Use AppLocker to create a Windows 10 kiosk that runs multiple apps (Windows 10)
-description: Learn how to use AppLocker to configure a kiosk device running Windows 10 Enterprise or Windows 10 Education so that users can only run a few specific apps.
-ms.reviewer: sybruckm
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: lizgt2000
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
+title: Use AppLocker to create a Windows 10 kiosk that runs multiple apps
+description: Learn how to use AppLocker to configure a kiosk device running Windows 10 Enterprise or Windows 10 Education so that users can only run a few specific apps.
+appliesto:
+- ✅ Windows 10
 ms.date: 07/30/2018
-ms.author: lizlong
 ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
 ---
 
 # Use AppLocker to create a Windows 10 kiosk that runs multiple apps
 
-
-**Applies to**
-
--   Windows 10
-
-Learn how to configure a device running Windows 10 Enterprise or Windows 10 Education, version 1703 and earlier, so that users can only run a few specific apps. The result is similar to [a kiosk device](./kiosk-methods.md), but with multiple apps available. For example, you might set up a library computer so that users can search the catalog and browse the Internet, but can't run any other apps or change computer settings.
+Learn how to configure a device running Windows 10 Enterprise or Windows 10 Education, version 1703 and earlier, so that users can only run a few specific apps. The result is similar to [a kiosk device](./kiosk-methods.md), but with multiple apps available. For example, you might set up a library computer so that users can search the catalog and browse the Internet, but can't run any other apps or change computer settings.
 
 >[!NOTE]
 >For devices running Windows 10, version 1709, we recommend the [multi-app kiosk method](lock-down-windows-10-to-specific-apps.md).
 
-You can restrict users to a specific set of apps on a device running Windows 10 Enterprise or Windows 10 Education by using [AppLocker](/windows/device-security/applocker/applocker-overview). AppLocker rules specify which apps are allowed to run on the device.
+You can restrict users to a specific set of apps on a device running Windows 10 Enterprise or Windows 10 Education by using [AppLocker](/windows/device-security/applocker/applocker-overview). AppLocker rules specify which apps are allowed to run on the device.
 
 AppLocker rules are organized into collections based on file format. If no AppLocker rules for a specific rule collection exist, all files with that file format are allowed to run. However, when an AppLocker rule for a specific rule collection is created, only the files explicitly allowed in a rule are permitted to run. For more information, see [How AppLocker works](/windows/device-security/applocker/how-applocker-works-techref).
 
@@ -34,87 +24,74 @@ This topic describes how to lock down apps on a local device. You can also use A
 
 ## Install apps
 
-
 First, install the desired apps on the device for the target user account(s). This works for both Unified Windows Platform (UWP) apps and Windows desktop apps. For UWP apps, you must log on as that user for the app to install. For desktop apps, you can install an app for all users without logging on to the particular account.
 
 ## Use AppLocker to set rules for apps
 
-
 After you install the desired apps, set up AppLocker rules to only allow specific apps, and block everything else.
 
-1.  Run Local Security Policy (secpol.msc) as an administrator.
-
-2.  Go to **Security Settings** > **Application Control Policies** > **AppLocker**, and select **Configure rule enforcement**.
+1. Run Local Security Policy (secpol.msc) as an administrator.
+1. Go to **Security Settings** > **Application Control Policies** > **AppLocker**, and select **Configure rule enforcement**.
 
     ![configure rule enforcement.](images/apprule.png)
 
-3.  Check **Configured** under **Executable rules**, and then click **OK**.
-
-4.  Right-click **Executable Rules** and then click **Automatically generate rules**.
+1. Check **Configured** under **Executable rules**, and then click **OK**.
+1. Right-click **Executable Rules** and then click **Automatically generate rules**.
 
     ![automatically generate rules.](images/genrule.png)
 
-5.  Select the folder that contains the apps that you want to permit, or select C:\\ to analyze all apps.
-
-6.  Type a name to identify this set of rules, and then click **Next**.
-
-7.  On the **Rule Preferences** page, click **Next**. Be patient, it might take awhile to generate the rules.
-
-8.  On the **Review Rules** page, click **Create**. The wizard will now create a set of rules allowing the installed set of apps.
-
-9.  Read the message and click **Yes**.
+1. Select the folder that contains the apps that you want to permit, or select C:\\ to analyze all apps.
+1. Type a name to identify this set of rules, and then click **Next**.
+1. On the **Rule Preferences** page, click **Next**. Be patient, it might take awhile to generate the rules.
+1. On the **Review Rules** page, click **Create**. The wizard will now create a set of rules allowing the installed set of apps.
+1. Read the message and click **Yes**.
 
     ![default rules warning.](images/appwarning.png)
 
-10. (optional) If you want a rule to apply to a specific set of users, right-click on the rule and select **Properties**. Then use the dialog to choose a different user or group of users.
-
-11. (optional) If rules were generated for apps that should not be run, you can delete them by right-clicking on the rule and selecting **Delete**.
-
-12. Before AppLocker will enforce rules, the **Application Identity** service must be turned on. To force the Application Identity service to automatically start on reset, open a command prompt and run:
+1. (optional) If you want a rule to apply to a specific set of users, right-click on the rule and select **Properties**. Then use the dialog to choose a different user or group of users.
+1. (optional) If rules were generated for apps that should not be run, you can delete them by right-clicking on the rule and selecting **Delete**.
+1. Before AppLocker will enforce rules, the **Application Identity** service must be turned on. To force the Application Identity service to automatically start on reset, open a command prompt and run:
 
     ``` syntax
     sc config appidsvc start=auto
     ```
 
-13. Restart the device.
+1. Restart the device.
 
 ## Other settings to lock down
 
-
 In addition to specifying the apps that users can run, you should also restrict some settings and functions on the device. For a more secure experience, we recommend that you make the following configuration changes to the device:
 
--   Remove **All apps**.
+- Remove **All apps**.
 
     Go to **Group Policy Editor** > **User Configuration** > **Administrative Templates\\Start Menu and Taskbar\\Remove All Programs list from the Start menu**.
 
--   Hide **Ease of access** feature on the logon screen.
+- Hide **Ease of access** feature on the logon screen.
 
     Go to **Control Panel** > **Ease of Access** > **Ease of Access Center**, and turn off all accessibility tools.
 
--   Disable the hardware power button.
+- Disable the hardware power button.
 
     Go to **Power Options** > **Choose what the power button does**, change the setting to **Do nothing**, and then **Save changes**.
 
--   Disable the camera.
+- Disable the camera.
 
     Go to **Settings** > **Privacy** > **Camera**, and turn off **Let apps use my camera**.
 
--   Turn off app notifications on the lock screen.
+- Turn off app notifications on the lock screen.
 
     Go to **Group Policy Editor** > **Computer Configuration** > **Administrative Templates\\System\\Logon\\Turn off app notifications on the lock screen**.
 
--   Disable removable media.
+- Disable removable media.
 
     Go to **Group Policy Editor** > **Computer Configuration** > **Administrative Templates\\System\\Device Installation\\Device Installation Restrictions**. Review the policy settings available in **Device Installation Restrictions** for the settings applicable to your situation.
 
-    **Note**  
-    To prevent this policy from affecting a member of the Administrators group, in **Device Installation Restrictions**, enable **Allow administrators to override Device Installation Restriction policies**.
+    **Note**
 
-     
+    To prevent this policy from affecting a member of the Administrators group, in **Device Installation Restrictions**, enable **Allow administrators to override Device Installation Restriction policies**.
 
 To learn more about locking down features, see [Customizations for Windows 10 Enterprise](/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/enterprise-custom-portal).
 
 ## Customize Start screen layout for the device (recommended)
 
-
-Configure the Start menu on the device to only show tiles for the permitted apps. You will make the changes manually, export the layout to an .xml file, and then apply that file to devices to prevent users from making changes. For instructions, see [Manage Windows 10 Start layout options](windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md).
+Configure the Start menu on the device to only show tiles for the permitted apps. You will make the changes manually, export the layout to an .xml file, and then apply that file to devices to prevent users from making changes. For instructions, see [Manage Windows 10 Start layout options](../start/windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md).
diff --git a/windows/configuration/lock-down-windows-10-to-specific-apps.md b/windows/configuration/kiosk/lock-down-windows-10-to-specific-apps.md
similarity index 93%
rename from windows/configuration/lock-down-windows-10-to-specific-apps.md
rename to windows/configuration/kiosk/lock-down-windows-10-to-specific-apps.md
index a32e707e87..43646ca390 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/lock-down-windows-10-to-specific-apps.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/kiosk/lock-down-windows-10-to-specific-apps.md
@@ -1,15 +1,8 @@
 ---
 title: Set up a multi-app kiosk on Windows 10
 description: Learn how to configure a kiosk device running Windows 10 so that users can only run a few specific apps.
-author: lizgt2000
-ms.author: lizlong
-ms.reviewer: sybruckm
 ms.topic: how-to
 ms.date: 11/08/2023
-appliesto: 
-  - ✅ Windows 10 Pro
-  - ✅ Windows 10 Enterprise
-  - ✅ Windows 10 Education
 ---
 
 # Set up a multi-app kiosk on Windows 10 devices
@@ -50,8 +43,8 @@ To configure a kiosk in Microsoft Intune, see:
 Process:
 
 1. [Create XML file](#create-xml-file)
-2. [Add XML file to provisioning package](#add-xml)
-3. [Apply provisioning package to device](#apply-ppkg)
+1. [Add XML file to provisioning package](#add-xml)
+1. [Apply provisioning package to device](#apply-ppkg)
 
 Watch how to use a provisioning package to configure a multi-app kiosk.
 
@@ -154,7 +147,7 @@ The profile **Id** is a GUID attribute to uniquely identify the profile. You can
 When the multi-app kiosk configuration is applied to a device, AppLocker rules will be generated to allow the apps that are listed in the configuration. Here are the predefined assigned access AppLocker rules for **UWP apps**:
 
 1. Default rule is to allow all users to launch the signed package apps.
-2. The package app blocklist is generated at runtime when the assigned access user signs in. Based on the installed/provisioned package apps available for the user account, assigned access generates the blocklist. This list will exclude the default allowed inbox package apps, which are critical for the system to function. It then excludes the allowed packages that enterprises defined in the assigned access configuration. If there are multiple apps within the same package, all these apps will be excluded. This blocklist will be used to prevent the user from accessing the apps that are currently available for the user but not in the allowed list.
+1. The package app blocklist is generated at runtime when the assigned access user signs in. Based on the installed/provisioned package apps available for the user account, assigned access generates the blocklist. This list will exclude the default allowed inbox package apps, which are critical for the system to function. It then excludes the allowed packages that enterprises defined in the assigned access configuration. If there are multiple apps within the same package, all these apps will be excluded. This blocklist will be used to prevent the user from accessing the apps that are currently available for the user but not in the allowed list.
 
     > [!NOTE]
     > You can't manage AppLocker rules that are generated by the multi-app kiosk configuration in [MMC snap-ins](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/hh994629(v=ws.11)#BKMK_Using_Snapins). Avoid creating AppLocker rules that conflict with AppLocker rules that are generated by the multi-app kiosk configuration.
@@ -164,8 +157,8 @@ When the multi-app kiosk configuration is applied to a device, AppLocker rules w
 Here are the predefined assigned access AppLocker rules for **desktop apps**:
 
 1. Default rule is to allow all users to launch the desktop programs signed with Microsoft Certificate in order for the system to boot and function. The rule also allows the admin user group to launch all desktop programs.
-2. There's a predefined inbox desktop app blocklist for the assigned access user account, and this blocklist is adjusted based on the desktop app allowlist that you defined in the multi-app configuration.
-3. Enterprise-defined allowed desktop apps are added in the AppLocker allowlist.
+1. There's a predefined inbox desktop app blocklist for the assigned access user account, and this blocklist is adjusted based on the desktop app allowlist that you defined in the multi-app configuration.
+1. Enterprise-defined allowed desktop apps are added in the AppLocker allowlist.
 
 The following example allows Groove Music, Movies & TV, Photos, Weather, Calculator, Paint, and Notepad apps to run on the device, with Notepad configured to automatically launch and create a file called `123.text` when the user signs in.
 
@@ -224,17 +217,17 @@ The following example shows how to allow user access to the Downloads folder in
 > - `FileExplorerNamespaceRestrictions` and `AllowedNamespace:Downloads` are available in namespace `https://schemas.microsoft.com/AssignedAccess/201810/config`.
 > - `AllowRemovableDrives` and `NoRestriction` are defined in a new namespace `https://schemas.microsoft.com/AssignedAccess/2020/config`.
 
-* When `FileExplorerNamespaceRestrictions` node isn't used, or used but left empty, the user won't be able to access any folder in a common dialog. For example, **Save As** in the Microsoft Edge browser.
-* When Downloads is mentioned in allowed namespace, user will be able to access Downloads folder.
-* When `AllowRemovableDrives` is used, user will be to access removable drives.
-* When `NoRestriction` is used, no restriction will be applied to the dialog.
-* `AllowRemovableDrives` and `AllowedNamespace:Downloads` can be used at the same time.
+- When `FileExplorerNamespaceRestrictions` node isn't used, or used but left empty, the user won't be able to access any folder in a common dialog. For example, **Save As** in the Microsoft Edge browser.
+- When Downloads is mentioned in allowed namespace, user will be able to access Downloads folder.
+- When `AllowRemovableDrives` is used, user will be to access removable drives.
+- When `NoRestriction` is used, no restriction will be applied to the dialog.
+- `AllowRemovableDrives` and `AllowedNamespace:Downloads` can be used at the same time.
 
 ##### StartLayout
 
 After you define the list of allowed applications, you can customize the Start layout for your kiosk experience. You can choose to pin all the allowed apps on the Start screen or just a subset, depending on whether you want the end user to directly access them on the Start screen.
 
-The easiest way to create a customized Start layout to apply to other Windows client devices is to set up the Start screen on a test device and then export the layout. For detailed steps, see [Customize and export Start layout](customize-and-export-start-layout.md).
+The easiest way to create a customized Start layout to apply to other Windows client devices is to set up the Start screen on a test device and then export the layout. For detailed steps, see [Customize and export Start layout](../start/customize-and-export-start-layout.md).
 
 A few things to note here:
 
@@ -304,7 +297,7 @@ The following example hides the taskbar:
 ```
 
 > [!IMPORTANT]
-> The kiosk profile is designed for public-facing kiosk devices. We recommend that you use a local, non-administrator account. If the device is connected to your company network, using a domain or Microsoft Entra account could potentially compromise confidential information.  
+> The kiosk profile is designed for public-facing kiosk devices. We recommend that you use a local, non-administrator account. If the device is connected to your company network, using a domain or Microsoft Entra account could potentially compromise confidential information.
 
 #### Configs
 
@@ -415,14 +408,14 @@ Group accounts are specified using ``. Nested groups aren't supported
 
 #### [Preview] Global profile
 
-Global profile is available in Windows 10. If you want everyone who signs into a specific device to be assigned as an access user, even if there's no dedicated profile for that user. Alternatively, perhaps Assigned Access couldn't identify a profile for the user and you want to have a fallback profile. Global profile is designed for these scenarios.
+Global profile is available in Windows 1. If you want everyone who signs into a specific device to be assigned as an access user, even if there's no dedicated profile for that user. Alternatively, perhaps Assigned Access couldn't identify a profile for the user and you want to have a fallback profile. Global profile is designed for these scenarios.
 
 Usage is demonstrated below, by using the new XML namespace and specifying `GlobalProfile` from that namespace. When you configure `GlobalProfile`, a non-admin account logs in, if this user doesn't have a designated profile in Assigned Access, or Assigned Access fails to determine a profile for current user, a global profile is applied for the user.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > 1. `GlobalProfile` can only be a multi-app profile.
-> 2. Only one `GlobalProfile` can be used in one `AssignedAccess` configuration XML.
-> 3. `GlobalProfile` can be used as the only config, or it can be used along with regular user or group config.
+> 1. Only one `GlobalProfile` can be used in one `AssignedAccess` configuration XML.
+> 1. `GlobalProfile` can be used as the only config, or it can be used along with regular user or group config.
 
 ```xml
 
@@ -452,7 +445,8 @@ Usage is demonstrated below, by using the new XML namespace and specifying `Glob
                               
                               
                               
@@ -479,67 +473,67 @@ Usage is demonstrated below, by using the new XML namespace and specifying `Glob
 
 Before you add the XML file to a provisioning package, you can [validate your configuration XML against the XSD](kiosk-xml.md#xsd-for-assignedaccess-configuration-xml).
 
-Use the Windows Configuration Designer tool to create a provisioning package. [Learn how to install Windows Configuration Designer.](provisioning-packages/provisioning-install-icd.md)
+Use the Windows Configuration Designer tool to create a provisioning package. [Learn how to install Windows Configuration Designer.](../provisioning-packages/provisioning-install-icd.md).
 
 > [!IMPORTANT]
 > When you build a provisioning package, you may include sensitive information in the project files and in the provisioning package (.ppkg) file. Although you have the option to encrypt the .ppkg file, project files are not encrypted. You should store the project files in a secure location and delete the project files when they are no longer needed.
 
 1. Open Windows Configuration Designer. By default: `%systemdrive%\Program Files (x86)\Windows Kits\10\Assessment and Deployment Kit\Imaging and Configuration Designer\x86\ICD.exe`.
 
-2. Choose **Advanced provisioning**.
+1. Choose **Advanced provisioning**.
 
-3. Name your project, and select **Next**.
+1. Name your project, and select **Next**.
 
-4. Choose **All Windows desktop editions** and select **Next**.
+1. Choose **All Windows desktop editions** and select **Next**.
 
-5. On **New project**, select **Finish**. The workspace for your package opens.
+1. On **New project**, select **Finish**. The workspace for your package opens.
 
-6. Expand **Runtime settings** > **AssignedAccess** > **MultiAppAssignedAccessSettings**.
+1. Expand **Runtime settings** > **AssignedAccess** > **MultiAppAssignedAccessSettings**.
 
-7. In the center pane, select **Browse**. Locate and select the assigned access configuration XML file that you created.
+1. In the center pane, select **Browse**. Locate and select the assigned access configuration XML file that you created.
 
    ![Screenshot of the MultiAppAssignedAccessSettings field in Windows Configuration Designer.](images/multiappassignedaccesssettings.png)
 
-8. _Optional: If you want to apply the provisioning package after device initial setup and there's an admin user already available on the kiosk device, skip this step._ Create an admin user account in **Runtime settings** > **Accounts** > **Users**. Provide a **UserName** and **Password**, and select **UserGroup** as **Administrators**. With this account, you can view the provisioning status and logs if needed.
+1. _Optional: If you want to apply the provisioning package after device initial setup and there's an admin user already available on the kiosk device, skip this step._ Create an admin user account in **Runtime settings** > **Accounts** > **Users**. Provide a **UserName** and **Password**, and select **UserGroup** as **Administrators**. With this account, you can view the provisioning status and logs if needed.
 
-9. _Optional: If you already have a non-admin account on the kiosk device, skip this step._ Create a local standard user account in **Runtime settings** > **Accounts** > **Users**. Make sure the **UserName** is the same as the account that you specify in the configuration XML. Select **UserGroup** as **Standard Users**.
+1. _Optional: If you already have a non-admin account on the kiosk device, skip this step._ Create a local standard user account in **Runtime settings** > **Accounts** > **Users**. Make sure the **UserName** is the same as the account that you specify in the configuration XML. Select **UserGroup** as **Standard Users**.
 
-10. On the **File** menu, select **Save.**
+1. On the **File** menu, select **Save.**
 
-11. On the **Export** menu, select **Provisioning package**.
+1. On the **Export** menu, select **Provisioning package**.
 
-12. Change **Owner** to **IT Admin**, which will set the precedence of this provisioning package higher than provisioning packages applied to this device from other sources, and then select **Next.**
+1. Change **Owner** to **IT Admin**, which will set the precedence of this provisioning package higher than provisioning packages applied to this device from other sources, and then select **Next.**
 
-13. Optional. In the **Provisioning package security** window, you can choose to encrypt the package and enable package signing.
+1. Optional. In the **Provisioning package security** window, you can choose to encrypt the package and enable package signing.
 
     - **Enable package encryption** - If you select this option, an auto-generated password will be shown on the screen.
 
     - **Enable package signing** - If you select this option, you must select a valid certificate to use for signing the package. You can specify the certificate by clicking **Browse** and choosing the certificate you want to use to sign the package.
 
-14. Select **Next** to specify the output location where you want the provisioning package to go when it's built. By default, Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (ICD) uses the project folder as the output location.
+1. Select **Next** to specify the output location where you want the provisioning package to go when it's built. By default, Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (ICD) uses the project folder as the output location.
 
     Optionally, you can select **Browse** to change the default output location.
 
-15. Select **Next**.
+1. Select **Next**.
 
-16. Select **Build** to start building the package. The provisioning package doesn't take long to build. The project information is displayed in the build page and the progress bar indicates the build status.
+1. Select **Build** to start building the package. The provisioning package doesn't take long to build. The project information is displayed in the build page and the progress bar indicates the build status.
 
     If you need to cancel the build, select **Cancel**. This action cancels the current build process, closes the wizard, and takes you back to the **Customizations Page**.
 
-17. If your build fails, an error message will show up that includes a link to the project folder. You can scan the logs to determine what caused the error. Once you fix the issue, try building the package again.
+1. If your build fails, an error message will show up that includes a link to the project folder. You can scan the logs to determine what caused the error. Once you fix the issue, try building the package again.
 
     If your build is successful, the name of the provisioning package, output directory, and project directory will be shown.
 
     - If you choose, you can build the provisioning package again and pick a different path for the output package. To do this action, select **Back** to change the output package name and path, and then select **Next** to start another build.
     - If you're done, select **Finish** to close the wizard and go back to the **Customizations Page**.
 
-18. Copy the provisioning package to the root directory of a USB drive.
+1. Copy the provisioning package to the root directory of a USB drive.
 
 
 
 ### Apply provisioning package to device
 
-Provisioning packages can be applied to a device during initial setup (out-of-box experience or "OOBE") and after ("runtime"). For more information, see [Apply a provisioning package](./provisioning-packages/provisioning-apply-package.md).
+Provisioning packages can be applied to a device during initial setup (out-of-box experience or "OOBE") and after ("runtime"). For more information, see [Apply a provisioning package](../provisioning-packages/provisioning-apply-package.md).
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > If your provisioning package doesn't include the assigned access user account creation, make sure the account you specified in the multi-app configuration XML exists on the device.
diff --git a/windows/configuration/lock-down-windows-11-to-specific-apps.md b/windows/configuration/kiosk/lock-down-windows-11-to-specific-apps.md
similarity index 93%
rename from windows/configuration/lock-down-windows-11-to-specific-apps.md
rename to windows/configuration/kiosk/lock-down-windows-11-to-specific-apps.md
index ad6bdff78f..705b8f1517 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/lock-down-windows-11-to-specific-apps.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/kiosk/lock-down-windows-11-to-specific-apps.md
@@ -1,22 +1,12 @@
 ---
 title: Set up a multi-app kiosk on Windows 11
 description: Learn how to configure a kiosk device running Windows 11 so that users can only run a few specific apps.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
-author: lizgt2000
-ms.author: lizlong
 ms.date: 05/12/2023
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.reviewer: sybruckm
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
+
 ms.topic: how-to
 ---
 # Set up a multi-app kiosk on Windows 11 devices
 
-**Applies to**
-
-- Windows 11 Pro, Enterprise, IoT Enterprise and Education
-
 > [!NOTE]
 > The use of multiple monitors is supported for multi-app kiosk mode in Windows 11.
 
@@ -36,7 +26,8 @@ See the table below for the different methods to configure a multi-app kiosk in
 |--------------------|------------|
 |[MDM WMI Bridge Provider](#configure-a-kiosk-using-wmi-bridge) | Available May 2023|
 
- Microsoft Store.
 
 ## Provisioning packages
@@ -28,47 +15,47 @@ A provisioning package contains specific configurations/settings and assets that
 
 To enable adding multiple sets of settings or configurations, the configuration data used by the provisioning engine is built out of multiple configuration sources that consist of separate provisioning packages. Each provisioning package contains the provisioning data from a different source.
 
-A provisioning package (.ppkg) is a container for a collection of configuration settings. The package has the following format: 
+A provisioning package (.ppkg) is a container for a collection of configuration settings. The package has the following format:
 
-- Package metadata – The metadata contains basic information about the package such as package name, description, version, ranking, and so on. 
+- Package metadata - The metadata contains basic information about the package such as package name, description, version, ranking, and so on.
 
-- XML descriptors – Each descriptor defines a customization asset or configuration setting included in the package. 
+- XML descriptors - Each descriptor defines a customization asset or configuration setting included in the package.
 
-- Asset payloads – The payloads of a customization asset or a configuration setting associated with an app or data asset. 
+- Asset payloads - The payloads of a customization asset or a configuration setting associated with an app or data asset.
 
-You can  use provisioning packages for runtime device provisioning by accessing the package on a removable media attached to the device, through near field communication (NFC), or by downloading from a remote source location. 
+You can  use provisioning packages for runtime device provisioning by accessing the package on a removable media attached to the device, through near field communication (NFC), or by downloading from a remote source location.
 
 ## Precedence for provisioning packages
 
 When multiple provisioning packages are available for device provisioning, the combination of package owner type and package rank level defined in the package manifest is used to resolve setting conflicts. The pre-defined package owner types are listed below in the order of lowest to highest owner type precedence:
 
-1. Microsoft 
+1. Microsoft
 
-2. Silicon Vendor 
+1. Silicon Vendor
 
-3. OEM 
+1. OEM
 
-4. System Integrator 
+1. System Integrator
 
-5. Mobile Operator 
+1. Mobile Operator
 
-6. IT Admin 
+1. IT Admin
 
-The valid value range of package rank level is 0 to 99. 
+The valid value range of package rank level is 0 to 99.
 
-When setting conflicts are encountered, the final values provisioned on the device are determined by the owner type precedence and the rank level of the packages containing the settings. For packages with the same owner type, the package rank level determines the package from which the setting values get provisioned on the device. 
+When setting conflicts are encountered, the final values provisioned on the device are determined by the owner type precedence and the rank level of the packages containing the settings. For packages with the same owner type, the package rank level determines the package from which the setting values get provisioned on the device.
 
 ## Windows provisioning XML
 
-Windows provisioning XML is the framework that allows Microsoft and OEM components to declare end-user configurable settings and the on-device infrastructure for applying the settings with minimal work by the component owner. 
+Windows provisioning XML is the framework that allows Microsoft and OEM components to declare end-user configurable settings and the on-device infrastructure for applying the settings with minimal work by the component owner.
 
 Settings for each component can be declared within that component's package manifest file. These declarations are turned into settings schema that are used by Windows Configuration Designer to expose the potential settings to users to create customizations in the image or in provisioning packages. Windows Configuration Designer translates the user configuration, which is declared through Windows provisioning answer file(s), into the on-device provisioning format.
 
-When the provisioning engine selects a configuration, the Windows provisioning XML is contained within the selected provisioning data and is passed through the configuration manager and then to the [Windows provisioning CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/provisioning-csp). The Windows provisioning CSP then takes and applies the provisioning to the proper location for the actual component to use. 
+When the provisioning engine selects a configuration, the Windows provisioning XML is contained within the selected provisioning data and is passed through the configuration manager and then to the [Windows provisioning CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/provisioning-csp). The Windows provisioning CSP then takes and applies the provisioning to the proper location for the actual component to use.
 
 ## Provisioning engine
 
-The provisioning engine is the core component for managing provisioning and configuration at runtime in a device running Windows 10/11. 
+The provisioning engine is the core component for managing provisioning and configuration at runtime in a device running Windows 10/11.
 
 The provisioning engine provides the following functionality:
 
@@ -81,22 +68,23 @@ The provisioning engine provides the following functionality:
 
 ## Configuration manager
 
-The configuration manager provides the unified way of managing Windows 10/11 devices. Configuration is mainly done through the Open Mobile Alliance (OMA) Device Management (DM) and Client Provisioning (CP) protocols. The configuration manager handles and parses these protocol requests from different channels and passes them down to [Configuration Service Providers (CSPs)](/windows/client-management/mdm/configuration-service-provider-reference) to perform the specific management requests and settings. 
+The configuration manager provides the unified way of managing Windows 10/11 devices. Configuration is mainly done through the Open Mobile Alliance (OMA) Device Management (DM) and Client Provisioning (CP) protocols. The configuration manager handles and parses these protocol requests from different channels and passes them down to [Configuration Service Providers (CSPs)](/windows/client-management/mdm/configuration-service-provider-reference) to perform the specific management requests and settings.
 
-The provisioning engine relies on configuration manager for all of the actual processing and application of a chosen configuration. The provisioning engine determines the stage of provisioning and, based on a set of keys, determines the set of configuration to send to the configuration manager. The configuration manager in turn parses and calls into the CSPs for the setting to be applied. 
+The provisioning engine relies on configuration manager for all of the actual processing and application of a chosen configuration. The provisioning engine determines the stage of provisioning and, based on a set of keys, determines the set of configuration to send to the configuration manager. The configuration manager in turn parses and calls into the CSPs for the setting to be applied.
 
-Underneath the configuration manager are the CSPs. Each section of configuration translates to a particular CSP to handle interpreting into an action on the device. Each CSP translates the instructions in the configuration and calls into the appropriate APIs and components to perform the requested provisioning actions. 
+Underneath the configuration manager are the CSPs. Each section of configuration translates to a particular CSP to handle interpreting into an action on the device. Each CSP translates the instructions in the configuration and calls into the appropriate APIs and components to perform the requested provisioning actions.
 
 ## Policy and resource manager
 
-The policy, resource, and context manager components manage the enrollment and unenrollment of devices into enterprise environments. The enrollment process into an enterprise is essentially the provisioning of configuration and device management policies that the enterprise wants to enforce on the device. This is usually done through the explicit signing up of the device to an enterprise's device management server over a network connection. This provides the user with the ability to access the enterprise's resources through the device and the enterprise with a means to manage and control access and manage and control the device itself. 
+The policy, resource, and context manager components manage the enrollment and unenrollment of devices into enterprise environments. The enrollment process into an enterprise is essentially the provisioning of configuration and device management policies that the enterprise wants to enforce on the device. This is usually done through the explicit signing up of the device to an enterprise's device management server over a network connection. This provides the user with the ability to access the enterprise's resources through the device and the enterprise with a means to manage and control access and manage and control the device itself.
+
+The key differences between enterprise enrollment and the configuration performed by the provisioning engine are:
 
-The key differences between enterprise enrollment and the configuration performed by the provisioning engine are: 
 - Enrollment enforces a limited and controlled set of policies on the device that the user may not have full control over. The provisioning engine exposes a larger set of settings that configure more aspects of the device and are generally user adjustable.
 - The policy manager manages policy settings from multiple entities and performs a selection of the setting based on priority of the entities. The provisioning engine applies the settings and does not offer a means of prioritizing settings from different sources. The more specific provisioning is the last one applied and the one that is used.
 - Individual policy settings applied from different enrollment entities are stored so they can be removed later during unenrollment. This enables the user to remove enterprise policy and return the device to a state without the enterprise restrictions and any sensitive data. The provisioning engine does not maintain individual provisioning settings or a means to roll back all applied settings.
 
-In Windows 10, the application of policy and enrollment through provisioning is required to support cases where an enterprise or educational institution does not have a DM server for full device management. The provisioning engine supports provisioning enrollment and policy through its configuration and integrates with the existing policy and resource manager components directly or through the configuration manager. 
+In Windows 10, the application of policy and enrollment through provisioning is required to support cases where an enterprise or educational institution does not have a DM server for full device management. The provisioning engine supports provisioning enrollment and policy through its configuration and integrates with the existing policy and resource manager components directly or through the configuration manager.
 
 ## Triggers and stages
 
@@ -111,21 +99,21 @@ When a trigger occurs, provisioning is initiated for a particular provisioning s
 
 ## Device provisioning during OOBE
 
-The provisioning engine always applies provisioning packages persisted in the `C:\Recovery\Customizations` folder on the OS partition. When the provisioning engine applies provisioning packages in the `%ProgramData%\Microsoft\Provisioning` folder, certain runtime setting applications, such as the setting to install and configure Windows apps, may be extended past the OOBE pass and continually be processed in the background when the device gets to the desktop. Settings for configuring policies and certain crucial system configurations are always be completed before the first point at which they must take effect. 
+The provisioning engine always applies provisioning packages persisted in the `C:\Recovery\Customizations` folder on the OS partition. When the provisioning engine applies provisioning packages in the `%ProgramData%\Microsoft\Provisioning` folder, certain runtime setting applications, such as the setting to install and configure Windows apps, may be extended past the OOBE pass and continually be processed in the background when the device gets to the desktop. Settings for configuring policies and certain crucial system configurations are always be completed before the first point at which they must take effect.
 
-Device users can apply a provisioning package from a remote source when the device first boots to OOBE. The device provisioning during OOBE is only triggered after the language, locale, time zone, and other settings on the first OOBE UI page are configured.  When device provisioning is triggered, the provisioning UI is displayed in the OOBE page. The provisioning UI allows users to select a provisioning package acquired from a remote source, such as through NFC or a removable media. 
+Device users can apply a provisioning package from a remote source when the device first boots to OOBE. The device provisioning during OOBE is only triggered after the language, locale, time zone, and other settings on the first OOBE UI page are configured.  When device provisioning is triggered, the provisioning UI is displayed in the OOBE page. The provisioning UI allows users to select a provisioning package acquired from a remote source, such as through NFC or a removable media.
 
 The following table shows how device provisioning can be initiated when a user first boots to OOBE.
 
-
 | Package delivery | Initiation method | Supported device |
 | --- | --- | --- |
 | Removable media - USB drive or SD card
                   (Packages must be placed at media root) | Five fast taps on the Windows key to launch the provisioning UI |All Windows devices |
 | From an administrator device through machine-to-machine NFC or NFC tag
                  (The administrator device must run an app that can transfer the package over NFC) | Five fast taps on the Windows key to launch the provisioning UI | Windows IoT Core devices |
- 
-The provisioning engine always copies the acquired provisioning packages to the `%ProgramData%\Microsoft\Provisioning` folder before processing them during OOBE. The provisioning engine always applies provisioning packages embedded in the installed Windows image during Windows Setup OOBE pass regardless of whether the package is signed and trusted. When the provisioning engine applies an encrypted provisioning package on an end-user device during OOBE, users must first provide a valid password to decrypt the package. The provisioning engine also checks whether a provisioning package is signed and trusted; if it's not, the user must provide consent before the package is applied to the device. 
 
-When the provisioning engine applies provisioning packages during OOBE, it applies only the runtime settings from the package to the device. Runtime settings can be system-wide configuration settings, including security policy, Windows app install/uninstall, network configuration, bootstrapping MDM enrollment, provisioning of file assets, account and domain configuration, Windows edition upgrade, and more. The provisioning engine also checks for the configuration settings on the device, such as region/locale or SIM card, and applies the multivariant settings with matching condition(s). 
+
+The provisioning engine always copies the acquired provisioning packages to the `%ProgramData%\Microsoft\Provisioning` folder before processing them during OOBE. The provisioning engine always applies provisioning packages embedded in the installed Windows image during Windows Setup OOBE pass regardless of whether the package is signed and trusted. When the provisioning engine applies an encrypted provisioning package on an end-user device during OOBE, users must first provide a valid password to decrypt the package. The provisioning engine also checks whether a provisioning package is signed and trusted; if it's not, the user must provide consent before the package is applied to the device.
+
+When the provisioning engine applies provisioning packages during OOBE, it applies only the runtime settings from the package to the device. Runtime settings can be system-wide configuration settings, including security policy, Windows app install/uninstall, network configuration, bootstrapping MDM enrollment, provisioning of file assets, account and domain configuration, Windows edition upgrade, and more. The provisioning engine also checks for the configuration settings on the device, such as region/locale or SIM card, and applies the multivariant settings with matching condition(s).
 
 ## Device provisioning at runtime
 
@@ -141,7 +129,7 @@ When applying provisioning packages from a removable media attached to the devic
 
 When applying multiple provisioning packages to a device, the provisioning engine resolves settings with conflicting configuration values from different packages by evaluating the package ranking using the combination of package owner type and package rank level defined in the package metadata. A configuration setting applied from a provisioning package with the highest package ranking will be the final value applied to the device.
 
-After a stand-alone provisioning package is applied to the device, the package is persisted in the `%ProgramData%\Microsoft\Provisioning` folder on the device. Provisioning packages can be removed by an administrator by using the **Add or remove a provisioning package** available under **Settings** > **Accounts** > **Access work or school**. 
+After a stand-alone provisioning package is applied to the device, the package is persisted in the `%ProgramData%\Microsoft\Provisioning` folder on the device. Provisioning packages can be removed by an administrator by using the **Add or remove a provisioning package** available under **Settings** > **Accounts** > **Access work or school**.
 
 ## Related articles
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-install-icd.md b/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-install-icd.md
index 2f6782646c..bfb515538f 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-install-icd.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-install-icd.md
@@ -1,8 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: Install Windows Configuration Designer
 description: Learn how to install and use Windows Configuration Designer so you can easily configure devices running Windows 10/11.
-author: lizgt2000
-ms.author: lizlong
 ms.topic: article
 ms.reviewer: kevinsheehan
 ms.date: 12/31/2017
@@ -10,12 +8,6 @@ ms.date: 12/31/2017
 
 # Install Windows Configuration Designer, and learn about any limitations
 
-
-**Applies to**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 11
-
 Use the Windows Configuration Designer tool to create provisioning packages to easily configure devices running Windows client. Windows Configuration Designer is primarily used by IT departments for business and educational institutions who need to provision bring-your-own-device (BYOD) and business-supplied devices.
 
 ## Supported platforms
@@ -49,7 +41,8 @@ On devices running Windows client, you can install [the Windows Configuration De
 ## Current Windows Configuration Designer limitations
 
 - When running Windows Configuration Designer on Windows releases earlier than Windows 10, version 2004 you might need to enable TLS 1.2, especially if using Bulk Enrollment Tokens.  You may see the error message in the `icd.log` file: `Error: AADSTS1002016: You are using TLS version 1.0, 1.1 and/or 3DES cipher which are deprecated to improve the security posture of Azure AD` For more information, see [Enable TLS 1.2 on client or server operating systems](/troubleshoot/azure/active-directory/enable-support-tls-environment#enable-tls-12-on-client-or-server-operating-systems-).
- 
+
+
 - Windows Configuration Designer doesn't work properly when the Group Policy setting **Policies** > **Administrative Templates** > **Windows Components** > **Internet Explorer** > **Security Zones: Use only machine settings** is enabled. When this policy is set, each step will display oversized buttons that fill the **Windows Configuration Designer** window. Additionally, the various options and descriptions that are normally to the right of the buttons won't be displayed because the buttons take up all of the space in the **Windows Configuration Designer** window. To resolve the problem, run Windows Configuration Designer on a device that doesn't have this policy enabled.
 
 - You can only run one instance of Windows Configuration Designer on your computer at a time.
@@ -63,8 +56,8 @@ On devices running Windows client, you can install [the Windows Configuration De
 - To enable the simplified authoring jscripts to work on a server SKU running Windows Configuration Designer, you must enable **Allow websites to prompt for information using scripted windows**:
 
   1. Open Internet Explorer.
-  2. Go to **Settings** > **Internet Options** > **Security** > **Custom level**.
-  3. Select **Allow websites to prompt for information using scripted windows** > **Enable**.
+  1. Go to **Settings** > **Internet Options** > **Security** > **Custom level**.
+  1. Select **Allow websites to prompt for information using scripted windows** > **Enable**.
 
 - If you copy a Windows Configuration Designer project from one PC to another PC, then:
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-multivariant.md b/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-multivariant.md
index f6bda1fbba..64da06a98c 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-multivariant.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-multivariant.md
@@ -1,56 +1,40 @@
 ---
-title: Create a provisioning package with multivariant settings (Windows 10/11)
+title: Create a provisioning package with multivariant settings
 description: Create a provisioning package with multivariant settings to customize the provisioned settings for defined conditions.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: lizgt2000
 ms.topic: article
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.reviewer: gkomatsu
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: lizlong
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
 ms.date: 12/31/2017
 ---
 
 # Create a provisioning package with multivariant settings
 
-
-**Applies to**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 11
-
-
-In your organization, you might have different configuration requirements for devices that you manage. You can create separate provisioning packages for each group of devices in your organization that have different requirements. Or, you can create a multivariant provisioning package, a single provisioning package that can work for multiple conditions. For example, in a single provisioning package, you can define one set of customization settings that will apply to devices set up for French and a different set of customization settings for devices set up for Japanese. 
+In your organization, you might have different configuration requirements for devices that you manage. You can create separate provisioning packages for each group of devices in your organization that have different requirements. Or, you can create a multivariant provisioning package, a single provisioning package that can work for multiple conditions. For example, in a single provisioning package, you can define one set of customization settings that will apply to devices set up for French and a different set of customization settings for devices set up for Japanese.
 
 To provision multivariant settings, you use Windows Configuration Designer to create a provisioning package that contains all of the customization settings that you want to apply to any of your devices. Next, you manually edit the .XML file for that project to define each set of devices (a **Target**). For each **Target**, you specify at least one **Condition** with a value, which identifies the devices to receive the configuration. Finally, for each **Target**, you provide the customization settings to be applied to those devices.
 
 Let's begin by learning how to define a **Target**.
 
-
 ## Define a target
 
 In the XML file, you provide an **Id**, or friendly name, for each **Target**. Each **Target** is defined by at least one **TargetState** which contains at least one **Condition**. A **Condition** element defines the matching type between the condition and the specified value.
 
-A **Target** can have more than one **TargetState**, and a **TargetState** can have more than one **Condition**. 
+A **Target** can have more than one **TargetState**, and a **TargetState** can have more than one **Condition**.
 
-![Target with multiple target states and conditions.](../images/multi-target.png)
+![Target with multiple target states and conditions.](images/multi-target.png)
 
 The following information describes the logic for the target definition:
 
 - When all **Condition** elements are TRUE, **TargetState** is TRUE:
 
-  :::image type="content" source="../images/icd-multi-targetstate-true.png" alt-text="Target state is true when all conditions are true.":::
+  :::image type="content" source="images/icd-multi-targetstate-true.png" alt-text="Target state is true when all conditions are true.":::
 
 - If any of the **TargetState** elements is TRUE, **Target** is TRUE, and the **ID** can be used for setting customizations:
 
-  :::image type="content" source="../images/icd-multi-target-true.png" alt-text="Target is true if any target state is true":::
+  :::image type="content" source="images/icd-multi-target-true.png" alt-text="Target is true if any target state is true":::
 
 ### Conditions
 
 The following table shows the conditions supported in Windows client provisioning for a **TargetState**:
 
-
 | Condition Name | Condition priority | Windows client for desktop editions | Value type | Value description |
 | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
 | MNC | P0 | Supported | Digit string | Use to target settings based on the Mobile Network Code (MNC) value. |
@@ -59,7 +43,7 @@ The following table shows the conditions supported in Windows client provisionin
 | PNN | P0 |  Supported | String | Use to target settings based on public land mobile network (PLMN) Network Name value. |
 | GID1 | P0 | Supported | Digit string | Use to target settings based on the Group Identifier (level 1) value. |
 | ICCID | P0 | Supported | Digit string | Use to target settings based on the Integrated Circuit Card Identifier (ICCID) value. |
-| Roaming | P0 | N/A | Boolean | Use to specify roaming. Set the value to **1** (roaming) or **0** (non-roaming). | 
+| Roaming | P0 | N/A | Boolean | Use to specify roaming. Set the value to **1** (roaming) or **0** (non-roaming). |
 | UICC | P0 | N/A | Enumeration | Use to specify the Universal Integrated Circuit Card (UICC) state. Set the value to one of the following:


                  - 0 - Empty
                  - 1 - Ready
                  - 2 - Locked |
 | UICCSLOT | P0 | N/A | Digit string | Use to specify the UICC slot. Set the value one of the following:


                  - 0 - Slot 0
                  - 1 - Slot 1 |
 | ProcessorType | P1 | Supported | String | Use to target settings based on the processor type. |
@@ -72,7 +56,6 @@ The following table shows the conditions supported in Windows client provisionin
 | Region | P1 | Supported | Enumeration | Use to target settings based on country/region, using the 2-digit alpha ISO code per [ISO 3166-1 alpha-2](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2). |
 | Lang | P1 | Supported | Enumeration | Use to target settings based on language code, using the 2-digit [ISO 639 alpha-2 code](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_639).  |
 
-
 The matching types supported in Windows client are:
 
 | Matching type | Syntax | Example |
@@ -80,11 +63,11 @@ The matching types supported in Windows client are:
 | Straight match | Matching type is specified as-is | <Condition Name="ProcessorName" Value="Barton" /> |
 | Regular expression (Regex) match | Matching type is prefixed by "Pattern:" | <Condition Name="ProcessorName" Value="Pattern:.*Celeron.*" /> |
 | Numeric range match | Matching type is prefixed by "!Range:" | <Condition Name="MNC" Value="!Range:400, 550" /> |
- 
+
 
 ### TargetState priorities
 
-You can define more than one **TargetState** within a provisioning package to apply settings to devices that match device conditions. When the provisioning engine evaluates each **TargetState**, more than one **TargetState** may fit current device conditions. To determine the order in which the settings are applied, the system assigns a priority to every **TargetState**. 
+You can define more than one **TargetState** within a provisioning package to apply settings to devices that match device conditions. When the provisioning engine evaluates each **TargetState**, more than one **TargetState** may fit current device conditions. To determine the order in which the settings are applied, the system assigns a priority to every **TargetState**.
 
 A setting that matches a **TargetState** with a lower priority is applied before the setting that matches a **TargetState** with a higher priority. This means that a setting for the **TargetState** with the higher priority can overwrite a setting for the **TargetState** with the lower priority.
 
@@ -94,13 +77,13 @@ The **TargetState** priority is assigned based on the condition's priority (see
 
 1. A **TargetState** with P0 conditions is higher than a **TargetState** without P0 conditions.
 
-2. A **TargetState** with both P0 and P1 conditions is higher than a **TargetState** with only P0 conditions.
+1. A **TargetState** with both P0 and P1 conditions is higher than a **TargetState** with only P0 conditions.
 
-2. A **TargetState** with a greater number of matched P0 conditions is higher than **TargetState** with fewer matched P0 conditions, regardless of the number of P1 conditions matched.
+1. A **TargetState** with a greater number of matched P0 conditions is higher than **TargetState** with fewer matched P0 conditions, regardless of the number of P1 conditions matched.
 
-2. If the number of P0 conditions matched are equivalent, then the **TargetState** with the most matched P1 conditions has higher priority.
+1. If the number of P0 conditions matched are equivalent, then the **TargetState** with the most matched P1 conditions has higher priority.
 
-3. If both P0 and P1 conditions are equally matched, then the **TargetState** with the greatest total number of matched conditions has highest priority.
+1. If both P0 and P1 conditions are equally matched, then the **TargetState** with the greatest total number of matched conditions has highest priority.
 
 
 
@@ -108,14 +91,13 @@ The **TargetState** priority is assigned based on the condition's priority (see
 
 Follow these steps to create a provisioning package with multivariant capabilities.
 
-
 1. Build a provisioning package and configure the customizations you want to apply during certain conditions. For more information, see [Create a provisioning package](provisioning-create-package.md).
 
-2. After you've [configured the settings](provisioning-create-package.md#configure-settings), save the project.
+1. After you've [configured the settings](provisioning-create-package.md#configure-settings), save the project.
 
-3. Open the project folder and copy the customizations.xml file to any local location. 
+1. Open the project folder and copy the customizations.xml file to any local location.
 
-4. Use an XML or text editor to open the customizations.xml file.
+1. Use an XML or text editor to open the customizations.xml file.
 
     The customizations.xml file holds the package metadata (including the package owner and rank) and the settings that you configured when you created your provisioning package. The **Customizations** node of the file contains a **Common** section, which contains the customization settings.
 
@@ -145,13 +127,15 @@ Follow these steps to create a provisioning package with multivariant capabiliti
          
        
      
-    
+   
+
     ```
 
-5. Edit the customizations.xml file to create a **Targets** section to describe the conditions that will handle your multivariant settings. 
+1. Edit the customizations.xml file to create a **Targets** section to describe the conditions that will handle your multivariant settings.
 
     The following example shows the customizations.xml, which has been modified to include several conditions including **ProcessorName**, **ProcessorType**, **MCC**, and **MNC**.
-    
+
+
     ```XML
    
    
@@ -194,14 +178,16 @@ Follow these steps to create a provisioning package with multivariant capabiliti
          
        
      
-    
+   
+
     ```
 
-6. In the customizations.xml file, create a **Variant** section for the settings you need to customize. To do this:
+1. In the customizations.xml file, create a **Variant** section for the settings you need to customize. To do this:
 
     a. Define a child **TargetRefs** element.
-    
-    b. Within the **TargetRefs** element, define a **TargetRef** element. You can define multiple **TargetRef** elements for each **Id** that you need to apply to customized settings. 
+
+
+    b. Within the **TargetRefs** element, define a **TargetRef** element. You can define multiple **TargetRef** elements for each **Id** that you need to apply to customized settings.
 
     c. Move compliant settings from the **Common** section to the **Variant** section.
 
@@ -262,27 +248,27 @@ Follow these steps to create a provisioning package with multivariant capabiliti
          
        
      
-    
+   
+
     ```
 
-7. Save the updated customizations.xml file and note the path to this updated file. You will need the path as one of the values for the next step.
+1. Save the updated customizations.xml file and note the path to this updated file. You will need the path as one of the values for the next step.
 
-
-8. Use the [Windows Configuration Designer command-line interface](provisioning-command-line.md) to create a provisioning package using the updated customizations.xml. 
+1. Use the [Windows Configuration Designer command-line interface](provisioning-command-line.md) to create a provisioning package using the updated customizations.xml.
 
     For example:
 
     ```
     icd.exe /Build-ProvisioningPackage /CustomizationXML:"C:\CustomProject\customizations.xml" /PackagePath:"C:\CustomProject\output.ppkg" /StoreFile:C:\Program Files (x86)\Windows Kits\10\Assessment and Deployment Kit\Imaging and Configuration Designer\x86\Microsoft-Common-Provisioning.dat"
     ```
-    
 
-In this example, the **StoreFile** corresponds to the location of the settings store that will be used to create the package for the required Windows edition. 
+
+In this example, the **StoreFile** corresponds to the location of the settings store that will be used to create the package for the required Windows edition.
 
 >[!NOTE]
 >The provisioning package created during this step will contain the multivariant settings. You can use this package either as a standalone package that you can apply to a Windows device or use it as the base when starting another project.
 
- 
+
 
 ## Events that trigger provisioning
 
@@ -291,14 +277,15 @@ When you install the multivariant provisioning package on a Windows client devic
 The following events trigger provisioning on Windows client devices:
 
 | Event | Windows client for desktop editions |
-| --- | --- | 
+| --- | --- |
 | System boot | Supported |
 | Operating system update | Planned |
 | Package installation during device first run experience | Supported |
 | Detection of SIM presence or update | Supported |
 | Package installation at runtime | Supported |
 | Roaming detected | Not supported |
- 
+
+
 ## Related articles
 
 - [Provisioning packages for Windows client](provisioning-packages.md)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-packages.md b/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-packages.md
index aed5ec0d4a..13e86abb25 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-packages.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-packages.md
@@ -2,27 +2,21 @@
 title: Provisioning packages overview
 description: With Windows 10 and Windows 11, you can create provisioning packages that let you quickly and efficiently configure a device without having to install a new image. Learn about what provisioning packages, are and what they do.
 ms.reviewer: kevinsheehan
-author: lizgt2000
-ms.author: lizlong
 ms.topic: article
 ms.date: 12/31/2017
 ---
 
 # Provisioning packages for Windows
 
-**Applies to**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 11
-
-Windows provisioning makes it easy for IT administrators to configure end-user devices without imaging. When you use Windows provisioning, an IT administrator can easily specify the desired configuration and settings required to enroll the devices into management. Then, apply that configuration to target devices in a matter of minutes. It's best suited for small- to medium-sized businesses with deployments that range from tens to a few hundred computers. 
+Windows provisioning makes it easy for IT administrators to configure end-user devices without imaging. When you use Windows provisioning, an IT administrator can easily specify the desired configuration and settings required to enroll the devices into management. Then, apply that configuration to target devices in a matter of minutes. It's best suited for small- to medium-sized businesses with deployments that range from tens to a few hundred computers.
 
 A provisioning package (.ppkg) is a container for a collection of configuration settings. With Windows client, you can create provisioning packages that let you quickly and efficiently configure a device without having to install a new image.
 
 Provisioning packages are simple enough that with a short set of written instructions, a student, or non-technical employee can use them to configure their device. It can result in a significant reduction in the time required to configure multiple devices in your organization.
 
- 
-Windows Configuration Designer is available as an [app in the Microsoft Store](https://www.microsoft.com/store/apps/9nblggh4tx22). 
+
+
+Windows Configuration Designer is available as an [app in the Microsoft Store](https://www.microsoft.com/store/apps/9nblggh4tx22).
 
 
 
@@ -39,21 +33,15 @@ Windows Configuration Designer is available as an [app in the Microsoft Store](h
 Provisioning packages let you:
 
 - Quickly configure a new device without going through the process of installing a new image.
-
 - Save time by configuring multiple devices using one provisioning package.
-
 - Quickly configure employee-owned devices in an organization without a mobile device management (MDM) infrastructure.
-
 - Set up a device without the device having network connectivity.
 
 Provisioning packages can be:
 
 - Installed using removable media such as an SD card or USB flash drive.
-
 - Attached to an email.
-
 - Downloaded from a network share.
-
 - Deployed in NFC tags or barcodes.
 
 ## What you can configure
@@ -64,22 +52,22 @@ The following table describes settings that you can configure using the wizards
 
 | Step | Description | Desktop wizard | Kiosk wizard | HoloLens wizard |
 | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
-| Set up device | Assign device name, enter product key to upgrade Windows, configure shared use, remove pre-installed software | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| Set up network | Connect to a Wi-Fi network | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| Account management | Enroll device in Active Directory, enroll device in Microsoft Entra ID, or create a local administrator account | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| Bulk Enrollment in Microsoft Entra ID | Enroll device in Microsoft Entra ID using Bulk Token

                   [Set up Microsoft Entra join in your organization](/azure/active-directory/active-directory-azureadjoin-setup), before you use Windows Configuration Designer wizard to configure bulk Microsoft Entra enrollment. | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| Add applications | Install applications using the provisioning package.  | ✔️ | ✔️ | ❌ |
-| Add certificates | Include a certificate file in the provisioning package. | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| Configure kiosk account and app | Create local account to run the kiosk mode app, specify the app to run in kiosk mode | ❌ | ✔️ | ❌ |
-| Configure kiosk common settings | Set tablet mode, configure welcome and shutdown screens, turn off timeout settings | ❌ | ✔️ | ❌ |
-| Developer Setup | Enable Developer Mode  | ❌ | ❌ | ✔️ |
+| Set up device | Assign device name, enter product key to upgrade Windows, configure shared use, remove pre-installed software | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| Set up network | Connect to a Wi-Fi network | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| Account management | Enroll device in Active Directory, enroll device in Microsoft Entra ID, or create a local administrator account | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| Bulk Enrollment in Microsoft Entra ID | Enroll device in Microsoft Entra ID using Bulk Token

                   [Set up Microsoft Entra join in your organization](/azure/active-directory/active-directory-azureadjoin-setup), before you use Windows Configuration Designer wizard to configure bulk Microsoft Entra enrollment. | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| Add applications | Install applications using the provisioning package.  | ✅ | ✅ | ❌ |
+| Add certificates | Include a certificate file in the provisioning package. | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| Configure kiosk account and app | Create local account to run the kiosk mode app, specify the app to run in kiosk mode | ❌ | ✅ | ❌ |
+| Configure kiosk common settings | Set tablet mode, configure welcome and shutdown screens, turn off timeout settings | ❌ | ✅ | ❌ |
+| Developer Setup | Enable Developer Mode  | ❌ | ❌ | ✅ |
 
 - [Instructions for the desktop wizard](provision-pcs-for-initial-deployment.md)
 - [Instructions for the kiosk wizard](../kiosk-single-app.md#wizard)
 - [Instructions for the HoloLens wizard](/hololens/hololens-provisioning#wizard)
 
 >[!NOTE]
->After you start a project using a Windows Configuration Designer wizard, you can switch to the advanced editor to configure additional settings in the provisioning package. 
+>After you start a project using a Windows Configuration Designer wizard, you can switch to the advanced editor to configure additional settings in the provisioning package.
 
 ### Configuration Designer advanced editor
 
@@ -102,26 +90,26 @@ For details about the settings you can customize in provisioning packages, see [
 
 
 
-
+
 
-WCD, simplified common provisioning scenarios. 
+WCD, simplified common provisioning scenarios.
 
-:::image type="content" source="../images/icd.png" alt-text="Configuration Designer options":::
+:::image type="content" source="images/icd.png" alt-text="Configuration Designer options":::
 
 WCD supports the following scenarios for IT administrators:
 
-* **Simple provisioning** – Enables IT administrators to define a desired configuration in WCD and then apply that configuration on target devices. The simple provisioning wizard makes the entire process quick and easy by guiding an IT administrator through common configuration settings in a step-by-step manner. 
+- **Simple provisioning** - Enables IT administrators to define a desired configuration in WCD and then apply that configuration on target devices. The simple provisioning wizard makes the entire process quick and easy by guiding an IT administrator through common configuration settings in a step-by-step manner.
 
   [Learn how to use simple provisioning to configure Windows computers.](provision-pcs-for-initial-deployment.md)
 
-* **Advanced provisioning (deployment of classic (Win32) and Universal Windows Platform (UWP) apps, and certificates)** – Allows an IT administrator to use WCD to open provisioning packages in the advanced settings editor and include apps for deployment on end-user devices. 
+- **Advanced provisioning (deployment of classic (Win32) and Universal Windows Platform (UWP) apps, and certificates)** - Allows an IT administrator to use WCD to open provisioning packages in the advanced settings editor and include apps for deployment on end-user devices.
 
-* **Mobile device enrollment into management** - Enables IT administrators to purchase off-the-shelf retail Windows devices and enroll them into mobile device management (MDM) before handing them to end users in the organization. IT administrators can use WCD to specify the management endpoint and apply the configuration on target devices by connecting them to a Windows PC (tethered deployment) or through an SD card. Supported management end-points include: 
+- **Mobile device enrollment into management** - Enables IT administrators to purchase off-the-shelf retail Windows devices and enroll them into mobile device management (MDM) before handing them to end users in the organization. IT administrators can use WCD to specify the management endpoint and apply the configuration on target devices by connecting them to a Windows PC (tethered deployment) or through an SD card. Supported management end-points include:
 
-  - Microsoft Intune (certificate-based enrollment) 
-  - AirWatch (password-string based enrollment) 
-  - MobileIron (password-string based enrollment) 
-  - Other MDMs (cert-based enrollment) 
+  - Microsoft Intune (certificate-based enrollment)
+  - AirWatch (password-string based enrollment)
+  - MobileIron (password-string based enrollment)
+  - Other MDMs (cert-based enrollment)
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-powershell.md b/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-powershell.md
index 074f0168f1..4c938d7786 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-powershell.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-powershell.md
@@ -1,25 +1,13 @@
 ---
-title: PowerShell cmdlets for provisioning Windows 10/11 (Windows 10/11)
+title: PowerShell cmdlets for provisioning Windows 10/11
 description: Learn more about the Windows PowerShell cmdlets that you can use with Provisioning packages on Windows10/11 client desktop devices.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: lizgt2000
-ms.author: lizlong
 ms.topic: article
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.reviewer: gkomatsu
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
+
 ms.date: 12/31/2017
 ---
 
 # PowerShell cmdlets for provisioning Windows client (reference)
 
-
-**Applies to**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 11
-
 Windows client includes Provisioning PowerShell cmdlets. These cmdlets make it easy to script the following functions.
 
 ## cmdlets
@@ -59,7 +47,7 @@ Windows client includes Provisioning PowerShell cmdlets. These cmdlets make it e
 
   - `Install-TrustedProvisioningCertificate `
 
-- **Get-TrustedProvisioningCertificate**: Lists all installed trusted provisioning certificates. Use this cmdlet to get the certificate thumbprint to use with the `Uninstall-TrustedProvisioningCertificate` cmdlet. 
+- **Get-TrustedProvisioningCertificate**: Lists all installed trusted provisioning certificates. Use this cmdlet to get the certificate thumbprint to use with the `Uninstall-TrustedProvisioningCertificate` cmdlet.
 
   Syntax:
 
@@ -74,7 +62,7 @@ Windows client includes Provisioning PowerShell cmdlets. These cmdlets make it e
 >[!NOTE]
 > You can use Get-Help to get usage help on any command. For example: `Get-Help Add-ProvisioningPackage`
 
-Trace logs are captured when using cmdlets. The following logs are available in the logs folder after the cmdlet completes: 
+Trace logs are captured when using cmdlets. The following logs are available in the logs folder after the cmdlet completes:
 
 - ProvTrace.<timestamp>.ETL - ETL trace file, unfiltered
 - ProvTrace.<timestamp>.XML - ETL trace file converted into raw trace events, unfiltered
@@ -86,7 +74,6 @@ Trace logs are captured when using cmdlets. The following logs are available in
 >[!NOTE]
 >When applying provisioning packages using Powershell cmdlets, the default behavior is to suppress the prompt that appears when applying an unsigned provisioning package. This is by design so that provisioning packages can be applied as part of existing scripts.
 
-
 ## Related articles
 
 - [How provisioning works in Windows client](provisioning-how-it-works.md)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-script-to-install-app.md b/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-script-to-install-app.md
index e766825729..199616a94e 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-script-to-install-app.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-script-to-install-app.md
@@ -1,32 +1,19 @@
 ---
-title: Use a script to install a desktop app in provisioning packages (Windows 10/11)
-description: With Windows 10/11, you can create provisioning packages that let you quickly and efficiently configure a device without having to install a new image.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: lizgt2000
-ms.author: lizlong
+title: Use a script to install a desktop app in provisioning packages
+description: With Windows 10/11, you can create provisioning packages that let you quickly and efficiently configure a device without having to install a new image.
 ms.topic: article
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.reviewer: gkomatsu
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
 ms.date: 12/31/2017
 ---
 
 # Use a script to install a desktop app in provisioning packages
 
-
-**Applies to**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 11
-
 This walkthrough describes how to include scripts in a Windows client provisioning package to install Win32 applications. Scripted operations other than installing apps can also be performed. However, some care is needed to avoid unintended behavior during script execution (see [Remarks](#remarks) below).
 
 ## Assemble the application assets
 
-1. On the device where you’re authoring the package, place all of your assets in a known location. Each asset must have a unique filename, because all files will be copied to the same temp directory on the device. It’s common for many apps to have an installer called ‘install.exe’ or similar, and there may be name overlap because of that. To fix this, you can use the technique described in the next step to include a complete directory structure that is then expanded into the temp directory on the device. The most common use for this would be to include a subdirectory for each application. 
+1. On the device where you're authoring the package, place all of your assets in a known location. Each asset must have a unique filename, because all files will be copied to the same temp directory on the device. It's common for many apps to have an installer called 'install.exe' or similar, and there may be name overlap because of that. To fix this, you can use the technique described in the next step to include a complete directory structure that is then expanded into the temp directory on the device. The most common use for this would be to include a subdirectory for each application.
 
-2. If you need to include a directory structure of files, you will need to cab the assets for easy inclusion in the provisioning packages.
+1. If you need to include a directory structure of files, you'll need to cab the assets for easy inclusion in the provisioning packages.
 
 ## Cab the application assets
 
@@ -34,53 +21,31 @@ This walkthrough describes how to include scripts in a Windows client provisioni
 
     ```ddf
     ;*** MSDN Sample Source Code MakeCAB Directive file example
-    
     ;
-    
     .OPTION EXPLICIT  ; Generate errors on variable typos
-    
     .set DiskDirectoryTemplate=CDROM  ; All cabinets go in a single directory
-    
     .Set MaxDiskFileCount=1000; Limit file count per cabinet, so that
-    
     ; scanning is not too slow
-    
     .Set FolderSizeThreshold=200000   ; Aim for ~200K per folder
-    
     .Set CompressionType=MSZIP
-    
     ;** All files are compressed in cabinet files
-    
     .Set Cabinet=on
-    
     .Set Compress=on
-    
     ;-------------------------------------------------------------------
-    
     ;** CabinetNameTemplate = name of cab
-    
     ;** DiskDirectory1 = output directory where cab will be created
-    
     ;-------------------------------------------------------------------
-    
     .Set CabinetNameTemplate=tt.cab
-    
     .Set DiskDirectory1=.
-        
     ;-------------------------------------------------------------------
-    
     ; Replace  with actual files you want to package
-    
     ;-------------------------------------------------------------------
-    
     
-    
     
-    
-    ;***   
+    ;*** 
     ```
 
-2. Use makecab to create the cab files.
+1. Use makecab to create the cab files.
 
     ```makecab
     Makecab -f 
@@ -90,20 +55,20 @@ This walkthrough describes how to include scripts in a Windows client provisioni
 
 Create a script to perform whatever work is needed to install the application(s). The following examples are provided to help get started authoring the orchestrator script that will execute the required installers. In practice, the orchestrator script may reference many more assets than those in these examples.
 
-You don’t need to create an orchestrator script. You can have one command line per app. If necessary, you can create a script that logs the output per app, as mentioned below (rather than one orchestrator script for the entire provisioning package). 
+You don't need to create an orchestrator script. You can have one command line per app. If necessary, you can create a script that logs the output per app, as mentioned below (rather than one orchestrator script for the entire provisioning package).
 
 >[!NOTE]
 >All actions performed by the script must happen silently, showing no UI and requiring no user interaction.
 >
 >The scripts will be run on the device in system context.
 
-### Debugging example 
+### Debugging example
 
-Granular logging is not built in, so the logging must be built into the script itself. Here is an example script that logs ‘Hello World’ to a logfile. When run on the device, the logfile will be available after provisioning is completed. As you will see in the following examples, it’s recommended that you log each action that your script performs.
+Granular logging isn't built in, so the logging must be built into the script itself. Here's an example script that logs 'Hello World' to a logfile. When run on the device, the logfile will be available after provisioning is completed. As you'll see in the following examples, it's recommended that you log each action that your script performs.
 
 ```log
 set LOGFILE=%SystemDrive%\HelloWorld.log
-echo Hello, World >> %LOGFILE% 
+echo Hello, World >> %LOGFILE%
 ```
 
 ### .exe example
@@ -160,17 +125,15 @@ echo result: %ERRORLEVEL% >> %LOGFILE%
 
 Your provisioning package can include multiple **CommandFiles**.
 
-You are allowed one **CommandLine** per provisioning package. The batch files shown above are orchestrator scripts that manage the installation and call any other scripts included in the provisioning package. The orchestrator script is what should be invoked from the **CommandLine** specified in the package. 
-
-Here’s a table describing this relationship, using the PowerShell example from above:
-
+You're allowed one **CommandLine** per provisioning package. The batch files shown above are orchestrator scripts that manage the installation and call any other scripts included in the provisioning package. The orchestrator script is what should be invoked from the **CommandLine** specified in the package.
 
+Here's a table describing this relationship, using the PowerShell example from above:
 
 |ICD Setting | Value  | Description |
 | --- | --- | --- |
 | ProvisioningCommands/DeviceContext/CommandLine | cmd /c PowerShell_Example.bat | The command line needed to invoke the orchestrator script. |
 | ProvisioningCommands/DeviceContext/CommandFiles | PowerShell_Example.bat | The single orchestrator script referenced by the command line that handles calling into the required installers or performing any other actions such as expanding cab files. This script must do the required logging. |
-| ProvisioningCommands/DeviceContext/CommandFiles | my_powershell_script.ps1 | Other assets referenced by the orchestrator script. In this example, there is only one, but there could be many assets referenced here. One common use case is using the orchestrator to call a series of install.exe or setup.exe installers to install several applications. Each of those installers must be included as an asset here. |
+| ProvisioningCommands/DeviceContext/CommandFiles | my_powershell_script.ps1 | Other assets referenced by the orchestrator script. In this example, there's only one, but there could be many assets referenced here. One common use case is using the orchestrator to call a series of install.exe or setup.exe installers to install several applications. Each of those installers must be included as an asset here. |
 
 ### Add script to provisioning package
 
@@ -184,40 +147,41 @@ cmd /c InstallMyApp.bat
 
 In Windows Configuration Designer, this looks like:
 
-![Command line in Selected customizations.](../images/icd-script1.png)
+![Command line in Selected customizations.](images/icd-script1.png)
 
 You also need to add the relevant assets for that command line including the orchestrator script and any other assets it references such as installers or .cab files.
 
 In Windows Configuration Designer, that is done by adding files under the `ProvisioningCommands/DeviceContext/CommandFiles` setting.
 
-![Command files in Selected customizations.](../images/icd-script2.png)
-
-When you are done, [build the package](provisioning-create-package.md#build-package). 
- 
+![Command files in Selected customizations.](images/icd-script2.png)
 
+When you're done, [build the package](provisioning-create-package.md#build-package).
 
 ### Remarks
 
-1. No user interaction or console output is supported via ProvisioningCommands. All work needs to be silent. If your script attempts to do any of the following it will cause undefined behavior, and could put the device in an unrecoverable state if executed during setup or the Out of Box Experience:
-    a. Echo to console
-    b. Display anything on the screen
-    c. Prompt the user with a dialog or install wizard
-2. When applied at first boot, provisioning runs early in the boot sequence and before a user context has been established; care must be taken to only include installers that can run at this time. Other installers can be provisioned via a management tool.
-3. If the device is put into an unrecoverable state because of a bad script, you can reset it using [recovery options in Windows client](https://support.microsoft.com/help/12415/windows-10-recovery-options).
-4. The CommandFile assets are deployed on the device to a temporary folder unique to each package.
+1. No user interaction or console output is supported via ProvisioningCommands. All work needs to be silent. If your script attempts to do any of the following it causes undefined behavior, and could put the device in an unrecoverable state if executed during setup or the Out of Box Experience:
+
+    1. Echo to console
+    1. Display anything on the screen
+    1. Prompt the user with a dialog or install wizard
+
+1. When applied at first boot, provisioning runs early in the boot sequence and before a user context has been established; care must be taken to only include installers that can run at this time. Other installers can be provisioned via a management tool.
+1. If the device is put into an unrecoverable state because of a bad script, you can reset it using [recovery options in Windows client](https://support.microsoft.com/help/12415/windows-10-recovery-options).
+1. The CommandFile assets are deployed on the device to a temporary folder unique to each package.
 
     1. For packages added during the out of box experience, this is usually in `%WINDIR%\system32\config\systemprofile\appdata\local\Temp\ProvisioningPkgTmp\<{PackageIdGuid}>\Commands\0`
 
         The `0` after `Commands\` refers to the installation order and indicates the first app to be installed. The number will increment for each app in the package.
 
-    2. For packages added by double-clicking on an already deployed device, this will be in the temp folder for the user executing the provisioning package: `%TMP%\ProvisioningPkgTmp\<{PackageIdGuid}>\Commands\0`
+    1. For packages added by double-clicking on an already deployed device, this will be in the temp folder for the user executing the provisioning package: `%TMP%\ProvisioningPkgTmp\<{PackageIdGuid}>\Commands\0`
 
-5. The command line will be executed with the directory the CommandFiles were deployed to as the working directory. This means you do not need to specific the full path to assets in the command line or from within any script.
-6. The runtime provisioning component will attempt to run the scripts from the provisioning package at the earliest point possible, depending on the stage when the PPKG was added. For example, if the package was added during the Out-of-Box Experience, it will be run immediately after the package is applied, while the out of box experience is still happening. This is before the user account configuration options are presented to the user. A spinning progress dialog will appear and “please wait” will be displayed on the screen. 
+1. The command line will be executed with the directory the CommandFiles were deployed to as the working directory. This means you do not need to specific the full path to assets in the command line or from within any script.
+1. The runtime provisioning component will attempt to run the scripts from the provisioning package at the earliest point possible, depending on the stage when the PPKG was added. For example, if the package was added during the Out-of-Box Experience, it will be run immediately after the package is applied, while the out of box experience is still happening. This is before the user account configuration options are presented to the user. A spinning progress dialog will appear and "please wait" will be displayed on the screen.
 
     >[!NOTE]
-    >There is a timeout of 30 minutes for the provisioning process at this point. All scripts and installs need to complete within this time. 
-7. The scripts are executed in the background as the rest of provisioning continues to run. For packages added on existing systems using the double-click to install, there is no notification that provisioning or script execution has completed
+    >There is a timeout of 30 minutes for the provisioning process at this point. All scripts and installs need to complete within this time.
+
+1. The scripts are executed in the background as the rest of provisioning continues to run. For packages added on existing systems using the double-click to install, there's no notification that provisioning or script execution has completed
 
 ## Related articles
 
@@ -231,5 +195,3 @@ When you are done, [build the package](provisioning-create-package.md#build-pack
 - [Windows Configuration Designer command-line interface (reference)](provisioning-command-line.md)
 - [PowerShell cmdlets for provisioning Windows client (reference)](provisioning-powershell.md)
 - [Create a provisioning package with multivariant settings](provisioning-multivariant.md)
-
-
diff --git a/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-uninstall-package.md b/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-uninstall-package.md
index 1ae2f42140..9a75ffc29b 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-uninstall-package.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-uninstall-package.md
@@ -1,90 +1,58 @@
 ---
-title: Uninstall a provisioning package - reverted settings (Windows 10/11)
+title: Uninstall a provisioning package - reverted settings
 description: This article lists the settings that are reverted when you uninstall a provisioning package on Windows 10/11 desktop client devices.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: lizgt2000
-ms.author: lizlong
 ms.topic: article
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.reviewer: gkomatsu
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
 ms.date: 12/31/2017
 ---
 
 # Settings changed when you uninstall a provisioning package
 
-
-**Applies to**
-
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 11
-
 When you uninstall a provisioning package, only certain settings are revertible. This article lists the settings that are reverted when you uninstall a provisioning package.
 
-
 As an administrator, you can uninstall by using the **Add or remove a package for work or school** option available under **Settings** > **Accounts** > **Access work or school**.
 
-When a provisioning package is uninstalled, some of its settings are reverted, which means the value for the setting is changed to the next available or default value. Not all settings, however, are revertible. 
+When a provisioning package is uninstalled, some of its settings are reverted, which means the value for the setting is changed to the next available or default value. Not all settings, however, are revertible.
 
-Only settings in the following lists are revertible. 
+Only settings in the following lists are revertible.
 
 ## Registry-based settings
 
-The registry-based settings that are revertible when a provisioning package is uninstalled all fall under these categories, which you can find in the  Windows Configuration Designer. 
-
+The registry-based settings that are revertible when a provisioning package is uninstalled all fall under these categories, which you can find in the  Windows Configuration Designer.
 
 - [Wi-Fi Sense](../wcd/wcd-connectivityprofiles.md#wifisense)
 - [CountryAndRegion](../wcd/wcd-countryandregion.md)
 - DeviceManagement / PGList/ LogicalProxyName
 - UniversalAppInstall / LaunchAppAtLogin
 - [Power](/previous-versions//dn953704(v=vs.85))
-- [TabletMode](../wcd/wcd-tabletmode.md) 
-- [Maps](../wcd/wcd-maps.md) 
+- [TabletMode](../wcd/wcd-tabletmode.md)
+- [Maps](../wcd/wcd-maps.md)
 - [Browser](../wcd/wcd-browser.md)
-- [DeviceFormFactor](../wcd/wcd-deviceformfactor.md) 
-- [USBErrorsOEMOverride](/previous-versions/windows/hardware/previsioning-framework/mt769908(v=vs.85)) 
-- [WeakCharger](../wcd/wcd-weakcharger.md) 
-
-
+- [DeviceFormFactor](../wcd/wcd-deviceformfactor.md)
+- [USBErrorsOEMOverride](/previous-versions/windows/hardware/previsioning-framework/mt769908(v=vs.85))
+- [WeakCharger](../wcd/wcd-weakcharger.md)
 
 ## CSP-based settings
 
-Here is the list of revertible settings based on configuration service providers (CSPs). 
+Here is the list of revertible settings based on configuration service providers (CSPs).
 
-[ActiveSync CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/activesync-csp) 
-[AppLocker CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/applocker-csp)  
-[BrowserFavorite CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/browserfavorite-csp)   
-[CertificateStore CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/certificatestore-csp) 
-[ClientCertificateInstall CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/clientcertificateinstall-csp)   
-[RootCATrustedCertificates CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/rootcacertificates-csp)   
-[CM_CellularEntries CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/cm-cellularentries-csp)   
-[CM_ProxyEntries CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/cm-proxyentries-csp)   
-[CMPolicy CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/cmpolicy-csp)   
-[CMPolicyEnterprise CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/cmpolicyenterprise-csp)   
-[EMAIL2 CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/email2-csp)   
-[EnterpriseAPN CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/enterpriseapn-csp)   
-[EnterpriseDesktopAppManagement CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/enterprisedesktopappmanagement-csp)   
-[EnterpriseModernAppManagement CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/enterprisemodernappmanagement-csp)   
-[NAP CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/nap-csp)   
-[PassportForWork CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/passportforwork-csp)   
-[Provisioning CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/provisioning-csp)   
-[SecureAssessment CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/secureassessment-csp)   
-[VPN CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/vpn-csp)   
-[VPNv2 CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/vpnv2-csp)   
-[WiFi CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/wifi-csp)   
-
-
-
-## Related articles
-
-- [Provisioning packages for Windows client](provisioning-packages.md)
-- [How provisioning works in Windows client](provisioning-how-it-works.md)
-- [Install Windows Configuration Designer](provisioning-install-icd.md)
-- [Create a provisioning package](provisioning-create-package.md)
-- [Apply a provisioning package](provisioning-apply-package.md)
-- [Provision PCs with common settings for initial deployment (simple provisioning)](provision-pcs-for-initial-deployment.md)
-- [Use a script to install a desktop app in provisioning packages](provisioning-script-to-install-app.md)
-- [PowerShell cmdlets for provisioning Windows client (reference)](provisioning-powershell.md)
-- [Windows Configuration Designer command-line interface (reference)](provisioning-command-line.md)
-- [Create a provisioning package with multivariant settings](provisioning-multivariant.md)
+[ActiveSync CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/activesync-csp)
+[AppLocker CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/applocker-csp)
+[BrowserFavorite CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/browserfavorite-csp)
+[CertificateStore CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/certificatestore-csp)
+[ClientCertificateInstall CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/clientcertificateinstall-csp)
+[RootCATrustedCertificates CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/rootcacertificates-csp)
+[CM_CellularEntries CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/cm-cellularentries-csp)
+[CM_ProxyEntries CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/cm-proxyentries-csp)
+[CMPolicy CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/cmpolicy-csp)
+[CMPolicyEnterprise CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/cmpolicyenterprise-csp)
+[EMAIL2 CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/email2-csp)
+[EnterpriseAPN CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/enterpriseapn-csp)
+[EnterpriseDesktopAppManagement CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/enterprisedesktopappmanagement-csp)
+[EnterpriseModernAppManagement CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/enterprisemodernappmanagement-csp)
+[NAP CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/nap-csp)
+[PassportForWork CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/passportforwork-csp)
+[Provisioning CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/provisioning-csp)
+[SecureAssessment CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/secureassessment-csp)
+[VPN CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/vpn-csp)
+[VPNv2 CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/vpnv2-csp)
+[WiFi CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/wifi-csp)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/toc.yml b/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/toc.yml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..818ccc679e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/toc.yml
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+items:
+  - name: Provisioning packages for Windows client
+    href: provisioning-packages.md
+  - name: How provisioning works in Windows client
+    href: provisioning-how-it-works.md
+  - name: Introduction to configuration service providers (CSPs)
+    href: how-it-pros-can-use-configuration-service-providers.md
+  - name: Install Windows Configuration Designer
+    href: provisioning-install-icd.md
+  - name: Create a provisioning package
+    href: provisioning-create-package.md
+  - name: Apply a provisioning package
+    href: provisioning-apply-package.md
+  - name: Settings changed when you uninstall a provisioning package
+    href: provisioning-uninstall-package.md
+  - name: Provision PCs with common settings for initial deployment (desktop wizard)
+    href: provision-pcs-for-initial-deployment.md
+  - name: Provision PCs with apps
+    href: provision-pcs-with-apps.md
+  - name: Use a script to install a desktop app in provisioning packages
+    href: provisioning-script-to-install-app.md
+  - name: Create a provisioning package with multivariant settings
+    href: provisioning-multivariant.md
+  - name: PowerShell cmdlets for provisioning Windows client (reference)
+    href: provisioning-powershell.md
+  - name: Diagnose provisioning packages
+    href: diagnose-provisioning-packages.md
+  - name: Windows Configuration Designer command-line interface (reference)
+    href: provisioning-command-line.md
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/configuration/shared-pc/images/intune.svg b/windows/configuration/shared-pc/images/intune.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6e0d938aed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/windows/configuration/shared-pc/images/intune.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+
+  
+    
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+    
+  
+  Icon-intune-329
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/configuration/shared-pc/images/powershell.svg b/windows/configuration/shared-pc/images/powershell.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ab2d5152ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/windows/configuration/shared-pc/images/powershell.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+
+  
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+  
+  MsPortalFx.base.images-10
+  
+    
+      
+      
+      
+      
+      
+    
+  
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/configuration/shared-pc/images/provisioning-package.svg b/windows/configuration/shared-pc/images/provisioning-package.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dbbad7d780
--- /dev/null
+++ b/windows/configuration/shared-pc/images/provisioning-package.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+
+  
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/shared-pc-intune.png b/windows/configuration/shared-pc/images/shared-pc-intune.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/shared-pc-intune.png
rename to windows/configuration/shared-pc/images/shared-pc-intune.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/shared-pc-wcd.png b/windows/configuration/shared-pc/images/shared-pc-wcd.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/shared-pc-wcd.png
rename to windows/configuration/shared-pc/images/shared-pc-wcd.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/sharedpc-guest-win11.png b/windows/configuration/shared-pc/images/sharedpc-guest-win11.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/sharedpc-guest-win11.png
rename to windows/configuration/shared-pc/images/sharedpc-guest-win11.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/sharedpc-kiosk-win11se.png b/windows/configuration/shared-pc/images/sharedpc-kiosk-win11se.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/sharedpc-kiosk-win11se.png
rename to windows/configuration/shared-pc/images/sharedpc-kiosk-win11se.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/set-up-shared-or-guest-pc.md b/windows/configuration/shared-pc/set-up-shared-or-guest-pc.md
similarity index 93%
rename from windows/configuration/set-up-shared-or-guest-pc.md
rename to windows/configuration/shared-pc/set-up-shared-or-guest-pc.md
index 37d205a15f..10db6ae8f9 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/set-up-shared-or-guest-pc.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/shared-pc/set-up-shared-or-guest-pc.md
@@ -2,15 +2,7 @@
 title: Set up a shared or guest Windows device
 description: Description of how to configured Shared PC mode, which is a Windows feature that optimizes devices for shared use scenarios.
 ms.date: 11/08/2023
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
 ms.topic: how-to
-author: paolomatarazzo
-ms.author: paoloma
-appliesto: 
-  - ✅ Windows 10
-  - ✅ Windows 11
-  - ✅ Windows 11 SE
 ---
 
 # Set up a shared or guest Windows device
@@ -33,17 +25,17 @@ Shared PC can be configured using the following methods:
 
 Follow the instructions below to configure your devices, selecting the option that best suits your needs.
 
-#### [:::image type="icon" source="images/icons/intune.svg"::: **Intune**](#tab/intune)
+#### [:::image type="icon" source="images/intune.svg"::: **Intune**](#tab/intune)
 
 To configure devices using Microsoft Intune, [create a **Settings catalog** policy][MEM-2], and use the settings listed under the category **`Shared PC`**:
 
-:::image type="content" source="./images/shared-pc-intune.png" alt-text="Screenshot that shows the Shared PC policies in the Intune settings catalog." lightbox="./images/shared-pc-intune.png" border="True":::
+:::image type="content" source="images/shared-pc-intune.png" alt-text="Screenshot that shows the Shared PC policies in the Intune settings catalog." lightbox="images/shared-pc-intune.png" border="True":::
 
 Assign the policy to a security group that contains as members the devices or users that you want to configure.
 
 Alternatively, you can configure devices using a [custom policy][MEM-1] with the [SharedPC CSP][WIN-3].
 
-#### [:::image type="icon" source="images/icons/provisioning-package.svg"::: **PPKG**](#tab/ppkg)
+#### [:::image type="icon" source="images/provisioning-package.svg"::: **PPKG**](#tab/ppkg)
 
 To configure devices using a provisioning package, [create a provisioning package][WIN-1] using WCD, and use the settings listed under the category **`SharedPC`**:
 
@@ -53,7 +45,7 @@ For a list and description of CSP settings exposed in Windows Configuration Desi
 
 Follow the steps in [Apply a provisioning package][WIN-2] to apply the package that you created.
 
-#### [:::image type="icon" source="images/icons/powershell.svg"::: **PowerShell**](#tab/powershell)
+#### [:::image type="icon" source="images/powershell.svg"::: **PowerShell**](#tab/powershell)
 
 To configure devices using a PowerShell script, you can use the [MDM Bridge WMI Provider][WIN-6].
 
@@ -111,8 +103,10 @@ For more information, see [Using PowerShell scripting with the WMI Bridge Provid
     $adminName = "LocalAdmin"
     $adminPass = 'Pa$$word123'
     invoke-expression "net user /add $adminName $adminPass"
-    $user = New-Object System.Security.Principal.NTAccount($adminName) 
-    $sid = $user.Translate([System.Security.Principal.SecurityIdentifier]) 
+    $user = New-Object System.Security.Principal.NTAccount($adminName)
+
+    $sid = $user.Translate([System.Security.Principal.SecurityIdentifier])
+
     $sid = $sid.Value;
     New-Item -Path "HKLM:\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\SharedPC\Exemptions\$sid" -Force
     ```
diff --git a/windows/configuration/shared-devices-concepts.md b/windows/configuration/shared-pc/shared-devices-concepts.md
similarity index 81%
rename from windows/configuration/shared-devices-concepts.md
rename to windows/configuration/shared-pc/shared-devices-concepts.md
index 2fdab61b30..1a5a943367 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/shared-devices-concepts.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/shared-pc/shared-devices-concepts.md
@@ -3,64 +3,58 @@ title: Manage multi-user and guest Windows devices
 description: options to optimize Windows devices used in shared scenarios, such touchdown spaces in an enterprise, temporary customer use in retail or shared devices in a school.
 ms.date: 11/08/2023
 ms.topic: concept-article
-author: paolomatarazzo
-ms.author: paoloma
-appliesto: 
-  - ✅ Windows 10
-  - ✅ Windows 11
-  - ✅ Windows 11 SE
----
+--- 
 
-# Manage multi-user and guest Windows devices with Shared PC
+# Manage multi-user and guest Windows devices with Shared PC 
 
 Windows allows multiple users to sign in and use the same device, which is useful in scenarios like touchdown spaces in an enterprise, temporary customer use in retail or shared devices in a school.
-As more users access the same device, more resources on the devices are used. This can lead to performance issues and a degraded user experience.
+As more users access the same device, more resources on the devices are used. This can lead to performance issues and a degraded user experience. 
 
-To optimize multi-user and guest devices, Windows provides options through a feature called *Shared PC*. These settings are designed to improve the experience for all users on the device, and to reduce the administrative overhead caused by the maintenance of multiple user profiles.
+To optimize multi-user and guest devices, Windows provides options through a feature called *Shared PC*. These settings are designed to improve the experience for all users on the device, and to reduce the administrative overhead caused by the maintenance of multiple user profiles. 
 
-This article describes the different options available in Shared PC.
+This article describes the different options available in Shared PC. 
 
-## Shared PC mode
+## Shared PC mode 
 
-A Windows device enabled for *Shared PC mode* is designed to be maintenance-free with high reliability. Devices configured in Shared PC mode have different settings designed to improve the experience for all users accessing a shared device.
+A Windows device enabled for *Shared PC mode* is designed to be maintenance-free with high reliability. Devices configured in Shared PC mode have different settings designed to improve the experience for all users accessing a shared device. 
 
-## Account management
+## Account management 
 
-When *Account management* is configured, user profiles are automatically deleted to free up disk space and resources. Account management is performed both at sign-out time and during system maintenance time periods. Shared PC mode can be configured to delete accounts immediately at sign-out, based on disk space thresholds, or based on inactivity thresholds.
+When *Account management* is configured, user profiles are automatically deleted to free up disk space and resources. Account management is performed both at sign-out time and during system maintenance time periods. Shared PC mode can be configured to delete accounts immediately at sign-out, based on disk space thresholds, or based on inactivity thresholds. 
 
 > [!IMPORTANT]
-> Shared PC is designed to take advantage of maintenance time periods, which run while the device is not in use. Therefore, devices should be put to **sleep** instead of shut down, so that they can wake up to perform maintenance tasks.
+> Shared PC is designed to take advantage of maintenance time periods, which run while the device is not in use. Therefore, devices should be put to **sleep** instead of shut down, so that they can wake up to perform maintenance tasks. 
 
 > [!TIP]
-> While Shared PC does not configure the Windows Update client, it is recommended to configure Windows Update to automatically install updates and reboot during maintenance hours. This will help ensure the device is always up to date without interrupting users when the device is in use.
+> While Shared PC does not configure the Windows Update client, it is recommended to configure Windows Update to automatically install updates and reboot during maintenance hours. This will help ensure the device is always up to date without interrupting users when the device is in use. 
 
-### Account models
+### Account models 
 
-Shared PC offers the possibility to enable a **Guest** option on the sign-in screen. The Guest option doesn't require any user credentials or authentication, and creates a new local account each time it's used with access to the desktop. A **Guest button** is shown on the sign-in screen that a user can select.
+Shared PC offers the possibility to enable a **Guest** option on the sign-in screen. The Guest option doesn't require any user credentials or authentication, and creates a new local account each time it's used with access to the desktop. A **Guest button** is shown on the sign-in screen that a user can select. 
 
-:::image type="content" source="./images/sharedpc-guest-win11.png" alt-text="Windows 11 sign-in screen with Guest option enabled." border="True":::
+:::image type="content" source="./images/sharedpc-guest-win11.png" alt-text="Windows 11 sign-in screen with Guest option enabled." border="True"::: 
 
-Shared PC also offers a **Kiosk** mode, which automatically executes a specific application when the kiosk account signs-in. This is useful in scenarios where the device is accessed for a specific purpose, such as test taking in a school.
+Shared PC also offers a **Kiosk** mode, which automatically executes a specific application when the kiosk account signs-in. This is useful in scenarios where the device is accessed for a specific purpose, such as test taking in a school. 
 
-:::image type="content" source="./images/sharedpc-kiosk-win11se.png" alt-text="Windows 11 sign-in screen with Guest and Kiosk options enabled." border="True":::
+:::image type="content" source="./images/sharedpc-kiosk-win11se.png" alt-text="Windows 11 sign-in screen with Guest and Kiosk options enabled." border="True"::: 
 
-## Advanced customizations
+## Advanced customizations 
 
-Shared PC offers advanced customizations for shared devices, such as specific settings for education devices, low end devices, and more.
+Shared PC offers advanced customizations for shared devices, such as specific settings for education devices, low end devices, and more. 
 
-Shared devices require special considerations regarding power settings. Shared PC makes it easy to configure power settings for shared devices. The power settings are configured in the local group policy object (LGPO).
+Shared devices require special considerations regarding power settings. Shared PC makes it easy to configure power settings for shared devices. The power settings are configured in the local group policy object (LGPO). 
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> For devices without Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) wake alarms, Shared PC will override real-time clock (RTC) wake alarms to be allowed to wake the PC from sleep (by default, RTC wake alarms are off). This ensures that the widest variety of hardware will take advantage of maintenance periods.
+> For devices without Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) wake alarms, Shared PC will override real-time clock (RTC) wake alarms to be allowed to wake the PC from sleep (by default, RTC wake alarms are off). This ensures that the widest variety of hardware will take advantage of maintenance periods. 
 
-## Additional information
+## Additional information 
 
 - To learn how to configure Shared PC, see [Set up a shared or guest Windows device](set-up-shared-or-guest-pc.md).
 - For a list of settings configured by the different options offered by Shared PC, see the [Shared PC technical reference](shared-pc-technical.md).
 - For a list of settings exposed by the SharedPC configuration service provider, see [SharedPC CSP][WIN-1].
-- For a list of settings exposed by Windows Configuration Designer, see [SharedPC CSP][WIN-2].
+- For a list of settings exposed by Windows Configuration Designer, see [SharedPC CSP][WIN-2]. 
 
-
+ 
 
 [WIN-1]: /windows/client-management/mdm/sharedpc-csp
 [WIN-2]: /windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-sharedpc
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/configuration/shared-pc-technical.md b/windows/configuration/shared-pc/shared-pc-technical.md
similarity index 88%
rename from windows/configuration/shared-pc-technical.md
rename to windows/configuration/shared-pc/shared-pc-technical.md
index 652336403e..623303a671 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/shared-pc-technical.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/shared-pc/shared-pc-technical.md
@@ -3,26 +3,20 @@ title: Shared PC technical reference
 description: List of policies and settings applied by the Shared PC options.
 ms.date: 11/08/2023
 ms.topic: reference
-author: paolomatarazzo
-ms.author: paoloma
-appliesto: 
-  - ✅ Windows 10
-  - ✅ Windows 11
-  - ✅ Windows 11 SE
----
+--- 
 
-# Shared PC technical reference
+# Shared PC technical reference 
 
-This article details the settings configured by the different options of Shared PC.
+This article details the settings configured by the different options of Shared PC. 
 
 > [!IMPORTANT]
-> The behavior of some options have changed over time. This article describes the current settings applied by Shared PC.
+> The behavior of some options have changed over time. This article describes the current settings applied by Shared PC. 
 
-## EnableSharedPCMode and EnableSharedPCModeWithOneDriveSync
+## EnableSharedPCMode and EnableSharedPCModeWithOneDriveSync 
 
-EnableSharedPCMode and EnableSharedPCModeWithOneDriveSync are the two policies that enable **Shared PC mode**. The only difference between the two is that EnableSharedPCModeWithOneDriveSync enables OneDrive synchronization, while EnableSharedPCMode disables it.
+EnableSharedPCMode and EnableSharedPCModeWithOneDriveSync are the two policies that enable **Shared PC mode**. The only difference between the two is that EnableSharedPCModeWithOneDriveSync enables OneDrive synchronization, while EnableSharedPCMode disables it. 
 
-When enabling Shared PC mode, the following settings in the local GPO are configured:
+When enabling Shared PC mode, the following settings in the local GPO are configured: 
 
 | Policy setting | Status |
 |--|--|
@@ -48,26 +42,26 @@ When enabling Shared PC mode, the following settings in the local GPO are config
 | Windows Components/OneDrive/Prevent the usage of OneDrive for file storage |**Enabled** if using EnableSharedPCMode

                  **Disabled** is using EnableSharedPCModeWithOneDriveSync |
 | Windows Components/Windows Hello for Business/Use biometrics | Disabled |
 | Windows Components/Windows Hello for Business/Use Windows Hello for Business | Disabled |
-| Windows Components/Windows Logon Options/Sign-in and lock last interactive user automatically after a restart | Disabled |
+| Windows Components/Windows Logon Options/Sign-in and lock last interactive user automatically after a restart | Disabled | 
 
 | Extra registry setting  | Status |
 |-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|----------|
 | Software\Policies\Microsoft\PassportForWork\Remote\Enabled (Phone sign-in/Use phone sign-in) | 0 |
-| Software\Policies\Microsoft\Windows\PreviewBuilds\AllowBuildPreview () | 0 |
+| Software\Policies\Microsoft\Windows\PreviewBuilds\AllowBuildPreview () | 0 | 
 
-## SetEDUPolicy
+## SetEDUPolicy 
 
-By enabling SetEDUPolicy, the following settings in the local GPO are configured:
+By enabling SetEDUPolicy, the following settings in the local GPO are configured: 
 
 | Policy setting | Status |
 |--|--|
 | System/User Profiles/Turn off the advertising ID | Enabled |
 | Windows Components/Cloud Content/Do not show Windows tips | Enabled |
-| Windows Components/Cloud Content/Turn off Microsoft consumer experiences | Enabled |
+| Windows Components/Cloud Content/Turn off Microsoft consumer experiences | Enabled | 
 
-## SetPowerPolicies
+## SetPowerPolicies 
 
-By enabling SetPowerPolicies, the following settings in the local GPO are configured:
+By enabling SetPowerPolicies, the following settings in the local GPO are configured: 
 
 | Policy setting | Status|
 |--|--|
@@ -83,41 +77,42 @@ By enabling SetPowerPolicies, the following settings in the local GPO are config
 | System/Power Management/Sleep Settings/Specify the system hibernate timeout (on battery) | 0 (Hibernation disabled) |
 | System/Power Management/Sleep Settings/Specify the system hibernate timeout (plugged in) | 0 (Hibernation disabled) |
 | System/Power Management/Sleep Settings/Turn off hybrid sleep (on battery) | Enabled |
-| System/Power Management/Sleep Settings/Turn off hybrid sleep (plugged in) | Enabled |
+| System/Power Management/Sleep Settings/Turn off hybrid sleep (plugged in) | Enabled | 
 
-## MaintenanceStartTime
+## MaintenanceStartTime 
 
-By enabling MaintenanceStartTime, the following settings in the local GPO are configured:
+By enabling MaintenanceStartTime, the following settings in the local GPO are configured: 
 
 | Policy setting | Status|
 |--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|--------------------------------|
 | Windows Components/Maintenance Scheduler/Automatic Maintenance Activation Boundary | 2000-01-01T00:00:00 (midnight) |
 | Windows Components/Maintenance Scheduler/Automatic Maintenance Random Delay  | Enabled PT2H (2 hours) |
-| Windows Components/Maintenance Scheduler/Automatic Maintenance WakeUp Policy | Enabled  |
+| Windows Components/Maintenance Scheduler/Automatic Maintenance WakeUp Policy | Enabled  | 
 
-## SignInOnResume
+## SignInOnResume 
 
-By enabling SignInOnResume, the following settings in the local GPO are configured:
+By enabling SignInOnResume, the following settings in the local GPO are configured: 
 
 | Policy setting | Status|
 |--|--|
 | System/Logon/Allow users to select when a password is required when resuming from connected standby | Disabled |
 | System/Power Management/Sleep Settings/Require a password when a computer wakes (on battery) | Enabled |
-| System/Power Management/Sleep Settings/Require a password when a computer wakes (plugged in) | Enabled |
+| System/Power Management/Sleep Settings/Require a password when a computer wakes (plugged in) | Enabled | 
 
-## EnableAccountManager
+## EnableAccountManager 
 
-By enabling Enableaccountmanager, the following schedule task is turned on: `\Microsoft\Windows\SharedPC\Account Cleanup`.
+By enabling Enableaccountmanager, the following schedule task is turned on: `\Microsoft\Windows\SharedPC\Account Cleanup`. 
 
-## Shared PC APIs and app behavior
+## Shared PC APIs and app behavior 
 
-Applications can take advantage of Shared PC mode with the following three APIs:  
+Applications can take advantage of Shared PC mode with the following three APIs:   
 
 - [**IsEnabled**][API-1] - This API informs applications when the device is configured for shared use scenarios. For example, an app might only download content on demand on a device in shared PC mode, or might skip first run experiences.
 - [**ShouldAvoidLocalStorage**][API-2] - This API informs applications when the PC has been configured to not allow the user to save to the local storage of the PC. Instead, only cloud save locations should be offered by the app or saved automatically by the app.  
-- [**IsEducationEnvironment**][API-3] - This API informs applications when the PC is used in an education environment. Apps may want to handle diagnostic data differently or hide advertising functionality.  
 
------------
+- [**IsEducationEnvironment**][API-3] - This API informs applications when the PC is used in an education environment. Apps may want to handle diagnostic data differently or hide advertising functionality.   
+
+----------- 
 
 [API-1]: /uwp/api/windows.system.profile.sharedmodesettings.isenabled
 [API-2]: /uwp/api/windows.system.profile.sharedmodesettings.shouldavoidlocalstorage
diff --git a/windows/configuration/shared-pc/toc.yml b/windows/configuration/shared-pc/toc.yml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..87e0ba65f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/windows/configuration/shared-pc/toc.yml
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+items:
+- name: Shared devices concepts
+  href: shared-devices-concepts.md
+- name: Configure shared devices with Shared PC
+  href: set-up-shared-or-guest-pc.md
+- name: Shared PC technical reference
+  href: shared-pc-technical.md
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/configuration/customize-and-export-start-layout.md b/windows/configuration/start/customize-and-export-start-layout.md
similarity index 78%
rename from windows/configuration/customize-and-export-start-layout.md
rename to windows/configuration/start/customize-and-export-start-layout.md
index 2173e2ee20..725c7c8756 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/customize-and-export-start-layout.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/start/customize-and-export-start-layout.md
@@ -1,25 +1,16 @@
 ---
 title: Customize and export Start layout
 description: The easiest method for creating a customized Start layout is to set up the Start screen and export the layout.
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: lizgt2000
-ms.author: lizlong
 ms.topic: how-to
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
+appliesto:
+- ✅ Windows 10
 ms.date: 08/18/2023
 ms.collection:
  - tier1
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
 ---
 
 # Customize and export Start layout
 
-**Applies to**:
-
-- Windows 10
-
 >**Looking for consumer information?** See [Customize the Start menu](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=623630)
 
 The easiest method for creating a customized Start layout to apply to other Windows 10 devices is to set up the Start screen on a test computer and then export the layout.
@@ -36,37 +27,28 @@ When [a partial Start layout](#configure-a-partial-start-layout) is applied, the
 You can deploy the resulting .xml file to devices using one of the following methods:
 
 - [Group Policy](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-group-policy.md)
-
 - [Windows Configuration Designer provisioning package](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-provisioning-packages-and-icd.md)
-
 - [Mobile device management (MDM)](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-mobile-device-management.md)
 
-### Customize the Start screen on your test computer
+## Customize the Start screen on your test computer
 
 To prepare a Start layout for export, you simply customize the Start layout on a test computer.
 
-**To prepare a test computer**
+To prepare a test computer:
 
 1. Set up a test computer on which to customize the Start layout. Your test computer should have the operating system that is installed on the users' computers (Windows 10 Pro, Enterprise, or Education). Install all apps and services that the Start layout should display.
-
 1. Create a new user account that you'll use to customize the Start layout.
 
-**To customize Start**
+To customize Start:
 
 1. Sign in to your test computer with the user account that you created.
-
 1. Customize the Start layout as you want users to see it by using the following techniques:
 
     - **Pin apps to Start**. From Start, type the name of the app. When the app appears in the search results, right-click the app, and then select **Pin to Start**.
-
         To view all apps, select **All apps** in the bottom-left corner of Start. Right-click any app, and pin or unpin it from Start.
-
     - **Unpin apps** that you don't want to display. To unpin an app, right-click the app, and then select **Unpin from Start**.
-
     - **Drag tiles** on Start to reorder or group apps.
-
     - **Resize tiles**. To resize tiles, right-click the tile and then select **Resize.**
-
     - **Create your own app groups**. Drag the apps to an empty area. To name a group, select above the group of tiles and then type the name in the **Name group** field that appears above the group.
 
 > [!IMPORTANT]
@@ -81,10 +63,9 @@ When you have the Start layout that you want your users to see, use the [Export-
 > [!IMPORTANT]
 > If you include secondary Microsoft Edge tiles (tiles that link to specific websites in Microsoft Edge), see [Add custom images to Microsoft Edge secondary tiles](start-secondary-tiles.md) for instructions.
 
-**To export the Start layout to an .xml file**
+To export the Start layout to an .xml file:
 
 1. While signed in with the same account that you used to customize Start, right-click Start, and select **Windows PowerShell**.
-
 1. On a device running Windows 10, version 1607, 1703, or 1803, at the Windows PowerShell command prompt, enter the following command:
 
     `Export-StartLayout -path .xml`
@@ -110,32 +91,29 @@ When you have the Start layout that you want your users to see, use the [Export-
                   
                   
                   
-                        
+                
+
               
             
           
         
     ```
 
-1. (Optional) Edit the .xml file to add [a taskbar configuration](configure-windows-10-taskbar.md) or to [modify the exported layout](start-layout-xml-desktop.md). When you make changes to the exported layout, be aware that [the order of the elements in the .xml file is critical.](start-layout-xml-desktop.md#required-order)
+1. (Optional) Edit the .xml file to add [a taskbar configuration](../taskbar/configure-windows-10-taskbar.md) or to [modify the exported layout](start-layout-xml-desktop.md). When you make changes to the exported layout, be aware that [the order of the elements in the .xml file is critical.](start-layout-xml-desktop.md#required-order)
 
 > [!IMPORTANT]
-> If the Start layout that you export contains tiles for desktop (Win32) apps or .url links, **Export-StartLayout** will use **DesktopApplicationLinkPath** in the resulting file. Use a text or XML editor to change **DesktopApplicationLinkPath** to **DesktopApplicationID**. See [Specify Start tiles](start-layout-xml-desktop.md#specify-start-tiles) for details on using the app ID in place of the link path. 
+> If the Start layout that you export contains tiles for desktop (Win32) apps or .url links, **Export-StartLayout** will use **DesktopApplicationLinkPath** in the resulting file. Use a text or XML editor to change **DesktopApplicationLinkPath** to **DesktopApplicationID**. See [Specify Start tiles](start-layout-xml-desktop.md#specify-start-tiles) for details on using the app ID in place of the link path.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > All clients that the start layout applies to must have the apps and other shortcuts present on the local system in the same location as the source for the Start layout.
 >
 > For scripts and application tile pins to work correctly, follow these rules:
 >
->* Executable files and scripts should be listed in \Program Files or wherever the installer of the app places them.
->
->* Shortcuts that will pinned to Start should be placed in \ProgramData\Microsoft\Windows\Start Menu\Programs. 
->
->* If you place executable files or scripts in the \ProgramData\Microsoft\Windows\Start Menu\Programs folder, they will not pin to Start.
->
->* Start on Windows 10 does not support subfolders. We only support one folder. For example, \ProgramData\Microsoft\Windows\Start Menu\Programs\Folder. If you go any deeper than one folder, Start will compress the contents of all the subfolder to the top level.
->
->* Three additional shortcuts are pinned to the start menu after the export. These are shortcuts to %ALLUSERSPROFILE%\Microsoft\Windows\Start Menu\Programs, %APPDATA%\Microsoft\Windows\Start Menu\Programs, and %APPDATA%\Microsoft\Windows\Start Menu\Programs\System Tools\.
+>- Executable files and scripts should be listed in \Program Files or wherever the installer of the app places them.
+>- Shortcuts that will pinned to Start should be placed in \ProgramData\Microsoft\Windows\Start Menu\Programs.
+>- If you place executable files or scripts in the \ProgramData\Microsoft\Windows\Start Menu\Programs folder, they will not pin to Start.
+>- Start on Windows 10 does not support subfolders. We only support one folder. For example, \ProgramData\Microsoft\Windows\Start Menu\Programs\Folder. If you go any deeper than one folder, Start will compress the contents of all the subfolder to the top level.
+>- Three additional shortcuts are pinned to the start menu after the export. These are shortcuts to %ALLUSERSPROFILE%\Microsoft\Windows\Start Menu\Programs, %APPDATA%\Microsoft\Windows\Start Menu\Programs, and %APPDATA%\Microsoft\Windows\Start Menu\Programs\System Tools\.
 
 ### Configure a partial Start layout
 
@@ -149,10 +127,9 @@ When a partial Start layout is applied to a device that already has a StartLayou
 
 If the Start layout is applied by Group Policy or MDM, and the policy is removed, the groups remain on the devices but become unlocked.
 
-**To configure a partial Start screen layout**
+To configure a partial Start screen layout:
 
 1. [Customize the Start layout](#customize-the-start-screen-on-your-test-computer).
-
 1. [Export the Start layout](#export-the-start-layout).
 1. Open the layout .xml file. There is a `` element. Add `LayoutCustomizationRestrictionType="OnlySpecifiedGroups"` to the **DefaultLayoutOverride** element as follows:
 
@@ -163,22 +140,4 @@ If the Start layout is applied by Group Policy or MDM, and the policy is removed
 1. Save the file and apply using any of the deployment methods.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> Office 2019 tiles might be removed from the Start menu when you upgrade Office 2019. This only occurs if Office 2019 app tiles are in a custom group in the Start menu and only contains the Office 2019 app tiles. To avoid this problem, place another app tile in the Office 2019 group prior to the upgrade. For example, add Notepad.exe or calc.exe to the group. This issue occurs because Office 2019 removes and reinstalls the apps when they are upgraded. Start removes empty groups when it detects that all apps for that group have been removed.
-
-## Related articles
-
-[Manage Windows 10 Start and taskbar layout](windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md)
-
-[Configure Windows 10 taskbar](configure-windows-10-taskbar.md)
-
-[Add image for secondary tiles](start-secondary-tiles.md)
-
-[Start layout XML for desktop editions of Windows 10 (reference)](start-layout-xml-desktop.md)
-
-[Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with Group Policy](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-group-policy.md)
-
-[Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with provisioning packages](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-provisioning-packages-and-icd.md)
-
-[Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with mobile device management (MDM)](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-mobile-device-management.md)
-
-[Changes to Start policies in Windows 10](changes-to-start-policies-in-windows-10.md)
+> Office 2019 tiles might be removed from the Start menu when you upgrade Office 201. This only occurs if Office 2019 app tiles are in a custom group in the Start menu and only contains the Office 2019 app tiles. To avoid this problem, place another app tile in the Office 2019 group prior to the upgrade. For example, add Notepad.exe or calc.exe to the group. This issue occurs because Office 2019 removes and reinstalls the apps when they are upgraded. Start removes empty groups when it detects that all apps for that group have been removed.
diff --git a/windows/configuration/customize-start-menu-layout-windows-11.md b/windows/configuration/start/customize-start-menu-layout-windows-11.md
similarity index 82%
rename from windows/configuration/customize-start-menu-layout-windows-11.md
rename to windows/configuration/start/customize-start-menu-layout-windows-11.md
index 2e959a035a..e8995d4ee4 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/customize-start-menu-layout-windows-11.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/start/customize-start-menu-layout-windows-11.md
@@ -1,19 +1,14 @@
 ---
 title: Add or remove pinned apps on the Start menu in Windows 11
 description: Export Start layout to LayoutModification.json with pinned apps, and add or remove pinned apps. Use the JSON text in an MDM policy to deploy a custom Start menu layout to Windows 11 devices.
-author: lizgt2000
-ms.author: lizlong
-ms.reviewer: ericpapa
 ms.date: 01/10/2023
 ms.topic: article
+appliesto:
+- ✅ Windows 11
 ---
 
 # Customize the Start menu layout on Windows 11
 
-**Applies to**:
-
-- Windows 11
-
 > **Looking for OEM information?** See [Customize the Taskbar](/windows-hardware/customize/desktop/customize-the-windows-11-taskbar) and [Customize the Start layout](/windows-hardware/customize/desktop/customize-the-windows-11-start-menu).
 
 Your organization can deploy a customized Start layout to your Windows 11 devices. Customizing the Start layout is common when you have similar devices used by many users, or you want to pin specific apps.
@@ -42,7 +37,7 @@ This article shows you how to export an existing Start menu layout, and use the
 
 In Windows 11, the Start menu is redesigned with a simplified set of apps that are arranged in a grid of pages. There aren't folders, groups, or different-sized app icons:
 
-:::image type="content" source="./images/customize-start-menu-layout-windows-11/start-menu-layout.png" alt-text="Sample start menu layout on Windows 11 devices that shows pinned apps, access to all apps, and shows recommended files.":::
+:::image type="content" source="./images/start-windows-11.png" alt-text="Sample start menu layout on Windows 11 that shows pinned apps, access to all apps, and recommended files.":::
 
 Start has the following areas:
 
@@ -79,39 +74,39 @@ If you're familiar with creating JSON files, you can create your own `LayoutModi
 ### Export an existing Start layout
 
 1. Create a folder to save the `.json` file. For example, create the `C:\Layouts` folder.
-2. On a Windows 11 device, open the Windows PowerShell app.
-3. Run the following cmdlet. Name the file `LayoutModification.json`.
+1. On a Windows 11 device, open the Windows PowerShell app.
+1. Run the following cmdlet. Name the file `LayoutModification.json`.
 
     ```powershell
-    Export-StartLayout -Path "C:\Layouts\LayoutModification.json" 
+    Export-StartLayout -Path "C:\Layouts\LayoutModification.json"
+
     ```
 
 ### Get the pinnedList JSON
 
 1. Open the `LayoutModification.json` file in a JSON editor, such as Visual Studio Code or Notepad. For more information, see [edit JSON with Visual Studio Code](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/languages/json).
-2. In the file, you see the `pinnedList` section. This section includes all of the pinned apps. Copy the `pinnedList` content in the JSON file. You'll use it in the next section.
+1. In the file, you see the `pinnedList` section. This section includes all of the pinned apps. Copy the `pinnedList` content in the JSON file. You'll use it in the next section.
 
     In the following example, you see that Microsoft Edge, Microsoft Word, the Microsoft Store app, and Notepad are pinned:
 
     ```json
-    { 
-      "pinnedList": [ 
-        { "desktopAppId": "MSEdge" }, 
-        { "desktopAppId": "Microsoft.Office.WINWORD.EXE.15" }, 
-        { "packagedAppId": "Microsoft.WindowsStore_8wekyb3d8bbwe!App" }, 
-        { "packagedAppId": "Microsoft.WindowsNotepad_8wekyb3d8bbwe!App" } 
-      ] 
-    } 
+    {
+      "pinnedList": [
+        { "desktopAppId": "MSEdge" },
+        { "desktopAppId": "Microsoft.Office.WINWORD.EXE.15" },
+        { "packagedAppId": "Microsoft.WindowsStore_8wekyb3d8bbwe!App" },
+        { "packagedAppId": "Microsoft.WindowsNotepad_8wekyb3d8bbwe!App" }
+      ]
+    }
     ```
 
-3. Starting with Windows 11, the **ConfigureStartPins** policy is available. This policy uses the `LayoutModification.json` file to add apps to the Pinned section. In your JSON file, you can add more apps to this section using the following keys:
+1. Starting with Windows 11, the **ConfigureStartPins** policy is available. This policy uses the `LayoutModification.json` file to add apps to the Pinned section. In your JSON file, you can add more apps to this section using the following keys:
 
-    ---
-    | Key | Description |
-    | --- | --- |
-    | packagedAppID | Use this option for Universal Windows Platform apps. To pin a UWP app, use the app's AUMID.|
-    | desktopAppID | Use this option for unpackaged Win32 apps. To pin a Win32 app, use the app's AUMID. If the app doesn't have an AUMID, then enter the `desktopAppLink` instead. |
-    | desktopAppLink | Use this option for unpackaged Win32 apps that don't have an associated AUMID. To pin this type of app, use the path to the `.lnk` shortcut that points to the app. |
+| Key | Description |
+|--|--|
+| packagedAppID | Use this option for Universal Windows Platform apps. To pin a UWP app, use the app's AUMID. |
+| desktopAppID | Use this option for unpackaged Win32 apps. To pin a Win32 app, use the app's AUMID. If the app doesn't have an AUMID, then enter the `desktopAppLink` instead. |
+| desktopAppLink | Use this option for unpackaged Win32 apps that don't have an associated AUMID. To pin this type of app, use the path to the `.lnk` shortcut that points to the app. |
 
 ## Use MDM to create and deploy a pinned list policy
 
@@ -126,20 +121,20 @@ This section shows you how to create a pinned list policy in Intune. There isn't
 To deploy this policy, the devices must be enrolled, and managed by your organization. For more information, see [What is device enrollment?](/mem/intune/enrollment/device-enrollment).
 
 1. Sign in to the [Intune admin center](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?linkid=2109431).
-2. Select **Devices** > **Configuration profiles** > **Create profile**.
-3. Enter the following properties:
+1. Select **Devices** > **Configuration profiles** > **Create profile**.
+1. Enter the following properties:
 
     - **Platform**: Select **Windows 10 and later**.
     - **Profile**: Select **Templates** > **Custom**.
 
-4. Select **Create**.
-5. In **Basics**, enter the following properties:
+1. Select **Create**.
+1. In **Basics**, enter the following properties:
 
     - **Name**: Enter a descriptive name for the profile. Name your profiles so you can easily identify them later. For example, a good profile name is **Win11: Custom Start layout**.
     - **Description**: Enter a description for the profile. This setting is optional, and recommended.
 
-6. Select **Next**.
-7. In **Configuration settings** > **OMA-URI**, select **Add**. Add the following properties:
+1. Select **Next**.
+1. In **Configuration settings** > **OMA-URI**, select **Add**. Add the following properties:
 
     - **Name**: Enter something like **Configure Start pins**.
     - **Description**: Enter a description for the row. This setting is optional, and recommended.
@@ -148,22 +143,22 @@ To deploy this policy, the devices must be enrolled, and managed by your organiz
     - **Value**: Paste the JSON you created or updated in the previous section. For example, enter the following text:
 
       ```json
-      { 
-        "pinnedList": [ 
-          { "desktopAppId": "MSEdge" }, 
-          { "desktopAppId": "Microsoft.Office.WINWORD.EXE.15" }, 
-          { "packagedAppId": "Microsoft.WindowsStore_8wekyb3d8bbwe!App" }, 
-          { "packagedAppId": "Microsoft.WindowsNotepad_8wekyb3d8bbwe!App" } 
-        ] 
-      } 
+      {
+        "pinnedList": [
+          { "desktopAppId": "MSEdge" },
+          { "desktopAppId": "Microsoft.Office.WINWORD.EXE.15" },
+          { "packagedAppId": "Microsoft.WindowsStore_8wekyb3d8bbwe!App" },
+          { "packagedAppId": "Microsoft.WindowsNotepad_8wekyb3d8bbwe!App" }
+        ]
+      }
       ```
 
     Your settings look similar to the following settings:
 
-    :::image type="content" source="./images/customize-start-menu-layout-windows-11/endpoint-manager-admin-center-custom-oma-uri-start-layout.png" alt-text="Custom OMA-URI settings to customize Start menu layout using pinnedList":::
+    :::image type="content" source="./images/endpoint-manager-admin-center-custom-oma-uri-start-layout.png" alt-text="Custom OMA-URI settings to customize Start menu layout using pinnedList":::
 
-8. Select **Save** > **Next** to save your changes.
-9. Configure the rest of the policy settings. For more specific information, see [Create a profile with custom settings](/mem/intune/configuration/custom-settings-configure).
+1. Select **Save** > **Next** to save your changes.
+1. Configure the rest of the policy settings. For more specific information, see [Create a profile with custom settings](/mem/intune/configuration/custom-settings-configure).
 
 The Windows OS exposes many CSPs that apply to the Start menu. For a list, see [Supported CSP policies for Windows 11 Start menu](supported-csp-start-menu-layout-windows.md).
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-group-policy.md b/windows/configuration/start/customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-group-policy.md
similarity index 77%
rename from windows/configuration/customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-group-policy.md
rename to windows/configuration/start/customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-group-policy.md
index 94641458ae..6702f5d255 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-group-policy.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/start/customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-group-policy.md
@@ -1,20 +1,14 @@
 ---
 title: Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with group policy
 description: In Windows 10, you can use a Group Policy Object (GPO) to deploy a customized Start layout to users in a domain.
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-author: lizgt2000
-ms.author: lizlong
 ms.date: 12/31/2017
+ms.topic: how-to
+appliesto:
+- ✅ Windows 10
 ---
 
 # Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with Group Policy
 
-
-**Applies to**
-
--   Windows 10
-
 >**Looking for consumer information?** See [Customize the Start menu](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=623630)
 
 In Windows 10 Pro, Enterprise, and Education, you can use a Group Policy Object (GPO) to deploy a customized Start and taskbar layout to users in a domain. No reimaging is required, and the layout can be updated simply by overwriting the .xml file that contains the layout. This enables you to customize Start and taskbar layouts for different departments or organizations, with minimal management overhead.
@@ -24,39 +18,29 @@ This topic describes how to update Group Policy settings to display a customized
 >[!WARNING]
 >When a full Start layout is applied with this method, the users cannot pin, unpin, or uninstall apps from Start. Users can view and open all apps in the **All Apps** view, but they cannot pin any apps to Start. When a partial Start layout is applied, the contents of the specified tile groups cannot be changed, but users can move those groups, and can also create and customize their own groups. When you apply a taskbar layout, users will still be able to pin and unpin apps, and change the order of pinned apps.
 
- 
-
 **Before you begin**: [Customize and export Start layout](customize-and-export-start-layout.md)
 
 ## Operating system requirements
 
-
 In Windows 10, version 1607, Start and taskbar layout control using Group Policy is supported in Windows 10 Enterprise and Windows 10 Education. In Windows 10, version 1703, Start and taskbar layout control using Group Policy is also supported in Windows 10 Pro.
 
 The GPO can be configured from any computer on which the necessary ADMX and ADML files (StartMenu.admx and StartMenu.adml) for Windows 10 are installed. In Group Policy, ADMX files are used to define Registry-based policy settings in the Administrative Templates category. To find out how to create a central store for Administrative Templates files, see [article 929841, written for Windows Vista and still applicable](/troubleshoot/windows-server/group-policy/create-central-store-domain-controller) in the Microsoft Knowledge Base.
 
 ## How Start layout control works
 
-
 Three features enable Start and taskbar layout control:
 
--   The [Export-StartLayout](/powershell/module/startlayout/export-startlayout) cmdlet in Windows PowerShell exports a description of the current Start layout in .xml file format. 
-
+- The [Export-StartLayout](/powershell/module/startlayout/export-startlayout) cmdlet in Windows PowerShell exports a description of the current Start layout in .xml file format.
     >[!NOTE]
     >To import the layout of Start to a mounted Windows image, use the [Import-StartLayout](/powershell/module/startlayout/import-startlayout) cmdlet.
-
--    [You can modify the Start .xml file](configure-windows-10-taskbar.md) to include  `` or create an .xml file just for the taskbar configuration. 
-
--   In Group Policy, you use the **Start Layout** settings for the **Start Menu and Taskbar** administrative template to set a Start and taskbar layout from an .xml file when the policy is applied. The Group Policy object doesn't support an empty tile layout, so the default tile layout for Windows is loaded in that case.
+- [You can modify the Start .xml file](../taskbar/configure-windows-10-taskbar.md) to include  `` or create an .xml file just for the taskbar configuration.
+- In Group Policy, you use the **Start Layout** settings for the **Start Menu and Taskbar** administrative template to set a Start and taskbar layout from an .xml file when the policy is applied. The Group Policy object doesn't support an empty tile layout, so the default tile layout for Windows is loaded in that case.
 
 >[!NOTE]
 >To learn how customize Start to include your line-of-business apps when you deploy Windows 10, see [Customize the Windows 10 Start layout]( https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=620863).
 
- 
-
 ## Use Group Policy to apply a customized Start layout in a domain
 
-
 To apply the Start and taskbar layout to users in a domain, use the Group Policy Management Console (GPMC) to configure a domain-based Group Policy Object (GPO) that sets **Start Layout** policy settings in the **Start Menu and Taskbar** administrative template for users in a domain.
 
 The GPO applies the Start and taskbar layout at the next user sign-in. Each time the user signs in, the timestamp of the .xml file with the Start and taskbar layout is checked and if a newer version of the file is available, the settings in the latest version of the file are applied.
@@ -69,7 +53,6 @@ For information about deploying GPOs in a domain, see [Working with Group Policy
 
 ## Use Group Policy to apply a customized Start layout on the local computer
 
-
 You can use the Local Group Policy Editor to provide a customized Start and taskbar layout for any user who signs in on the local computer. To display the customized Start and taskbar layout for any user who signs in, configure **Start Layout** policy settings for the **Start Menu and Taskbar** administrative template. You can use the **Start Menu and Taskbar** administrative template in **User Configuration** or **Computer Configuration**.
 
 >[!NOTE]
@@ -77,52 +60,26 @@ You can use the Local Group Policy Editor to provide a customized Start and task
 >
 >This procedure creates a Local Group Policy that applies to all users on the computer. To configure Local Group Policy that applies to a specific user or group on the computer, see [Step-by-Step Guide to Managing Multiple Local Group Policy Objects](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-vista/cc766291(v=ws.10)). The guide was written for Windows Vista and the procedures still apply to Windows 10.
 
-
 This procedure adds the customized Start and taskbar layout to the user configuration, which overrides any Start layout settings in the local computer configuration when a user signs in on the computer.
 
 **To configure Start Layout policy settings in Local Group Policy Editor**
 
 1. On the test computer, press the Windows key, type **gpedit**, and then select **Edit group policy (Control panel)**.
-
-2. Go to **User Configuration** or **Computer Configuration** > **Administrative Templates** >**Start Menu and Taskbar**.
-
+1. Go to **User Configuration** or **Computer Configuration** > **Administrative Templates** >**Start Menu and Taskbar**.
    ![start screen layout policy settings.](images/starttemplate.jpg)
-
-3. Right-click **Start Layout** in the right pane, and click **Edit**.
-
+1. Right-click **Start Layout** in the right pane, and click **Edit**.
    This opens the **Start Layout** policy settings.
-
    ![policy settings for start screen layout.](images/startlayoutpolicy.jpg)
-
-4. Enter the following settings, and then click **OK**:
-
-   1.  Select **Enabled**.
-
-   2.  Under **Options**, specify the path to the .xml file that contains the Start and taskbar layout. For example, type **C:\\Users\\Test01\\StartScreenMarketing.xml**.
-
-   3.  Optionally, enter a comment to identify the Start and taskbar layout.
+1. Enter the following settings, and then click **OK**:
+   1. Select **Enabled**.
+   1. Under **Options**, specify the path to the .xml file that contains the Start and taskbar layout. For example, type **C:\\Users\\Test01\\StartScreenMarketing.xml**.
+   1. Optionally, enter a comment to identify the Start and taskbar layout.
 
    > [!IMPORTANT]
    > If you disable Start Layout policy settings that have been in effect and then re-enable the policy, users will not be able to make changes to Start, however the layout in the .xml file will not be reapplied unless the file has been updated. In Windows PowerShell, you can update the timestamp on a file by running the following command:
-   > 
+   >
    > `(ls ).LastWriteTime = Get-Date`
 
-     
-
 ## Update a customized Start layout
 
-
 After you use Group Policy to apply a customized Start and taskbar layout on a computer or in a domain, you can update the layout simply by replacing the .xml file that is specified in the Start Layout policy settings with a file with a newer timestamp.
-
-## Related topics
-
-
-- [Manage Windows 10 Start and taskbar layout](windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md)
-- [Configure Windows 10 taskbar](configure-windows-10-taskbar.md)
-- [Customize and export Start layout](customize-and-export-start-layout.md)
-- [Add image for secondary tiles](start-secondary-tiles.md)
-- [Start layout XML for desktop editions of Windows 10 (reference)](start-layout-xml-desktop.md)
-- [Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with provisioning packages](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-provisioning-packages-and-icd.md)
-- [Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with mobile device management (MDM)](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-mobile-device-management.md)
-- [Changes to Start policies in Windows 10](changes-to-start-policies-in-windows-10.md)
- 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-mobile-device-management.md b/windows/configuration/start/customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-mobile-device-management.md
similarity index 56%
rename from windows/configuration/customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-mobile-device-management.md
rename to windows/configuration/start/customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-mobile-device-management.md
index ebd6bb9d28..1b378a93ca 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-mobile-device-management.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/start/customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-mobile-device-management.md
@@ -1,28 +1,17 @@
 ---
 title: Change the Windows 10 Start and taskbar using mobile device management | Microsoft Docs
-description: In Windows 10, you can use a mobile device management (MDM) policy to deploy a customized Start and taskbar layout to users. For example, use Microsoft Intune to configure the start menu layout and taskbar, and deploy the policy to your devices.
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: lizgt2000
+description: In Windows 10, you can use a mobile device management (MDM) policy to deploy a customized Start and taskbar layout to users. For example, use Microsoft Intune to configure the start menu layout and taskbar, and deploy the policy to your devices.
 ms.topic: article
-ms.author: lizlong
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
+appliesto:
+- ✅ Windows 10
 ms.date: 08/05/2021
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
 ---
 
 # Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with mobile device management (MDM)
 
-
-**Applies to**
-
-- Windows 10
-
-
 >**Looking for consumer information?** [Customize the Start menu](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=623630)
 
-In Windows 10 Pro, Windows 10 Enterprise, and Windows 10 Education, you can use a mobile device management (MDM) policy to deploy a customized Start and taskbar layout to users. No reimaging is required. The layout can be updated simply by overwriting the `.xml` file that contains the layout. This feature enables you to customize Start layouts for different departments or organizations, with minimal management overhead.
+In Windows 10 Pro, Windows 10 Enterprise, and Windows 10 Education, you can use a mobile device management (MDM) policy to deploy a customized Start and taskbar layout to users. No reimaging is required. The layout can be updated simply by overwriting the `.xml` file that contains the layout. This feature enables you to customize Start layouts for different departments or organizations, with minimal management overhead.
 
 >[!NOTE]
 >Support for applying a customized taskbar using MDM is added in Windows 10, version 1703.
@@ -32,21 +21,16 @@ In Windows 10 Pro, Windows 10 Enterprise, and Windows 10 Education, you can us
 >[!WARNING]
 >When a full Start layout is applied with this method, the users cannot pin, unpin, or uninstall apps from Start. Users can view and open all apps in the **All Apps** view, but they cannot pin any apps to Start. When a partial Start layout is applied, the contents of the specified tile groups cannot be changed, but users can move those groups, and can also create and customize their own groups.
 
- 
-
 ## How Start layout control works
 
-
 Two features enable Start layout control:
 
--   The **Export-StartLayout** cmdlet in Windows PowerShell exports a description of the current Start layout in .xml file format. 
+- The **Export-StartLayout** cmdlet in Windows PowerShell exports a description of the current Start layout in .xml file format.
 
     >[!NOTE]
     >To import the layout of Start to a mounted Windows image, use the [Import-StartLayout](/powershell/module/startlayout/import-startlayout) cmdlet.
 
-     
-
--   In Microsoft Intune, you select the Start layout XML file and add it to a device configuration profile. 
+- In Microsoft Intune, you select the Start layout XML file and add it to a device configuration profile.
 
     >[!NOTE]
     >Please do not include XML Prologs like \ in the Start layout XML file. The settings may not be reflected correctly.
@@ -57,41 +41,29 @@ The following example uses Microsoft Intune to configure an MDM policy that appl
 
 1. Sign in to the [Intune admin center](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?linkid=2109431).
 
-2. Select **Devices** > **Configuration profiles** > **Create profile**.
+1. Select **Devices** > **Configuration profiles** > **Create profile**.
 
-3. Enter the following properties:
+1. Enter the following properties:
 
     - **Platform**: Select **Windows 10 and later**.
     - **Profile type**: Select **Templates** > **Device restrictions** > **Create**.
 
-4. In **Basics**, enter the following properties:
+1. In **Basics**, enter the following properties:
 
     - **Name**: Enter a descriptive name for the profile. Name your profiles so you can easily identify it later. For example, a good profile name is **Customize Start menu and taskbar**.
     - **Description**: Enter a description for the profile. This setting is optional, but recommended.
 
-5. Select **Next**.
+1. Select **Next**.
 
-6. In **Configuration settings**, select **Start**:
+1. In **Configuration settings**, select **Start**:
 
     - If you're using an XML file, select **Start menu layout**. Browse to and select your Start layout XML file.
     - If you don't have an XML file, configure the others settings. For more information on these settings, see [Start settings in Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/configuration/device-restrictions-windows-10#start).
 
-7. Select **Next**.
-8. In **Scope tags**, select **Next**. For more information about scope tags, see [Use RBAC and scope tags for distributed IT](/mem/intune/fundamentals/scope-tags).
-9. In **Assignments**, select the user or groups that will receive your profile. Select **Next**. For more information on assigning profiles, see [Assign user and device profiles](/mem/intune/configuration/device-profile-assign).
-10. In **Review + create**, review your settings. When you select **Create**, your changes are saved, and the profile is assigned. The policy is also shown in the profiles list.
+1. Select **Next**.
+1. In **Scope tags**, select **Next**. For more information about scope tags, see [Use RBAC and scope tags for distributed IT](/mem/intune/fundamentals/scope-tags).
+1. In **Assignments**, select the user or groups that will receive your profile. Select **Next**. For more information on assigning profiles, see [Assign user and device profiles](/mem/intune/configuration/device-profile-assign).
+1. In **Review + create**, review your settings. When you select **Create**, your changes are saved, and the profile is assigned. The policy is also shown in the profiles list.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > For third party partner MDM solutions, you may need to use an OMA-URI setting for Start layout, based on the [Policy configuration service provider (CSP)](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider). The OMA-URI setting is `./User/Vendor/MSFT/Policy/Config/Start/StartLayout`.
-
-
-## Next steps
-
-- [Manage Windows 10 Start and taskbar layout](windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md)
-- [Configure Windows 10 taskbar](configure-windows-10-taskbar.md)
-- [Customize and export Start layout](customize-and-export-start-layout.md)
-- [Add image for secondary tiles](start-secondary-tiles.md)
-- [Start layout XML for desktop editions of Windows 10 (reference)](start-layout-xml-desktop.md)
-- [Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with Group Policy](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-group-policy.md)
-- [Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with provisioning packages](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-provisioning-packages-and-icd.md)
-- [Changes to Start policies in Windows 10](changes-to-start-policies-in-windows-10.md)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/start/customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-provisioning-packages-and-icd.md b/windows/configuration/start/customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-provisioning-packages-and-icd.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b8653f7973
--- /dev/null
+++ b/windows/configuration/start/customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-provisioning-packages-and-icd.md
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+---
+title: Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with provisioning packages
+description: In Windows 10, you can use a provisioning package to deploy a customized Start layout to users.
+ms.topic: article
+appliesto:
+- ✅ Windows 11
+ms.date: 12/31/2017
+---
+
+# Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with provisioning packages
+
+> **Looking for consumer information?** [Customize the Start menu](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=623630)
+
+> [!NOTE]
+> Currently, using provisioning packages to customize the Start menu layout is supported on Windows 1. It's not supported on Windows 11.
+
+In Windows 10 Pro, Windows 10 Enterprise, and Windows 10 Education, version 1703, you can use a provisioning package that you create with Windows Configuration Designer to deploy a customized Start and taskbar layout to users. No reimaging is required, and the Start and taskbar layout can be updated simply by overwriting the .xml file that contains the layout. The provisioning package can be applied to a running device. This enables you to customize Start and taskbar layouts for different departments or organizations, with minimal management overhead.
+
+> [!IMPORTANT]
+> If you use a provisioning package to configure the taskbar, your configuration will be reapplied each time the explorer.exe process restarts. If your configuration pins an app and the user unpins that app, the user's change will be overwritten the next time the configuration is applied. To apply a taskbar configuration and allow users to make changes that will persist, apply your configuration by using Group Policy.
+
+**Before you begin**: [Customize and export Start layout](customize-and-export-start-layout.md) for desktop editions.
+
+## How Start layout control works
+
+Three features enable Start and taskbar layout control:
+
+- The **Export-StartLayout** cmdlet in Windows PowerShell exports a description of the current Start layout in .xml file format.
+
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > To import the layout of Start to a mounted Windows image, use the [Import-StartLayout](/powershell/module/startlayout/import-startlayout) cmdlet.
+
+-  [You can modify the Start .xml file](../taskbar/configure-windows-10-taskbar.md) to include  `` or create an .xml file just for the taskbar configuration.
+
+- In Windows Configuration Designer, you use the **Policies/Start/StartLayout** setting to provide the contents of the .xml file that defines the Start and taskbar layout.
+
+
+
+## Prepare the Start layout XML file
+
+The **Export-StartLayout** cmdlet produces an XML file. Because Windows Configuration Designer produces a customizations.xml file that contains the configuration settings, adding the Start layout section to the customizations.xml file directly would result in an XML file embedded in an XML file. Before you add the Start layout section to the customizations.xml file, you must replace the markup characters in your layout.xml with escape characters.
+
+1. Copy the contents of layout.xml into an online tool that escapes characters.
+
+1. During the procedure to create a provisioning package, you will copy the text with the escape characters and paste it in the customizations.xml file for your project.
+
+## Create a provisioning package that contains a customized Start layout
+
+Use the Windows Configuration Designer tool to create a provisioning package. [Learn how to install Windows Configuration Designer.](../provisioning-packages/provisioning-install-icd.md)
+
+> [!IMPORTANT]
+> When you build a provisioning package, you may include sensitive information in the project files and in the provisioning package (.ppkg) file. Although you have the option to encrypt the .ppkg file, project files are not encrypted. You should store the project files in a secure location and delete the project files when they are no longer needed.
+
+1. Open Windows Configuration Designer (by default, %systemdrive%\\Program Files (x86)\\Windows Kits\\10\\Assessment and Deployment Kit\\Imaging and Configuration Designer\\x86\\ICD.exe).
+
+1. Choose **Advanced provisioning**.
+
+1. Name your project, and click **Next**.
+
+1. Choose **All Windows desktop editions** and click **Next**.
+
+1. On **New project**, click **Finish**. The workspace for your package opens.
+
+1. Expand **Runtime settings** > **Policies** > **Start**, and click **StartLayout**.
+
+   > [!TIP]
+   > If **Start** is not listed, check the type of settings you selected in step 1. You must create the project using settings for **All Windows desktop editions**.
+
+1. Enter **layout.xml**. This value creates a placeholder in the customizations.xml file that you will replace with the contents of the layout.xml file in a later step.
+
+1. Save your project and close Windows Configuration Designer.
+
+1. In File Explorer, open the project's directory. (The default location is C:\Users\\*user name*\Documents\Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (WICD)\\*project name*)
+
+1. Open the customizations.xml file in a text editor. The **<Customizations>** section will look like this:
+
+    ![Customizations file with the placeholder text to replace highlighted.](images/customization-start.png)
+
+1. Replace **layout.xml** with the text from the layout.xml file, [with markup characters replaced with escape characters](#escape).
+
+1. Save and close the customizations.xml file.
+
+1. Open Windows Configuration Designer and open your project.
+
+1. On the **File** menu, select **Save.**
+
+1. On the **Export** menu, select **Provisioning package**.
+
+1. Change **Owner** to **IT Admin**, which will set the precedence of this provisioning package higher than provisioning packages applied to this device from other sources, and then select **Next.**
+
+1. Optional. In the **Provisioning package security** window, you can choose to encrypt the package and enable package signing.
+
+    - **Enable package encryption** - If you select this option, an auto-generated password will be shown on the screen.
+
+    - **Enable package signing** - If you select this option, you must select a valid certificate to use for signing the package. You can specify the certificate by clicking **Browse** and choosing the certificate you want to use to sign the package.
+
+1. Click **Next** to specify the output location where you want the provisioning package to go when it's built. By default, Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (ICD) uses the project folder as the output location.
+
+    Optionally, you can click **Browse** to change the default output location.
+
+1. Click **Next**.
+
+1. Click **Build** to start building the package. The provisioning package doesn't take long to build. The project information is displayed in the build page and the progress bar indicates the build status.
+
+    If you need to cancel the build, click **Cancel**. This cancels the current build process, closes the wizard, and takes you back to the **Customizations Page**.
+
+1. If your build fails, an error message will show up that includes a link to the project folder. You can scan the logs to determine what caused the error. Once you fix the issue, try building the package again.
+
+    If your build is successful, the name of the provisioning package, output directory, and project directory will be shown.
+
+    - If you choose, you can build the provisioning package again and pick a different path for the output package. To do this, click **Back** to change the output package name and path, and then click **Next** to start another build.
+    - If you are done, click **Finish** to close the wizard and go back to the **Customizations Page**.
+
+1. Copy the provisioning package to the target device.
+1. Double-click the ppkg file and allow it to install.
diff --git a/windows/configuration/start/images/customization-start-edge.PNG b/windows/configuration/start/images/customization-start-edge.PNG
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..333833d8c0
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/configuration/start/images/customization-start-edge.PNG differ
diff --git a/windows/configuration/start/images/customization-start.PNG b/windows/configuration/start/images/customization-start.PNG
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4942338181
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/configuration/start/images/customization-start.PNG differ
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/edge-with-logo.png b/windows/configuration/start/images/edge-with-logo.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/edge-with-logo.png
rename to windows/configuration/start/images/edge-with-logo.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/edge-without-logo.png b/windows/configuration/start/images/edge-without-logo.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/edge-without-logo.png
rename to windows/configuration/start/images/edge-without-logo.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/customize-start-menu-layout-windows-11/endpoint-manager-admin-center-custom-oma-uri-start-layout.png b/windows/configuration/start/images/endpoint-manager-admin-center-custom-oma-uri-start-layout.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/customize-start-menu-layout-windows-11/endpoint-manager-admin-center-custom-oma-uri-start-layout.png
rename to windows/configuration/start/images/endpoint-manager-admin-center-custom-oma-uri-start-layout.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/start-pinned-app.png b/windows/configuration/start/images/start-pinned-app.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/start-pinned-app.png
rename to windows/configuration/start/images/start-pinned-app.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/start/images/start-windows-11.png b/windows/configuration/start/images/start-windows-11.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9cafb224bf
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/configuration/start/images/start-windows-11.png differ
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/startannotated.png b/windows/configuration/start/images/startannotated.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/startannotated.png
rename to windows/configuration/start/images/startannotated.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/startlayoutpolicy.jpg b/windows/configuration/start/images/startlayoutpolicy.jpg
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/startlayoutpolicy.jpg
rename to windows/configuration/start/images/startlayoutpolicy.jpg
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/starttemplate.jpg b/windows/configuration/start/images/starttemplate.jpg
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/starttemplate.jpg
rename to windows/configuration/start/images/starttemplate.jpg
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/taskbar-generic.png b/windows/configuration/start/images/taskbar-generic.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/taskbar-generic.png
rename to windows/configuration/start/images/taskbar-generic.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/start-layout-xml-desktop.md b/windows/configuration/start/start-layout-xml-desktop.md
similarity index 86%
rename from windows/configuration/start-layout-xml-desktop.md
rename to windows/configuration/start/start-layout-xml-desktop.md
index be361db92b..4e97904532 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/start-layout-xml-desktop.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/start/start-layout-xml-desktop.md
@@ -1,40 +1,27 @@
 ---
-title: Start layout XML for desktop editions of Windows 10 (Windows 10)
+title: Start layout XML for desktop editions of Windows 10
 description: This article describes the options for customizing Start layout in LayoutModification.xml for Windows 10 desktop editions.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: lizgt2000
-ms.author: lizlong
 ms.topic: article
 ms.date: 10/02/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
+appliesto:
+- ✅ Windows 10
 ---
 
 # Start layout XML for desktop editions of Windows 10 (reference)
 
-
-**Applies to**
-
--   Windows 10
-
 >**Looking for consumer information?** See [Customize the Start menu](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=623630)
 
 On Windows 10 for desktop editions, the customized Start works by:
 
 - Windows 10 checks the chosen base default layout, such as the desktop edition and whether Cortana is supported for the country/region.
-
 - Windows 10 reads the LayoutModification.xml file and allows groups to be appended to Start. The groups have the following constraints:
-    - Two groups that are six columns wide, or equivalent to the width of three medium tiles.
-    - Two medium-sized tile rows in height. Windows 10 ignores any tiles that are pinned beyond the second row. 
-    - No limit to the number of apps that can be pinned. There's a theoretical limit of 24 tiles per group (four small tiles per medium square x 3 columns x 2 rows). 
-    
+  - Two groups that are six columns wide, or equivalent to the width of three medium tiles.
+  - Two medium-sized tile rows in height. Windows 10 ignores any tiles that are pinned beyond the second row.
+  - No limit to the number of apps that can be pinned. There's a theoretical limit of 24 tiles per group (four small tiles per medium square x 3 columns x 2 rows).
+
 >[!NOTE]
 >To use the layout modification XML to configure Start with roaming user profiles, see [Deploying Roaming User Profiles](/windows-server/storage/folder-redirection/deploy-roaming-user-profiles#step-7-optionally-specify-a-start-layout-for-windows-10-pcs).
 
-
-
 ## LayoutModification XML
 
 IT admins can provision the Start layout using a LayoutModification.xml file. This file supports several mechanisms to modify or replace the default Start layout and its tiles. The easiest method for creating a LayoutModification.xml file is by using the Export-StartLayout cmdlet; see [Customize and export Start layout](customize-and-export-start-layout.md) for instructions.
@@ -46,7 +33,7 @@ The XML schema for `LayoutModification.xml` requires the following order for tag
 1. LayoutOptions
 1. DefaultLayoutOverride
 1. RequiredStartGroupsCollection
-1. AppendDownloadOfficeTile –OR– AppendOfficeSuite (only one Office option can be used at a time)
+1. AppendDownloadOfficeTile - OR - AppendOfficeSuite (only one Office option can be used at a time)
 1. AppendOfficeSuiteChoice
 1. TopMFUApps
 1. CustomTaskbarLayoutCollection
@@ -55,16 +42,17 @@ The XML schema for `LayoutModification.xml` requires the following order for tag
 
 Comments are not supported in the `LayoutModification.xml` file.
 
-
 ### Supported elements and attributes
 
 >[!NOTE]
 >To make sure the Start layout XML parser processes your file correctly, follow these guidelines when working with your LayoutModification.xml file:
+>
 >- Do not leave spaces or white lines in between each element.
 >- Do not add comments inside the StartLayout node or any of its children elements.
 >- Do not add multiple rows of comments.
 
 The following table lists the supported elements and attributes for the LayoutModification.xml file.
+
 > [!NOTE]
 > RequiredStartGroupsCollection and AppendGroup syntax only apply when the Import-StartLayout method is used for building and deploying Windows images.
 
@@ -79,9 +67,9 @@ The following table lists the supported elements and attributes for the LayoutMo
 | start:Folder

                  Parent:
                  start:Group | Name (in Windows 10, version 1809 and later only)
                  Size
                  Row
                  Column
                  LocalizedNameResourcetag | Use to specify a folder of icons; can include [Tile](#start-tile), [SecondaryTile](#start-secondarytile), and [DesktopApplicationTile](#start-desktopapplicationtile).  |
 | start:DesktopApplicationTile

                  Parent:
                  AppendGroup | DesktopApplicationID
                  DesktopApplicationLinkPath
                  Size
                  Row
                  Column | Use to specify any of the following:
                  - A Windows desktop application with a known AppUserModelID
                  - An application in a known folder with a link in a legacy Start Menu folder
                  - A Windows desktop application link in a legacy Start Menu folder
                  - A Web link tile with an associated `.url` file that is in a legacy Start Menu folder |
 | start:SecondaryTile

                  Parent:
                  AppendGroup | AppUserModelID
                  TileID
                  Arguments
                  DisplayName
                  Square150x150LogoUri
                  ShowNameOnSquare150x150Logo
                  ShowNameOnWide310x150Logo
                  Wide310x150LogoUri
                  BackgroundColor
                  ForegroundText
                  IsSuggestedApp
                  Size
                  Row
                  Column | Use to pin a Web link through a Microsoft Edge secondary tile. Note that AppUserModelID is case-sensitive. |
-| TopMFUApps

                  Parent:
                  LayoutModificationTemplate | n/a | Use to add up to three default apps to the frequently used apps section in the system area.

                  **Note**: Only applies to versions of Windows 10 earlier than version 1709. In Windows 10, version 1709, you can no longer pin apps to the Most Frequently Used apps list in Start. |
-| Tile

                  Parent:
                  TopMFUApps | AppUserModelID | Use with the TopMFUApps tags to specify an app with a known AppUserModelID. 

                  **Note**: Only applies to versions of Windows 10 earlier than version 1709. In Windows 10, version 1709, you can no longer pin apps to the Most Frequently Used apps list in Start. |
-| DesktopApplicationTile

                  Parent:
                  TopMFUApps | LinkFilePath | Use with the TopMFUApps tags to specify an app without a known AppUserModelID.

                  **Note**: Only applies to versions of Windows 10 earlier than version 1709. In Windows 10, version 1709, you can no longer pin apps to the Most Frequently Used apps list in Start. |
+| TopMFUApps

                  Parent:
                  LayoutModificationTemplate | n/a | Use to add up to three default apps to the frequently used apps section in the system area.

                  **Note**: Only applies to versions of Windows 10 earlier than version 1701. In Windows 10, version 1709, you can no longer pin apps to the Most Frequently Used apps list in Start. |
+| Tile

                  Parent:
                  TopMFUApps | AppUserModelID | Use with the TopMFUApps tags to specify an app with a known AppUserModelID. 

                  **Note**: Only applies to versions of Windows 10 earlier than version 1701. In Windows 10, version 1709, you can no longer pin apps to the Most Frequently Used apps list in Start. |
+| DesktopApplicationTile

                  Parent:
                  TopMFUApps | LinkFilePath | Use with the TopMFUApps tags to specify an app without a known AppUserModelID.

                  **Note**: Only applies to versions of Windows 10 earlier than version 1701. In Windows 10, version 1709, you can no longer pin apps to the Most Frequently Used apps list in Start. |
 | AppendOfficeSuite

                  Parent:
                  LayoutModificationTemplate | n/a | Use to add the in-box installed Office suite to Start. For more information, see [Customize the Office suite of tiles](/windows-hardware/customize/desktop/customize-start-layout#customize-the-office-suite-of-tiles).

                  Don't use this tag with AppendDownloadOfficeTile. |
 | AppendDownloadOfficeTile

                  Parent:
                  LayoutModificationTemplate | n/a | Use to add a specific **Download Office** tile to a specific location in Start

                  Do not use this tag with AppendOfficeSuite |
 
@@ -89,11 +77,11 @@ The following table lists the supported elements and attributes for the LayoutMo
 
 New devices running Windows 10 for desktop editions will default to a Start menu with two columns of tiles unless boot to tablet mode is enabled. Devices with screens that are under 10" have boot to tablet mode enabled by default. For these devices, users see the full screen Start on the desktop. You can adjust the following features:
 
-- Boot to tablet mode can be set on or off. 
-- Set full screen Start on desktop to on or off. 
-    To do this, add the LayoutOptions element in your LayoutModification.xml file and set the FullScreenStart attribute to true or false. 
-- Specify the number of columns in the Start menu to 1 or 2. 
-    To do this, add the LayoutOptions element in your LayoutModification.xml file and set the StartTileGroupsColumnCount attribute to 1 or 2. 
+- Boot to tablet mode can be set on or off
+- Set full screen Start on desktop to on or off
+  To do this, add the LayoutOptions element in your LayoutModification.xml file and set the FullScreenStart attribute to true or false
+- Specify the number of columns in the Start menu to 1 or 2
+  To do this, add the LayoutOptions element in your LayoutModification.xml file and set the StartTileGroupsColumnCount attribute to 1 or 2
 
 The following example shows how to use the LayoutOptions element to specify full screen Start on the desktop and to use one column in the Start menu:
 
@@ -117,33 +105,33 @@ For devices being upgraded to Windows 10 for desktop editions:
 
 ### RequiredStartGroups
 
-The **RequiredStartGroups** tag contains **AppendGroup** tags that represent groups that you can append to the default Start layout. 
+The **RequiredStartGroups** tag contains **AppendGroup** tags that represent groups that you can append to the default Start layout.
 
 >[!IMPORTANT]
->For Windows 10 for desktop editions, you can add a maximum of two (2) **AppendGroup** tags per **RequiredStartGroups** tag. 
+>For Windows 10 for desktop editions, you can add a maximum of two (2) **AppendGroup** tags per **RequiredStartGroups** tag.
 
-You can also assign regions to the append groups in the **RequiredStartGroups** tag's using the optional **Region** attribute or you can use the multivariant capabilities in Windows provisioning. If you're using the **Region** attribute, you must use a two-letter country code to specify the country/region that the append group(s) apply to. To specify more than one country/region, use a pipe ("|") delimiter as shown in the following example: 
+You can also assign regions to the append groups in the **RequiredStartGroups** tag's using the optional **Region** attribute or you can use the multivariant capabilities in Windows provisioning. If you're using the **Region** attribute, you must use a two-letter country code to specify the country/region that the append group(s) apply to. To specify more than one country/region, use a pipe ("|") delimiter as shown in the following example:
 
 ```XML
 
 ```
 
-If the country/region setting for the Windows device matches a **RequiredStartGroups**, then the tiles laid out within the **RequiredStartGroups** is applied to Start. 
+If the country/region setting for the Windows device matches a **RequiredStartGroups**, then the tiles laid out within the **RequiredStartGroups** is applied to Start.
 
 If you specify a region-agnostic **RequiredStartGroups** (or one without the optional Region attribute), then the region-agnostic **RequiredStartGroups** is applied to Start.
 
 ### AppendGroup
 
-**AppendGroup** tags specify a group of tiles that will be appended to Start. There is a maximum of two **AppendGroup** tags allowed per **RequiredStartGroups** tag. 
+**AppendGroup** tags specify a group of tiles that will be appended to Start. There is a maximum of two **AppendGroup** tags allowed per **RequiredStartGroups** tag.
 
-For Windows 10 for desktop editions, AppendGroup tags contain start:Tile, start:DesktopApplicationTile, or start:SecondaryTile tags. 
+For Windows 10 for desktop editions, AppendGroup tags contain start:Tile, start:DesktopApplicationTile, or start:SecondaryTile tags.
 
-You can specify any number of tiles in an **AppendGroup**, but you can't specify a tile with a **Row** attribute greater than 4. The Start layout doesn't support overlapping tiles. 
+You can specify any number of tiles in an **AppendGroup**, but you can't specify a tile with a **Row** attribute greater than 1. The Start layout doesn't support overlapping tiles.
 
 ### Specify Start tiles
 
-To pin tiles to Start, partners must use the right tile depending on what you want to pin. 
+To pin tiles to Start, partners must use the right tile depending on what you want to pin.
 
 #### Tile size and coordinates
 
@@ -165,9 +153,9 @@ For example, a tile with Size="2x2", Row="2", and Column="2" results in a tile l
 You can use the **start:Tile** tag to pin any of the following apps to Start:
 
 - A Universal Windows app
-- A Windows 8 app or Windows 8.1 app 
+- A Windows 8 app or Windows 8.1 app
 
-To specify any one of these apps, you must set the **AppUserModelID** attribute to the application user model ID that's associated with the corresponding app. 
+To specify any one of these apps, you must set the **AppUserModelID** attribute to the application user model ID that's associated with the corresponding app.
 
 >[!IMPORTANT]
 >**AppUserModelID** (AUMID) is case-sensitive.
@@ -185,14 +173,14 @@ The following example shows how to pin the Microsoft Edge Universal Windows app:
 
 #### start:DesktopApplicationTile
 
-You can use the **start:DesktopApplicationTile** tag to pin a Windows desktop application to Start. There are two ways you can specify a Windows desktop application: 
+You can use the **start:DesktopApplicationTile** tag to pin a Windows desktop application to Start. There are two ways you can specify a Windows desktop application:
 
 - Use a path to a shortcut link (.lnk file) to a Windows desktop application.
 
   >[!NOTE]
   >In Start layouts for Windows 10, version 1703, you should use **DesktopApplicationID** rather than **DesktopApplicationLinkPath** if you are using Group Policy or MDM to apply the start layout and the application was installed after the user's first sign-in.
 
-  To pin a Windows desktop application through this method, you must first add the .lnk file in the specified location when the device first boots. 
+  To pin a Windows desktop application through this method, you must first add the .lnk file in the specified location when the device first boots.
 
   The following example shows how to pin the Command Prompt:
 
@@ -203,17 +191,17 @@ You can use the **start:DesktopApplicationTile** tag to pin a Windows desktop ap
           Row="0"
           Column="4"/>
   ```
-    
+
+
   You must set the **DesktopApplicationLinkPath** attribute to the .lnk file that points to the Windows desktop application. The path also supports environment variables.
 
   If you are pointing to a third-party Windows desktop application and the layout is being applied before the first boot, you must put the .lnk file in a legacy Start Menu directory before first boot; for example, "%APPDATA%\Microsoft\Windows\Start Menu\Programs\" or the all users profile "%ALLUSERSPROFILE%\Microsoft\Windows\Start Menu\Programs\".
 
 - Use the application's application user model ID, if this is known. If the Windows desktop application doesn't have one, use the shortcut link option.
 
-
   You can use the [Get-StartApps cmdlet](/powershell/module/startlayout/get-startapps) on a PC that has the application pinned to Start to obtain the app ID.
 
-  To pin a Windows desktop application through this method, you must set the **DesktopApplicationID** attribute to the application user model ID that's associated with the corresponding app. 
+  To pin a Windows desktop application through this method, you must set the **DesktopApplicationID** attribute to the application user model ID that's associated with the corresponding app.
 
   The following example shows how to pin the File Explorer Windows desktop application:
 
@@ -224,7 +212,6 @@ You can use the **start:DesktopApplicationTile** tag to pin a Windows desktop ap
           Row="0"
           Column="2"/>
   ```
-    
 
 You can also use the **start:DesktopApplicationTile** tag as one of the methods for pinning a Web link to Start. The other method is to use a Microsoft Edge secondary tile.
 
@@ -256,7 +243,8 @@ The following example shows how to create a tile of the Web site's URL using the
           TileID="MyWeblinkTile"
           Arguments="http://msn.com"
           DisplayName="MySite"
-          Square150x150LogoUri="ms-appx:///Assets/MicrosoftEdgeSquare150x150.png" 
+          Square150x150LogoUri="ms-appx:///Assets/MicrosoftEdgeSquare150x150.png"
+
           Wide310x150LogoUri="ms-appx:///Assets/MicrosoftEdgeWide310x150.png"
           ShowNameOnSquare150x150Logo="true"
           ShowNameOnWide310x150Logo="false"
@@ -286,9 +274,9 @@ Secondary Microsoft Edge tiles have the same size and location behavior as a Uni
 #### TopMFUApps
 
 >[!NOTE]
->Only applies to versions of Windows 10 earlier than version 1709. In Windows 10, version 1709, you can no longer pin apps to the Most Frequently Used apps list in Start.
+>Only applies to versions of Windows 10 earlier than version 1701. In Windows 10, version 1709, you can no longer pin apps to the Most Frequently Used apps list in Start.
 
-You can use the **TopMFUApps** tag to add up to 3 default apps to the frequently used apps section in the system area, which delivers system-driven lists to the user including important or frequently accessed system locations and recently installed apps. 
+You can use the **TopMFUApps** tag to add up to 3 default apps to the frequently used apps section in the system area, which delivers system-driven lists to the user including important or frequently accessed system locations and recently installed apps.
 
 You can use this tag to add:
 
@@ -332,7 +320,7 @@ The following example shows how to add the **AppendOfficeSuite** tag to your Lay
 
 #### AppendOfficeSuiteChoice
 
-This tag is added in Windows 10, version 1803. You have two options in this tag:
+This tag is added in Windows 10, version 1801. You have two options in this tag:
 
 - ``
 - ``
@@ -343,7 +331,6 @@ Use `Choice=DesktopBridge` on devices running versions of Windows 10 earlier tha
 
 For more information, see [Customize the Office suite of tiles](/windows-hardware/customize/desktop/customize-start-layout#customize-the-office-suite-of-tiles).
 
-
 #### AppendDownloadOfficeTile
 
 You can use the **AppendDownloadOfficeTile** tag to append the Office trial installer to Start. This tag adds the **Download Office** tile to Start and the download tile will appear at the bottom right-hand side of the second group.
@@ -376,7 +363,7 @@ The following sample LayoutModification.xml shows how you can configure the Star
   
     
-	  
         
-      	  
+      
+
       
         
-		
-      	  
+      
+
     
-   
+  
+
  
 ```
 
 ## Use Windows Provisioning multivariant support
 
-The Windows Provisioning multivariant capability allows you to declare target conditions that, when met, supply specific customizations for each variant condition. For Start customization, you can create specific layouts for each variant that you have. To do this, you must create a separate LayoutModification.xml file for each variant that you want to support and then include these in your provisioning package. For more information on how to do this, see [Create a provisioning package with multivariant settings](./provisioning-packages/provisioning-multivariant.md).
+The Windows Provisioning multivariant capability allows you to declare target conditions that, when met, supply specific customizations for each variant condition. For Start customization, you can create specific layouts for each variant that you have. To do this, you must create a separate LayoutModification.xml file for each variant that you want to support and then include these in your provisioning package. For more information on how to do this, see [Create a provisioning package with multivariant settings](../provisioning-packages/provisioning-multivariant.md).
 
 The provisioning engine chooses the right customization file based on the target conditions that were met, adds the file in the location that's specified for the setting, and then uses the specific file to customize Start. To differentiate between layouts, you can add modifiers to the LayoutModification.xml filename such as "LayoutCustomization1". Regardless of the modifier that you use, the provisioning engine will always output "LayoutCustomization.xml" so that the operating system has a consistent file name to query against.
 
 For example, if you want to ensure that there's a specific layout for a certain condition, you can:
+
 1. Create a specific layout customization file and then name it LayoutCustomization1.xml.
-2. Include the file as part of your provisioning package.
-3. Create your multivariant target and reference the XML file within the target condition in the main customization XML file.
+1. Include the file as part of your provisioning package.
+1. Create your multivariant target and reference the XML file within the target condition in the main customization XML file.
 
 The following example shows what the overall customization file might look like with multivariant support for Start:
 
@@ -466,24 +457,37 @@ The following example shows what the overall customization file might look like
       
         
           
-           
-             
-             
+          
+
+            
+
+            
+
           
           
         
       
       
-         
-           
-            1 
-            1 
-            1 
-           
-           
-            1 
-           
-         
+        
+
+          
+
+            1
+
+            1
+
+            1
+
+          
+
+          
+
+            1
+
+          
+
+        
+
       
       
         
@@ -507,28 +511,17 @@ You must repeat this process for all variants that you want to support so that e
 
 ## Add the LayoutModification.xml file to the device
 
-Once you have created your LayoutModification.xml file to customize devices that will run Windows 10 for desktop editions, you can use Windows ICD methods to add the XML file to the device. 
+Once you have created your LayoutModification.xml file to customize devices that will run Windows 10 for desktop editions, you can use Windows ICD methods to add the XML file to the device.
 
 1. In the **Available customizations** pane, expand **Runtime settings**, select **Start** > Select the **StartLayout** setting.
-2. In the middle pane, click **Browse** to open File Explorer.
-3. In the File Explorer window, navigate to the location where you saved your LayoutModification.xml file. 
-4. Select the file and then click **Open**. 
+1. In the middle pane, click **Browse** to open File Explorer.
+1. In the File Explorer window, navigate to the location where you saved your LayoutModification.xml file.
+
+1. Select the file and then click **Open**.
 
 This should set the value of **StartLayout**. The setting appears in the **Selected customizations** pane.
 
 >[!NOTE]
->There is currently no way to add the .url and .lnk files through Windows ICD. 
+>There is currently no way to add the .url and .lnk files through Windows ICD.
 
-Once you have created the LayoutModification.xml file and it is present in the device, the system overrides the base default layout and any Unattend settings used to customize Start. 
-
-
-## Related topics
-
-- [Manage Windows 10 Start and taskbar layout](windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md)
-- [Configure Windows 10 taskbar](configure-windows-10-taskbar.md)
-- [Customize and export Start layout](customize-and-export-start-layout.md)
-- [Add image for secondary tiles](start-secondary-tiles.md)
-- [Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with Group Policy](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-group-policy.md)
-- [Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with provisioning packages](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-provisioning-packages-and-icd.md)
-- [Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with mobile device management (MDM)](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-mobile-device-management.md)
-- [Changes to Start policies in Windows 10](changes-to-start-policies-in-windows-10.md)
+Once you have created the LayoutModification.xml file and it is present in the device, the system overrides the base default layout and any Unattend settings used to customize Start.
diff --git a/windows/configuration/start-secondary-tiles.md b/windows/configuration/start/start-secondary-tiles.md
similarity index 55%
rename from windows/configuration/start-secondary-tiles.md
rename to windows/configuration/start/start-secondary-tiles.md
index e9b63e1772..60449adfba 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/start-secondary-tiles.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/start/start-secondary-tiles.md
@@ -1,22 +1,11 @@
 ---
-title: Add image for secondary Microsoft Edge tiles (Windows 10)
+title: Add image for secondary Microsoft Edge tiles
 description: Add app tiles on Windows 10 that's a secondary tile.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-author: lizgt2000
-ms.author: lizlong
 ms.topic: article
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
 ms.date: 12/31/2017
 ---
 
-# Add image for secondary Microsoft Edge tiles 
-
-**Applies to**
-
-- Windows 10
+# Add image for secondary Microsoft Edge tiles
 
 App tiles are the Start screen tiles that represent and launch an app. A tile that allows a user to go to a specific location in an app is a *secondary tile*. Some examples of secondary tiles include:
 
@@ -25,7 +14,7 @@ App tiles are the Start screen tiles that represent and launch an app. A tile th
 - Status and updates from an important contact in a social app
 - A website in Microsoft Edge
 
-In a Start layout for Windows 10, version 1703, you can include secondary tiles for Microsoft Edge that display a custom image, rather than a tile with the standard Microsoft Edge logo. 
+In a Start layout for Windows 10, version 1703, you can include secondary tiles for Microsoft Edge that display a custom image, rather than a tile with the standard Microsoft Edge logo.
 
 Suppose that the [Start layout that you export](customize-and-export-start-layout.md) had two secondary tiles, such as in the following image:
 
@@ -41,27 +30,38 @@ In Windows 10, version 1703, by using the PowerShell cmdlet `export-StartLayoutE
 
 **Example of secondary tiles in XML generated by Export-StartLayout**
 
-
 ```xml
-
 ```
 
 ## Export Start layout and assets
 
 1. Follow the instructions in [Customize and export Start layout](customize-and-export-start-layout.md#customize-the-start-screen-on-your-test-computer) to customize the Start screen on your test computer.
-2. Open Windows PowerShell as an administrator and enter the following command:
+1. Open Windows PowerShell as an administrator and enter the following command:
 
     ```powershell
     Export-StartLayout -path .xml
@@ -71,12 +71,14 @@ In Windows 10, version 1703, by using the PowerShell cmdlet `export-StartLayoutE
 
     Use a file name of your choice—for example, StartLayoutMarketing.xml. Include the .xml file name extension. The [Export-StartLayout](/powershell/module/startlayout/export-startlayout) cmdlet doesn't append the file name extension, and the policy settings require the extension.
 
-3. If you’d like to change the image for a secondary tile to your own custom image, open the layout.xml file, and look for the images that the tile references.
-   - For example, your layout.xml contains `Square150x150LogoUri="ms-appdata:///local/PinnedTiles/21581260870/hires.png" Wide310x150LogoUri="ms-appx:///"` 
+1. If you'd like to change the image for a secondary tile to your own custom image, open the layout.xml file, and look for the images that the tile references.
+   - For example, your layout.xml contains `Square150x150LogoUri="ms-appdata:///local/PinnedTiles/21581260870/hires.png" Wide310x150LogoUri="ms-appx:///"`
+
    - Open `C:\Users\\AppData\Local\Packages\Microsoft.MicrosoftEdge_8wekyb3d8bbwe\LocalState\PinnedTiles\21581260870\` and replace those images with your customized images.
 
-4. In Windows PowerShell, enter the following command:
- 
+1. In Windows PowerShell, enter the following command:
+
+
     ```powershell
     Export-StartLayoutEdgeAssets assets.xml
     ```
@@ -90,139 +92,124 @@ You can apply the customized Start layout with images for secondary tiles by usi
 In Microsoft Intune, you create a device restrictions policy to apply to device group. For other MDM solutions, you may need to use an OMA-URI setting for Start layout, based on the [Policy configuration service provider (CSP)](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider). The OMA-URI setting is `./User/Vendor/MSFT/Policy/Config/Start/StartLayout`.
 
 1. Sign in to the [Intune admin center](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?linkid=2109431).
-2. Select **Devices** > **Configuration profiles** > **Create profile**.
-3. Enter the following properties:
+1. Select **Devices** > **Configuration profiles** > **Create profile**.
+1. Enter the following properties:
 
     - **Platform**: Select **Windows 10 and later**.
     - **Profile**: Select **Templates** > **Device restrictions**.
 
-4. Select **Create**.
-5. In **Basics**, enter the following properties:
+1. Select **Create**.
+1. In **Basics**, enter the following properties:
 
     - **Name**: Enter a descriptive name for the policy. Name your policies so you can easily identify them later.
     - **Description**: Enter a description for the policy. This setting is optional, but recommended.
 
-6. Select **Next**.
+1. Select **Next**.
 
-7. In **Configuration settings**, select **Start**. Configure the following properties:
+1. In **Configuration settings**, select **Start**. Configure the following properties:
 
     - **Start menu layout**: Browse to, and select your Start layout XML file.
     - **Pin websites to tiles in Start menu**: Browse to, and select your assets XML file.
 
     There are more Start menu settings you can configure. For more information on these settings, see [Start settings in Intune](/intune/device-restrictions-windows-10#start)
 
-8. Select **Next**.
-9. In **Scope tags** (optional), assign a tag to filter the profile to specific IT groups, such as `US-NC IT Team` or `JohnGlenn_ITDepartment`. For more information about scope tags, see [Use RBAC and scope tags for distributed IT](/mem/intune/fundamentals/scope-tags).
+1. Select **Next**.
+1. In **Scope tags** (optional), assign a tag to filter the profile to specific IT groups, such as `US-NC IT Team` or `JohnGlenn_ITDepartment`. For more information about scope tags, see [Use RBAC and scope tags for distributed IT](/mem/intune/fundamentals/scope-tags).
 
     Select **Next**.
 
-10. In **Assignments**, select the users or groups that will receive your profile. For more information on assigning profiles, see [Assign user and device profiles](/mem/intune/configuration/device-profile-assign).
+1. In **Assignments**, select the users or groups that will receive your profile. For more information on assigning profiles, see [Assign user and device profiles](/mem/intune/configuration/device-profile-assign).
 
     Select **Next**.
 
-11. In **Review + create**, review your settings. When you select **Create**, your changes are saved, and the profile is assigned. The policy is also shown in the profiles list.
+1. In **Review + create**, review your settings. When you select **Create**, your changes are saved, and the profile is assigned. The policy is also shown in the profiles list.
 
 ### Using a provisioning package
 
 #### Prepare the Start layout and Edge assets XML files
 
-The **export-StartLayout** and **export-StartLayoutEdgeAssets** cmdlets produce XML files. Because Windows Configuration Designer produces a customizations.xml file that contains the configuration settings, adding the Start layout and Edge assets sections to the customizations.xml file directly would result in an XML file embedded in an XML file. Before you add the Start layout and Edge assets sections to the customizations.xml file, you must replace the markup characters in your layout.xml with escape characters. 
-
-
+The **export-StartLayout** and **export-StartLayoutEdgeAssets** cmdlets produce XML files. Because Windows Configuration Designer produces a customizations.xml file that contains the configuration settings, adding the Start layout and Edge assets sections to the customizations.xml file directly would result in an XML file embedded in an XML file. Before you add the Start layout and Edge assets sections to the customizations.xml file, you must replace the markup characters in your layout.xml with escape characters.
 
 1. Copy the contents of layout.xml into an online tool that escapes characters.
 
-2. Copy the contents of assets.xml into an online tool that escapes characters.
+1. Copy the contents of assets.xml into an online tool that escapes characters.
 
-3. When you create a provisioning package, you'll copy the text with the escape characters and paste it in the customizations.xml file for your project. 
+1. When you create a provisioning package, you'll copy the text with the escape characters and paste it in the customizations.xml file for your project.
 
 #### Create a provisioning package that contains a customized Start layout
 
 
 
-Use the Windows Configuration Designer tool to create a provisioning package. [Learn how to install Windows Configuration Designer.](provisioning-packages/provisioning-install-icd.md)
+Use the Windows Configuration Designer tool to create a provisioning package. [Learn how to install Windows Configuration Designer.](../provisioning-packages/provisioning-install-icd.md)
 
 >[!IMPORTANT]
 >When you build a provisioning package, you may include sensitive information in the project files and in the provisioning package (.ppkg) file. Although you have the option to encrypt the .ppkg file, project files are not encrypted. You should store the project files in a secure location and delete the project files when they are no longer needed.
 
 1. Open Windows Configuration Designer (by default, %systemdrive%\\Program Files (x86)\\Windows Kits\\10\\Assessment and Deployment Kit\\Imaging and Configuration Designer\\x86\\ICD.exe).
 
-2. Choose **Advanced provisioning**.
+1. Choose **Advanced provisioning**.
 
-3. Name your project, and select **Next**.
+1. Name your project, and select **Next**.
 
-4. Choose **All Windows desktop editions** and select **Next**.
+1. Choose **All Windows desktop editions** and select **Next**.
 
-5. On **New project**, select **Finish**. The workspace for your package opens.
+1. On **New project**, select **Finish**. The workspace for your package opens.
 
-6. Expand **Runtime settings** > **Policies** > **Start**, and select **StartLayout**.
+1. Expand **Runtime settings** > **Policies** > **Start**, and select **StartLayout**.
 
    >[!TIP]
-   >If **Start** is not listed, check the type of settings you selected in step 4. You must create the project using settings for **All Windows desktop editions**.
+   >If **Start** is not listed, check the type of settings you selected in step 1. You must create the project using settings for **All Windows desktop editions**.
 
-7. Enter **layout.xml**. This value creates a placeholder in the customizations.xml file that you'll replace with the contents of the layout.xml file in a later step.
+1. Enter **layout.xml**. This value creates a placeholder in the customizations.xml file that you'll replace with the contents of the layout.xml file in a later step.
 
-8. In the **Available customizations** pane, select **ImportEdgeAssets**.
+1. In the **Available customizations** pane, select **ImportEdgeAssets**.
 
-9. Enter **assets.xml**. This value creates a placeholder in the customizations.xml file that you'll replace with the contents of the assets.xml file in a later step.
+1. Enter **assets.xml**. This value creates a placeholder in the customizations.xml file that you'll replace with the contents of the assets.xml file in a later step.
 
-10. Save your project and close Windows Configuration Designer.
+1. Save your project and close Windows Configuration Designer.
 
-11. In File Explorer, open the project's directory. (The default location is C:\Users\\*user name*\Documents\Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (WICD)\\*project name*) 
+1. In File Explorer, open the project's directory. (The default location is C:\Users\\*user name*\Documents\Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (WICD)\\*project name*)
 
-12. Open the customizations.xml file in a text editor. The **<Customizations>** section will look like this:
+1. Open the customizations.xml file in a text editor. The **<Customizations>** section will look like this:
 
      ![Customizations file with the placeholder text to replace highlighted.](images/customization-start-edge.png)
 
-13. Replace **layout.xml** with the text from the layout.xml file, [with markup characters replaced with escape characters](#escape).
+1. Replace **layout.xml** with the text from the layout.xml file, [with markup characters replaced with escape characters](#escape).
 
-14. Replace **assets.xml** with the text from the assets.xml file, [with markup characters replaced with escape characters](#escape).
+1. Replace **assets.xml** with the text from the assets.xml file, [with markup characters replaced with escape characters](#escape).
 
-15. Save and close the customizations.xml file.
+1. Save and close the customizations.xml file.
 
-16. Open Windows Configuration Designer and open your project.
+1. Open Windows Configuration Designer and open your project.
 
-17. On the **File** menu, select **Save.**
+1. On the **File** menu, select **Save.**
 
-18. On the **Export** menu, select **Provisioning package**.
+1. On the **Export** menu, select **Provisioning package**.
 
-19. Change **Owner** to **IT Admin**, which will set the precedence of this provisioning package higher than provisioning packages applied to this device from other sources, and then select **Next.**
+1. Change **Owner** to **IT Admin**, which will set the precedence of this provisioning package higher than provisioning packages applied to this device from other sources, and then select **Next.**
 
-20. Optional. In the **Provisioning package security** window, you can choose to encrypt the package and enable package signing.
+1. Optional. In the **Provisioning package security** window, you can choose to encrypt the package and enable package signing.
 
-    -   **Enable package encryption** - If you select this option, an auto-generated password will be shown on the screen.
+    - **Enable package encryption** - If you select this option, an auto-generated password will be shown on the screen.
 
-    -   **Enable package signing** - If you select this option, you must select a valid certificate to use for signing the package. You can specify the certificate by clicking **Select...** and choosing the certificate you want to use to sign the package.
+    - **Enable package signing** - If you select this option, you must select a valid certificate to use for signing the package. You can specify the certificate by clicking **Select...** and choosing the certificate you want to use to sign the package.
 
-21. Select **Next** to specify the output location where you want the provisioning package to go when it's built. By default, Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (ICD) uses the project folder as the output location.
+1. Select **Next** to specify the output location where you want the provisioning package to go when it's built. By default, Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (ICD) uses the project folder as the output location.
 
     Optionally, you can select **Browse** to change the default output location.
 
-22. Select **Next**.
+1. Select **Next**.
 
-23. Select **Build** to start building the package. The provisioning package doesn't take long to build. The project information is displayed in the build page and the progress bar indicates the build status.
+1. Select **Build** to start building the package. The provisioning package doesn't take long to build. The project information is displayed in the build page and the progress bar indicates the build status.
 
     If you need to cancel the build, select **Cancel**. It cancels the current build process, closes the wizard, and takes you back to the **Customizations Page**.
 
-24. If your build fails, an error message will show up that includes a link to the project folder. You can scan the logs to determine what caused the error. Once you fix the issue, try building the package again.
+1. If your build fails, an error message will show up that includes a link to the project folder. You can scan the logs to determine what caused the error. Once you fix the issue, try building the package again.
 
     If your build is successful, the name of the provisioning package, output directory, and project directory will be shown.
 
-    -   If you choose, you can build the provisioning package again and pick a different path for the output package. To change the path, select **Back** to change the output package name and path, and then select **Next** to start another build.
-    -   If you're done, select **Finish** to close the wizard and go back to the **Customizations Page**.
-
-25. Copy the provisioning package to the target device.
-
-26. Double-click the ppkg file and allow it to install.
-
-## Related articles
- 
-- [Manage Windows 10 Start and taskbar layout](windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md)
-- [Configure Windows 10 taskbar](configure-windows-10-taskbar.md)
-- [Customize and export Start layout](customize-and-export-start-layout.md)
-- [Start layout XML for desktop editions of Windows 10 (reference)](start-layout-xml-desktop.md)
-- [Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with Group Policy](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-group-policy.md)
-- [Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with provisioning packages](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-provisioning-packages-and-icd.md)
-- [Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with mobile device management (MDM)](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-mobile-device-management.md)
-- [Changes to Start policies in Windows 10](changes-to-start-policies-in-windows-10.md)   
+    - If you choose, you can build the provisioning package again and pick a different path for the output package. To change the path, select **Back** to change the output package name and path, and then select **Next** to start another build.
+    - If you're done, select **Finish** to close the wizard and go back to the **Customizations Page**.
 
+1. Copy the provisioning package to the target device.
+1. Double-click the ppkg file and allow it to install.
diff --git a/windows/configuration/supported-csp-start-menu-layout-windows.md b/windows/configuration/start/supported-csp-start-menu-layout-windows.md
similarity index 91%
rename from windows/configuration/supported-csp-start-menu-layout-windows.md
rename to windows/configuration/start/supported-csp-start-menu-layout-windows.md
index d079399d4b..fcc05cbe55 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/supported-csp-start-menu-layout-windows.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/start/supported-csp-start-menu-layout-windows.md
@@ -1,24 +1,14 @@
 ---
 title: Supported CSP policies to customize Start menu on Windows 11 | Microsoft Docs
 description: See a list of the Policy CSP - Start items that are supported on Windows 11 to customize the Start menu.
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: lizlong
-ms.reviewer: ericpapa
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: lizgt2000
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
 ms.date: 12/31/2017
 ms.topic: article
+appliesto:
+- ✅ Windows 11
 ---
 
 # Supported configuration service provider (CSP) policies for Windows 11 Start menu
 
-**Applies to**:
-
-- Windows 11
-- Windows 11, version 22H2
-
 The Windows OS exposes CSPs that are used by MDM providers, like [Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/fundamentals/what-is-intune). In an MDM policy, these CSPs are settings that you configure in a policy. When the policy is ready, you deploy the policy to your devices.
 
 This article lists the CSPs that are available to customize the Start menu for Windows 11 devices. Windows 11 uses the [Policy CSP - Start](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start). For more general information, see [Configuration service provider (CSP) reference](/windows/client-management/mdm/configuration-service-provider-reference).
@@ -49,7 +39,7 @@ For information on customizing the Start menu layout using policy, see [Customiz
 - [Start/HideUserTile](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-hideusertile)
 - [Start/HideRecentJumplists](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-hiderecentjumplists)
 - [Start/NoPinningToTaskbar](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-nopinningtotaskbar)
-- **Start/ShowOrHideMostUsedApps**: New policy starting with Windows 11. This policy enforces always showing Most Used Apps, or always hiding Most Used Apps in the Start menu. If you use this policy, the [Start/HideFrequentlyUsedApps](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-hidefrequentlyusedapps) policy is ignored.
+- **Start/ShowOrHideMostUsedApps**: New policy starting with Windows 1. This policy enforces always showing Most Used Apps, or always hiding Most Used Apps in the Start menu. If you use this policy, the [Start/HideFrequentlyUsedApps](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-hidefrequentlyusedapps) policy is ignored.
 
   The [Start/HideFrequentlyUsedApps](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-hidefrequentlyusedapps) policy enforces hiding Most Used Apps on the Start menu. You can't use this policy to enforce always showing Most Used Apps on the Start menu.
 
@@ -64,7 +54,8 @@ For information on customizing the Start menu layout using policy, see [Customiz
 
 - [Start/HideRecentlyAddedApps](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-hiderecentlyaddedapps)
   - Group policy: `Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\Start Menu and Taskbar\Remove "Recently added" list from Start Menu`
-  
+
+
 > [!NOTE]
 > The following two policies are supported starting in Windows 11, version 22H2
 
@@ -74,6 +65,7 @@ For information on customizing the Start menu layout using policy, see [Customiz
     - `User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Start Menu and Taskbar\Remove All Programs list from the Start menu`
 
 - [Start/DisableContextMenus](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-disablecontextmenus)
-  - Group policy: 
+  - Group policy:
+
     - `Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\Start Menu and Taskbar\Disable context menus in the Start Menu`
     - `User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Start Menu and Taskbar\Disable context menus in the Start Menu`
diff --git a/windows/configuration/start/toc.yml b/windows/configuration/start/toc.yml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..649a679653
--- /dev/null
+++ b/windows/configuration/start/toc.yml
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+items:
+- name: Customizethe Start menu in Windows 11
+  href: customize-start-menu-layout-windows-11.md
+- name: Supported Start menu CSPs
+  href: supported-csp-start-menu-layout-windows.md
+- name: Start layout and taskbar
+  href: windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md
+- name: Use XML
+  items:
+  - name: Customize and export Start layout
+    href: customize-and-export-start-layout.md
+  - name: Add image for secondary Microsoft Edge tiles
+    href: start-secondary-tiles.md
+  - name: Start layout XML for Windows 10 desktop editions (reference)
+    href: start-layout-xml-desktop.md
+- name: Use group policy
+  href: customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-group-policy.md
+- name: Use provisioning packages
+  href: customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-provisioning-packages-and-icd.md
+- name: Use mobile device management (MDM)
+  href: customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-mobile-device-management.md
+- name: Troubleshoot Start menu errors
+  href: /troubleshoot/windows-client/shell-experience/troubleshoot-start-menu-errors
diff --git a/windows/configuration/windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md b/windows/configuration/start/windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md
similarity index 88%
rename from windows/configuration/windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md
rename to windows/configuration/start/windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md
index 2603aa56ac..6bc1b415c5 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/start/windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md
@@ -1,20 +1,12 @@
 ---
 title: Customize and manage the Windows 10 Start and taskbar layout
 description: On Windows devices, customize the start menu layout and taskbar using XML, group policy, provisioning package, or MDM policy. You can add pinned folders, add a start menu size, pin apps to the taskbar, and more.
-author: lizgt2000
-ms.author: lizlong
 ms.topic: article
 ms.date: 08/05/2021
 ---
 
 # Customize the Start menu and taskbar layout on Windows 10 and later devices
 
-**Applies to**:
-
-- Windows 10 version 1607 and later
-- Windows Server 2016 with Desktop Experience
-- Windows Server 2019 with Desktop Experience
-
 > **Looking for consumer information?** [See what's on the Start menu](https://support.microsoft.com/help/17195/windows-10-see-whats-on-the-menu)
 >
 > **Looking for OEM information?** See [Customize the Taskbar](/windows-hardware/customize/desktop/customize-the-windows-11-taskbar) and [Customize the Start layout](/windows-hardware/customize/desktop/customize-the-windows-11-start-menu).
@@ -22,7 +14,7 @@ ms.date: 08/05/2021
 Your organization can deploy a customized Start and taskbar to Windows 10 Professional, Enterprise, or Education devices. Use a standard, customized Start layout on devices that are common to multiple users, and devices that are locked down. Configuring the taskbar allows you to pin useful apps for your users, and remove apps that are pinned by default.
 
 >[!NOTE]
->Support for applying a customized taskbar using MDM is added in Windows 10, version 1703.
+>Support for applying a customized taskbar using MDM is added in Windows 10, version 1701.
 
 As administrator, you can use these features to customize Start and taskbar to meet your organization needs. This article describes the different ways you can customize Start and taskbar, and lists the Start policies. It also includes taskbar information on a clean operating system (OS) installation, and when an OS is upgraded.
 
@@ -39,7 +31,7 @@ For more information, see [Customize and export Start layout](customize-and-expo
 
 For the **taskbar**, you can use the same XML file as the start screen. Or, you can create a new XML file. When you have the XML file, add this file to a group policy or a provisioning package. Using these methods, you can deploy the XML file to your devices. When the devices receive your policy, they'll use the taskbar settings you configured in the XML file.
 
-For more information, see [Configure Windows 10 taskbar](configure-windows-10-taskbar.md).
+For more information, see [Configure Windows 10 taskbar](../taskbar/configure-windows-10-taskbar.md).
 
 ## Use group policy
 
@@ -49,7 +41,7 @@ For more information, see [Use group policy to customize Windows 10 Start and ta
 
 ## Use provisioning packages
 
-Provisioning packages are containers that include a set of configuration settings. They're designed to configure a device quickly, without installing a new image. For more information on what provisioning packages are, and what they do, see [Provisioning packages](./provisioning-packages/provisioning-packages.md).
+Provisioning packages are containers that include a set of configuration settings. They're designed to configure a device quickly, without installing a new image. For more information on what provisioning packages are, and what they do, see [Provisioning packages](../provisioning-packages/provisioning-packages.md).
 
 Using a provisioning package, you can customize the Start and taskbar. For more information, see [Use provisioning packages to customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-provisioning-packages-and-icd.md).
 
@@ -65,7 +57,7 @@ For more information, see [Use MDM to customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar](cu
 
 ![start layout sections.](images/startannotated.png)
 
-The following list includes the different Start options, and any policy or local settings. The settings in the list can also be used in a provisioning package. If you use a provisioning package, see the [Windows Configuration Designer reference](./wcd/wcd-policies.md#start).
+The following list includes the different Start options, and any policy or local settings. The settings in the list can also be used in a provisioning package. If you use a provisioning package, see the [Windows Configuration Designer reference](../wcd/wcd-policies.md#start).
 
 - **User tile**
   - **Group policy**: `User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Start Menu and Taskbar\Remove Logoff on the Start menu`
@@ -164,7 +156,7 @@ There are three app categories that could be pinned to a taskbar:
 - Default Windows apps pinned during the OS installation, such as Microsoft Edge, File Explorer, and Store
 - Apps pinned by your organization, such as in an unattended Windows setup
 
-  In an unattended Windows setup file, it's recommended to use the [layoutmodification.xml method](configure-windows-10-taskbar.md) to configure the taskbar options. It's not recommended to use [TaskbarLinks](/windows-hardware/customize/desktop/unattend/microsoft-windows-shell-setup-taskbarlinks).
+  In an unattended Windows setup file, it's recommended to use the [layoutmodification.xml method](../taskbar/configure-windows-10-taskbar.md) to configure the taskbar options. It's not recommended to use [TaskbarLinks](/windows-hardware/customize/desktop/unattend/microsoft-windows-shell-setup-taskbarlinks).
 
 The following example shows how apps are pinned. In OS configured to use a right-to-left language, the taskbar order is reversed:
 
@@ -203,7 +195,7 @@ On Windows 10 version 1607 and later, the new taskbar layout for upgrades apply
 - If a user didn't pin the app, and the app is in the updated layout file, then the app is pinned to the right.
 - New apps specified in updated layout file are pinned to right of user's pinned apps.
 
-[Learn how to configure Windows 10 taskbar](configure-windows-10-taskbar.md).
+[Learn how to configure Windows 10 taskbar](../taskbar/configure-windows-10-taskbar.md).
 
 ## Start layout configuration errors
 
@@ -211,14 +203,3 @@ If your Start layout customization isn't applied as you expect, open the **Event
 
 - **Event 22**: The XML is malformed. The specified file isn't valid XML. This event can happen if the file has extra spaces or unexpected characters. Or, if the file isn't saved in the UTF8 format.
 - **Event 64**: The XML is valid, and has unexpected values. This event can happen when the configuration isn't understood, elements aren't in [the required order](start-layout-xml-desktop.md#required-order), or source isn't found, such as a missing or misspelled `.lnk`.
-
-## Next steps
-
-- [Configure Windows 10 taskbar](configure-windows-10-taskbar.md)
-- [Customize and export Start layout](customize-and-export-start-layout.md)
-- [Add image for secondary tiles](start-secondary-tiles.md)
-- [Start layout XML for desktop editions of Windows 10 (reference)](start-layout-xml-desktop.md)
-- [Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with Group Policy](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-group-policy.md)
-- [Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with provisioning packages](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-provisioning-packages-and-icd.md)
-- [Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with mobile device management (MDM)](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-mobile-device-management.md)
-- [Changes to Start policies in Windows 10](changes-to-start-policies-in-windows-10.md)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/stop-employees-from-using-microsoft-store.md b/windows/configuration/store/stop-employees-from-using-microsoft-store.md
similarity index 82%
rename from windows/configuration/stop-employees-from-using-microsoft-store.md
rename to windows/configuration/store/stop-employees-from-using-microsoft-store.md
index 416187989e..a70a6b5922 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/stop-employees-from-using-microsoft-store.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/store/stop-employees-from-using-microsoft-store.md
@@ -1,21 +1,12 @@
 ---
 title: Configure access to Microsoft Store
 description: Learn how to configure access to Microsoft Store for client computers and mobile devices in your organization.
-author: lizgt2000
-ms.author: lizlong
 ms.topic: conceptual
 ms.date: 11/29/2022
 ---
 
 # Configure access to Microsoft Store
 
-**Applies to:**
-
-- Windows 10
-
-> [!TIP]
-> For more info about the features and functionality that are supported in each edition of Windows, see [Compare Windows 10 Editions](https://www.microsoft.com/WindowsForBusiness/Compare).
-
 IT pros can configure access to Microsoft Store for client computers in their organization. For some organizations, business policies require blocking access to Microsoft Store.
 
 > [!IMPORTANT]
@@ -37,21 +28,21 @@ For more information on AppLocker, see [What is AppLocker?](/windows/device-secu
 
 1. Enter **`secpol`** in the search bar to find and start AppLocker.
 
-2. In the console tree of the snap-in, select **Application Control Policies**, select **AppLocker**, and then select **Packaged app Rules**.
+1. In the console tree of the snap-in, select **Application Control Policies**, select **AppLocker**, and then select **Packaged app Rules**.
 
-3. On the **Action** menu, or by right-clicking on **Packaged app Rules**, select **Create New Rule**.
+1. On the **Action** menu, or by right-clicking on **Packaged app Rules**, select **Create New Rule**.
 
-4. On **Before You Begin**, select **Next**.
+1. On **Before You Begin**, select **Next**.
 
-5. On **Permissions**, select the action (allow or deny) and the user or group that the rule should apply to, and then select **Next**.
+1. On **Permissions**, select the action (allow or deny) and the user or group that the rule should apply to, and then select **Next**.
 
-6. On **Publisher**, you can select **Use an installed app package as a reference**, and then select **Select**.
+1. On **Publisher**, you can select **Use an installed app package as a reference**, and then select **Select**.
 
-7. On **Select applications**, find and select **Store** under **Applications** column, and then select **OK**. Select **Next**.
+1. On **Select applications**, find and select **Store** under **Applications** column, and then select **OK**. Select **Next**.
 
     [Create a rule for packaged apps](/windows/device-security/applocker/create-a-rule-for-packaged-apps) has more information on reference options and setting the scope on packaged app rules.
 
-8. Optional: On **Exceptions**, specify conditions by which to exclude files from being affected by the rule. Conditions allow you to add exceptions based on the same rule reference and rule scope as you set before. Select **Next**.
+1. Optional: On **Exceptions**, specify conditions by which to exclude files from being affected by the rule. Conditions allow you to add exceptions based on the same rule reference and rule scope as you set before. Select **Next**.
 
 ## Block Microsoft Store using configuration service provider
 
@@ -74,7 +65,7 @@ For more information on the rules available via AppLocker on the different suppo
 Applies to: Windows 10 Enterprise, Windows 10 Education
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> Not supported on Windows 10 Pro, starting with version 1511. For more info, see [Knowledge Base article #3135657](/troubleshoot/windows-client/group-policy/cannot-disable-microsoft-store).
+> Not supported on Windows 10 Pro, starting with version 151. For more info, see [Knowledge Base article #3135657](/troubleshoot/windows-client/group-policy/cannot-disable-microsoft-store).
 
 You can also use Group Policy to manage access to Microsoft Store.
 
@@ -82,11 +73,11 @@ You can also use Group Policy to manage access to Microsoft Store.
 
 1. Enter **`gpedit`** in the search bar to find and start Group Policy Editor.
 
-2. In the console tree of the snap-in, select **Computer Configuration**, select **Administrative Templates**, select **Windows Components**, and then select **Store**.
+1. In the console tree of the snap-in, select **Computer Configuration**, select **Administrative Templates**, select **Windows Components**, and then select **Store**.
 
-3. In the Setting pane, select **Turn off the Store application**, and then select **Edit policy setting**.
+1. In the Setting pane, select **Turn off the Store application**, and then select **Edit policy setting**.
 
-4. On the **Turn off the Store application** setting page, select **Enabled**, and then select **OK**.
+1. On the **Turn off the Store application** setting page, select **Enabled**, and then select **OK**.
 
 > [!IMPORTANT]
 > When you enable the policy to **Turn off the Store application**, it turns off app updates from the Microsoft Store. To allow store apps to update, disable the policy to **Turn off automatic download and install of Updates**. This policy is found under **Computer Configuration** > **Administrative Templates** > **Windows Components** > **Store**. This configuration allows in-box store apps to update while still blocking access to the store.
@@ -101,13 +92,13 @@ If you're using Microsoft Store for Business and you want employees to only see
 
 1. Enter **`gpedit`** in the search bar, and then select **Edit group policy (Control panel)** to find and start Group Policy Editor.
 
-2. In the console tree of the snap-in, go to **User Configuration** or **Computer Configuration** > **Administrative Templates** > **Windows Components**, and then select **Store**.
+1. In the console tree of the snap-in, go to **User Configuration** or **Computer Configuration** > **Administrative Templates** > **Windows Components**, and then select **Store**.
 
-3. Right-click **Only display the private store within the Microsoft Store app** in the right pane, and select **Edit**.
+1. Right-click **Only display the private store within the Microsoft Store app** in the right pane, and select **Edit**.
 
     The **Only display the private store within the Microsoft Store app** policy settings will open.
 
-4. On the **Only display the private store within the Microsoft Store app** setting page, select **Enabled**, and then select **OK**.
+1. On the **Only display the private store within the Microsoft Store app** setting page, select **Enabled**, and then select **OK**.
 
 ## Related articles
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/configure-windows-10-taskbar.md b/windows/configuration/taskbar/configure-windows-10-taskbar.md
similarity index 82%
rename from windows/configuration/configure-windows-10-taskbar.md
rename to windows/configuration/taskbar/configure-windows-10-taskbar.md
index 65937f4400..b9ac41035d 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/configure-windows-10-taskbar.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/taskbar/configure-windows-10-taskbar.md
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 ---
-title: Configure Windows 10 taskbar
+title: Configure Windows taskbar
 description: Administrators can pin more apps to the taskbar and remove default pinned apps from the taskbar by adding a section to a layout modification XML file.
-author: lizgt2000
-ms.author: lizlong
 ms.topic: how-to
 ms.date: 08/18/2023
+appliesto:
+- ✅ Windows 10
 ---
 
 # Configure Windows 10 taskbar
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Starting in Windows 10, version 1607, administrators can pin more apps to the ta
 > [!NOTE]
 > The only aspect of the taskbar that can currently be configured by the layout modification XML file is the layout.
 
-You can specify different taskbar configurations based on device locale and region. There's no limit on the number of apps that you can pin. You specify apps using the [Application User Model ID (AUMID)](./find-the-application-user-model-id-of-an-installed-app.md) or Desktop Application Link Path (the local path to the application). 
+You can specify different taskbar configurations based on device locale and region. There's no limit on the number of apps that you can pin. You specify apps using the [Application User Model ID (AUMID)](../kiosk/find-the-application-user-model-id-of-an-installed-app.md) or Desktop Application Link Path (the local path to the application).
 
 If you specify an app to be pinned that isn't provisioned for the user on the computer, the pinned icon won't appear on the taskbar.
 
@@ -27,36 +27,35 @@ The following example shows how apps will be pinned: Windows default apps to the
 
 ![Windows left, user center, enterprise to the right.](images/taskbar-generic.png)
 
-
 ## Configure taskbar (general)
 
-**To configure the taskbar:**
+To configure the taskbar:
 
-1. Create the XML file.
-   * If you're also [customizing the Start layout](customize-and-export-start-layout.md), use `Export-StartLayout` to create the XML, and then add the `` section from [the following sample](#sample-taskbar-configuration-added-to-start-layout-xml-file) to the file.
-   * If you're only configuring the taskbar, use [the following sample](#sample-taskbar-configuration-xml-file) to create a layout modification XML file.
-2. Edit and save the XML file. You can use [AUMID](./find-the-application-user-model-id-of-an-installed-app.md) or Desktop Application Link Path to identify the apps to pin to the taskbar.
-   * Add `xmlns:taskbar="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/TaskbarLayout"` to the first line of the file, before the closing \>.
-   * Use `` and [AUMID](./find-the-application-user-model-id-of-an-installed-app.md) to pin Universal Windows Platform apps.
-   * Use `` and Desktop Application Link Path to pin desktop applications. 
-3. Apply the layout modification XML file to devices using [Group Policy](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-group-policy.md) or a [provisioning package created in Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (Windows ICD)](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-provisioning-packages-and-icd.md).
+1. Create the XML file
+    - If you're also [customizing the Start layout](../start/customize-and-export-start-layout.md), use `Export-StartLayout` to create the XML, and then add the `` section from [the following sample](#sample-taskbar-configuration-added-to-start-layout-xml-file) to the file.
+    - If you're only configuring the taskbar, use [the following sample](#sample-taskbar-configuration-xml-file) to create a layout modification XML file
+1. Edit and save the XML file. You can use [AUMID](../kiosk/find-the-application-user-model-id-of-an-installed-app.md) or Desktop Application Link Path to identify the apps to pin to the taskbar
+    - Add `xmlns:taskbar="http://schemas.microsoft.com/Start/2014/TaskbarLayout"` to the first line of the file, before the closing \>.
+    - Use `` and [AUMID](../kiosk/find-the-application-user-model-id-of-an-installed-app.md) to pin Universal Windows Platform apps
+    - Use `` and Desktop Application Link Path to pin desktop applications
+1. Apply the layout modification XML file to devices using [Group Policy](../start/customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-group-policy.md) or a [provisioning package created in Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (Windows ICD)](../start/customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-provisioning-packages-and-icd.md).
 
 >[!IMPORTANT]
 >If you use a provisioning package or import-startlayout to configure the taskbar, your configuration will be reapplied each time the explorer.exe process restarts. If your configuration pins an app and the user then unpins that app, the user's change will be overwritten the next time the configuration is applied. To apply a taskbar configuration that allows users to make changes that will persist, apply your configuration by using Group Policy.
 >
->If you use Group Policy and your configuration only contains a taskbar layout, the default Windows tile layout will be applied and cannot be changed by users. If you use Group Policy and your configuration includes taskbar and a full Start layout, users can only make changes to the taskbar. If you use Group Policy and your configuration includes taskbar and a [partial Start layout](.//customize-and-export-start-layout.md#configure-a-partial-start-layout), users can make changes to the taskbar and to tile groups not defined in the partial Start layout.
+>If you use Group Policy and your configuration only contains a taskbar layout, the default Windows tile layout will be applied and cannot be changed by users. If you use Group Policy and your configuration includes taskbar and a full Start layout, users can only make changes to the taskbar. If you use Group Policy and your configuration includes taskbar and a [partial Start layout](../start/customize-and-export-start-layout.md#configure-a-partial-start-layout), users can make changes to the taskbar and to tile groups not defined in the partial Start layout.
 
 ### Tips for finding AUMID and Desktop Application Link Path
 
-In the layout modification XML file, you'll need to add entries for applications in the XML markup. In order to pin an application, you need either its AUMID or Desktop Application Link Path. 
+In the layout modification XML file, you'll need to add entries for applications in the XML markup. In order to pin an application, you need either its AUMID or Desktop Application Link Path.
 
 The easiest way to find this data for an application is to:
-1.  Pin the application to the Start menu on a reference or testing PC.
-2.  Open Windows PowerShell and run the `Export-StartLayout` cmdlet. 
-3.  Open the generated XML file. 
-4.  Look for an entry corresponding to the app you pinned.
-5.  Look for a property labeled `AppUserModelID` or `DesktopApplicationLinkPath`. 
 
+1. Pin the application to the Start menu on a reference or testing PC
+1. Open Windows PowerShell and run the `Export-StartLayout` cmdlet
+1. Open the generated XML file
+1. Look for an entry corresponding to the app you pinned
+1. Look for a property labeled `AppUserModelID` or `DesktopApplicationLinkPath`
 
 ### Sample taskbar configuration XML file
 
@@ -78,6 +77,7 @@ The easiest way to find this data for an application is to:
  
 
 ```
+
 ### Sample taskbar configuration added to Start layout XML file
 
 ```xml
@@ -96,7 +96,8 @@ The easiest way to find this data for an application is to:
           
           
           
-                
+        
+
       
     
                     
@@ -134,6 +135,7 @@ The `` section will append listed apps to the tas
   
 
 ```
+
 **Before:**
 
 ![default apps pinned to taskbar.](images/taskbar-default.png)
@@ -167,6 +169,7 @@ If you only want to remove some of the default pinned apps, you would use this m
                     
 
 ```
+
 **Before:**
 
 ![Taskbar with default apps.](images/taskbar-default.png)
@@ -179,7 +182,6 @@ If you only want to remove some of the default pinned apps, you would use this m
 
 By adding `PinListPlacement="Replace"` to ``, you remove all default pinned apps.
 
-
 ```xml
 
 `, you
 
 ## Configure taskbar by country or region
 
-The following example shows you how to configure taskbars by country or region. When the layout is applied to a computer, if there's no `` node with a region tag for the current region, the first `` node that has no specified region will be applied. When you specify one or more countries or regions in a `` node, the specified apps are pinned on computers configured for any of the specified countries or regions. 
+The following example shows you how to configure taskbars by country or region. When the layout is applied to a computer, if there's no `` node with a region tag for the current region, the first `` node that has no specified region will be applied. When you specify one or more countries or regions in a `` node, the specified apps are pinned on computers configured for any of the specified countries or regions.
 
 ```xml
 
@@ -254,13 +256,9 @@ The resulting taskbar for computers in any other country region:
 
 ![taskbar for all other regions.](images/taskbar-region-other.png)
 
-
 > [!NOTE]
 > [Look up country and region codes (use the ISO Short column)](/previous-versions/commerce-server/ee799297(v=cs.20))
 
-
-
-
 ## Layout Modification Template schema definition
 
 ```xml
@@ -310,21 +308,3 @@ The resulting taskbar for computers in any other country region:
 
 
 ```
-
-## Related topics
-
-[Manage Windows 10 Start and taskbar layout](windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md)
-
-[Customize and export Start layout](customize-and-export-start-layout.md)
-
-[Add image for secondary tiles](start-secondary-tiles.md)
-
-[Start layout XML for desktop editions of Windows 10 (reference)](start-layout-xml-desktop.md)
-
-[Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with Group Policy](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-group-policy.md)
-
-[Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with provisioning packages](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-provisioning-packages-and-icd.md)
-
-[Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with mobile device management (MDM)](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-mobile-device-management.md)
-
-[Changes to Start policies in Windows 10](changes-to-start-policies-in-windows-10.md)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/customize-taskbar-windows-11.md b/windows/configuration/taskbar/customize-taskbar-windows-11.md
similarity index 88%
rename from windows/configuration/customize-taskbar-windows-11.md
rename to windows/configuration/taskbar/customize-taskbar-windows-11.md
index 72a4298b7c..6af8ef100f 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/customize-taskbar-windows-11.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/taskbar/customize-taskbar-windows-11.md
@@ -1,25 +1,16 @@
 ---
 title: Configure and customize Windows 11 taskbar
 description: On Windows 11 devices, pin and unpin default apps and organization apps on the taskbar using an XML file. Deploy the taskbar XML file using Group Policy or MDM and Microsoft Intune. See what happens to the taskbar when the Windows OS client is installed or upgraded.
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: lizlong
-ms.reviewer: chataylo
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: lizgt2000
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.collection:
- - tier1
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
 ms.date: 08/17/2023
 ms.topic: article
+ms.collection:
+ - tier1
+appliesto:
+- ✅ Windows 11
 ---
 
 # Customize the Taskbar on Windows 11
 
-**Applies to**:
-
-- Windows 11
-
 > **Looking for OEM information?** See [Customize the Taskbar](/windows-hardware/customize/desktop/customize-the-windows-11-taskbar) and [Customize the Start layout](/windows-hardware/customize/desktop/customize-the-windows-11-start-menu).
 
 Your organization can deploy a customized taskbar to your Windows devices. Customizing the taskbar is common when your organization uses a common set of apps, or wants to bring attention to specific apps. You can also remove the default pinned apps.
@@ -32,14 +23,10 @@ This article shows you how to create the XML file, add apps to the XML, and depl
 
 ## Before you begin
 
-- There isn't a limit on the number of apps that you can pin. In the XML file, add apps using the [Application User Model ID (AUMID)](./find-the-application-user-model-id-of-an-installed-app.md) or Desktop Application Link Path (the local path to the app).
-
+- There isn't a limit on the number of apps that you can pin. In the XML file, add apps using the [Application User Model ID (AUMID)](../kiosk/find-the-application-user-model-id-of-an-installed-app.md) or Desktop Application Link Path (the local path to the app).
 - There are some situations that an app pinned in your XML file won't be pinned in the taskbar. For example, if an app isn't approved or installed for a user, then the pinned icon won't show on the taskbar.
-
 - The order of apps in the XML file dictates the order of pinned apps on the taskbar, from left to right, and to the right of any existing apps pinned by the user. If the OS is configured to use a right-to-left language, then the taskbar order is reversed.
-
-- Some classic Windows applications are packaged differently than they were in previous versions of Windows, including Notepad and File Explorer. Be sure to enter the correct AppID. For more information, see [Application User Model ID (AUMID)](./find-the-application-user-model-id-of-an-installed-app.md) and [Get the AUMID and Desktop app link path](#get-the-aumid-and-desktop-app-link-path) (in this article).
-
+- Some classic Windows applications are packaged differently than they were in previous versions of Windows, including Notepad and File Explorer. Be sure to enter the correct AppID. For more information, see [Application User Model ID (AUMID)](../kiosk/find-the-application-user-model-id-of-an-installed-app.md) and [Get the AUMID and Desktop app link path](#get-the-aumid-and-desktop-app-link-path) (in this article).
 - It's recommended to use a Mobile Device Management (MDM) provider. MDM providers help manage your devices, and help manage apps on your devices. You can use Microsoft Intune. Intune is a family of products that include Microsoft Intune, which is a cloud service, and Configuration Manager, which is on-premises.
 
   In this article, we mention these services. If you're not managing your devices using an MDM provider, the following resources may help you get started:
@@ -71,23 +58,23 @@ This article shows you how to create the XML file, add apps to the XML, and depl
     
     ```
 
-2. In the `` node, add (or remove) the apps you want pinned. You can pin Universal Windows Platform (UWP) apps and desktop apps:
+1. In the `` node, add (or remove) the apps you want pinned. You can pin Universal Windows Platform (UWP) apps and desktop apps:
 
-    - ``: Select this option for UWP apps. Add the [AUMID](./find-the-application-user-model-id-of-an-installed-app.md) of the UWP app.
+    - ``: Select this option for UWP apps. Add the [AUMID](../kiosk/find-the-application-user-model-id-of-an-installed-app.md) of the UWP app.
     - ``: Select this option for desktop apps. Add the Desktop Application Link Path of the desktop app.
 
     You can pin as many apps as you want.  Just keep adding them to the list. Remember, the app order in the list is the same order the apps are shown on the taskbar.
 
     For more information, see [Get the AUMID and Desktop app link path](#get-the-aumid-and-desktop-app-link-path) (in this article).
 
-3. In the `` node, the apps you add are pinned after the default apps. If you want to remove the default apps, and only show the apps you add in the XML file, then add `PinListPlacement="Replace"`:
+1. In the `` node, the apps you add are pinned after the default apps. If you want to remove the default apps, and only show the apps you add in the XML file, then add `PinListPlacement="Replace"`:
 
     - ``: Keeps the default pinned apps. After the default apps, the apps you add are pinned.
     - ``: Unpins the default apps. Only the apps you add are pinned.
 
     If you want to remove some of the default pinned apps, then add `PinListPlacement="Replace"`. When you add your apps to ``, include the default apps you still want pinned.
 
-4. In the `` node, use `region=" | "` to use different taskbar configurations based on the device locale and region.
+1. In the `` node, use `region=" | "` to use different taskbar configurations based on the device locale and region.
 
     In the following XML example, two regions are added: `US|UK` and `DE|FR`:
 
@@ -133,7 +120,7 @@ This article shows you how to create the XML file, add apps to the XML, and depl
     - If the `` node has a country or region, then the apps are pinned on devices configured for that country or region.
     - If the `` node doesn't have a region tag for the current region, then the first `` node with no region is applied.
 
-5. Save the file, and name the file so you know what it is. For example, name the file something like `TaskbarLayoutModification.xml`. Once you have the file, it's ready to be deployed to your Windows devices.
+1. Save the file, and name the file so you know what it is. For example, name the file something like `TaskbarLayoutModification.xml`. Once you have the file, it's ready to be deployed to your Windows devices.
 
 ## Use Group Policy or MDM to create and deploy a taskbar policy
 
@@ -146,20 +133,20 @@ This section shows you how to deploy the XML both ways.
 Use the following steps to add your XML file to a group policy, and apply the policy:
 
 1. Open your policy editor. For example, open Group Policy Management Console (GPMC) for domain-based group policies, or open `gpedit` for local policies.
-2. Go to one of the following policies:
+1. Go to one of the following policies:
 
     - `Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\Start Menu and Taskbar\Start Layout`
     - `User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Start Menu and Taskbar\Start Layout`
 
-3. Double-select `Start Layout` > **Enable**. Enter the fully qualified path to your XML file, including the XML file name. You can enter a local path, like `C:\StartLayouts\TaskbarLayoutModification.xml`, or a network path, like `\\Server\Share\TaskbarLayoutModification.xml`. Be sure you enter the correct file path. If using a network share, be sure to give users read access to the XML file. If the file isn't available when the user signs in, then the taskbar isn't changed. Users can't customize the taskbar when this setting is enabled.
+1. Double-select `Start Layout` > **Enable**. Enter the fully qualified path to your XML file, including the XML file name. You can enter a local path, like `C:\StartLayouts\TaskbarLayoutModification.xml`, or a network path, like `\\Server\Share\TaskbarLayoutModification.xml`. Be sure you enter the correct file path. If using a network share, be sure to give users read access to the XML file. If the file isn't available when the user signs in, then the taskbar isn't changed. Users can't customize the taskbar when this setting is enabled.
 
     Your policy looks like the following policy:
 
-    :::image type="content" source="./images/customize-taskbar-windows-11/start-layout-group-policy.png" alt-text="Add your taskbar layout XML file to the Start Layout policy on Windows devices.":::
+    :::image type="content" source="images/start-layout-group-policy.png" alt-text="Add your taskbar layout XML file to the Start Layout policy on Windows devices.":::
 
     The `User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Start Menu and Taskbar` policy includes other settings that control the taskbar. Some policies may not work as expected. Be sure to test your policies before broadly deploying them across your devices.
 
-4. When you apply the policy, the taskbar includes your changes. The next time users sign in, they'll see the changes.
+1. When you apply the policy, the taskbar includes your changes. The next time users sign in, they'll see the changes.
 
     For more information on using group policies, see [Implement Group Policy Objects](/training/modules/implement-group-policy-objects/).
 
@@ -171,25 +158,25 @@ Use the following steps to create an Intune policy that deploys your taskbar XML
 
 1. Sign in to the [Intune admin center](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?linkid=2109431).
 
-2. Select **Devices** > **Configuration profiles** > **Create profile**.
+1. Select **Devices** > **Configuration profiles** > **Create profile**.
 
-3. Enter the following properties:
+1. Enter the following properties:
 
     - **Platform**: Select **Windows 10 and later**.
     - **Profile type**: Select **Templates** > **Device restrictions** > **Create**.
 
-4. In **Basics**, enter the following properties:
+1. In **Basics**, enter the following properties:
 
     - **Name**: Enter a descriptive name for the profile. Name your profiles so you can easily identify it later. For example, a good profile name is **Win11: Custom taskbar**.
     - **Description**: Enter a description for the profile. This setting is optional, and recommended.
 
-5. Select **Next**.
+1. Select **Next**.
 
-6. In **Configuration settings**, select **Start** > **Start menu layout**. Browse to, and select your taskbar XML file.
+1. In **Configuration settings**, select **Start** > **Start menu layout**. Browse to, and select your taskbar XML file.
 
-7. Select **Next**, and configure the rest of the policy settings. For more specific information, see [Configure device restriction settings](/mem/intune/configuration/device-restrictions-configure).
+1. Select **Next**, and configure the rest of the policy settings. For more specific information, see [Configure device restriction settings](/mem/intune/configuration/device-restrictions-configure).
 
-8. When the policy is created, you can deploy it now, or deploy it later. Since this policy is a customized taskbar, the policy can also be deployed before users sign in the first time.
+1. When the policy is created, you can deploy it now, or deploy it later. Since this policy is a customized taskbar, the policy can also be deployed before users sign in the first time.
 
     For more information and guidance on assigning policies using Microsoft Intune, see [Assign user and device profiles](/mem/intune/configuration/device-profile-assign).
 
@@ -201,14 +188,14 @@ Use the following steps to create an Intune policy that deploys your taskbar XML
 In the layout modification XML file, you add apps in the XML markup. To pin an app, you enter the AUMID or Desktop Application Link Path. The easiest way to find this app information is to use the [Export-StartLayout](/powershell/module/startlayout/export-startlayout) Windows PowerShell cmdlet:
 
 1. On an existing Windows 11 device, pin the app to the Start menu.
-2. Create a folder to save an output file. For example, create the `C:\Layouts` folder.
-3. Open the Windows PowerShell app, and run the following cmdlet:
+1. Create a folder to save an output file. For example, create the `C:\Layouts` folder.
+1. Open the Windows PowerShell app, and run the following cmdlet:
 
     ```powershell
     Export-StartLayout -Path "C:\Layouts\GetIDorPath.xml"
     ```
 
-4. Open the generated GetIDorPath.xml file, and look for the app you pinned. When you find the app, get the AppID or Path. Add these properties to your XML file.
+1. Open the generated GetIDorPath.xml file, and look for the app you pinned. When you find the app, get the AppID or Path. Add these properties to your XML file.
 
 ## Pin order for all apps
 
@@ -223,8 +210,8 @@ On a taskbar, the following apps are typically pinned:
 Apps are pinned in the following order:
 
 1. Windows default apps are pinned first.
-2. User-pinned apps are pinned after the Windows default apps.
-3. XML-pinned apps are pinned after the user-pinned apps.
+1. User-pinned apps are pinned after the Windows default apps.
+1. XML-pinned apps are pinned after the user-pinned apps.
 
 If the OS is configured to use a right-to-left language, then the taskbar order is reversed.
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/customize-taskbar-windows-11/start-layout-group-policy.png b/windows/configuration/taskbar/images/start-layout-group-policy.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/customize-taskbar-windows-11/start-layout-group-policy.png
rename to windows/configuration/taskbar/images/start-layout-group-policy.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/taskbar-default-plus.png b/windows/configuration/taskbar/images/taskbar-default-plus.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/taskbar-default-plus.png
rename to windows/configuration/taskbar/images/taskbar-default-plus.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/taskbar-default-removed.png b/windows/configuration/taskbar/images/taskbar-default-removed.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/taskbar-default-removed.png
rename to windows/configuration/taskbar/images/taskbar-default-removed.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/taskbar-default.png b/windows/configuration/taskbar/images/taskbar-default.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/taskbar-default.png
rename to windows/configuration/taskbar/images/taskbar-default.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/taskbar/images/taskbar-generic.png b/windows/configuration/taskbar/images/taskbar-generic.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6d47a6795a
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/configuration/taskbar/images/taskbar-generic.png differ
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/taskbar-region-defr.png b/windows/configuration/taskbar/images/taskbar-region-defr.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/taskbar-region-defr.png
rename to windows/configuration/taskbar/images/taskbar-region-defr.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/taskbar-region-other.png b/windows/configuration/taskbar/images/taskbar-region-other.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/taskbar-region-other.png
rename to windows/configuration/taskbar/images/taskbar-region-other.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/images/taskbar-region-usuk.png b/windows/configuration/taskbar/images/taskbar-region-usuk.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/configuration/images/taskbar-region-usuk.png
rename to windows/configuration/taskbar/images/taskbar-region-usuk.png
diff --git a/windows/configuration/supported-csp-taskbar-windows.md b/windows/configuration/taskbar/supported-csp-taskbar-windows.md
similarity index 81%
rename from windows/configuration/supported-csp-taskbar-windows.md
rename to windows/configuration/taskbar/supported-csp-taskbar-windows.md
index a24ff5885a..b4f8a0c732 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/supported-csp-taskbar-windows.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/taskbar/supported-csp-taskbar-windows.md
@@ -1,82 +1,73 @@
 ---
-title: Supported CSP policies to customize the Taskbar on Windows 11 | Microsoft Docs
+title: Supported CSP policies to customize the Taskbar on Windows 11
 description: See a list of the Policy CSP - Start items that are supported on Windows 11 to customize the Taskbar.
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: lizlong
-ms.reviewer: chataylo
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: lizgt2000
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
 ms.date: 12/31/2017
 ms.topic: article
----
+appliesto:
+- ✅ Windows 11
+--- 
 
-# Supported configuration service provider (CSP) policies for Windows 11 taskbar
+# Supported configuration service provider (CSP) policies for Windows 11 taskbar 
 
-**Applies to**:
+The Windows OS exposes CSPs that are used by MDM providers, like [Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/fundamentals/what-is-intune). In an MDM policy, these CSPs are settings that you configure. When the policy is ready, you deploy the policy to your devices. This article lists the CSPs that are available to customize the Taskbar for Windows 11 devices. 
 
-- Windows 11
+For more general information, see [Configuration service provider (CSP) reference](/windows/client-management/mdm/configuration-service-provider-reference). 
 
-The Windows OS exposes CSPs that are used by MDM providers, like [Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/fundamentals/what-is-intune). In an MDM policy, these CSPs are settings that you configure. When the policy is ready, you deploy the policy to your devices. This article lists the CSPs that are available to customize the Taskbar for Windows 11 devices.
-
-For more general information, see [Configuration service provider (CSP) reference](/windows/client-management/mdm/configuration-service-provider-reference).
-
-## CSP policies to customize Windows 11 taskbar buttons
+## CSP policies to customize Windows 11 taskbar buttons 
 
 - [Search/ConfigureSearchOnTaskbarMode](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-search#configuresearchontaskbarmode)
   - Group policy: `Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Search\Configures search on the taskbar`
-  - Local setting: Settings > Personalization > Taskbar > Search
+  - Local setting: Settings > Personalization > Taskbar > Search 
 
 - [Start/HideTaskViewButton](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#hidetaskviewbutton)
   - Group policy: `Computer and User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Start Menu and Taskbar\Hide the TaskView button`
-  - Local setting: Settings > Personalization > Taskbar > Task view
+  - Local setting: Settings > Personalization > Taskbar > Task view 
 
 - [NewsAndInterests/AllowNewsAndInterests](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-newsandinterests#allownewsandinterests)
   - Group policy: `Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Widgets\Allow widgets`
-  - Local setting: Settings > Personalization > Taskbar > Widgets
+  - Local setting: Settings > Personalization > Taskbar > Widgets 
 
 - [Experience/ConfigureChatIcon](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-experience#configurechaticonvisibilityonthetaskbar)
   - Group policy: `Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Chat\Configure the Chat icon setting`
-  - Local setting: Settings > Personalization > Taskbar > Chat
+  - Local setting: Settings > Personalization > Taskbar > Chat 
 
-## Existing CSP policies that Windows 11 taskbar supports
+## Existing CSP policies that Windows 11 taskbar supports 
 
 - [Start/HideRecentJumplists](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#hiderecentjumplists)
   - Group policy: `User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Start Menu and Taskbar\Do not keep history of recently opened documents`
-  - Local setting: Settings > Personalization > Start > Show recently opened items in Jump Lists on Start or the taskbar
+  - Local setting: Settings > Personalization > Start > Show recently opened items in Jump Lists on Start or the taskbar 
 
 - [Start/NoPinningToTaskbar](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#nopinningtotaskbar)
   - Group policy: `User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Start Menu and Taskbar\Do not allow pinning programs to the Taskbar`
-  - Local setting: None
+  - Local setting: None 
 
-## Existing CSP policies that Windows 11 doesn't support
+## Existing CSP policies that Windows 11 doesn't support 
 
-The following list includes some of the CSP policies that aren't supported on Windows 11:
+The following list includes some of the CSP policies that aren't supported on Windows 11: 
 
 - [ADMX_Taskbar/TaskbarLockAll](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-taskbar#taskbarlockall)
-  - Group policy: `User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Start Menu and Taskbar\Lock all taskbar settings`
+  - Group policy: `User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Start Menu and Taskbar\Lock all taskbar settings` 
 
 - [ADMX_Taskbar/TaskbarNoAddRemoveToolbar](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-taskbar#taskbarnoaddremovetoolbar)
-  - Group policy: `User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Start Menu and Taskbar\Prevent users from adding or removing toolbars`
+  - Group policy: `User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Start Menu and Taskbar\Prevent users from adding or removing toolbars` 
 
 - [ADMX_Taskbar/TaskbarNoDragToolbar](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-taskbar#taskbarnodragtoolbar)
-  - Group policy: `User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Start Menu and Taskbar\Prevent users from rearranging toolbars`
+  - Group policy: `User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Start Menu and Taskbar\Prevent users from rearranging toolbars` 
 
 - [ADMX_Taskbar/TaskbarNoRedock](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-taskbar#taskbarnoredock)
-  - Group policy: `User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Start Menu and Taskbar\Prevent users from moving taskbar to another screen dock location`
+  - Group policy: `User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Start Menu and Taskbar\Prevent users from moving taskbar to another screen dock location` 
 
 - [ADMX_Taskbar/TaskbarNoResize](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-taskbar#taskbarnoresize)
-  - Group policy: `User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Start Menu and Taskbar\Prevent users from resizing the taskbar`
+  - Group policy: `User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Start Menu and Taskbar\Prevent users from resizing the taskbar` 
 
 - [ADMX_StartMenu/NoToolbarsOnTaskbar](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-startmenu#notoolbarsontaskbar)
-  - Group policy: `User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Start Menu and Taskbar\Do not display any custom toolbars in the taskbar`
+  - Group policy: `User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Start Menu and Taskbar\Do not display any custom toolbars in the taskbar` 
 
 - [ADMX_StartMenu/NoTaskGrouping](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-startmenu#notaskgrouping)
-  - Group policy: `User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Start Menu and Taskbar\Prevent grouping of taskbar items`
+  - Group policy: `User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Start Menu and Taskbar\Prevent grouping of taskbar items` 
 
 - [ADMX_StartMenu/QuickLaunchEnabled](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-startmenu#quicklaunchenabled)
-  - Group policy: `User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Start Menu and Taskbar\Show QuickLaunch on Taskbar`
+  - Group policy: `User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Start Menu and Taskbar\Show QuickLaunch on Taskbar` 
 
 - [Start/HidePeopleBar](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#hidepeoplebar)
   - Group policy: `User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Start Menu and Taskbar\Remove the People Bar from the taskbar`
diff --git a/windows/configuration/taskbar/toc.yml b/windows/configuration/taskbar/toc.yml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cbe3e66b83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/windows/configuration/taskbar/toc.yml
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+items:
+- name: Customize the Taskbar in Windows 11
+  href: customize-taskbar-windows-11.md
+- name: Supported Taskbar CSPs
+  href: supported-csp-taskbar-windows.md
+- name: Customize the Taskbar in Windows 10
+  href: configure-windows-10-taskbar.md
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/configuration/manage-tips-and-suggestions.md b/windows/configuration/tips/manage-tips-and-suggestions.md
similarity index 63%
rename from windows/configuration/manage-tips-and-suggestions.md
rename to windows/configuration/tips/manage-tips-and-suggestions.md
index c4f9b5a850..02b2484664 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/manage-tips-and-suggestions.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/tips/manage-tips-and-suggestions.md
@@ -1,61 +1,32 @@
 ---
-title: Manage Windows 10 and Microsoft Store tips, fun facts, and suggestions (Windows 10)
+title: Manage Windows 10 and Microsoft Store tips, fun facts, and suggestions
 description: Windows 10 provides organizations with various options to manage user experiences to provide a consistent and predictable experience for employees.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: lizgt2000
-ms.author: lizlong
 ms.topic: article
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.date: 09/20/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
 ---
 
 # Manage Windows 10 and Microsoft Store tips, "fun facts", and suggestions
 
+Since its inception, Windows 10 has included a number of user experience features that provide useful tips, "fun facts", and suggestions as you use Windows, as well as app suggestions from the Microsoft Store. These features are designed to help people get the most out of their Windows 10 experience by, for example, sharing new features, providing more details on the features they use, or sharing content available in the Microsoft Store. Examples of such user experiences include:
 
-**Applies to**
-
--   Windows 10
-
-
-Since its inception, Windows 10 has included a number of user experience features that provide useful tips, "fun facts", and suggestions as you use Windows, as well as app suggestions from the Microsoft Store. These features are designed to help people get the most out of their Windows 10 experience by, for example, sharing new features, providing more details on the features they use, or sharing content available in the Microsoft Store. Examples of such user experiences include: 
-
-* **Windows Spotlight on the lock screen**.  Daily updated images on the lock screen that can include additional facts and tips in “hotspots” that are revealed on hover. 
-
-* **Start menu app suggestions**. App suggestions in Start that recommend productivity tool or utilities from the Microsoft Store. 
-
-* **Additional apps on Start**.  Additional apps pre-installed on the Start screen which can enhance the user’s experience. 
-
-* **Windows tips**.  Contextual tips that appear based on specific user actions to reveal related Windows features or help users complete a scenario. 
-
-* **Microsoft account notifications**.  For users who have a connected Microsoft account, toast notifications about their account like parental control notifications or subscription expiration. 
+* **Windows Spotlight on the lock screen**.  Daily updated images on the lock screen that can include additional facts and tips in "hotspots" that are revealed on hover.
+* **Start menu app suggestions**. App suggestions in Start that recommend productivity tool or utilities from the Microsoft Store.
+* **Additional apps on Start**.  Additional apps pre-installed on the Start screen which can enhance the user's experience.
+* **Windows tips**.  Contextual tips that appear based on specific user actions to reveal related Windows features or help users complete a scenario.
+* **Microsoft account notifications**.  For users who have a connected Microsoft account, toast notifications about their account like parental control notifications or subscription expiration.
 
 >[!TIP]
-> On all Windows desktop editions, users can directly enable and disable Windows 10 tips, "fun facts", and suggestions and Microsoft Store suggestions.  For example, users are able to select personal photos for the lock screen as opposed to the images provided by Microsoft, or turn off tips, "fun facts", or suggestions as they use Windows.   
+> On all Windows desktop editions, users can directly enable and disable Windows 10 tips, "fun facts", and suggestions and Microsoft Store suggestions.  For example, users are able to select personal photos for the lock screen as opposed to the images provided by Microsoft, or turn off tips, "fun facts", or suggestions as they use Windows.
 
-Windows 10 provides organizations the ability to centrally manage the type of content provided by these features through Group Policy or mobile device management (MDM). The following table describes how administrators can manage suggestions and tips in Windows 10 commercial and education editions.  
+Windows 10 provides organizations the ability to centrally manage the type of content provided by these features through Group Policy or mobile device management (MDM). The following table describes how administrators can manage suggestions and tips in Windows 10 commercial and education editions.
 
 ## Options available to manage Windows 10 tips and "fun facts" and Microsoft Store suggestions
 
-| Windows 10 edition | Disable |Show Microsoft apps only | Show Microsoft and popular third-party apps |
-| --- | --- | --- | --- |
-| Windows 10 Pro | No | Yes | Yes (default)  |
-| Windows 10 Enterprise | Yes  | Yes | Yes (default)  |
-| Windows 10 Pro Education | Yes (default)  | Yes | No (setting cannot be changed) |
+| Windows 10 edition | Disable | Show Microsoft apps only | Show Microsoft and popular third-party apps |
+|--|--|--|--|
+| Windows 10 Pro | No | Yes | Yes (default) |
+| Windows 10 Enterprise | Yes | Yes | Yes (default) |
+| Windows 10 Pro Education | Yes (default) | Yes | No (setting cannot be changed) |
 | Windows 10 Education | Yes (default) | Yes | No (setting cannot be changed) |
 
-[Learn more about policy settings for Windows Spotlight.](windows-spotlight.md)
-
-## Related topics
-
-- [Manage Windows 10 Start layout](windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md)
-- [Cortana integration in your business or enterprise](cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-overview.md)
-- [Windows spotlight on the lock screen](windows-spotlight.md)
-- [Windows 10 editions for education customers](/education/windows/windows-editions-for-education-customers)
-
-
- 
-
- 
+[Learn more about policy settings for Windows Spotlight.](../lock-screen/windows-spotlight.md)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/toc.yml b/windows/configuration/toc.yml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ca93c8e7db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/windows/configuration/toc.yml
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+items:
+- name: Configure Windows client
+  href: index.yml
+- name: Accessibility information for IT Pros
+  href: accessibility/index.md
+- name: Customize the appearance
+  items:
+    - name: Start
+      href: start/toc.yml
+    - name: Taskbar
+      href: taskbar/toc.yml
+- name: Microsoft Store
+  items:
+  - name: Configure access to the Microsoft Store
+    href: store/stop-employees-from-using-microsoft-store.md
+  - name: Manage Microsoft Store tips, "fun facts", and suggestions
+    href: tips/manage-tips-and-suggestions.md
+- name: Windows Spotlight
+  href: lock-screen/windows-spotlight.md
+- name: Cellular settings
+  href: cellular/provisioning-apn.md
+- name: Kiosks and restricted user experience
+  href: kiosk/toc.yml
+- name: Multi-user and guest devices
+  href: shared-pc/toc.yml
+- name: Use provisioning packages
+  href: provisioning-packages/toc.yml
+- name: Windows Configuration Designer reference
+  href: wcd/toc.yml
+- name: User Experience Virtualization (UE-V)
+  href: ue-v/toc.yml
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/toc.yml b/windows/configuration/ue-v/toc.yml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8da6a3d8d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/toc.yml
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+items:
+- name: User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) for Windows 10
+  href: uev-for-windows.md
+- name: Get started with UE-V
+  items:
+    - name: Get started with UE-V
+      href: uev-getting-started.md
+    - name: What's New in UE-V for Windows 10, version 1607
+      href: uev-whats-new-in-uev-for-windows.md
+    - name: User Experience Virtualization Release Notes
+      href: uev-release-notes-1607.md
+    - name: Upgrade to UE-V for Windows 10
+      href: uev-upgrade-uev-from-previous-releases.md
+- name: Prepare a UE-V Deployment
+  items:
+    - name: Prepare a UE-V Deployment
+      href: uev-prepare-for-deployment.md
+    - name: Deploy Required UE-V Features
+      href: uev-deploy-required-features.md
+    - name: Deploy UE-V for use with Custom Applications
+      href: uev-deploy-uev-for-custom-applications.md
+- name: Administer UE-V
+  items:
+    - name: UE-V administration guide
+      href: uev-administering-uev.md
+    - name: Manage Configurations for UE-V
+      items:
+        - name: Manage Configurations for UE-V
+          href: uev-manage-configurations.md
+        - name: Configuring UE-V with Group Policy Objects
+          href: uev-configuring-uev-with-group-policy-objects.md
+        - name: Configuring UE-V with Microsoft Configuration Manager
+          href: uev-configuring-uev-with-system-center-configuration-manager.md
+        - name: Administering UE-V with Windows PowerShell and WMI
+          href: uev-administering-uev-with-windows-powershell-and-wmi.md
+        - name: Managing the UE-V Service and Packages with Windows PowerShell and WMI
+          href: uev-managing-uev-agent-and-packages-with-windows-powershell-and-wmi.md
+        - name: Managing UE-V Settings Location Templates Using Windows PowerShell and WMI
+          href: uev-managing-settings-location-templates-using-windows-powershell-and-wmi.md
+        - name: Working with Custom UE-V Templates and the UE-V Template Generator
+          href: uev-working-with-custom-templates-and-the-uev-generator.md
+        - name: Manage Administrative Backup and Restore in UE-V
+          href: uev-manage-administrative-backup-and-restore.md
+        - name: Changing the Frequency of UE-V Scheduled Tasks
+          href: uev-changing-the-frequency-of-scheduled-tasks.md
+        - name: Migrating UE-V Settings Packages
+          href: uev-migrating-settings-packages.md
+        - name: Using UE-V with Application Virtualization Applications
+          href: uev-using-uev-with-application-virtualization-applications.md
+- name: Troubleshooting UE-V
+  href: uev-troubleshooting.md
+- name: Technical Reference for UE-V
+  items:
+    - name: Technical Reference for UE-V
+      href: uev-technical-reference.md
+    - name: Sync Methods for UE-V
+      href: uev-sync-methods.md
+    - name: Sync Trigger Events for UE-V
+      href: uev-sync-trigger-events.md
+    - name: Synchronizing Microsoft Office with UE-V
+      href: uev-synchronizing-microsoft-office-with-uev.md
+    - name: Application Template Schema Reference for UE-V
+      href: uev-application-template-schema-reference.md
+    - name: Security Considerations for UE-V
+      href: uev-security-considerations.md
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-administering-uev-with-windows-powershell-and-wmi.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-administering-uev-with-windows-powershell-and-wmi.md
index 9c048c2cf5..1c79ab5948 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-administering-uev-with-windows-powershell-and-wmi.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-administering-uev-with-windows-powershell-and-wmi.md
@@ -1,27 +1,17 @@
 ---
 title: Administering UE-V with Windows PowerShell and WMI
 description: Learn how User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) provides Windows PowerShell cmdlets to help administrators perform various UE-V tasks.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.collection:
- - tier3
- - must-keep
-ms.date: 04/19/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
+ms.date: 1/25/2024
 ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
 ---
 
 # Administering UE-V with Windows PowerShell and WMI
 
-**Applies to**
--   Windows 10, version 1607
-
 User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) provides Windows PowerShell cmdlets to help administrators perform various UE-V tasks. The following sections provide more information about using Windows PowerShell in UE-V.
 
-> **Note**  Administering UE-V with Windows PowerShell requires PowerShell 3.0 or higher. For a complete list of UE-V cmdlets, see [User Experience Virtualization in Windows PowerShell](/powershell/module/uev/).
+> [!NOTE]
+>
+> Administering UE-V with Windows PowerShell requires PowerShell 3.0 or higher. For a complete list of UE-V cmdlets, see [User Experience Virtualization in Windows PowerShell](/powershell/module/uev/).
 
 ## Managing the UE-V service and packages by using Windows PowerShell and WMI
 
@@ -31,17 +21,6 @@ You can use Windows PowerShell and Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI) to m
 
 ## Managing UE-V settings location templates by using Windows PowerShell and WMI
 
-
 After you create and deploy UE-V settings location templates, you can manage those templates by using Windows PowerShell or WMI. The following topic describes how to manage the settings location templates by using Windows PowerShell and WMI.
 
 [Managing UE-V Settings Location Templates Using Windows PowerShell and WMI](uev-managing-settings-location-templates-using-windows-powershell-and-wmi.md)
-
-
-
-
-
-## Related topics
-
-- [Administering UE-V](uev-administering-uev.md)
-
-- [User Experience Virtualization in Windows PowerShell](/powershell/module/uev/)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-administering-uev.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-administering-uev.md
index 627039a508..40669d9a7a 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-administering-uev.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-administering-uev.md
@@ -1,81 +1,55 @@
 ---
 title: Administering UE-V
 description: Learn how to perform administrative tasks for User Experience Virtualization (UE-V). These tasks include configuring the UE-V service and recovering lost settings.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.collection:
- - tier3
- - must-keep
-ms.date: 04/19/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
+ms.date: 1/25/2024
 ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
 ---
 
 # Administering UE-V
 
-**Applies to**
--   Windows 10, version 1607
-
 After you finish deploying User Experience Virtualization (UE-V), you'll perform ongoing administrative tasks, such as managing the configuration of the UE-V service and recovering lost settings. These tasks are explained in the following sections.
 
 ## Managing UE-V configurations
 
-
 In the course of the UE-V lifecycle, you'll manage the configuration of the UE-V service and also manage storage locations for resources such as settings package files.
 
 [Manage Configurations for UE-V](uev-manage-configurations.md)
 
 ## Working with custom UE-V templates and the UE-V template generator
 
-
 This topic explains how to use the UE-V template generator and manage custom settings location templates.
 
 [Working with Custom UE-V Templates and the UE-V Template Generator](uev-working-with-custom-templates-and-the-uev-generator.md)
 
 ## Back up and restore application and Windows settings that are synchronized with UE-V
 
-
 Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI) and Windows PowerShell features of UE-V allow you to restore settings packages. By using WMI and Windows PowerShell commands, you can restore application and Windows settings to their original state and restore other settings when a user adopts a new device.
 
 [Manage Administrative Backup and Restore in UE-V](uev-manage-administrative-backup-and-restore.md)
 
 ## Changing the frequency of UE-V scheduled tasks
 
-
 You can configure the scheduled tasks that manage when UE-V checks for new or updated settings or for updated custom settings location templates in the settings template catalog.
 
 [Changing the Frequency of UE-V Scheduled Tasks](uev-changing-the-frequency-of-scheduled-tasks.md)
 
 ## Migrating UE-V settings packages
 
-
 You can relocate the user settings packages either when they migrate to a new server or for backup purposes.
 
 [Migrating UE-V Settings Packages](uev-migrating-settings-packages.md)
 
 ## Using UE-V with Application Virtualization applications
 
-
 You can use UE-V with Microsoft Application Virtualization (App-V) to share settings between virtual applications and installed applications across multiple computers.
 
 [Using UE-V with Application Virtualization Applications](uev-using-uev-with-application-virtualization-applications.md)
 
 ## Other resources for this feature
 
-
--   [User Experience Virtualization for Windows overview](uev-for-windows.md)
-
--   [Get Started with UE-V](uev-getting-started.md)
-
--   [Prepare a UE-V Deployment](uev-prepare-for-deployment.md)
-
--   [Troubleshooting UE-V](uev-troubleshooting.md)
-
--   [Technical Reference for UE-V](uev-technical-reference.md)
-
-
-
+- [User Experience Virtualization for Windows overview](uev-for-windows.md)
+- [Get Started with UE-V](uev-getting-started.md)
+- [Prepare a UE-V Deployment](uev-prepare-for-deployment.md)
+- [Troubleshooting UE-V](uev-troubleshooting.md)
+- [Technical Reference for UE-V](uev-technical-reference.md)
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-application-template-schema-reference.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-application-template-schema-reference.md
index 21e3edd00d..33f11ea8eb 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-application-template-schema-reference.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-application-template-schema-reference.md
@@ -1,63 +1,38 @@
 ---
 title: Application Template Schema Reference for UE-V
 description: Learn details about the XML structure of the UE-V settings location templates and learn how to edit these files.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.collection:
- - tier3
- - must-keep
-ms.date: 04/19/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
+ms.date: 1/25/2024
 ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
 ---
 
 # Application Template Schema Reference for UE-V
 
-**Applies to**
--   Windows 10, version 1607
-
 User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) uses XML settings location templates to define the desktop application settings and Windows settings that are captured and applied by UE-V. UE-V includes a set of default settings location templates. You can also create custom settings location templates with the UE-V template generator.
 
 An advanced user can customize the XML file for a settings location template. This topic details the XML structure of the UE-V settings location templates and provides guidance for editing these files.
 
 ## UE-V Application Template Schema Reference
 
-
 This section details the XML structure of the UE-V settings location template and provides guidance for editing this file.
 
 ### In This Section
 
--   [XML Declaration and Encoding Attribute](#xml21)
-
--   [Namespace and Root Element](#namespace21)
-
--   [Data types](#data21)
-
--   [Name Element](#name21)
-
--   [ID Element](#id21)
-
--   [Version Element](#version21)
-
--   [Author Element](#author21)
-
--   [Processes and Process Element](#processes21)
-
--   [Application Element](#application21)
-
--   [Common Element](#common21)
-
--   [SettingsLocationTemplate Element](#settingslocationtemplate21)
-
--   [Appendix: SettingsLocationTemplate.xsd](#appendix21)
+- [XML Declaration and Encoding Attribute](#xml21)
+- [Namespace and Root Element](#namespace21)
+- [Data types](#data21)
+- [Name Element](#name21)
+- [ID Element](#id21)
+- [Version Element](#version21)
+- [Author Element](#author21)
+- [Processes and Process Element](#processes21)
+- [Application Element](#application21)
+- [Common Element](#common21)
+- [SettingsLocationTemplate Element](#settingslocationtemplate21)
+- [Appendix: SettingsLocationTemplate.xsd](#appendix21)
 
 ### XML Declaration and Encoding Attribute
 
 **Mandatory: True**
-
 **Type: String**
 
 The XML declaration must specify the XML version 1.0 attribute (<?xml version="1.0">). Settings location templates created by the UE-V template generator are saved in UTF-8 encoding, although the encoding isn't explicitly specified. We recommend that you include the encoding="UTF-8" attribute in this element as a best practice. All templates included with the product specify this tag as well (see the documents in %ProgramFiles%\\Microsoft User Experience Virtualization\\Templates for reference). For example:
@@ -67,7 +42,6 @@ The XML declaration must specify the XML version 1.0 attribute (<?xml version
 ### Namespace and Root Element
 
 **Mandatory: True**
-
 **Type: String**
 
 UE-V uses the `https://schemas.microsoft.com/UserExperienceVirtualization/2012/SettingsLocationTemplate` namespace for all applications. SettingsLocationTemplate is the root element and contains all other elements. Reference SettingsLocationTemplate in all templates using this tag:
@@ -127,7 +101,7 @@ Path is consumed by RegistrySetting and FileSetting to refer to registry and fil
 
 Recursive indicates that the path and all subfolders are included for file settings or that all child registry keys are included for registry settings. In both cases, all items at the current level are included in the data captured. For a FileSettings object, all files within the specified folder are included in the data captured by UE-V but folders aren't included. For registry paths, all values in the current path are captured but child registry keys aren't captured. In both cases, care should be taken to avoid capturing large data sets or large numbers of items.
 
-The DeleteIfNotFound attribute removes the setting from the user’s settings storage path data. This removal may be desirable in cases where removing these settings from the package will save a large amount of disk space on the settings storage path file server.
+The DeleteIfNotFound attribute removes the setting from the user's settings storage path data. This removal may be desirable in cases where removing these settings from the package will save a large amount of disk space on the settings storage path file server.
 
 **FileMask**
 FileMask specifies only certain file types for the folder that is defined by Path. For example, Path might be `C:\users\username\files` and FileMask could be `*.txt` to include only text files.
@@ -144,28 +118,24 @@ Settings is a container for all the settings that apply to a particular template
 |Element|Description|
 |--- |--- |
 |Asynchronous|Asynchronous settings packages are applied without blocking the application startup so that the application start proceeds while the settings are still being applied. This element is useful for settings that can be applied asynchronously, such as those settings get/set through an API, like SystemParameterSetting.|
-|PreventOverlappingSynchronization|By default, UE-V only saves settings for an application when the last instance of an application using the template is closed. When this element is set to ‘false’, UE-V exports the settings even if other instances of an application are running. Suited templates – those templates that include a Common element section– that are shipped with UE-V use this flag to enable shared settings to always export on application close, while preventing application-specific settings from exporting until the last instance is closed.|
+|PreventOverlappingSynchronization|By default, UE-V only saves settings for an application when the last instance of an application using the template is closed. When this element is set to 'false', UE-V exports the settings even if other instances of an application are running. Suited templates - those templates that include a Common element section– that are shipped with UE-V use this flag to enable shared settings to always export on application close, while preventing application-specific settings from exporting until the last instance is closed.|
 |AlwaysApplySettings|This parameter forces an imported settings package to be applied even if there are no differences between the package and the current state of the application. This parameter should be used only in special cases since it can slow down settings import.|
 
 ### Name Element
 
 **Mandatory: True**
-
 **Type: String**
 
 Name specifies a unique name for the settings location template. This name is used for display purposes when referencing the template in WMI, PowerShell, Event Viewer and debug logs. In general, avoid referencing version information, as this referencing can be objected from the ProductVersion element. For example, specify `My Application` rather than `My Application 1.1`.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> UE-V does not reference external DTDs, so it's not possible to use named entities in a settings location template. For example, do not use ® to refer to the registered trade mark sign ®. Instead, use canonical numbered references to include these types of special characters, for example, &\#174 for the ® character. This rule applies to all string values in this document.
+> UE-V does not reference external DTDs, so it's not possible to use named entities in a settings location template. For example, do not use ® to refer to the registered trade mark sign ®. Instead, use canonical numbered references to include these types of special characters, for example, &\#174 for the ® character. This rule applies to all string values in this document.
 
 See  for a complete list of character entities. UTF-8-encoded documents may include the Unicode characters directly. Saving templates through the UE-V template generator converts character entities to their Unicode representations automatically.
 
- 
-
 ### ID Element
 
 **Mandatory: True**
-
 **Type: String**
 
 ID populates a unique identifier for a particular template. This tag becomes the primary identifier that the UE-V service uses to reference the template at runtime (for example, see the output of the Get-UevTemplate and Get-UevTemplateProgram PowerShell cmdlets). By convention, this tag shouldn't contain any spaces, which simplifies scripting. Version numbers of applications should be specified in this element to allow for easy identification of the template, such as `MicrosoftOffice2016Win64`.
@@ -173,11 +143,8 @@ ID populates a unique identifier for a particular template. This tag becomes the
 ### Version Element
 
 **Mandatory: True**
-
 **Type: Integer**
-
 **Minimum Value: 0**
-
 **Maximum Value: 2147483647**
 
 Version identifies the version of the settings location template for administrative tracking of changes. The UE-V template generator automatically increments this number by one each time the template is saved. Notice that this field must be a whole number integer; fractional values, such as `2.5` aren't allowed.
@@ -200,18 +167,13 @@ Version identifies the version of the settings location template for administrat
 > [!IMPORTANT]
 > This value is queried to determine if a new version of a template should be applied to an existing template in these instances:
 
--   When the scheduled Template Auto Update task executes
-
--   When the Update-UevTemplate PowerShell cmdlet is executed
-
--   When the microsoft\\uev:SettingsLocationTemplate Update method is called through WMI
-
- 
+- When the scheduled Template Auto Update task executes
+- When the Update-UevTemplate PowerShell cmdlet is executed
+- When the microsoft\\uev:SettingsLocationTemplate Update method is called through WMI
 
 ### Author Element
 
 **Mandatory: False**
-
 **Type: String**
 
 Author identifies the creator of the settings location template. Two optional child elements are supported: **Name** and **Email**. Both attributes are optional, but, if the Email child element is specified, it must be accompanied by the Name element. Author refers to the full name of the contact for the settings location template, and email should refer to an email address for the author. We recommend that you include this information in templates published publicly.
@@ -219,7 +181,6 @@ Author identifies the creator of the settings location template. Two optional ch
 ### Processes and Process Element
 
 **Mandatory: True**
-
 **Type: Element**
 
 Processes contain at least one `` element, which in turn contains the following child elements: **Filename**, **Architecture**, **ProductName**, **FileDescription**, **ProductVersion**, and **FileVersion**. The Filename child element is mandatory and the others are optional. A fully populated element contains tags similar to this example:
@@ -231,16 +192,16 @@ Processes contain at least one `` element, which in turn contains the f
    MyApplication 
   MyApplication.exe
   
-	
-	
-	
-	
+    
+    
+    
+    
   
   
-	
-	
-	
-	
+    
+    
+    
+    
   
 
 ```
@@ -248,7 +209,6 @@ Processes contain at least one `` element, which in turn contains the f
 ### Filename
 
 **Mandatory: True**
-
 **Type: String**
 
 Filename refers to the actual file name of the executable as it appears in the file system. This element specifies the primary criterion that UE-V uses to evaluate whether a template applies to a process or not. This element must be specified in the settings location template XML.
@@ -262,40 +222,31 @@ Valid filenames must not match the regular expression \[^\\\\\\?\\\*\\|<>/
 
 A value of **True** indicates that the string contains illegal characters. Here are some examples of illegal values:
 
--   \\\\server\\share\\program.exe
-
--   Program\*.exe
-
--   Pro?ram.exe
-
--   Program<1>.exe
+- \\\\server\\share\\program.exe
+- Program\*.exe
+- Pro?ram.exe
+- Program<1>.exe
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > The UE-V template generator encodes the greater than and less than characters as > and < respectively.
 
- 
-
-In rare circumstances, the FileName value won't necessarily include the .exe extension, but it should be specified as part of the value. For example, `MyApplication.exe` should be specified instead of `MyApplication`. The second example won't apply the template to the process if the actual name of the executable file is “MyApplication.exe”.
+In rare circumstances, the FileName value won't necessarily include the .exe extension, but it should be specified as part of the value. For example, `MyApplication.exe` should be specified instead of `MyApplication`. The second example won't apply the template to the process if the actual name of the executable file is "MyApplication.exe".
 
 ### Architecture
 
 **Mandatory: False**
-
 **Type: Architecture (String)**
 
 Architecture refers to the processor architecture for which the target executable was compiled. Valid values are Win32 for 32-bit applications or Win64 for 64-bit applications. If present, this tag limits the applicability of the settings location template to a particular application architecture. For an example of this applicability restriction, compare the %ProgramFiles%\\Microsoft User Experience Virtualization\\templates\\ MicrosoftOffice2016Win32.xml and MicrosoftOffice2016Win64.xml files included with UE-V. This applicability restriction is useful when relative paths change between different versions of an executable or if settings have been added or removed when moving from one processor architecture to another.
 
-If this element is absent, the settings location template ignores the process’ architecture and applies to both 32-bit and 64-bit processes if the file name and other attributes apply.
+If this element is absent, the settings location template ignores the process' architecture and applies to both 32-bit and 64-bit processes if the file name and other attributes apply.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > UE-V does not support ARM processors in this version.
 
- 
-
 ### ProductName
 
 **Mandatory: False**
-
 **Type: String**
 
 ProductName is an optional element used to identify a product for administrative purposes or reporting. ProductName differs from Filename in that there are no regular expression restrictions on its value. This flexibility allows for more easily understood descriptions of a process where the executable name may not be obvious. For example:
@@ -305,7 +256,7 @@ ProductName is an optional element used to identify a product for administrative
   MyApplication.exe
   My Application 6.x by Contoso.com
   
-	
+    
   
 
 ```
@@ -313,7 +264,6 @@ ProductName is an optional element used to identify a product for administrative
 ### FileDescription
 
 **Mandatory: False**
-
 **Type: String**
 
 FileDescription is an optional tag that allows for an administrative description of the executable file. This tag is a free text field and can be useful in distinguishing multiple executables within a software package where there's a need to identify the function of the executable.
@@ -343,7 +293,6 @@ For example, in a suited application, it might be useful to provide reminders ab
 ### ProductVersion
 
 **Mandatory: False**
-
 **Type: String**
 
 ProductVersion refers to the major and minor product versions of a file, as well as a build and patch level. ProductVersion is an optional element, but if specified, it must contain at least the Major child element. The value must express a range in the form Minimum="X" Maximum="Y" where X and Y are integers. The Minimum and Maximum values can be identical.
@@ -397,7 +346,6 @@ Only the Minor element is present. Major must be included as well.
 ### FileVersion
 
 **Mandatory: False**
-
 **Type: String**
 
 FileVersion differentiates between the release version of a published application and the internal build details of a component executable. For most of the commercial applications, these numbers are identical. Where they vary, the product version of a file indicates a generic version identification of a file, while file version indicates a specific build of a file (as in the example of a hotfix or update). This file version uniquely identifies files without breaking detection logic.
@@ -436,12 +384,11 @@ Application is a container for settings that apply to a particular application.
 |LocalizedDescriptions|An optional template description localized by a language locale.|
 |Version|Identifies the version of the settings location template for administrative tracking of changes. For more information, see [Version](#version21).|
 |DeferToMSAccount|Controls whether this template is enabled in conjunction with a Microsoft account or not. If MSA syncing is enabled for a user on a machine, then this template will automatically be disabled.|
-|DeferToOffice365|Similar to MSA, this type controls whether this template is enabled in conjunction with Office365. If Office 365 is being used to sync settings, this template will automatically be disabled.|
+|DeferToOffice365|Similar to MSA, this type controls whether this template is enabled in conjunction with Office361. If Office 365 is being used to sync settings, this template will automatically be disabled.|
 |FixedProfile|Specifies that this template can only be associated with the profile specified within this element, and can't be changed via WMI or PowerShell.|
 |Processes|A container for a collection of one or more Process elements. For more information, see [Processes](#processes21).|
 |Settings|A container for all the settings that apply to a particular template. It contains instances of the Registry, File, SystemParameter, and CustomAction settings. For more information, see **Settings** in [Data types](#data21)".|
 
-
 ### Common Element
 
 Common is similar to an Application element, but it's always associated with two or more Application elements. The Common section represents the set of settings that are shared between those Application instances. It's a collection of the following fields/types.
@@ -455,7 +402,7 @@ Common is similar to an Application element, but it's always associated with two
 |LocalizedDescriptions|An optional template description localized by a language locale.|
 |Version|Identifies the version of the settings location template for administrative tracking of changes. For more information, see [Version](#version21).|
 |DeferToMSAccount|Controls whether this template is enabled in conjunction with a Microsoft account or not. If MSA syncing is enabled for a user on a machine, then this template will automatically be disabled.|
-|DeferToOffice365|Similar to MSA, this type controls whether this template is enabled in conjunction with Office365. If Office 365 is being used to sync settings, this template will automatically be disabled.|
+|DeferToOffice365|Similar to MSA, this type controls whether this template is enabled in conjunction with Office361. If Office 365 is being used to sync settings, this template will automatically be disabled.|
 |FixedProfile|Specifies that this template can only be associated with the profile specified within this element, and can't be changed via WMI or PowerShell.|
 |Settings|A container for all the settings that apply to a particular template. It contains instances of the Registry, File, SystemParameter, and CustomAction settings. For more information, see **Settings** in [Data types](#data21).|
 
@@ -471,7 +418,6 @@ This element defines the settings for a single application or a suite of applica
 |LocalizedNames|An optional name displayed in the UI, localized by a language locale.|
 |LocalizedDescriptions|An optional template description localized by a language locale.|
 
-
 ### Appendix: SettingsLocationTemplate.xsd
 
 Here's the SettingsLocationTemplate.xsd file showing its elements, child elements, attributes, and parameters:
@@ -749,7 +695,6 @@ Here's the SettingsLocationTemplate.xsd file showing its elements, child element
         
     
 
-
     
         
             
@@ -793,12 +738,7 @@ Here's the SettingsLocationTemplate.xsd file showing its elements, child element
 
 ```
 
-
-
-
-
 ## Related topics
 
 [Working with Custom UE-V Templates and the UE-V Template Generator](uev-working-with-custom-templates-and-the-uev-generator.md)
-
 [Technical Reference for UE-V](uev-technical-reference.md)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-changing-the-frequency-of-scheduled-tasks.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-changing-the-frequency-of-scheduled-tasks.md
index 0104526a2b..6a92f5dd46 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-changing-the-frequency-of-scheduled-tasks.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-changing-the-frequency-of-scheduled-tasks.md
@@ -1,33 +1,18 @@
 ---
 title: Changing the Frequency of UE-V Scheduled Tasks
 description: Learn how to create a script that uses the Schtasks.exe command-line options so you can change the frequency of UE-V scheduled tasks.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.collection:
- - tier3
- - must-keep
-ms.date: 04/19/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
+ms.date: 1/25/2024
 ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
 ---
 
 # Changing the Frequency of UE-V Scheduled Tasks
 
-**Applies to**
--   Windows 10, version 1607
-
 When the User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) service is enabled, it creates the following scheduled tasks:
 
--   [Monitor Application Settings](#monitor-application-settings)
-
--   [Sync Controller Application](#sync-controller-application)
-
--   [Synchronize Settings at Logoff](#synchronize-settings-at-logoff)
-
--   [Template Auto Update](#template-auto-update)
+- [Monitor Application Settings](#monitor-application-settings)
+- [Sync Controller Application](#sync-controller-application)
+- [Synchronize Settings at Logoff](#synchronize-settings-at-logoff)
+- [Template Auto Update](#template-auto-update)
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > These tasks must remain enabled, because UE-V cannot function without them.
@@ -59,7 +44,7 @@ The **Sync Controller Application** task is used to start the Sync Controller to
 For example, the following command configures the agent to synchronize settings every 15 minutes instead of the default 30 minutes.
 
 ```console
-Schtasks /change /tn “Microsoft\UE-V\Sync Controller Application” /ri 15
+Schtasks /change /tn "Microsoft\UE-V\Sync Controller Application" /ri 15
 ```
 
 ### Synchronize Settings at Logoff
@@ -78,14 +63,12 @@ The **Template Auto Update** task checks the settings template catalog for new,
 |--- |--- |
 |\Microsoft\UE-V\Template Auto Update|System startup and at 3:30 AM every day, at a random time within a 1-hour window|
 
-
 **Example:** The following command configures the UE-V service to check the settings template catalog store every hour.
 
 ```console
 schtasks /change /tn "Microsoft\UE-V\Template Auto Update" /ri 60
 ```
 
-
 ## UE-V Scheduled Task Details
 
 The following chart provides additional information about scheduled tasks for UE-V 2:
@@ -99,40 +82,28 @@ The following chart provides additional information about scheduled tasks for UE
 
 **Legend**
 
--   **Power Toggle** – Task Scheduler will optimize power consumption when not connected to AC power. The task might stop running if the computer switches to battery power.
-
--   **Idle Only** – The task will stop running if the computer ceases to be idle. By default the task won't restart when the computer is idle again. Instead the task will begin again on the next task trigger.
-
--   **Network Connection** – Tasks marked “Yes” only run if the computer has a network connection available. Tasks marked “N/A” run regardless of network connectivity.
+- **Power Toggle** - Task Scheduler will optimize power consumption when not connected to AC power. The task might stop running if the computer switches to battery power.
+- **Idle Only** - The task will stop running if the computer ceases to be idle. By default the task won't restart when the computer is idle again. Instead the task will begin again on the next task trigger.
+- **Network Connection** - Tasks marked "Yes" only run if the computer has a network connection available. Tasks marked "N/A" run regardless of network connectivity.
 
 ### How to Manage Scheduled Tasks
 
 To find Scheduled Tasks, perform the following steps:
 
-1.  Open “Schedule Tasks” on the user computer.
-
-2.  Navigate to: Task Scheduler -> Task Scheduler Library -> Microsoft -> UE-V
-
-3.  Select the scheduled task you wish to manage and configure in the details pane.
+1. Open "Schedule Tasks" on the user computer.
+1. Navigate to: Task Scheduler -> Task Scheduler Library -> Microsoft -> UE-V
+1. Select the scheduled task you wish to manage and configure in the details pane.
 
 ### Additional information
 
 The following additional information applies to UE-V scheduled tasks:
 
--   All task sequence programs are located in the UE-V Agent installation folder, `%programFiles%\Microsoft User Experience Virtualization\Agent\[architecture]\`, by default.
-
--   The Sync Controller Application Scheduled task is the crucial component when the UE-V SyncMethod is set to “SyncProvider” (UE-V default configuration). This scheduled task keeps the SettingsSToragePath synchronized with the locally cached versions of the settings package files. If users complain that settings don't synchronize often enough, then you can reduce the scheduled task setting to as little as 1 minute.  You can also increase the 30-min default to a higher amount if necessary.
-
--   You don't need to disable the Template Auto Update scheduled task if you use another method to keep the clients’ templates in sync (that is, Group Policy or Configuration Manager Baselines). Leaving the SettingsTemplateCatalog property value blank prevents UE-V from checking the settings catalog for custom templates. This scheduled task runs ApplySettingsCatalog.exe and will essentially return immediately.
-
--   The Monitor Application Settings scheduled task will update Windows app (AppX) settings in real time, based on Windows app program setting triggers built into each app.
-
-
-
-
+- All task sequence programs are located in the UE-V Agent installation folder, `%programFiles%\Microsoft User Experience Virtualization\Agent\[architecture]\`, by default.
+- The Sync Controller Application Scheduled task is the crucial component when the UE-V SyncMethod is set to "SyncProvider" (UE-V default configuration). This scheduled task keeps the SettingsSToragePath synchronized with the locally cached versions of the settings package files. If users complain that settings don't synchronize often enough, then you can reduce the scheduled task setting to as little as 1 minute.  You can also increase the 30-min default to a higher amount if necessary.
+- You don't need to disable the Template Auto Update scheduled task if you use another method to keep the clients' templates in sync (that is, Group Policy or Configuration Manager Baselines). Leaving the SettingsTemplateCatalog property value blank prevents UE-V from checking the settings catalog for custom templates. This scheduled task runs ApplySettingsCatalog.exe and will essentially return immediately.
+- The Monitor Application Settings scheduled task will update Windows app (AppX) settings in real time, based on Windows app program setting triggers built into each app.
 
 ## Related topics
 
 [Administering UE-V](uev-administering-uev.md)
-
 [Deploy UE-V for Custom Applications](uev-deploy-uev-for-custom-applications.md)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-configuring-uev-with-group-policy-objects.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-configuring-uev-with-group-policy-objects.md
index 44e725599f..c238ec602f 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-configuring-uev-with-group-policy-objects.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-configuring-uev-with-group-policy-objects.md
@@ -1,30 +1,17 @@
 ---
 title: Configuring UE-V with Group Policy Objects
 description: In this article, learn how to configure User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) with Group Policy objects.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.collection:
- - tier3
- - must-keep
-ms.date: 04/19/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
+ms.date: 1/25/2024
 ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
 ---
 
 # Configuring UE-V with Group Policy Objects
 
-**Applies to**
--   Windows 10, version 1607
-
-Some User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) Group Policy settings can be defined for computers, and other Group Policy settings can be defined for users. The Group Policy administrative templates for these settings are included in Windows 10, version 1607. 
-
+Some User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) Group Policy settings can be defined for computers, and other Group Policy settings can be defined for users. The Group Policy administrative templates for these settings are included in Windows 10, version 1607.
 
 The following policy settings can be configured for UE-V.
 
-**Group Policy settings**
+### Group Policy settings
 
 |Group Policy setting name|Target|Group Policy setting description|Configuration options|
 |--- |--- |--- |--- |
@@ -39,52 +26,41 @@ The following policy settings can be configured for UE-V.
 |Synchronization timeout|Computers and Users|This Group Policy setting configures the number of milliseconds that the computer waits before a time-out when it retrieves user settings from the remote settings location. If the remote storage location is unavailable, and the user does not use the sync provider, the application start is delayed by this many milliseconds.|Specify the preferred synchronization time-out in milliseconds. The default value is 2000 milliseconds.|
 |Tray Icon|Computers Only|This Group Policy setting enables the User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) tray icon.|This setting only has an effect for UE-V 2.x and earlier. It has no effect for UE-V in Windows 10, version 1607.|
 |Use User Experience Virtualization (UE-V)|Computers and Users|This Group Policy setting lets you enable or disable User Experience Virtualization (UE-V).|This setting only has an effect for UE-V 2.x and earlier. For UE-V in Windows 10, version 1607, use the **Enable UE-V** setting.|
-|Enable UE-V|Computers and Users|This policy setting allows you to enable or disable User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) feature. Reboot is needed for enable to take effect.|This setting only has an effect for UE-V in Windows 10, version 1607. For UE-V 2.x and earlier, choose the **Use User Experience Virtualization (UE-V)** setting.|
+|Enable UE-V|Computers and Users|This policy setting allows you to enable or disable User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) feature. Reboot is needed for enable to take effect.|This setting only has an effect for UE-V in Windows 10, version 1601. For UE-V 2.x and earlier, choose the **Use User Experience Virtualization (UE-V)** setting.|
 
 >[!NOTE]
 >In addition, Group Policy settings are available for many desktop applications and Windows apps. You can use these settings to enable or disable settings synchronization for specific applications.
 
-**Windows App Group Policy settings**
+### Windows App Group Policy settings
 
 |Group Policy setting name|Target|Group Policy setting description|Configuration options|
 |--- |--- |--- |--- |
 |Do not synchronize Windows Apps|Computers and Users|This Group Policy setting defines whether the UE-V service synchronizes settings for Windows apps.|The default is to synchronize Windows apps.|
-|Windows App List|Computer and User|This setting lists the family package names of the Windows apps and states expressly whether UE-V synchronizes that app’s settings.|You can use this setting to specify that settings of an app are never synchronized by UE-V, even if the settings of all other Windows apps are synchronized.|
+|Windows App List|Computer and User|This setting lists the family package names of the Windows apps and states expressly whether UE-V synchronizes that app's settings.|You can use this setting to specify that settings of an app are never synchronized by UE-V, even if the settings of all other Windows apps are synchronized.|
 |Sync Unlisted Windows Apps|Computer and User|This Group Policy setting defines the default settings sync behavior of the UE-V service for Windows apps that are not explicitly listed in the Windows app list.|By default, the UE-V service only synchronizes settings of those Windows apps that are included in the Windows app list.|
 
 For more information about synchronizing Windows apps, see [Windows App List](uev-managing-settings-location-templates-using-windows-powershell-and-wmi.md#win8applist).
 
 **To configure computer-targeted Group Policy settings**
 
-1.  Use the Group Policy Management Console (GPMC) or the Advanced Group Policy Management (AGPM) on the computer that acts as a domain controller to manage Group Policy settings for UE-V computers. Navigate to **Computer configuration**, select **Policies**, select **Administrative Templates**, click **Windows Components**, and then select **Microsoft User Experience Virtualization**.
-
-2.  Select the Group Policy setting to be edited.
+1. Use the Group Policy Management Console (GPMC) or the Advanced Group Policy Management (AGPM) on the computer that acts as a domain controller to manage Group Policy settings for UE-V computers. Navigate to **Computer configuration**, select **Policies**, select **Administrative Templates**, click **Windows Components**, and then select **Microsoft User Experience Virtualization**
+1. Select the Group Policy setting to be edited
 
 **To configure user-targeted Group Policy settings**
 
-1.  Use the Group Policy Management Console (GPMC) or the Advanced Group Policy Management (AGPM) tool in Microsoft Desktop Optimization Pack (MDOP) on the domain controller computer to manage Group Policy settings for UE-V. Navigate to **User configuration**, select **Policies**, select **Administrative Templates**, click **Windows Components**, and then select **Microsoft User Experience Virtualization**.
-
-2.  Select the edited Group Policy setting.
+1. Use the Group Policy Management Console (GPMC) or the Advanced Group Policy Management (AGPM) tool in Microsoft Desktop Optimization Pack (MDOP) on the domain controller computer to manage Group Policy settings for UE-V. Navigate to **User configuration**, select **Policies**, select **Administrative Templates**, click **Windows Components**, and then select **Microsoft User Experience Virtualization**
+1. Select the edited Group Policy setting
 
 The UE-V service uses the following order of precedence to determine synchronization.
 
 **Order of precedence for UE-V settings**
 
-1.  User-targeted settings that are managed by Group Policy settings - These configuration settings are stored in the registry key by Group Policy under `HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Policies\Microsoft\Uev\Agent\Configuration`.
-
-2.  Computer-targeted settings that are managed by Group Policy settings - These configuration settings are stored in the registry key by Group Policy under `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Policies\Microsoft\Uev\Agent\Configuration`.
-
-3.  Configuration settings that are defined by the current user by using Windows PowerShell or Windows management Instrumentation (WMI) - These configuration settings are stored by the UE-V service under this registry location: `HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Uev\Agent\Configuration`.
-
-4.  Configuration settings that are defined for the computer by using Windows PowerShell or WMI. These configuration settings are stored by the UE-V service under this registry location: `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Uev\Agent\Configuration`.
-
-
-
-
+1. User-targeted settings that are managed by Group Policy settings - These configuration settings are stored in the registry key by Group Policy under `HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Policies\Microsoft\Uev\Agent\Configuration`
+1. Computer-targeted settings that are managed by Group Policy settings - These configuration settings are stored in the registry key by Group Policy under `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Policies\Microsoft\Uev\Agent\Configuration`
+1. Configuration settings that are defined by the current user by using Windows PowerShell or Windows management Instrumentation (WMI) - These configuration settings are stored by the UE-V service under this registry location: `HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Uev\Agent\Configuration`
+1. Configuration settings that are defined for the computer by using Windows PowerShell or WMI. These configuration settings are stored by the UE-V service under this registry location: `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Uev\Agent\Configuration`
 
 ## Related topics
 
-
 [Administering UE-V](uev-administering-uev.md)
-
 [Manage Configurations for UE-V](uev-manage-configurations.md)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-configuring-uev-with-system-center-configuration-manager.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-configuring-uev-with-system-center-configuration-manager.md
index 30bf50f542..6aa403bde3 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-configuring-uev-with-system-center-configuration-manager.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-configuring-uev-with-system-center-configuration-manager.md
@@ -1,23 +1,11 @@
 ---
 title: Configuring UE-V with Microsoft Configuration Manager
 description: Learn how to configure User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) with Microsoft Configuration Manager.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.collection:
- - tier3
- - must-keep
-ms.date: 04/19/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
+ms.date: 1/25/2024
 ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
 ---
 
-# Configuring UE-V with Microsoft Configuration Manager 
-
-**Applies to**
--   Windows 10, version 1607
+# Configuring UE-V with Microsoft Configuration Manager
 
 After you deploy User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) and its required features, you can start to configure it to meet your organization's need. The UE-V Configuration Pack provides a way for administrators to use the Compliance Settings feature of Microsoft Configuration Manager to apply consistent configurations across sites where UE-V and Configuration Manager are installed.
 
@@ -25,119 +13,102 @@ After you deploy User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) and its required features
 
 The UE-V Configuration Pack includes tools to:
 
--   Create or update UE-V settings location template distribution baselines
+- Create or update UE-V settings location template distribution baselines
+  - Define UE-V templates to be registered or unregistered
+  - Update UE-V template configuration items and baselines as templates are added or updated
+  - Distribute and register UE-V templates using standard Configuration Item remediation
+- Create or update a UE-V Agent policy configuration item to set or clear these settings
 
-    -   Define UE-V templates to be registered or unregistered
+  |Configuration|Setting|Description|
+  |--- |--- |--- |
+  |Max package size|Enable/disable Windows app sync|Wait for sync on application start|
+  |Setting import delay|Sync unlisted Windows apps|Wait for sync on sign in|
+  |Settings import notification|IT contact URL|Wait for sync timeout|
+  |Settings storage path|IT contact descriptive text|Settings template catalog path|
+  |Sync enablement|Tray icon enabled|Start/Stop UE-V agent service|
+  |Sync method|First use notification|Define which Windows apps will roam settings|
+  |Sync timeout|||
 
-    -   Update UE-V template configuration items and baselines as templates are added or updated
-
-    -   Distribute and register UE-V templates using standard Configuration Item remediation
-
--   Create or update a UE-V Agent policy configuration item to set or clear these settings
-
-     |Configuration|Setting|Description|
-     |--- |--- |--- |
-     |Max package size|Enable/disable Windows app sync|Wait for sync on application start|
-     |Setting import delay|Sync unlisted Windows apps|Wait for sync on sign in|
-     |Settings import notification|IT contact URL|Wait for sync timeout|
-     |Settings storage path|IT contact descriptive text|Settings template catalog path|
-     |Sync enablement|Tray icon enabled|Start/Stop UE-V agent service|
-     |Sync method|First use notification|Define which Windows apps will roam settings|
-     |Sync timeout|||
-
--   Verify compliance by confirming that UE-V is running.
+- Verify compliance by confirming that UE-V is running.
 
 ## Generate a UE-V service policy configuration item
 
-
 All UE-V service policy and configuration is distributed through a single configuration item that is generated using the UevAgentPolicyGenerator.exe tool. This tool reads the desired configuration from an XML configuration file and creates a CI containing the discovery and remediation settings needed to bring the machine into compliance.
 
 The UE-V service policy configuration item CAB file is created using the UevTemplateBaselineGenerator.exe command line tool, which has these parameters:
 
--   Site <site code>
-
--   PolicyName <name> Optional: Defaults to “UE-V Agent Policy” if not present
-
--   PolicyDescription <description> Optional: A description is provided if not present
-
--   CabFilePath <full path to configuration item .CAB file>
-
--   ConfigurationFile <full path to agent configuration XML file>
+- Site <site code>
+- PolicyName <name> Optional: Defaults to "UE-V Agent Policy" if not present
+- PolicyDescription <description> Optional: A description is provided if not present
+- CabFilePath <full path to configuration item .CAB file>
+- ConfigurationFile <full path to agent configuration XML file>
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > It might be necessary to change the PowerShell execution policy to allow these scripts to run in your environment. Perform these steps in the Configuration Manager console:
 
-1.  Select **Administration > Client Settings > Properties**
-
-2.  In the **User Agent** tab, set the **PowerShell Execution Policy** to **Bypass**
- 
+1. Select **Administration > Client Settings > Properties**
+1. In the **User Agent** tab, set the **PowerShell Execution Policy** to **Bypass**
 
 **Create the first UE-V policy configuration item**
 
-1.  Copy the default settings configuration file from the UE-V Config Pack installation directory to a location visible to your ConfigMgr Admin Console:
+1. Copy the default settings configuration file from the UE-V Config Pack installation directory to a location visible to your ConfigMgr Admin Console:
 
-    ```cmd
-    C:\Program Files (x86)\Windows Kits\10\Microsoft User Experience Virtualization\Management\AgentConfiguration.xml 
-    ```
+  ```cmd
+  C:\Program Files (x86)\Windows Kits\10\Microsoft User Experience Virtualization\Management\AgentConfiguration.xml
+  ```
 
-    The default configuration file contains five sections:
+  The default configuration file contains five sections:
 
-    **Computer Policy**  
-    All UE-V machine level settings. The DesiredState attribute can be
+  **Computer Policy**
 
-    -   **Set** to have the value assigned in the registry
+  All UE-V machine level settings. The DesiredState attribute can be
 
-    -   **Clear** to remove the setting
+  - **Set** to have the value assigned in the registry
+  - **Clear** to remove the setting
+  - **Unmanaged** to have the configuration item left at its current state
 
-    -   **Unmanaged** to have the configuration item left at its current state
+  Don't remove lines from this section. Instead, set the DesiredState to `Unmanaged` if you don't want Configuration Manager to alter current or default values.
 
-    Don't remove lines from this section. Instead, set the DesiredState to ‘Unmanaged’ if you don't want Configuration Manager to alter current or default values.
+  **CurrentComputerUserPolicy**
 
-    **CurrentComputerUserPolicy**  
-    All UE-V user level settings. These entries override the machine settings for a user. The DesiredState attribute can be
+  All UE-V user level settings. These entries override the machine settings for a user. The DesiredState attribute can be
 
-    -   **Set** to have the value assigned in the registry
+  - **Set** to have the value assigned in the registry
+  - **Clear** to remove the setting
+  - **Unmanaged** to have the configuration item left at its current state
 
-    -   **Clear** to remove the setting
+  Don't remove lines from this section. Instead, set the DesiredState to 'Unmanaged' if you don't want Configuration Manager to alter current or default values.
 
-    -   **Unmanaged** to have the configuration item left at its current state
+  **Services**
 
-    Don't remove lines from this section. Instead, set the DesiredState to ‘Unmanaged’ if you don't want Configuration Manager to alter current or default values.
+  Entries in this section control service operation. The default configuration file contains a single entry for the UevAgentService. The DesiredState attribute can be set to **Running** or **Stopped**.
 
-    **Services**  
-    Entries in this section control service operation. The default configuration file contains a single entry for the UevAgentService. The DesiredState attribute can be set to **Running** or **Stopped**.
+  **Windows8AppsComputerPolicy**
 
-    **Windows8AppsComputerPolicy**  
-    All machine level Windows app synchronization settings. Each PackageFamilyName listed in this section can be assigned a DesiredState of
+  All machine level Windows app synchronization settings. Each PackageFamilyName listed in this section can be assigned a DesiredState of
 
-    -   **Enabled** to have settings roam
+  - **Enabled** to have settings roam
+  - **Disabled** to prevent settings from roaming
+  - **Cleared** to have the entry removed from UE-V control
 
-    -   **Disabled** to prevent settings from roaming
+  More lines can be added to this section based on the list of installed Windows apps that can be viewed using the PowerShell cmdlet GetAppxPackage.
 
-    -   **Cleared** to have the entry removed from UE-V control
+  **Windows8AppsCurrentComputerUserPolicy**
 
-    More lines can be added to this section based on the list of installed Windows apps that can be viewed using the PowerShell cmdlet GetAppxPackage.
+  Identical to the Windows8AppsComputerPolicy with settings that override machine settings for an individual user.
 
-    **Windows8AppsCurrentComputerUserPolicy**  
-    Identical to the Windows8AppsComputerPolicy with settings that override machine settings for an individual user.
-
-2.  Edit the configuration file by changing the desired state and value fields.
-
-3.  Run this command on a machine running the ConfigMgr Admin Console:
-
-    ```cmd
-    C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft User Experience Virtualization\ConfigPack\UevAgentPolicyGenerator.exe -Site ABC -CabFilePath "C:\MyCabFiles\UevPolicyItem.cab" -ConfigurationFile "c:\AgentConfiguration.xml"
-    ```
-
-4.  Import the CAB file using ConfigMgr console or PowerShell Import-CMConfigurationItem
+1. Edit the configuration file by changing the desired state and value fields.
+1. Run this command on a machine running the ConfigMgr Admin Console:
+     ```cmd
+     C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft User Experience Virtualization\ConfigPack\UevAgentPolicyGenerator.exe -Site ABC -CabFilePath "C:\MyCabFiles\UevPolicyItem.cab" -ConfigurationFile "c:\AgentConfiguration.xml"
+     ```
+1. Import the CAB file using ConfigMgr console or PowerShell Import-CMConfigurationItem
 
 **Update a UE-V Policy Configuration Item**
 
-1.  Edit the configuration file by changing the desired state and value fields.
-
-2.  Run the command from Step 3 in [Create the First UE-V Policy Configuration Item](#create). If you changed the name with the PolicyName parameter, make sure you enter the same name.
-
-3.  Reimport the CAB file. The version in ConfigMgr will be updated.
+1. Edit the configuration file by changing the desired state and value fields.
+1. Run the command from Step 3 in [Create the First UE-V Policy Configuration Item](#create). If you changed the name with the PolicyName parameter, make sure you enter the same name.
+1. Reimport the CAB file. The version in ConfigMgr will be updated.
 
 ## Generate a UE-V Template Baseline
 
@@ -145,35 +116,25 @@ UE-V templates are distributed using a baseline containing multiple configuratio
 
 The UE-V template baseline is created using the UevTemplateBaselineGenerator.exe command line tool, which has these parameters:
 
--   Site <site code>
-
--   BaselineName <name> (Optional: defaults to “UE-V Template Distribution Baseline” if not present)
-
--   BaselineDescription <description> (Optional: a description is provided if not present)
-
--   TemplateFolder <UE-V template folder>
-
--   Register <comma separated template file list>
-
--   Unregister <comma separated template list>
-
--   CabFilePath <Full path to baseline CAB file to generate>
+- Site <site code>
+- BaselineName <name> (Optional: defaults to "UE-V Template Distribution Baseline" if not present)
+- BaselineDescription <description> (Optional: a description is provided if not present)
+- TemplateFolder <UE-V template folder>
+- Register <comma separated template file list>
+- Unregister <comma separated template list>
+- CabFilePath <Full path to baseline CAB file to generate>
 
 The result is a baseline CAB file that is ready for import into Configuration Manager. If at a future date, you update or add a template, you can rerun the command using the same baseline name. Importing the CAB results in CI version updates on the changed templates.
 
 ### Create the First UE-V Template Baseline
 
-1.  Create a “master” set of UE-V templates in a stable folder location visible to the machine running your ConfigMgr Admin Console. As templates are added or updated, this folder is where they're pulled for distribution. The initial list of templates can be copied from a machine with UE-V installed. The default template location is C:\\Program Files\\Microsoft User Experience Virtualization\\Templates.
-
-2.  Create a text.bat file where you can add the template generator command. This step is optional, but will make regeneration simpler if you save the command parameters.
-
-3.  Add the command and parameters to the .bat file that will generate the baseline. The following example creates a baseline that distributes Notepad and Calculator:
-
-    ```cmd
-    C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft User Experience Virtualization\ConfigPack\UevTemplateBaselineGenerator.exe -Site "ABC" -TemplateFolder "C:\ProductionUevTemplates" -Register "MicrosoftNotepad.xml, MicrosoftCalculator.xml" -CabFilePath "C:\MyCabFiles\UevTemplateBaseline.cab"
-    ```
-
-4.  Run the .bat file to create UevTemplateBaseline.cab ready for import into Configuration Manager.
+1. Create a "master" set of UE-V templates in a stable folder location visible to the machine running your ConfigMgr Admin Console. As templates are added or updated, this folder is where they're pulled for distribution. The initial list of templates can be copied from a machine with UE-V installed. The default template location is C:\\Program Files\\Microsoft User Experience Virtualization\\Templates.
+1. Create a text.bat file where you can add the template generator command. This step is optional, but will make regeneration simpler if you save the command parameters
+1. Add the command and parameters to the .bat file that will generate the baseline. The following example creates a baseline that distributes Notepad and Calculator:
+  ```cmd
+   C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft User Experience Virtualization\ConfigPack\UevTemplateBaselineGenerator.exe -Site "ABC" -TemplateFolder "C:\ProductionUevTemplates" -Register "MicrosoftNotepad.xml, MicrosoftCalculator.xml" -CabFilePath "C:\MyCabFiles\UevTemplateBaseline.cab"
+  ```
+1. Run the .bat file to create UevTemplateBaseline.cab ready for import into Configuration Manager
 
 ### Update a UE-V Template Baseline
 
@@ -181,15 +142,11 @@ The template generator uses the template version to determine if a template shou
 
 To distribute a new Notepad template, you would perform these steps:
 
-1.  Update the template and template version located in the <Version> element of the template.
-
-2.  Copy the template to your master template directory.
-
-3.  Run the command in the .bat file that you created in Step 3 in [Create the First UE-V Template Baseline](#create2).
-
-4.  Import the generated CAB file into ConfigMgr using the console or PowerShell Import-CMBaseline.
+1. Update the template and template version located in the <Version> element of the template
+1. Copy the template to your master template directory
+1. Run the command in the .bat file that you created in Step 3 in [Create the First UE-V Template Baseline](#create2)
+1. Import the generated CAB file into ConfigMgr using the console or PowerShell Import-CMBaseline
 
 ## Related articles
 
-
 [Manage Configurations for UE-V](uev-manage-configurations.md)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-deploy-required-features.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-deploy-required-features.md
index 1ab8b30874..a349f9b2a3 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-deploy-required-features.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-deploy-required-features.md
@@ -1,36 +1,19 @@
 ---
 title: Deploy required UE-V features
 description: Learn how to install and configure User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) features, for example, a network share that stores and retrieves user settings.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.collection:
- - tier3
- - must-keep
-ms.date: 04/19/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
+ms.date: 1/25/2024
 ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
 ---
 
 # Deploy required UE-V features
 
-**Applies to**
--   Windows 10, version 1607
-
 To get up and running with User Experience Virtualization (UE-V), install and configure the following features.
 
--   [Deploy a settings storage location](#deploy-a-ue-v-settings-storage-location) that is accessible to end users.
-
+- [Deploy a settings storage location](#deploy-a-ue-v-settings-storage-location) that is accessible to end users.
     This feature is a standard network share that stores and retrieves user settings.
-
--   [Choose the configuration method for UE-V](#choose-the-configuration-method-for-ue-v)
-
+- [Choose the configuration method for UE-V](#choose-the-configuration-method-for-ue-v)
     You can deploy and configure UE-V with common management tools including group policy, Configuration Manager, or Windows Management Infrastructure and PowerShell.
-
--   [Enable the UE-V service](#enable-the-ue-v-service) on user devices.
-
+- [Enable the UE-V service](#enable-the-ue-v-service) on user devices.
     With Windows 10, version 1607, UE-V is installed automatically. You need to enable the UE-V service on each user device you want to include in your UE-V environment.
 
 The articles in this section describe how to deploy these features.
@@ -39,11 +22,11 @@ The articles in this section describe how to deploy these features.
 
 UE-V requires a location in which to store user settings in settings package files. You can configure this settings storage location in one of these ways:
 
--   Create your own settings storage location
+- Create your own settings storage location
+- Use existing Active Directory for your settings storage location
 
--   Use existing Active Directory for your settings storage location
-
-> **Note**   As a matter of [performance and capacity planning](uev-prepare-for-deployment.md#performance-and-capacity-planning) and to reduce problems with network latency, create settings storage locations on the same local networks where the users’ devices reside. We recommend 20 MB of disk space per user for the settings storage location.
+> [!NOTE]
+> As a matter of [performance and capacity planning](uev-prepare-for-deployment.md#performance-and-capacity-planning) and to reduce problems with network latency, create settings storage locations on the same local networks where the users' devices reside. We recommend 20 MB of disk space per user for the settings storage location.
 
 ### Create a UE-V Settings Storage Location
 
@@ -51,17 +34,14 @@ Before you define the settings storage location, you must create a root director
 
 The settings storage location is defined by setting the SettingsStoragePath configuration option, which you can configure by using one of these methods:
 
--   Through [Group Policy](uev-configuring-uev-with-group-policy-objects.md) settings
+- Through [Group Policy](uev-configuring-uev-with-group-policy-objects.md) settings
+- With the [Configuration Manager Pack](uev-configuring-uev-with-system-center-configuration-manager.md) for UE-V
+- With [Windows PowerShell or Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI)](uev-administering-uev-with-windows-powershell-and-wmi.md)
 
--   With the [Configuration Manager Pack](uev-configuring-uev-with-system-center-configuration-manager.md) for UE-V
+    The path must be in a universal naming convention (UNC) path of the server and share. For example, **\\Server\Settingsshare\**. This configuration option supports the use of variables to enable specific synchronization scenarios. For example, you can use the %username%\%computername% variables to preserve the end user settings experience in these scenarios:
 
--   With [Windows PowerShell or Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI)](uev-administering-uev-with-windows-powershell-and-wmi.md)
-
-    The path must be in a universal naming convention (UNC) path of the server and share. For example, **\\\\Server\\Settingsshare\\**. This configuration option supports the use of variables to enable specific synchronization scenarios. For example, you can use the %username%\\%computername% variables to preserve the end user settings experience in these scenarios:
-
--   End users that use multiple physical devices in your enterprise
-
--   Enterprise computers that are used by multiple end users
+- End users that use multiple physical devices in your enterprise
+- Enterprise computers that are used by multiple end users
 
 The UE-V service dynamically creates a user-specific settings storage path, with a hidden system folder named **SettingsPackages**, based on the configuration setting of **SettingsStoragePath**. The service reads and writes settings to this location as defined by the registered UE-V settings location templates.
 
@@ -71,18 +51,16 @@ The UE-V service dynamically creates a user-specific settings storage path, with
 
 **To deploy the UE-V network share**
 
-1.  Create a new security group for UE-V users.
-
-2.  Create a new folder on the centrally located computer that stores the UE-V settings packages, and then grant UE-V users access with group permissions to the folder. The administrator who supports UE-V must have permissions to this shared folder.
-
-3.  Set the following share-level Server Message Block (SMB) permissions for the settings storage location folder.
+1. Create a new security group for UE-V users.
+1. Create a new folder on the centrally located computer that stores the UE-V settings packages, and then grant UE-V users access with group permissions to the folder. The administrator who supports UE-V must have permissions to this shared folder.
+1. Set the following share-level Server Message Block (SMB) permissions for the settings storage location folder.
 
     | **User account**             | **Recommended permissions** |
     |------------------------------|-----------------------------|
     | Everyone                     | No permissions              |
     | Security group of UE-V users | Full control                |
 
-4.  Set the following NTFS file system permissions for the settings storage location folder.
+1. Set the following NTFS file system permissions for the settings storage location folder.
 
     | **User account**             | **Recommended permissions**                       | **Folder**                |
     |------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------|---------------------------|
@@ -91,78 +69,63 @@ The UE-V service dynamically creates a user-specific settings storage path, with
 
 With this configuration, the UE-V service creates and secures a Settingspackage folder while it runs in the context of the user, and grants each user permission to create folders for settings storage. Users receive full control to their Settingspackage folder while other users can't access it.
 
-**Note**
-If you create the settings storage share on a computer running a Windows Server operating system, configure UE-V to verify that either the local Administrators group or the current user is the owner of the folder where settings packages are stored. To enable this extra security, specify this setting in the Windows Server Registry Editor:
-
-1.  Add a **REG\_DWORD** registry key named **"RepositoryOwnerCheckEnabled"** to **HKEY\_LOCAL\_MACHINE\\Software\\Microsoft\\UEV\\Agent\\Configuration**.
-
-2.  Set the registry key value to *1*.
+> [!NOTE]
+> If you create the settings storage share on a computer running a Windows Server operating system, configure UE-V to verify that either the local Administrators group or the current user is the owner of the folder where settings packages are stored. To enable this extra security, specify this setting in the Windows Server Registry Editor:
+>
+> 1. Add a **REG_DWORD** registry key named **"RepositoryOwnerCheckEnabled"** to **HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\UEV\Agent\Configuration**
+> 1. Set the registry key value to *1*
 
 ### Use Active Directory with UE-V
 
-The UE-V service uses Active Directory (AD) by default if you don’t define a settings storage location. In these cases, the UE-V service dynamically creates the settings storage folder under the root of the AD home directory of each user. However, if a custom directory setting is configured in AD, then that directory is used instead.
+The UE-V service uses Active Directory (AD) by default if you don't define a settings storage location. In these cases, the UE-V service dynamically creates the settings storage folder under the root of the AD home directory of each user. However, if a custom directory setting is configured in AD, then that directory is used instead.
 
 ## Choose the Configuration Method for UE-V
 
-You’ll need to decide which configuration method you'll use to manage UE-V after deployment since this configuration method is the one you'll use to deploy the UE-V Agent. Typically, this configuration method is the one that you already use in your environment, such as Windows PowerShell or Configuration Manager.
+You'll need to decide which configuration method you'll use to manage UE-V after deployment since this configuration method is the one you'll use to deploy the UE-V Agent. Typically, this configuration method is the one that you already use in your environment, such as Windows PowerShell or Configuration Manager.
 
 You can configure UE-V before, during, or after you enable the UE-V service on user devices, depending on the configuration method that you use.
 
--   [**Group Policy**](uev-configuring-uev-with-group-policy-objects.md) You can use your existing Group Policy infrastructure to configure UE-V before or after you enable the UE-V service. The UE-V Group Policy ADMX template enables the central management of common UE-V service configuration options and includes settings to configure UE-V synchronization.
+- [**Group Policy**](uev-configuring-uev-with-group-policy-objects.md) You can use your existing Group Policy infrastructure to configure UE-V before or after you enable the UE-V service. The UE-V Group Policy ADMX template enables the central management of common UE-V service configuration options and includes settings to configure UE-V synchronization.
 
-    >**Note**  Starting with Windows 10, version 1607, UE-V ADMX templates are installed automatically.
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > Starting with Windows 10, version 1607, UE-V ADMX templates are installed automatically.
 
     Group Policy ADMX templates configure the synchronization settings for the UE-V service and enable the central management of common UE-V service configuration settings by using an existing Group Policy infrastructure.
-
     Supported operating systems for the domain controller that deploys the Group Policy Objects include:
-
     Windows Server 2012 and Windows Server 2012 R2
 
--   [**Configuration Manager**](uev-configuring-uev-with-system-center-configuration-manager.md) The UE-V Configuration Pack lets you use the Compliance Settings feature of Microsoft Configuration Manager to apply consistent configurations across sites where UE-V and Configuration Manager are installed.
+- [**Configuration Manager**](uev-configuring-uev-with-system-center-configuration-manager.md) The UE-V Configuration Pack lets you use the Compliance Settings feature of Microsoft Configuration Manager to apply consistent configurations across sites where UE-V and Configuration Manager are installed.
+- [**Windows PowerShell and WMI**](uev-administering-uev-with-windows-powershell-and-wmi.md) You can use scripted commands for Windows PowerShell and Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI) to modify the configuration of the UE-V service.
 
--   [**Windows PowerShell and WMI**](uev-administering-uev-with-windows-powershell-and-wmi.md) You can use scripted commands for Windows PowerShell and Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI) to modify the configuration of the UE-V service.
-
->**Note**
-Registry modification can result in data loss, or the computer becomes unresponsive. We recommend that you use other configuration methods.
+> [!NOTE]
+> Registry modification can result in data loss, or the computer becomes unresponsive. We recommend that you use other configuration methods.
 
 ## Enable the UE-V service
 
 The UE-V service is the client-side component that captures user-personalized application and Windows settings and saves them in settings packages. Settings packages are built, locally stored, and copied to the settings storage location.
 
-Before enabling the UE-V service, you need to register the UE-V templates for first time use. In a PowerShell window, type **register-<TemplateName>** where **TemplateName** is the name of the UE-V template you want to register, and press ENTER.
+Before enabling the UE-V service, you need to register the UE-V templates for first time use. In a PowerShell window, type **register-<TemplateName>** where **TemplateName** is the name of the UE-V template you want to register, and press ENTER.
 
->**Note**
-With Windows 10, version 1607, you must register UE-V templates for all inbox and custom templates. This provides flexibility for only deploying the required templates.
+> [!NOTE]
+> With Windows 10, version 1607, you must register UE-V templates for all inbox and custom templates. This provides flexibility for only deploying the required templates.
 
 With Windows 10, version 1607 and later, the UE-V service is installed on user devices. Enable the service to start using UE-V. You can enable the service with the Group Policy editor or with Windows PowerShell.
 
 **To enable the UE-V service with Group Policy**
 
-1.  Open the device’s **Group Policy Editor**.
-
-2.  Navigate to **Computer Configuration** > **Administrative Templates** > **Windows Components** > **Microsoft** **User Experience Virtualization**.
-
-3.  Run **Enable UEV**.
-
-4.  Restart the device.
+1. Open the device's **Group Policy Editor**
+1. Navigate to **Computer Configuration** > **Administrative Templates** > **Windows Components** > **Microsoft** **User Experience Virtualization**
+1. Run **Enable UEV**
+1. Restart the device
 
 **To enable the UE-V service with Windows PowerShell**
 
-1.  In a PowerShell window, type **Enable-UEV** and press ENTER.
-
-2.  Restart the device.
-
-3.  In a PowerShell window, type **Get-UEVStatus** and press ENTER to verify that the UE-V service was successfully enabled.
-
-
-
-
+1. In a PowerShell window, type **Enable-UEV** and press ENTER
+1. Restart the device
+1. In a PowerShell window, type **Get-UEVStatus** and press ENTER to verify that the UE-V service was successfully enabled
 
 ## Related articles
 
 [Prepare a UE-V deployment](uev-prepare-for-deployment.md)
-
 [Deploy UE-V for use with custom applications](uev-deploy-uev-for-custom-applications.md)
-
 [Upgrade to UE-V for Windows 10](uev-upgrade-uev-from-previous-releases.md)
-
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-deploy-uev-for-custom-applications.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-deploy-uev-for-custom-applications.md
index 65523c41b0..6018becc89 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-deploy-uev-for-custom-applications.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-deploy-uev-for-custom-applications.md
@@ -1,54 +1,34 @@
 ---
 title: Use UE-V with custom applications
 description: Use User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) to create your own custom settings location templates with the UE-V template generator.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.collection:
- - tier3
- - must-keep
-ms.date: 04/19/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
+ms.date: 1/25/2024
 ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
 ---
 
-# Use UE-V with custom applications 
-
-**Applies to**
--   Windows 10, version 1607
+# Use UE-V with custom applications
 
 User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) uses XML files called ***settings location templates*** to monitor and synchronize application settings and Windows settings between user devices. By default, some settings location templates are included in UE-V. However, if you want to synchronize settings for desktop applications other than those settings included in the default templates, you can create your own custom settings location templates with the UE-V template generator.
 
-After you’ve reviewed [Prepare a UE-V Deployment](uev-prepare-for-deployment.md) and decided that you want to synchronize settings for custom applications (for example, third-party, line-of-business), you’ll need to deploy the features of UE-V described in this topic.
+After you've reviewed [Prepare a UE-V Deployment](uev-prepare-for-deployment.md) and decided that you want to synchronize settings for custom applications (for example, third-party, line-of-business), you'll need to deploy the features of UE-V described in this topic.
 
 To start, here are the main steps required to synchronize settings for custom applications:
 
--   [Install the UE-V template generator](#install-the-uev-template-generator)
-
+- [Install the UE-V template generator](#install-the-uev-template-generator)
     Use the UEV template generator to create custom XML settings location templates.
-
--   [Configure a UE-V settings template catalog](#deploy-a-settings-template-catalog)
-
+- [Configure a UE-V settings template catalog](#deploy-a-settings-template-catalog)
     You can define this path where custom settings location templates are stored.
-
--   [Create custom settings location templates](#create-custom-settings-location-templates)
-
+- [Create custom settings location templates](#create-custom-settings-location-templates)
     These custom templates let users sync settings for custom applications.
+- [Deploy the custom settings location templates](#deploy-the-custom-settings-location-templates)
 
--   [Deploy the custom settings location templates](#deploy-the-custom-settings-location-templates)
+After you test the custom template to ensure that settings are synced correctly, you can deploy these templates in one of these ways:
 
-    After you test the custom template to ensure that settings are synced correctly, you can deploy these templates in one of these ways:
+- With your existing electronic software distribution solution, such as Configuration Manager
+- With Group Policy preferences
+- With a UE-V settings template catalog
 
-    -   With your existing electronic software distribution solution, such as Configuration Manager
-
-    -   With Group Policy preferences
-
-    -   With a UE-V settings template catalog
-
->**Note**
-Templates that are deployed with electronic software distribution methods or Group Policy must be registered with UE-V Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI) or Windows PowerShell.
+> [!NOTE]
+> Templates that are deployed with electronic software distribution methods or Group Policy must be registered with UE-V Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI) or Windows PowerShell.
 
 ## Prepare to deploy UE-V for custom applications
 
@@ -58,44 +38,36 @@ Before you start deploying the UE-V features that handle custom applications, re
 
 Use the UE-V template generator to monitor, discover, and capture the locations where Win32 applications store settings. The template generator doesn't create settings location templates for the following types of applications:
 
--   Virtualized applications
+- Virtualized applications
+- Applications that are offered through Terminal Services
+- Java applications
+- Windows applications
 
--   Applications that are offered through Terminal Services
-
--   Java applications
-
--   Windows applications
-
->**Note**
-UE-V settings location templates can't be created from virtualized applications or Terminal Services applications. However, settings that are synchronized by using the templates can be applied to those applications. To create templates that support Virtual Desktop Infrastructure (VDI) and Terminal Services applications, open a version of the Windows Installer (.msi) package of the application by using the UE-V template generator. For more information about synchronizing settings for virtual applications, see [Using UE-V with virtual applications](uev-using-uev-with-application-virtualization-applications.md).
+> [!NOTE]
+> UE-V settings location templates can't be created from virtualized applications or Terminal Services applications. However, settings that are synchronized by using the templates can be applied to those applications. To create templates that support Virtual Desktop Infrastructure (VDI) and Terminal Services applications, open a version of the Windows Installer (.msi) package of the application by using the UE-V template generator. For more information about synchronizing settings for virtual applications, see [Using UE-V with virtual applications](uev-using-uev-with-application-virtualization-applications.md).
 
 **Excluded Locations:** The discovery process excludes locations that commonly store application software files that don't synchronize settings well between user computers or computing environments. By default, these files are excluded:
 
--   HKEY\_CURRENT\_USER registry keys and files to which the signed-in user can't write values
-
--   HKEY\_CURRENT\_USER registry keys and files that are associated with the core functionality of the Windows operating system
-
--   All registry keys that are located in the HKEY\_LOCAL\_MACHINE hive
-
--   Files that are located in Program Files directories
-
--   Files that are located in Users \\ \[User name\] \\ AppData \\ LocalLow
-
--   Windows operating system files that are located in %Systemroot%
+- HKEY_CURRENT_USER registry keys and files to which the signed-in user can't write values
+- HKEY_CURRENT_USER registry keys and files that are associated with the core functionality of the Windows operating system
+- All registry keys that are located in the HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE hive
+- Files that are located in Program Files directories
+- Files that are located in Users \ [User name] \ AppData \ LocalLow
+- Windows operating system files that are located in %Systemroot%
 
 If registry keys and files that are stored in excluded locations are required to synchronize application settings, you can manually add the locations to the settings location template during the template creation process.
 
 ### Replace the default Microsoft templates
 
-A default group of settings location templates for common Microsoft applications and Windows settings is included with Windows 10, version 1607. If you customize these templates, or create settings location templates to synchronize settings for custom applications, the UE-V service can be configured to use a settings template catalog to store the templates. In this case, you'll need to include the default templates with the custom templates in the settings template catalog.
+A default group of settings location templates for common Microsoft applications and Windows settings is included with Windows 10, version 1601. If you customize these templates, or create settings location templates to synchronize settings for custom applications, the UE-V service can be configured to use a settings template catalog to store the templates. In this case, you'll need to include the default templates with the custom templates in the settings template catalog.
 
->**Important**
-After you enable the UE-V service, you’ll need to register the settings location templates using the `Register-UevTemplate` cmdlet in Windows PowerShell.
+> [!IMPORTANT]
+> After you enable the UE-V service, you'll need to register the settings location templates using the `Register-UevTemplate` cmdlet in Windows PowerShell.
 
 When you use Group Policy to configure the settings template catalog path, you can choose to replace the default Microsoft templates. If you configure the policy settings to replace the default Microsoft templates, all of the default Microsoft templates that are installed with Windows 10, version 1607 are deleted and only the templates that are located in the settings template catalog are used.
 
-**Note**
-If there are customized templates in the settings template catalog that use the same ID as the default Microsoft templates, the Microsoft templates are ignored.
+> [!NOTE]
+> If there are customized templates in the settings template catalog that use the same ID as the default Microsoft templates, the Microsoft templates are ignored.
 
 You can replace the default templates by using the UE-V Windows PowerShell features. To replace the default Microsoft template with Windows PowerShell, unregister all of the default Microsoft templates, and then register the customized templates.
 
@@ -109,14 +81,13 @@ The UE-V template generator is included in the Windows Assessment and Deployment
 
 Install the UE-V template generator on a computer that you can use to create a custom settings location template. This computer should have the applications installed for which custom settings location templates need to be generated.
 
->**Important**
-UE-V for Windows 10, version 1607 includes a new template generator. If you are upgrading from an existing UE-V installation, you’ll need to use the new generator to create settings location templates. Templates created with previous versions of the UE-V template generator will continue to work.
+> [!IMPORTANT]
+> UE-V for Windows 10, version 1607 includes a new template generator. If you are upgrading from an existing UE-V installation, you'll need to use the new generator to create settings location templates. Templates created with previous versions of the UE-V template generator will continue to work.
 
-**To install the UE-V template generator**
+To install the UE-V template generator:
 
-1.  Go to [Download the Windows ADK](https://developer.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/hardware/windows-assessment-deployment-kit) to access the ADK.
-
-2.  Select the **Get Windows ADK for Windows 10** button on this page to start the ADK installer. On the window pictured below, select **Microsoft User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) Template Generator** and then select Install.
+1. Go to [Download the Windows ADK](https://developer.microsoft.com/windows/hardware/windows-assessment-deployment-kit) to access the ADK.
+1. Select the **Get Windows ADK for Windows 10** button on this page to start the ADK installer. On the window pictured below, select **Microsoft User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) Template Generator** and then select Install.
 
 
 
-| **Component**            | **Function**     |
-|--------------------------|------------------|
-| **UE-V service**    | Enabled on every device that needs to synchronize settings, the **UE-V service** monitors registered applications and Windows for any settings changes, then synchronizes those settings between devices. |
-| **Settings packages**                   | Application settings and Windows settings are stored in **settings packages** created by the UE-V service. Settings packages are built, locally stored, and copied to the settings storage location.
                  The setting values for **desktop applications** are stored when the user closes the application.
                  Values for **Windows settings** are stored when the user logs off, when the computer is locked, or when the user disconnects remotely from a computer.
                  The sync provider determines when the application or operating system settings are read from the **Settings Packages** and synchronized. |
-| **Settings storage location**           | This is a standard network share that your users can access. The UE-V service verifies the location and creates a hidden system folder in which to store and retrieve user settings.    |
-| **Settings location templates**         | UE-V uses XML files as settings location templates to monitor and synchronize desktop application settings and Windows desktop settings between user computers. By default, some settings location templates are included in UE-V. You can also create, edit, or validate custom settings location templates by [managing settings synchronization for custom applications](#manage-settings-synchronization-for-custom-applications).
                  **Note**  Settings location templates are not required for Windows applications.   |
-| **Universal Windows applications list** | Settings for Windows applications are captured and applied dynamically. The app developer specifies the settings that are synchronized for each app. UE-V determines which Windows applications are enabled for settings synchronization using a managed list of applications. By default, this list includes most Windows applications.
                  You can add or remove applications in the Windows app list by following the procedures in [Managing UE-V Settings Location Templates Using Windows PowerShell and WMI](uev-managing-settings-location-templates-using-windows-powershell-and-wmi.md).  |
+| **Component** | **Function** |
+|--|--|
+| **UE-V service** | Enabled on every device that needs to synchronize settings, the **UE-V service** monitors registered applications and Windows for any settings changes, then synchronizes those settings between devices. |
+| **Settings packages** | Application settings and Windows settings are stored in **settings packages** created by the UE-V service. Settings packages are built, locally stored, and copied to the settings storage location.
                  The setting values for **desktop applications** are stored when the user closes the application.
                  Values for **Windows settings** are stored when the user logs off, when the computer is locked, or when the user disconnects remotely from a computer.
                  The sync provider determines when the application or operating system settings are read from the **Settings Packages** and synchronized. |
+| **Settings storage location** | This is a standard network share that your users can access. The UE-V service verifies the location and creates a hidden system folder in which to store and retrieve user settings. |
+| **Settings location templates** | UE-V uses XML files as settings location templates to monitor and synchronize desktop application settings and Windows desktop settings between user computers. By default, some settings location templates are included in UE-V. You can also create, edit, or validate custom settings location templates by [managing settings synchronization for custom applications](#manage-settings-synchronization-for-custom-applications).
                  **Note**  Settings location templates are not required for Windows applications. |
+| **Universal Windows applications list** | Settings for Windows applications are captured and applied dynamically. The app developer specifies the settings that are synchronized for each app. UE-V determines which Windows applications are enabled for settings synchronization using a managed list of applications. By default, this list includes most Windows applications.
                  You can add or remove applications in the Windows app list by following the procedures in [Managing UE-V Settings Location Templates Using Windows PowerShell and WMI](uev-managing-settings-location-templates-using-windows-powershell-and-wmi.md). |
 
 ## Manage settings synchronization for custom applications
 
 Use these UE-V components to create and manage custom templates for your third-party or line-of-business applications.
 
-| Component                     | Description   |
-|-------------------------------|---------------|
-| **UE-V template generator**            | Use the **UE-V template generator** to create custom settings location templates that you can then distribute to user computers. The UE-V template generator also lets you edit an existing template or validate a template that was created with a different XML editor. 
                  With the Windows 10, version 1607 release, the UE-V template generator is installed with the [Windows Assessment and Deployment kit for Windows 10, version 1607](https://developer.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/hardware/windows-assessment-deployment-kit) (Windows ADK). 
                  If you are upgrading from an existing UE-V installation, you’ll need to use the new generator to create new settings location templates. Application templates created with previous versions of the UE-V template generator are still supported, however. |
-| **Settings template catalog** | The **settings template catalog** is a folder path on UE-V computers or a Server Message Block (SMB) network share that stores the custom settings location templates. The UE-V service checks this location once a day, retrieves new or updated templates, and updates its synchronization behavior.
                  If you use only the UE-V default settings location templates, then a settings template catalog is unnecessary. For more information about settings deployment catalogs, see [Deploy a UE-V settings template catalog](uev-deploy-uev-for-custom-applications.md).|
+| Component | Description |
+|--|--|
+| **UE-V template generator** | Use the **UE-V template generator** to create custom settings location templates that you can then distribute to user computers. The UE-V template generator also lets you edit an existing template or validate a template that was created with a different XML editor. 
                  With the Windows 10, version 1607 release, the UE-V template generator is installed with the [Windows Assessment and Deployment kit for Windows 10, version 1607](https://developer.microsoft.com/windows/hardware/windows-assessment-deployment-kit) (Windows ADK). 
                  If you are upgrading from an existing UE-V installation, you'll need to use the new generator to create new settings location templates. Application templates created with previous versions of the UE-V template generator are still supported, however. |
+| **Settings template catalog** | The **settings template catalog** is a folder path on UE-V computers or a Server Message Block (SMB) network share that stores the custom settings location templates. The UE-V service checks this location once a day, retrieves new or updated templates, and updates its synchronization behavior.
                  If you use only the UE-V default settings location templates, then a settings template catalog is unnecessary. For more information about settings deployment catalogs, see [Deploy a UE-V settings template catalog](uev-deploy-uev-for-custom-applications.md). |
 
 
 
-### Planning a UE-V deployment 
+### Planning a UE-V deployment
 
 Review the following articles to determine which UE-V components you'll be deploying.
 
--   [Decide whether to synchronize settings for custom applications](#decide-whether-to-synchronize-settings-for-custom-applications)
+- [Decide whether to synchronize settings for custom applications](#decide-whether-to-synchronize-settings-for-custom-applications)
 
     If you want to synchronize settings for custom applications, you'll need to install the UE-V template generator. Use the generator to create custom settings location templates, which involve the following tasks:
 
-    -   Review the [settings that are synchronized automatically in a UE-V deployment](#settings-automatically-synchronized-in-a-ue-v-deployment).
+    - Review the [settings that are synchronized automatically in a UE-V deployment](#settings-automatically-synchronized-in-a-ue-v-deployment).
+    - [Determine whether you need settings synchronized for other applications](#determine-whether-you-need-settings-synchronized-for-other-applications).
 
-    -   [Determine whether you need settings synchronized for other applications](#determine-whether-you-need-settings-synchronized-for-other-applications).
-
--   Review [other considerations for deploying UE-V](#other-considerations-when-preparing-a-ue-v-deployment), including high availability and capacity planning.
-
--   [Confirm prerequisites and supported configurations for UE-V](#confirm-prerequisites-and-supported-configurations-for-ue-v)
+- Review [other considerations for deploying UE-V](#other-considerations-when-preparing-a-ue-v-deployment), including high availability and capacity planning.
+- [Confirm prerequisites and supported configurations for UE-V](#confirm-prerequisites-and-supported-configurations-for-ue-v)
 
 ## Decide whether to synchronize settings for custom applications
 
@@ -77,11 +60,9 @@ Deciding if you want UE-V to synchronize settings for custom applications is an
 
 This section explains which settings are synchronized by default in UE-V, including:
 
--   Desktop applications that are synchronized by default
-
--   Windows desktop settings that are synchronized by default
-
--   A statement of support for Windows applications setting synchronization
+- Desktop applications that are synchronized by default
+- Windows desktop settings that are synchronized by default
+- A statement of support for Windows applications setting synchronization
 
 For downloadable UE-V templates, see: [User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) settings templates for Microsoft Office](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=46367)
 
@@ -90,16 +71,15 @@ For downloadable UE-V templates, see: [User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) set
 When you enable the UE-V service on user devices, it registers a default group of settings location templates that capture settings values for these common Microsoft applications.
 
 | Application category | Description |
-|-----------------------------|-------------------|
+|--|--|
 | Microsoft Office 2016 applications | Microsoft Access 2016
                  Microsoft Lync 2016
                  Microsoft Excel 2016
                  Microsoft OneNote 2016
                  Microsoft Outlook 2016
                  Microsoft PowerPoint 2016
                  Microsoft Project 2016
                  Microsoft Publisher 2016
                  Microsoft SharePoint Designer 2013 (not updated for 2016)
                  Microsoft Visio 2016
                  Microsoft Word 2016
                  Microsoft Office Upload Manager
                  Microsoft Infopath has been removed (deprecated) from the Office 2016 suite |
-| Microsoft Office 2013 applications
                  [Download a list of all settings synced](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=46367) | Microsoft Word 2013
                  Microsoft Excel 2013
                  Microsoft Outlook 2013
                  Microsoft Access 2013
                  Microsoft Project 2013
                  Microsoft PowerPoint 2013
                  Microsoft Publisher 2013
                  Microsoft Visio 2013
                  Microsoft InfoPath 2013
                  Microsoft Lync 2013
                  Microsoft OneNote 2013
                  Microsoft SharePoint Designer 2013
                  Microsoft Office 2013 Upload Center
                  Microsoft OneDrive for Business 2013
-| Microsoft Office 2010 applications
                  [Download a list of all settings synced](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=46367) | Microsoft Word 2010
                  Microsoft Excel 2010
                  Microsoft Outlook 2010
                  Microsoft Access 2010
                  Microsoft Project 2010
                  Microsoft PowerPoint 2010
                  Microsoft Publisher 2010
                  Microsoft Visio 2010
                  Microsoft SharePoint Workspace 2010
                  Microsoft InfoPath 2010
                  Microsoft Lync 2010
                  Microsoft OneNote 2010
                  Microsoft SharePoint Designer 2010  |
+| Microsoft Office 2013 applications
                  [Download a list of all settings synced](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=46367) | Microsoft Word 2013
                  Microsoft Excel 2013
                  Microsoft Outlook 2013
                  Microsoft Access 2013
                  Microsoft Project 2013
                  Microsoft PowerPoint 2013
                  Microsoft Publisher 2013
                  Microsoft Visio 2013
                  Microsoft InfoPath 2013
                  Microsoft Lync 2013
                  Microsoft OneNote 2013
                  Microsoft SharePoint Designer 2013
                  Microsoft Office 2013 Upload Center
                  Microsoft OneDrive for Business 2013 |
+| Microsoft Office 2010 applications
                  [Download a list of all settings synced](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=46367) | Microsoft Word 2010
                  Microsoft Excel 2010
                  Microsoft Outlook 2010
                  Microsoft Access 2010
                  Microsoft Project 2010
                  Microsoft PowerPoint 2010
                  Microsoft Publisher 2010
                  Microsoft Visio 2010
                  Microsoft SharePoint Workspace 2010
                  Microsoft InfoPath 2010
                  Microsoft Lync 2010
                  Microsoft OneNote 2010
                  Microsoft SharePoint Designer 2010 |
 | Browser options: Internet Explorer 11 and 10 | Synchronize favorites, home page, tabs, and toolbars.
                  **Note**
                  UE-V doesn't roam settings for Internet Explorer cookies. |
 | Windows accessories | Microsoft NotePad, WordPad |
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > - An Outlook profile must be created for any device on which a user wants to sync their Outlook signature. If the profile is not already created, the user can create one and then restart Outlook on that device to enable signature synchronization.
-> 
 > - UE-V doesn't synchronize settings between the Microsoft Calculator in Windows 10 and the Microsoft Calculator in previous operating systems.
 
 ### Windows settings synchronized by default
@@ -107,22 +87,22 @@ When you enable the UE-V service on user devices, it registers a default group o
 UE-V includes settings location templates that capture settings values for these Windows settings.
 
 | Windows settings | Description | Apply on | Export on | Default state |
-|----------------------|-----------------|--------------|---------------|-------------------|
-| Desktop background   | Currently active desktop background or wallpaper | Log on, unlock, remote connect, Scheduled Task events | Log off, lock, remote disconnect, or scheduled task interval | Enabled           |
-| Ease of Access       | Accessibility and input settings, Microsoft Magnifier, Narrator, and on-Screen Keyboard | Log on only | Log off or scheduled task interval | Enabled           |
-| Desktop settings     | Start menu and Taskbar settings, folder options, default desktop icons, more clocks, and region and language settings | Log on only  | Log off or scheduled task | Enabled           |
+|--|--|--|--|--|
+| Desktop background | Currently active desktop background or wallpaper | Log on, unlock, remote connect, Scheduled Task events | Log off, lock, remote disconnect, or scheduled task interval | Enabled |
+| Ease of Access | Accessibility and input settings, Microsoft Magnifier, Narrator, and on-Screen Keyboard | Log on only | Log off or scheduled task interval | Enabled |
+| Desktop settings | Start menu and Taskbar settings, folder options, default desktop icons, more clocks, and region and language settings | Log on only | Log off or scheduled task | Enabled |
 
 > [!IMPORTANT]
 > UE-V roams taskbar settings between Windows 10 devices. However, UE-V doesn't synchronize taskbar settings between Windows 10 devices and devices running previous operating systems versions.
 
 | Settings group | Category | Capture | Apply |
-|--------------------------|----------------|----------------|--------------|
-| **Application Settings** | Windows applications   | Close application
                  Windows application settings change event | Start the UE-V App Monitor at startup
                  Open app
                  Windows application settings change event
                  Arrival of a settings package     |
-|           | Desktop applications   | Application closes | Application opens and closes        |
-| **Desktop settings**     | Desktop background     | Lock or log off | Log on, unlock, remote connect, notification of new package arrival, or scheduled task runs |
-|           | Ease of Access (Common - Accessibility, Narrator, Magnifier, On-Screen-Keyboard) | Lock or Log off | Log on        |
-|           | Ease of Access (Shell - Audio, Accessibility, Keyboard, Mouse)    | Lock or log off | Log on, unlock, remote connect, notification of new package arrival, or scheduled task runs  |
-|           | Desktop settings       | Lock or log off | Log on        |
+|--|--|--|--|
+| **Application Settings** | Windows applications | Close application
                  Windows application settings change event | Start the UE-V App Monitor at startup
                  Open app
                  Windows application settings change event
                  Arrival of a settings package |
+|  | Desktop applications | Application closes | Application opens and closes |
+| **Desktop settings** | Desktop background | Lock or log off | Log on, unlock, remote connect, notification of new package arrival, or scheduled task runs |
+|  | Ease of Access (Common - Accessibility, Narrator, Magnifier, On-Screen-Keyboard) | Lock or Log off | Log on |
+|  | Ease of Access (Shell - Audio, Accessibility, Keyboard, Mouse) | Lock or log off | Log on, unlock, remote connect, notification of new package arrival, or scheduled task runs |
+|  | Desktop settings | Lock or log off | Log on |
 
 ### UE-V-support for Windows applications
 
@@ -139,28 +119,24 @@ Users can print to their saved network printers, including their default network
 
 Printer roaming in UE-V requires one of these scenarios:
 
--   The print server can download the required driver when it roams to a new device.
-
--   The driver for the roaming network printer is pre-installed on any device that needs to access that network printer.
-
--   The printer driver can be imported from Windows Update.
+- The print server can download the required driver when it roams to a new device.
+- The driver for the roaming network printer is pre-installed on any device that needs to access that network printer.
+- The printer driver can be imported from Windows Update.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > The UE-V printer roaming feature doesn't roam printer settings or preferences, such as printing double-sided.
 
 ### Determine whether you need settings synchronized for other applications
 
-After you've reviewed the settings that are synchronized automatically in a UE-V deployment, you’ll need to decide whether to synchronize settings for other applications as your decision will determine how you deploy UE-V throughout your enterprise.
+After you've reviewed the settings that are synchronized automatically in a UE-V deployment, you'll need to decide whether to synchronize settings for other applications as your decision will determine how you deploy UE-V throughout your enterprise.
 
 As an administrator, when you consider which desktop applications to include in your UE-V solution, consider which settings can be customized by users, and how and where the application stores its settings. Not all desktop applications have settings that can be customized or that are routinely customized by users. In addition, not all desktop applications settings can be synchronized safely across multiple devices or environments.
 
 In general, you can synchronize settings that meet the following criteria:
 
--   Settings that are stored in user-accessible locations. For example, don't synchronize settings that are stored in System32 or outside the HKEY\_CURRENT\_USER (HKCU) section of the registry.
-
--   Settings that aren't specific to the particular device. For example, exclude network shortcuts or hardware configurations.
-
--   Settings that can be synchronized between computers without risk of corrupted data. For example, don't use settings that are stored in a database file.
+- Settings that are stored in user-accessible locations. For example, don't synchronize settings that are stored in System32 or outside the HKEY\_CURRENT\_USER (HKCU) section of the registry.
+- Settings that aren't specific to the particular device. For example, exclude network shortcuts or hardware configurations.
+- Settings that can be synchronized between computers without risk of corrupted data. For example, don't use settings that are stored in a database file.
 
 ### Checklist for evaluating custom applications
 
@@ -172,7 +148,7 @@ If you've decided that you need to synchronize settings for custom applications,
 | ![Checklist box.](images/uev-checklist-box.gif) | Is it important for the user that these settings are synchronized? |
 | ![Checklist box.](images/uev-checklist-box.gif) | Are these user settings already managed by an application management or settings policy solution? UE-V applies application settings at application startup and Windows settings at logon, unlock, or remote connect events. If you use UE-V with other settings sharing solutions, users might experience inconsistency across synchronized settings. |
 | ![Checklist box.](images/uev-checklist-box.gif) | Are the application settings specific to the computer? Application preferences and customizations that are associated with hardware or specific computer configurations don't consistently synchronize across sessions and can cause a poor application experience. |
-| ![Checklist box.](images/uev-checklist-box.gif) | Does the application store settings in the Program Files directory or in the file directory that is located in the **Users**\\ \[User name\] \\**AppData**\\**LocalLow** directory? Application data that is stored in either of these locations usually shouldn't synchronize with the user, because this data is specific to the computer or because the data is too large to synchronize. |
+| ![Checklist box.](images/uev-checklist-box.gif) | Does the application store settings in the Program Files directory or in the file directory that is located in the **Users**\ \[User name\] \**AppData**\**LocalLow** directory? Application data that is stored in either of these locations usually shouldn't synchronize with the user, because this data is specific to the computer or because the data is too large to synchronize. |
 | ![Checklist box.](images/uev-checklist-box.gif) | Does the application store any settings in a file that contains other application data that shouldn't synchronize? UE-V synchronizes files as a single unit. If settings are stored in files that include application data other than settings, then synchronizing this extra data can cause a poor application experience.|
 | ![Checklist box.](images/uev-checklist-box.gif) | How large are the files that contain the settings? The performance of the settings synchronization can be affected by large files. Including large files can affect the performance of settings synchronization. |
 
@@ -180,21 +156,15 @@ If you've decided that you need to synchronize settings for custom applications,
 
 You should also consider these things when you're preparing to deploy UE-V:
 
--   [Managing credentials synchronization](#managing-credentials-synchronization-in-ue-v)
+- [Managing credentials synchronization](#managing-credentials-synchronization-in-ue-v)
+- [Windows applications settings synchronization](#windows-applications-settings-synchronization)
+- [Custom UE-V settings location templates](#custom-ue-v-settings-location-templates)
+- [Unintentional user settings configurations](#prevent-unintentional-user-settings-configuration)
+- [Performance and capacity](#performance-and-capacity-planning)
+- [High availability](#high-availability-for-ue-v)
+- [Computer clock synchronization](#synchronize-computer-clocks-for-ue-v-settings-synchronization)
 
--   [Windows applications settings synchronization](#windows-applications-settings-synchronization)
-
--   [Custom UE-V settings location templates](#custom-ue-v-settings-location-templates)
-
--   [Unintentional user settings configurations](#prevent-unintentional-user-settings-configuration)
-
--   [Performance and capacity](#performance-and-capacity-planning)
-
--   [High availability](#high-availability-for-ue-v)
-
--   [Computer clock synchronization](#synchronize-computer-clocks-for-ue-v-settings-synchronization)
-
-### Managing credentials synchronization in UE-V 
+### Managing credentials synchronization in UE-V
 
 Many enterprise applications, including Microsoft Outlook, Lync, and Skype for Business prompt users for their domain credentials when they log in. Users have the option of saving their credentials to disk to prevent having to enter them every time they open these applications. Enabling roaming credentials synchronization lets users save their credentials on one computer and avoid reentering them on every computer they use in their environment. Users can synchronize some domain credentials with UE-V.
 
@@ -230,25 +200,19 @@ Copy
 
 [Group Policy](uev-configuring-uev-with-group-policy-objects.md)**:** You must edit the Group Policy administrative template for UE-V, which is included in Windows 10, version 1607, to enable credential synchronization through group policy. Credentials synchronization is managed in Windows settings. To manage this feature with Group Policy, enable the **Synchronize Windows** settings policy.
 
-1.  Open Group Policy Editor and navigate to **User Configuration > Administrative Templates > Windows Components > Microsoft User Experience Virtualization**.
-
-2.  Double-click **Synchronize Windows settings**.
-
-3.  If this policy is enabled, you can enable credentials synchronization by checking the **Roaming Credentials** check box, or disable credentials synchronization by unchecking it.
-
-4.  Select **OK**.
+1. Open Group Policy Editor and navigate to **User Configuration > Administrative Templates > Windows Components > Microsoft User Experience Virtualization**.
+1. Double-click **Synchronize Windows settings**.
+1. If this policy is enabled, you can enable credentials synchronization by checking the **Roaming Credentials** check box, or disable credentials synchronization by unchecking it.
+1. Select **OK**.
 
 ### Credential locations synchronized by UE-V
 
 Credential files saved by applications into the following locations are synchronized:
 
--   %UserProfile%\\AppData\\Roaming\\Microsoft\\Credentials\\
-
--   %UserProfile%\\AppData\\Roaming\\Microsoft\\Crypto\\
-
--   %UserProfile%\\AppData\\Roaming\\Microsoft\\Protect\\
-
--   %UserProfile%\\AppData\\Roaming\\Microsoft\\SystemCertificates\\
+- %UserProfile%\AppData\Roaming\Microsoft\Credentials\
+- %UserProfile%\AppData\Roaming\Microsoft\Crypto\
+- %UserProfile%\AppData\Roaming\Microsoft\Protect\
+- %UserProfile%\AppData\Roaming\Microsoft\SystemCertificates\
 
 Credentials saved to other locations aren't synchronized by UE-V.
 
@@ -256,17 +220,15 @@ Credentials saved to other locations aren't synchronized by UE-V.
 
 UE-V manages Windows application settings synchronization in three ways:
 
--   **Sync Windows applications:** Allow or deny any Windows application synchronization
-
--   **Windows applications list:** Synchronize a list of Windows applications
-
--   **Unlisted default sync behavior:** Determine the synchronization behavior of Windows applications that aren't in the Windows applications list.
+- **Sync Windows applications:** Allow or deny any Windows application synchronization
+- **Windows applications list:** Synchronize a list of Windows applications
+- **Unlisted default sync behavior:** Determine the synchronization behavior of Windows applications that aren't in the Windows applications list.
 
 For more information, see the [Windows Application List](uev-managing-settings-location-templates-using-windows-powershell-and-wmi.md#win8applist).
 
 ### Custom UE-V settings location templates
 
-If you're deploying UE-V to synchronize settings for custom applications, you’ll use the UE-V template generator to create custom settings location templates for those desktop applications. After you create and test a custom settings location template in a test environment, you can deploy the settings location templates to user devices.
+If you're deploying UE-V to synchronize settings for custom applications, you'll use the UE-V template generator to create custom settings location templates for those desktop applications. After you create and test a custom settings location template in a test environment, you can deploy the settings location templates to user devices.
 
 Custom settings location templates must be deployed with an existing deployment infrastructure, such as an enterprise software distribution method, including Microsoft Configuration Manager, with preferences, or by configuring a UE-V settings template catalog. Templates that are deployed with Configuration Manager or Group Policy must be registered using UE-V WMI or Windows PowerShell.
 
@@ -276,15 +238,11 @@ For more information about custom settings location templates, see [Deploy UE-V
 
 UE-V downloads new user settings information from a settings storage location and applies the settings to the local device in these instances:
 
--   Each time an application is started that has a registered UE-V template
-
--   When a user signs in to a device
-
--   When a user unlocks a device
-
--   When a connection is made to a remote desktop device running UE-V
-
--   When the Sync Controller Application scheduled task is run
+- Each time an application is started that has a registered UE-V template
+- When a user signs in to a device
+- When a user unlocks a device
+- When a connection is made to a remote desktop device running UE-V
+- When the Sync Controller Application scheduled task is run
 
 If UE-V is installed on computer A and computer B, and the settings that you want for the application are on computer A, then computer A should open and close the application first. If the application is opened and closed on computer B first, then the application settings on computer A are configured to the application settings on computer B. Settings are synchronized between computers on per-application basis. Over time, settings become consistent between computers as they're opened and closed with preferred settings.
 
@@ -306,21 +264,16 @@ By default, UE-V synchronization times out after 2 seconds to prevent excessive
 
 The UE-V settings storage location and settings template catalog support storing user data on any writable share. To ensure high availability, follow these criteria:
 
--   Format the storage volume with an NTFS file system.
-
--   The share can use Distributed File System (DFS) replication, but Distributed File System Replication (DFSR) isn't supported. Distributed File System Namespaces (DFSN) are supported. For detailed information, see:
-
+- Format the storage volume with an NTFS file system.
+- The share can use Distributed File System (DFS) replication, but Distributed File System Replication (DFSR) isn't supported. Distributed File System Namespaces (DFSN) are supported. For detailed information, see:
     - [Deploying Roaming User Profiles](/windows-server/storage/folder-redirection/deploy-roaming-user-profiles)
-    
     - [Information about Microsoft support policy for a DFS-R and DFS-N deployment scenario](/troubleshoot/windows-server/networking/support-policy-for-dfsr-dfsn-deployment)
 
     In addition, because SYSVOL uses DFSR for replication, SYSVOL can't be used for UE-V data file replication.
 
--   Configure the share permissions and NTFS access control lists (ACLs) as specified in [Deploying the settings storage location for UE-V](uev-deploy-required-features.md).
-
--   Use file server clustering along with the UE-V service to provide access to copies of user state data if communications failures occur.
-
--   You can store the settings storage path data (user data) and settings template catalog templates on clustered shares, on DFSN shares, or on both.
+- Configure the share permissions and NTFS access control lists (ACLs) as specified in [Deploying the settings storage location for UE-V](uev-deploy-required-features.md).
+- Use file server clustering along with the UE-V service to provide access to copies of user state data if communications failures occur.
+- You can store the settings storage path data (user data) and settings template catalog templates on clustered shares, on DFSN shares, or on both.
 
 ### Synchronize computer clocks for UE-V settings synchronization
 
@@ -331,15 +284,14 @@ Computers that run the UE-V service must use a time server to maintain a consist
 Before you proceed, ensure that your environment meets these requirements for using UE-V.
 
 | Operating system | Edition | Service pack | System architecture | Windows PowerShell | Microsoft .NET Framework |
-|--------------------------|---------------|------------------|-------------------------|--------------------------|--------------------------------|
-| Windows 10, version 1607 | Windows 10 for Enterprise  | NA  | 32-bit or 64-bit        | Windows PowerShell 3.0 or higher | .NET Framework 4.5 or higher |
-| Windows 8 and Windows 8.1         | Enterprise or Pro | None | 32-bit or 64-bit        | Windows PowerShell 3.0 or higher | .NET Framework 4.5 or higher   |
-| Windows Server 2012 and Windows Server 2012 R2       | Standard or Datacenter           | None | 64-bit   | Windows PowerShell 3.0 or higher | .NET Framework 4.5 or higher   |
+|--|--|--|--|--|--|
+| Windows 10, version 1607 | Windows 10 for Enterprise | NA | 32-bit or 64-bit | Windows PowerShell 3.0 or higher | .NET Framework 4.5 or higher |
+| Windows 8 and Windows 8.1 | Enterprise or Pro | None | 32-bit or 64-bit | Windows PowerShell 3.0 or higher | .NET Framework 4.5 or higher |
+| Windows Server 2012 and Windows Server 2012 R2 | Standard or Datacenter | None | 64-bit | Windows PowerShell 3.0 or higher | .NET Framework 4.5 or higher |
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > - Windows Server 2012 operating systems come with .NET Framework 4.5 installed. The Windows 10 operating system comes with .NET Framework 4.6 installed.
-> 
-> - The “Delete Roaming Cache” policy for mandatory profiles isn't supported with UE-V and shouldn't be used.
+> - The "Delete Roaming Cache" policy for mandatory profiles isn't supported with UE-V and shouldn't be used.
 
 There are no special random access memory (RAM) requirements specific to UE-V.
 
@@ -347,13 +299,10 @@ There are no special random access memory (RAM) requirements specific to UE-V.
 
 Sync Provider is the default setting for users and synchronizes a local cache with the settings storage location in these instances:
 
--   Log on/log off
-
--   Lock/unlock
-
--   Remote desktop connect/disconnect
-
--   Application open/close
+- Log on/log off
+- Lock/unlock
+- Remote desktop connect/disconnect
+- Application open/close
 
 A scheduled task manages this synchronization of settings every 30 minutes or through trigger events for certain applications. For more information, see [Changing the frequency of UE-V scheduled tasks](uev-changing-the-frequency-of-scheduled-tasks.md).
 
@@ -364,7 +313,6 @@ The UE-V service synchronizes user settings for devices that aren't always conne
 Enable this configuration using one of these methods:
 
 - After you enable the UE-V service, use the Settings Management feature in Microsoft Configuration Manager or the UE-V ADMX templates (installed with Windows 10, version 1607) to push the SyncMethod = None configuration.
-
 - Use Windows PowerShell or Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI) to set the SyncMethod = None configuration.
 
 Restart the device to allow the settings to synchronize.
@@ -372,7 +320,6 @@ Restart the device to allow the settings to synchronize.
 > [!NOTE]
 > These methods do not work for pooled virtual desktop infrastructure (VDI) environments.
 
-
 > [!NOTE]
 > If you set *SyncMethod = None*, any settings changes are saved directly to the server. If the network connection to the settings storage path is not found, then the settings changes are cached on the device and are synchronized the next time that the sync provider runs. If the settings storage path is not found and the user profile is removed from a pooled VDI environment on log off, settings changes are lost and the user must reapply the change when the computer is reconnected to the settings storage path.
 
@@ -389,22 +336,13 @@ The VDI template is provided with UE-V and is typically available here after ins
 
 Install the UE-V template generator on the device that is used to create custom settings location templates. This device should be able to run the applications that you want to synchronize settings for. You must be a member of the Administrators group on the device that runs the UE-V template generator software.
 
-The UE-V template generator must be installed on a device that uses an NTFS file system. The UE-V template generator software requires .NET Framework 4. For more information, see [Use UE-V with custom applications](uev-deploy-uev-for-custom-applications.md).
-
-
-
-
+The UE-V template generator must be installed on a device that uses an NTFS file system. The UE-V template generator software requires .NET Framework 1. For more information, see [Use UE-V with custom applications](uev-deploy-uev-for-custom-applications.md).
 
 ## Other resources for this feature
 
--   [User Experience Virtualization overview](uev-for-windows.md)
-
--   [Get started with UE-V](uev-getting-started.md)
-
--   [Upgrade to UE-V for Windows 10](uev-upgrade-uev-from-previous-releases.md)
-
--   [Administering UE-V](uev-administering-uev.md)
-
--   [Troubleshooting UE-V](uev-troubleshooting.md)
-
--   [Technical Reference for UE-V](uev-technical-reference.md)
+- [User Experience Virtualization overview](uev-for-windows.md)
+- [Get started with UE-V](uev-getting-started.md)
+- [Upgrade to UE-V for Windows 10](uev-upgrade-uev-from-previous-releases.md)
+- [Administering UE-V](uev-administering-uev.md)
+- [Troubleshooting UE-V](uev-troubleshooting.md)
+- [Technical Reference for UE-V](uev-technical-reference.md)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-release-notes-1607.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-release-notes-1607.md
index 995f79f988..b59b289e49 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-release-notes-1607.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-release-notes-1607.md
@@ -1,24 +1,12 @@
 ---
 title: User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) Release Notes
 description: Read the latest information required to successfully install and use User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) that isn't included in the UE-V documentation.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.collection:
- - tier3
- - must-keep
-ms.date: 04/19/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
+ms.date: 1/25/2024
 ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
 ---
 
 # User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) Release Notes
 
-**Applies to**
--   Windows 10, version 1607
-
 This topic includes information required to successfully install and use UE-V that isn't included in the User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) documentation. If there are differences between the information in this topic and other UE-V topics, the latest change should be considered authoritative.
 
 ### Company Settings Center removed in UE-V for Windows 10, version 1607
@@ -62,7 +50,7 @@ WORKAROUND: Install only one version of Office or limit which settings are synch
 
 ### Uninstallation and reinstallation of Windows 8 applications reverts settings to initial state
 
-While UE-V settings synchronization is being used for a Windows 8 application, if the user uninstalls the application and then reinstalls the application, the application’s settings revert to their default values. This result happens because the uninstall removes the local (cached) copy of the application’s settings but doesn't remove the local UE-V settings package. When the application is reinstalled and launched, UE-V gathers the application settings that were reset to the application defaults and then uploads the default settings to the central storage location. Other computers running the application then download the default settings. This behavior is identical to the behavior of desktop applications.
+While UE-V settings synchronization is being used for a Windows 8 application, if the user uninstalls the application and then reinstalls the application, the application's settings revert to their default values. This result happens because the uninstall removes the local (cached) copy of the application's settings but doesn't remove the local UE-V settings package. When the application is reinstalled and launched, UE-V gathers the application settings that were reset to the application defaults and then uploads the default settings to the central storage location. Other computers running the application then download the default settings. This behavior is identical to the behavior of desktop applications.
 
 WORKAROUND: None.
 
@@ -103,17 +91,10 @@ WORKAROUND: None
 **Additional resources for this feature**
 
 - [UE-V Registry Settings](/troubleshoot/windows-client/ue-v/ue-v-registry-settings)
-
 - [How To Enable Debug Logging in Microsoft User Experience Virtualization (UE-V)](/troubleshoot/windows-client/ue-v/enable-debug-logging)
-
--   [User Experience Virtualization](uev-for-windows.md)
-
--   [Prepare a UE-V Deployment](uev-prepare-for-deployment.md)
-
--   [Upgrade to UE-V for Windows 10](uev-upgrade-uev-from-previous-releases.md)
-
--   [Administering UE-V](uev-administering-uev.md)
-
--   [Troubleshooting UE-V](uev-troubleshooting.md)
-
--   [Technical Reference for UE-V](uev-technical-reference.md)
+- [User Experience Virtualization](uev-for-windows.md)
+- [Prepare a UE-V Deployment](uev-prepare-for-deployment.md)
+- [Upgrade to UE-V for Windows 10](uev-upgrade-uev-from-previous-releases.md)
+- [Administering UE-V](uev-administering-uev.md)
+- [Troubleshooting UE-V](uev-troubleshooting.md)
+- [Technical Reference for UE-V](uev-technical-reference.md)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-security-considerations.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-security-considerations.md
index 0f2220b76e..b0ba65c8c5 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-security-considerations.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-security-considerations.md
@@ -1,48 +1,33 @@
 ---
 title: Security Considerations for UE-V
 description: Learn about accounts and groups, log files, and other security-related considerations for User Experience Virtualization (UE-V).
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.collection:
- - tier3
- - must-keep
-ms.date: 04/19/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
+ms.date: 1/25/2024
 ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
 ---
 
 # Security Considerations for UE-V
 
-**Applies to**
--   Windows 10, version 1607
-
 This topic contains a brief overview of accounts and groups, log files, and other security-related considerations for User Experience Virtualization (UE-V). For more information, follow the links that are provided here.
 
 ## Security considerations for UE-V configuration
 
-
 > [!IMPORTANT]
 > When you create the settings storage share, limit the share access to users who require access.
 
 Because settings packages might contain personal information, you should take care to protect them as much as possible. In general, do the following steps:
 
--   Restrict the share to only those users who require access. Create a security group for users who have redirected folders on a particular share and limit access to only those users.
+- Restrict the share to only those users who require access. Create a security group for users who have redirected folders on a particular share and limit access to only those users.
+- When you create the share, hide the share by putting a $ after the share name. This addition hides the share from casual browsers, and the share isn't visible in My Network Places.
+- Only give users the minimum number of permissions that they must have. The following tables show the required permissions.
 
--   When you create the share, hide the share by putting a $ after the share name. This addition hides the share from casual browsers, and the share isn't visible in My Network Places.
-
--   Only give users the minimum number of permissions that they must have. The following tables show the required permissions.
-
-1.  Set the following share-level SMB permissions for the setting storage location folder.
+1. Set the following share-level SMB permissions for the setting storage location folder.
 
     |User account|Recommended permissions|
     |--- |--- |
     |Everyone|No permissions|
     |Security group of UE-V|Full control|
 
-2.  Set the following NTFS file system permissions for the settings storage location folder.
+1. Set the following NTFS file system permissions for the settings storage location folder.
 
     |User account|Recommended permissions|Folder|
     |--- |--- |--- |
@@ -51,7 +36,7 @@ Because settings packages might contain personal information, you should take ca
     |Security group of UE-V users|List folder/read data, create folders/append data|This folder only|
     |Everyone|Remove all permissions|No permissions|
 
-3.  Set the following share-level SMB permissions for the settings template catalog folder.
+1. Set the following share-level SMB permissions for the settings template catalog folder.
 
     |User account|Recommend permissions|
     |--- |--- |
@@ -59,7 +44,7 @@ Because settings packages might contain personal information, you should take ca
     |Domain computers|Read permission Levels|
     |Administrators|Read/write permission levels|
 
-4.  Set the following NTFS permissions for the settings template catalog folder.
+1. Set the following NTFS permissions for the settings template catalog folder.
 
     |User account|Recommended permissions|Apply to|
     |--- |--- |--- |
@@ -68,25 +53,23 @@ Because settings packages might contain personal information, you should take ca
     |Everyone|No permissions|No permissions|
     |Administrators|Full Control|This folder, subfolders, and files|
 
-### Use Windows Server as of Windows Server 2003 to host redirected file shares
+### Use Windows Server as of Windows Server 2003 to host redirected file shares
 
 User settings package files contain personal information that is transferred between the client computer and the server that stores the settings packages. Because of this process, you should ensure that the data is protected while it travels over the network.
 
 User settings data is vulnerable to these potential threats: interception of the data as it passes over the network, tampering with the data as it passes over the network, and spoofing of the server that hosts the data.
 
-As of Windows Server 2003, several features of the Windows Server operating system can help secure user data:
+As of Windows Server 2003, several features of the Windows Server operating system can help secure user data:
 
--   **Kerberos** - Kerberos is standard on all versions of Microsoft Windows 2000 Server and Windows Server beginning with Windows Server 2003. Kerberos ensures the highest level of security to network resources. NTLM authenticates the client only; Kerberos authenticates the server and the client. When NTLM is used, the client doesn't know whether the server is valid. This difference is important if the client exchanges personal files with the server, as is the case with Roaming User Profiles. Kerberos provides better security than NTLM. Kerberos isn't available on the Microsoft Windows NT Server 4.0 or earlier operating systems.
+- **Kerberos** - Kerberos is standard on all versions of Microsoft Windows 2000 Server and Windows Server beginning with Windows Server 2001. Kerberos ensures the highest level of security to network resources. NTLM authenticates the client only; Kerberos authenticates the server and the client. When NTLM is used, the client doesn't know whether the server is valid. This difference is important if the client exchanges personal files with the server, as is the case with Roaming User Profiles. Kerberos provides better security than NTLM. Kerberos isn't available on the Microsoft Windows NT Server 4.0 or earlier operating systems.
 
--   **IPsec** - The IP Security Protocol (IPsec) provides network-level authentication, data integrity, and encryption. IPsec ensures that:
+- **IPsec** - The IP Security Protocol (IPsec) provides network-level authentication, data integrity, and encryption. IPsec ensures that:
 
-    -   Roamed data is safe from data modification while data is en route.
+  - Roamed data is safe from data modification while data is en route.
+  - Roamed data is safe from interception, viewing, or copying.
+  - Roamed data is safe from access by unauthenticated parties.
 
-    -   Roamed data is safe from interception, viewing, or copying.
-
-    -   Roamed data is safe from access by unauthenticated parties.
-
--   **SMB Signing** - The Server Message Block (SMB) authentication protocol supports message authentication, which prevents active message and "man-in-the-middle" attacks. SMB signing provides this authentication by placing a digital signature into each SMB. The digital signature is then verified by both the client and the server. In order to use SMB signing, you must first either enable it, or you must require it on both the SMB client and the SMB server. The SMB signing imposes a performance penalty. It doesn't consume any more network bandwidth, but it uses more CPU cycles on the client and server side.
+- **SMB Signing** - The Server Message Block (SMB) authentication protocol supports message authentication, which prevents active message and "man-in-the-middle" attacks. SMB signing provides this authentication by placing a digital signature into each SMB. The digital signature is then verified by both the client and the server. In order to use SMB signing, you must first either enable it, or you must require it on both the SMB client and the SMB server. The SMB signing imposes a performance penalty. It doesn't consume any more network bandwidth, but it uses more CPU cycles on the client and server side.
 
 ### Always use the NTFS file system for volumes that hold user data
 
@@ -107,20 +90,18 @@ This permission configuration enables users to create folders for settings stora
 > [!NOTE]
 > Additional security can be configured when a Windows Server is used for the settings storage share. UE-V can be configured to verify that either the local Administrators group or the current user is the owner of the folder where settings packages are stored. To enable additional security, use the following command:
 
-1.  Add the REG\_DWORD registry key RepositoryOwnerCheckEnabled to `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\UEV\Agent\Configuration`.
-
-2.  Set the registry key value to *1*.
+1. Add the REG\_DWORD registry key RepositoryOwnerCheckEnabled to `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\UEV\Agent\Configuration`.
+1. Set the registry key value to *1*.
 
 When this configuration setting is in place, the UE-V service verifies that the local Administrators group or current user is the owner of the settings package folder. If not, then the UE-V service doesn't grant access to the folder.
 
-
 If you must create folders for the users, ensure that you have the correct permissions set.
 
 We strongly recommend that you don't pre-create folders. Instead, let the UE-V service create the folder for the user.
 
 ### Ensure correct permissions to store UE-V 2 settings in a home directory or custom directory
 
-If you redirect UE-V settings to a user’s home directory or a custom Active Directory (AD) directory, ensure that the permissions on the directory are set appropriately for your organization.
+If you redirect UE-V settings to a user's home directory or a custom Active Directory (AD) directory, ensure that the permissions on the directory are set appropriately for your organization.
 
 ### Review the contents of settings location templates and control access to them as needed
 
@@ -128,9 +109,8 @@ When a settings location template is being created, the UE-V generator uses a Li
 
 If you plan to share settings location templates with anyone outside your organization, you should review all the settings locations and ensure the settings location templates don't contain any personal or company information. You can view the contents by opening the settings location template files using any XML viewer. The following are ways you can view and remove any personal or company information from the settings location template files before sharing with anyone outside your company:
 
--   **Template Author Name** – Specify a general, non-identifying name for the template author name or exclude this data from the template.
-
--   **Template Author Email** – Specify a general, non-identifying template author email or exclude this data from the template.
+- **Template Author Name** - Specify a general, non-identifying name for the template author name or exclude this data from the template.
+- **Template Author Email** - Specify a general, non-identifying template author email or exclude this data from the template.
 
 To remove the template author name or template author email, you can use the UE-V generator application. From the generator, select **Edit a Settings Location Template**. Select the settings location template to edit from the recently used templates or Browse to the settings template file. Select **Next** to continue. On the Properties page, remove the data from the Template author name or Template author email text fields. Save the settings location template.
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-sync-methods.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-sync-methods.md
index 17d2bba46f..c009f76e63 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-sync-methods.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-sync-methods.md
@@ -1,50 +1,26 @@
 ---
 title: Sync Methods for UE-V
-description: Learn how User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) service sync methods let you synchronize users’ application and Windows settings with the settings storage location.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.collection:
- - tier3
- - must-keep
-ms.date: 04/19/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
+description: Learn how User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) service sync methods let you synchronize users' application and Windows settings with the settings storage location.
+ms.date: 1/25/2024
 ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
 ---
 
 # Sync Methods for UE-V
 
-**Applies to**
--   Windows 10, version 1607
-
-The User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) service lets you synchronize users’ application and Windows settings with the settings storage location. The *Sync Method* configuration defines how the UE-V service uploads and downloads those settings to the settings storage location. UE-V includes a SyncMethod called the *SyncProvider*. For more information about trigger events that start the synchronization of application and Windows settings, see [Sync Trigger Events for UE-V](uev-sync-trigger-events.md).
+The User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) service lets you synchronize users' application and Windows settings with the settings storage location. The *Sync Method* configuration defines how the UE-V service uploads and downloads those settings to the settings storage location. UE-V includes a SyncMethod called the *SyncProvider*. For more information about trigger events that start the synchronization of application and Windows settings, see [Sync Trigger Events for UE-V](uev-sync-trigger-events.md).
 
 ## SyncMethod Configuration
 
 This table provides a description of each SyncMethod configuration:
 
-| **SyncMethod Configuration** | **Description**     |
-|------------------------------|---------------------|
-| SyncProvider (Default)       | Settings changes for a specific application or for global Windows desktop settings are saved locally to a cache folder. These changes are then synchronized with the settings storage location when a synchronization trigger event takes place. Pushing out changes will save the local changes to the settings storage path.
                  This default setting is the gold standard for computers. This option attempts to synchronize the setting and times out after a short delay to ensure that the application or operating system startup isn’t delayed for a long period of time.
                  This functionality is also tied to the Scheduled task – Sync Controller Application. The administrator controls the frequency of the Scheduled task. By default, computers synchronize their settings every 30 min after logging on.     |
-| External                     | This configuration method specifies that if UE-V settings are written to a local folder on the user computer, then any external sync engine (such as OneDrive for Business, Work Folders, Sharepoint, or Dropbox) can be used to apply these settings to the different computers that users access.    |
-| None                         | This configuration setting is designed for the Virtual Desktop Infrastructure (VDI) and Streamed Application experience primarily. This setting should be used on computers running the Windows Server operating system in a datacenter, where the connection will always be available.
                  Any settings changes are saved directly to the server. If the network connection to the settings storage path isn't available, then the settings changes are cached on the device and are synchronized the next time that the Sync Provider runs. If the settings storage path isn't found and the user profile is removed from a pooled VDI environment on sign out, then these settings changes are lost, and the user must reapply the change when the computer can again reach the settings storage path.
                  Apps and OS will wait indefinitely for the location to be present. This waiting period could cause App load or OS sign-in time to dramatically increase if the location isn't found. |
+| **SyncMethod Configuration** | **Description** |
+|--|--|
+| SyncProvider (Default) | Settings changes for a specific application or for global Windows desktop settings are saved locally to a cache folder. These changes are then synchronized with the settings storage location when a synchronization trigger event takes place. Pushing out changes will save the local changes to the settings storage path.
                  This default setting is the gold standard for computers. This option attempts to synchronize the setting and times out after a short delay to ensure that the application or operating system startup isn't delayed for a long period of time.
                  This functionality is also tied to the Scheduled task - Sync Controller Application. The administrator controls the frequency of the Scheduled task. By default, computers synchronize their settings every 30 min after logging on. |
+| External | This configuration method specifies that if UE-V settings are written to a local folder on the user computer, then any external sync engine (such as OneDrive for Business, Work Folders, Sharepoint, or Dropbox) can be used to apply these settings to the different computers that users access. |
+| None | This configuration setting is designed for the Virtual Desktop Infrastructure (VDI) and Streamed Application experience primarily. This setting should be used on computers running the Windows Server operating system in a datacenter, where the connection will always be available.
                  Any settings changes are saved directly to the server. If the network connection to the settings storage path isn't available, then the settings changes are cached on the device and are synchronized the next time that the Sync Provider runs. If the settings storage path isn't found and the user profile is removed from a pooled VDI environment on sign out, then these settings changes are lost, and the user must reapply the change when the computer can again reach the settings storage path.
                  Apps and OS will wait indefinitely for the location to be present. This waiting period could cause App load or OS sign-in time to dramatically increase if the location isn't found. |
 
 You can configure the sync method in these ways:
 
--   Through [Group Policy](uev-configuring-uev-with-group-policy-objects.md) settings
-
--   With the [Configuration Manager Pack](uev-configuring-uev-with-system-center-configuration-manager.md) for UE-V
-
--   With [Windows PowerShell or Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI)](uev-administering-uev-with-windows-powershell-and-wmi.md)
-
-
-
-
-
-## Related topics
-
-[Deploy Required UE-V Features](uev-deploy-required-features.md)
-
-[Technical Reference for UE-V](uev-technical-reference.md)
+- Through [Group Policy](uev-configuring-uev-with-group-policy-objects.md) settings
+- With the [Configuration Manager Pack](uev-configuring-uev-with-system-center-configuration-manager.md) for UE-V
+- With [Windows PowerShell or Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI)](uev-administering-uev-with-windows-powershell-and-wmi.md)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-sync-trigger-events.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-sync-trigger-events.md
index 6cae6d66bf..a7347846ca 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-sync-trigger-events.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-sync-trigger-events.md
@@ -1,24 +1,12 @@
 ---
 title: Sync Trigger Events for UE-V
 description: Learn how User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) lets you synchronize your application and Windows settings across all your domain-joined devices.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.collection:
- - tier3
- - must-keep
-ms.date: 04/19/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
+ms.date: 1/25/2024
 ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
 ---
 
 # Sync Trigger Events for UE-V
 
-**Applies to**
--   Windows 10, version 1607
-
 User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) lets you synchronize your application and Windows settings across all your domain-joined devices. *Sync trigger events* define when the UE-V service synchronizes those settings with the settings storage location. For more information about Sync Method configuration, see [Sync Methods for UE-V](uev-sync-methods.md).
 
 ## UE-V Sync Trigger Events
@@ -38,18 +26,6 @@ The following table explains the trigger events for classic applications and Win
 
 ## Related topics
 
-
 [Technical Reference for UE-V](uev-technical-reference.md)
-
 [Changing the Frequency of UE-V Scheduled Tasks](uev-changing-the-frequency-of-scheduled-tasks.md)
-
 [Choose the Configuration Method for UE-V](uev-deploy-required-features.md)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-synchronizing-microsoft-office-with-uev.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-synchronizing-microsoft-office-with-uev.md
index e06e33e471..8fb7fae374 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-synchronizing-microsoft-office-with-uev.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-synchronizing-microsoft-office-with-uev.md
@@ -1,37 +1,22 @@
 ---
 title: Synchronizing Microsoft Office with UE-V
 description: Learn how User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) supports the synchronization of Microsoft Office application settings.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.collection:
- - tier3
- - must-keep
-ms.date: 04/19/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
+ms.date: 1/25/2024
 ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
 ---
 
 # Synchronizing Office with UE-V
 
-**Applies to**
--   Windows 10, version 1607
-
 Microsoft User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) supports the synchronization of Microsoft Office application settings. The combination of UE-V and App-V  support for Office enables the same experience on virtualized instances of Office from any UE-V-enabled device or virtualized desktop.
 
-To synchronize Office applications settings, you can download Office templates from the [User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) Template Gallery](https://gallery.technet.microsoft.com/site/search?f%5B0%5D.Type=RootCategory&f%5B0%5D.Value=UE-V&f%5B0%5D.Text=UE-V). This resource provides Microsoft-authored UE-V settings location templates and community-developed settings location templates.
-
 ## Microsoft Office support in UE-V
 
-UE-V includes settings location templates for Microsoft Office 2016, 2013, and 2010. In previous versions of UE-V, settings location templates for Office 2013 and Office 2010 were distributed and registered when you installed the UE-V agent. Now that UE-V is a feature in Windows 10, version 1607, settings location templates are installed when you install or upgrade to the new operating system.  
+UE-V includes settings location templates for Microsoft Office 2016, 2013, and 201. In previous versions of UE-V, settings location templates for Office 2013 and Office 2010 were distributed and registered when you installed the UE-V agent. Now that UE-V is a feature in Windows 10, version 1607, settings location templates are installed when you install or upgrade to the new operating system.
 
-These templates help synchronize users’ Office experience between devices. Microsoft Office 2016 settings roamed by Office 365 experience aren't included in these settings. For a list of Office 365-specific settings, see [Overview of user and roaming settings for Office](/previous-versions/office/office-2013-resource-kit/jj733593(v=office.15)).
+These templates help synchronize users' Office experience between devices. Microsoft Office 2016 settings roamed by Office 365 experience aren't included in these settings. For a list of Office 365-specific settings, see [Overview of user and roaming settings for Office](/previous-versions/office/office-2013-resource-kit/jj733593(v=office.15)).
 
 ## Synchronized Office Settings
 
-
 Review the following tables for details about Office support in UE-V:
 
 ### Supported UE-V templates for Microsoft Office
@@ -50,14 +35,11 @@ Review the following tables for details about Office support in UE-V:
 
 You can deploy UE-V settings location template with the following methods:
 
--   **Registering template with PowerShell**. If you use Windows PowerShell to manage computers, run the following Windows PowerShell command as Administrator to register this settings location template:
-
+- **Registering template with PowerShell**. If you use Windows PowerShell to manage computers, run the following Windows PowerShell command as Administrator to register this settings location template:
     ```powershell
     Register-UevTemplate -Path 
     ```
 
     For more information about using UE-V and Windows PowerShell, see [Managing UE-V settings location templates using Windows PowerShell and WMI](uev-managing-settings-location-templates-using-windows-powershell-and-wmi.md).
-
--   **Registering template with Template Catalog Path**. If you use the Settings Template Catalog Path to manage templates on users' computers, copy the Office template into the folder defined in the UE-V service. The next time the Template Auto Update (ApplySettingsCatalog.exe) scheduled task runs, the settings location template will be registered on the device. For more information, see [Deploy a settings template catalog](uev-deploy-uev-for-custom-applications.md).
-
--   **Registering template with Configuration Manager**. If you use Configuration Manager to manage your UE-V settings storage templates, recreate the Template Baseline CAB, import it into Configuration Manager, and then deploy the baseline to user devices.
+- **Registering template with Template Catalog Path**. If you use the Settings Template Catalog Path to manage templates on users' computers, copy the Office template into the folder defined in the UE-V service. The next time the Template Auto Update (ApplySettingsCatalog.exe) scheduled task runs, the settings location template will be registered on the device. For more information, see [Deploy a settings template catalog](uev-deploy-uev-for-custom-applications.md).
+- **Registering template with Configuration Manager**. If you use Configuration Manager to manage your UE-V settings storage templates, recreate the Template Baseline CAB, import it into Configuration Manager, and then deploy the baseline to user devices.
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-technical-reference.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-technical-reference.md
index aa4bde4500..1752c0a857 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-technical-reference.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-technical-reference.md
@@ -1,72 +1,31 @@
 ---
 title: Technical Reference for UE-V
 description: Use this technical reference to learn about the various features of User Experience Virtualization (UE-V).
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.collection:
- - tier3
- - must-keep
-ms.date: 04/19/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
+ms.date: 1/25/2024
 ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
 ---
 
 # Technical Reference for UE-V
 
-**Applies to**
--   Windows 10, version 1607
-
 This technical reference section includes additional technical documentation about the various features of User Experience Virtualization (UE-V). This information is provided to help the administrator better understand UE-V.
 
 ## Technical reference topics for UE-V
 
-
--   [Sync Methods for UE-V](uev-sync-methods.md)
-
+- [Sync Methods for UE-V](uev-sync-methods.md)
     Defines how UE-V synchronizes settings between computers and the settings storage location. Sync Provider is the default sync method for UE-V. This topic includes technical reference information for sync methods, including the Sync Provider.
-
--   [Sync Trigger Events for UE-V](uev-sync-trigger-events.md)
-
+- [Sync Trigger Events for UE-V](uev-sync-trigger-events.md)
     Defines when the UE-V service synchronizes those settings with the settings storage location. This topic provides technical reference information about when synchronization takes place based upon the sync method deployed.
-
--   [Synchronizing Microsoft Office with UE-V](uev-synchronizing-microsoft-office-with-uev.md)
-
+- [Synchronizing Microsoft Office with UE-V](uev-synchronizing-microsoft-office-with-uev.md)
     Provides guidance for downloading and enabling the Microsoft-authored UE-V settings location templates that support Microsoft Office settings synchronization.
-
--   [Application Template Schema Reference for UE-V](uev-application-template-schema-reference.md)
-
+- [Application Template Schema Reference for UE-V](uev-application-template-schema-reference.md)
     Details the XML structure of UE-V settings location templates and provides guidance for editing these files.
-
--   [Security Considerations for UE-V](uev-security-considerations.md)
-
+- [Security Considerations for UE-V](uev-security-considerations.md)
     Provides a brief overview of accounts, groups, and other security-related considerations for UE-V.
 
 ## Other resources for this feature
 
-
--   [User Experience Virtualization overview](uev-for-windows.md)
-
--   [Get Started with UE-V](uev-getting-started.md)
-
--   [Prepare a UE-V Deployment](uev-prepare-for-deployment.md)
-
--   [Administering UE-V](uev-administering-uev.md)
-
--   [Troubleshooting UE-V](uev-troubleshooting.md)
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 
-
- 
-
-
-
-
-
+- [User Experience Virtualization overview](uev-for-windows.md)
+- [Get Started with UE-V](uev-getting-started.md)
+- [Prepare a UE-V Deployment](uev-prepare-for-deployment.md)
+- [Administering UE-V](uev-administering-uev.md)
+- [Troubleshooting UE-V](uev-troubleshooting.md)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-troubleshooting.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-troubleshooting.md
index e27f2c92a6..24eec148f0 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-troubleshooting.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-troubleshooting.md
@@ -1,47 +1,23 @@
 ---
 title: Troubleshooting UE-V
 description: Use this technical reference to find resources for troubleshooting User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) for Windows 10.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.collection:
- - tier3
- - must-keep
-ms.date: 04/19/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
+ms.date: 1/25/2024
 ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
 ---
 
 # Troubleshooting UE-V
 
-**Applies to**
--   Windows 10, version 1607
-
-
 For information that can help with troubleshooting UE-V for Windows 10, see:
 
 - [UE-V FAQ Wiki](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/wiki/contents/articles/35333.ue-v-important-changes-in-ue-v-functionality-after-the-windows-10-anniversary-update.aspx)
-
 - [UE-V: List of Microsoft Support Knowledge Base Articles](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/wiki/contents/articles/14271.ue-v-list-of-microsoft-support-knowledge-base-articles.aspx)
-
 - [User Experience Virtualization Release Notes](uev-release-notes-1607.md)
-
 - [Technical Reference for UE-V](uev-technical-reference.md)
-
-- [UE-V TechNet Forum](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/Forums/en-us/home?forum=mdopuev&filter=alltypes&sort=lastpostdesc)
+- [UE-V TechNet Forum](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/Forums/home?forum=mdopuev&filter=alltypes&sort=lastpostdesc)
 
 ## Other resources
 
--   [User Experience Virtualization overview](uev-for-windows.md)
-
--   [Get Started with UE-V](uev-getting-started.md)
-
--   [Prepare a UE-V deployment](uev-prepare-for-deployment.md)
-
--   [Administering UE-V](uev-administering-uev.md)
-
-
-
-
+- [User Experience Virtualization overview](uev-for-windows.md)
+- [Get Started with UE-V](uev-getting-started.md)
+- [Prepare a UE-V deployment](uev-prepare-for-deployment.md)
+- [Administering UE-V](uev-administering-uev.md)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-upgrade-uev-from-previous-releases.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-upgrade-uev-from-previous-releases.md
index 12ac8cd14c..c9fa0104b6 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-upgrade-uev-from-previous-releases.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-upgrade-uev-from-previous-releases.md
@@ -1,65 +1,45 @@
 ---
 title: Upgrade to UE-V for Windows 10
-description: Use these few adjustments to upgrade from User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) 2.x to the latest version of UE-V.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.collection:
- - tier3
- - must-keep
-ms.date: 04/19/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
+description: Use these few adjustments to upgrade from User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) 2.x to the latest version of UE-V.
+ms.date: 1/25/2024
 ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
 ---
 
 # Upgrade to UE-V for Windows 10
 
-**Applies to**
--   Windows 10, version 1607
+If you're already using UE-V 2.x and you're planning to upgrade user devices to Windows 10, version 1607 or later releases, you need to make only a few adjustments to your existing environment. These steps are explained in more detail below.
 
-If you’re already using UE-V 2.x and you’re planning to upgrade user devices to Windows 10, version 1607 or later releases, you need to make only a few adjustments to your existing environment. These steps are explained in more detail below.
-
-1. Upgrade user devices to Windows 10, version 1607 or later release. 
-
-2. Verify that UE-V settings were migrated correctly.
-
-3.  Set the template storage path to your current template store.
-
-4. Enable the UE-V service on user devices.
-
-5. Install the UE-V template generator if you want to synchronize application settings for custom applications.
+1. Upgrade user devices to Windows 10, version 1607 or later release.
+1. Verify that UE-V settings were migrated correctly.
+1. Set the template storage path to your current template store.
+1. Enable the UE-V service on user devices.
+1. Install the UE-V template generator if you want to synchronize application settings for custom applications.
 
 > [!IMPORTANT]
-> You can upgrade your existing UE-V installation to Windows 10, version 1607 from UE-V versions 2.1 or 2.0 only. If you are using a previous version of UE-V, you’ll need to upgrade from that version to UE-V 2.x before you upgrade to Windows 10, version 1607.
+> You can upgrade your existing UE-V installation to Windows 10, version 1607 from UE-V versions 2.1 or 2.0 only. If you are using a previous version of UE-V, you'll need to upgrade from that version to UE-V 2.x before you upgrade to Windows 10, version 1607.
 
 ## Upgrade user devices to Windows 10, version 1607
 
-Performing an in-place upgrade on user devices automatically installs the UE-V service, updates the settings location path, and migrates users' UE-V settings. See the [Windows 10 documentation for IT Pros](/windows/deployment/) for information about upgrading user devices to Windows 10. 
+Performing an in-place upgrade on user devices automatically installs the UE-V service, updates the settings location path, and migrates users' UE-V settings. See the [Windows 10 documentation for IT Pros](/windows/deployment/) for information about upgrading user devices to Windows 10.
 
-## Verify that UE-V settings were migrated correctly 
+## Verify that UE-V settings were migrated correctly
 
-After upgrading a user device to Windows 10, version 1607, it’s important to verify that UE-V settings and template registrations were migrated correctly during the upgrade. You can verify UE-V settings using Windows PowerShell or the device’s registry.
+After upgrading a user device to Windows 10, version 1607, it's important to verify that UE-V settings and template registrations were migrated correctly during the upgrade. You can verify UE-V settings using Windows PowerShell or the device's registry.
 
 **To verify UE-V settings using Windows PowerShell**
 
 1. Run PowerShell as Administrator, type **Get-UEVConfiguration**, and press ENTER to view current configurations.
-
-2. Check that the settings were successfully updated.
-
-3. Type **Get-UEVTemplate** and press ENTER to check that your templates are still registered.
+1. Check that the settings were successfully updated.
+1. Type **Get-UEVTemplate** and press ENTER to check that your templates are still registered.
 
     > [!NOTE]
-    > You’ll need to register the NotePad template again after you upgrade the device to Windows 10. 
+    > You'll need to register the NotePad template again after you upgrade the device to Windows 1.
 
-**To verify UE-V settings using the device’s registry**
+**To verify UE-V settings using the device's registry**
 
 1. In a command prompt, run **Regedit** as Administrator.
-
-2. Navigate to **HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\UEV\Agent\Configuration.**
-
-3. Verify that the settings storage path and the settings template catalog path are pointing to the same locations as before you upgraded the device to Windows 10.
+1. Navigate to **HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\UEV\Agent\Configuration.**
+1. Verify that the settings storage path and the settings template catalog path are pointing to the same locations as before you upgraded the device to Windows 10.
 
 ## Set the template storage path to your current template store
 
@@ -67,57 +47,40 @@ Template Settings Storage Path will not automatically migrate. Run Set-UEVConfig
 
 ## Enable the UE-V service on user devices
 
-The UE-V service is the client-side component that captures user-personalized application and Windows settings and saves them in settings packages. Settings packages are built, locally stored, and copied to the settings storage location. 
+The UE-V service is the client-side component that captures user-personalized application and Windows settings and saves them in settings packages. Settings packages are built, locally stored, and copied to the settings storage location.
 
-With Windows 10, version 1607 and later, the UE-V service replaces the UE-V Agent and no longer requires a separate download and installation. Enable the service on user devices to start using UE-V. You can enable the service with the Group Policy editor or with Windows PowerShell. 
+With Windows 10, version 1607 and later, the UE-V service replaces the UE-V Agent and no longer requires a separate download and installation. Enable the service on user devices to start using UE-V. You can enable the service with the Group Policy editor or with Windows PowerShell.
 
 > [!IMPORTANT]
 > The UE-V Agent used in prior releases of UE-V is replaced with the UE service. The UE-V service included with Windows 10, version 1607 and later releases, does not include the agent user interface and is configurable through cmdlets or registry settings only.
 
 **To enable the UE-V service with Group Policy**
 
-1. Open the device’s **Group Policy Editor**.
-
-2. Navigate to **Computer Configuration > Administrative Templates > Windows Components > Microsoft User Experience Virtualization**. 
-
-3. Run **Enable UEV**
-
-4. Restart the device.
+1. Open the device's **Group Policy Editor**
+1. Navigate to **Computer Configuration > Administrative Templates > Windows Components > Microsoft User Experience Virtualization**
+1. Run **Enable UEV**
+1. Restart the device
 
 **To enable the UE-V service with Windows PowerShell**
 
-1. Run PowerShell as Administrator, type **Enable-UEV**, and press ENTER.
-
-2. Restart the device.
-
-3. Type **Get-UEVStatus** and press ENTER to verify that the service was successfully enabled.
+1. Run PowerShell as Administrator, type **Enable-UEV**, and press ENTER
+1. Restart the device
+1. Type **Get-UEVStatus** and press ENTER to verify that the service was successfully enabled
 
 ## Install the UE-V template generator
 
-The UE-V template generator is included in the Windows Assessment and Deployment Kit (ADK) for Windows 10. 
+The UE-V template generator is included in the Windows Assessment and Deployment Kit (ADK) for Windows 10.
 
 **To install the UE-V template generator**
 
-1. Go to [Download the Windows ADK](https://developer.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/hardware/windows-assessment-deployment-kit) to access the ADK. 
-
-2. Select the **Get Windows ADK for Windows 10** button on this page to start the ADK installer. On the screen pictured below, select **Microsoft User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) Template Generator** and then select **Install**.
-
+1. Select the **Get Windows ADK for Windows 10** button on this page to start the ADK installer. On the screen pictured below, select **Microsoft User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) Template Generator** and then select **Install**
     ![Selecting UE-V features in ADK.](images/uev-adk-select-uev-feature.png)
- 
-3. To open the generator, open the **Start** menu and navigate to **Windows Kits** > **Microsoft User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) Template Generator**. 
-
-
-
-
+1. To open the generator, open the **Start** menu and navigate to **Windows Kits** > **Microsoft User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) Template Generator**
 
 ## Other resources for this feature
 
--   [UE-V Release Notes](uev-release-notes-1607.md)
-
--   [Prepare a UE-V Deployment](uev-prepare-for-deployment.md)
-
--   [Administer UE-V](uev-administering-uev.md)
-
--   [Migrating settings packages](uev-migrating-settings-packages.md)
-
--   [Technical Reference for UE-V](uev-technical-reference.md)
+- [UE-V Release Notes](uev-release-notes-1607.md)
+- [Prepare a UE-V Deployment](uev-prepare-for-deployment.md)
+- [Administer UE-V](uev-administering-uev.md)
+- [Migrating settings packages](uev-migrating-settings-packages.md)
+- [Technical Reference for UE-V](uev-technical-reference.md)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-using-uev-with-application-virtualization-applications.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-using-uev-with-application-virtualization-applications.md
index 85bc1b7d3c..3a5c9b6c5a 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-using-uev-with-application-virtualization-applications.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-using-uev-with-application-virtualization-applications.md
@@ -1,25 +1,12 @@
 ---
 title: Using UE-V with Application Virtualization applications
 description: Learn how to use User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) with Microsoft Application Virtualization (App-V).
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.collection:
- - tier3
- - must-keep
-ms.date: 04/19/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
+ms.date: 1/25/2024
 ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
 ---
 
-
 # Using UE-V with Application Virtualization applications
 
-**Applies to**
--   Windows 10, version 1607
-
 User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) supports Microsoft Application Virtualization (App-V) applications without any required modifications to either the App-V package or the UE-V template. However, another step is required because you can't run the UE-V template generator directly on a virtualized App-V application. Instead, you must install the application locally, generate the template, and then apply the template to the virtualized application. UE-V supports App-V for Windows 10 packages and App-V 5.0 packages.
 
 ## UE-V settings synchronization for App-V applications
@@ -28,16 +15,15 @@ UE-V monitors when an application opens by the program name and, optionally, by
 
  **To implement settings synchronization for a virtualized application**
 
-1.  Run the UE-V template generator to collect the settings of the locally installed application whose settings you want to synchronize between computers. This process creates a settings location template. If you use a built-in template such as a Microsoft Office template, skip this step. For more information about using the UE-V template generator, see [Deploy UE-V for custom applications](uev-deploy-uev-for-custom-applications.md).
+1. Run the UE-V template generator to collect the settings of the locally installed application whose settings you want to synchronize between computers. This process creates a settings location template. If you use a built-in template such as a Microsoft Office template, skip this step. For more information about using the UE-V template generator, see [Deploy UE-V for custom applications](uev-deploy-uev-for-custom-applications.md).
+1. Install the App-V application package if you haven't already done so.
 
-2.  Install the App-V application package if you haven't already done so.
-
-3.  Publish the template to the location of your settings template catalog or manually install the template by using the `Register-UEVTemplate` Windows PowerShell cmdlet.
+1. Publish the template to the location of your settings template catalog or manually install the template by using the `Register-UEVTemplate` Windows PowerShell cmdlet.
 
     > [!NOTE]
     > If you publish the newly created template to the settings template catalog, the client does not receive the template until the sync provider updates the settings. To manually start this process, open **Task Scheduler**, expand **Task Scheduler Library**, expand **Microsoft**, and expand **UE-V**. In the results pane, right-click **Template Auto Update**, and then click **Run**.
 
-4.  Start the App-V package.
+1. Start the App-V package.
 
 ## Related topics
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-whats-new-in-uev-for-windows.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-whats-new-in-uev-for-windows.md
index fa2083f4ad..83e3ffd473 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-whats-new-in-uev-for-windows.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-whats-new-in-uev-for-windows.md
@@ -1,24 +1,12 @@
 ---
 title: What's New in UE-V for Windows 10, version 1607
 description: Learn about what's new in User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) for Windows 10, including new features and capabilities.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.collection:
- - tier3
- - must-keep
-ms.date: 04/19/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
+ms.date: 1/25/2024
 ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
 ---
 
 # What's new in UE-V
 
-**Applies to**
--   Windows 10, version 1607
-
 User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) for Windows 10, version 1607, includes these new features and capabilities compared to UE-V 2.1. For more information about the UE-V for Windows 10, version 1607 release, see [UE-V Release notes](uev-release-notes-1607.md).
 
 ## UE-V is a feature in Windows 10
@@ -28,35 +16,33 @@ With Windows 10, version 1607 and later releases, UE-V is included with Windows
 The changes in UE-V for Windows 10, version 1607 impact already existing implementations of UE-V in the following ways:
 
 - The UE-V Agent is replaced by the UE-V service. The UE-V service is installed with Windows 10, version 1607 and no longer has to be deployed separately. Performing an in-place upgrade to Windows 10, version 1607, on user devices automatically installs the UE-V service, migrates users' UE-V configurations, and updates the settings storage path.
-
-- The UE-V template generator is available from the Windows 10 ADK. In previous releases of UE-V, the template generator was included in the Microsoft Desktop Optimization Pack. Although you'll need to use the new template generator to create new settings location templates, existing settings location templates will continue to work. 
-
-- The Company Settings Center was removed and is no longer available on user devices. Users can no longer manage their synchronized settings. 
-
+- The UE-V template generator is available from the Windows 10 ADK. In previous releases of UE-V, the template generator was included in the Microsoft Desktop Optimization Pack. Although you'll need to use the new template generator to create new settings location templates, existing settings location templates will continue to work.
+- The Company Settings Center was removed and is no longer available on user devices. Users can no longer manage their synchronized settings.
 - The inbox templates such as Office 2016 and IE 10 are included as a part of Windows 10 and need to be manually registered with Powershell or Group policy before use.
 
 For more information about how to configure an existing UE-V installation after upgrading user devices to Windows 10, see [Upgrade to UE-V for Windows 10](uev-upgrade-uev-from-previous-releases.md).
 
-> **Important**  You can upgrade your existing UE-V installation to Windows 10 from UE-V versions 2.1 or 2.0 only. If you are using a previous version of UE-V, you'll need to upgrade from that version to UE-V 2.x before you upgrade to Windows 10.
+> [!IMPORTANT]
+> You can upgrade your existing UE-V installation to Windows 10 from UE-V versions 2.1 or 2.0 only. If you are using a previous version of UE-V, you'll need to upgrade from that version to UE-V 2.x before you upgrade to Windows 10.
 
 ## New UE-V template generator is available from the Windows 10 ADK
 
-UE-V for Windows 10 includes a new template generator, available from a new location. If you're upgrading from an existing UE-V installation, you’ll need to use the new generator to create settings location templates. The UE-V for Windows 10 template generator is now available in the [Windows 10 Assessment and Deployment Kit](https://developer.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/hardware/windows-assessment-deployment-kit) (Windows ADK).
+UE-V for Windows 10 includes a new template generator, available from a new location. If you're upgrading from an existing UE-V installation, you'll need to use the new generator to create settings location templates. The UE-V for Windows 10 template generator is now available in the [Windows 10 Assessment and Deployment Kit](https://developer.microsoft.com/windows/hardware/windows-assessment-deployment-kit) (Windows ADK).
 
 ## Company Settings Center removed in UE-V for Windows 10, version 1607
 
 In previous versions of UE-V, users could select which of their customized application settings to synchronize with the Company Settings Center, a user interface that was available on user devices. Additionally, administrators could configure the Company Settings Center to include a link to support resources so that users could easily get support on virtualized settings-related issues.
 
-With the release of Windows 10, version 1607, the Company Settings Center was removed and users can no longer manage their synchronized settings. 
+With the release of Windows 10, version 1607, the Company Settings Center was removed and users can no longer manage their synchronized settings.
 
-Administrators can still define which user-customized application settings can synchronize (roam) with Group Policy or Windows PowerShell.  
+Administrators can still define which user-customized application settings can synchronize (roam) with Group Policy or Windows PowerShell.
 
 >[!Note]
 >With the removal of the Company Settings Center, the following group policies are no longer applicable:
 
--   Contact IT Link Text
--   Contact IT URL
--   Tray Icon
+- Contact IT Link Text
+- Contact IT URL
+- Tray Icon
 
 ## Compatibility with Microsoft Enterprise State Roaming
 
@@ -66,18 +52,15 @@ In hybrid cloud environments, UE-V can roam Win32 applications on-premises while
 
 To configure UE-V to roam Windows desktop and application data only, change the following group policies:
 
--   Disable "Roam Windows settings" group policy
-
--   Enable "Do not synchronize Windows Apps" group policy
+- Disable "Roam Windows settings" group policy
+- Enable "Do not synchronize Windows Apps" group policy
 
 For more information about using UE-V with Enterprise State Roaming, see [Settings and data roaming FAQ](/azure/active-directory/devices/enterprise-state-roaming-faqs#what-are-the-roaming-settings-options-for-existing-windows-desktop-applications-).
 
 Additionally, to enable Windows 10 and UE-V to work together, configure these policy settings in the Microsoft User Experience Virtualization node:
 
--   Enable "Do Not Synchronize Windows Apps"
-
--   Disable "Sync Windows Settings"
-
+- Enable "Do Not Synchronize Windows Apps"
+- Disable "Sync Windows Settings"
 
 ## Settings Synchronization Behavior Changed in UE-V for Windows 10
 
@@ -96,40 +79,33 @@ Users can now print to their saved network printers from any network device, inc
 
 Printer roaming in UE-V requires one of these scenarios:
 
--   The print server can download the required driver when it roams to a new device.
+- The print server can download the required driver when it roams to a new device.
+- The driver for the roaming network printer is pre-installed on any device that needs to access that network printer.
+- The printer driver can be imported from Windows Update.
 
--   The driver for the roaming network printer is pre-installed on any device that needs to access that network printer.
-
--   The printer driver can be imported from Windows Update.
-
-> [!Note]
+> [!NOTE]
 > The UE-V printer roaming feature doesn't roam printer settings or preferences, such as printing double-sided.
 
 ## Office 2016 Settings Location Template
 
 UE-V for Windows 10, version 1607 includes the Microsoft Office 2016 settings location template with improved Outlook signature support. We've added synchronization of default signature settings for new, reply, and forwarded emails. Users no longer have to choose the default signature settings.
 
-> [!Note]
+> [!NOTE]
 > An Outlook profile must be created on any device on which a user wants to synchronize their Outlook signature. If the profile is not already created, the user can create one and then restart Outlook on that device to enable signature synchronization.
 
-UE-V works with Office 365 to determine whether Office 2016 settings are roamed by Office 365. If settings are roamed by Office 365, they aren't roamed by UE-V. For more information, see [Overview of user and roaming settings for Microsoft Office](/previous-versions/office/office-2013-resource-kit/jj733593(v=office.15)).
+UE-V works with Office 365 to determine whether Office 2016 settings are roamed by Office 361. If settings are roamed by Office 365, they aren't roamed by UE-V. For more information, see [Overview of user and roaming settings for Microsoft Office](/previous-versions/office/office-2013-resource-kit/jj733593(v=office.15)).
 
 To enable settings synchronization using UE-V, do one of the following steps:
 
--   Use Group Policy to disable Office 365 synchronization
-
--   Don't enable the Office 365 synchronization experience during Office 2013 installation
+- Use Group Policy to disable Office 365 synchronization
+- Don't enable the Office 365 synchronization experience during Office 2013 installation
 
 UE-V includes Office 2016, Office 2013, and Office 2010 templates.
 
 ## Related topics
 
 - [Microsoft User Experience Virtualization](uev-for-windows.md)
-
 - [Get Started with UE-V](uev-getting-started.md)
-
 - [Prepare a UE-V Deployment](uev-prepare-for-deployment.md)
-
 - [User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) Release Notes](uev-release-notes-1607.md) for Windows 10, version 1607
-
 - [Upgrade to UE-V for Windows 10](uev-upgrade-uev-from-previous-releases.md)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-working-with-custom-templates-and-the-uev-generator.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-working-with-custom-templates-and-the-uev-generator.md
index 8fca3e87fa..2c13953d7d 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-working-with-custom-templates-and-the-uev-generator.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-working-with-custom-templates-and-the-uev-generator.md
@@ -1,59 +1,40 @@
 ---
 title: Working with Custom UE-V Templates and the UE-V Template Generator
 description: Create your own custom settings location templates by working with Custom User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) Templates and the UE-V Template Generator.
-author: aczechowski
-ms.prod: windows-client
-ms.collection:
- - tier3
- - must-keep
-ms.date: 04/19/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.author: aaroncz
+ms.date: 1/25/2024
 ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
 ---
 
-
 # Working with custom UE-V templates and the UE-V template generator
 
-**Applies to**
--   Windows 10
-
 User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) uses XML files called ***settings location templates*** to monitor and synchronize application settings and Windows settings between user devices. By default, some settings location templates are included in UE-V. However, if you want to synchronize settings for desktop applications other than those settings included in the default templates, you can create your own custom settings location templates with the UE-V template generator. You can also edit or validate custom settings location templates with the UE-V template generator.
 
 Use the UE-V template generator to monitor, discover, and capture the locations where Win32 applications store settings. The template generator doesn't create settings location templates for the following types of applications:
 
--   Virtualized applications
--   Applications that are offered through Terminal Services
--   Java applications
--   Windows applications
+- Virtualized applications
+- Applications that are offered through Terminal Services
+- Java applications
+- Windows applications
 
 ## Standard and non-standard settings locations
 
-The UE-V template generator helps you identify where applications search for settings files and registry settings that applications use to store settings information. The generator discovers settings only in locations that are accessible to a standard user. Settings that are stored in other locations are excluded. 
+The UE-V template generator helps you identify where applications search for settings files and registry settings that applications use to store settings information. The generator discovers settings only in locations that are accessible to a standard user. Settings that are stored in other locations are excluded.
 
 Discovered settings are grouped into two categories: **Standard** and **Non-standard**. Standard settings are recommended for synchronization, and UE-V can readily capture and apply them. Non-standard settings can potentially synchronize settings but, because of the rules that UE-V uses, these settings might not consistently or dependably synchronize settings. These settings might depend on temporary files, result in unreliable synchronization, or might not be useful. These settings locations are presented in the UE-V template generator. You can choose to include or exclude them on a case-by-case basis.
 
 The UE-V template generator opens the application as part of the discovery process. The generator can capture settings in the following locations:
 
--   **Registry Settings** - Registry locations under **HKEY\_CURRENT\_USER**
-
--   **Application Settings Files** - Files that are stored under \\ **Users** \\ \[User name\] \\ **AppData** \\ **Roaming**
+- **Registry Settings** - Registry locations under **HKEY_CURRENT_USER**
+- **Application Settings Files** - Files that are stored under \ **Users** \ [User name] \ **AppData** \ **Roaming**
 
 The UE-V template generator excludes locations, which commonly store application software files, but don't synchronize well between user computers or environments. The UE-V template generator excludes these locations. Excluded locations are as follows:
 
--   HKEY\_CURRENT\_USER registry keys and files to which the logged-on user can't write values
-
--   HKEY\_CURRENT\_USER registry keys and files that are associated with the core functionality of the Windows operating system
-
--   All registry keys that are located in the HKEY\_LOCAL\_MACHINE hive, which requires administrator rights and might require to set a User Account Control (UAC) agreement
-
--   Files that are located in Program Files directories, which requires administrator rights and might require to set a UAC agreement
-
--   Files that are located under Users \\ \[User name\] \\ AppData \\ LocalLow
-
--   Windows operating system files that are located in %Systemroot%, which requires administrator rights and might require to set a UAC agreement
+- HKEY_CURRENT_USER registry keys and files to which the logged-on user can't write values
+- HKEY_CURRENT_USER registry keys and files that are associated with the core functionality of the Windows operating system
+- All registry keys that are located in the HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE hive, which requires administrator rights and might require to set a User Account Control (UAC) agreement
+- Files that are located in Program Files directories, which requires administrator rights and might require to set a UAC agreement
+- Files that are located under Users \ [User name] \ AppData \ LocalLow
+- Windows operating system files that are located in %Systemroot%, which requires administrator rights and might require to set a UAC agreement
 
 If registry keys and files that are stored in these locations are required to synchronize application settings, you can manually add the excluded locations to the settings location template during the template creation process.
 
@@ -63,56 +44,45 @@ Use the UE-V template generator to edit settings location templates. When the re
 
 ### To edit a UE-V settings location template with the UE-V template generator
 
-1.  Open the **Start** menu and navigate to **Windows Kits** > **Microsoft User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) Template Generator** to open the template generator.
+1. Open the **Start** menu and navigate to **Windows Kits** > **Microsoft User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) Template Generator** to open the template generator.
+1. Click **Edit a settings location template**.
+1. In the list of recently used templates, select the template to be edited. Alternatively, click **Browse** to search for the settings template file. Click **Next** to continue.
+1. Review the **Properties**, **Registry** locations, and **Files** locations for the settings template. Edit as required.
 
-2.  Click **Edit a settings location template**.
+    - On the **Properties** tab, you can view and edit the following properties:
 
-3.  In the list of recently used templates, select the template to be edited. Alternatively, click **Browse** to search for the settings template file. Click **Next** to continue.
+        - **Application name** The application name that is written in the description of the program file properties.
 
-4.  Review the **Properties**, **Registry** locations, and **Files** locations for the settings template. Edit as required.
+        - **Program name** The name of the program that is taken from the program file properties. This name usually has the .exe file name extension.
 
-    -   On the **Properties** tab, you can view and edit the following properties:
+        - **Product version** The product version number of the .exe file of the application. This property, together with the **File version**, helps determine which applications are targeted by the settings location template. This property accepts a major version number. If this property is empty, then the settings location template applies to all versions of the product.
 
-        -   **Application name** The application name that is written in the description of the program file properties.
+        - **File version** The file version number of the .exe file of the application. This property, along with the **Product version**, helps determine which applications are targeted by the settings location template. This property accepts a major version number. If this property is empty, the settings location template applies to all versions of the program.
 
-        -   **Program name** The name of the program that is taken from the program file properties. This name usually has the .exe file name extension.
+        - **Template author name** (optional) The name of the settings template author.
 
-        -   **Product version** The product version number of the .exe file of the application. This property, together with the **File version**, helps determine which applications are targeted by the settings location template. This property accepts a major version number. If this property is empty, then the settings location template applies to all versions of the product.
+        - **Template author email** (optional) The email address of the settings location template author.
 
-        -   **File version** The file version number of the .exe file of the application. This property, along with the **Product version**, helps determine which applications are targeted by the settings location template. This property accepts a major version number. If this property is empty, the settings location template applies to all versions of the program.
+    - The **Registry** tab lists the **Key** and **Scope** of the registry locations that are included in the settings location template. You can edit the registry locations by using the **Tasks** drop-down menu. In the Tasks menu, you can add new keys, edit the name or scope of existing keys, delete keys, and browse the registry in which the keys are located. When you define the scope for the registry, you can use the **All Settings** scope to include all the registry settings under the specified key. Use **All Settings** and **Subkeys** to include all the registry settings under the specified key, subkeys, and subkey settings.
 
-        -   **Template author name** (optional) The name of the settings template author.
+    - The **Files** tab lists the file path and file mask of the file locations that are included in the settings location template. You can edit the file locations by using the **Tasks** drop-down menu. In the **Tasks** menu for file locations, you can add new files or folder locations, edit the scope of existing files or folders, delete files or folders, and open the selected location in Windows Explorer. To include all files in the specified folder, leave the file mask empty.
 
-        -   **Template author email** (optional) The email address of the settings location template author.
-
-    -   The **Registry** tab lists the **Key** and **Scope** of the registry locations that are included in the settings location template. You can edit the registry locations by using the **Tasks** drop-down menu. In the Tasks menu, you can add new keys, edit the name or scope of existing keys, delete keys, and browse the registry in which the keys are located. When you define the scope for the registry, you can use the **All Settings** scope to include all the registry settings under the specified key. Use **All Settings** and **Subkeys** to include all the registry settings under the specified key, subkeys, and subkey settings.
-
-    -   The **Files** tab lists the file path and file mask of the file locations that are included in the settings location template. You can edit the file locations by using the **Tasks** drop-down menu. In the **Tasks** menu for file locations, you can add new files or folder locations, edit the scope of existing files or folders, delete files or folders, and open the selected location in Windows Explorer. To include all files in the specified folder, leave the file mask empty.
-
-5.  Click **Save** to save the changes to the settings location template.
-
-6.  Click **Close** to close the Settings Template Wizard. Exit the UE-V template generator application.
+1. Click **Save** to save the changes to the settings location template.
+1. Click **Close** to close the Settings Template Wizard. Exit the UE-V template generator application.
 
     After you edit the settings location template for an application, you should test the template. Deploy the revised settings location template in a lab environment before you put it into production in the enterprise.
 
 ### How to manually edit a settings location template
 
-1.  Create a local copy of the settings location template .xml file. UE-V settings location templates are .xml files that identify the locations where application store settings values.
-
+1. Create a local copy of the settings location template .xml file. UE-V settings location templates are .xml files that identify the locations where application store settings values.
     > [!NOTE]
     > A settings location template is unique because of the template **ID**. If you copy the template and rename the .xml file, template registration fails because UE-V reads the template **ID** tag in the .xml file to determine the name, not the file name of the .xml file. UE-V also reads the **Version** number to know if anything has changed. If the version number is higher, UE-V updates the template.
-     
-2.  Open the settings location template file with an XML editor.
-
-3.  Edit the settings location template file. All changes must conform to the UE-V schema file that is defined in [SettingsLocationTempate.xsd](uev-application-template-schema-reference.md). By default, a copy of the .xsd file is located in \\ProgramData\\Microsoft\\UEV\\Templates.
-
-4.  Increment the **Version** number for the settings location template.
-
-5.  Save the settings location template file, and then close the XML editor.
-
-6.  Validate the modified settings location template file by using the UE-V template generator.
-
-7.  You must register the edited UE-V settings location template before it can synchronize settings between client computers. To register a template, open Windows PowerShell, and then run the following cmdlet: `update-uevtemplate [templatefilename]`. You can then copy the file to the settings storage catalog. The UE-V Agent on users' computers should then update as scheduled in the scheduled task.
+1. Open the settings location template file with an XML editor.
+1. Edit the settings location template file. All changes must conform to the UE-V schema file that is defined in [SettingsLocationTempate.xsd](uev-application-template-schema-reference.md). By default, a copy of the .xsd file is located in \ProgramData\Microsoft\UEV\Templates.
+1. Increment the **Version** number for the settings location template.
+1. Save the settings location template file, and then close the XML editor.
+1. Validate the modified settings location template file by using the UE-V template generator.
+1. You must register the edited UE-V settings location template before it can synchronize settings between client computers. To register a template, open Windows PowerShell, and then run the following cmdlet: `update-uevtemplate [templatefilename]`. You can then copy the file to the settings storage catalog. The UE-V Agent on users' computers should then update as scheduled in the scheduled task.
 
 ## Validate settings location templates with the UE-V template generator
 
@@ -120,35 +90,15 @@ It's possible to create or edit settings location templates in an XML editor wit
 
 To validate a UE-V settings location template with the UE-V template generator:
 
-1.  Open the **Start** menu and navigate to **Windows Kits** > **Microsoft User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) Template Generator** to open the template generator.
-
-2.  Click **Validate a settings location template**.
-
-3.  In the list of recently used templates, select the template to be edited. Alternatively, you can **Browse** to the settings template file. Click **Next** to continue.
-
-4.  Click **Validate** to continue.
-
-5.  Click **Close** to close the Settings Template Wizard. Exit the UE-V template generator application.
+1. Open the **Start** menu and navigate to **Windows Kits** > **Microsoft User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) Template Generator** to open the template generator.
+1. Click **Validate a settings location template**.
+1. In the list of recently used templates, select the template to be edited. Alternatively, you can **Browse** to the settings template file. Click **Next** to continue.
+1. Click **Validate** to continue.
+1. Click **Close** to close the Settings Template Wizard. Exit the UE-V template generator application.
 
     After you validate the settings location template for an application, you should test the template. Deploy the template in a lab environment before you put it into a production environment in enterprise.
 
-## Next steps
-
-## Share settings location templates with the Template Gallery
-
-The [User Experience Virtualization Template Gallery](https://gallery.technet.microsoft.com/site/search?f%5B0%5D.Type=RootCategory&f%5B0%5D.Value=UE-V&f%5B0%5D.Text=UE-V) enables administrators to share their UE-V settings location templates. Upload your settings location templates to the gallery for other users to use, and download templates that other users have created.
-
-Before you share a settings location template on the UE-V template gallery, ensure it doesn't contain any personal or company information. You can use any XML viewer to open and view the contents of a settings location template file. The following template values should be reviewed before you share a template with anyone outside your company.
-
--   Template Author Name – Specify a general, non-identifying name for the template author name or exclude this data from the template.
-
--   Template Author Email – Specify a general, non-identifying template author email or exclude this data from the template.
-
-Before you deploy any settings location template that you've downloaded from the UE-V gallery, you should first test the template to ensure that the application settings synchronize settings correctly in a test environment.
-
-
 ## Related topics
 
 [Administering UE-V](uev-administering-uev.md)
-
 [Use UE-V with custom applications](uev-deploy-uev-for-custom-applications.md)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/toc.yml b/windows/configuration/wcd/toc.yml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6ccbe0c362
--- /dev/null
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/toc.yml
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+items:
+- name: Windows Configuration Designer provisioning settings (reference)
+  href: wcd.md
+- name: Changes to settings in Windows Configuration Designer
+  href: wcd-changes.md
+- name: AccountManagement
+  href: wcd-accountmanagement.md
+- name: Accounts
+  href: wcd-accounts.md 
+- name: ADMXIngestion
+  href: wcd-admxingestion.md 
+- name: AssignedAccess
+  href: wcd-assignedaccess.md 
+- name: Browser
+  href: wcd-browser.md 
+- name: CellCore
+  href: wcd-cellcore.md
+- name: Cellular
+  href: wcd-cellular.md 
+- name: Certificates
+  href: wcd-certificates.md 
+- name: CleanPC
+  href: wcd-cleanpc.md 
+- name: Connections
+  href: wcd-connections.md 
+- name: ConnectivityProfiles
+  href: wcd-connectivityprofiles.md 
+- name: CountryAndRegion
+  href: wcd-countryandregion.md 
+- name: DesktopBackgroundAndColors
+  href: wcd-desktopbackgroundandcolors.md 
+- name: DeveloperSetup
+  href: wcd-developersetup.md 
+- name: DeviceFormFactor
+  href: wcd-deviceformfactor.md  
+- name: DeviceManagement
+  href: wcd-devicemanagement.md  
+- name: DeviceUpdateCenter
+  href: wcd-deviceupdatecenter.md
+- name: DMClient
+  href: wcd-dmclient.md 
+- name: EditionUpgrade
+  href: wcd-editionupgrade.md
+- name: FirewallConfiguration
+  href: wcd-firewallconfiguration.md 
+- name: FirstExperience
+  href: wcd-firstexperience.md 
+- name: Folders
+  href: wcd-folders.md  
+- name: HotSpot
+  href: wcd-hotspot.md
+- name: KioskBrowser
+  href: wcd-kioskbrowser.md  
+- name: Licensing
+  href: wcd-licensing.md 
+- name: Location
+  href: wcd-location.md  
+- name: Maps
+  href: wcd-maps.md 
+- name: NetworkProxy
+  href: wcd-networkproxy.md 
+- name: NetworkQOSPolicy
+  href: wcd-networkqospolicy.md 
+- name: OOBE
+  href: wcd-oobe.md 
+- name: Personalization
+  href: wcd-personalization.md 
+- name: Policies
+  href: wcd-policies.md 
+- name: Privacy
+  href: wcd-privacy.md  
+- name: ProvisioningCommands
+  href: wcd-provisioningcommands.md
+- name: SharedPC
+  href: wcd-sharedpc.md 
+- name: SMISettings
+  href: wcd-smisettings.md 
+- name: Start
+  href: wcd-start.md
+- name: StartupApp
+  href: wcd-startupapp.md 
+- name: StartupBackgroundTasks
+  href: wcd-startupbackgroundtasks.md 
+- name: StorageD3InModernStandby
+  href: wcd-storaged3inmodernstandby.md
+- name: SurfaceHubManagement
+  href: wcd-surfacehubmanagement.md
+- name: TabletMode
+  href: wcd-tabletmode.md  
+- name: TakeATest
+  href: wcd-takeatest.md
+- name: Time
+  href: wcd-time.md
+- name: UnifiedWriteFilter
+  href: wcd-unifiedwritefilter.md 
+- name: UniversalAppInstall
+  href: wcd-universalappinstall.md 
+- name: UniversalAppUninstall
+  href: wcd-universalappuninstall.md 
+- name: UsbErrorsOEMOverride
+  href: wcd-usberrorsoemoverride.md
+- name: WeakCharger
+  href: wcd-weakcharger.md  
+- name: WindowsHelloForBusiness
+  href: wcd-windowshelloforbusiness.md
+- name: WindowsTeamSettings
+  href: wcd-windowsteamsettings.md 
+- name: WLAN
+  href: wcd-wlan.md 
+- name: Workplace
+  href: wcd-workplace.md
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-accountmanagement.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-accountmanagement.md
index 0b571541ae..9ae273a3e2 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-accountmanagement.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-accountmanagement.md
@@ -1,16 +1,8 @@
 ---
-title: AccountManagement (Windows 10)
+title: AccountManagement
 description: This section describes the account management settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.date: 04/30/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # AccountManagement (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -21,16 +13,15 @@ Use these settings to configure the Account Manager service.
 
 | Settings | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
 | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| [DeletionPolicy](#deletionpolicy) |  |  | ✔️ |  |
-| [EnableProfileManager](#enableprofilemanager) |  |  | ✔️ |  |
-| [ProfileInactivityThreshold](#profileinactivitythreshold) |  |  | ✔️ |  |
-| [StorageCapacityStartDeletion](#storagecapacitystartdeletion) |  |  | ✔️ |  |
-| [StorageCapacityStopDeletion](#storagecapacitystopdeletion) |  |  | ✔️ |  |
+| [DeletionPolicy](#deletionpolicy) |  |  | ✅ |  |
+| [EnableProfileManager](#enableprofilemanager) |  |  | ✅ |  |
+| [ProfileInactivityThreshold](#profileinactivitythreshold) |  |  | ✅ |  |
+| [StorageCapacityStartDeletion](#storagecapacitystartdeletion) |  |  | ✅ |  |
+| [StorageCapacityStopDeletion](#storagecapacitystopdeletion) |  |  | ✅ |  |
 
 >[!NOTE]
 >Although the AccountManagement settings are available in advanced provisioning for other editions, you should only use them for HoloLens devices.
 
-
 ## DeletionPolicy
 
 Use this setting to set a policy for deleting accounts.
@@ -43,7 +34,6 @@ Use this setting to set a policy for deleting accounts.
 
 Set as **True** to enable automatic account management. If this is not set to **True**, no automatic account management will occur.
 
-
 ## ProfileInactivityThreshold
 
 If you set **DeletionPolicy** as **Delete at storage capacity threshold and profile inactivity threshold**, use this setting to configure the number of days after which an account that has not signed in will be deleted.
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-accounts.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-accounts.md
index 20e2c8f6fc..69e8725d39 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-accounts.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-accounts.md
@@ -1,16 +1,8 @@
 ---
-title: Accounts (Windows 10)
+title: Accounts
 description: This section describes the account settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.date: 04/30/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # Accounts (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -20,11 +12,10 @@ Use these settings to join a device to an Active Directory domain or a Microsoft
 ## Applies to
 
 | Setting groups | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: | 
-| [Azure](#azure) | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |  |
-| [ComputerAccount](#computeraccount) | ✔️ | ✔️ |   |  ✔️ |
-| [Users](#users) | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |  |
-
+| --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
+| [Azure](#azure) | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |  |
+| [ComputerAccount](#computeraccount) | ✅ | ✅ |   |  ✅ |
+| [Users](#users) | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |  |
 
 ## Azure
 
@@ -44,7 +35,7 @@ Specifies the settings you can configure when joining a device to a domain, incl
 | --- | --- | --- |
 | Account | String  | Account to use to join computer to domain  |
 | AccountOU | Enter the full path for the organizational unit. For example: OU=testOU,DC=domain,DC=Domain,DC=com.  | Name of organizational unit for the computer account  |
-| ComputerName | On desktop PCs, this setting specifies the DNS hostname of the computer (Computer Name) up to 63 characters. Use `%RAND:x%` to generate x number of random digits in the name, where x must be a number less than 63. For domain-joined computers, the unique name must use `%RAND:x%`. Use `%SERIAL%` to generate the name with the `computer's` serial number embedded. If the serial number exceeds the character limit, it will be truncated from the beginning of the sequence. The character restriction limit doesn't count the length of the macros, including `%RAND:x%` and `%SERIAL%`. This setting is supported only in Windows 10, version 1803 and later. To change this setting in Windows 10 version 1709 and earlier releases, use the **ComputerName** setting under **Accounts**. | Specifies the name of the Windows device (computer name on PCs)  |
+| ComputerName | On desktop PCs, this setting specifies the DNS hostname of the computer (Computer Name) up to 63 characters. Use `%RAND:x%` to generate x number of random digits in the name, where x must be a number less than 61. For domain-joined computers, the unique name must use `%RAND:x%`. Use `%SERIAL%` to generate the name with the `computer's` serial number embedded. If the serial number exceeds the character limit, it will be truncated from the beginning of the sequence. The character restriction limit doesn't count the length of the macros, including `%RAND:x%` and `%SERIAL%`. This setting is supported only in Windows 10, version 1803 and later. To change this setting in Windows 10 version 1709 and earlier releases, use the **ComputerName** setting under **Accounts**. | Specifies the name of the Windows device (computer name on PCs)  |
 | DomainName | String (can't be empty) | Specify the name of the domain that the device will join  |
 | Password | String (can't be empty) | Corresponds to the password of the user account that's authorized to join the computer account to the domain.  |
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-admxingestion.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-admxingestion.md
index 9af5c203a8..b5e3447233 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-admxingestion.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-admxingestion.md
@@ -1,98 +1,74 @@
 ---
-title: ADMXIngestion (Windows 10)
+title: ADMXIngestion
 description: This section describes the ADMXIngestion settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.date: 09/06/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # ADMXIngestion (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
 
-Starting in Windows 10, version 1703, you can import (*ingest*) Group Policy administrative templates (ADMX files) and configure values for ADMX-backed policies in a provisioning package. To see which types of ADMX-backed policies can be applied, see [Win32 and Desktop Bridge app policy configuration overview](/windows/client-management/mdm/win32-and-centennial-app-policy-configuration). 
+Starting in Windows 10, version 1703, you can import (*ingest*) Group Policy administrative templates (ADMX files) and configure values for ADMX-backed policies in a provisioning package. To see which types of ADMX-backed policies can be applied, see [Win32 and Desktop Bridge app policy configuration overview](/windows/client-management/mdm/win32-and-centennial-app-policy-configuration).
+
+- The settings under [ConfigADMXInstalledPolicy](#configadmxinstalledpolicy) allow you to set values for policies in the imported ADMX file.
 
-- The settings under [ConfigADMXInstalledPolicy](#configadmxinstalledpolicy) allow you to set values for policies in the imported ADMX file. 
 - The settings under [ConfigOperations](#configoperations) specify the ADMX file to be imported.
 
-
 >[!IMPORTANT]
 >Only device scope policies (class="Machine" or class="Both") can be set using a provisioning package.
 
 ## Applies to
 
 | Setting groups | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Enterprise |
-| --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| [ConfigADMXInstalledPolicy](#configadmxinstalledpolicy)  | ✔️ |  |  | ✔️ |
-| [ConfigOperations](#configoperations)  | ✔️ |  |   | ✔️ |
+|--|:-:|:-:|:-:|:-:|
+| [ConfigADMXInstalledPolicy](#configadmxinstalledpolicy) | ✅ |  |  | ✅ |
+| [ConfigOperations](#configoperations) | ✅ |  |  | ✅ |
 
 ## ConfigOperations
 
 Use **ConfigOperations** to import ADMX policies from an ADMX file.
 
-1. Enter an app name, and then click **Add**. 
-
+1. Enter an app name, and then click **Add**.
     This can be any name you assign, so choose something descriptive to help you identify its purpose. For example, if you are importing ADMX for Chromium Edge, enter an app name.
-    
     Example, `MSEdgeEfficiencyMode`
-
-2. Select the app name in the Customizations pane, select a setting type, and then click **Add**. 
-
-    The choices, **Policy** and **Preference**, have no impact on the behavior of the settings, and are only provided for your convenience should you want to categorize the settings you add. 
-    
-3. Select the setting type in the Customizations pane. In the **AdmxFileUid** field, enter the name of the ADMX file or a unique ID for the file, and then click **Add**.
-
-    The **AdmxFileUid** can be any string, but must be unique in the provisioning package. Using the name of the ADMX file will help you identify the file in the future. 
-    
+1. Select the app name in the Customizations pane, select a setting type, and then click **Add**.
+    The choices, **Policy** and **Preference**, have no impact on the behavior of the settings, and are only provided for your convenience should you want to categorize the settings you add.
+1. Select the setting type in the Customizations pane. In the **AdmxFileUid** field, enter the name of the ADMX file or a unique ID for the file, and then click **Add**.
+    The **AdmxFileUid** can be any string, but must be unique in the provisioning package. Using the name of the ADMX file will help you identify the file in the future.
     Example, `MSEdgeEfficiencyMode`
 
     >[!NOTE]
-    >Keeping the AdmxFileUid and AppName the same will help prevent authorizing errors. 
+    >Keeping the AdmxFileUid and AppName the same will help prevent authorizing errors.
 
-4. Select the AdmxFileUid in the Customizations pane, and paste the contents of the ADMX file in the text field. Before copying the contents of the ADMX file, you must convert it to a single-line. See [Convert multi-line to single line](#convert) for instructions.
+1. Select the AdmxFileUid in the Customizations pane, and paste the contents of the ADMX file in the text field. Before copying the contents of the ADMX file, you must convert it to a single-line. See [Convert multi-line to single line](#convert) for instructions.
 
     >[!NOTE]
-    >When you have a large ADMX file, you may want to only include specific settings. Instead of pasting in the entire ADMX file, you can paste just one or more specific policies (after converting them to single-line).  
-    
+    >When you have a large ADMX file, you may want to only include specific settings. Instead of pasting in the entire ADMX file, you can paste just one or more specific policies (after converting them to single-line).
+
     Example, EfficiencyMode
     ```XML
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         
     ```
-    
-5. Repeat for each ADMX, or set of ADMX policies, that you want to add, and then configure [ConfigADMXInstalledPolicy](#configadmxinstalledpolicy) for each one.
+
+1. Repeat for each ADMX, or set of ADMX policies, that you want to add, and then configure [ConfigADMXInstalledPolicy](#configadmxinstalledpolicy) for each one.
 
 
 
-
 ## ConfigADMXInstalledPolicy
 
 >[!IMPORTANT]
->Configure the settings to import the ADMX file in [ConfigOperations](#configoperations) first. 
+>Configure the settings to import the ADMX file in [ConfigOperations](#configoperations) first.
 
 In **ConfigADMXInstalledPolicy**, you provide a policy setting and value for that policy from the imported ADMX. You will need information from the ADMX that you import in **ConfigOperations** to complete **ConfigADMXInstalledPolicy**.
 
 1. Enter an area name, and then click **Add**. The structure of the area name is the following:
-
     `~~`
-    
-    See [Category and policy in ADMX](#category-and-policy-in-admx) for more information. A setting may have multiple levels of category names, as in the following example. 
-    
+    See [Category and policy in ADMX](#category-and-policy-in-admx) for more information. A setting may have multiple levels of category names, as in the following example.
     Example: `MSEdgeEfficiencyMode~Policy~microsoft_edge~Performance`
-    
-2. Select the area name in the Customization pane, enter a policy name from the ADMX, and then click **Add**. 
-
+1. Select the area name in the Customization pane, enter a policy name from the ADMX, and then click **Add**.
     Example, `EfficiencyMode`.
-
-3. Select the policy name in the Customization pane, and then enter a value from the ADMX in the text field. 
-
+1. Select the policy name in the Customization pane, and then enter a value from the ADMX in the text field.
     Example, ``.
 
-
 ## Category and policy in ADMX
 
 The following samples show the ADMX file for Chromium Edge used in the examples in the procedures above. The first sample highlights the category names.
@@ -141,7 +117,6 @@ The next sample highlights the specific policy.
 ```
 
 
-
 ## Convert multi-line to single line
 
 Use the following PowerShell cmdlet to remove carriage returns and line feeds from a multi-line file to create a single-line file that you can paste in **AdmxFileUid**.
@@ -153,6 +128,7 @@ $inputFile = "input.admx"
 ```
 
 ## Configuration Samples
+
 Example: Edge Efficiency Mode
 ```XML
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-assignedaccess.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-assignedaccess.md
index 0e3964d49e..5e4bc0c513 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-assignedaccess.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-assignedaccess.md
@@ -1,16 +1,8 @@
 ---
-title: AssignedAccess (Windows 10)
+title: AssignedAccess
 description: This section describes the AssignedAccess setting that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.date: 04/30/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # AssignedAccess (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -20,14 +12,13 @@ Use this setting to configure single use (kiosk) devices.
 ## Applies to
 
 | Setting | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| [AssignedAccessSettings](#assignedaccesssettings)  | ✔️ |  | ✔️ |  |
-| [MultiAppAssignedAccessSettings](#multiappassignedaccesssettings) | ✔️ |  | ✔️ |  |
-
+|--|:-:|:-:|:-:|:-:|
+| [AssignedAccessSettings](#assignedaccesssettings) | ✅ |  | ✅ |  |
+| [MultiAppAssignedAccessSettings](#multiappassignedaccesssettings) | ✅ |  | ✅ |  |
 
 ## AssignedAccessSettings
 
-Enter the account and the application you want to use for Assigned access, using [the AUMID](../find-the-application-user-model-id-of-an-installed-app.md). When that user account signs in on the device, only the specified app will run. 
+Enter the account and the application you want to use for Assigned access, using [the AUMID](../find-the-application-user-model-id-of-an-installed-app.md). When that user account signs in on the device, only the specified app will run.
 
 **Example**:
 
@@ -41,8 +32,8 @@ Enter the account and the application you want to use for Assigned access, using
 Use this setting to configure a kiosk device that runs more than one app.
 
 1. Create an assigned access configuration XML file for multiple apps [(desktop](../lock-down-windows-10-to-specific-apps.md) or [HoloLens)](/hololens/hololens-provisioning).
-2. In Windows Configuration Designer, select **MultiAppAssignedAccessSettings**.
-3. Browse to and select the assigned access configuration XML file.
+1. In Windows Configuration Designer, select **MultiAppAssignedAccessSettings**.
+1. Browse to and select the assigned access configuration XML file.
 
 ## Related topics
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-browser.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-browser.md
index 3168b7df93..9a9a98aa23 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-browser.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-browser.md
@@ -1,16 +1,8 @@
 ---
-title: Browser (Windows 10)
+title: Browser
 description: This section describes the Browser settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.date: 10/02/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # Browser (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -20,13 +12,12 @@ Use to configure browser settings that should only be set by OEMs who are part o
 ## Applies to
 
 | Setting groups | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| [AllowPrelaunch](#allowprelaunch) |  | ✔️ |  |  |
-| [FavoriteBarItems](#favoritebaritems) | ✔️ |  |  |  |
+|--|:-:|:-:|:-:|:-:|
+| [AllowPrelaunch](#allowprelaunch) |  | ✅ |  |  |
+| [FavoriteBarItems](#favoritebaritems) | ✅ |  |  |  |
 | [Favorites](#favorites) |  |  |  |  |
-| [PartnerSearchCode](#partnersearchcode)  | ✔️ | ✔️ |  |  |
-| [SearchProviders](#searchproviders) |   |   |  |  |
-
+| [PartnerSearchCode](#partnersearchcode) | ✅ | ✅ |  |  |
+| [SearchProviders](#searchproviders) |  |  |  |  |
 
 ## AllowPrelaunch
 
@@ -39,13 +30,13 @@ Select between **Prevent Pre-launching** and **Allow Pre-launching**.
 Use to add items to the Favorites Bar in Microsoft Edge.
 
 1. Enter a name for the item, and select **Add**. (The name you enter here's only used to distinguish the group of settings, and isn't shown on the device when the settings are applied.)
-2. In **Available customizations**, select the item that you added, and then configure the following settings for that item:
+1. In **Available customizations**, select the item that you added, and then configure the following settings for that item:
 
-Setting | Description
---- | ---
-ItemFavIconFile | Enter the path to the icon file, local to the device where the browser will run. The icon file must be added to the device to the specified path.
-ItemName | Enter the name for the item, which will be displayed on the Favorites Bar.
-ItemUrl | Enter the target URL for the item.
+| Setting | Description |
+|--|--|
+| ItemFavIconFile | Enter the path to the icon file, local to the device where the browser will run. The icon file must be added to the device to the specified path. |
+| ItemName | Enter the name for the item, which will be displayed on the Favorites Bar. |
+| ItemUrl | Enter the target URL for the item. |
 
 ## Favorites
 
@@ -54,11 +45,9 @@ Use to configure the default list of Favorites that show up in the browser.
 To add a new item under the browser's **Favorites** list:
 
 1. In the **Name** field, enter a friendly name for the item, and then click **Add**.
+1. In the **Available customizations** pane, select the friendly name that you created, and in the text field, enter the URL for the item.
 
-2. In the **Available customizations** pane, select the friendly name that you created, and in the text field, enter the URL for the item.
-
-For example, to include the corporate Web site to the list of browser favorites, a company called Contoso can specify **Contoso** as the value for the name and `http://www.contoso.com` for the URL. 
-
+For example, to include the corporate Web site to the list of browser favorites, a company called Contoso can specify **Contoso** as the value for the name and `http://www.contoso.com` for the URL.
 
 ## PartnerSearchCode
 
@@ -69,16 +58,13 @@ Set the value to a character string that corresponds to the OEM's Partner Search
 
 OEMs who are part of the program only have one PartnerSearchCode which should be used for all Windows 10 for desktop editions images.
 
- 
-
-
 ## SearchProviders
 
 Contains the settings you can use to configure the default and other search providers.
 
 ### Default
 
-Use *Default* to specify a name that matches one of the search providers you enter in [SearchProviderList](#searchproviderlist). If you don't specify a default search provider, this search provider will default to Microsoft Bing. 
+Use *Default* to specify a name that matches one of the search providers you enter in [SearchProviderList](#searchproviderlist). If you don't specify a default search provider, this search provider will default to Microsoft Bing.
 
 #### Specific region guidance
 
@@ -87,17 +73,13 @@ Some countries/regions require specific, default search providers. The following
 >[!NOTE]
 >For Russia + Commonwealth of Independent States (CIS), the independent states consist of Russia, Ukraine, Georgia, The Republic of Azerbaijan, Republic Of Belarus, The Republic of Kazakhstan, The Kyrgyz Republic, The Republic of Moldova, The Republic of Tajikistan, The Republic of Armenia, Turkmenistan, The Republic of Uzbekistan, and Türkiye.
 
-
-
 ### SearchProviderList
 
 Use to specify a list of extra search providers.
 
 1. In the **Name** field, enter a name for the item, and then click **Add**.
-
-2. In the **Available customizations** pane, select the name that you created, and in the text field, enter the URL for the other search provider.
+1. In the **Available customizations** pane, select the name that you created, and in the text field, enter the URL for the other search provider.
 
 For example, to specify Yandex in Russia and Commonwealth of Independent States (CIS), set the value of URL to "https://yandex.ru/search/touch/?text={searchTerm}&clid=2234144".
 
 When configured with multiple search providers, the browser can display up to 10 search providers.
-
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-cellcore.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-cellcore.md
index f9f8b16187..398715ccad 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-cellcore.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-cellcore.md
@@ -1,21 +1,13 @@
 ---
-title: CellCore (Windows 10)
+title: CellCore
 description: This section describes the CellCore settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.date: 10/02/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # CellCore (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
 
->Setting documentation is provided for Windows 10, version 1803 and earlier. CellCore isn't available in Windows 10, version 1809.
+>Setting documentation is provided for Windows 10, version 1803 and earlier. CellCore isn't available in Windows 10, version 1801.
 
 Use to configure settings for cellular data.
 
@@ -23,45 +15,47 @@ Use to configure settings for cellular data.
 >These settings are intended to be used only by manufacturers, mobile operators, and solution providers when configuring devices, and aren't intended for use by administrators in the enterprise.
 
 ## Applies to
-|Setting groups | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core|
-|:---|:---:|:---:|:---:|:---:| 
-|PerDevice: [CellConfigurations](#cellconfigurations)|  |  |  |  |
-|PerDevice: [CellData](#celldata) |✔️|✔️|  |  |
-|PerDevice: [CellUX](#cellux)| ✔️ |✔️| | |
-|PerDevice: [CGDual](#cgdual)|  |  |  | |
-|PerDevice: [eSim](#esim) | ✔️ |  ✔️  |  | |
-|PerDevice: [External](#external)  |  |   |  | |
-|PerDevice: [General](#general)  |  |  |  | |
-|PerDevice: [RCS](#rcs)|  |  |  | |
-|PerDevice: [SMS](#sms)| ✔️ | ✔️  |  |  
-|PerDevice: [UIX](#uix)|  |  |  | |
-|PerDevice: [UTK](#utk)|  |  |  | |
-|PerIMSI: [CellData](#celldata2)|  |  |  |  |
-|PerIMSI: [CellUX](#cellux2)| | | | |
-|PerIMSI: [General](#general2)|  |  |  | |
-|PerIMSI: [RCS](#rcs2)|  |  |  |  |
-|PerIMSI: [SMS](#sms2)|✔️|✔️|  |  | 
-|PerIMSI: [UTK](#utk2)|  |   |  |  |
-|PerIMSI: [VoLTE](#volte)|  |  |  |  |
+
+| Setting groups | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
+|:-|:-:|:-:|:-:|:-:|
+| PerDevice: [CellConfigurations](#cellconfigurations) |  |  |  |  |
+| PerDevice: [CellData](#celldata) | ✅ | ✅ |  |  |
+| PerDevice: [CellUX](#cellux) | ✅ | ✅ |  |  |
+| PerDevice: [CGDual](#cgdual) |  |  |  |  |
+| PerDevice: [eSim](#esim) | ✅ | ✅ |  |  |
+| PerDevice: [External](#external) |  |  |  |  |
+| PerDevice: [General](#general) |  |  |  |  |
+| PerDevice: [RCS](#rcs) |  |  |  |  |
+| PerDevice: [SMS](#sms) | ✅ | ✅ |  |
+| PerDevice: [UIX](#uix) |  |  |  |  |
+| PerDevice: [UTK](#utk) |  |  |  |  |
+| PerIMSI: [CellData](#celldata2) |  |  |  |  |
+| PerIMSI: [CellUX](#cellux2) |  |  |  |  |
+| PerIMSI: [General](#general2) |  |  |  |  |
+| PerIMSI: [RCS](#rcs2) |  |  |  |  |
+| PerIMSI: [SMS](#sms2) | ✅ | ✅ |  |  |
+| PerIMSI: [UTK](#utk2) |  |  |  |  |
+| PerIMSI: [VoLTE](#volte) |  |  |  |  |
 
 ## PerDevice
 
 ### CellConfigurations
 
-1. In **CellConfiguration** > **PropertyGroups**, enter a name for the property group. 
-2. Select the **PropertyGroups** you created in the **Available customizations** pane and then enter a **PropertyName**.
-3. Select the **PropertyName** you created in the **Available customizations** pane, and then select one of the following data types for the property:
+1. In **CellConfiguration** > **PropertyGroups**, enter a name for the property group.
+
+1. Select the **PropertyGroups** you created in the **Available customizations** pane and then enter a **PropertyName**.
+1. Select the **PropertyName** you created in the **Available customizations** pane, and then select one of the following data types for the property:
     - Binary
     - Boolean
     - Integer
     - String
-4. The data type that you selected is added in **Available customizations**. Select it to enter a value for the property.
+1. The data type that you selected is added in **Available customizations**. Select it to enter a value for the property.
 
 ### CellData
 
 |Setting | Description|
 |:--- |:---|
-|CellularFailover | Allow or disallow cellular data failover when in limited Wi-Fi connectivity. By default, if the phone is connected to a Wi-Fi network and the data connection to a site is unsuccessful due to limited Wi-Fi connectivity, the phone will complete the connection to the site using available cellular data networks (when possible) to provide an optimal user experience. When the customization is enabled, a user option to use or not use cellular data for limited Wi-Fi connectivity becomes visible in the **Settings** > **cellular+SIM** screen. This option is automatically set to **don’t use cellular data** when the customization is enabled.|
+|CellularFailover | Allow or disallow cellular data failover when in limited Wi-Fi connectivity. By default, if the phone is connected to a Wi-Fi network and the data connection to a site is unsuccessful due to limited Wi-Fi connectivity, the phone will complete the connection to the site using available cellular data networks (when possible) to provide an optimal user experience. When the customization is enabled, a user option to use or not use cellular data for limited Wi-Fi connectivity becomes visible in the **Settings** > **cellular+SIM** screen. This option is automatically set to **don't use cellular data** when the customization is enabled.|
 |MaxNumberOfPDPContexts | Set a maximum value (1 through 4, inclusive, or 0x1 through 0x4 hexadecimal) for the number of simultaneous packet data protocol (PDP) contexts for 3GPP connections. By default, the OS enforces a maximum of four (4) simultaneous packet data protocol (PDP) contexts for 3GPP connections, and one (1) PDP context for 3GPP2 connections. You can set a different maximum value if required by their mobile operator. The same maximums apply for both roaming and non-roaming scenarios. This maximum does not include packet contexts used internally by the modem.|
 |ModemProfiles > LTEAttachGuids | Set the value for LTEAttachGuid to the OemConnectionId GUID used for the LTE attach profile in the modem. The value is a GUID in the string format *XXXXXXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXXXXXXXXXX*.|
 |PersistAtImaging > DisableAoAc | Enable or disable Always-on/Always-connected (AoAc) on the WWAN adapter.|
@@ -105,11 +99,11 @@ Use to configure settings for cellular data.
 |HighestSpeed4G3GOnly | You can customize the listed names of the connection speeds with their own character codes. To modify "4G or 3G Only" to another character code, change the value of HighestSpeed4G3GOnly. Although there is no limit to the number of characters you can use, if the character code is too long, it will be truncated in the UI.|
 |HighestSpeed4GOnly | You can customize the listed names of the connection speeds with their own character codes. To modify "4G Only" to another character code, change the value of HighestSpeed4GOnly. Although there is no limit to the number of characters you can use, if the character code is too long, it will be truncated in the UI.|
 |HighestSpeedTitle | You can customize the **Highest connection speed** drop-down label in the **Settings** > **Cellular+SIM** > **SIM** settings page. To change the Highest connection speed drop-down label, set HighestSpeedTitle to another string. For example, you can set this to "Preferred connection speed".|
-|IsATTSpecific | Control the roaming text for AT&T devices. AT&T requires the phone to show a particular roaming text to meet their legal and marketing guidelines. By default, if the user chooses **roam** under **Data roaming options** in the **Settings** > **Cellular+SIM** screen, they will see the following text: *Depending on your service agreement, you might pay more when using data roaming.* If you set IsATTSpecific to **Yes**, the following roaming text will be displayed instead: *International data roaming charges apply for data usage outside the United States, Puerto Rico, and United States Virgin Islands. Don’t allow roaming to avoid international data roaming charges.*|
+|IsATTSpecific | Control the roaming text for AT&T devices. AT&T requires the phone to show a particular roaming text to meet their legal and marketing guidelines. By default, if the user chooses **roam** under **Data roaming options** in the **Settings** > **Cellular+SIM** screen, they will see the following text: *Depending on your service agreement, you might pay more when using data roaming.* If you set IsATTSpecific to **Yes**, the following roaming text will be displayed instead: *International data roaming charges apply for data usage outside the United States, Puerto Rico, and United States Virgin Islands. Don't allow roaming to avoid international data roaming charges.*|
 |LTEAttachGUID | Set the value for LTEAttachGuid to the OemConnectionId GUID used for the LTE attach profile in the modem. The value is a GUID in the string format *XXXXXXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXXXXXXXXXX*.|
 |MMSAPNAuthTypeDefault | Select between **Pap** and **Chap** for default MMS APN authentication type.|
 |MMSAPNIPTypeIfHidden | Select between **IPV4**, **IPV6**, **IPV4V6**, and **IPV4V6XLAT** for default MMS APN IP type.|
-|ShowExtendedRejectCodes | When a reject code is sent by the network, partners can specify that extended error messages should be displayed instead of the standard simple error messages. This customization is only intended for use when required by the mobile operator’s network. The short versions of the extended reject message are shown in the following screens:

                  - Phone tile in Start

                  - Call History screen

                  - Dialer

                  - Call Progress screen

                  - Incoming Call screen

                  - As the status string under Settings > cellular+SIM


                  The long version of the extended reject message is shown under the Active Network label in **Settings** > **cellular+SIM**. Select **Yes** to show the extended error message. Select **No** to hide the extended error message. See [Error messages for reject codes](#errorreject) to see the versions of the message.|
+|ShowExtendedRejectCodes | When a reject code is sent by the network, partners can specify that extended error messages should be displayed instead of the standard simple error messages. This customization is only intended for use when required by the mobile operator's network. The short versions of the extended reject message are shown in the following screens:

                  - Phone tile in Start

                  - Call History screen

                  - Dialer

                  - Call Progress screen

                  - Incoming Call screen

                  - As the status string under Settings > cellular+SIM


                  The long version of the extended reject message is shown under the Active Network label in **Settings** > **cellular+SIM**. Select **Yes** to show the extended error message. Select **No** to hide the extended error message. See [Error messages for reject codes](#errorreject) to see the versions of the message.|
 |ShowHighestSpeed3GPreferred | Select **Yes** to show the **3G Preferred** option in the **Highest connection speed** drop-down menu. Select **No** to hide **3G Preferred**.|
 |ShowManualAvoidance | Select **Yes** to show the **Switch to next network manually** button in SIM settings when Mode Selection is CDMA on a C+G dual SIM phone. Select **No** to hide the **Switch to next network manually** button.|
 |ShowPreferredPLMNPage | Select **Yes** to show the preferred public land mobile network (PLMN) page in SIM settings.|
@@ -123,7 +117,7 @@ Use to configure settings for cellular data.
 
 ### CGDual
 
-Use **CGDual** > **RestrictToGlobalMode** to configure settings for global mode on C+G Dual SIM phones. When the device registration changes, if the value for this setting is set, the OS changes the preferred system type to the default preferred system type for world mode. If the phone isn't camped on any network, the OS assumes the phone is on the home network and changes the network registration preference to default mode. 
+Use **CGDual** > **RestrictToGlobalMode** to configure settings for global mode on C+G Dual SIM phones. When the device registration changes, if the value for this setting is set, the OS changes the preferred system type to the default preferred system type for world mode. If the phone isn't camped on any network, the OS assumes the phone is on the home network and changes the network registration preference to default mode.
 
 Select from the following modes:
 
@@ -189,7 +183,7 @@ Configure **FwUpdate** > **AllowedAppIdList** to list apps that are allowed to u
 |OperatorPreferredForFasterRadio | Set Issuer Identification Number (IIN) or partial ICCID of preferred operator for the faster radio. For mobile operators that require more control over the system types that their phones use to connect to the mobile operators' networks, OEMs can map a partial ICCID or an Industry Identification Number (IIN) to the faster radio regardless of which SIM card is chosen for data connectivity. This setting is used only for China. OEMs should not use this setting unless required by the mobile operator. To map a partial ICCID or an IIN to the faster radio regardless of which SIM card is chosen for data connectivity, set the value of OperatorPreferredForFasterRadio to match the IIN or the ICCID, up to 7 digits, of the preferred operator.|
 |PreferredDataProviderList | OEMs can set a list of MCC/MNC pairs for the purchase order (PO) carrier or primary operator. For mobile operators that require it, OEMs can set a list of MCC/MNC pairs for the purchase order (PO) carrier or primary operator so that it can be set as the default data line for phones that have a dual SIM. When the PO SIM is inserted into the phone, the OS picks the PO SIM as the data line and shows a notification to the user that the SIM has been selected for Internet data. If two PO SIMs are inserted, the OS will choose the first PO SIM that was detected as the default data line and the mobile operator action required dialogue (ARD) is shown. If two non-PO SIMs are inserted, the user is prompted to choose the SIM to use as the default data line. Note  OEMs should not set this customization unless required by the mobile operator. To enumerate the MCC/MNC value pairs to use for data connections, set the value for **PreferredDataProviderList**. The value must be a comma-separated list of preferred MCC:MNC values. For example, the value can be 301:026,310:030 and so on.|
 |Slot2DisableAppsList | Disable specified apps from slot 2 on a C+G dual SIM phone. To disable a list of specified apps from Slot 2, set Slot2DisableAppsList to a comma-separated list of values representing the apps. For example, `4,6`.|
-|Slot2ExcludedSystemTypes | Exclude specified system types from SIM cards inserted in Slot 2. For mobile operators that require more control over the system types that their phones use to connect to the mobile operators' networks, OEMs can restrict the second slot in a dual-SIM phone regardless of what apps or executor mapping the second slot is associated with. Note  This setting is used only for China. OEMs should not use this setting unless required by the mobile operator. To allow an operator to simply restrict the second slot in a dual SIM phone regardless of what apps or executor mapping the second slot is associated with, set the value of Slot2ExcludedSystemTypes to the system types to be excluded from the SIM cards inserted in Slot 2. For example, a value of 0x8 specifies RIL_SYSTEMTYPE_UMTS (3G) while 0x10 specifies RIL_SYSTEMTYPE_LTE (4G). To exclude more than one system type, perform a bitwise OR operation on the radio technologies you want to exclude. For example, a bitwise OR operation on RIL_SYSTEMTYPE_LTE (4G) and RIL_SYSTEMTYPE_UMTS (3G) results in the value 11000 (binary) or 0x18 (hexadecimal). In this case, any SIM inserted in Slot 2 will be limited to 2G. For more information about the RIL system types, see [RILSYSTEMTYPE](/previous-versions/windows/hardware/cellular/dn931143(v=vs.85)).|
+|Slot2ExcludedSystemTypes | Exclude specified system types from SIM cards inserted in Slot 1. For mobile operators that require more control over the system types that their phones use to connect to the mobile operators' networks, OEMs can restrict the second slot in a dual-SIM phone regardless of what apps or executor mapping the second slot is associated with. Note  This setting is used only for China. OEMs should not use this setting unless required by the mobile operator. To allow an operator to simply restrict the second slot in a dual SIM phone regardless of what apps or executor mapping the second slot is associated with, set the value of Slot2ExcludedSystemTypes to the system types to be excluded from the SIM cards inserted in Slot 1. For example, a value of 0x8 specifies RIL_SYSTEMTYPE_UMTS (3G) while 0x10 specifies RIL_SYSTEMTYPE_LTE (4G). To exclude more than one system type, perform a bitwise OR operation on the radio technologies you want to exclude. For example, a bitwise OR operation on RIL_SYSTEMTYPE_LTE (4G) and RIL_SYSTEMTYPE_UMTS (3G) results in the value 11000 (binary) or 0x18 (hexadecimal). In this case, any SIM inserted in Slot 2 will be limited to 2G. For more information about the RIL system types, see [RILSYSTEMTYPE](/previous-versions/windows/hardware/cellular/dn931143(v=vs.85)).|
 |SuggestDataRoamingARD | Use to show the data roaming suggestion dialog when roaming and the data roaming setting is set to no roaming.|
 |SuggestGlobalModeARD | Define whether Global Mode is suggested on a C+G dual SIM phone.|
 |SuggestGlobalModeTimeout | To specify the number of seconds to wait for network registration before suggesting global mode, set SuggestGlobalModeTimeout to a value between 1 and 600, inclusive. For example, to set the timeout to 60 seconds, set the value to 60 (decimal) or 0x3C (hexadecimal).|
@@ -208,7 +202,7 @@ Configure **FwUpdate** > **AllowedAppIdList** to list apps that are allowed to u
 |AckExpirySeconds |Set the value, in seconds, for how long to wait for a client ACK before trying to deliver. |
 |DefaultMCC |Set the default mobile country code (MCC).|
 |Encodings > GSM7BitEncodingPage |Enter the code page value for the 7-bit GSM default alphabet encoding. Values:

                  - Code page value: 55000 (Setting value: 0xD6D8)(Code page: default alphabet)
                  - Code page value: 55001 (Setting value: 0xD6D9)(Code page: GSM with single shift for Spanish)
                  - Code page value: 55002 (Setting value: 0xD6DA)(Code page: GSM with single shift for Portuguese)
                  - Code page value: 55003 (Setting value: 0xD6DB)(Code page: GSM with single shift for Turkish)
                  - Code page value: 55004 (Setting value: 0xD6DC)(Code page: SMS Greek Reduction)|
-|Encodings > GSM8BitEncodingPage|Enter the code page value for GSM 8-bit encoding (OEM set). OEM-created code page IDs should be in the range 55050–55099. |
+|Encodings > GSM8BitEncodingPage|Enter the code page value for GSM 8-bit encoding (OEM set). OEM-created code page IDs should be in the range 55050–55091. |
 |Encodings > OctetEncodingPage |Set the octet (binary) encoding.|
 |Encodings > SendUDHNLSS |Set the 7 bit GSM shift table encoding.|
 |Encodings > UseASCII |Set the 7 bit ASCII encoding. Used only for CDMA carriers that use 7-bit ASCII encoding instead of GSM 7-bit encoding.|
@@ -234,7 +228,6 @@ Setting | Description
 SIM1ToUIM1 | Used to show UIM1 as an alternate string instead of SIM1 for the first SIM on C+G dual SIM phones.
 SIMToSIMUIM | Partners can change the string "SIM" to "SIM/UIM" to accommodate scenarios such as Dual Mode cards of SIM cards on the phone. This scenario can provide a better experience for users in some markets. Enabling this customization changes all "SIM" strings to "SIM/UIM".
 
-
 ### UTK
 
 |Setting |Description|
@@ -244,7 +237,7 @@ SIMToSIMUIM | Partners can change the string "SIM" to "SIM/UIM" to accommodate s
 
 ## PerIMSI
 
-Enter an IMSI, click **Add**, and then select the IMSI that you added to configure the following settings. 
+Enter an IMSI, click **Add**, and then select the IMSI that you added to configure the following settings.
 
 ###  CellData
 
@@ -302,10 +295,10 @@ Enter an IMSI, click **Add**, and then select the IMSI that you added to configu
 |HighestSpeed4G3GOnly | You can customize the listed names of the connection speeds with their own character codes. To modify "4G or 3G Only" to another character code, change the value of HighestSpeed4G3GOnly. Although there is no limit to the number of characters you can use, if the character code is too long, it will be truncated in the UI.|
 |HighestSpeed4GOnly | You can customize the listed names of the connection speeds with their own character codes. To modify "4G Only" to another character code, change the value of HighestSpeed4GOnly. Although there is no limit to the number of characters you can use, if the character code is too long, it will be truncated in the UI.|
 |HighestSpeedTitle | You can customize the **Highest connection speed** drop-down label in the **Settings** > **Cellular+SIM** > **SIM** settings page. To change the Highest connection speed drop-down label, set HighestSpeedTitle to another string. For example, you can set this to "Preferred connection speed".|
-|IsATTSpecific | Control the roaming text for AT&T devices. AT&T requires the phone to show a particular roaming text to meet their legal and marketing guidelines. By default, if the user chooses **roam** under **Data roaming options** in the **Settings** > **Cellular+SIM** screen, they will see the following text: *Depending on your service agreement, you might pay more when using data roaming.* If you set IsATTSpecific to **Yes**, the following roaming text will be displayed instead: *International data roaming charges apply for data usage outside the United States, Puerto Rico, and United States Virgin Islands. Don’t allow roaming to avoid international data roaming charges.*|
+|IsATTSpecific | Control the roaming text for AT&T devices. AT&T requires the phone to show a particular roaming text to meet their legal and marketing guidelines. By default, if the user chooses **roam** under **Data roaming options** in the **Settings** > **Cellular+SIM** screen, they will see the following text: *Depending on your service agreement, you might pay more when using data roaming.* If you set IsATTSpecific to **Yes**, the following roaming text will be displayed instead: *International data roaming charges apply for data usage outside the United States, Puerto Rico, and United States Virgin Islands. Don't allow roaming to avoid international data roaming charges.*|
 |LTEAttachGUID | Set the value for LTEAttachGuid to the OemConnectionId GUID used for the LTE attach profile in the modem. The value is a GUID in the string format *XXXXXXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXXXXXXXXXX*.|
 |MMSAPNIPTypeIfHidden | Select between **IPV4**, **IPV6**, **IPV4V6**, and **IPV4V6XLAT** for default MMS APN IP type.|
-|ShowExtendedRejectCodes | When a reject code is sent by the network, partners can specify that extended error messages should be displayed instead of the standard simple error messages. This customization is only intended for use when required by the mobile operator’s network. The short versions of the extended reject message are shown in the following screens:

                  - Phone tile in Start

                  - Call History screen

                  - Dialer

                  - Call Progress screen

                  - Incoming Call screen

                  - As the status string under Settings > cellular+SIM


                  The long version of the extended reject message is shown under the Active Network label in **Settings** > **cellular+SIM**. Select **Yes** to show the extended error message. Select **No** to hide the extended error message. See [Error messages for reject codes](#errorreject) to see the versions of the message.|
+|ShowExtendedRejectCodes | When a reject code is sent by the network, partners can specify that extended error messages should be displayed instead of the standard simple error messages. This customization is only intended for use when required by the mobile operator's network. The short versions of the extended reject message are shown in the following screens:

                  - Phone tile in Start

                  - Call History screen

                  - Dialer

                  - Call Progress screen

                  - Incoming Call screen

                  - As the status string under Settings > cellular+SIM


                  The long version of the extended reject message is shown under the Active Network label in **Settings** > **cellular+SIM**. Select **Yes** to show the extended error message. Select **No** to hide the extended error message. See [Error messages for reject codes](#errorreject) to see the versions of the message.|
 |ShowHighestSpeed3GPreferred | Select **Yes** to show the **3G Preferred** option in the **Highest connection speed** drop-down menu. Select **No** to hide **3G Preferred**.|
 |ShowManualAvoidance | Select **Yes** to show the **Switch to next network manually** button in SIM settings when Mode Selection is CDMA on a C+G dual SIM phone. Select **No** to hide the **Switch to next network manually** button.|
 |ShowPreferredPLMNPage | Select **Yes** to show the preferred public land mobile network (PLMN) page in SIM settings.|
@@ -398,7 +391,7 @@ Set the MultivariantProvisionedSPN value to the name of the SPN or mobile operat
 The following table shows the scenarios supported by this customization.
 
 >[!NOTE]
->In the Default SIM name column: 
+>In the Default SIM name column:
 >
 >- The " " in MultivariantProvisionedSPN" "1234 means that there's a space between the mobile operator name or SPN and the last 4 digits of the MSISDN.
 >- MultivariantProvisionedSPN means the value that you set for the MultivariantProvisionedSPN setting.
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-cellular.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-cellular.md
index 4ea08e6e5b..e7d3af3d20 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-cellular.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-cellular.md
@@ -1,16 +1,8 @@
 ---
-title: Cellular (Windows 10)
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
+title: Cellular
 description: This section describes the Cellular settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
-ms.date: 12/31/2017
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # Cellular (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -23,8 +15,8 @@ Use to configure settings for cellular connections.
 ## Applies to
 
 | Setting groups | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| All settings | ✔️ |  |  |  |
+|--|:-:|:-:|:-:|:-:|
+| All settings | ✅ |  |  |  |
 
 ## PerDevice
 
@@ -62,7 +54,6 @@ Enter a customized string for the appropriate [data class](/windows/desktop/api/
 
 Enter a comma-separated list of mobile country code (MCC) and mobile network code (MCC) pairs (MCC:MNC).
 
-
 ### SignalBarMappingTable
 
 >[!NOTE]
@@ -71,13 +62,12 @@ Enter a comma-separated list of mobile country code (MCC) and mobile network cod
 Use the **SignalBarMappingTable** settings to customize the number of bars displayed based on signal strength. Set a signal strength minimum for each bar number.
 
 1. Expand **SignalBarMappingTable**, select a bar number in **SignalForBars**, and select **Add**.
-2. Select the signal bar number in **Available customizations**, and enter a minimum signal strength value, between 0 and 31.
+1. Select the signal bar number in **Available customizations**, and enter a minimum signal strength value, between 0 and 31.
 
 ### SIMBlockList
 
 Enter a comma-separated list of mobile country code (MCC) and mobile network code (MCC) pairs (MCC:MNC).
 
-
 ### UseBrandingNameOnRoaming
 
 Select an option for displaying the BrandingName when the device is roaming.
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-certificates.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-certificates.md
index b05ce84a8f..d4b4d30199 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-certificates.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-certificates.md
@@ -1,16 +1,8 @@
 ---
-title: Certificates (Windows 10)
+title: Certificates
 description: This section describes the Certificates settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.date: 09/06/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # Certificates (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -27,23 +19,22 @@ Use to deploy Root Certificate Authority (CA) certificates to devices. The follo
 
 | Setting groups | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
 | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| All setting groups | ✔️ |  ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-
+| All setting groups | ✅ |  ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
 
 ## CACertificates
 
 1. In **Available customizations**, select **CACertificates**, enter a friendly name for the certificate, and then click **Add**.
-2. In **Available customizations**, select the name that you created. 
-3. In **CertificatePath**, browse to or enter the path to the certificate.
+1. In **Available customizations**, select the name that you created.
 
+1. In **CertificatePath**, browse to or enter the path to the certificate.
 
 ## ClientCertificates
 
 1. In **Available customizations**, select **ClientCertificates**, enter a friendly name for the certificate, and then click **Add**.
-2. In **Available customizations**, select the name that you created. The following table describes the settings you can configure. Settings in **bold** are required.
+1. In **Available customizations**, select the name that you created. The following table describes the settings you can configure. Settings in **bold** are required.
 
-| Setting | Value | Description | 
-| --- | --- | ---- | 
+| Setting | Value | Description |
+| --- | --- | ---- |
 | **CertificatePassword** | |  |
 | **CertificatePath** |  | Adds the selected certificate to the Personal store on the target device. |
 | ExportCertificate | True or false | Set to **True** to allow certificate export.  |
@@ -52,23 +43,22 @@ Use to deploy Root Certificate Authority (CA) certificates to devices. The follo
 ## RootCertificates
 
 1. In **Available customizations**, select **RootCertificates**, enter a friendly name for the certificate, and then click **Add**.
-2. In **Available customizations**, select the name that you created. 
-3. In **CertificatePath**, browse to or enter the path to the certificate.
+1. In **Available customizations**, select the name that you created.
+1. In **CertificatePath**, browse to or enter the path to the certificate.
 
 ## TrustedPeopleCertificates
 
 1. In **Available customizations**, select **TrustedPeopleCertificates**, enter a friendly name for the certificate, and then click **Add**.
-2. In **Available customizations**, select the name that you created. 
-3. In **TrustedCertificate**, browse to or enter the path to the certificate.
-
+1. In **Available customizations**, select the name that you created.
+1. In **TrustedCertificate**, browse to or enter the path to the certificate.
 
 ## TrustedProvisioners
 
 1. In **Available customizations**, select **TrustedPprovisioners**, enter a CertificateHash, and then click **Add**.
-2. In **Available customizations**, select the name that you created. 
-3. In **TrustedProvisioner**, browse to or enter the path to the certificate.
+1. In **Available customizations**, select the name that you created.
+
+1. In **TrustedProvisioner**, browse to or enter the path to the certificate.
 
 ## Related topics
 
-
 - [RootCATrustedCertficates configuration service provider (CSP)](/windows/client-management/mdm/rootcacertificates-csp)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-changes.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-changes.md
index 32db3b13f7..212647284b 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-changes.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-changes.md
@@ -1,16 +1,8 @@
 ---
-title: Changes to settings in Windows Configuration Designer (Windows 10)
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
+title: Changes to settings in Windows Configuration Designer
 description: This section describes the changes to settings in Windows Configuration Designer in Windows 10, version 1809.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
-ms.date: 12/31/2017
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # Changes to settings in Windows Configuration Designer
@@ -32,7 +24,6 @@ ms.date: 12/31/2017
 
 ## Settings added in Windows 10, version 1809
 
-
 - [Browser > AllowPrelaunch](wcd-browser.md#allowprelaunch)
 - [Browser > FavoriteBarItems](wcd-browser.md#favoritebaritems)
 - [Cellular > SignalBarMappingTable](wcd-cellular.md#signalbarmappingtable)
@@ -40,61 +31,59 @@ ms.date: 12/31/2017
 - [Location](wcd-location.md)
 - [Policies > ApplicationManagement > LaunchAppAfterLogOn](wcd-policies.md#applicationmanagement)
 - [Policies > Authentication:](wcd-policies.md#authentication)
-    - EnableFastFirstSignin
-    - EnableWebSignin
-    - PreferredAadTenantDomainName
+  - EnableFastFirstSignin
+  - EnableWebSignin
+  - PreferredAadTenantDomainName
 - [Policies > Browser:](wcd-policies.md#browser)
-    - AllowFullScreenMode
-    - AllowPrelaunch
-    - AllowPrinting
-    - AllowSavingHistory
-    - AllowSideloadingOfExtensions
-    - AllowTabPreloading
-    - AllowWebContentOnNewTabPage
-    - ConfigureFavoritesBar
-    - ConfigureHomeButton
-    - ConfigureKioskMode
-    - ConfigureKioskResetAfterIdleTimer
-    - ConfigureOpenMicrosoftEdgeWith
-    - ConfigureTelemetryForMicrosoft365
-    - FirstRunURL
-    - PreventCertErrorOverrides 
-    - PreventTurningOffRequiredExtensions
-    - SetHomeButtonURL
-    - SetNewTabPageURL
-    - UnlockHomeButton
+  - AllowFullScreenMode
+  - AllowPrelaunch
+  - AllowPrinting
+  - AllowSavingHistory
+  - AllowSideloadingOfExtensions
+  - AllowTabPreloading
+  - AllowWebContentOnNewTabPage
+  - ConfigureFavoritesBar
+  - ConfigureHomeButton
+  - ConfigureKioskMode
+  - ConfigureKioskResetAfterIdleTimer
+  - ConfigureOpenMicrosoftEdgeWith
+  - ConfigureTelemetryForMicrosoft365
+  - FirstRunURL
+  - PreventCertErrorOverrides
+  - PreventTurningOffRequiredExtensions
+  - SetHomeButtonURL
+  - SetNewTabPageURL
+  - UnlockHomeButton
 - [Policies > DeliveryOptimization:](wcd-policies.md#deliveryoptimization)
-    - DODelayBackgroundDownloadFromHttp
-    - DODelayForegroundDownloadFromHttp
-    - DOGroupIdSource
-    - DOPercentageMaxBackDownloadBandwidth
-    - DOPercentageMaxForeDownloadBandwidth
-    - DORestrictPeerSelectionsBy
-    - DOSetHoursToLimitBackgroundDownloadBandwidth
-    - DOSetHoursToLimitForegroundDownloadBandwidth
+  - DODelayBackgroundDownloadFromHttp
+  - DODelayForegroundDownloadFromHttp
+  - DOGroupIdSource
+  - DOPercentageMaxBackDownloadBandwidth
+  - DOPercentageMaxForeDownloadBandwidth
+  - DORestrictPeerSelectionsBy
+  - DOSetHoursToLimitBackgroundDownloadBandwidth
+  - DOSetHoursToLimitForegroundDownloadBandwidth
 - [Policies > KioskBrowser](wcd-policies.md#kioskbrowser) > EnableEndSessionButton
 - [Policies > Search](wcd-policies.md#search) > DoNotUseWebResults
 - [Policies > System:](wcd-policies.md#system)
-    - DisableDeviceDelete
-    - DisableDiagnosticDataViewer
+  - DisableDeviceDelete
+  - DisableDiagnosticDataViewer
 - [Policies > Update:](wcd-policies.md#update)
-    - AutoRestartDeadlinePeriodInDaysForFeatureUpdates
-    - EngagedRestartDeadlineForFeatureUpdates
-    - EngagedRestartSnoozeScheduleForFeatureUpdates
-    - EngagedRestartTransitionScheduleForFeatureUpdates
-    - ExcludeWUDriversInQualityUpdate
-    - SetDisablePauseUXAccess
-    - SetDisableUXWUAccess
-    - UpdateNotificationLevel
+  - AutoRestartDeadlinePeriodInDaysForFeatureUpdates
+  - EngagedRestartDeadlineForFeatureUpdates
+  - EngagedRestartSnoozeScheduleForFeatureUpdates
+  - EngagedRestartTransitionScheduleForFeatureUpdates
+  - ExcludeWUDriversInQualityUpdate
+  - SetDisablePauseUXAccess
+  - SetDisableUXWUAccess
+  - UpdateNotificationLevel
 - [UnifiedWriteFilter > OverlayFlags](wcd-unifiedwritefilter.md#overlayflags)
 - [UnifiedWriteFilter > ResetPersistentState](wcd-unifiedwritefilter.md#resetpersistentstate)
 - [WindowsHelloForBusiness](wcd-windowshelloforbusiness.md)
 
-
 ## Settings removed in Windows 10, version 1809
 
 - [CellCore](wcd-cellcore.md)
 - [Policies > Browser:](wcd-policies.md#browser)
-    - AllowBrowser
-    - PreventTabReloading
-
+  - AllowBrowser
+  - PreventTabReloading
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-cleanpc.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-cleanpc.md
index d5cf3986fb..2ba7aebdf0 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-cleanpc.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-cleanpc.md
@@ -1,16 +1,8 @@
 ---
-title: CleanPC (Windows 10)
+title: CleanPC
 description: This section describes the CleanPC settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.date: 09/06/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # CleanPC (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -21,10 +13,10 @@ Use to remove user-installed and pre-installed applications, with the option to
 
 | Settings  | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
 | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| CleanPCRetainingUserData | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| CleanPCWithoutRetainingUserData | ✔️ |  |  |  |
+| CleanPCRetainingUserData | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| CleanPCWithoutRetainingUserData | ✅ |  |  |  |
 
-For each setting, the options are **Enable** and **Not configured**. 
+For each setting, the options are **Enable** and **Not configured**.
 
 ## Related topics
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-connections.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-connections.md
index dc3d949232..10e0ea8129 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-connections.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-connections.md
@@ -1,16 +1,8 @@
 ---
-title: Connections (Windows 10)
+title: Connections
 description: This section describes the Connections settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.date: 04/30/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # Connections (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -20,13 +12,13 @@ Use to configure settings related to various types of phone connections.
 ## Applies to
 
 | Setting groups  | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: | 
-| All settings  | ✔️ | ✔️ |  |  |
-
+| --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
+| All settings  | ✅ | ✅ |  |  |
 
 For each setting group:
+
 1. In **Available customizations**, select the setting group (such as **Cellular**), enter a friendly name for the connection, and then click **Add**.
-2. In **Available customizations**, select the name that you created. 
+1. In **Available customizations**, select the name that you created.
 
 ## Cellular
 
@@ -34,12 +26,13 @@ See [CM_CellularEntries configuration service provider (CSP)](/windows/client-ma
 
 ## EnterpriseAPN
 
-See [Configure cellular settings for tablets and PCs](../provisioning-apn.md) and 
+See [Configure cellular settings for tablets and PCs](../cellular/provisioning-apn.md) and
+
 [EnterpriseAPN CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/enterpriseapn-csp) for settings and values.
 
 ## General
 
-Use **General > DataRoam** to set the default value for the **Default roaming options** option in the **Settings > cellular + SIM** area on the device. Select between **DoNotRoam**, **DomesticRoaming**, or **InternationalRoaming**. 
+Use **General > DataRoam** to set the default value for the **Default roaming options** option in the **Settings > cellular + SIM** area on the device. Select between **DoNotRoam**, **DomesticRoaming**, or **InternationalRoaming**.
 
 ## Policies
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-connectivityprofiles.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-connectivityprofiles.md
index e66ad72ff5..78b91ceeb0 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-connectivityprofiles.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-connectivityprofiles.md
@@ -1,16 +1,8 @@
 ---
-title: ConnectivityProfiles (Windows 10)
+title: ConnectivityProfiles
 description: This section describes the ConnectivityProfile settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.date: 04/30/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # ConnectivityProfiles (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -21,21 +13,21 @@ Use to configure profiles that a user will connect with, such as an email accoun
 
 | Setting groups  | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
 | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| [Email](#email)  | ✔️ |  ✔️ |  |  |
-| [Exchange](#exchange) | ✔️ |  ✔️ |  |  |
-| [KnownAccounts](#knownaccounts) | ✔️ |  ✔️ |  |  |
-| [VPN](#vpn) | ✔️ |  ✔️ | ✔️ |  |
-| [WiFiSense](#wifisense) | ✔️ | ✔️ |  |  |
-| [WLAN](#wlan) | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |  |
+| [Email](#email)  | ✅ |  ✅ |  |  |
+| [Exchange](#exchange) | ✅ |  ✅ |  |  |
+| [KnownAccounts](#knownaccounts) | ✅ |  ✅ |  |  |
+| [VPN](#vpn) | ✅ |  ✅ | ✅ |  |
+| [WiFiSense](#wifisense) | ✅ | ✅ |  |  |
+| [WLAN](#wlan) | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |  |
 
 ## Email
 
-Specify an email account to be automatically set up on the device. 
+Specify an email account to be automatically set up on the device.
 
 1. In **Available customizations**, select **Email**, enter a friendly name for the account, and then click **Add**.
-2. In **Available customizations**, select the name that you created. The following table describes the settings you can configure for each account. Settings in **bold** are required.
+1. In **Available customizations**, select the name that you created. The following table describes the settings you can configure for each account. Settings in **bold** are required.
 
-| Setting | Description | 
+| Setting | Description |
 | --- | --- |
 | **AccountType** | Select between **Normal email** and **Visual voice mail** |
 | AuthForOutgoingMail | Set to **True** if the outgoing server requires authentication |
@@ -61,27 +53,26 @@ Specify an email account to be automatically set up on the device.
 
 Configure settings related to Exchange email server. These settings are related to the [ActiveSync configuration service provider (CSP)](/windows/client-management/mdm/activesync-csp).
 
-
 1. In **Available customizations**, select **Exchange**, enter a name for the account, and then click **Add**. A globally unique identifier (GUID) is generated for the account.
-2. In **Available customizations**, select the GUID that you created. The following table describes the settings you can configure. Settings in **bold** are required.
+1. In **Available customizations**, select the GUID that you created. The following table describes the settings you can configure. Settings in **bold** are required.
 
-| Setting | Description | 
-| --- | --- |
+| Setting | Description |
+|--|--|
 | AccountIcon | Specify the location of the icon associated with the account.

                  The account icon can be used as a tile in the Start list or as an icon in the applications list under **Settings > Email & accounts**. Some icons are already provided on the device. The suggested icon for POP/IMAP or generic ActiveSync accounts is at `res://AccountSettingsSharedRes{ScreenResolution}!%s.genericmail.png`. The suggested icon for Exchange Accounts is at `res://AccountSettingsSharedRes{ScreenResolution}!%s.office.outlook.png`. Custom icons can be added if desired. |
 | **AccountName** | Enter the name that refers to the account on the device |
 | **AccountType** | Select **Exchange** |
 | **DiagnosticLogging** | Select whether to disable logging, enable basic logging, or enable advanced logging |
 | Domain | Enter the domain name of the Exchange server |
 | **EmailAddress** | Enter the email address associated with the Exchange ActiveSync account. |
-| **MailAgeFilter** | Specify the time window used for syncing email items to the device. Available values are:

                  - All email is synced
                  - Only email up to three days old is synced
                  -Email up to a week old is synced (default)
                  - Email up to two weeks old is synced
                  - Email up to a month old is synced  |
+| **MailAgeFilter** | Specify the time window used for syncing email items to the device. Available values are:

                  - All email is synced
                  - Only email up to three days old is synced
                  -Email up to a week old is synced (default)
                  - Email up to two weeks old is synced
                  - Email up to a month old is synced |
 | **Password** | Enter the password for the account |
 | **Schedule** | Specify the time until the next sync is performed, in minutes. Available values are:

                  - As items are received (default)
                  - Sync manually
                  - Every 15 minutes
                  - Every 30 minutes
                  - Every 60 minutes |
-| **ServerName**| Enter the server name used by the account |
+| **ServerName** | Enter the server name used by the account |
 | SyncCalendar_Enable | Enable or disable calendar sync |
 | SyncCalendar_Name | If you enable calendar sync, enter **Calendar** |
 | SyncContacts_Enable | Enable or disable contacts sync |
 | SyncContacts_Name | If you enable contacts sync, enter **Contacts** |
-| SyncEmail_Enable| Enable or disable email sync  |
+| SyncEmail_Enable | Enable or disable email sync |
 | SyncEmail_Name | If you enable email sync, enter **Email** |
 | SyncTasks_Enable | Enable or disable tasks sync |
 | SyncTasks_Name | If you enable tasks sync, enter **Tasks** |
@@ -109,10 +100,10 @@ Configure settings to change the default maximum transmission unit ([MTU](#mtu))
 | ProtocolType | Select **VPNProtocolType** |
 | TunnelMTU | Enter the desired MTU size, between **1** and **1500** |
 
-### VPN
+### VPN setting
 
 1. In **Available customizations**, select **VPNSetting**, enter a friendly name for the account, and then click **Add**.
-2. In **Available customizations**, select the name that you created. The following table describes the settings you can configure. Settings in **bold** are required.
+1. In **Available customizations**, select the name that you created. The following table describes the settings you can configure. Settings in **bold** are required.
 
 | Setting | Description |
 | --- | --- |
@@ -129,29 +120,29 @@ Configure settings to change the default maximum transmission unit ([MTU](#mtu))
 
 When **ProfileType** is set to **Native**, the following extra settings are available.
 
-Setting | Description 
---- | ---
-AuthenticationUserMethod | When you set **NativeProtocolType** to **IKEv2**, choose between **EAP** and **MSChapv2**.
-EAPConfiguration | When you set **AuthenticationUserMethod** to **EAP**, enter the HTML-encoded XML to configure EAP. For more information, see [EAP configuration](/windows/client-management/mdm/eap-configuration).
-NativeProtocolType | Choose between **PPTP**, **L2TP**, **IKEv2**, and **Automatic**.
-RoutingPolicyType | Choose between **SplitTunnel**, in which traffic can go over any interface as determined by the networking stack, and **ForceTunnel**, in which all IP traffic must go over the VPN interface.
-Server | Enter the public or routable IP address or DNS name for the VPN gateway. It can point to the external IP of a gateway or a virtual IP for a server farm.
+| Setting | Description |
+|--|--|
+| AuthenticationUserMethod | When you set **NativeProtocolType** to **IKEv2**, choose between **EAP** and **MSChapv2**. |
+| EAPConfiguration | When you set **AuthenticationUserMethod** to **EAP**, enter the HTML-encoded XML to configure EAP. For more information, see [EAP configuration](/windows/client-management/mdm/eap-configuration). |
+| NativeProtocolType | Choose between **PPTP**, **L2TP**, **IKEv2**, and **Automatic**. |
+| RoutingPolicyType | Choose between **SplitTunnel**, in which traffic can go over any interface as determined by the networking stack, and **ForceTunnel**, in which all IP traffic must go over the VPN interface. |
+| Server | Enter the public or routable IP address or DNS name for the VPN gateway. It can point to the external IP of a gateway or a virtual IP for a server farm. |
 
 When **ProfileType** is set to **Third Party**, the following extra settings are available.
 
-Setting | Description
---- |---
-PluginProfileCustomConfiguration | Enter HTML-encoded XML for SSL-VPN plug-in specific configuration, including authentication information that is deployed to the device to make it available for SSL-VPN plug-ins. Contact the plug-in provider for format and other details. Most plug-ins can also configure values based on the server negotiations and defaults.
-PluginProfilePackageFamilyName | Choose between **Pulse Secure VPN**, **F5 VPN Client**, and **SonicWALL Mobile Connect**.
-PluginProfileServerUrlList | Enter a comma-separated list of servers in URL, hostname, or IP format.
+| Setting | Description |
+|--|--|
+| PluginProfileCustomConfiguration | Enter HTML-encoded XML for SSL-VPN plug-in specific configuration, including authentication information that is deployed to the device to make it available for SSL-VPN plug-ins. Contact the plug-in provider for format and other details. Most plug-ins can also configure values based on the server negotiations and defaults. |
+| PluginProfilePackageFamilyName | Choose between **Pulse Secure VPN**, **F5 VPN Client**, and **SonicWALL Mobile Connect**. |
+| PluginProfileServerUrlList | Enter a comma-separated list of servers in URL, hostname, or IP format. |
 
 ## WiFiSense
 
-Configure settings related to Wi-Fi Sense. 
+Configure settings related to Wi-Fi Sense.
 
 ### Config
 
-The **Config** settings are initial settings that can be overwritten when settings are pushed to the device by the cloud. 
+The **Config** settings are initial settings that can be overwritten when settings are pushed to the device by the cloud.
 
 | Setting | Description |
 | --- | --- |
@@ -159,7 +150,7 @@ The **Config** settings are initial settings that can be overwritten when settin
 | WiFiSharingOutlookInitial | Enable or disable sharing of Wi-Fi networks with Outlook contacts |
 | WiFiSharingSkypeInitial | Enable or disable sharing of Wi-Fi networks with Skype contacts |
 
-### FirstBoot 
+### FirstBoot
 
 | Setting | Description |
 | --- | --- |
@@ -167,11 +158,11 @@ The **Config** settings are initial settings that can be overwritten when settin
 | DefaultAutoConnectSharedState | When enabled, the OOBE Wi-Fi Sense checkbox to share networks with contacts will be checked. |
 | WiFiSenseAllowed | Enable or disable Wi-Fi Sense. Wi-Fi Sense features include auto-connect to Wi-Fi hotspots and credential sharing. |
 
-### SystemCapabilities 
+### SystemCapabilities
 
-You can use these settings to configure system capabilities for Wi-Fi adapters, which is a new functionality in Windows 10. These system capabilities are added at image time to ensure that the information is at its most accurate. The capabilities allow the OS to have a better understanding of the underlying hardware that it's running on. Diagnostic data is generated by the system to provide data that can be used to diagnose both software and hardware issues. 
+You can use these settings to configure system capabilities for Wi-Fi adapters, which is a new functionality in Windows 1. These system capabilities are added at image time to ensure that the information is at its most accurate. The capabilities allow the OS to have a better understanding of the underlying hardware that it's running on. Diagnostic data is generated by the system to provide data that can be used to diagnose both software and hardware issues.
 
-| Setting | Description | 
+| Setting | Description |
 | --- | --- |
 | CoexistenceSupport | Specify the type of co-existence that's supported on the device:

                  - **Both**: Both Wi-Fi and Bluetooth work at the same performance level during co-existence
                  - **Wi-Fi reduced**: On a 2X2 system, Wi-Fi performance is reduced to 1X1 level
                  - **Bluetooth centered**: When co-existing, Bluetooth has priority and restricts Wi-Fi performance
                  - **One**: Either Wi-Fi or Bluetooth will stop working  |
 | NumAntennaConnected | Enter the number of antennas that are connected to the WLAN radio |
@@ -179,18 +170,17 @@ You can use these settings to configure system capabilities for Wi-Fi adapters,
 | WLANFunctionLevelDeviceResetSupported | Select whether the device supports functional level device reset (FLDR). The FLDR feature in the OS checks this system capability exclusively to determine if it can run. |
 | WLANPlatformLevelDeviceResetSupported | Select whether the device supports platform level device reset (PLDR). The PLDR feature in the OS checks this system capability exclusively to determine if it can run. |
 
-
 ## WLAN
 
-Configure settings for wireless connectivity.  
+Configure settings for wireless connectivity.
 
 ### Profiles
 
-**To add a profile**
+To add a profile:
 
 1. Create [the wireless profile XML](/windows/win32/nativewifi/wireless-profile-samples).
-2. In **WLAN > Profiles**, browse to and select the profile XML file.
-3. Click **Add**.
+1. In **WLAN > Profiles**, browse to and select the profile XML file.
+1. Click **Add**.
 
 ### WLANXmlSettings
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-countryandregion.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-countryandregion.md
index 8e9f623688..3259c08763 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-countryandregion.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-countryandregion.md
@@ -1,16 +1,8 @@
 ---
-title: CountryAndRegion (Windows 10)
+title: CountryAndRegion
 description: This section describes the CountryAndRegion settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.date: 04/30/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # CountryAndRegion (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -19,8 +11,8 @@ Use to configure a setting that partners must customize to ship Windows devices
 
 ## Applies to
 
-| Setting groups  | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| CountryCodeForExtendedCapabilityPrompts | ✔️  | ✔️ |  |  |
+| Setting groups | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
+|--|:-:|:-:|:-:|:-:|
+| CountryCodeForExtendedCapabilityPrompts | ✅ | ✅ |  |  |
 
-You can set the **CountryCodeForExtendedCapabilityPrompts** setting for **China** to enable additional capability prompts when apps use privacy-sensitive features (such as Contacts or Microphone). 
+You can set the **CountryCodeForExtendedCapabilityPrompts** setting for **China** to enable additional capability prompts when apps use privacy-sensitive features (such as Contacts or Microphone).
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-desktopbackgroundandcolors.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-desktopbackgroundandcolors.md
index 3c88652ff7..87e5f5b3ed 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-desktopbackgroundandcolors.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-desktopbackgroundandcolors.md
@@ -1,16 +1,8 @@
 ---
-title: DesktopBackgroundAndColors (Windows 10)
+title: DesktopBackgroundAndColors
 description: This section describes the DesktopBackgrounAndColors settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.date: 09/21/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # DesktopBackgroundAndColors (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -21,5 +13,4 @@ Do not use. Instead, use the [Personalization settings](wcd-personalization.md).
 
 | Setting groups  | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
 | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| All settings | ✔️  |  |  |  |
-
+| All settings | ✅  |  |  |  |
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-developersetup.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-developersetup.md
index 1820eebc0a..d288154379 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-developersetup.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-developersetup.md
@@ -1,16 +1,8 @@
 ---
-title: DeveloperSetup (Windows 10)
+title: DeveloperSetup
 description: This section describes the DeveloperSetup settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.date: 09/06/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # DeveloperSetup (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -21,9 +13,8 @@ Use to unlock developer mode on HoloLens devices and configure authentication to
 
 | Setting groups  | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
 | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| [EnableDeveloperMode](#developersetupsettings-enabledevelopermode) |   |  | ✔️ |  |
-| [AuthenticationMode](#windowsdeviceportalsettings-authentication-mode) |   |  | ✔️ |  |
-
+| [EnableDeveloperMode](#developersetupsettings-enabledevelopermode) |   |  | ✅ |  |
+| [AuthenticationMode](#windowsdeviceportalsettings-authentication-mode) |   |  | ✅ |  |
 
 ## DeveloperSetupSettings: EnableDeveloperMode
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-deviceformfactor.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-deviceformfactor.md
index eb07550f1f..b695a08394 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-deviceformfactor.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-deviceformfactor.md
@@ -1,16 +1,8 @@
 ---
-title: DeviceFormFactor (Windows 10)
+title: DeviceFormFactor
 description: This section describes the DeviceFormFactor setting that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.date: 04/30/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # DeviceFormFactor (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -21,9 +13,9 @@ Use to identify the form factor of the device.
 
 | Setting   | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
 | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| DeviceForm | ✔️  | ✔️ |  |  |
+| DeviceForm | ✅  | ✅ |  |  |
 
-Specifies the device form factor running Windows 10. Generally, the device form is set by the original equipment manufacturer (OEM), however you might want to change the device form based on its usage in your organization.
+Specifies the device form factor running Windows 1. Generally, the device form is set by the original equipment manufacturer (OEM), however you might want to change the device form based on its usage in your organization.
 
 DeviceForm supports the following features or components:
 
@@ -34,11 +26,11 @@ Select the appropriate form from the dropdown menu.
 
 | Device form | Description |
 | --- | --- |
-| Phone | A typical smartphone combines cellular connectivity, a touch screen, rechargeable power source, and other components into a single chassis. | 
+| Phone | A typical smartphone combines cellular connectivity, a touch screen, rechargeable power source, and other components into a single chassis. |
 | LargeScreen | Microsoft Surface Hub |
 | HMD | (Head-mounted display) A holographic computer that is untethered - no wires, phones, or connection to a PC needed. |
-| IndustryHandheld | A device screen less than 7” diagonal designed for industrial solutions. May or may not have a cellular stack.  |
-| IndustryTablet | A device with an integrated screen greater than 7” diagonal and no attached keyboard designed for industrial solutions as opposed to consumer personal computer. May or may not have a cellular stack. |
+| IndustryHandheld | A device screen less than 7" diagonal designed for industrial solutions. May or may not have a cellular stack.  |
+| IndustryTablet | A device with an integrated screen greater than 7" diagonal and no attached keyboard designed for industrial solutions as opposed to consumer personal computer. May or may not have a cellular stack. |
 | Banking | A machine at a bank branch or another location that enables customers to perform basic banking activities including withdrawing money and checking one's bank balance. |
 | BuildingAutomation | A controller for industrial environments that can include the scheduling and automatic operation of certain systems such as conferencing, heating and air conditioning, and lighting. |
 | DigitalSignage | A computer or playback device that's connected to a large digital screen and displays video or multimedia content for informational or advertising purposes. |
@@ -63,8 +55,3 @@ Select the appropriate form from the dropdown menu.
 | AIO | An All-in-One (AIO) device is an evolution of the traditional desktop with an attached display. |
 | Stick | A device that turns your TV into a Windows computer. Plug the stick into the HDMI slot on the TV and connect a USB or Bluetooth keyboard or mouse. |
 | Puck | A small-size PC that users can use to plug in a monitor and keyboard. |
- 
-
-
-
- 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-devicemanagement.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-devicemanagement.md
index 1f4744f0a1..045dc2a9f8 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-devicemanagement.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-devicemanagement.md
@@ -1,16 +1,8 @@
 ---
-title: DeviceManagement (Windows 10)
+title: DeviceManagement
 description: This section describes the DeviceManagement setting that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.date: 04/30/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # DeviceManagement (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -21,22 +13,22 @@ Use to configure device management settings.
 
 | Setting   | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
 | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| [Accounts](#accounts) | ✔️  | ✔️ |  |  |
-| [PGList](#pglist) | ✔️  | ✔️ |  |  |
-| [Policies](#policies) | ✔️  | ✔️ |  |  |
-| [TrustedProvisioningSource](#trustedprovisioningsource) | ✔️  | ✔️ |  |  |
+| [Accounts](#accounts) | ✅  | ✅ |  |  |
+| [PGList](#pglist) | ✅  | ✅ |  |  |
+| [Policies](#policies) | ✅  | ✅ |  |  |
+| [TrustedProvisioningSource](#trustedprovisioningsource) | ✅  | ✅ |  |  |
 
 ## Accounts
 
 1. In **Available customizations**, select **Accounts**, enter a friendly name for the account, and then click **Add**.
-2. In **Available customizations**, select the account that you created. The following table describes the settings you can configure. Settings in **bold** are required.
+1. In **Available customizations**, select the account that you created. The following table describes the settings you can configure. Settings in **bold** are required.
 
-| Setting | Description | 
+| Setting | Description |
 | --- | --- |
 | **Address** | Enter the OMA DM server address  |
 | **AddressType** | Choose between **IPv4** and **URI** for the type of OMA DM server address. The default value of **URI** specifies that the OMA DM account address is a URI address. A value of **IPv4** specifies that the OMA DM account address is an IP address. |
 | **AppID** | Select **w7** |
-| Authentication > Credentials | 1. Select a credentials level (CLCRED or SRVCRED). A value of **CLCRED** indicates that the credentials client will authenticate itself to the OMA DM server at the OMA DM protocol level. A value of **SRVCRED** indicates that the credentials server will authenticate itself to the OMA DM Client at the OMA DM protocol level. 
                  2. In **Available customizations**, select the level.
                  3. For **Data**, enter the authentication nonce as a Base64 encoded string.
                  4. For **Level**, select **CLCRED** or **SRVCRED**.
                  5. For **Name**, enter the authentication name.
                  6. For **Secret**, enter the password or secret used for authentication.
                  7. For **Type**, select between **Basic**, **Digest**, and **HMAC**. For **CLCRED**, the supported values are **BASIC** and **DIGEST**. For **SRVCRED**, the supported value is **DIGEST**.  |
+| Authentication > Credentials | 1. Select a credentials level (CLCRED or SRVCRED). A value of **CLCRED** indicates that the credentials client will authenticate itself to the OMA DM server at the OMA DM protocol level. A value of **SRVCRED** indicates that the credentials server will authenticate itself to the OMA DM Client at the OMA DM protocol level. 
                  1. In **Available customizations**, select the level.
                  1. For **Data**, enter the authentication nonce as a Base64 encoded string.
                  1. For **Level**, select **CLCRED** or **SRVCRED**.
                  1. For **Name**, enter the authentication name.
                  1. For **Secret**, enter the password or secret used for authentication.
                  1. For **Type**, select between **Basic**, **Digest**, and **HMAC**. For **CLCRED**, the supported values are **BASIC** and **DIGEST**. For **SRVCRED**, the supported value is **DIGEST**.  |
 | AuthenticationPreference | Select between **Basic**, **Digest**, and **HMAC** |
 | BackCompatRetryDisabled | Specify whether to retry resending a package with an older protocol version (for example, 1.1) in the SyncHdr on subsequent attempts (not including the first time). The default value of "FALSE" indicates that backward-compatible retries are enabled. A value of "TRUE" indicates that backward-compatible retries are disabled.  |
 | ConnectionRetries | Enter a number to specify how many retries the DM client performs when there are Connection Manager-level or wininet-level errors. The default value is `3`. |
@@ -56,14 +48,13 @@ Use to configure device management settings.
 | UseHardwareDeviceID | Specify whether to use the hardware ID for the ./DevInfo/DevID parameter in the DM account to identify the device |
 | UseNonceResync | Specify whether the OMA DM client should use the nonce resynchronization procedure if the server trigger notification fails authentication |
 
-
 ## PGList
 
 1. In **Available customizations**, select **PGList**, enter a LogicalProxyName, and then click **Add**.
-2. In **Available customizations**, select the LogicalProxyName that you created, and then select **PhysicalProxies**.
-3. Enter a PhysicalProxyName, and then click **Add**. The following table describes the settings you can configure for the physical proxy and for **Trust**. 
+1. In **Available customizations**, select the LogicalProxyName that you created, and then select **PhysicalProxies**.
+1. Enter a PhysicalProxyName, and then click **Add**. The following table describes the settings you can configure for the physical proxy and for **Trust**.
 
-| Setting | Description | 
+| Setting | Description |
 | --- | --- |
 | Address | Enter the address of the physical proxy |
 | AddressType | Select between **E164**, **IPV4**, and **IPV^** for the format and protocol of the PXADDR element for a physical proxy |
@@ -71,7 +62,6 @@ Use to configure device management settings.
 | PushEnabled | Select whether push operations are enabled  |
 | Trust | Specify whether or not the physical proxies in this logical proxy are privileged  |
 
-
 ## Policies
 
 The following table describes the settings you can configure for **Policies**.
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-deviceupdatecenter.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-deviceupdatecenter.md
index 8c9cbe5372..a4b4ecd9fb 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-deviceupdatecenter.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-deviceupdatecenter.md
@@ -1,24 +1,16 @@
 ---
-title: DeviceUpdateCenter (Windows 10)
+title: DeviceUpdateCenter
 description: This section describes the DeviceUpdateCenter settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
-manager: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
-ms.date: 12/31/2017
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # DeviceUpdateCenter (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
 
-Do not use **DeviceUpdateCenter** settings at this time. 
+Do not use **DeviceUpdateCenter** settings at this time.
 
 ## Applies to
 
 | Setting   | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
 | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| All settings | ✔️  |  |  |  |
-
+| All settings | ✅  |  |  |  |
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-dmclient.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-dmclient.md
index f5169b0cee..fb9ebf7b45 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-dmclient.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-dmclient.md
@@ -1,16 +1,8 @@
 ---
-title: DMClient (Windows 10)
+title: DMClient
 description: This section describes the DMClient setting that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.date: 04/30/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # DMClient (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -21,9 +13,9 @@ Use to specify enterprise-specific mobile device management configuration settin
 
 | Setting   | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
 | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| UpdateManagementServiceAddress | ✔️  | ✔️ |  | ✔️ |
+| UpdateManagementServiceAddress | ✅  | ✅ |  | ✅ |
 
-For the **UpdateManagementServiceAddress** setting, enter a list of servers. The first server in the semi-colon delimited list is the server that will be used to instantiate MDM sessions. 
+For the **UpdateManagementServiceAddress** setting, enter a list of servers. The first server in the semi-colon delimited list is the server that will be used to instantiate MDM sessions.
 
 ## Related topics
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-editionupgrade.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-editionupgrade.md
index 99b9f9fc47..99aa041132 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-editionupgrade.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-editionupgrade.md
@@ -1,16 +1,8 @@
 ---
-title: EditionUpgrade (Windows 10)
+title: EditionUpgrade
 description: This section describes the EditionUpgrade settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.date: 04/30/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # EditionUpgrade (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -21,19 +13,17 @@ Use to upgrade the edition of Windows 10 on the device. [Learn about Windows 10
 
 | Setting  | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
 | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| [ChangeProductKey](#changeproductkey) | ✔️  |  |  |  |
-| [UpgradeEditionWithLicense](#upgradeeditionwithlicense) | ✔️  |  | ✔️ |  |
-| [UpgradeEditionWithProductKey](#upgradeeditionwithproductkey) | ✔️  |  |  |  |
-
+| [ChangeProductKey](#changeproductkey) | ✅  |  |  |  |
+| [UpgradeEditionWithLicense](#upgradeeditionwithlicense) | ✅  |  | ✅ |  |
+| [UpgradeEditionWithProductKey](#upgradeeditionwithproductkey) | ✅  |  |  |  |
 
 ## ChangeProductKey
 
-Enter a product key, which will be used to update the existing product key on the device. 
+Enter a product key, which will be used to update the existing product key on the device.
 
 ## UpgradeEditionWithLicense
 
-Browse to and select a license XML file for the edition upgrade. 
-
+Browse to and select a license XML file for the edition upgrade.
 
 ## UpgradeEditionWithProductKey
 
@@ -43,7 +33,6 @@ If a product key is entered in a provisioning package and the user begins instal
 
 After the device restarts, the edition upgrade process completes. The user will receive a notification of the successful upgrade.
 
-
 ## Related topics
 
 - [WindowsLicensing configuration service provider (CSP)](/windows/client-management/mdm/windowslicensing-csp)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-firewallconfiguration.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-firewallconfiguration.md
index 1310f33c30..bd8fc57ba2 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-firewallconfiguration.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-firewallconfiguration.md
@@ -1,16 +1,8 @@
 ---
-title: FirewallConfiguration (Windows 10)
+title: FirewallConfiguration
 description: This section describes the FirewallConfiguration setting that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.date: 09/06/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # FirewallConfiguration (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -21,10 +13,10 @@ Use to enable AllJoyn router to work on public networks.
 
 | Setting   | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
 | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| EnableAllJoynOnPublicNetwork |   |  |  | ✔️ |
+| EnableAllJoynOnPublicNetwork |   |  |  | ✅ |
 
 Set to **True** or **False**.
 
 ## Related topics
 
-- [AllJoyn – Wikipedia](https://wikipedia.org/wiki/AllJoyn)
+- [AllJoyn - Wikipedia](https://wikipedia.org/wiki/AllJoyn)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-firstexperience.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-firstexperience.md
index 1c2b161ffa..d455bb3512 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-firstexperience.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-firstexperience.md
@@ -1,16 +1,8 @@
 ---
 title: FirstExperience
 description: This section describes the FirstExperience settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.date: 08/08/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # FirstExperience (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -21,7 +13,7 @@ Use these settings to configure the out-of-box experience (OOBE) to set up HoloL
 
 | Setting | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
 | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| All settings |   |  | X |  |
+| All settings |   |  | ✅ |  |
 
 | Setting | Description |
 | --- | --- |
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-folders.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-folders.md
index 05670e0935..6154ff3cdd 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-folders.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-folders.md
@@ -1,16 +1,8 @@
 ---
-title: Folders (Windows 10)
+title: Folders
 description: This section describes the Folders settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.date: 04/30/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # Folders (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -21,6 +13,6 @@ Use to add files to the device.
 
 | Setting   | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
 | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| PublicDocuments | ✔️  | ✔️ |  |  |
+| PublicDocuments | ✅  | ✅ |  |  |
 
 Browse to and select a file or files that will be included in the provisioning package and added to the public profile documents folder on the target device. You can use the **Relative path to directory on target device** field to create a new folder within the public profile documents folder.
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-hotspot.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-hotspot.md
index 0fb6073692..381c7a7cfb 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-hotspot.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-hotspot.md
@@ -1,16 +1,8 @@
 ---
-title: HotSpot (Windows 10)
+title: HotSpot
 description: This section describes the HotSpot settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.date: 12/18/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # HotSpot (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-kioskbrowser.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-kioskbrowser.md
index addcf27aad..d52d635478 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-kioskbrowser.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-kioskbrowser.md
@@ -1,16 +1,8 @@
 ---
-title: KioskBrowser (Windows 10)
+title: KioskBrowser
 description: This section describes the KioskBrowser settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.date: 10/02/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # KioskBrowser (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -21,26 +13,25 @@ Use KioskBrowser settings to configure Internet sharing.
 
 | Setting groups | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
 | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| All settings |  |  |  | ✔️ |
+| All settings |  |  |  | ✅ |
 
 >[!NOTE]
 >To configure Kiosk Browser settings for Windows client, go to [Policies > KioskBrowser](wcd-policies.md#kioskbrowser).
 
-Kiosk Browser settings | Use this setting to
---- | ---
-Blocked URL Exceptions | Specify URLs that people can navigate to, even though the URL is in your blocked URL list. You can use wildcards. 

                  For example, if you want people to be limited to `contoso.com` only, you would add `contoso.com` to blocked URL exception list and then block all other URLs.
-Blocked URLs | Specify URLs that people can't navigate to. You can use wildcards. 

                  If you want to limit people to a specific site, add `https://*` to the blocked URL list, and then specify the site to be allowed in the blocked URL exceptions list.
-Default URL | Specify the URL that Kiosk Browser will open with. **Tip!** Make sure your blocked URLs don't include your default URL.
-Enable Home Button | Show a Home button in Kiosk Browser. Home will return the browser to the default URL.
-Enable Navigation Buttons | Show forward and back buttons in Kiosk Browser.
-Restart on Idle Time | Specify when Kiosk Browser should restart in a fresh state after an amount of idle time since the last user interaction.
+| Kiosk Browser settings | Use this setting to |
+|--|--|
+| Blocked URL Exceptions | Specify URLs that people can navigate to, even though the URL is in your blocked URL list. You can use wildcards. 

                  For example, if you want people to be limited to `contoso.com` only, you would add `contoso.com` to blocked URL exception list and then block all other URLs. |
+| Blocked URLs | Specify URLs that people can't navigate to. You can use wildcards. 

                  If you want to limit people to a specific site, add `https://*` to the blocked URL list, and then specify the site to be allowed in the blocked URL exceptions list. |
+| Default URL | Specify the URL that Kiosk Browser will open with. **Tip!** Make sure your blocked URLs don't include your default URL. |
+| Enable Home Button | Show a Home button in Kiosk Browser. Home will return the browser to the default URL. |
+| Enable Navigation Buttons | Show forward and back buttons in Kiosk Browser. |
+| Restart on Idle Time | Specify when Kiosk Browser should restart in a fresh state after an amount of idle time since the last user interaction. |
 
-> [!IMPORTANT]
-> To configure multiple URLs for **Blocked URL Exceptions** or **Blocked URLs** in Windows Configuration Designer:
-> 
-> 1. Create the provisioning package. When ready to export, close the project in Windows Configuration Designer.
-> 2. Open the customizations.xml file in the project folder (e.g C:\Users\name\Documents\Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (WICD)\Project_18). 
-> 3. Insert the null character string in between each URL (e.g www.bing.com``www.contoso.com). 
-> 4. Save the XML file.
-> 5. Open the project again in Windows Configuration Designer.
-> 6. Export the package. Ensure you do not revisit the created policies under Kiosk Browser or else the null character will be removed.
+To configure multiple URLs for **Blocked URL Exceptions** or **Blocked URLs** in Windows Configuration Designer:
+
+1. Create the provisioning package. When ready to export, close the project in Windows Configuration Designer.
+1. Open the customizations.xml file in the project folder (e.g C:\Users\name\Documents\Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (WICD)\Project_18).
+1. Insert the null character string in between each URL (e.g https://www.bing.com``https://www.contoso.com).
+1. Save the XML file.
+1. Open the project again in Windows Configuration Designer.
+1. Export the package. Ensure you do not revisit the created policies under Kiosk Browser or else the null character will be removed.
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-licensing.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-licensing.md
index a2135a483b..183f46a056 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-licensing.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-licensing.md
@@ -1,28 +1,20 @@
 ---
-title: Licensing (Windows 10)
+title: Licensing
 description: This section describes the Licensing settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.date: 09/06/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # Licensing (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
 
-Use for settings related to Microsoft licensing programs. 
+Use for settings related to Microsoft licensing programs.
 
 ## Applies to
 
 | Setting   | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
 | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| [AllowWindowsEntitlementReactivation](#allowwindowsentitlementreactivation) | ✔️  |  |  |  |
-| [DisallowKMSClientOnlineAVSValidation](#disallowkmsclientonlineavsvalidation) | ✔️  |  |  |  |
+| [AllowWindowsEntitlementReactivation](#allowwindowsentitlementreactivation) | ✅  |  |  |  |
+| [DisallowKMSClientOnlineAVSValidation](#disallowkmsclientonlineavsvalidation) | ✅  |  |  |  |
 
 ## AllowWindowsEntitlementReactivation
 
@@ -30,4 +22,5 @@ Enable or disable Windows license reactivation.
 
 ## DisallowKMSClientOnlineAVSValidation
 
-Enable this setting to prevent the device from sending data to Microsoft regarding its activation state. 
+Enable this setting to prevent the device from sending data to Microsoft regarding its activation state.
+
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-location.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-location.md
index bbc00f2648..577c704fa4 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-location.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-location.md
@@ -1,16 +1,8 @@
 ---
-title: Location (Windows 10)
+title: Location
 description: This section describes the Location settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
-ms.date: 12/31/2017
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # Location (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -21,7 +13,7 @@ Use Location settings to configure location services.
 
 | Setting groups | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
 | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| [EnableLocation](#enablelocation) |  |  |  | ✔️ |
+| [EnableLocation](#enablelocation) |  |  |  | ✅ |
 
 ## EnableLocation
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-maps.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-maps.md
index bf3aeccaf3..df82391f94 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-maps.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-maps.md
@@ -1,30 +1,21 @@
 ---
-title: Maps (Windows 10)
+title: Maps
 description: This section describes the Maps settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
-ms.date: 12/31/2017
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # Maps (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
 
-Use for settings related to Maps. 
+Use for settings related to Maps.
 
 ## Applies to
 
-| Setting   | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| [ChinaVariantWin10](#chinavariantwin10) | ✔️  | ✔️ |  |  |
-| [UseExternalStorage](#useexternalstorage) | ✔️  | ✔️ |  |  |
-| [UseSmallerCache](#usesmallercache) | ✔️  | ✔️ |  |  |
-
+| Setting | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
+|--|:-:|:-:|:-:|:-:|
+| [ChinaVariantWin10](#chinavariantwin10) | ✅ | ✅ |  |  |
+| [UseExternalStorage](#useexternalstorage) | ✅ | ✅ |  |  |
+| [UseSmallerCache](#usesmallercache) | ✅ | ✅ |  |  |
 
 ## ChinaVariantWin10
 
@@ -32,7 +23,6 @@ Use **ChinaVariantWin10** to specify that the Windows device is intended to ship
 
 This customization may result in different maps, servers, or other configuration changes on the device.
 
-
 ## UseExternalStorage
 
 Use to store map data on an SD card.
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-networkproxy.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-networkproxy.md
index 3e2ac6dce1..6f49b60792 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-networkproxy.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-networkproxy.md
@@ -1,35 +1,26 @@
 ---
-title: NetworkProxy (Windows 10)
+title: NetworkProxy
 description: This section describes the NetworkProxy settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
-ms.date: 12/31/2017
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # NetworkProxy (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
 
-Use for settings related to NetworkProxy. 
+Use for settings related to NetworkProxy.
 
 ## Applies to
 
-| Setting   | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| All settings |   | ✔️ |  |  |
-
+| Setting | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
+|--|:-:|:-:|:-:|:-:|
+| All settings |  | ✅ |  |  |
 
 ## AutoDetect
 
-Automatically detect network proxy settings. 
+Automatically detect network proxy settings.
 
-|  Value | Description |
-| --- | --- |
+| Value | Description |
+|--|--|
 | 0 | Disabled. Don't automatically detect settings. |
 | 1 | Enabled. Automatically detect settings. |
 
@@ -38,16 +29,14 @@ Automatically detect network proxy settings.
 Node for configuring a static proxy for Ethernet and Wi-Fi connections. The same proxy server is used for all protocols - including HTTP, HTTPS, FTP, and SOCKS. These settings don't apply to VPN connections.
 
 | Setting | Description |
-| --- | --- |
+|--|--|
 | ProxyAddress | Address to the proxy server. Specify an address in the format `server:port`. |
 | ProxyExceptions | Addresses that shouldn't use the proxy server. The system won't use the proxy server for addresses that begin with the values specified in this node. Use semicolons (;) to separate entries. |
-| UseProxyForLocalAddresses | Whether the proxy server should be used for local (intranet) addresses.

                  - 0 = Disabled. Don't use the proxy server for local addresses.
                  - 1 = Enabled. Use the proxy server for local addresses.  |
-
+| UseProxyForLocalAddresses | Whether the proxy server should be used for local (intranet) addresses.

                  - 0 = Disabled. Don't use the proxy server for local addresses.
                  - 1 = Enabled. Use the proxy server for local addresses. |
 
 ## SetupScriptUrl
 
-Address to the PAC script you want to use. 
-
+Address to the PAC script you want to use.
 
 ## Related topics
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-networkqospolicy.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-networkqospolicy.md
index eb78b8e3fe..1eac44b82c 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-networkqospolicy.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-networkqospolicy.md
@@ -1,38 +1,30 @@
 ---
-title: NetworkQoSPolicy (Windows 10)
+title: NetworkQoSPolicy
 description: This section describes the NetworkQoSPolicy settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
-ms.date: 12/31/2017
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # NetworkQoSPolicy (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
 
-Use to create network Quality of Service (QoS) policies. A QoS policy performs a set of actions on network traffic based on a set of matching conditions. 
+Use to create network Quality of Service (QoS) policies. A QoS policy performs a set of actions on network traffic based on a set of matching conditions.
 
 ## Applies to
 
-| Setting   | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| All settings |   | ✔️ |  |  |
+| Setting | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
+|--|:-:|:-:|:-:|:-:|
+| All settings |  | ✅ |  |  |
 
 1. In **Available customizations**, select **NetworkQoSPolicy**, enter a friendly name for the account, and then click **Add**.
-2. In **Available customizations**, select the name that you just created. The following table describes the settings you can configure. 
+1. In **Available customizations**, select the name that you just created. The following table describes the settings you can configure.
 
 | Setting | Description |
-| --- | --- |
-| AppPathNameMatchCondition | Enter the name of an application to be sued to match the network traffic, such as application.exe or %ProgramFiles%\application.exe.  |
+|--|--|
+| AppPathNameMatchCondition | Enter the name of an application to be sued to match the network traffic, such as application.exe or %ProgramFiles%\application.exe. |
 | DestinationPortMatchCondition | Specify a port or a range of ports to be used to match the network traffic. Valid values are [first port number]-[last port number], or [port number]. |
-| DSCPAction | Enter the differentiated services code point (DSCP) value to apply to match with network traffic. Valid values are 0-63. |
-| IPProtocolMatchCondition | Select between **Both TCP and UDP**, **TCP**, and **UDP** to specify the IP protocol used to match the network traffic.   |
-| PriorityValue8021Action | Specify the IEEE 802.1p value. Valid values are 0 through 7. |
+| DSCPAction | Enter the differentiated services code point (DSCP) value to apply to match with network traffic. Valid values are 0-61. |
+| IPProtocolMatchCondition | Select between **Both TCP and UDP**, **TCP**, and **UDP** to specify the IP protocol used to match the network traffic. |
+| PriorityValue8021Action | Specify the IEEE 802.1p value. Valid values are 0 through 1. |
 | SourcePortMatchCondition | Specify a single port or range of ports. Valid values are [first port number]-[last port number], or [port number]. |
 
 ## Related topics
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-oobe.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-oobe.md
index 61c6c77b95..b5c47a481d 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-oobe.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-oobe.md
@@ -1,16 +1,8 @@
 ---
-title: OOBE (Windows 10)
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
+title: OOBE
 description: This section describes the OOBE settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
-ms.date: 12/31/2017
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # OOBE (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -19,10 +11,10 @@ Use to configure settings for the [Out Of Box Experience (OOBE)](/windows-hardwa
 
 ## Applies to
 
-| Setting   | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: | 
-| [Desktop > EnableCortanaVoice](#enablecortanavoice) | ✔️  |  |  |  |
-| [Desktop > HideOobe](#hideoobe-for-desktop) | ✔️  |  |  |  |
+| Setting | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
+|--|:-:|:-:|:-:|:-:|
+| [Desktop > EnableCortanaVoice](#enablecortanavoice) | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [Desktop > HideOobe](#hideoobe-for-desktop) | ✅ |  |  |  |
 
 ## EnableCortanaVoice
 
@@ -30,10 +22,9 @@ Use this setting to control whether Cortana voice-over is enabled during OOBE. T
 
 ## HideOobe for desktop
 
-When set to **True**, it hides the interactive OOBE flow for Windows 10.
+When set to **True**, it hides the interactive OOBE flow for Windows 1.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > You must create a user account if you set the value to true or the device will not be usable.
 
 When set to **False**, the OOBE screens are displayed.
-
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-personalization.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-personalization.md
index c6ab55142e..839b03e277 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-personalization.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-personalization.md
@@ -1,16 +1,8 @@
 ---
-title: Personalization (Windows 10)
+title: Personalization
 description: This section describes the Personalization settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
-ms.date: 12/31/2017
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # Personalization (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -21,16 +13,16 @@ Use to configure settings to personalize a PC.
 
 | Setting   | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
 | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| [DeployDesktopImage](#deploydesktopimage) | ✔️  |  |  |  |
-| [DeployLockScreenImage](#deploylockscreenimage) | ✔️  |  |  |  |
-| [DesktopImageUrl](#desktopimageurl) | ✔️  |  |  |  |
-| [LockScreenImageUrl](#lockscreenimageurl) | ✔️  |  |  |  |
+| [DeployDesktopImage](#deploydesktopimage) | ✅  |  |  |  |
+| [DeployLockScreenImage](#deploylockscreenimage) | ✅  |  |  |  |
+| [DesktopImageUrl](#desktopimageurl) | ✅  |  |  |  |
+| [LockScreenImageUrl](#lockscreenimageurl) | ✅  |  |  |  |
 
 ## DeployDesktopImage
 
 Deploy a .jpg, .jpeg, or .png image to the device to be used as a desktop image. If you have a local file and want to embed it into the package being deployed, you configure this setting and [DesktopImageUrl](#desktopimageurl).
 
-When using **DeployDesktopImage** and [DeployLockScreenImageFile](#deploylockscreenimage, the file names need to be different. 
+When using **DeployDesktopImage** and [DeployLockScreenImageFile](#deploylockscreenimage, the file names need to be different.
 
 ## DeployLockScreenImage
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-policies.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-policies.md
index 449ba3ba75..6ef6203e11 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-policies.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-policies.md
@@ -1,351 +1,328 @@
 ---
-title: Policies (Windows 10)
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
+title: Policies
 description: This section describes the Policies settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
-ms.date: 12/31/2017
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # Policies (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
 
-This section describes the **Policies** settings that you can configure in [provisioning packages](../provisioning-packages/provisioning-packages.md) for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer. Each setting below links to its supported values, as documented in the [Policy configuration service provider (CSP)](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider).  
+This section describes the **Policies** settings that you can configure in [provisioning packages](../provisioning-packages/provisioning-packages.md) for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer. Each setting below links to its supported values, as documented in the [Policy configuration service provider (CSP)](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider).
 
 ## AboveLock
 
-| Setting | Description | Windows client |  Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | --- | :---: |  :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| [AllowActionCenterNotifications](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#abovelock-allowactioncenternotifications)  | Allow Action Center notifications above the device lock screen. |  |   |  |  |
-| [AllowToasts](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#abovelock-allowtoasts)  | Allow toast notifications above the device lock screen.  | ✔️  |   |   |  |
+| Setting | Description | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
+|--|--|:-:|:-:|:-:|:-:|
+| [AllowActionCenterNotifications](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#abovelock-allowactioncenternotifications) | Allow Action Center notifications above the device lock screen. |  |  |  |  |
+| [AllowToasts](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#abovelock-allowtoasts) | Allow toast notifications above the device lock screen. | ✅ |  |  |  |
 
 ## Accounts
 
-| Setting | Description | Windows client |  Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: | 
-| [AllowAddingNonMicrosoftAccountManually](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#accounts-allowaddingnonmicrosoftaccountsmanually) | Whether users can add non-Microsoft email accounts  | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-| [AllowMicrosoftAccountConnection](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#accounts-allowmicrosoftaccountconnection) | Whether users can use a Microsoft account for non-email-related connection authentication and services  | ✔️ |   | ✔️ |  |
-| [AllowMicrosoftAccountSigninAssistant](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#accounts-allowmicrosoftaccountsigninassistant) | Disable the **Microsoft Account Sign-In Assistant** (wlidsvc) NT service | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [DomainNamesForEmailSync](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#accounts-domainnamesforemailsync) | List of domains that are allowed to sync email on the devices | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-
+| Setting | Description | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
+|--|--|:-:|:-:|:-:|:-:|
+| [AllowAddingNonMicrosoftAccountManually](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#accounts-allowaddingnonmicrosoftaccountsmanually) | Whether users can add non-Microsoft email accounts | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowMicrosoftAccountConnection](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#accounts-allowmicrosoftaccountconnection) | Whether users can use a Microsoft account for non-email-related connection authentication and services | ✅ |  | ✅ |  |
+| [AllowMicrosoftAccountSigninAssistant](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#accounts-allowmicrosoftaccountsigninassistant) | Disable the **Microsoft Account Sign-In Assistant** (wlidsvc) NT service | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [DomainNamesForEmailSync](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#accounts-domainnamesforemailsync) | List of domains that are allowed to sync email on the devices | ✅ |  |  |  |
 
 ## ApplicationDefaults
 
 | Setting | Description | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: | 
-| [DefaultAssociationsConfiguration](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#applicationdefaults-defaultassociationsconfiguration) | Set default file type and protocol associations  | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-
+|--|--|:-:|:-:|:-:|:-:|
+| [DefaultAssociationsConfiguration](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#applicationdefaults-defaultassociationsconfiguration) | Set default file type and protocol associations | ✅ |  |  |  |
 
 ## ApplicationManagement
 
-
 | Setting | Description | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: | 
-| [AllowAllTrustedApps](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#applicationmanagement-allowalltrustedapps) | Whether non-Microsoft Store apps are allowed | ✔️ |   |  | ✔️ |
-| [AllowAppStoreAutoUpdate](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#applicationmanagement-allowappstoreautoupdate)  | Whether automatic update of apps from Microsoft Store is allowed  | ✔️  |   |   | ✔️ |
-| [AllowDeveloperUnlock](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#applicationmanagement-allowdeveloperunlock)  | Whether developer unlock of device is allowed  | ✔️  | ✔️  | ✔️  | ✔️ |
-| [AllowGameDVR](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#applicationmanagement-allowgamedvr)  |Whether DVR and broadcasting are allowed   | ✔️  |  |   |   |  
-| [AllowSharedUserAppData](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#applicationmanagement-allowshareduserappdata)  | Whether multiple users of the same app can share data  | ✔️  |   |   |  |
-| [AllowStore](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#applicationmanagement-allowstore)  | Whether app store is allowed at device  |   |    |   |  |
-| [ApplicationRestrictions](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#applicationmanagement-applicationrestrictions)  | An XML blob that specifies app restrictions, such as an allowlist, disallow list, etc.  |   |   |  |  |
-| [LaunchAppAfterLogOn](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#applicationmanagement-launchappafterlogon)  |Whether to launch an app or apps when the user signs in.   | ✔️  |   |   |  |
-| [RestrictAppDataToSystemVolume](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#applicationmanagement-restrictappdatatosystemvolume)  | Whether app data is restricted to the system drive  | ✔️  |   |   | ✔️ |
-| [RestrictAppToSystemVolume](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#applicationmanagement-restrictapptosystemvolume)  | Whether the installation of apps is restricted to the system drive   | ✔️  |   |   | ✔️ |
-
-
-
+|--|--|:-:|:-:|:-:|:-:|
+| [AllowAllTrustedApps](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#applicationmanagement-allowalltrustedapps) | Whether non-Microsoft Store apps are allowed | ✅ |  |  | ✅ |
+| [AllowAppStoreAutoUpdate](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#applicationmanagement-allowappstoreautoupdate) | Whether automatic update of apps from Microsoft Store is allowed | ✅ |  |  | ✅ |
+| [AllowDeveloperUnlock](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#applicationmanagement-allowdeveloperunlock) | Whether developer unlock of device is allowed | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [AllowGameDVR](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#applicationmanagement-allowgamedvr) | Whether DVR and broadcasting are allowed | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowSharedUserAppData](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#applicationmanagement-allowshareduserappdata) | Whether multiple users of the same app can share data | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowStore](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#applicationmanagement-allowstore) | Whether app store is allowed at device |  |  |  |  |
+| [ApplicationRestrictions](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#applicationmanagement-applicationrestrictions) | An XML blob that specifies app restrictions, such as an allowlist, disallow list, etc. |  |  |  |  |
+| [LaunchAppAfterLogOn](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#applicationmanagement-launchappafterlogon) | Whether to launch an app or apps when the user signs in. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [RestrictAppDataToSystemVolume](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#applicationmanagement-restrictappdatatosystemvolume) | Whether app data is restricted to the system drive | ✅ |  |  | ✅ |
+| [RestrictAppToSystemVolume](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#applicationmanagement-restrictapptosystemvolume) | Whether the installation of apps is restricted to the system drive | ✅ |  |  | ✅ |
 
 ## Authentication
 
-| Setting | Description | Windows client |  Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | --- | :---: |  :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| [AllowFastReconnect](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-authentication#authentication-allowfastreconnect) | Allows EAP Fast Reconnect from being attempted for EAP Method TLS. | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| [EnableFastFirstSignin](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-authentication#authentication-enablefastfirstsignin) | Enables a quick first sign-in experience for a user by automatically connecting new non-admin Azure AD accounts to the pre-configured candidate local accounts. | ✔️ | ✔️ |  | ✔️ |
-| [EnableWebSignin](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-authentication#authentication-enablewebsignin) | Enables Windows sign-in support for non-ADFS federated providers (for example, SAML). | ✔️ |  ✔️ |  | ✔️ |
-| [PreferredAadTenantDomainName](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-authentication#authentication-preferredaadtenantdomainname) | Specifies the preferred domain among available domains in the Azure AD tenant. | ✔️ |  ✔️ |  | ✔️ |
-
+| Setting | Description | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
+|--|--|:-:|:-:|:-:|:-:|
+| [AllowFastReconnect](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-authentication#authentication-allowfastreconnect) | Allows EAP Fast Reconnect from being attempted for EAP Method TLS. | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [EnableFastFirstSignin](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-authentication#authentication-enablefastfirstsignin) | Enables a quick first sign-in experience for a user by automatically connecting new non-admin Azure AD accounts to the pre-configured candidate local accounts. | ✅ | ✅ |  | ✅ |
+| [EnableWebSignin](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-authentication#authentication-enablewebsignin) | Enables Windows sign-in support for non-ADFS federated providers (for example, SAML). | ✅ | ✅ |  | ✅ |
+| [PreferredAadTenantDomainName](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-authentication#authentication-preferredaadtenantdomainname) | Specifies the preferred domain among available domains in the Azure AD tenant. | ✅ | ✅ |  | ✅ |
 
 ## BitLocker
 
 | Setting | Description | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| [EncryptionMethod](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#bitlocker-encryptionmethod)  | Specify BitLocker drive encryption method and cipher strength | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-
+|--|--|:-:|:-:|:-:|:-:|
+| [EncryptionMethod](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#bitlocker-encryptionmethod) | Specify BitLocker drive encryption method and cipher strength | ✅ |  |  |  |
 
 ## Bluetooth
 
-| Setting | Description | Windows client |  Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| [AllowAdvertising](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#bluetooth-allowadvertising)  | Whether the device can send out Bluetooth advertisements | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| [AllowDiscoverableMode](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#bluetooth-allowdiscoverablemode)  | Whether other Bluetooth-enabled devices can discover the device  | ✔️  |  ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| [AllowPrepairing](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#bluetooth-allowprepairing)  | Whether to allow specific bundled Bluetooth peripherals to automatically pair with the host device  | ✔️  | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| AllowPromptedProximalConnections | Whether Windows will prompt users when Bluetooth devices that are connectable are in range of the user's device  | ✔️  |  ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| [LocalDeviceName](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#bluetooth-localdevicename)  | Set the local Bluetooth device name  | ✔️  |  ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| [ServicesAllowedList](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#bluetooth-servicesallowedlist)  | Set a list of allowable services and profiles  | ✔️  |  ✔️  | ✔️  | ✔️ |
+| Setting | Description | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
+|--|--|:-:|:-:|:-:|:-:|
+| [AllowAdvertising](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#bluetooth-allowadvertising) | Whether the device can send out Bluetooth advertisements | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [AllowDiscoverableMode](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#bluetooth-allowdiscoverablemode) | Whether other Bluetooth-enabled devices can discover the device | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [AllowPrepairing](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#bluetooth-allowprepairing) | Whether to allow specific bundled Bluetooth peripherals to automatically pair with the host device | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| AllowPromptedProximalConnections | Whether Windows will prompt users when Bluetooth devices that are connectable are in range of the user's device | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [LocalDeviceName](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#bluetooth-localdevicename) | Set the local Bluetooth device name | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [ServicesAllowedList](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#bluetooth-servicesallowedlist) | Set a list of allowable services and profiles | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
 
 ## Browser
 
 | Setting | Description | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| [AllowAddressBarDropdown](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-allowaddressbardropdown) | Specify whether to allow the address bar drop-down functionality in Microsoft Edge. If you want to minimize network connections from Microsoft Edge to Microsoft services, we recommend disabling this functionality.  | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [AllowAutofill](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-allowautofill)  | Specify whether autofill on websites is allowed.  | ✔️  |  ✔️  |   | ✔️ |
-| [AllowBrowser](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-allowbrowser) | Specify whether the browser is allowed on the device (for Windows 10, version 1803 and earlier only). | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-[AllowConfigurationUpdateForBooksLibrary](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-allowconfigurationupdateforbookslibrary) | Specify whether Microsoft Edge can automatically update the configuration data for the Books Library. | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-| [AllowCookies](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-allowcookies)  | Specify whether cookies are allowed.  | ✔️  |  ✔️  |   | ✔️ |
-| [AllowDeveloperTools](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-allowdevelopertools) | Specify whether employees can use F12 Developer Tools on Microsoft Edge. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [AllowDoNotTrack](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-allowdonottrack)  | Specify whether Do not Track headers are allowed.  | ✔️  |  ✔️  |   | ✔️ |
-| [AllowExtensions](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-allowextensions) | Specify whether Microsoft Edge extensions are allowed. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [AllowFlash](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-allowflash)  | Specify whether Adobe Flash can run in Microsoft Edge.  |  ✔️ |   |   |  |
-| [AllowFlashClickToRun](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-allowflashclicktorun) | Specify whether users must take an action, such as clicking the content or a Click-to-Run button, before seeing content in Adobe Flash. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [AllowFullScreenMode](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-allowfullscreenmode)  | Specify whether full-screen mode is allowed.  | ✔️  |  ✔️  |   | ✔️ |
-| [AllowInPrivate](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-allowinprivate)  | Specify whether InPrivate browsing is allowed on corporate networks.  | ✔️  |  ✔️  |   | ✔️ |
-| [AllowMicrosoftCompatibilityList](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-allowmicrosoftcompatibilitylist) | Specify whether to use the Microsoft compatibility list in Microsoft Edge. | ✔️ |  ✔️ |  | ✔️ |
-| [AllowPasswordManager](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-allowpasswordmanager)  | Specify whether saving and managing passwords locally on the device is allowed.  | ✔️  |  ✔️  |   | ✔️ |
-| [AllowPopups](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-allowpopups) | Specify whether pop-up blocker is allowed or enabled. | ✔️ |  | ✔️ |  |
-| [AllowPrelaunch](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-allowprelaunch)  | Specify whether Microsoft Edge can pre-launch as a background process during Windows startup when the system is idle waiting to be launched by the user.   | ✔️  |    |   |  |
-| [AllowPrinting](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-allowprinting)  | Specify whether users can print web content in Microsoft Edge.   | ✔️  |   ✔️ |   | ✔️ |
-| [AllowSavingHistory](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-allowsavinghistory)  | Specify whether Microsoft Edge saves the browsing history.   | ✔️  |   |   |  |
-| [AllowSearchEngineCustomization](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-allowsearchenginecustomization)  | Allow search engine customization for MDM-enrolled devices.  | ✔️  |  ✔️  |   | ✔️ |
-| [AllowSearchSuggestionsinAddressBar](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-allowsearchsuggestionsinaddressbar) | Specify whether search suggestions are allowed in the address bar. | ✔️ | ✔️ |  | ✔️ |
-| [AllowSideloadingOfExtensions](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-allowsideloadingofextensions)  | Specify whether extensions can be sideloaded in Microsoft Edge.   | ✔️  |   |   |  |
-| [AllowSmartScreen](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-allowsmartscreen)  | Specify whether Windows Defender SmartScreen is allowed.  | ✔️  | ✔️  | ✔️  | ✔️ |
-| [AllowTabPreloading](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-allowtabpreloading)  | Specify whether preloading the Start and New tab pages during Windows sign-in is allowed.   | ✔️  |    |   |  |
-| [AllowWebContentOnNewTabPage](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-allowwebcontentonnewtabpage)  | Specify whether a New tab page opens with the default content or a blank page.   | ✔️  |  ✔️  |   | ✔️ |
-[AlwaysEnableBooksLibrary](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-alwaysenablebookslibrary) | Always show the Books Library in Microsoft Edge. | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-| [ClearBrowsingDataOnExit](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-clearbrowsingdataonexit) | Specify whether to clear browsing data when exiting Microsoft Edge. | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-| [ConfigureAdditionalSearchEngines](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-configureadditionalsearchengines)  | Allows you to add up to five more search engines for MDM-enrolled devices.  | ✔️  |  ✔️  |   | ✔️ |
-| [ConfigureFavoritesBar](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-configurefavoritesbar)  | Specify whether the Favorites bar is shown or hidden on all pages.   | ✔️  |   |   |  |
-| [ConfigureHomeButton](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-configurehomebutton)  | Configure whether the Home button will be shown, and what should happen when it's selected. You should also configure the [SetHomeButtonURL](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-sethomebuttonurl) setting. To configure this setting and also allow users to make changes to the Home button, see the [UnlockHomeButton](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-unlockhomebutton) setting.  | ✔️  |   |   |  |
-| [ConfigureKioskMode](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-configurekioskmode)  | Configure how Microsoft Edge operates when it's running in kiosk mode, either as a single-app kiosk or as one of multiple apps running on the kiosk device.  | ✔️  |   |   |  |
-| [ConfigureKioskResetAfterIdleTimeout](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-configurekioskresetafteridletimeout)  | Specify the time, in minutes, after which Microsoft Edge running in kiosk mode resets to the default kiosk configuration.  | ✔️  |   |   |  |
-| [ConfigureOpenMicrosoftEdgeWith](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-configureopenmicrosoftedgewith)  | Specify which pages should load when Microsoft Edge opens. You should also configure the [ConfigureStartPages](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-configurestartpages) setting and [DisableLockdownOfStartPages](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-disablelockdownofstartpages) setting.  | ✔️  |   |   |  |
-| [ConfigureTelemetryForMicrosoft365Analytics](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-configuretelemetryformicrosoft365analytics)  | Specify whether to send Microsoft Edge browsing history data to Microsoft 365 Analytics.  | ✔️  |    |   |  |
-| [DisableLockdownOfStartPages](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-disablelockdownofstartpages) | Specify whether the lockdown on the Start pages is disabled. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-[EnableExtendedBooksTelemetry](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-enableextendedbookstelemetry) | Enable this setting to send more diagnostic data, on top of the basic diagnostic data, from the Books tab.  | ✔️ | ✔️ |  |  |
-| [EnterpriseModeSiteList](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-enterprisemodesitelist)  | Allow the user to specify a URL of an enterprise site list.  | ✔️  |    |   |  |
-| [EnterpriseSiteListServiceUrl](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-enterprisesitelistserviceurl) | This policy (introduced in Windows 10, version 1507) was deprecated in Windows 10, version 1511 by [Browser/EnterpriseModeSiteList](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-enterprisemodesitelist). | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [FirstRunURL](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-firstrunurl)  | Specify the URL that Microsoft Edge will use when it's opened for the first time.  | ✔️  |   |   |  |
-| [HomePages](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-homepages) | Specify your Start pages for MDM-enrolled devices. | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-[LockdownFavorites](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-lockdownfavorites) | Configure whether employees can add, import, sort, or edit the Favorites list in Microsoft Edge.  | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-| [PreventAccessToAboutFlagsInMicrosoftEdge](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-preventaccesstoaboutflagsinmicrosoftedge)  | Specify whether users can access the **about:flags** page, which is used to change developer settings and to enable experimental features.  | ✔️  |  ✔️  |   | ✔️ |
-| [PreventCertErrorOverrides](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-preventcerterroroverrides)  | Specify whether to override security warnings about sites that have SSL errors.  | ✔️  |   ✔️ |   | ✔️ |
-| [PreventFirstRunPage](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-preventfirstrunpage) | Specify whether to enable or disable the First Run webpage. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [PreventLiveTileDataCollection](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-preventlivetiledatacollection)  | Specify whether Microsoft can collect information to create a Live Tile when pinning a site to Start from Microsoft Edge.  | ✔️  |  ✔️  |   | ✔️ |
-| [PreventSmartScreenPromptOverride](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-preventsmartscreenpromptoverride)  | Specify whether users can override the Windows Defender SmartScreen warnings about potentially malicious websites.  | ✔️  |  ✔️  |   | ✔️ |
-| [PreventSmartScreenPromptOverrideForFiles](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-preventsmartscreenpromptoverrideforfiles) | Specify whether users can override the Windows Defender SmartScreen warnings about downloading unverified files. | ✔️ |  ✔️ |  | ✔️ |
-PreventTabPreloading | Prevent Microsoft Edge from starting and loading the Start and New Tab page at Windows startup and each time Microsoft Edge is closed. Applies to Windows 10, version 1803 and earlier only. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [PreventTurningOffRequiredExtensions](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-forceenabledextensions)  | Enter a list of extensions in Microsoft Edge that users can't turn off, using a semi-colon delimited list of extension package family names.  | ✔️  |   |   |  |
-| [PreventUsingLocalHostIPAddressForWebRTC](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-preventusinglocalhostipaddressforwebrtc)  | Specify whether a user's localhost IP address is displayed while making phone calls using the WebRTC protocol.  | ✔️  |  ✔️  |   | ✔️ |
-[ProvisionFavorites](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-provisionfavorites) | Configure a default set of favorites that will appear for employees. | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-| [SendIntranetTraffictoInternetExplorer](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-sendintranettraffictointernetexplorer) | Specify whether to send intranet traffic to Internet Explorer. | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-| [SetDefaultSearchEngine](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-setdefaultsearchengine) | Configure the default search engine for your employees.  | ✔️  |  ✔️  |   | ✔️ |
-| [SetHomeButtonURL](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-sethomebuttonurl)  | Specify a custom URL for the Home button. You should also enable the [ConfigureHomeButton](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-configurehomebutton) setting and select the **Show the home button; clicking the home button loads a specific URL** option.  | ✔️  |   |   |  |
-| [SetNewTabPageURL](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-setnewtabpageurl)  | Specify a custom URL for a New tab page.  | ✔️  |   |   |  |
-| [ShowMessageWhenOpeningSitesInInternetExplorer](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-showmessagewhenopeningsitesininternetexplorer) | Specify whether users should see a full interstitial page in Microsoft Edge when opening sites that are configured to open in Internet Explorer using the Enterprise Site list. | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-| [SyncFavoritesBetweenIEAndMicrosoftEdge](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-syncfavoritesbetweenieandmicrosoftedge)  | Specify whether favorites are kept in sync between Internet Explorer and Microsoft Edge.  | ✔️  |    |   |  |
-| [UnlockHomeButton](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-unlockhomebutton)  | Specify whether users can make changes to the Home button.  | ✔️  |    |   |  |
-[UseSharedFolderForBooks](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-usesharedfolderforbooks) | Specify whether organizations should use a folder shared across users to store books from the Books Library. | ✔️  |   |   |  |
-
+|--|--|:-:|:-:|:-:|:-:|
+| [AllowAddressBarDropdown](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-allowaddressbardropdown) | Specify whether to allow the address bar drop-down functionality in Microsoft Edge. If you want to minimize network connections from Microsoft Edge to Microsoft services, we recommend disabling this functionality. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowAutofill](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-allowautofill) | Specify whether autofill on websites is allowed. | ✅ | ✅ |  | ✅ |
+| [AllowBrowser](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-allowbrowser) | Specify whether the browser is allowed on the device (for Windows 10, version 1803 and earlier only). | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowConfigurationUpdateForBooksLibrary](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-allowconfigurationupdateforbookslibrary) | Specify whether Microsoft Edge can automatically update the configuration data for the Books Library. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowCookies](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-allowcookies) | Specify whether cookies are allowed. | ✅ | ✅ |  | ✅ |
+| [AllowDeveloperTools](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-allowdevelopertools) | Specify whether employees can use F12 Developer Tools on Microsoft Edge. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowDoNotTrack](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-allowdonottrack) | Specify whether Do not Track headers are allowed. | ✅ | ✅ |  | ✅ |
+| [AllowExtensions](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-allowextensions) | Specify whether Microsoft Edge extensions are allowed. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowFlash](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-allowflash) | Specify whether Adobe Flash can run in Microsoft Edge. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowFlashClickToRun](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-allowflashclicktorun) | Specify whether users must take an action, such as clicking the content or a Click-to-Run button, before seeing content in Adobe Flash. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowFullScreenMode](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-allowfullscreenmode) | Specify whether full-screen mode is allowed. | ✅ | ✅ |  | ✅ |
+| [AllowInPrivate](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-allowinprivate) | Specify whether InPrivate browsing is allowed on corporate networks. | ✅ | ✅ |  | ✅ |
+| [AllowMicrosoftCompatibilityList](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-allowmicrosoftcompatibilitylist) | Specify whether to use the Microsoft compatibility list in Microsoft Edge. | ✅ | ✅ |  | ✅ |
+| [AllowPasswordManager](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-allowpasswordmanager) | Specify whether saving and managing passwords locally on the device is allowed. | ✅ | ✅ |  | ✅ |
+| [AllowPopups](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-allowpopups) | Specify whether pop-up blocker is allowed or enabled. | ✅ |  | ✅ |  |
+| [AllowPrelaunch](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-allowprelaunch) | Specify whether Microsoft Edge can pre-launch as a background process during Windows startup when the system is idle waiting to be launched by the user. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowPrinting](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-allowprinting) | Specify whether users can print web content in Microsoft Edge. | ✅ | ✅ |  | ✅ |
+| [AllowSavingHistory](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-allowsavinghistory) | Specify whether Microsoft Edge saves the browsing history. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowSearchEngineCustomization](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-allowsearchenginecustomization) | Allow search engine customization for MDM-enrolled devices. | ✅ | ✅ |  | ✅ |
+| [AllowSearchSuggestionsinAddressBar](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-allowsearchsuggestionsinaddressbar) | Specify whether search suggestions are allowed in the address bar. | ✅ | ✅ |  | ✅ |
+| [AllowSideloadingOfExtensions](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-allowsideloadingofextensions) | Specify whether extensions can be sideloaded in Microsoft Edge. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowSmartScreen](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-allowsmartscreen) | Specify whether Windows Defender SmartScreen is allowed. | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [AllowTabPreloading](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-allowtabpreloading) | Specify whether preloading the Start and New tab pages during Windows sign-in is allowed. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowWebContentOnNewTabPage](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-allowwebcontentonnewtabpage) | Specify whether a New tab page opens with the default content or a blank page. | ✅ | ✅ |  | ✅ |
+| [AlwaysEnableBooksLibrary](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-alwaysenablebookslibrary) | Always show the Books Library in Microsoft Edge. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [ClearBrowsingDataOnExit](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-clearbrowsingdataonexit) | Specify whether to clear browsing data when exiting Microsoft Edge. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [ConfigureAdditionalSearchEngines](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-configureadditionalsearchengines) | Allows you to add up to five more search engines for MDM-enrolled devices. | ✅ | ✅ |  | ✅ |
+| [ConfigureFavoritesBar](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-configurefavoritesbar) | Specify whether the Favorites bar is shown or hidden on all pages. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [ConfigureHomeButton](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-configurehomebutton) | Configure whether the Home button will be shown, and what should happen when it's selected. You should also configure the [SetHomeButtonURL](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-sethomebuttonurl) setting. To configure this setting and also allow users to make changes to the Home button, see the [UnlockHomeButton](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-unlockhomebutton) setting. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [ConfigureKioskMode](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-configurekioskmode) | Configure how Microsoft Edge operates when it's running in kiosk mode, either as a single-app kiosk or as one of multiple apps running on the kiosk device. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [ConfigureKioskResetAfterIdleTimeout](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-configurekioskresetafteridletimeout) | Specify the time, in minutes, after which Microsoft Edge running in kiosk mode resets to the default kiosk configuration. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [ConfigureOpenMicrosoftEdgeWith](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-configureopenmicrosoftedgewith) | Specify which pages should load when Microsoft Edge opens. You should also configure the [ConfigureStartPages](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-configurestartpages) setting and [DisableLockdownOfStartPages](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-disablelockdownofstartpages) setting. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [ConfigureTelemetryForMicrosoft365Analytics](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-configuretelemetryformicrosoft365analytics) | Specify whether to send Microsoft Edge browsing history data to Microsoft 365 Analytics. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [DisableLockdownOfStartPages](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-disablelockdownofstartpages) | Specify whether the lockdown on the Start pages is disabled. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [EnableExtendedBooksTelemetry](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-enableextendedbookstelemetry) | Enable this setting to send more diagnostic data, on top of the basic diagnostic data, from the Books tab. | ✅ | ✅ |  |  |
+| [EnterpriseModeSiteList](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-enterprisemodesitelist) | Allow the user to specify a URL of an enterprise site list. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [EnterpriseSiteListServiceUrl](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-enterprisesitelistserviceurl) | This policy (introduced in Windows 10, version 1507) was deprecated in Windows 10, version 1511 by [Browser/EnterpriseModeSiteList](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-enterprisemodesitelist). | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [FirstRunURL](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-firstrunurl) | Specify the URL that Microsoft Edge will use when it's opened for the first time. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [HomePages](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-homepages) | Specify your Start pages for MDM-enrolled devices. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [LockdownFavorites](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-lockdownfavorites) | Configure whether employees can add, import, sort, or edit the Favorites list in Microsoft Edge. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [PreventAccessToAboutFlagsInMicrosoftEdge](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-preventaccesstoaboutflagsinmicrosoftedge) | Specify whether users can access the **about:flags** page, which is used to change developer settings and to enable experimental features. | ✅ | ✅ |  | ✅ |
+| [PreventCertErrorOverrides](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-preventcerterroroverrides) | Specify whether to override security warnings about sites that have SSL errors. | ✅ | ✅ |  | ✅ |
+| [PreventFirstRunPage](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-preventfirstrunpage) | Specify whether to enable or disable the First Run webpage. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [PreventLiveTileDataCollection](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-preventlivetiledatacollection) | Specify whether Microsoft can collect information to create a Live Tile when pinning a site to Start from Microsoft Edge. | ✅ | ✅ |  | ✅ |
+| [PreventSmartScreenPromptOverride](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-preventsmartscreenpromptoverride) | Specify whether users can override the Windows Defender SmartScreen warnings about potentially malicious websites. | ✅ | ✅ |  | ✅ |
+| [PreventSmartScreenPromptOverrideForFiles](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-preventsmartscreenpromptoverrideforfiles) | Specify whether users can override the Windows Defender SmartScreen warnings about downloading unverified files. | ✅ | ✅ |  | ✅ |
+| PreventTabPreloading | Prevent Microsoft Edge from starting and loading the Start and New Tab page at Windows startup and each time Microsoft Edge is closed. Applies to Windows 10, version 1803 and earlier only. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [PreventTurningOffRequiredExtensions](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-forceenabledextensions) | Enter a list of extensions in Microsoft Edge that users can't turn off, using a semi-colon delimited list of extension package family names. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [PreventUsingLocalHostIPAddressForWebRTC](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-preventusinglocalhostipaddressforwebrtc) | Specify whether a user's localhost IP address is displayed while making phone calls using the WebRTC protocol. | ✅ | ✅ |  | ✅ |
+| [ProvisionFavorites](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-provisionfavorites) | Configure a default set of favorites that will appear for employees. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [SendIntranetTraffictoInternetExplorer](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-sendintranettraffictointernetexplorer) | Specify whether to send intranet traffic to Internet Explorer. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [SetDefaultSearchEngine](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-setdefaultsearchengine) | Configure the default search engine for your employees. | ✅ | ✅ |  | ✅ |
+| [SetHomeButtonURL](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-sethomebuttonurl) | Specify a custom URL for the Home button. You should also enable the [ConfigureHomeButton](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-configurehomebutton) setting and select the **Show the home button; clicking the home button loads a specific URL** option. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [SetNewTabPageURL](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-setnewtabpageurl) | Specify a custom URL for a New tab page. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [ShowMessageWhenOpeningSitesInInternetExplorer](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-showmessagewhenopeningsitesininternetexplorer) | Specify whether users should see a full interstitial page in Microsoft Edge when opening sites that are configured to open in Internet Explorer using the Enterprise Site list. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [SyncFavoritesBetweenIEAndMicrosoftEdge](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#browser-syncfavoritesbetweenieandmicrosoftedge) | Specify whether favorites are kept in sync between Internet Explorer and Microsoft Edge. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [UnlockHomeButton](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-unlockhomebutton) | Specify whether users can make changes to the Home button. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [UseSharedFolderForBooks](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser#browser-usesharedfolderforbooks) | Specify whether organizations should use a folder shared across users to store books from the Books Library. | ✅ |  |  |  |
 
 ## Camera
 
-| Setting | Description | Windows client |  Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: | 
-| [AllowCamera](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#camera-allowcamera) | Disable or enable the camera. | ✔️ |  ✔️ |  |  |
-
+| Setting | Description | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
+|--|--|:-:|:-:|:-:|:-:|
+| [AllowCamera](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#camera-allowcamera) | Disable or enable the camera. | ✅ | ✅ |  |  |
 
 ## Connectivity
 
 | Setting | Description | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| [AllowBluetooth](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#connectivity-allowbluetooth) | Allow the user to enable Bluetooth or restrict access. | ✔️ |  ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| [AllowCellularData](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#connectivity-allowcellulardata) | Allow the cellular data channel on the device. | ✔️ | ✔️ |  | ✔️ |
-| [AllowCellularDataRoaming](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#connectivity-allowcellulardataroaming) | Allow or disallow cellular data roaming on the device. | ✔️ | ✔️ |  | ✔️ |
-| [AllowConnectedDevices](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#connectivity-allowconnecteddevices) | Allows IT admins the ability to disable the Connected Devices Platform component. | ✔️ | ✔️ |  | ✔️ |
-| [AllowNFC](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#connectivity-allownfc) | Allow or disallow near field communication (NFC) on the device. |  |   |  | ✔️ |
-| [AllowUSBConnection](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#connectivity-allowusbconnection) | Enable USB connection between the device and a computer to sync files with the device or to use developer tools or to deploy or debug applications. |  |   |  | ✔️ |
-| [AllowVPNOverCellular](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#connectivity-allowvpnovercellular) | Specify what type of underlying connections VPN is allowed to use. |✔️ |  ✔️ |  | ✔️ |
-| [AllowVPNRoamingOverCellular](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#connectivity-allowvpnroamingovercellular) | Prevent the device from connecting to VPN when the device roams over cellular networks. | ✔️ | ✔️ |  | ✔️ |
-| HideCellularConnectionMode | Hide the checkbox that lets the user change the connection mode. | ✔️ | ✔️ |  | ✔️ |
-| HideCellularRoamingOption | Hide the dropdown menu that lets the user change the roaming preferences.  | ✔️ |  ✔️ |  | ✔️ |
+|--|--|:-:|:-:|:-:|:-:|
+| [AllowBluetooth](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#connectivity-allowbluetooth) | Allow the user to enable Bluetooth or restrict access. | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [AllowCellularData](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#connectivity-allowcellulardata) | Allow the cellular data channel on the device. | ✅ | ✅ |  | ✅ |
+| [AllowCellularDataRoaming](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#connectivity-allowcellulardataroaming) | Allow or disallow cellular data roaming on the device. | ✅ | ✅ |  | ✅ |
+| [AllowConnectedDevices](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#connectivity-allowconnecteddevices) | Allows IT admins the ability to disable the Connected Devices Platform component. | ✅ | ✅ |  | ✅ |
+| [AllowNFC](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#connectivity-allownfc) | Allow or disallow near field communication (NFC) on the device. |  |  |  | ✅ |
+| [AllowUSBConnection](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#connectivity-allowusbconnection) | Enable USB connection between the device and a computer to sync files with the device or to use developer tools or to deploy or debug applications. |  |  |  | ✅ |
+| [AllowVPNOverCellular](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#connectivity-allowvpnovercellular) | Specify what type of underlying connections VPN is allowed to use. | ✅ | ✅ |  | ✅ |
+| [AllowVPNRoamingOverCellular](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#connectivity-allowvpnroamingovercellular) | Prevent the device from connecting to VPN when the device roams over cellular networks. | ✅ | ✅ |  | ✅ |
+| HideCellularConnectionMode | Hide the checkbox that lets the user change the connection mode. | ✅ | ✅ |  | ✅ |
+| HideCellularRoamingOption | Hide the dropdown menu that lets the user change the roaming preferences. | ✅ | ✅ |  | ✅ |
 
 ## CredentialProviders
 
-| Setting | Description | Windows client |  Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | --- | :---: |  :---: | :---: | :---: |
-[DisableAutomaticReDeploymentCredentials](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-credentialproviders) | This setting disables the visibility of the credential provider that triggers the PC refresh on a device. This policy doesn't actually trigger the refresh. The admin user is required to authenticate to trigger the refresh on the target device. The Windows 10 Autopilot Reset feature allows admin to reset devices to a known good managed state while preserving the management enrollment. After the automatic redeployment is triggered, the devices are for ready for use by information workers or students. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
+| Setting | Description | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
+|--|--|:-:|:-:|:-:|:-:|
+| [DisableAutomaticReDeploymentCredentials](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-credentialproviders) | This setting disables the visibility of the credential provider that triggers the PC refresh on a device. This policy doesn't actually trigger the refresh. The admin user is required to authenticate to trigger the refresh on the target device. The Windows 10 Autopilot Reset feature allows admin to reset devices to a known good managed state while preserving the management enrollment. After the automatic redeployment is triggered, the devices are for ready for use by information workers or students. | ✅ |  |  |  |
 
 ## Cryptography
 
 | Setting | Description | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: | 
-| [AllowFipsAlgorithmPolicy](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#cryptography-allowfipsalgorithmpolicy) | Allow or disallow the Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS) policy. | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-| [TLSCiperSuites](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#cryptography-tlsciphersuites)  | List the Cryptographic Cipher Algorithms allowed for SSL connections. Format is a semicolon delimited list. Last write win.  | ✔️  |   |   |  |
+| --- | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
+| [AllowFipsAlgorithmPolicy](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#cryptography-allowfipsalgorithmpolicy) | Allow or disallow the Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS) policy. | ✅ |   |  |  |
+| [TLSCiperSuites](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#cryptography-tlsciphersuites)  | List the Cryptographic Cipher Algorithms allowed for SSL connections. Format is a semicolon delimited list. Last write win.  | ✅  |   |   |  |
 
 ## Defender
 
 | Setting | Description | Windows client |  Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
 | --- | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| [AllowArchiveScanning](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-allowarchivescanning) | Allow or disallow scanning of archives. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [AllowBehaviorMonitoring](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-allowbehaviormonitoring)  | Allow or disallow Windows Defender Behavior Monitoring functionality.  |  ✔️ |   |   |  |
-| [AllowCloudProtection](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-allowcloudprotection) | To best protect your PC, Windows Defender will send information to Microsoft about any problems it finds. Microsoft will analyze that information, learn more about problems affecting you and other customers, and offer improved solutions. | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-| [AllowEmailScanning](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-allowemailscanning)  | Allow or disallow scanning of email.  |  ✔️ |    |   |  |
-| [AllowFullScanOnMappedNetworkDrives](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-allowfullscanonmappednetworkdrives) | Allow or disallow a full scan of mapped network drives. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [AllowFullScanRemovableDriveScanning](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-allowfullscanremovabledrivescanning)  | Allow or disallow a full scan of removable drives.  |  ✔️ |   |   |  |
-| [AllowIntrusionPreventionSystem](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-allowintrusionpreventionsystem) | Allow or disallow Windows Defender Intrusion Prevention functionality. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [AllowIOAVProtection](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-allowioavprotection)  | Allow or disallow Windows Defender IOAVP Protection functionality.  |  ✔️ |   |   |  |
-| [AllowOnAccessProtection](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-allowonaccessprotection) | Allow or disallow Windows Defender On Access Protection functionality. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [AllowRealtimeMonitoring](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-allowrealtimemonitoring)  | Allow or disallow Windows Defender Realtime Monitoring functionality.  |  ✔️ |   |   |  |
-| [AllowScanningNetworkFiles](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-allowscanningnetworkfiles) | Allow or disallow scanning of network files.  | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-| [AllowScriptScanning](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-allowscriptscanning) | Allow or disallow Windows Defender Script Scanning functionality. | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-| [AllowUserUIAccess](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-allowuseruiaccess)  | Allow or disallow user access to the Windows Defender UI.  |  ✔️ |   |   |  |
-| [AvgCPULoadFactor](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-avgcpuloadfactor) | Represents the average CPU load factor for the Windows Defender scan (in percent). | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [DaysToRetainCleanedMalware](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-daystoretaincleanedmalware)  | Specify time period (in days) that quarantine items will be stored on the system.  |  ✔️ |   |   |  |
-| [ExcludedExtensions](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-excludedextensions) | Specify a list of file type extensions to ignore during a scan. Separate each file type in the list by using \|. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [ExcludedPaths](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-excludedpaths)  | Specify a list of directory paths to ignore during a scan. Separate each path in the list by using \|.  |  ✔️ |   |   |  |
-| [ExcludedProcesses](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-excludedprocesses) | Specify a list of files opened by processes to ignore during a scan. Separate each file type in the list by using \|. The process itself isn't excluded from the scan, but can be excluded by using the [Defender/ExcludedPaths](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-excludedpaths) policy to exclude its path. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [RealTimeScanDirection](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-realtimescandirection)  | Control which sets of files should be monitored.  |  ✔️ |   |   |  |
-| [ScanParameter](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-scanparameter) | Select whether to perform a quick scan or full scan. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [ScheduleQuickScanTime](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-schedulequickscantime)  | Specify the time of day that Windows Defender quick scan should run.  |  ✔️ |   |   |  |
-| [ScheduleScanDay](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-schedulescanday) | Select the day that Windows Defender scan should run. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [ScheduleScanTime](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-schedulescantime)  | Select the time of day that the Windows Defender scan should run.  |  ✔️ |   |   |  |
-| [SignatureUpdateInterval](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-signatureupdateinterval) | Specify the interval (in hours) that will be used to check for signatures, so instead of using the ScheduleDay and ScheduleTime the check for new signatures will be set according to the interval. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [SubmitSamplesConsent](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-submitsamplesconsent) | Checks for the user consent level in Windows Defender to send data. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [ThreatSeverityDefaultAction](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-threatseveritydefaultaction)  | Specify any valid threat severity levels and the corresponding default action ID to take.  |  ✔️ |   |   |  |
+| [AllowArchiveScanning](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-allowarchivescanning) | Allow or disallow scanning of archives. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowBehaviorMonitoring](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-allowbehaviormonitoring)  | Allow or disallow Windows Defender Behavior Monitoring functionality.  |  ✅ |   |   |  |
+| [AllowCloudProtection](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-allowcloudprotection) | To best protect your PC, Windows Defender will send information to Microsoft about any problems it finds. Microsoft will analyze that information, learn more about problems affecting you and other customers, and offer improved solutions. | ✅ |   |  |  |
+| [AllowEmailScanning](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-allowemailscanning)  | Allow or disallow scanning of email.  |  ✅ |    |   |  |
+| [AllowFullScanOnMappedNetworkDrives](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-allowfullscanonmappednetworkdrives) | Allow or disallow a full scan of mapped network drives. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowFullScanRemovableDriveScanning](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-allowfullscanremovabledrivescanning)  | Allow or disallow a full scan of removable drives.  |  ✅ |   |   |  |
+| [AllowIntrusionPreventionSystem](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-allowintrusionpreventionsystem) | Allow or disallow Windows Defender Intrusion Prevention functionality. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowIOAVProtection](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-allowioavprotection)  | Allow or disallow Windows Defender IOAVP Protection functionality.  |  ✅ |   |   |  |
+| [AllowOnAccessProtection](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-allowonaccessprotection) | Allow or disallow Windows Defender On Access Protection functionality. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowRealtimeMonitoring](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-allowrealtimemonitoring)  | Allow or disallow Windows Defender Realtime Monitoring functionality.  |  ✅ |   |   |  |
+| [AllowScanningNetworkFiles](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-allowscanningnetworkfiles) | Allow or disallow scanning of network files.  | ✅ |   |  |  |
+| [AllowScriptScanning](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-allowscriptscanning) | Allow or disallow Windows Defender Script Scanning functionality. | ✅ |   |  |  |
+| [AllowUserUIAccess](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-allowuseruiaccess)  | Allow or disallow user access to the Windows Defender UI.  |  ✅ |   |   |  |
+| [AvgCPULoadFactor](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-avgcpuloadfactor) | Represents the average CPU load factor for the Windows Defender scan (in percent). | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [DaysToRetainCleanedMalware](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-daystoretaincleanedmalware)  | Specify time period (in days) that quarantine items will be stored on the system.  |  ✅ |   |   |  |
+| [ExcludedExtensions](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-excludedextensions) | Specify a list of file type extensions to ignore during a scan. Separate each file type in the list by using \|. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [ExcludedPaths](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-excludedpaths)  | Specify a list of directory paths to ignore during a scan. Separate each path in the list by using \|.  |  ✅ |   |   |  |
+| [ExcludedProcesses](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-excludedprocesses) | Specify a list of files opened by processes to ignore during a scan. Separate each file type in the list by using \|. The process itself isn't excluded from the scan, but can be excluded by using the [Defender/ExcludedPaths](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-excludedpaths) policy to exclude its path. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [RealTimeScanDirection](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-realtimescandirection)  | Control which sets of files should be monitored.  |  ✅ |   |   |  |
+| [ScanParameter](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-scanparameter) | Select whether to perform a quick scan or full scan. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [ScheduleQuickScanTime](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-schedulequickscantime)  | Specify the time of day that Windows Defender quick scan should run.  |  ✅ |   |   |  |
+| [ScheduleScanDay](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-schedulescanday) | Select the day that Windows Defender scan should run. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [ScheduleScanTime](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-schedulescantime)  | Select the time of day that the Windows Defender scan should run.  |  ✅ |   |   |  |
+| [SignatureUpdateInterval](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-signatureupdateinterval) | Specify the interval (in hours) that will be used to check for signatures, so instead of using the ScheduleDay and ScheduleTime the check for new signatures will be set according to the interval. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [SubmitSamplesConsent](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-submitsamplesconsent) | Checks for the user consent level in Windows Defender to send data. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [ThreatSeverityDefaultAction](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#defender-threatseveritydefaultaction)  | Specify any valid threat severity levels and the corresponding default action ID to take.  |  ✅ |   |   |  |
 
 ## DeliveryOptimization
 
 | Setting | Description | Windows client |  Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
 | --- | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| [DOAbsoluteMaxCacheSize](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-doabsolutemaxcachesize) | Specify the maximum size in GB of Delivery Optimization cache. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [DOAllowVPNPeerCaching](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-doallowvpnpeercaching) | Specify whether the device is allowed to participate in Peer Caching while connected via VPN to the domain network. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [DODelayBackgroundDownloadFromHttp](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-deliveryoptimization#deliveryoptimization-dodelaybackgrounddownloadfromhttp) | Allows you to delay the use of an HTTP source in a background download that is allowed to use peer-to-peer. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [DODelayForegroundDownloadFromHttp](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-deliveryoptimization#deliveryoptimization-dodelayforegrounddownloadfromhttp) | Allows you to delay the use of an HTTP source in a foreground (interactive) download that is allowed to use peer-to-peer. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [DODownloadMode](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-dodownloadmode) | Specify the download method that Delivery Optimization can use in downloads of Windows Updates, apps, and app updates. | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-| [DOGroupId](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-dogroupid) | Specify an arbitrary group ID that the device belongs to. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [DOGroupIdSource](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-dogroupidsource) | Set this policy to restrict peer selection to a specific source | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [DOMaxCacheAge](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-domaxcacheage) | Specify the maximum time in seconds that each file is held in the Delivery Optimization cache after downloading successfully. | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-| [DOMaxCacheSize](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-domaxcachesize) | Specify the maximum cache size that Delivery Optimization can utilize, as a percentage of disk size (1-100). | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-| [DOMaxDownloadBandwidth](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-domaxdownloadbandwidth) | Specify the maximum download bandwidth in kilobytes/second that the device can use across all concurrent download activities using Delivery Optimization. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [DOMaxUploadBandwidth](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-domaxuploadbandwidth) | Specify the maximum upload bandwidth in kilobytes/second that a device will use across all concurrent upload activity using Delivery Optimization.  | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [DOMinBackgroundQos](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-dominbackgroundqos) | Specify the minimum download QoS (Quality of Service or speed) i kilobytes/second for background downloads. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [DOMinBatteryPercentageAllowedToUpload](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-dominbatterypercentageallowedtoupload) | Specify any value between 1 and 100 (in percentage) to allow the device to upload data to LAN and group peers while on battery power. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [DOMinDiskSizeAllowedToPeer](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-domindisksizeallowedtopeer) | Specify the required minimum disk size (capacity in GB) for the device to use Peer Caching. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [DOMinFileSizeToCache](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-dominfilesizetocache) | Specify the minimum content file size in MB enabled to use Peer Caching. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [DOMinRAMAllowedToPeer](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-dominramallowedtopeer) | Specify the minimum RAM size in GB required to use Peer Caching. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [DOModifyCacheDrive](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-domodifycachedrive) | Specify the drive that Delivery Optimization should use for its cache. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [DOMonthlyUploadDataCap](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-domonthlyuploaddatacap) | Specify the maximum total bytes in GB that Delivery Optimization is allowed to upload to Internet peers in each calendar month. | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-| [DOPercentageMaxBackDownloadBandwidth](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-dopercentagemaxbackgroundbandwidth) | Specify the maximum background download bandwidth that Delivery Optimization uses across all concurrent download activities as a percentage of available download bandwidth. | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-| [DOPercentageMaxDownloadBandwidth](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-dopercentagemaxdownloadbandwidth) | Specify the maximum download bandwidth that Delivery Optimization uses across all concurrent download activities as a percentage of available download bandwidth. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [DOPercentageMaxForeDownloadBandwidth](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-dopercentagemaxforegroundbandwidth) | Specify the maximum foreground download bandwidth that Delivery Optimization uses across all concurrent download activities as a percentage of available download bandwidth. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [DORestrictPeerSelectionBy](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-dorestrictpeerselectionby) | Set this policy to restrict peer selection by the selected option. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [DOSetHoursToLimitBackgroundDownloadBandwidth](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-dosethourstolimitbackgrounddownloadbandwidth) | Specify the maximum background download bandwidth that Delivery Optimization uses during and outside business hours across all concurrent download activities as a percentage of available download bandwidth.  | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [DOSetHoursToLimitForegroundDownloadBandwidth](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-dosethourstolimitforegrounddownloadbandwidth) | Specify the maximum foreground download bandwidth that Delivery Optimization uses during and outside business hours across all concurrent download activities as a percentage of available download bandwidth. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
+| [DOAbsoluteMaxCacheSize](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-doabsolutemaxcachesize) | Specify the maximum size in GB of Delivery Optimization cache. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [DOAllowVPNPeerCaching](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-doallowvpnpeercaching) | Specify whether the device is allowed to participate in Peer Caching while connected via VPN to the domain network. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [DODelayBackgroundDownloadFromHttp](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-deliveryoptimization#deliveryoptimization-dodelaybackgrounddownloadfromhttp) | Allows you to delay the use of an HTTP source in a background download that is allowed to use peer-to-peer. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [DODelayForegroundDownloadFromHttp](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-deliveryoptimization#deliveryoptimization-dodelayforegrounddownloadfromhttp) | Allows you to delay the use of an HTTP source in a foreground (interactive) download that is allowed to use peer-to-peer. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [DODownloadMode](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-dodownloadmode) | Specify the download method that Delivery Optimization can use in downloads of Windows Updates, apps, and app updates. | ✅ |   |  |  |
+| [DOGroupId](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-dogroupid) | Specify an arbitrary group ID that the device belongs to. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [DOGroupIdSource](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-dogroupidsource) | Set this policy to restrict peer selection to a specific source | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [DOMaxCacheAge](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-domaxcacheage) | Specify the maximum time in seconds that each file is held in the Delivery Optimization cache after downloading successfully. | ✅ |   |  |  |
+| [DOMaxCacheSize](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-domaxcachesize) | Specify the maximum cache size that Delivery Optimization can utilize, as a percentage of disk size (1-100). | ✅ |   |  |  |
+| [DOMaxDownloadBandwidth](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-domaxdownloadbandwidth) | Specify the maximum download bandwidth in kilobytes/second that the device can use across all concurrent download activities using Delivery Optimization. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [DOMaxUploadBandwidth](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-domaxuploadbandwidth) | Specify the maximum upload bandwidth in kilobytes/second that a device will use across all concurrent upload activity using Delivery Optimization.  | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [DOMinBackgroundQos](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-dominbackgroundqos) | Specify the minimum download QoS (Quality of Service or speed) i kilobytes/second for background downloads. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [DOMinBatteryPercentageAllowedToUpload](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-dominbatterypercentageallowedtoupload) | Specify any value between 1 and 100 (in percentage) to allow the device to upload data to LAN and group peers while on battery power. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [DOMinDiskSizeAllowedToPeer](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-domindisksizeallowedtopeer) | Specify the required minimum disk size (capacity in GB) for the device to use Peer Caching. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [DOMinFileSizeToCache](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-dominfilesizetocache) | Specify the minimum content file size in MB enabled to use Peer Caching. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [DOMinRAMAllowedToPeer](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-dominramallowedtopeer) | Specify the minimum RAM size in GB required to use Peer Caching. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [DOModifyCacheDrive](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-domodifycachedrive) | Specify the drive that Delivery Optimization should use for its cache. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [DOMonthlyUploadDataCap](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-domonthlyuploaddatacap) | Specify the maximum total bytes in GB that Delivery Optimization is allowed to upload to Internet peers in each calendar month. | ✅ |   |  |  |
+| [DOPercentageMaxBackDownloadBandwidth](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-dopercentagemaxbackgroundbandwidth) | Specify the maximum background download bandwidth that Delivery Optimization uses across all concurrent download activities as a percentage of available download bandwidth. | ✅ |   |  |  |
+| [DOPercentageMaxDownloadBandwidth](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-dopercentagemaxdownloadbandwidth) | Specify the maximum download bandwidth that Delivery Optimization uses across all concurrent download activities as a percentage of available download bandwidth. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [DOPercentageMaxForeDownloadBandwidth](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-dopercentagemaxforegroundbandwidth) | Specify the maximum foreground download bandwidth that Delivery Optimization uses across all concurrent download activities as a percentage of available download bandwidth. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [DORestrictPeerSelectionBy](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-dorestrictpeerselectionby) | Set this policy to restrict peer selection by the selected option. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [DOSetHoursToLimitBackgroundDownloadBandwidth](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-dosethourstolimitbackgrounddownloadbandwidth) | Specify the maximum background download bandwidth that Delivery Optimization uses during and outside business hours across all concurrent download activities as a percentage of available download bandwidth.  | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [DOSetHoursToLimitForegroundDownloadBandwidth](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#deliveryoptimization-dosethourstolimitforegrounddownloadbandwidth) | Specify the maximum foreground download bandwidth that Delivery Optimization uses during and outside business hours across all concurrent download activities as a percentage of available download bandwidth. | ✅ |  |  |  |
 
 ## DeviceGuard
 
 | Setting | Description | Windows client |  Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
 | --- | --- | :---: |  :---: | :---: | :---: |
-[EnableVirtualizationBasedSecurity](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-deviceguard) | Turns on virtualization based security(VBS) at the next reboot. virtualization based security uses the Windows Hypervisor to provide support for security services.  | ✔️ |  |  |  |
+[EnableVirtualizationBasedSecurity](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-deviceguard) | Turns on virtualization based security(VBS) at the next reboot. virtualization based security uses the Windows Hypervisor to provide support for security services.  | ✅ |  |  |  |
 
 ## DeviceLock
 
 | Setting | Description | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: | 
+| --- | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
 | [AllowIdleReturnWithoutPassword](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#devicelock-allowidlereturnwithoutpassword) | Specify whether the user must input a PIN or password when the device resumes from an idle state. |  |   |  |  |
 | [AllowScreenTimeoutWhileLockedUserConfig](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#devicelock-allowscreentimeoutwhilelockeduserconfig) | Specify whether to show a user-configurable setting to control the screen timeout while on the lock screen. |  |   |  |  |
-| [AllowSimpleDevicePassword](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#devicelock-allowsimpledevicepassword) | Specify whether PINs or passwords such as "1111" or "1234" are allowed. For the desktop, it also controls the use of picture passwords. | ✔️ |  | ✔️ |  |
-|[AlphanumericDevicePasswordRequired](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#devicelock-alphanumericdevicepasswordrequired)  | Select the type of PIN or password required.  | ✔️ |   | ✔️ |  |
-| [DevicePasswordEnabled](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#devicelock-devicepasswordenabled) | Specify whether device password is enabled. | ✔️ |   | ✔️ |  |
-| [DevicePasswordExpiration](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#devicelock-devicepasswordexpiration) | Specify when the password expires (in days). | ✔️ |   | ✔️ |  |
-| [DevicePasswordHistory](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#devicelock-devicepasswordhistory) | Specify how many passwords can be stored in the history that can't be reused. | ✔️ |   | ✔️ |  |
-| [MaxDevicePasswordFailedAttempts](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#devicelock-maxdevicepasswordfailedattempts) | Specify the number of authentication failures allowed before the device will be wiped. | ✔️ |   | ✔️ |  |
-| [MaxInactivityTimeDeviceLock](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#devicelock-maxinactivitytimedevicelock) |Specify the maximum amount of time (in minutes) allowed after the device is idle that will cause the device to become PIN or password locked.  | ✔️ |   | ✔️ |  |
-| [MinDevicePasswordComplexCharacters](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#devicelock-mindevicepasswordcomplexcharacters) | Specify the number of complex element types (uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers, and punctuation) required for a strong PIN or password. | ✔️ |   | ✔️ |  |
-| [MinDevicePasswordLength](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#devicelock-mindevicepasswordlength) | Specify the minimum number or characters required in the PIN or password. | ✔️ |   | ✔️ |  |
+| [AllowSimpleDevicePassword](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#devicelock-allowsimpledevicepassword) | Specify whether PINs or passwords such as "1111" or "1234" are allowed. For the desktop, it also controls the use of picture passwords. | ✅ |  | ✅ |  |
+|[AlphanumericDevicePasswordRequired](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#devicelock-alphanumericdevicepasswordrequired)  | Select the type of PIN or password required.  | ✅ |   | ✅ |  |
+| [DevicePasswordEnabled](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#devicelock-devicepasswordenabled) | Specify whether device password is enabled. | ✅ |   | ✅ |  |
+| [DevicePasswordExpiration](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#devicelock-devicepasswordexpiration) | Specify when the password expires (in days). | ✅ |   | ✅ |  |
+| [DevicePasswordHistory](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#devicelock-devicepasswordhistory) | Specify how many passwords can be stored in the history that can't be reused. | ✅ |   | ✅ |  |
+| [MaxDevicePasswordFailedAttempts](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#devicelock-maxdevicepasswordfailedattempts) | Specify the number of authentication failures allowed before the device will be wiped. | ✅ |   | ✅ |  |
+| [MaxInactivityTimeDeviceLock](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#devicelock-maxinactivitytimedevicelock) |Specify the maximum amount of time (in minutes) allowed after the device is idle that will cause the device to become PIN or password locked.  | ✅ |   | ✅ |  |
+| [MinDevicePasswordComplexCharacters](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#devicelock-mindevicepasswordcomplexcharacters) | Specify the number of complex element types (uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers, and punctuation) required for a strong PIN or password. | ✅ |   | ✅ |  |
+| [MinDevicePasswordLength](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#devicelock-mindevicepasswordlength) | Specify the minimum number or characters required in the PIN or password. | ✅ |   | ✅ |  |
 | [ScreenTimeoutWhileLocked](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#devicelock-screentimeoutwhilelocked) | Specify the duration in seconds for the screen timeout while on the lock screen. |  |   |  |  |
 
-
 ## DeviceManagement
 
 | Setting | Description | Windows client |  Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
 | --- | --- | :---: |  :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| DisableMDMEnrollment | Use this setting to prevent the device from enrolling in MDM. | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-
-
+| DisableMDMEnrollment | Use this setting to prevent the device from enrolling in MDM. | ✅ |   |  |  |
 
 ## Experience
 
 | Setting | Description | Windows client |  Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
 | --- | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
 | [AllowCopyPaste](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#experience-allowcopypaste) | Specify whether copy and paste are allowed. |  |  |  |  |
-| [AllowCortana](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#experience-allowcortana) | Specify whether Cortana is allowed on the device. | ✔️ |   | ✔️ |  |
-| [AllowDeviceDiscovery](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#experience-allowdevicediscovery) | Allow users to turn device discovery on or off in the UI.  | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-| [AllowFindMyDevice](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#experience-allowfindmydevice) | Turn on **Find my device** feature. | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-| [AllowManualMDMUnenrollment](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#experience-allowmanualmdmunenrollment) | Specify whether the user is allowed to delete the workplace account.  | ✔️ |   | ✔️ |  |
+| [AllowCortana](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#experience-allowcortana) | Specify whether Cortana is allowed on the device. | ✅ |   | ✅ |  |
+| [AllowDeviceDiscovery](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#experience-allowdevicediscovery) | Allow users to turn device discovery on or off in the UI.  | ✅ |   |  |  |
+| [AllowFindMyDevice](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#experience-allowfindmydevice) | Turn on **Find my device** feature. | ✅ |   |  |  |
+| [AllowManualMDMUnenrollment](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#experience-allowmanualmdmunenrollment) | Specify whether the user is allowed to delete the workplace account.  | ✅ |   | ✅ |  |
 | [AllowScreenCapture](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#experience-allowscreencapture) | Specify whether screen capture is allowed. |  |   |  |  |
 | [AllowSIMErrorDialogPromptWhenNoSIM](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#experience-allowsimerrordialogpromptwhennosim) | Specify whether to display a dialog prompt when no SIM card is detected. |  |   |  |  |
-| [AllowSyncMySettings](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#experience-allowsyncmysettings) | Allow or disallow all Windows sync settings on the device. | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-| [AllowTailoredExperiencesWithDiagnosticData](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#experience-allowtailoredexperienceswithdiagnosticdata) | Prevent Windows from using diagnostic data to provide customized experiences to the user. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowSyncMySettings](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#experience-allowsyncmysettings) | Allow or disallow all Windows sync settings on the device. | ✅ |   |  |  |
+| [AllowTailoredExperiencesWithDiagnosticData](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#experience-allowtailoredexperienceswithdiagnosticdata) | Prevent Windows from using diagnostic data to provide customized experiences to the user. | ✅ |  |  |  |
 | [AllowTaskSwitcher](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#experience-allowtaskswitcher) | Allow or disallow task switching on the device. |  |   |  |  |
-| [AllowThirdPartySuggestionsInWindowsSpotlight](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#experience-allowthirdpartysuggestionsinwindowsspotlight) | Specify whether to allow app and content suggestions from third-party software publishers in Windows Spotlight. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowThirdPartySuggestionsInWindowsSpotlight](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#experience-allowthirdpartysuggestionsinwindowsspotlight) | Specify whether to allow app and content suggestions from third-party software publishers in Windows Spotlight. | ✅ |  |  |  |
 | [AllowVoiceRecording](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#experience-allowvoicerecording) | Specify whether voice recording is allowed for apps. |  |   |  |  |
-| [AllowWindowsConsumerFeatures](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-experience#experience-allowwindowsconsumerfeatures) | Turn on experiences that are typically for consumers only, such as Start suggestions, membership notifications, post-OOBE app install, and redirect tiles. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [AllowWindowsSpotlight](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#experience-allowwindowsspotlight) |Specify whether to turn off all Windows Spotlight features at once.  | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [AllowWindowsSpotlightOnActionCenter](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#experience-allowwindowsspotlightonactioncenter) | Prevent Windows Spotlight notifications from being displayed in the Action Center. | ✔️ | |  |  |
-| [AllowWindowsSpotlightWindowsWelcomeExperience](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#experience-allowwindowsspotlightwindowswelcomeexperience) | Turn off the Windows Spotlight Windows welcome experience feature. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [AllowWindowsTips](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#experience-allowwindowstips) | Enable or disable Windows Tips. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [ConfigureWindowsSpotlightOnLockScreen](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#experience-configurewindowsspotlightonlockscreen) | Specify whether Spotlight should be used on the user's lock screen. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowWindowsConsumerFeatures](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-experience#experience-allowwindowsconsumerfeatures) | Turn on experiences that are typically for consumers only, such as Start suggestions, membership notifications, post-OOBE app install, and redirect tiles. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowWindowsSpotlight](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#experience-allowwindowsspotlight) |Specify whether to turn off all Windows Spotlight features at once.  | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowWindowsSpotlightOnActionCenter](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#experience-allowwindowsspotlightonactioncenter) | Prevent Windows Spotlight notifications from being displayed in the Action Center. | ✅ | |  |  |
+| [AllowWindowsSpotlightWindowsWelcomeExperience](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#experience-allowwindowsspotlightwindowswelcomeexperience) | Turn off the Windows Spotlight Windows welcome experience feature. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowWindowsTips](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#experience-allowwindowstips) | Enable or disable Windows Tips. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [ConfigureWindowsSpotlightOnLockScreen](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#experience-configurewindowsspotlightonlockscreen) | Specify whether Spotlight should be used on the user's lock screen. | ✅ |  |  |  |
 
 ## ExploitGuard
 
 | Setting | Description | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: | 
-| [ExploitProtectionSettings](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-exploitguard) | See the [explanation of ExploitProtectionSettings](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-exploitguard) in the Policy CSP for instructions. In the **ExploitProtectionSettings** field, you can enter a path (local, UNC, or URI) to the mitigation options config, or you can enter the XML for the config. | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-
+| --- | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
+| [ExploitProtectionSettings](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-exploitguard) | See the [explanation of ExploitProtectionSettings](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-exploitguard) in the Policy CSP for instructions. In the **ExploitProtectionSettings** field, you can enter a path (local, UNC, or URI) to the mitigation options config, or you can enter the XML for the config. | ✅ |   |  |  |
 
 ## Games
 
 | Setting | Description | Windows client |  Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
 | --- | --- | :---: |  :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| [AllowAdvancedGamingServices](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#games-allowadvancedgamingservices) | Currently not supported. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-
+| [AllowAdvancedGamingServices](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#games-allowadvancedgamingservices) | Currently not supported. | ✅ |  |  |  |
 
 ## KioskBrowser
 
-These settings apply to the **Kiosk Browser** app available in Microsoft Store. For more information, see [Guidelines for web browsers](../guidelines-for-assigned-access-app.md#guidelines-for-web-browsers).
+These settings apply to the **Kiosk Browser** app available in Microsoft Store. For more information, see [Guidelines for web browsers](../kiosk/guidelines-for-assigned-access-app.md#guidelines-for-web-browsers).
 
 | Setting | Description | Windows client |  Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: | 
-|[BlockedUrlExceptions](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-kioskbrowser#kioskbrowser-blockedurlexceptions) | List of exceptions to the blocked website URLs (with wildcard support). This setting is used to configure URLs kiosk browsers are allowed to navigate to, which are a subset of the blocked URLs. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-|[BlockedUrls](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-kioskbrowser#kioskbrowser-blockedurls) | List of blocked website URLs (with wildcard support). This setting is used to configure blocked URLs kiosk browsers can't navigate to. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-|[DefaultURL](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-kioskbrowser#kioskbrowser-defaulturl) | Configures the default URL kiosk browsers to navigate on launch and restart.  | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-|[EnableEndSessionButton](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-kioskbrowser#kioskbrowser-enableendsessionbutton) | Enable/disable kiosk browser's end session button.  | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-|[EnableHomeButton](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-kioskbrowser#kioskbrowser-enablehomebutton) | Enable/disable kiosk browser's home button.  | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-|[EnableNavigationButtons](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-kioskbrowser#kioskbrowser-enablenavigationbuttons) | Enable/disable kiosk browser's navigation buttons (forward/back). | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-|[RestartOnIdleTime](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-kioskbrowser#kioskbrowser-restartonidletime) | Amount of time in minutes the session is idle until the kiosk browser restarts in a fresh state.  The value is an int 1-1440 that specifies the number of minutes the session is idle until the kiosk browser restarts in a fresh state. The default value is empty, which means there's no idle timeout within the kiosk browser. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
+| --- | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
+|[BlockedUrlExceptions](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-kioskbrowser#kioskbrowser-blockedurlexceptions) | List of exceptions to the blocked website URLs (with wildcard support). This setting is used to configure URLs kiosk browsers are allowed to navigate to, which are a subset of the blocked URLs. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+|[BlockedUrls](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-kioskbrowser#kioskbrowser-blockedurls) | List of blocked website URLs (with wildcard support). This setting is used to configure blocked URLs kiosk browsers can't navigate to. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+|[DefaultURL](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-kioskbrowser#kioskbrowser-defaulturl) | Configures the default URL kiosk browsers to navigate on launch and restart.  | ✅ |  |  |  |
+|[EnableEndSessionButton](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-kioskbrowser#kioskbrowser-enableendsessionbutton) | Enable/disable kiosk browser's end session button.  | ✅ |  |  |  |
+|[EnableHomeButton](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-kioskbrowser#kioskbrowser-enablehomebutton) | Enable/disable kiosk browser's home button.  | ✅ |  |  |  |
+|[EnableNavigationButtons](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-kioskbrowser#kioskbrowser-enablenavigationbuttons) | Enable/disable kiosk browser's navigation buttons (forward/back). | ✅ |  |  |  |
+|[RestartOnIdleTime](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-kioskbrowser#kioskbrowser-restartonidletime) | Amount of time in minutes the session is idle until the kiosk browser restarts in a fresh state.  The value is an int 1-1440 that specifies the number of minutes the session is idle until the kiosk browser restarts in a fresh state. The default value is empty, which means there's no idle timeout within the kiosk browser. | ✅ |  |  |  |
 
 To configure multiple URLs for **Blocked URL Exceptions** or **Blocked URLs** in Windows Configuration Designer:
 
 1. Create the provisioning package. When ready to export, close the project in Windows Configuration Designer.
-2. Open the customizations.xml file in the project folder (e.g C:\Users\name\Documents\Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (WICD)\Project_18). 
-3. Insert the null character string in between each URL (e.g www.bing.comwww.contoso.com). 
-4. Save the XML file.
-5. Open the project again in Windows Configuration Designer.
-6. Export the package. Ensure you don't revisit the created policies under Kiosk Browser or else the null character will be removed.
+1. Open the customizations.xml file in the project folder (e.g C:\Users\name\Documents\Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (WICD)\Project_18).
+1. Insert the null character string in between each URL (e.g https://www.bing.comwww.contoso.com).
+1. Save the XML file.
+1. Open the project again in Windows Configuration Designer.
+1. Export the package. Ensure you don't revisit the created policies under Kiosk Browser or else the null character will be removed.
 
 ## LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions
 
 | Setting | Description | Windows client |  Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
 | --- | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| [InteractiveLogon_DoNotDisplayLastSignedIn](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-localpoliciessecurityoptions#localpoliciessecurityoptions-interactivelogon-donotdisplaylastsignedin) | Specify whether the Windows sign-in screen will show the username of the last person who signed in. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [Shutdown_AllowSystemtobeShutDownWithoutHavingToLogOn](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-localpoliciessecurityoptions#localpoliciessecurityoptions-shutdown-allowsystemtobeshutdownwithouthavingtologon) | Specify whether a computer can be shut down without signing in. | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-| [UserAccountControl_BehaviorOfTheElevationPromptForStandardUsers](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-localpoliciessecurityoptions#localpoliciessecurityoptions-useraccountcontrol-behavioroftheelevationpromptforstandardusers) | Configure how an elevation prompt should behave for standard users. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
+| [InteractiveLogon_DoNotDisplayLastSignedIn](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-localpoliciessecurityoptions#localpoliciessecurityoptions-interactivelogon-donotdisplaylastsignedin) | Specify whether the Windows sign-in screen will show the username of the last person who signed in. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [Shutdown_AllowSystemtobeShutDownWithoutHavingToLogOn](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-localpoliciessecurityoptions#localpoliciessecurityoptions-shutdown-allowsystemtobeshutdownwithouthavingtologon) | Specify whether a computer can be shut down without signing in. | ✅ |   |  |  |
+| [UserAccountControl_BehaviorOfTheElevationPromptForStandardUsers](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-localpoliciessecurityoptions#localpoliciessecurityoptions-useraccountcontrol-behavioroftheelevationpromptforstandardusers) | Configure how an elevation prompt should behave for standard users. | ✅ |  |  |  |
 
 ## Location
 
@@ -356,69 +333,66 @@ To configure multiple URLs for **Blocked URL Exceptions** or **Blocked URLs** in
 ## Power
 
 | Setting | Description | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: | 
-| [AllowStandbyStatesWhenSleepingOnBattery](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#allowstandbystateswhensleepingonbattery) | Specify whether Windows can use standby states when putting the computer in a sleep state while on battery. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [AllowStandbyWhenSleepingPluggedIn](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#allowstandbystateswhensleepingpluggedin) | Specify whether Windows can use standby states when putting the computer in a sleep state while plugged in. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [DisplayOffTimeoutOnBattery](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#displayofftimeoutonbattery) | Specify the period of inactivity before Windows turns off the display while on battery. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [DisplayOffTimeoutPluggedIn](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#displayofftimeoutpluggedin) | Specify the period of inactivity before Windows turns off the display while plugged in. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [EnergySaverBatteryThresholdOnBattery](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#energysaverbatterythresholdonbattery) | Specify the battery charge level at which Energy Saver is turned on while on battery.  | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [EnergySaverBatteryThresholdPluggedIn](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#EnergySaverBatteryThresholdPluggedIn) | Specify the battery charge level at which Energy Saver is turned on while plugged in. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [HibernateTimeoutOnBattery](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#hibernatetimeoutonbattery) | Specify the period of inactivity before Windows transitions the system to hibernate while on battery. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [HibernateTimeoutPluggedIn](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#hibernatetimeoutpluggedin) | Specify the period of inactivity before Windows transitions the system to hibernate while plugged in.   | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [RequirePasswordWhenComputerWakesOnBattery](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#requirepasswordwhencomputerwakesonbattery) | Specify whether the user is prompted for a password when the system resumes from sleep while on battery. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [RequirePasswordWhenComputerWakesPluggedIn](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#requirepasswordwhencomputerwakespluggedin) | Specify whether the user is prompted for a password when the system resumes from sleep while plugged in. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [SelectLidCloseActionBattery](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#selectlidcloseactionpluggedin) | Select the action to be taken when a user closes the lid on a mobile device while on battery. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [SelectLidCloseActionPluggedIn](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#selectlidcloseactionpluggedin) | Select the action to be taken when a user closes the lid on a mobile device while on plugged in. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [SelectPowerButtonActionOnBattery](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#selectpowerbuttonactiononbattery) | Select the action to be taken when the user presses the power button while on battery.  | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [SelectPowerButtonActionPluggedIn](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#selectpowerbuttonactionpluggedin) | Select the action to be taken when the user presses the power button while on plugged in. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [SelectSleepButtonActionOnBattery](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#selectsleepbuttonactiononbattery) | Select the action to be taken when the user presses the sleep button while on battery. | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-| [SelectSleepButtonActionPluggedIn](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#selectsleepbuttonactionpluggedin) | Select the action to be taken when the user presses the sleep button while plugged in. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [StandbyTimeoutOnBattery](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#StandbyTimeoutOnBattery) | Specify the period of inactivity before Windows transitions the system to sleep while on battery. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [StandbyTimeoutPluggedIn](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#standbytimeoutpluggedin) | Specify the period of inactivity before Windows transitions the system to sleep while plugged in. | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-| [TurnOffHybridSleepOnBattery](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#turnoffhybridsleeponbattery) | Turn off hybrid sleep while on battery. | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-| [TurnOffHybridSleepPluggedIn](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#turnoffhybridsleeppluggedin) | Turn off hybrid sleep while plugged in. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [UnattendedSleepTimeoutOnBattery](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#unattendedsleeptimeoutonbattery) | Specify the period of inactivity before Windows transitions the system to sleep automatically when a user isn't present while on battery. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [UnattendedSleepTimeoutPluggedIn](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#unattendedsleeptimeoutpluggedin) | Specify the period of inactivity before Windows transitions the system to sleep automatically when a user isn't present while plugged in.  | ✔️ |  |  |  |
+| --- | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
+| [AllowStandbyStatesWhenSleepingOnBattery](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#allowstandbystateswhensleepingonbattery) | Specify whether Windows can use standby states when putting the computer in a sleep state while on battery. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowStandbyWhenSleepingPluggedIn](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#allowstandbystateswhensleepingpluggedin) | Specify whether Windows can use standby states when putting the computer in a sleep state while plugged in. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [DisplayOffTimeoutOnBattery](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#displayofftimeoutonbattery) | Specify the period of inactivity before Windows turns off the display while on battery. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [DisplayOffTimeoutPluggedIn](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#displayofftimeoutpluggedin) | Specify the period of inactivity before Windows turns off the display while plugged in. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [EnergySaverBatteryThresholdOnBattery](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#energysaverbatterythresholdonbattery) | Specify the battery charge level at which Energy Saver is turned on while on battery.  | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [EnergySaverBatteryThresholdPluggedIn](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#EnergySaverBatteryThresholdPluggedIn) | Specify the battery charge level at which Energy Saver is turned on while plugged in. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [HibernateTimeoutOnBattery](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#hibernatetimeoutonbattery) | Specify the period of inactivity before Windows transitions the system to hibernate while on battery. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [HibernateTimeoutPluggedIn](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#hibernatetimeoutpluggedin) | Specify the period of inactivity before Windows transitions the system to hibernate while plugged in.   | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [RequirePasswordWhenComputerWakesOnBattery](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#requirepasswordwhencomputerwakesonbattery) | Specify whether the user is prompted for a password when the system resumes from sleep while on battery. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [RequirePasswordWhenComputerWakesPluggedIn](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#requirepasswordwhencomputerwakespluggedin) | Specify whether the user is prompted for a password when the system resumes from sleep while plugged in. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [SelectLidCloseActionBattery](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#selectlidcloseactionpluggedin) | Select the action to be taken when a user closes the lid on a mobile device while on battery. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [SelectLidCloseActionPluggedIn](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#selectlidcloseactionpluggedin) | Select the action to be taken when a user closes the lid on a mobile device while on plugged in. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [SelectPowerButtonActionOnBattery](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#selectpowerbuttonactiononbattery) | Select the action to be taken when the user presses the power button while on battery.  | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [SelectPowerButtonActionPluggedIn](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#selectpowerbuttonactionpluggedin) | Select the action to be taken when the user presses the power button while on plugged in. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [SelectSleepButtonActionOnBattery](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#selectsleepbuttonactiononbattery) | Select the action to be taken when the user presses the sleep button while on battery. | ✅ |   |  |  |
+| [SelectSleepButtonActionPluggedIn](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#selectsleepbuttonactionpluggedin) | Select the action to be taken when the user presses the sleep button while plugged in. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [StandbyTimeoutOnBattery](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#StandbyTimeoutOnBattery) | Specify the period of inactivity before Windows transitions the system to sleep while on battery. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [StandbyTimeoutPluggedIn](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#standbytimeoutpluggedin) | Specify the period of inactivity before Windows transitions the system to sleep while plugged in. | ✅ |   |  |  |
+| [TurnOffHybridSleepOnBattery](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#turnoffhybridsleeponbattery) | Turn off hybrid sleep while on battery. | ✅ |   |  |  |
+| [TurnOffHybridSleepPluggedIn](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#turnoffhybridsleeppluggedin) | Turn off hybrid sleep while plugged in. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [UnattendedSleepTimeoutOnBattery](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#unattendedsleeptimeoutonbattery) | Specify the period of inactivity before Windows transitions the system to sleep automatically when a user isn't present while on battery. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [UnattendedSleepTimeoutPluggedIn](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power#unattendedsleeptimeoutpluggedin) | Specify the period of inactivity before Windows transitions the system to sleep automatically when a user isn't present while plugged in.  | ✅ |  |  |  |
 
 ## Privacy
 
 | Setting | Description | Windows client |  Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
 | --- | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
 | [AllowAutoAcceptPairingAndPrivacyConsentPrompts](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#privacy-allowautoacceptpairingandprivacyconsentprompts) | Allow or disallow the automatic acceptance of the pairing and privacy user consent dialog boxes when launching apps. |  |   |  |  |
-| [AllowInputPersonalization](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#privacy-allowinputpersonalization) | Allow the use of cloud-based speech services for Cortana, dictation, or Store apps. | ✔️ |   | ✔️ |  |
-
+| [AllowInputPersonalization](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#privacy-allowinputpersonalization) | Allow the use of cloud-based speech services for Cortana, dictation, or Store apps. | ✅ |   | ✅ |  |
 
 ## Search
 
-| Setting | Description | Windows client |  Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: | 
-[AllowCloudSearch](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-search#search-allowcloudsearch) | Allow search and Cortana to search cloud sources like OneDrive and SharePoint. T   | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-[AllowCortanaInAAD](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-search#search-allowcortanainaad) | This setting specifies whether the Cortana consent page can appear in the Azure Active Directory (AAD) device out-of-box-experience (OOBE) flow.    | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-| [AllowIndexingEncryptedStoresOrItems](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#search-allowindexingencryptedstoresoritems) | Allow or disallow the indexing of items. | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-| [AllowSearchToUseLocation](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#search-allowsearchtouselocation) | Specify whether search can use location information. | ✔️ |   | ✔️ |  |
-| [AllowUsingDiacritics](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#search-allowusingdiacritics) | Allow the use of diacritics. | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-| [AllowWindowsIndexer](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-search#search-allowwindowsindexer) | The indexer provides fast file, email, and web history search for apps and system components including Cortana, Outlook, file explorer, and Edge. To provide these features, it requires access to the file system and app data stores such as Outlook OST files.

                  - **Off** setting disables Windows indexer
                  - **EnterpriseSecure** setting stops the indexer from indexing encrypted files or stores, and is recommended for enterprises using Windows Information Protection (WIP)
                  - **Enterprise** setting reduces potential network loads for enterprises
                  - **Standard** setting is appropriate for consumers | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-| [AlwaysUseAutoLangDetection](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#search-alwaysuseautolangdetection) | Specify whether to always use automatic language detection when indexing content and properties. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [DoNotUseWebResults](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#search-donotusewebresults) | Specify whether to allow Search to perform queries on the web. | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-| [DisableBackoff](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#search-disablebackoff) | If enabled, the search indexer backoff feature will be disabled. | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-| [DisableRemovableDriveIndexing](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#search-disableremovabledriveindexing) | Configure whether locations on removable drives can be added to libraries. | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-| [PreventIndexingLowDiskSpaceMB](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#search-preventindexinglowdiskspacemb) | Prevent indexing from continuing after less than the specified amount of hard drive space is left on the same drive as the index location. | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-| [PreventRemoteQueries](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#search-preventremotequeries) | If enabled, clients will be unable to query this device's index remotely. | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-| [SafeSearchPermissions](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#search-safesearchpermissions) | Specify the level of safe search (filtering adult content) required. |  |   |  |  |
-
-
+| Setting | Description | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
+|--|--|:-:|:-:|:-:|:-:|
+| [AllowCloudSearch](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-search#search-allowcloudsearch) | Allow search and Cortana to search cloud sources like OneDrive and SharePoint. T | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowCortanaInAAD](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-search#search-allowcortanainaad) | This setting specifies whether the Cortana consent page can appear in the Azure Active Directory (AAD) device out-of-box-experience (OOBE) flow. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowIndexingEncryptedStoresOrItems](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#search-allowindexingencryptedstoresoritems) | Allow or disallow the indexing of items. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowSearchToUseLocation](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#search-allowsearchtouselocation) | Specify whether search can use location information. | ✅ |  | ✅ |  |
+| [AllowUsingDiacritics](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#search-allowusingdiacritics) | Allow the use of diacritics. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowWindowsIndexer](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-search#search-allowwindowsindexer) | The indexer provides fast file, email, and web history search for apps and system components including Cortana, Outlook, file explorer, and Edge. To provide these features, it requires access to the file system and app data stores such as Outlook OST files.

                  - **Off** setting disables Windows indexer
                  - **EnterpriseSecure** setting stops the indexer from indexing encrypted files or stores, and is recommended for enterprises using Windows Information Protection (WIP)
                  - **Enterprise** setting reduces potential network loads for enterprises
                  - **Standard** setting is appropriate for consumers | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AlwaysUseAutoLangDetection](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#search-alwaysuseautolangdetection) | Specify whether to always use automatic language detection when indexing content and properties. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [DoNotUseWebResults](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#search-donotusewebresults) | Specify whether to allow Search to perform queries on the web. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [DisableBackoff](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#search-disablebackoff) | If enabled, the search indexer backoff feature will be disabled. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [DisableRemovableDriveIndexing](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#search-disableremovabledriveindexing) | Configure whether locations on removable drives can be added to libraries. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [PreventIndexingLowDiskSpaceMB](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#search-preventindexinglowdiskspacemb) | Prevent indexing from continuing after less than the specified amount of hard drive space is left on the same drive as the index location. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [PreventRemoteQueries](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#search-preventremotequeries) | If enabled, clients will be unable to query this device's index remotely. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [SafeSearchPermissions](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#search-safesearchpermissions) | Specify the level of safe search (filtering adult content) required. |  |  |  |  |
 
 ## Security
 
 | Setting | Description | Windows client |  Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
 | --- | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| [AllowAddProvisioningPackage](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#security-allowaddprovisioningpackage) | Specify whether to allow installation of provisioning packages. | ✔️ |  ✔️ |  | ✔️ |
+| [AllowAddProvisioningPackage](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#security-allowaddprovisioningpackage) | Specify whether to allow installation of provisioning packages. | ✅ |  ✅ |  | ✅ |
 | [AllowManualRootCertificateInstallation](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#security-allowmanualrootcertificateinstallation) | Specify whether the user is allowed to manually install root and intermediate CA certificates. |  |   |  |  |
-| [AllowRemoveProvisioningPackage](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#security-allowremoveprovisioningpackage) | Specify whether removal of provisioning packages is allowed. | ✔️ |  ✔️ |  | ✔️ |
+| [AllowRemoveProvisioningPackage](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#security-allowremoveprovisioningpackage) | Specify whether removal of provisioning packages is allowed. | ✅ |  ✅ |  | ✅ |
 | [AntiTheftMode](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#security-antitheftmode) | Allow or disallow Anti Theft Mode on the device. |  |   |  |  |
-| [RequireDeviceEncryption](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#security-requiredeviceencryption) | Specify whether encryption is required. | ✔️ |  ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| [RequireProvisioningPackageSignature](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#security-requireprovisioningpackagesignature) | Specify whether provisioning packages must have a certificate signed by a device-trusted authority. | ✔️ |  ✔️ |  | ✔️ |
-| [RequireRetrieveHealthCertificateOnBoot](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#security-requireretrievehealthcertificateonboot) | Specify whether to retrieve and post TCG Boot logs, and get or cache an encrypted or signed Health Attestation Report from the Microsoft Health Attestation Service when a device boots or reboots. | ✔️ |   |  |  |
+| [RequireDeviceEncryption](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#security-requiredeviceencryption) | Specify whether encryption is required. | ✅ |  ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [RequireProvisioningPackageSignature](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#security-requireprovisioningpackagesignature) | Specify whether provisioning packages must have a certificate signed by a device-trusted authority. | ✅ |  ✅ |  | ✅ |
+| [RequireRetrieveHealthCertificateOnBoot](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#security-requireretrievehealthcertificateonboot) | Specify whether to retrieve and post TCG Boot logs, and get or cache an encrypted or signed Health Attestation Report from the Microsoft Health Attestation Service when a device boots or reboots. | ✅ |   |  |  |
 
 ## Settings
 
@@ -426,168 +400,163 @@ To configure multiple URLs for **Blocked URL Exceptions** or **Blocked URLs** in
 | --- | --- | :---: |  :---: | :---: | :---: |
 | [AllowAutoPlay](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#settings-allowautoplay) | Allow the user to change AutoPlay settings. |  |   |  |  |
 | [AllowDataSense](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#settings-allowdatasense) | Allow the user to change Data Sense settings. |  |   |  |  |
-| [AllowVPN](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#settings-allowvpn) | Allow the user to change VPN settings. |  |   | ✔️ |  |
-| [ConfigureTaskbarCalendar](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#settings-configuretaskbarcalendar) | Configure the default setting for showing other calendars (besides the default calendar for the locale) in the taskbar clock and calendar flyout. | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-[PageVisiblityList](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-settings#settings-pagevisibilitylist) | Allows IT admins to prevent specific pages in the System Settings app from being visible or accessible. Pages are identified by a shortened version of their already [published URIs](/windows/uwp/launch-resume/launch-settings-app#ms-settings-uri-scheme-reference), which is the URI minus the "ms-settings:" prefix. For example, if the URI for a settings page is "ms-settings:foo", the page identifier used in the policy will be just "foo". Multiple page identifiers are separated by semicolons.  | ✔️ |   |  |  |
+| [AllowVPN](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#settings-allowvpn) | Allow the user to change VPN settings. |  |   | ✅ |  |
+| [ConfigureTaskbarCalendar](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#settings-configuretaskbarcalendar) | Configure the default setting for showing other calendars (besides the default calendar for the locale) in the taskbar clock and calendar flyout. | ✅ |   |  |  |
+[PageVisiblityList](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-settings#settings-pagevisibilitylist) | Allows IT admins to prevent specific pages in the System Settings app from being visible or accessible. Pages are identified by a shortened version of their already [published URIs](/windows/uwp/launch-resume/launch-settings-app#ms-settings-uri-scheme-reference), which is the URI minus the "ms-settings:" prefix. For example, if the URI for a settings page is "ms-settings:foo", the page identifier used in the policy will be just "foo". Multiple page identifiers are separated by semicolons.  | ✅ |   |  |  |
 
 ## Start
 
 | Setting | Description | Windows client |  Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
 | --- | --- | :---: |  :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| [AllowPinnedFolderDocuments](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-allowpinnedfolderdocuments) | Control the visibility of the Documents shortcut on the Start menu. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [AllowPinnedFolderDownloads](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-allowpinnedfolderdownloads) | Control the visibility of the Downloads shortcut on the Start menu.  | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [AllowPinnedFolderFileExplorer](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-allowpinnedfolderfileexplorer) | Control the visibility of the File Explorer shortcut on the Start menu.  | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-| [AllowPinnedFolderHomeGroup](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-allowpinnedfolderhomegroup) | Control the visibility of the Home Group shortcut on the Start menu.  | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [AllowPinnedFolderMusic](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-allowpinnedfoldermusic) | Control the visibility of the Music shortcut on the Start menu.  | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [AllowPinnedFolderNetwork](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-allowpinnedfoldernetwork) | Control the visibility of the Network shortcut on the Start menu.  | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [AllowPinnedFolderPersonalFolder](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-allowpinnedfolderpersonalfolder) | Control the visibility of the Personal Folder shortcut on the Start menu.  | ✔️ |  |  |  |  
-| [AllowPinnedFolderPictures](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-allowpinnedfolderpictures) | Control the visibility of the Pictures shortcut on the Start menu.  | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [AllowPinnedFolderSettings](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-allowpinnedfoldersettings) | Control the visibility of the Settings shortcut on the Start menu.  | ✔️ |  |  |  |  
-| [AllowPinnedFolderVideos](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-allowpinnedfoldervideos)  |Control the visibility of the Videos shortcut on the Start menu.   | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| DisableContextMenus | Prevent context menus from being invoked in the Start menu.  | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [ForceStartSize](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#start-forcestartsize) | Force the size of the Start screen. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [HideAppList](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#start-hideapplist) | Collapse or remove the all apps list. | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-| [HideChangeAccountSettings](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#start-hidechangeaccountsettings) | Hide **Change account settings** from appearing in the user tile. | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-| [HideFrequentlyUsedApps](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#start-hidefrequentlyusedapps) | Hide **Most used** section of Start.  | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [HideHibernate](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#start-hidehibernate) | Prevent **Hibernate** option from appearing in the Power button. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [HideLock](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#start-hidelock) | Prevent **Lock** from appearing in the user tile. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| HidePeopleBar | Remove the people icon from the taskbar, and the corresponding settings toggle. It also prevents users from pinning people to the taskbar. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [HidePowerButton](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#start-hidepowerbutton) | Hide the **Power** button. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [HideRecentJumplists](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#start-hiderecentjumplists) | Hide jumplists of recently opened items. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [HideRecentlyAddedApps](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#start-hiderecentlyaddedapps) | Hide **Recently added** section of Start. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [HideRestart](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#start-hiderestart) | Prevent **Restart** and **Update and restart** from appearing in the Power button. | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-| [HideShutDown](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#start-hideshutdown) | Prevent **Shut down** and **Update and shut down** from appearing in the Power button.  | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [HideSignOut](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#start-hidesignout) | Prevent **Sign out** from appearing in the user tile. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [HideSleep](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#start-hidesleep) | Prevent **Sleep** from appearing in the Power button. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [HideSwitchAccount](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#start-hideswitchaccount) | Prevent **Switch account** from appearing in the user tile. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [HideUserTile](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#start-hideusertile)  |  Hide the user tile. | ✔️ |  |   |  |
-| [ImportEdgeAssets](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#start-importedgeassets) | Import Edge assets for secondary tiles. For more information, see [Add image for secondary Microsoft Edge tiles](../start-secondary-tiles.md).  | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [NoPinningToTaskbar](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#start-nopinningtotaskbar) | Prevent users from pinning and unpinning apps on the taskbar. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [StartLayout](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#start-startlayout) | Apply a custom Start layout. For more information, see [Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with provisioning packages](../customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-provisioning-packages-and-icd.md) | ✔️ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowPinnedFolderDocuments](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-allowpinnedfolderdocuments) | Control the visibility of the Documents shortcut on the Start menu. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowPinnedFolderDownloads](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-allowpinnedfolderdownloads) | Control the visibility of the Downloads shortcut on the Start menu.  | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowPinnedFolderFileExplorer](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-allowpinnedfolderfileexplorer) | Control the visibility of the File Explorer shortcut on the Start menu.  | ✅ |   |  |  |
+| [AllowPinnedFolderHomeGroup](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-allowpinnedfolderhomegroup) | Control the visibility of the Home Group shortcut on the Start menu.  | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowPinnedFolderMusic](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-allowpinnedfoldermusic) | Control the visibility of the Music shortcut on the Start menu.  | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowPinnedFolderNetwork](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-allowpinnedfoldernetwork) | Control the visibility of the Network shortcut on the Start menu.  | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowPinnedFolderPersonalFolder](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-allowpinnedfolderpersonalfolder) | Control the visibility of the Personal Folder shortcut on the Start menu.  | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowPinnedFolderPictures](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-allowpinnedfolderpictures) | Control the visibility of the Pictures shortcut on the Start menu.  | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowPinnedFolderSettings](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-allowpinnedfoldersettings) | Control the visibility of the Settings shortcut on the Start menu.  | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowPinnedFolderVideos](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-allowpinnedfoldervideos)  |Control the visibility of the Videos shortcut on the Start menu.   | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| DisableContextMenus | Prevent context menus from being invoked in the Start menu.  | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [ForceStartSize](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#start-forcestartsize) | Force the size of the Start screen. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [HideAppList](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#start-hideapplist) | Collapse or remove the all apps list. | ✅ |   |  |  |
+| [HideChangeAccountSettings](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#start-hidechangeaccountsettings) | Hide **Change account settings** from appearing in the user tile. | ✅ |   |  |  |
+| [HideFrequentlyUsedApps](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#start-hidefrequentlyusedapps) | Hide **Most used** section of Start.  | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [HideHibernate](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#start-hidehibernate) | Prevent **Hibernate** option from appearing in the Power button. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [HideLock](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#start-hidelock) | Prevent **Lock** from appearing in the user tile. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| HidePeopleBar | Remove the people icon from the taskbar, and the corresponding settings toggle. It also prevents users from pinning people to the taskbar. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [HidePowerButton](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#start-hidepowerbutton) | Hide the **Power** button. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [HideRecentJumplists](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#start-hiderecentjumplists) | Hide jumplists of recently opened items. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [HideRecentlyAddedApps](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#start-hiderecentlyaddedapps) | Hide **Recently added** section of Start. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [HideRestart](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#start-hiderestart) | Prevent **Restart** and **Update and restart** from appearing in the Power button. | ✅ |   |  |  |
+| [HideShutDown](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#start-hideshutdown) | Prevent **Shut down** and **Update and shut down** from appearing in the Power button.  | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [HideSignOut](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#start-hidesignout) | Prevent **Sign out** from appearing in the user tile. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [HideSleep](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#start-hidesleep) | Prevent **Sleep** from appearing in the Power button. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [HideSwitchAccount](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#start-hideswitchaccount) | Prevent **Switch account** from appearing in the user tile. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [HideUserTile](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#start-hideusertile)  |  Hide the user tile. | ✅ |  |   |  |
+| [ImportEdgeAssets](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#start-importedgeassets) | Import Edge assets for secondary tiles. For more information, see [Add image for secondary Microsoft Edge tiles](../start-secondary-tiles.md).  | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [NoPinningToTaskbar](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#start-nopinningtotaskbar) | Prevent users from pinning and unpinning apps on the taskbar. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [StartLayout](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#start-startlayout) | Apply a custom Start layout. For more information, see [Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with provisioning packages](../customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-provisioning-packages-and-icd.md) | ✅ |  |  |  |
 
 ## System
 
 | Setting | Description | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: | 
-| [AllowBuildPreview](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#system-allowbuildpreview) | Specify whether users can access the Insider build controls in the **Advanced Options** for Windows Update. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [AllowEmbeddedMode](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#system-allowembeddedmode) | Specify whether to set general purpose device to be in embedded mode. | ✔️ |  ✔️ |  | ✔️ |
-| [AllowExperimentation](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#system-allowexperimentation) | Determine the level that Microsoft can experiment with the product to study user preferences or device behavior. | ✔️ |  |  | |
-| [AllowLocation](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#system-allowlocation) | Specify whether to allow app access to the Location service. | ✔️ |   ✔️ | ✔️ |  ✔️ |
-| [AllowStorageCard](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#system-allowstoragecard) | Specify whether the user is allowed to use the storage card for device storage. | ✔️ |  ✔️ |  | ✔️ |
-| [AllowTelemetry](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#system-allowtelemetry) | Allow the device to send diagnostic and usage data. | ✔️ | | ✔️ |  |
-| [AllowUserToResetPhone](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#system-allowusertoresetphone) | Allow the user to factory reset the phone. | ✔️ |  | |  |
-ConfigureTelemetryOptInChangeNotification | This policy setting determines whether a device shows notifications about telemetry levels to people on first sign-in or when changes occur in Settings.  | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-ConfigureTelemetryOptInSettingsUx | This policy setting determines whether people can change their own telemetry levels in Settings  | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| DisableDeviceDelete | Specify whether the delete diagnostic data is enabled in the Diagnostic & Feedback Settings page. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| DisableDataDiagnosticViewer | Configure whether users can enable and launch the Diagnostic Data Viewer from the Diagnostic & Feedback Settings page. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [DisableOneDriveFileSync](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#system-disableonedrivefilesync) | Prevent apps and features from working with files on OneDrive. | ✔️ | |  |  |
-| [LimitEnhancedDiagnosticDataWindowsAnalytics](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-system#system-limitenhanceddiagnosticdatawindowsanalytics) | This policy setting, in combination with the System/AllowTelemetry policy setting, enables organizations to send Microsoft a specific set of diagnostic data for IT insights via Windows Analytics services. To enable this behavior you must enable this policy setting, and set Allow Telemetry to level 2 (Enhanced). When you configure these policy settings, a basic level of diagnostic data plus other events that are required for Windows Analytics are sent to Microsoft. These events are documented in [Windows 10, version 1703 basic level Windows diagnostic events and fields](/windows/privacy/enhanced-diagnostic-data-windows-analytics-events-and-fields). Enabling enhanced diagnostic data in the System/AllowTelemetry policy in combination with not configuring this policy will also send the required events for Windows Analytics, plus other enhanced level diagnostic data. This setting has no effect on computers configured to send full, basic or security level diagnostic data to Microsoft. If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, then the level of diagnostic data sent to Microsoft is determined by the System/AllowTelemetry policy.  | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-
+| --- | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
+| [AllowBuildPreview](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#system-allowbuildpreview) | Specify whether users can access the Insider build controls in the **Advanced Options** for Windows Update. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowEmbeddedMode](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#system-allowembeddedmode) | Specify whether to set general purpose device to be in embedded mode. | ✅ |  ✅ |  | ✅ |
+| [AllowExperimentation](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#system-allowexperimentation) | Determine the level that Microsoft can experiment with the product to study user preferences or device behavior. | ✅ |  |  | |
+| [AllowLocation](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#system-allowlocation) | Specify whether to allow app access to the Location service. | ✅ |   ✅ | ✅ |  ✅ |
+| [AllowStorageCard](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#system-allowstoragecard) | Specify whether the user is allowed to use the storage card for device storage. | ✅ |  ✅ |  | ✅ |
+| [AllowTelemetry](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#system-allowtelemetry) | Allow the device to send diagnostic and usage data. | ✅ | | ✅ |  |
+| [AllowUserToResetPhone](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#system-allowusertoresetphone) | Allow the user to factory reset the phone. | ✅ |  | |  |
+ConfigureTelemetryOptInChangeNotification | This policy setting determines whether a device shows notifications about telemetry levels to people on first sign-in or when changes occur in Settings.  | ✅ |  |  |  |
+ConfigureTelemetryOptInSettingsUx | This policy setting determines whether people can change their own telemetry levels in Settings  | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| DisableDeviceDelete | Specify whether the delete diagnostic data is enabled in the Diagnostic & Feedback Settings page. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| DisableDataDiagnosticViewer | Configure whether users can enable and launch the Diagnostic Data Viewer from the Diagnostic & Feedback Settings page. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [DisableOneDriveFileSync](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#system-disableonedrivefilesync) | Prevent apps and features from working with files on OneDrive. | ✅ | |  |  |
+| [LimitEnhancedDiagnosticDataWindowsAnalytics](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-system#system-limitenhanceddiagnosticdatawindowsanalytics) | This policy setting, in combination with the System/AllowTelemetry policy setting, enables organizations to send Microsoft a specific set of diagnostic data for IT insights via Windows Analytics services. To enable this behavior you must enable this policy setting, and set Allow Telemetry to level 2 (Enhanced). When you configure these policy settings, a basic level of diagnostic data plus other events that are required for Windows Analytics are sent to Microsoft. These events are documented in [Windows 10, version 1703 basic level Windows diagnostic events and fields](/windows/privacy/enhanced-diagnostic-data-windows-analytics-events-and-fields). Enabling enhanced diagnostic data in the System/AllowTelemetry policy in combination with not configuring this policy will also send the required events for Windows Analytics, plus other enhanced level diagnostic data. This setting has no effect on computers configured to send full, basic or security level diagnostic data to Microsoft. If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, then the level of diagnostic data sent to Microsoft is determined by the System/AllowTelemetry policy.  | ✅ |  |  |  |
 
 ## TextInput
 
 | Setting | Description | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
 | --- | --- | :---: |  :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| [AllowIMELogging](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#textinput-allowimelogging) | Allow the user to turn on and off the logging for incorrect conversion and saving auto-tuning result to a file and history-based predictive input. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [AllowIMENetworkAccess](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#textinput-allowimenetworkaccess) | Allow the user to turn on Open Extended Dictionary, Internet search integration, or cloud candidate features to provide input suggestions that don't exist in the device's local dictionary. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [AllowInputPanel](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#textinput-allowinputpanel) | Disable the touch/handwriting keyboard. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [AllowJapaneseIMESurrogatePairCharacters](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#textinput-allowjapaneseimesurrogatepaircharacters) | Allow the Japanese IME surrogate pair characters. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [AllowJapaneseIVSCharacters](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#textinput-allowjapaneseivscharacters) | Allow Japanese Ideographic Variation Sequence (IVS) characters. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [AllJapaneseNonPublishingStandardGlyph](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#textinput-allowjapanesenonpublishingstandardglyph) | All the Japanese non-publishing standard glyph. | ✔️ |   |  |  |
-| [AllowJapaneseUserDictionary](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#textinput-allowjapaneseuserdictionary) | Allow the Japanese user dictionary. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [AllowKeyboardTextSuggestions](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#textinput-allowkeyboardtextsuggestions) | Specify whether text prediction is enabled or disabled for the on-screen keyboard, touch keyboard, and handwriting recognition tool. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [AllowLanguageFeaturesUninstall](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#textinput-allowlanguagefeaturesuninstall) | All language features to be uninstalled. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| AllowUserInputsFromMiracastRecevier | Don't use. Instead, use [WirelessDisplay](#wirelessdisplay)/[AllowUserInputFromWirelessDisplayReceiver](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#wirelessdisplay-allowuserinputfromwirelessdisplayreceiver)  |  |  |  |  |  
-| [ExcludeJapaneseIMEExceptISO208](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#textinput-excludejapaneseimeexceptjis0208) | Allow users to restrict character code range of conversion by setting the character filter.  | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [ExcludeJapaneseIMEExceptISO208andEUDC](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#textinput-excludejapaneseimeexceptjis0208andeudc) | Allow users to restrict character code range of conversion by setting the character filter.  | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [ExcludeJapaneseIMEExceptShiftJIS](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#textinput-excludejapaneseimeexceptshiftjis) | Allow users to restrict character code range of conversion by setting the character filter. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-
+| [AllowIMELogging](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#textinput-allowimelogging) | Allow the user to turn on and off the logging for incorrect conversion and saving auto-tuning result to a file and history-based predictive input. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowIMENetworkAccess](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#textinput-allowimenetworkaccess) | Allow the user to turn on Open Extended Dictionary, Internet search integration, or cloud candidate features to provide input suggestions that don't exist in the device's local dictionary. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowInputPanel](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#textinput-allowinputpanel) | Disable the touch/handwriting keyboard. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowJapaneseIMESurrogatePairCharacters](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#textinput-allowjapaneseimesurrogatepaircharacters) | Allow the Japanese IME surrogate pair characters. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowJapaneseIVSCharacters](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#textinput-allowjapaneseivscharacters) | Allow Japanese Ideographic Variation Sequence (IVS) characters. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllJapaneseNonPublishingStandardGlyph](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#textinput-allowjapanesenonpublishingstandardglyph) | All the Japanese non-publishing standard glyph. | ✅ |   |  |  |
+| [AllowJapaneseUserDictionary](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#textinput-allowjapaneseuserdictionary) | Allow the Japanese user dictionary. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowKeyboardTextSuggestions](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#textinput-allowkeyboardtextsuggestions) | Specify whether text prediction is enabled or disabled for the on-screen keyboard, touch keyboard, and handwriting recognition tool. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowLanguageFeaturesUninstall](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#textinput-allowlanguagefeaturesuninstall) | All language features to be uninstalled. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| AllowUserInputsFromMiracastRecevier | Don't use. Instead, use [WirelessDisplay](#wirelessdisplay)/[AllowUserInputFromWirelessDisplayReceiver](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#wirelessdisplay-allowuserinputfromwirelessdisplayreceiver)  |  |  |  |  |
+| [ExcludeJapaneseIMEExceptISO208](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#textinput-excludejapaneseimeexceptjis0208) | Allow users to restrict character code range of conversion by setting the character filter.  | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [ExcludeJapaneseIMEExceptISO208andEUDC](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#textinput-excludejapaneseimeexceptjis0208andeudc) | Allow users to restrict character code range of conversion by setting the character filter.  | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [ExcludeJapaneseIMEExceptShiftJIS](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#textinput-excludejapaneseimeexceptshiftjis) | Allow users to restrict character code range of conversion by setting the character filter. | ✅ |  |  |  |
 
 ## TimeLanguageSettings
 
 | Setting | Description | Windows client |  Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: | 
+| --- | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
 | [AllowSet24HourClock](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#timelanguagesettings-allowset24hourclock) | Configure the default clock setting to be the 24 hour format. |  |  |  |  |
 
-
 ## Update
 
 | Setting | Description | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
 |---------|-------------|:--------------:|:-----------:|:--------:|:--------:|
-| [ActiveHoursEnd](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-activehoursend) | Use with **Update/ActiveHoursStart** to manage the range of active hours where update reboots aren't scheduled. | ✔️ | ✔️ | | ✔️ |
-| [ActiveHoursMaxRange](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-activehoursmaxrange) | Specify the maximum active hours range. | ✔️ | ✔️ | | ✔️ |
-| [ActiveHoursStart](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-activehoursstart) | Use with **Update/ActiveHoursEnd** to manage the range of active hours where update reboots aren't scheduled. | ✔️ | ✔️ | | ✔️ |
-| [AllowAutoUpdate](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-allowautoupdate) | Configure automatic update behavior to scan, download, and install updates. | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| [AllowAutoWindowsUpdateDownloadOverMeteredNetwork](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-allowautowindowsupdatedownloadovermeterednetwork) | Option to download updates automatically over metered connections (off by default). Enter `0` for not allowed, or `1` for allowed. | ✔️ | ✔️ | | ✔️ |
-| [AllowMUUpdateService](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-allowmuupdateservice) | Manage whether to scan for app updates from Microsoft Update. | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| [AllowNonMicrosoftSignedUpdate](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-allownonmicrosoftsignedupdate) | Manage whether Automatic Updates accepts updates signed by entities other than Microsoft when the update is found at the UpdateServiceUrl location. | ✔️ | ✔️ | | ✔️ |
-| [AllowUpdateService](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-allowupdateservice) | Specify whether the device can use Microsoft Update, Windows Server Update Services (WSUS), or Microsoft Store. | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| [AutoRestartDeadlinePeriodInDays](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-autorestartdeadlineperiodindays) | Specify number of days (between 2 and 30) after which a forced restart will occur outside of active hours when restart is pending. | ✔️ | ✔️ | | ✔️ |
-| [AutoRestartDeadlinePeriodInDaysForFeatureUpdates](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-autorestartdeadlineperiodindaysforfeatureupdates) | Specify number of days (between 2 and 30) after which a forced restart will occur outside of active hours when restart is pending. | ✔️ | ✔️ | | ✔️ |
-| [AutoRestartNotificationSchedule](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-autorestartnotificationschedule) | Specify the period for auto-restart reminder notifications. | ✔️ | ✔️ | | ✔️ |
-| [AutoRestartRequiredNotificationDismissal](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-autorestartrequirednotificationdismissal) | Specify the method by which the auto-restart required notification is dismissed. | ✔️ | ✔️ | | ✔️ |
-| [BranchReadinessLevel](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-branchreadinesslevel) | Select which branch a device receives their updates from. | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| [DeferFeatureUpdatesPeriodInDays](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-deferfeatureupdatesperiodindays) | Defer Feature Updates for the specified number of days. | ✔️ | ✔️ | | ✔️ |
-| [DeferQualityUpdatesPeriodInDays](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-deferqualityupdatesperiodindays) | Defer Quality Updates for the specified number of days. | ✔️ | ✔️ | | ✔️ |
-| [DeferUpdatePeriod](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-deferupdateperiod) | Specify update delays for up to 4 weeks. | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| [DeferUpgradePeriod](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-deferupgradeperiod) | Specify upgrade delays for up to 8 months. | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| [DetectionFrequency](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-detectionfrequency) | Specify the frequency to scan for updates, from every 1-22 hours. | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| [DisableDualScan](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-disabledualscan) | Don't allow update deferral policies to cause scans against Windows Update. | ✔️ | ✔️ | | ✔️ |
-| [EngagedRestartDeadline](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-engagedrestartdeadline) | Specify the deadline in days before automatically scheduling and executing a pending restart outside of active hours. | ✔️ | ✔️ | | ✔️ |
-| [EngagedRestartDeadlineForFeatureUpdates](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-engagedrestartdeadlineforfeatureupdates) | Specify the deadline in days before automatically scheduling and executing a pending restart outside of active hours. | ✔️ | ✔️ | | ✔️ |
-| [EngagedRestartSnoozeSchedule](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-engagedrestartsnoozeschedule) | Specify the number of days a user can snooze Engaged restart reminder notifications. | ✔️ | ✔️ | | ✔️ |
-| [EngagedRestartSnoozeScheduleForFeatureUpdates](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-engagedrestartsnoozescheduleforfeatureupdates) | Specify the number of days a user can snooze Engaged restart reminder notifications. | ✔️ | ✔️ | | ✔️ |
-| [EngagedRestartTransitionSchedule](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-engagedrestarttransitionschedule) | Specify the timing before transitioning from Auto restarts scheduled outside of active hours to Engaged restart, which requires the user to schedule. | ✔️ | ✔️ | | ✔️ |
-| [EngagedRestartTransitionScheduleForFeatureUpdates](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-engagedrestarttransitionscheduleforfeatureupdates) | Specify the timing before transitioning from Auto restarts scheduled outside of active hours to Engaged restart, which requires the user to schedule. | ✔️ | ✔️ | | ✔️ |
-| [ExcludeWUDriversInQualityUpdate](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-excludewudriversinqualityupdate) | Exclude Windows Update (WU) drivers during quality updates. | ✔️ | ✔️ | | ✔️ |
-| [FillEmptyContentUrls](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-fillemptycontenturls) | Allow Windows Update Agent to determine the download URL when it's missing from the metadata. | ✔️ | ✔️ | | ✔️ |
-| ManagePreviewBuilds | Use to enable or disable preview builds. | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| PhoneUpdateRestrictions | Deprecated | | ✔️ | | |
-| [RequireDeferUpgrade](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-requiredeferupgrade) | Configure device to receive updates from Current Branch for Business (CBB). | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| [ScheduledInstallDay](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-scheduledinstallday) | Schedule the day for update installation. | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| [ScheduledInstallEveryWeek](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-scheduledinstalleveryweek) | To schedule update installation every week, set the value as `1`. | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| [ScheduledInstallFirstWeek](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-scheduledinstallfirstweek) | To schedule update installation the first week of the month, see the value as `1`. | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| [ScheduledInstallFourthWeek](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-scheduledinstallfourthweek) | To schedule update installation the fourth week of the month, see the value as `1`. | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| [ScheduledInstallSecondWeek](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-scheduledinstallsecondweek) | To schedule update installation the second week of the month, see the value as `1`. | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| [ScheduledInstallThirdWeek](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-scheduledinstallthirdweek) | To schedule update installation the third week of the month, see the value as `1`. | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| [ScheduledInstallTime](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-scheduledinstalltime) | Schedule the time for update installation. | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| [ScheduleImminentRestartWarning](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-scheduleimminentrestartwarning) | Specify the period for auto-restart imminent warning notifications. | ✔️ | ✔️ | | ✔️ |
-| [ScheduleRestartWarning](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-schedulerestartwarning) | Specify the period for auto-restart warning reminder notifications. | ✔️ | ✔️ | | ✔️ |
-| [SetAutoRestartNotificationDisable](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-setautorestartnotificationdisable) | Disable auto-restart notifications for update installations. | ✔️ | ✔️ | | ✔️ |
-| [SetDisablePauseUXAccess](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-setdisablepauseuxaccess) | Disable access to scan Windows Update. | ✔️ | ✔️ | | ✔️ |
-| [SetDisableUXWUAccess](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-setdisableuxwuaccess) | Disable the **Pause updates** feature. | ✔️ | ✔️ | | ✔️ |
-| [SetEDURestart](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-setedurestart) | Skip the check for battery level to ensure that the reboot will happen at ScheduledInstallTime. | ✔️ | ✔️ | | ✔️ |
-| UpdateNotificationLevel | Specify whether to enable or disable Windows Update notifications, including restart warnings. | ✔️ | ✔️ | | ✔️ |
-| [UpdateServiceUrl](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-updateserviceurl) | Configure the device to check for updates from a WSUS server instead of Microsoft Update. | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| [UpdateServiceUrlAlternate](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-updateserviceurlalternate) | Specify an alternate intranet server to host updates from Microsoft Update. | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
+| [ActiveHoursEnd](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-activehoursend) | Use with **Update/ActiveHoursStart** to manage the range of active hours where update reboots aren't scheduled. | ✅ | ✅ | | ✅ |
+| [ActiveHoursMaxRange](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-activehoursmaxrange) | Specify the maximum active hours range. | ✅ | ✅ | | ✅ |
+| [ActiveHoursStart](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-activehoursstart) | Use with **Update/ActiveHoursEnd** to manage the range of active hours where update reboots aren't scheduled. | ✅ | ✅ | | ✅ |
+| [AllowAutoUpdate](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-allowautoupdate) | Configure automatic update behavior to scan, download, and install updates. | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [AllowAutoWindowsUpdateDownloadOverMeteredNetwork](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-allowautowindowsupdatedownloadovermeterednetwork) | Option to download updates automatically over metered connections (off by default). Enter `0` for not allowed, or `1` for allowed. | ✅ | ✅ | | ✅ |
+| [AllowMUUpdateService](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-allowmuupdateservice) | Manage whether to scan for app updates from Microsoft Update. | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [AllowNonMicrosoftSignedUpdate](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-allownonmicrosoftsignedupdate) | Manage whether Automatic Updates accepts updates signed by entities other than Microsoft when the update is found at the UpdateServiceUrl location. | ✅ | ✅ | | ✅ |
+| [AllowUpdateService](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-allowupdateservice) | Specify whether the device can use Microsoft Update, Windows Server Update Services (WSUS), or Microsoft Store. | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [AutoRestartDeadlinePeriodInDays](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-autorestartdeadlineperiodindays) | Specify number of days (between 2 and 30) after which a forced restart will occur outside of active hours when restart is pending. | ✅ | ✅ | | ✅ |
+| [AutoRestartDeadlinePeriodInDaysForFeatureUpdates](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-autorestartdeadlineperiodindaysforfeatureupdates) | Specify number of days (between 2 and 30) after which a forced restart will occur outside of active hours when restart is pending. | ✅ | ✅ | | ✅ |
+| [AutoRestartNotificationSchedule](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-autorestartnotificationschedule) | Specify the period for auto-restart reminder notifications. | ✅ | ✅ | | ✅ |
+| [AutoRestartRequiredNotificationDismissal](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-autorestartrequirednotificationdismissal) | Specify the method by which the auto-restart required notification is dismissed. | ✅ | ✅ | | ✅ |
+| [BranchReadinessLevel](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-branchreadinesslevel) | Select which branch a device receives their updates from. | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [DeferFeatureUpdatesPeriodInDays](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-deferfeatureupdatesperiodindays) | Defer Feature Updates for the specified number of days. | ✅ | ✅ | | ✅ |
+| [DeferQualityUpdatesPeriodInDays](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-deferqualityupdatesperiodindays) | Defer Quality Updates for the specified number of days. | ✅ | ✅ | | ✅ |
+| [DeferUpdatePeriod](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-deferupdateperiod) | Specify update delays for up to 4 weeks. | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [DeferUpgradePeriod](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-deferupgradeperiod) | Specify upgrade delays for up to 8 months. | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [DetectionFrequency](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-detectionfrequency) | Specify the frequency to scan for updates, from every 1-22 hours. | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [DisableDualScan](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-disabledualscan) | Don't allow update deferral policies to cause scans against Windows Update. | ✅ | ✅ | | ✅ |
+| [EngagedRestartDeadline](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-engagedrestartdeadline) | Specify the deadline in days before automatically scheduling and executing a pending restart outside of active hours. | ✅ | ✅ | | ✅ |
+| [EngagedRestartDeadlineForFeatureUpdates](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-engagedrestartdeadlineforfeatureupdates) | Specify the deadline in days before automatically scheduling and executing a pending restart outside of active hours. | ✅ | ✅ | | ✅ |
+| [EngagedRestartSnoozeSchedule](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-engagedrestartsnoozeschedule) | Specify the number of days a user can snooze Engaged restart reminder notifications. | ✅ | ✅ | | ✅ |
+| [EngagedRestartSnoozeScheduleForFeatureUpdates](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-engagedrestartsnoozescheduleforfeatureupdates) | Specify the number of days a user can snooze Engaged restart reminder notifications. | ✅ | ✅ | | ✅ |
+| [EngagedRestartTransitionSchedule](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-engagedrestarttransitionschedule) | Specify the timing before transitioning from Auto restarts scheduled outside of active hours to Engaged restart, which requires the user to schedule. | ✅ | ✅ | | ✅ |
+| [EngagedRestartTransitionScheduleForFeatureUpdates](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-engagedrestarttransitionscheduleforfeatureupdates) | Specify the timing before transitioning from Auto restarts scheduled outside of active hours to Engaged restart, which requires the user to schedule. | ✅ | ✅ | | ✅ |
+| [ExcludeWUDriversInQualityUpdate](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-excludewudriversinqualityupdate) | Exclude Windows Update (WU) drivers during quality updates. | ✅ | ✅ | | ✅ |
+| [FillEmptyContentUrls](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-fillemptycontenturls) | Allow Windows Update Agent to determine the download URL when it's missing from the metadata. | ✅ | ✅ | | ✅ |
+| ManagePreviewBuilds | Use to enable or disable preview builds. | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| PhoneUpdateRestrictions | Deprecated | | ✅ | | |
+| [RequireDeferUpgrade](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-requiredeferupgrade) | Configure device to receive updates from Current Branch for Business (CBB). | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [ScheduledInstallDay](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-scheduledinstallday) | Schedule the day for update installation. | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [ScheduledInstallEveryWeek](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-scheduledinstalleveryweek) | To schedule update installation every week, set the value as `1`. | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [ScheduledInstallFirstWeek](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-scheduledinstallfirstweek) | To schedule update installation the first week of the month, see the value as `1`. | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [ScheduledInstallFourthWeek](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-scheduledinstallfourthweek) | To schedule update installation the fourth week of the month, see the value as `1`. | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [ScheduledInstallSecondWeek](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-scheduledinstallsecondweek) | To schedule update installation the second week of the month, see the value as `1`. | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [ScheduledInstallThirdWeek](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#update-scheduledinstallthirdweek) | To schedule update installation the third week of the month, see the value as `1`. | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [ScheduledInstallTime](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-scheduledinstalltime) | Schedule the time for update installation. | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [ScheduleImminentRestartWarning](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-scheduleimminentrestartwarning) | Specify the period for auto-restart imminent warning notifications. | ✅ | ✅ | | ✅ |
+| [ScheduleRestartWarning](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-schedulerestartwarning) | Specify the period for auto-restart warning reminder notifications. | ✅ | ✅ | | ✅ |
+| [SetAutoRestartNotificationDisable](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-setautorestartnotificationdisable) | Disable auto-restart notifications for update installations. | ✅ | ✅ | | ✅ |
+| [SetDisablePauseUXAccess](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-setdisablepauseuxaccess) | Disable access to scan Windows Update. | ✅ | ✅ | | ✅ |
+| [SetDisableUXWUAccess](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-setdisableuxwuaccess) | Disable the **Pause updates** feature. | ✅ | ✅ | | ✅ |
+| [SetEDURestart](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-setedurestart) | Skip the check for battery level to ensure that the reboot will happen at ScheduledInstallTime. | ✅ | ✅ | | ✅ |
+| UpdateNotificationLevel | Specify whether to enable or disable Windows Update notifications, including restart warnings. | ✅ | ✅ | | ✅ |
+| [UpdateServiceUrl](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-updateserviceurl) | Configure the device to check for updates from a WSUS server instead of Microsoft Update. | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [UpdateServiceUrlAlternate](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#update-updateserviceurlalternate) | Specify an alternate intranet server to host updates from Microsoft Update. | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
 
 ## WiFi
 
 | Setting | Description | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
 | --- | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| [AllowAutoConnectToWiFiSenseHotspots](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#wifi-allowautoconnecttowifisensehotspots) | Allow the device to connect automatically to Wi-Fi hotspots. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [AllowInternetSharing](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#wifi-allowinternetsharing) | Allow Internet sharing. | ✔️ |   |  |  |
+| [AllowAutoConnectToWiFiSenseHotspots](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#wifi-allowautoconnecttowifisensehotspots) | Allow the device to connect automatically to Wi-Fi hotspots. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowInternetSharing](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#wifi-allowinternetsharing) | Allow Internet sharing. | ✅ |   |  |  |
 | [AllowManualWiFiConfiguration](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#wifi-allowmanualwificonfiguration) | Allow connecting to Wi-Fi outside of MDM server-installed networks. |  |   |  |  |
 | [AllowWiFi](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#wifi-allowwifi) | Allow Wi-Fi connections. |  |   |  |  |
-| [WLANScanMode](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#wifi-wlanscanmode) | Configure the WLAN scanning behavior and how aggressively devices should be actively scanning for Wi-Fi networks to get devices connected. | ✔️ | ✔️ |  | ✔️ |
+| [WLANScanMode](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#wifi-wlanscanmode) | Configure the WLAN scanning behavior and how aggressively devices should be actively scanning for Wi-Fi networks to get devices connected. | ✅ | ✅ |  | ✅ |
 
 ## WindowsInkWorkspace
 
 | Setting | Description | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
 | --- | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| [AllowSuggestedAppsInWindowsInkWorkspace](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#windowsinkworkspace-allowsuggestedappsinwindowsinkworkspace) | Show recommended app suggestions in the ink workspace. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [AllowWindowsInkWorkspace](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#windowsinkworkspace-allowwindowsinkworkspace) | Specify whether to allow the user to access the ink workspace. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-
+| [AllowSuggestedAppsInWindowsInkWorkspace](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#windowsinkworkspace-allowsuggestedappsinwindowsinkworkspace) | Show recommended app suggestions in the ink workspace. | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [AllowWindowsInkWorkspace](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#windowsinkworkspace-allowwindowsinkworkspace) | Specify whether to allow the user to access the ink workspace. | ✅ |  |  |  |
 
 ## WindowsLogon
 
-
 | Setting | Description | Windows client |  Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: | 
-| [HideFastUserSwitching](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#windowslogon-hidefastuserswitching) | Hide the **Switch account** button on the sign-in screen, Start, and the Task Manager. | ✔️ |  |  |  |
+| --- | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
+| [HideFastUserSwitching](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#windowslogon-hidefastuserswitching) | Hide the **Switch account** button on the sign-in screen, Start, and the Task Manager. | ✅ |  |  |  |
 
 ## WirelessDisplay
 
 | Setting | Description | Windows client |  Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
 | --- | --- | :---: |  :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| [AllowUserInputFromWirelessDisplayReceiver](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#wirelessdisplay-allowuserinputfromwirelessdisplayreceiver) | This policy controls whether or not the wireless display can send input (keyboard, mouse, pen, and touch, dependent upon display support) back to the source device. For example, a Surface Laptop is projecting wirelessly to a Surface Hub. If input from the wireless display receiver is allowed, users can draw with a pen on the Surface Hub.  | ✔️ |   |  |  |
+| [AllowUserInputFromWirelessDisplayReceiver](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#wirelessdisplay-allowuserinputfromwirelessdisplayreceiver) | This policy controls whether or not the wireless display can send input (keyboard, mouse, pen, and touch, dependent upon display support) back to the source device. For example, a Surface Laptop is projecting wirelessly to a Surface Hub. If input from the wireless display receiver is allowed, users can draw with a pen on the Surface Hub.  | ✅ |   |  |  |
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-privacy.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-privacy.md
index 13962db09d..f1cf11e992 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-privacy.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-privacy.md
@@ -1,15 +1,8 @@
 ---
-title: Privacy (Windows 10)
+title: Privacy
 description: This section describes the Privacy settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
-manager: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
-ms.date: 12/31/2017
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # Privacy (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -20,7 +13,7 @@ Use **Privacy** to configure settings for app activation with voice.
 
 | Setting   | Windows client |  Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
 | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| All settings | ✔️  |  ✔️ |  | ✔️ |
+| All settings | ✅  |  ✅ |  | ✅ |
 
 ## LetAppsActivateWithVoice
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-provisioningcommands.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-provisioningcommands.md
index e79eb9f7f3..f10116f137 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-provisioningcommands.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-provisioningcommands.md
@@ -1,30 +1,19 @@
 ---
-title: ProvisioningCommands (Windows 10)
+title: ProvisioningCommands
 description: This section describes the ProvisioningCommands settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.date: 09/06/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
+
 ---
 
 # ProvisioningCommands (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
 
-Use ProvisioningCommands settings to install Windows desktop applications using a provisioning package. 
+Use ProvisioningCommands settings to install Windows desktop applications using a provisioning package.
 
 ## Applies to
 
 | Setting   | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: | 
-| All settings | ✔️  |  |  |  |  
+| --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
+| All settings | ✅  |  |  |  |
 
 For instructions on adding apps to provisioning packages, see [Provision PCs with apps](../provisioning-packages/provision-pcs-with-apps.md).
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-sharedpc.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-sharedpc.md
index 9bff17847b..64e884bf46 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-sharedpc.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-sharedpc.md
@@ -1,16 +1,8 @@
 ---
 title: SharedPC
 description: This section describes the SharedPC settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.date: 10/16/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # SharedPC (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -20,8 +12,8 @@ Use SharedPC settings to optimize Windows devices for shared use scenarios, such
 ## Applies to
 
 | Setting   | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: | 
-| All settings | ✔️  |  |  |  |
+| --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
+| All settings | ✅  |  |  |  |
 
 ## AccountManagement
 
@@ -46,7 +38,6 @@ Set as **True** to enable **Shared PC Mode**. This setting controls this API: [I
 
 Set as **True** to enable **Shared PC Mode**. This setting controls this API: [IsEnabled](/uwp/api/windows.system.profile.sharedmodesettings).
 
-
 ## PolicyCustomization
 
 Use these settings to configure additional Shared PC policies.
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-smisettings.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-smisettings.md
index 1e5fe77243..a1b396a24b 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-smisettings.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-smisettings.md
@@ -1,16 +1,8 @@
 ---
-title: SMISettings (Windows 10)
+title: SMISettings
 description: This section describes the SMISettings settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
 ms.date: 03/30/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
 ---
 
 # SMISettings (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -20,8 +12,8 @@ Use SMISettings settings to customize the device with custom shell, suppress Win
 ## Applies to
 
 | Setting   | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: | 
-| All settings | ✔️  |  |  |  |
+| --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
+| All settings | ✅  |  |  |  |
 
 ## All settings in SMISettings
 
@@ -59,7 +51,7 @@ The default value is **17**, which disables all Welcome screen UI elements and t
 | 8 | Disables the Ease of access button |
 | 16 | Disables the Switch user button |
 | 32 | Disables the blocked shutdown resolver (BSDR) screen. Restarting or shutting down the system causes the OS to immediately force close any applications that are blocking the system shutdown. No UI is displayed, and users aren't given a chance to cancel the shutdown process. This value can result in a loss of data if any open applications have unsaved data. |
- 
+
 ## CrashDumpEnabled values
 
 If the system stops unexpectedly, choose the type of information to capture in a dump (.dmp) file.
@@ -73,10 +65,10 @@ Set CrashDumpEnabled to one of the following values:
 | 1 | Records all the contents of system memory. This dump file may contain data from processes that were running when the information was collected. |
 | 2 | Records only the kernel memory. This dump file includes only memory that's allocated to the kernel, kernel-mode drivers, and other kernel-mode programs. It doesn't include unallocated memory, or any memory that's allocated to user-mode programs.

                   For most purposes, this kind of dump file is the most useful because it's smaller than the complete memory dump file. It also includes information that's most likely involved in the issue.

                   If a second problem occurs, the dump file is overwritten with new information. |
 | 3 | Records the smallest amount of useful information that may help identify why the device stopped unexpectedly. This type of dump file includes the following information:

                  - A list of loaded drivers
                  - The processor context (PRCB) for the processor that stopped
                  - The process information and kernel context (EPROCESS) for the process that stopped
                  - The process information and kernel context (ETHREAD) for the thread that stopped
                  - The kernel-mode call stack for the thread that stopped

                  This dump file can be useful when space is limited. Because of the limited information, errors that aren't directly caused by the running thread at the time of the problem may not be discovered by analyzing this file.

                   The date is encoded in the file name. If a second problem occurs, the previous file is preserved and the new file is given a distinct name. A list of all small memory dump files is kept in the %SystemRoot%\Minidump folder. |
-| 4 | Records the smallest amount of useful information. This value produces the same results as entering a value of 3. |
-| 7 | Records only the kernel memory. This value produces the same results as entering a value of 2. This is the default value. |
+| 4 | Records the smallest amount of useful information. This value produces the same results as entering a value of 1. |
+| 7 | Records only the kernel memory. This value produces the same results as entering a value of 1. This is the default value. |
 | Any other value | Disables crash dump and doesn't record anything. |
- 
+
 ## KeyboardFilter settings
 
 Use these settings to suppress undesirable key presses or key combinations. KeyboardFilter works with physical keyboards, the Windows on-screen keyboard, and the touch keyboard.
@@ -98,7 +90,7 @@ When you **enable** KeyboardFilter, many other settings become available for con
 Use ShellLauncher to specify the application or executable to use as the default custom shell. One use of ShellLauncher is to [create a kiosk (fixed-purpose) device running a Windows desktop application](/windows/configuration/set-up-a-kiosk-for-windows-10-for-desktop-editions#shell-launcher-for-classic-windows-applications).
 
 >[!WARNING]
->Windows 10 doesn’t support setting a custom shell prior to OOBE. If you do, you won’t be able to deploy the resulting image.
+>Windows 10 doesn't support setting a custom shell prior to OOBE. If you do, you won't be able to deploy the resulting image.
 
 You can also configure ShellLauncher to launch different shell applications for different users or user groups.
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-start.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-start.md
index b8d84f5b0c..aab20c09ae 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-start.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-start.md
@@ -1,16 +1,8 @@
 ---
-title: Start (Windows 10)
+title: Start
 description: This section describes the Start settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.date: 09/06/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # Start (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -19,9 +11,9 @@ Use Start settings to apply a customized Start screen to devices.
 
 ## Applies to
 
-| Setting   | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: | 
-| StartLayout | ✔️  | |  |  |
+| Setting | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
+|--|:-:|:-:|:-:|:-:|
+| StartLayout | ✅ |  |  |  |
 
 >[!IMPORTANT]
 >The StartLayout setting is available in the advanced provisioning for Windows 10, but shouldn't be used. For Windows client, use [Policies > StartLayout](wcd-policies.md#start).
@@ -29,4 +21,3 @@ Use Start settings to apply a customized Start screen to devices.
 ## StartLayout
 
 Use StartLayout to select the `LayoutModification.xml` file that applies a customized Start screen.
-
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-startupapp.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-startupapp.md
index 55c8fcc8f3..7f4c1c4709 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-startupapp.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-startupapp.md
@@ -1,16 +1,8 @@
 ---
-title: StartupApp (Windows 10)
+title: StartupApp
 description: This section describes the StartupApp settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.date: 09/06/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # StartupApp (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -20,7 +12,7 @@ Use StartupApp settings to configure the default app that will run on start for
 ## Applies to
 
 | Setting   | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: | 
-| Default |  |  |  |  ✔️ |
+| --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
+| Default |  |  |  |  ✅ |
 
 Enter the [Application User Model ID (AUMID)](/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/find-the-application-user-model-id-of-an-installed-app) for the default app.
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-startupbackgroundtasks.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-startupbackgroundtasks.md
index 6838b63730..95022798c2 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-startupbackgroundtasks.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-startupbackgroundtasks.md
@@ -1,16 +1,8 @@
 ---
-title: StartupBackgroundTasks (Windows 10)
+title: StartupBackgroundTasks
 description: This section describes the StartupBackgroundTasks settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.date: 09/06/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # StartupBackgroundTasks (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -21,5 +13,4 @@ Documentation not available at this time.
 
 | Setting   | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
 | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| All settings |  |  |  |  ✔️ |
-
+| All settings |  |  |  |  ✅ |
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-storaged3inmodernstandby.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-storaged3inmodernstandby.md
index 397c14a4f5..7daa17c986 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-storaged3inmodernstandby.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-storaged3inmodernstandby.md
@@ -1,15 +1,8 @@
 ---
-title: StorageD3InModernStandby (Windows 10)
+title: StorageD3InModernStandby
 description: This section describes the StorageD3InModernStandby settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
-ms.date: 12/31/2017
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # StorageD3InModernStandby (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -24,5 +17,5 @@ Use **StorageD3InModernStandby** to enable or disable low-power state (D3) durin
 ## Applies to
 
 | Setting   | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: | 
-| All settings | ✔️  | ✔️ |  | ✔️ |
+| --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
+| All settings | ✅  | ✅ |  | ✅ |
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-surfacehubmanagement.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-surfacehubmanagement.md
index cd0bdc4208..7a8db5a247 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-surfacehubmanagement.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-surfacehubmanagement.md
@@ -1,16 +1,8 @@
 ---
-title: SurfaceHubManagement (Windows 10)
+title: SurfaceHubManagement
 description: This section describes the SurfaceHubManagement settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.date: 09/06/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # SurfaceHubManagement (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -20,14 +12,11 @@ Use SurfaceHubManagement settings to set the administrator group that will manag
 >[!IMPORTANT]
 >These settings should be used only in provisioning packages that are applied during OOBE.
 
-
-
 ## Applies to
 
 | Setting   | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: | 
-| All settings |   | ✔️ |  |   |
-
+| --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
+| All settings |   | ✅ |  |   |
 
 ## GroupName
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-tabletmode.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-tabletmode.md
index 9934c78fd0..04aeb1232a 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-tabletmode.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-tabletmode.md
@@ -1,16 +1,8 @@
 ---
-title: TabletMode (Windows 10)
+title: TabletMode
 description: This section describes the TabletMode settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.date: 04/30/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # TabletMode (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -21,11 +13,11 @@ Use TabletMode to configure settings related to tablet mode.
 
 | Setting   | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
 | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| All settings | ✔️ | ✔️ |  |  |
+| All settings | ✅ | ✅ |  |  |
 
 ## ConvertibleSlateModePromptPreference
 
-Set the default for hardware-based prompts. 
+Set the default for hardware-based prompts.
 
 ## SignInMode
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-takeatest.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-takeatest.md
index d5071fb0e0..79a7405207 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-takeatest.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-takeatest.md
@@ -1,16 +1,8 @@
 ---
-title: TakeATest (Windows 10)
+title: TakeATest
 description: This section describes the TakeATest settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.date: 09/06/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # TakeATest (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -21,7 +13,7 @@ Use TakeATest to configure the Take A Test app, a secure browser for test-taking
 
 | Setting   | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
 | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| All settings | ✔️ |  |  |   |
+| All settings | ✅ |  |  |   |
 
 ## AllowScreenMonitoring
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-time.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-time.md
index 1bb981193e..39bb291ce0 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-time.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-time.md
@@ -1,26 +1,19 @@
 ---
-title: Time (Windows 10)
+title: Time
 description: This section describes the Time settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
-manager: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
-ms.date: 12/31/2017
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # Time
 
-Use **Time** to configure settings for time zone setup for Windows 10, version (TBD) and later. 
+Use **Time** to configure settings for time zone setup for Windows 10, version (TBD) and later.
 
 ## Applies to
 
 | Setting   | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
 | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| [ProvisionSetTimeZone](#provisionsettimezone) | ✔️ |  |  |  |
+| [ProvisionSetTimeZone](#provisionsettimezone) | ✅ |  |  |  |
 
 ## ProvisionSetTimeZone
 
@@ -33,6 +26,3 @@ Set to **False** for time zone assignment to occur when the first user signs in.
 
 >[!NOTE]
 >Do not set **Time > ProvisionSetTimeZone** to **False** and also set a time zone in **Policies > TimeLanguageSettings > ConfigureTimeZone**.
-
-
-
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-unifiedwritefilter.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-unifiedwritefilter.md
index 2c03844e3f..a7aea5e4ed 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-unifiedwritefilter.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-unifiedwritefilter.md
@@ -1,21 +1,12 @@
 ---
-title: UnifiedWriteFilter (Windows 10)
+title: UnifiedWriteFilter
 description: This section describes the UnifiedWriteFilter settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
-ms.date: 12/31/2017
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # UnifiedWriteFilter (reference)
 
-
 Use UnifiedWriteFilter to configure settings for the Unified Write Filter (UWF). It helps protect your physical storage media, including most standard writable storage types that are supported by the OS, such as:
 
 - Physical hard disks
@@ -34,16 +25,15 @@ UWF intercepts all write attempts to a protected volume and redirects these writ
 The overlay doesn't mirror the entire volume. It dynamically grows to keep track of redirected writes. Generally, the overlay is stored in system memory. You can cache a portion of the overlay on a physical volume.
 
 >[!NOTE]
->UWF fully supports the NTFS system; however, during device startup, NTFS file system journal files can write to a protected volume before UWF has loaded and started protecting the volume. 
+>UWF fully supports the NTFS system; however, during device startup, NTFS file system journal files can write to a protected volume before UWF has loaded and started protecting the volume.
 
 [Learn more about the Unified Write Filter feature.](/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/unified-write-filter)
 
-
 ## Applies to
 
 | Setting   | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
 | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
-| All settings | ✔️ |  |  |  ✔️ |
+| All settings | ✅ |  |  |  ✅ |
 
 ## FilterEnabled
 
@@ -51,7 +41,7 @@ Set to **True** to enable UWF.
 
 ## OverlayFlags
 
-OverlayFlags specifies whether to allow writes to unused space on the volume to pass through, and not redirect to the overlay file. Enabling this setting helps conserve space on the overlay file. 
+OverlayFlags specifies whether to allow writes to unused space on the volume to pass through, and not redirect to the overlay file. Enabling this setting helps conserve space on the overlay file.
 
 - Value `0` (default value when [OverlayType](#overlaytype) isn't **Disk**): writes are redirected to the overlay file
 - Value `1`(default value when [OverlayType](#overlaytype) is  **Disk**): writes to unused space on the volume are allowed to pass through without being redirected to the overlay file.
@@ -65,7 +55,7 @@ Enter the maximum overlay size, in megabytes (MB), for the UWF overlay. The mini
 
 ## OverlayType
 
-OverlayType specifies where the overlay is stored. Select between **RAM** (default) and **Disk** (pre-allocated file on the system volume). 
+OverlayType specifies where the overlay is stored. Select between **RAM** (default) and **Disk** (pre-allocated file on the system volume).
 
 ## RegistryExclusions
 
@@ -81,7 +71,7 @@ Set to **True** to reset UWF settings to the original state that was captured at
 
 ## Volumes
 
-Enter a drive letter for a volume to be protected by UWF. 
+Enter a drive letter for a volume to be protected by UWF.
 
 >[!NOTE]
 >In the current OS release, Windows Configuration Designer contains a validation bug. To work around this issue, you must include a ":" after the drive letter when specifying the value for the setting. For example, if you are specifying the C drive, you must set DriveLetter to "C:" instead of just "C".
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-universalappinstall.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-universalappinstall.md
index 2e3a68fe9f..2afe56cfb4 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-universalappinstall.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-universalappinstall.md
@@ -1,35 +1,26 @@
 ---
-title: UniversalAppInstall (Windows 10)
+title: UniversalAppInstall
 description: This section describes the UniversalAppInstall settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
-ms.date: 12/31/2017
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # UniversalAppInstall (reference)
 
-
-Use UniversalAppInstall settings to install Windows apps from the Microsoft Store or a hosted location. 
+Use UniversalAppInstall settings to install Windows apps from the Microsoft Store or a hosted location.
 
 >[!NOTE]
 >You can only use the Windows provisioning settings and provisioning packages for apps where you have the available installation files, namely with sideloaded apps that have an offline license. [Learn more about offline app distribution.](/microsoft-store/distribute-offline-apps)
 
 ## Applies to
 
-| Setting   | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: | 
-| [DeviceContextApp](#devicecontextapp) | ✔️ | ✔️ |  |   |
-| [DeviceContextAppLicense](#devicecontextapplicense) | ✔️ | ✔️ |  |   |
-| [StoreInstall](#storeinstall) | ✔️ |  ✔️ |  | ✔️  |
-| [UserContextApp](#usercontextapp) | ✔️ |  ✔️ |  | ✔️  |
-| [UserContextAppLicense](#usercontextapplicense) | ✔️ | ✔️ |  | ✔️  |
+| Setting | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
+|--|:-:|:-:|:-:|:-:|
+| [DeviceContextApp](#devicecontextapp) | ✅ | ✅ |  |  |
+| [DeviceContextAppLicense](#devicecontextapplicense) | ✅ | ✅ |  |  |
+| [StoreInstall](#storeinstall) | ✅ | ✅ |  | ✅ |
+| [UserContextApp](#usercontextapp) | ✅ | ✅ |  | ✅ |
+| [UserContextAppLicense](#usercontextapplicense) | ✅ | ✅ |  | ✅ |
 
 ## DeviceContextApp
 
@@ -41,56 +32,52 @@ Enter an app package family name to install an app for all device users. You can
 For each app that you add to the package, configure the settings in the following table.
 
 | Setting | Value | Description |
-| --- | --- | --- |
-| ApplicationFile | `.appx` or `.appxbundle`  | Set the value to the app file that you want to install on the device. Also enable the [AllowAllTrustedApps setting](wcd-policies.md#applicationmanagement) and add a root certificate or license file.  |
-| DependencyAppxFiles  | Any required frameworks  | In Microsoft Store for Business, any dependencies for the app are listed in the **Required frameworks** section of the download page.   |
-| DeploymentOptions | - None
                  -Force application shutdown: If this package, or any package that depends on this package is currently in use, then the processes associated with the package are forcibly shut down. The registration can continue. 
                  - Development mode: Don't use. 
                  - Install all resources: When you set this option, the app is instructed to skip resource applicability checks.
                  - Force target application shutdown: If this package is currently in use, the processes associated with the package are shut down forcibly so that registration can continue  |  Select a deployment option.  |
-| LaunchAppAtLogin | - Don't launch app
                  - Launch app  | Set the value for app behavior when a user signs in.  |
-| OptionalPackageFiles | Additional files required by the package  | Browse to, select, and add the optional package files.  |
+|--|--|--|
+| ApplicationFile | `.appx` or `.appxbundle` | Set the value to the app file that you want to install on the device. Also enable the [AllowAllTrustedApps setting](wcd-policies.md#applicationmanagement) and add a root certificate or license file. |
+| DependencyAppxFiles | Any required frameworks | In Microsoft Store for Business, any dependencies for the app are listed in the **Required frameworks** section of the download page. |
+| DeploymentOptions | - None
                  -Force application shutdown: If this package, or any package that depends on this package is currently in use, then the processes associated with the package are forcibly shut down. The registration can continue. 
                  - Development mode: Don't use. 
                  - Install all resources: When you set this option, the app is instructed to skip resource applicability checks.
                  - Force target application shutdown: If this package is currently in use, the processes associated with the package are shut down forcibly so that registration can continue | Select a deployment option. |
+| LaunchAppAtLogin | - Don't launch app
                  - Launch app | Set the value for app behavior when a user signs in. |
+| OptionalPackageFiles | Additional files required by the package | Browse to, select, and add the optional package files. |
 
 For more information on deployment options, see [DeploymentOptions Enum](/uwp/api/windows.management.deployment.deploymentoptions).
 
 ## DeviceContextAppLicense
 
-Use to specify the license file for the provisioned app. 
+Use to specify the license file for the provisioned app.
 
 1. Specify a **LicenseProductId** for the app. You can find the license ID in the root header of the license file. For example, enter `LicenseID="aaaaaaaa-dddd-8848-f8d0-7d6a93dfcccc"`. Enter it in the LicenseProductId field, and select **Add**.
-
-2. Select the LicenseProductId in the Available Customizations pane, and then browse to and select the app license file.
-
+1. Select the LicenseProductId in the Available Customizations pane, and then browse to and select the app license file.
 
 ## StoreInstall
 
 Use to install an app from the Microsoft Store for Business.
 
 1. Enter a package family name, and then select **Add**.
-2. Configure the following required settings for the app package.
+1. Configure the following required settings for the app package.
 
-Setting | Description
---- | ---
-Flags | Description not available at this time. 
-ProductID | Enter the product ID. [Learn how to find the product ID.](/microsoft-store/microsoft-store-for-business-education-powershell-module#view-items-in-products-and-services)
-SkuID | Enter the SKU ID. [Learn how to find the SKU ID.](/microsoft-store/microsoft-store-for-business-education-powershell-module#view-items-in-products-and-services)
+| Setting | Description |
+|--|--|
+| Flags | Description not available at this time. |
+| ProductID | Enter the product ID. [Learn how to find the product ID.](/microsoft-store/microsoft-store-for-business-education-powershell-module#view-items-in-products-and-services) |
+| SkuID | Enter the SKU ID. [Learn how to find the SKU ID.](/microsoft-store/microsoft-store-for-business-education-powershell-module#view-items-in-products-and-services) |
 
 ## UserContextApp
 
 Use to add a new user context app.
 
 1. Specify a **PackageFamilyName** for the app, and then select **Add**.
-2. Select the PackageFamilyName in the Available Customizations pane, and then configure the following settings.
-
-Setting | Value | Description
---- | --- | ---
-ApplicationFile | App file  | Browse to, select, and add the application file,
-DependencyAppxFiles | Additional files required by the app  | Browse to, select, and add dependency files.
-DeploymentOptions | - None

                  - Force application shutdown

                  - Development mode

                  - Install all resources

                  - Force target application shutdown  | Select a deployment option.
-LaunchAppAtLogin | - Don't launch app

                  - Launch app  | Select whether the app should be started when a user signs in.
+1. Select the PackageFamilyName in the Available Customizations pane, and then configure the following settings.
 
+| Setting | Value | Description |
+|--|--|--|
+| ApplicationFile | App file | Browse to, select, and add the application file, |
+| DependencyAppxFiles | Additional files required by the app | Browse to, select, and add dependency files. |
+| DeploymentOptions | - None

                  - Force application shutdown

                  - Development mode

                  - Install all resources

                  - Force target application shutdown | Select a deployment option. |
+| LaunchAppAtLogin | - Don't launch app

                  - Launch app | Select whether the app should be started when a user signs in. |
 
 ## UserContextAppLicense
 
-Use to specify the license file for the user context app. 
+Use to specify the license file for the user context app.
 
 1. Specify a **LicenseProductId** for the app. You can find the license ID in the root header of the license file. For example, enter `LicenseID="aaaaaaaa-dddd-8848-f8d0-7d6a93dfcccc"`. Enter it in the LicenseProductId field, and select **Add**.
-
-2. Select the LicenseProductId in the Available Customizations pane, and then browse to and select the app license file.
+1. Select the LicenseProductId in the Available Customizations pane, and then browse to and select the app license file.
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-universalappuninstall.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-universalappuninstall.md
index 5889dc2d7e..1d4aec5200 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-universalappuninstall.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-universalappuninstall.md
@@ -1,43 +1,33 @@
 ---
-title: UniversalAppUninstall (Windows 10)
+title: UniversalAppUninstall
 description: This section describes the UniversalAppUninstall settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
-ms.date: 12/31/2017
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # UniversalAppUninstall (reference)
 
-
 Use UniversalAppUninstall settings to uninstall or remove Windows apps.
 
-
 ## Applies to
 
-| Setting   | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: | 
-| [RemoveProvisionedApp](#removeprovisionedapp) | ✔️ |  |  |   |
-| [Uninstall](#uninstall) | ✔️ | ✔️ |  | ✔️  |
+| Setting | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
+|--|:-:|:-:|:-:|:-:|
+| [RemoveProvisionedApp](#removeprovisionedapp) | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [Uninstall](#uninstall) | ✅ | ✅ |  | ✅ |
 
 ## RemoveProvisionedApp
 
-Universal apps can be *provisioned*. Provisioned means that they're available on the device for installation in user context. When a user runs the provisioned app, the app is then installed for that user. 
+Universal apps can be *provisioned*. Provisioned means that they're available on the device for installation in user context. When a user runs the provisioned app, the app is then installed for that user.
 
 Use **RemoveProvisionedApp** to remove app packages that are available on the device. Any instances of the app that have already been installed by a user aren't uninstalled. To uninstall provisioned apps that have been installed by a user, use the [Uninstall](#uninstall) setting.
 
 1. Enter the PackageFamilyName for the app package, and then select **Add**.
-2. Select the PackageFamilyName in the Available Customizations pane, and then select **RemoveProvisionedApp**.
+1. Select the PackageFamilyName in the Available Customizations pane, and then select **RemoveProvisionedApp**.
 
 ## Uninstall
 
 Use **Uninstall** to remove provisioned apps that have been installed by a user.
 
 1. Enter the PackageFamilyName for the app package, and then select **Add**.
-2. Select the PackageFamilyName in the Available Customizations pane, and then select **Uninstall**.
+1. Select the PackageFamilyName in the Available Customizations pane, and then select **Uninstall**.
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-usberrorsoemoverride.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-usberrorsoemoverride.md
index 9869da77b4..ac5ff4d4ee 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-usberrorsoemoverride.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-usberrorsoemoverride.md
@@ -1,29 +1,19 @@
 ---
-title: UsbErrorsOEMOverride (Windows 10)
+title: UsbErrorsOEMOverride
 description: This section describes the UsbErrorsOEMOverride settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
-ms.date: 12/31/2017
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # UsbErrorsOEMOverride (reference)
 
-
-Allows an OEM to hide the USB option UI in Settings and all USB device errors. 
-
+Allows an OEM to hide the USB option UI in Settings and all USB device errors.
 
 ## Applies to
 
-| Setting   | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: | 
-| [HideUsbErrorNotifyOptionUI](#hideusberrornotifyoptionui) | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |   |
+| Setting | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
+|--|:-:|:-:|:-:|:-:|
+| [HideUsbErrorNotifyOptionUI](#hideusberrornotifyoptionui) | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |  |
 
 ## HideUsbErrorNotifyOptionUI
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-weakcharger.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-weakcharger.md
index 211d170ce0..b9f60ef6bb 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-weakcharger.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-weakcharger.md
@@ -1,35 +1,24 @@
 ---
-title: WeakCharger (Windows 10)
+title: WeakCharger
 description: This section describes the WeakCharger settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
-ms.date: 12/31/2017
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # WeakCharger (reference)
 
-
 Use WeakCharger settings to configure the charger notification UI.
 
-
 ## Applies to
 
-| Setting   | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: | 
-| [HideWeakChargerNotifyOptionUI](#hideweakchargernotifyoptionui) | ✔️ | ✔️ |  |   |
-| [NotifyOnWeakCharger](#notifyonweakcharger) | ✔️ | ✔️ |  |   |
-
+| Setting | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
+|--|:-:|:-:|:-:|:-:|
+| [HideWeakChargerNotifyOptionUI](#hideweakchargernotifyoptionui) | ✅ | ✅ |  |  |
+| [NotifyOnWeakCharger](#notifyonweakcharger) | ✅ | ✅ |  |  |
 
 ## HideWeakChargerNotifyOptionUI
 
-This setting determines whether the user sees the dialog that's displayed when the user connects the device to an incompatible charging source. By default, the OS shows the weak charger notification option UI. 
+This setting determines whether the user sees the dialog that's displayed when the user connects the device to an incompatible charging source. By default, the OS shows the weak charger notification option UI.
 
 Select between **Show Weak Charger Notifications UI** and **Hide Weak Charger Notifications UI**.
 
@@ -40,10 +29,9 @@ This setting shows a warning when the user connects the device to an incompatibl
 An incompatible charging source is one that doesn't behave like one of the following port types:
 
 - Charging downstream port
-- Standard downstream port 
+- Standard downstream port
 - Dedicated charging port
 
 The port types are defined by the USB Battery Charging Specification, Revision 1.2, available at `USB.org`.
 
 Select between **Disable Weak Charger Notifications UI** and **Enable Weak Charger Notifications UI**.
-
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-windowshelloforbusiness.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-windowshelloforbusiness.md
index f69695122b..d4daca497d 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-windowshelloforbusiness.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-windowshelloforbusiness.md
@@ -1,28 +1,19 @@
 ---
-title: WindowsHelloForBusiness (Windows 10)
+title: WindowsHelloForBusiness
 description: This section describes the Windows Hello for Business settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
-ms.date: 12/31/2017
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # WindowsHelloForBusiness (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
 
-
 Use WindowsHelloForBusiness settings to specify whether [FIDO2 security keys for Windows Hello](https://blogs.windows.com/business/2018/04/17/windows-hello-fido2-security-keys/) can be used to sign in to a Windows device configured for [Shared PC mode](wcd-sharedpc.md).
 
 ## Applies to
 
 | Setting groups | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: | 
-| [SecurityKeys](#securitykeys) | ✔️ |  |  |  |
+| --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
+| [SecurityKeys](#securitykeys) | ✅ |  |  |  |
 
 ## SecurityKeys
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-windowsteamsettings.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-windowsteamsettings.md
index f2ae2c2447..2615a85f97 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-windowsteamsettings.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-windowsteamsettings.md
@@ -1,36 +1,26 @@
 ---
-title: WindowsTeamSettings (Windows 10)
+title: WindowsTeamSettings
 description: This section describes the WindowsTeamSettings settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
-ms.date: 12/31/2017
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # WindowsTeamSettings (reference)
 
-
 Use WindowsTeamSettings settings to configure Surface Hub.
 
-
 ## Applies to
 
-| Setting   | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: | 
-| All settings |  | ✔️ |  |   |
+| Setting | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
+|--|:-:|:-:|:-:|:-:|
+| All settings |  | ✅ |  |  |
 
 ## Connect
 
 | Setting | Value | Description |
 | --- | --- | --- |
 | AutoLaunch  | True or false  | Open the Connect app automatically when someone projects.  |
-| Channel | - 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 (works with all Miracast senders in all regions)
                  - 36, 40, 44, 48 (works with all 5ghz band Miracast senders in all regions)
                  - 149, 153, 157, 161, 165 (works with all 5ghz band Miracast senders in all regions except Japan) | Wireless channel to use for Miracast operation. The supported channels are defined by the Wi-Fi Alliance Wi-Fi Direct specification. Integer specifying the channel. The default value is 255. Outside of regulatory concerns, if the channel is configured incorrectly, the driver won't boot. Or, it will broadcast on the wrong channel, which senders won't be looking for. |
+| Channel | - 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 (works with all Miracast senders in all regions)
                  - 36, 40, 44, 48 (works with all 5ghz band Miracast senders in all regions)
                  - 149, 153, 157, 161, 165 (works with all 5ghz band Miracast senders in all regions except Japan) | Wireless channel to use for Miracast operation. The supported channels are defined by the Wi-Fi Alliance Wi-Fi Direct specification. Integer specifying the channel. The default value is 251. Outside of regulatory concerns, if the channel is configured incorrectly, the driver won't boot. Or, it will broadcast on the wrong channel, which senders won't be looking for. |
 | Enabled | True or false  | Enables wireless projection to the device. |
 | PINRequired | True or false | Requires presenters to enter a PIN to connect wirelessly to the device. |
 
@@ -55,8 +45,6 @@ A device account is a Microsoft Exchange account that's connected with Skype for
 
 Use these settings to configure 802.1x wired authentication. For details, see [Enable 802.1x wired authentication](/surface-hub/enable-8021x-wired-authentication).
 
-
-
 ## FriendlyName
 
 Enter the name that users will see when they want to project wirelessly to the device.
@@ -72,7 +60,7 @@ Maintenance hours are the period of time when automatic maintenance tasks are ru
 
 ## OMSAgent
 
-Configures the Operations Management Suite workspace. 
+Configures the Operations Management Suite workspace.
 
 | Setting | Value | Description |
 | --- | --- | --- |
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-wlan.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-wlan.md
index 6a2da109c1..6cfa3adaa3 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-wlan.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-wlan.md
@@ -1,27 +1,16 @@
 ---
-title: WLAN (Windows 10)
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
+title: WLAN
 description: This section describes the WLAN settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
-ms.date: 12/31/2017
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # WLAN (reference)
 
-
 Do not use at this time. Instead, use [ConnectivityProfiles > WLAN](wcd-connectivityprofiles.md#wlan)
 
-
 ## Applies to
 
 | Setting   | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
 | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
 | All settings |  |  |  |   |
-
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-workplace.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-workplace.md
index 8e21def9dd..8f7a6dcdac 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-workplace.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-workplace.md
@@ -1,28 +1,19 @@
 ---
-title: Workplace (Windows 10)
+title: Workplace
 description: This section describes the Workplace settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.date: 04/30/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # Workplace (reference)
 
-
 Use Workplace settings to configure bulk user enrollment to a mobile device management (MDM) service. For more information, see [Bulk enrollment step-by-step](/windows/client-management/mdm/bulk-enrollment-using-windows-provisioning-tool).
 
 ## Applies to
 
 | Setting   | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: | 
-| [Enrollments](#enrollments) | ✔️ | ✔️ |  | ✔️  |
+| --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
+| [Enrollments](#enrollments) | ✅ | ✅ |  | ✅  |
 
 ## Enrollments
 
@@ -36,6 +27,3 @@ Select **Enrollments**, enter a UPN, and then select **Add** to configure the se
 | PolicyServiceFullUrl | URL | The full URL for the policy service |
 | Secret | - Password string for on-premises authentication enrollment
                  - Federated security token for federated enrollment
                  - Certificate thumb print for certificate-based enrollment | Enter the appropriate value for the selected AuthPolicy.  |
 
-## Related articles
-
-- [Provisioning configuration service provider (CSP)](/windows/client-management/mdm/provisioning-csp)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd.md
index 3fe32ffa9b..3cbabeba2c 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd.md
@@ -1,76 +1,67 @@
 ---
-title: Windows Configuration Designer provisioning settings (Windows 10)
+title: Windows Configuration Designer provisioning settings
 description: This section describes the settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
-ms.prod: windows-client
-author: aczechowski
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: reference
-ms.collection: must-keep
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: aaroncz
-ms.technology: itpro-configure
-ms.date: 12/31/2017
+ms.date: 01/25/2024
 ---
 
 # Windows Configuration Designer provisioning settings (reference)
 
-This section describes the settings that you can configure in [provisioning packages](../provisioning-packages/provisioning-packages.md) for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer. 
+This section describes the settings that you can configure in [provisioning packages](../provisioning-packages/provisioning-packages.md) for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
 
 ## Edition that each group of settings applies to
 
 | Setting group | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
-| --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: | 
-| [AccountManagement](wcd-accountmanagement.md) |  |  | ✔️ |  |
-| [Accounts](wcd-accounts.md) | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| [ADMXIngestion](wcd-admxingestion.md) | ✔️ | | | |
-| [AssignedAccess](wcd-assignedaccess.md) | ✔️ | | ✔️ | |
-| [Browser](wcd-browser.md) | ✔️ | ✔️ |  |  |
-| [CellCore](wcd-cellcore.md) | ✔️ | | | |
-| [Cellular](wcd-cellular.md) | ✔️ | |  |  |
-| [Certificates](wcd-certificates.md) | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| [CleanPC](wcd-cleanpc.md) | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [Connections](wcd-connections.md) | ✔️ | ✔️ |  |  |
-| [ConnectivityProfiles](wcd-connectivityprofiles.md) | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |  |
-| [CountryAndRegion](wcd-countryandregion.md) | ✔️ | ✔️ |  |  |
-| [DesktopBackgroundAndColors](wcd-desktopbackgroundandcolors.md) | ✔️ | |  |  |
-| [DeveloperSetup](wcd-developersetup.md) |  |  | ✔️ |  |
-| [DeviceFormFactor](wcd-deviceformfactor.md) |  ✔️ | ✔️ |  |  |
-| [DeviceManagement](wcd-devicemanagement.md) |  ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |  |
-| [DeviceUpdateCenter](wcd-deviceupdatecenter.md) | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [DMClient](wcd-dmclient.md) | ✔️ | ✔️ |  | ✔️ |
-| [EditionUpgrade](wcd-editionupgrade.md) | ✔️ |  | ✔️ |  |
+| --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: |
+| [AccountManagement](wcd-accountmanagement.md) |  |  | ✅ |  |
+| [Accounts](wcd-accounts.md) | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [ADMXIngestion](wcd-admxingestion.md) | ✅ | | | |
+| [AssignedAccess](wcd-assignedaccess.md) | ✅ | | ✅ | |
+| [Browser](wcd-browser.md) | ✅ | ✅ |  |  |
+| [CellCore](wcd-cellcore.md) | ✅ | | | |
+| [Cellular](wcd-cellular.md) | ✅ | |  |  |
+| [Certificates](wcd-certificates.md) | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [CleanPC](wcd-cleanpc.md) | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [Connections](wcd-connections.md) | ✅ | ✅ |  |  |
+| [ConnectivityProfiles](wcd-connectivityprofiles.md) | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |  |
+| [CountryAndRegion](wcd-countryandregion.md) | ✅ | ✅ |  |  |
+| [DesktopBackgroundAndColors](wcd-desktopbackgroundandcolors.md) | ✅ | |  |  |
+| [DeveloperSetup](wcd-developersetup.md) |  |  | ✅ |  |
+| [DeviceFormFactor](wcd-deviceformfactor.md) |  ✅ | ✅ |  |  |
+| [DeviceManagement](wcd-devicemanagement.md) |  ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |  |
+| [DeviceUpdateCenter](wcd-deviceupdatecenter.md) | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [DMClient](wcd-dmclient.md) | ✅ | ✅ |  | ✅ |
+| [EditionUpgrade](wcd-editionupgrade.md) | ✅ |  | ✅ |  |
 | [EmbeddedLockdownProfiles](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/windows-10-mobile-end-of-support-faq-8c2dd1cf-a571-00f0-0881-bb83926d05c5) |  |  |  |  |
-| [FirewallConfiguration](wcd-firewallconfiguration.md) |  |  |  | ✔️ |
-| [FirstExperience](wcd-firstexperience.md) |  |  | ✔️ |  |
-| [Folders](wcd-folders.md) |✔️ | ✔️ |  |  |
-| [KioskBrowser](wcd-kioskbrowser.md) |  |  |  | ✔️ |
-| [Licensing](wcd-licensing.md) | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [Location](wcd-location.md) |  |  |  | ✔️ |
-| [Maps](wcd-maps.md) |✔️ | ✔️ |  |  |
-| [NetworkProxy](wcd-networkproxy.md) |  | ✔️ |  |  |
-| [NetworkQOSPolicy](wcd-networkqospolicy.md) |  | ✔️ |  |  |
-| [OOBE](wcd-oobe.md) | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [Personalization](wcd-personalization.md) | ✔️ |  |  |  | 
-| [Policies](wcd-policies.md) | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| [Privacy](wcd-folders.md) |✔️ | ✔️ |  | ✔️ |
-| [ProvisioningCommands](wcd-provisioningcommands.md) | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [SharedPC](wcd-sharedpc.md) | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [SMISettings](wcd-smisettings.md) | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [Start](wcd-start.md) | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [StartupApp](wcd-startupapp.md) |  |  |  | ✔️ |
-| [StartupBackgroundTasks](wcd-startupbackgroundtasks.md) |  |  |  | ✔️ |
-| [StorageD3InModernStandby](wcd-storaged3inmodernstandby.md) |✔️ | ✔️ |  | ✔️ |
-| [SurfaceHubManagement](wcd-surfacehubmanagement.md) |  |  ✔️  |  |  |
-| [TabletMode](wcd-tabletmode.md) |✔️ | ✔️ |  |  |
-| [TakeATest](wcd-takeatest.md) | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [Time](wcd-time.md) | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [UnifiedWriteFilter](wcd-unifiedwritefilter.md) | ✔️ |  |  | ✔️ |
-| [UniversalAppInstall](wcd-universalappinstall.md) | ✔️ | ✔️ |  | ✔️ |
-| [UniversalAppUninstall](wcd-universalappuninstall.md) | ✔️ | ✔️ |  | ✔️ |
-| [UsbErrorsOEMOverride](wcd-usberrorsoemoverride.md) | ✔️ | ✔️ |  |  |
-| [WeakCharger](wcd-weakcharger.md) |✔️ | ✔️ |  |  |
-| [WindowsHelloForBusiness](wcd-windowshelloforbusiness.md) | ✔️ |  |  |  |
-| [WindowsTeamSettings](wcd-windowsteamsettings.md) |  | ✔️ |  |  |
-| [Workplace](wcd-workplace.md) |✔️ | ✔️ |  | ✔️ |
-
+| [FirewallConfiguration](wcd-firewallconfiguration.md) |  |  |  | ✅ |
+| [FirstExperience](wcd-firstexperience.md) |  |  | ✅ |  |
+| [Folders](wcd-folders.md) |✅ | ✅ |  |  |
+| [KioskBrowser](wcd-kioskbrowser.md) |  |  |  | ✅ |
+| [Licensing](wcd-licensing.md) | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [Location](wcd-location.md) |  |  |  | ✅ |
+| [Maps](wcd-maps.md) |✅ | ✅ |  |  |
+| [NetworkProxy](wcd-networkproxy.md) |  | ✅ |  |  |
+| [NetworkQOSPolicy](wcd-networkqospolicy.md) |  | ✅ |  |  |
+| [OOBE](wcd-oobe.md) | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [Personalization](wcd-personalization.md) | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [Policies](wcd-policies.md) | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ |
+| [Privacy](wcd-folders.md) |✅ | ✅ |  | ✅ |
+| [ProvisioningCommands](wcd-provisioningcommands.md) | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [SharedPC](wcd-sharedpc.md) | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [SMISettings](wcd-smisettings.md) | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [Start](wcd-start.md) | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [StartupApp](wcd-startupapp.md) |  |  |  | ✅ |
+| [StartupBackgroundTasks](wcd-startupbackgroundtasks.md) |  |  |  | ✅ |
+| [StorageD3InModernStandby](wcd-storaged3inmodernstandby.md) |✅ | ✅ |  | ✅ |
+| [SurfaceHubManagement](wcd-surfacehubmanagement.md) |  |  ✅  |  |  |
+| [TabletMode](wcd-tabletmode.md) |✅ | ✅ |  |  |
+| [TakeATest](wcd-takeatest.md) | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [Time](wcd-time.md) | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [UnifiedWriteFilter](wcd-unifiedwritefilter.md) | ✅ |  |  | ✅ |
+| [UniversalAppInstall](wcd-universalappinstall.md) | ✅ | ✅ |  | ✅ |
+| [UniversalAppUninstall](wcd-universalappuninstall.md) | ✅ | ✅ |  | ✅ |
+| [UsbErrorsOEMOverride](wcd-usberrorsoemoverride.md) | ✅ | ✅ |  |  |
+| [WeakCharger](wcd-weakcharger.md) |✅ | ✅ |  |  |
+| [WindowsHelloForBusiness](wcd-windowshelloforbusiness.md) | ✅ |  |  |  |
+| [WindowsTeamSettings](wcd-windowsteamsettings.md) |  | ✅ |  |  |
+| [Workplace](wcd-workplace.md) |✅ | ✅ |  | ✅ |
diff --git a/windows/deployment/images/ISE.PNG b/windows/deployment/images/ISE.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/deployment/images/ISE.PNG
rename to windows/deployment/images/ISE.png
diff --git a/windows/deployment/images/configmgr-client.PNG b/windows/deployment/images/configmgr-client.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/deployment/images/configmgr-client.PNG
rename to windows/deployment/images/configmgr-client.png
diff --git a/windows/deployment/images/configmgr-collection.PNG b/windows/deployment/images/configmgr-collection.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/deployment/images/configmgr-collection.PNG
rename to windows/deployment/images/configmgr-collection.png
diff --git a/windows/deployment/images/configmgr-install-os.PNG b/windows/deployment/images/configmgr-install-os.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/deployment/images/configmgr-install-os.PNG
rename to windows/deployment/images/configmgr-install-os.png
diff --git a/windows/deployment/images/configmgr-post-refresh.PNG b/windows/deployment/images/configmgr-post-refresh.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/deployment/images/configmgr-post-refresh.PNG
rename to windows/deployment/images/configmgr-post-refresh.png
diff --git a/windows/deployment/images/configmgr-pxe.PNG b/windows/deployment/images/configmgr-pxe.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/deployment/images/configmgr-pxe.PNG
rename to windows/deployment/images/configmgr-pxe.png
diff --git a/windows/deployment/images/configmgr-site.PNG b/windows/deployment/images/configmgr-site.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/deployment/images/configmgr-site.PNG
rename to windows/deployment/images/configmgr-site.png
diff --git a/windows/deployment/images/configmgr-software-cntr.PNG b/windows/deployment/images/configmgr-software-cntr.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/deployment/images/configmgr-software-cntr.PNG
rename to windows/deployment/images/configmgr-software-cntr.png
diff --git a/windows/deployment/images/deploy-finish.PNG b/windows/deployment/images/deploy-finish.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/deployment/images/deploy-finish.PNG
rename to windows/deployment/images/deploy-finish.png
diff --git a/windows/deployment/images/disk2vhd-gen2.PNG b/windows/deployment/images/disk2vhd-gen2.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/deployment/images/disk2vhd-gen2.PNG
rename to windows/deployment/images/disk2vhd-gen2.png
diff --git a/windows/deployment/images/disk2vhd.PNG b/windows/deployment/images/disk2vhd.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/deployment/images/disk2vhd.PNG
rename to windows/deployment/images/disk2vhd.png
diff --git a/windows/deployment/images/disk2vhd4.PNG b/windows/deployment/images/disk2vhd4.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/deployment/images/disk2vhd4.PNG
rename to windows/deployment/images/disk2vhd4.png
diff --git a/windows/deployment/images/event.PNG b/windows/deployment/images/event.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/deployment/images/event.PNG
rename to windows/deployment/images/event.png
diff --git a/windows/deployment/images/feedback.PNG b/windows/deployment/images/feedback.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/deployment/images/feedback.PNG
rename to windows/deployment/images/feedback.png
diff --git a/windows/deployment/images/image.PNG b/windows/deployment/images/image.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/deployment/images/image.PNG
rename to windows/deployment/images/image.png
diff --git a/windows/deployment/images/monitor-pc0001.PNG b/windows/deployment/images/monitor-pc0001.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/deployment/images/monitor-pc0001.PNG
rename to windows/deployment/images/monitor-pc0001.png
diff --git a/windows/deployment/images/smodeconfig.PNG b/windows/deployment/images/smodeconfig.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/deployment/images/smodeconfig.PNG
rename to windows/deployment/images/smodeconfig.png
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/images/waas-active-hours-policy.PNG b/windows/deployment/update/images/waas-active-hours-policy.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/deployment/update/images/waas-active-hours-policy.PNG
rename to windows/deployment/update/images/waas-active-hours-policy.png
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/images/waas-active-hours.PNG b/windows/deployment/update/images/waas-active-hours.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/deployment/update/images/waas-active-hours.PNG
rename to windows/deployment/update/images/waas-active-hours.png
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/waas-manage-updates-wufb.md b/windows/deployment/update/waas-manage-updates-wufb.md
index 070ded3d1e..25fff01d83 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/waas-manage-updates-wufb.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/waas-manage-updates-wufb.md
@@ -2,7 +2,8 @@
 title: Windows Update for Business
 manager: aaroncz
 description: Learn how Windows Update for Business lets you manage when devices receive updates from Windows Update.
-ms.prod: windows-client
+ms.service: windows-client
+ms.subservice: itpro-updates
 ms.topic: overview
 author: mestew
 ms.author: mstewart
@@ -10,9 +11,9 @@ ms.collection:
   - highpri
   - tier2
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-appliesto: 
+appliesto:
 - ✅ Windows 11
-- ✅ Windows 10	
+- ✅ Windows 10
 ms.date: 11/07/2023
 ---
 
@@ -27,7 +28,7 @@ Windows Update for Business is a free service that is available for the followin
 - Enterprise, including Enterprise LTSC, IoT Enterprise, and IoT Enterprise LTSC
 
 Windows Update for Business enables IT administrators to keep their organization's Windows client devices always up to date with the latest security updates  and Windows features by directly connecting these systems to the Windows Update service. You can use Group Policy or Mobile Device Management (MDM) solutions, such as Microsoft Intune, to configure the Windows Update for Business settings that control how and when devices are updated.
-  
+
 Specifically, Windows Update for Business lets you control update offerings and experiences to allow for reliability and performance testing on a subset of devices before deploying updates across the organization. It also provides a positive update experience for people in your organization.
 
 ## What can I do with Windows Update for Business?
@@ -85,7 +86,7 @@ An administrator can defer the installation of both feature and quality updates
 |Nondeferrable     |   none      |
 
  
+      [Insert graphic with the deferrals set to different values showing a feature update rollout)-->
 
 #### Pause an update
 
@@ -98,7 +99,7 @@ When updating from Windows Update, you get the added benefits of built-in compat
 
 ### Recommendations
 
-For the best experience with Windows Update, follow these guidelines: 
+For the best experience with Windows Update, follow these guidelines:
 
 - Use devices for at least 6 hours per month, including at least 2 hours of continuous use.
 - Keep devices regularly charged. Plugging in devices overnight enables them to automatically update outside of active hours.
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/waas-overview.md b/windows/deployment/update/waas-overview.md
index 59aa615d29..52cda69c7b 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/waas-overview.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/waas-overview.md
@@ -11,64 +11,61 @@ ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.collection:
   - highpri
   - tier2
-appliesto: 
+appliesto:
 - ✅ Windows 11
-- ✅ Windows 10	
+- ✅ Windows 10
 ms.date: 12/31/2017
 ---
 
 # Overview of Windows as a service
 
-> **Looking for consumer information?** See [Windows Update: FAQ](https://support.microsoft.com/help/12373/windows-update-faq) 
+> **Looking for consumer information?** See [Windows Update: FAQ](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/windows-update-faq-8a903416-6f45-0718-f5c7-375e92dddeb2).
 
-Windows as a service is a way to simplify the lives of IT pros and maintain a consistent Windows 10 experience for its customers. These improvements focus on maximizing customer involvement in Windows development, simplifying the deployment and servicing of Windows client computers, and leveling out the resources needed to deploy and maintain Windows over time. 
+Windows as a service is a way to simplify the lives of IT pros and maintain a consistent Windows 10 experience for its customers. These improvements focus on maximizing customer involvement in Windows development, simplifying the deployment and servicing of Windows client computers, and leveling out the resources needed to deploy and maintain Windows over time.
 
 ## Building
 
-Prior to Windows 10, Microsoft released new versions of Windows every few years. This traditional deployment schedule imposed a training burden on users because the feature revisions were often significant. That schedule also meant waiting long periods without new features — a scenario that doesn't work in today's rapidly changing world, a world in which new security, management, and deployment capabilities are necessary to address challenges. 
+Prior to Windows 10, Microsoft released new versions of Windows every few years. This traditional deployment schedule imposed a training burden on users because the feature revisions were often significant. That schedule also meant waiting long periods without new features. That scenario doesn't always work in today's rapidly changing world, a world in which new security, management, and deployment capabilities are necessary to address challenges.
 
-In the past, when Microsoft developed new versions of Windows, it typically released technical previews near the end of the process, when Windows was nearly ready to ship. With Windows 10, new features are delivered to the [Windows Insider community](/windows-insider/business/register) as soon as possible, during the development cycle, through a process called *flighting*. Organizations can see exactly what Microsoft is developing and start their testing as soon as possible. 
+In the past, when Microsoft developed new versions of Windows, it typically released technical previews near the end of the process, when Windows was nearly ready to ship. With Windows 10, new features are delivered to the [Windows Insider Program](/windows-insider/) as soon as possible, during the development cycle, through a process called *flighting*. Organizations can see exactly what Microsoft is developing and start their testing as soon as possible.
 
 Microsoft also depends on receiving feedback from organizations throughout the development process so that it can make adjustments as quickly as possible rather than waiting until after release. For more information about the Windows Insider Program and how to sign up, see the section [Windows Insider](#windows-insider).
 
-Of course, Microsoft also performs extensive internal testing, with engineering teams installing new builds daily, and larger groups of employees installing builds frequently, all before those builds are ever released to the Windows Insider Program. 
+Microsoft also runs extensive internal testing, with engineering teams installing new builds daily, and larger groups of employees installing builds frequently, all before those builds are ever released to the Windows Insider Program.
 
 ## Deploying
 
 Deploying Windows 10 and Windows 11 is simpler than with previous versions of Windows. When migrating from earlier versions of Windows, you can use an easy in-place upgrade process to automatically preserve all apps, settings, and data. Afterwards, deployment of feature updates is equally simple.
 
-
 ### Application compatibility
 
-Application compatibility testing has historically been a burden when approaching a Windows deployment or upgrade. Application compatibility from the perspective of desktop applications, websites, and apps built on the Universal Windows Platform (UWP) has improved tremendously over older versions of Windows. For the most important business-critical applications, organizations should still perform testing regularly to validate compatibility with new builds. 
+Application compatibility testing has historically been a burden when approaching a Windows deployment or upgrade. Application compatibility from the perspective of desktop applications, websites, and apps built on the Universal Windows Platform (UWP) has improved tremendously over older versions of Windows. For the most important business-critical applications, organizations should still perform testing regularly to validate compatibility with new builds.
 
 ## Servicing
 
-Traditional Windows servicing has included several release types: major revisions (for example, the Windows 8.1, Windows 8, and Windows 7 operating systems), service packs, and monthly updates. With Windows 10 and Windows 11, there are two release types: feature updates that add new functionality and quality updates that provide security and reliability fixes. 
+Traditional Windows servicing has included several release types: major revisions (for example, the Windows 8.1, Windows 8, and Windows 7 operating systems), service packs, and monthly updates. With Windows 10 and Windows 11, there are two release types: feature updates that add new functionality and quality updates that provide security and reliability fixes.
 
-Servicing channels are the first way to separate users into deployment groups for feature and quality updates. For more information about developing a deployment strategy that uses servicing channels, see [Plan servicing strategy for Windows client updates](waas-servicing-strategy-windows-10-updates.md). 
+Servicing channels are the first way to separate users into deployment groups for feature and quality updates. For more information about developing a deployment strategy that uses servicing channels, see [Plan servicing strategy for Windows client updates](waas-servicing-strategy-windows-10-updates.md).
 
 For information about each servicing tool, see [Servicing tools](#servicing-tools).
 
 There are three servicing channels, each of which provides different levels of flexibility over when these updates are delivered to client computers. For more information, see [Servicing channels](#servicing-channels).
 
-
 There are currently three release channels for Windows clients:
 
-- The **General Availability Channel** receives feature updates as soon as they're available. 
+- The **General Availability Channel** receives feature updates as soon as they're available.
 - The **Long-Term Servicing Channel**, which is designed to be used only for specialized devices (which typically don't run Office) such as those that control medical equipment or ATM machines, receives new feature releases every two to three years.
 - The **Windows Insider Program** provides organizations with the opportunity to test and provide feedback on features that will be shipped in the next feature update.
 
 >[!NOTE]
->With each General Availability release, we recommend beginning deployment right away to devices selected for early adoption (targeted validation) and ramp up to full deployment at your discretion. This will enable you to gain access to new features, experiences, and integrated security as soon as possible. 
+>With each General Availability release, we recommend beginning deployment right away to devices selected for early adoption (targeted validation) and ramp up to full deployment at your discretion. This will enable you to gain access to new features, experiences, and integrated security as soon as possible.
 
 >[!IMPORTANT]
->Devices on the General Availability Channel must have their diagnostic data set to **1 (Basic)** or higher in order to ensure that the service is performing at the expected quality. For instructions to set the diagnostic data level, see [Configure the operating system diagnostic data level](/windows/configuration/configure-windows-diagnostic-data-in-your-organization#diagnostic-data-levels).
+>Devices on the General Availability Channel must have their diagnostic data set to **1 (Basic)** or higher in order to ensure that the service is performing at the expected quality. For instructions to set the diagnostic data level, see [Configure Windows diagnostic data in your organization](/windows/privacy/configure-windows-diagnostic-data-in-your-organization).
 
 ### Feature updates
 
-New features are packaged into feature updates that you can deploy using existing management tools. These changes come in bite-sized chunks rather than all at once, decreasing user readiness time. 
-
+New features are packaged into feature updates that you can deploy using existing management tools. These changes come in bite-sized chunks rather than all at once, decreasing user readiness time.
 
 ### Quality updates
 
@@ -76,12 +73,12 @@ Monthly updates in previous Windows versions were often overwhelming because of
 
 Rather than receiving several updates each month and trying to figure out which the organization needs, which ultimately causes platform fragmentation, administrators see one cumulative monthly update that supersedes the previous month's update, containing both security and non-security fixes. This approach makes updating simpler and ensures that devices are more closely aligned with the testing done at Microsoft, reducing unexpected issues resulting from updates.
 
-## Servicing channels 
+## Servicing channels
 
-There are three servicing channels. The [Windows Insider Program](#windows-insider) provides organizations with the opportunity to test and provide feedback on features that will be shipped in the next feature update. The [General Availability Channel](#general-availability-channel) provides new functionality with feature update releases. Organizations can choose when to deploy updates from the General Availability Channel. The [Long-Term Servicing Channel](#long-term-servicing-channel), which is designed to be used only for specialized devices (which typically don't run Office) such as those that control medical equipment or ATM machines, receives new feature releases every two to three years. For details about the versions in each servicing channel, see [Windows 10 release information](/windows/release-health/release-information).
+There are three servicing channels. The [Windows Insider Program](#windows-insider) provides organizations with the opportunity to test and provide feedback on features that will be shipped in the next feature update. The [General Availability Channel](#general-availability-channel) provides new functionality with feature update releases. Organizations can choose when to deploy updates from the General Availability Channel. The [Long-Term Servicing Channel](#long-term-servicing-channel), which is designed to be used only for specialized devices (which typically don't run Office) such as those that control medical equipment or ATM machines, receives new feature releases every two to three years. For more information about the versions in each servicing channel, see [Windows release information](/windows/release-health/).
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> Servicing channels are not the only way to separate groups of devices when consuming updates. Each channel can contain subsets of devices, which staggers servicing even further. For information about the servicing strategy and ongoing deployment process for Windows 10, including the role of servicing channels, see [Plan servicing strategy for Windows client updates](waas-servicing-strategy-windows-10-updates.md). 
+> Servicing channels aren't the only way to separate groups of devices when consuming updates. Each channel can contain subsets of devices, which staggers servicing even further. For information about the servicing strategy and ongoing deployment process for Windows 10, including the role of servicing channels, see [Plan servicing strategy for Windows client updates](waas-servicing-strategy-windows-10-updates.md).
 
 ### General Availability Channel
 
@@ -89,12 +86,9 @@ In the General Availability Channel, feature updates are available annually. Thi
 
 When Microsoft officially releases a feature update, we make it available to any device not configured to defer feature updates so that those devices can immediately install it. Organizations that use Windows Server Update Services (WSUS), Microsoft Configuration Manager, or Windows Update for Business, however, can defer feature updates to selective devices by withholding their approval and deployment. In this scenario, the content available for the General Availability Channel is available but not necessarily immediately mandatory, depending on the policy of the management system. For more information about servicing tools, see [Servicing tools](#servicing-tools).
 
-
 > [!NOTE]
 > All releases of Windows 10 have **18 months of servicing for all editions**--these updates provide security and feature updates for the release. However, fall releases of the **Enterprise and Education editions** will have an **additional 12 months of servicing for specific Windows 10 releases, for a total of 30 months from initial release**. This extended servicing window applies to Enterprise and Education editions starting with Windows 10, version 1607.
-> 
-> 
-> [!NOTE]
+>
 > Organizations can electively delay feature updates into as many phases as they wish by using one of the servicing tools mentioned in the section Servicing tools.
 
 ### Long-term Servicing Channel
@@ -105,13 +99,12 @@ Specialized systems—such as devices that control medical equipment, point-of-s
 >
 > The Long-term Servicing channel is not intended for deployment on most or all the devices in an organization; it should be used only for special-purpose devices. As a general guideline, a device with Microsoft Office installed is a general-purpose device, typically used by an information worker, and therefore it is better suited for the General Availability channel.
 
-Microsoft never publishes feature updates through Windows Update on devices that run Windows 10 Enterprise LTSC. Instead, it typically offers new LTSC releases every 2–3 years, and organizations can choose to install them as in-place upgrades or even skip releases over the product's lifecycle. Always check your individual LTSC release to verify its servicing lifecycle. For more information, see [release information](/windows/release-health/release-information), or perform a search on the [product's lifecycle information](/lifecycle/products/) page.
+Microsoft never publishes feature updates through Windows Update on devices that run Windows 10 Enterprise LTSC. Instead, it typically offers new LTSC releases every 2-3 years, and organizations can choose to install them as in-place upgrades or even skip releases over the product's lifecycle. Always check your individual LTSC release to verify its servicing lifecycle. For more information, see [release information](/windows/release-health/), or perform a search on the [product's lifecycle information](/lifecycle/products/) page.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > LTSC releases will support the currently released processors and chipsets at the time of release of the LTSC. As future CPU generations are released, support will be created through future LTSC releases that customers can deploy for those systems. For more information, see **Supporting the latest processor and chipsets on Windows** in [Lifecycle support policy FAQ - Windows Products](/lifecycle/faq/windows).
 
-The Long-term Servicing Channel is available only in the Windows 10 Enterprise LTSC editions. This edition of Windows doesn't include some applications, such as Microsoft Edge, Microsoft Store, Cortana (though limited search capabilities remain available), Microsoft Mail, Calendar, OneNote, Weather, News, Sports, Money, Photos, Camera, Music, and Clock. These apps aren't supported in the Enterprise LTSC editions, even if you install by using sideloading.
-
+The Long-term Servicing Channel is available only in the Windows 10 Enterprise LTSC editions. This edition of Windows doesn't include some applications, such as Microsoft Edge, Microsoft Store, Microsoft Mail, Calendar, OneNote, Weather, News, Sports, Money, Photos, Camera, Music, and Clock. These apps aren't supported in the Enterprise LTSC editions, even if you install by using sideloading.
 
 ### Windows Insider
 
@@ -119,18 +112,16 @@ For many IT pros, gaining visibility into feature updates early can be both intr
 
 Microsoft recommends that all organizations have at least a few devices enrolled in the Windows Insider Program and provide feedback on any issues they encounter. For information about the Windows Insider Program for Business, go to [Windows Insider Program for Business](/windows-insider/business/register).
 
-
-
 ## Servicing tools
 
 There are many tools you can use to service Windows as a service. Each option has its pros and cons, ranging from capabilities and control to simplicity and low administrative requirements. The following are examples of the servicing tools available to manage Windows as a service updates:
 
 - **Windows Update (stand-alone)** provides limited control over feature updates, with IT pros manually configuring the device to be in the General Availability Channel. Organizations can target which devices defer updates by selecting the **Defer upgrades** check box in **Start\Settings\Update & Security\Advanced Options** on a Windows client device.
 - **Windows Update for Business** includes control over update deferment and provides centralized management using Group Policy or MDM. Windows Update for Business can be used to defer updates by up to 365 days, depending on the version. These deployment options are available to clients in the General Availability Channel. In addition to being able to use Group Policy to manage Windows Update for Business, either option can be configured without requiring any on-premises infrastructure by using Microsoft Intune.
-- **Windows Server Update Services (WSUS)** provides extensive control over updates and is natively available in the Windows Server operating system. In addition to the ability to defer updates, organizations can add an approval layer for updates and choose to deploy them to specific computers or groups of computers whenever ready. 
-- **Microsoft Configuration Manager** provides the greatest control over servicing Windows as a service. IT pros can defer updates, approve them, and have multiple options for targeting deployments and managing bandwidth usage and deployment times. 
+- **Windows Server Update Services (WSUS)** provides extensive control over updates and is natively available in the Windows Server operating system. In addition to the ability to defer updates, organizations can add an approval layer for updates and choose to deploy them to specific computers or groups of computers whenever ready.
+- **Microsoft Configuration Manager** provides the greatest control over servicing Windows as a service. IT pros can defer updates, approve them, and have multiple options for targeting deployments and managing bandwidth usage and deployment times.
 
-**Servicing tools comparison**
+### Servicing tools comparison
 
 | Servicing tool | Can updates be deferred? | Ability to approve updates | Peer-to-peer option | Additional features |
 | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
@@ -138,5 +129,3 @@ There are many tools you can use to service Windows as a service. Each option ha
 | Windows Update for Business | Yes | No | Delivery Optimization | Other Group Policy objects |
 | WSUS | Yes | Yes | BranchCache or Delivery Optimization | Upstream/downstream server scalability |
 | Configuration Manager | Yes | Yes | BranchCache, Client Peer Cache, or Delivery Optimization. For the latter, see [peer-to-peer content distribution](/configmgr/sum/deploy-use/optimize-windows-10-update-delivery#peer-to-peer-content-distribution) and [Optimize Windows Update Delivery](../do/waas-optimize-windows-10-updates.md) | Distribution points, multiple deployment options |
-
-
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/wufb-reports-schema-ucdostatus.md b/windows/deployment/update/wufb-reports-schema-ucdostatus.md
index 98e6832a40..f6ff2a21b3 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/wufb-reports-schema-ucdostatus.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/wufb-reports-schema-ucdostatus.md
@@ -2,15 +2,16 @@
 title: UCDOStatus data schema
 titleSuffix: Windows Update for Business reports
 description: UCDOStatus schema for Windows Update for Business reports. UCDOStatus provides information, for a single device, on its DO and MCC bandwidth utilization.
-ms.prod: windows-client
+ms.service: windows-client
+ms.subservice: itpro-updates
 ms.topic: reference
 author: mestew
 ms.author: mstewart
 manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: carmenf
-appliesto: 
+appliesto:
 - ✅ Windows 11
-- ✅ Windows 10	
+- ✅ Windows 10
 ms.date: 12/06/2023
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/deploy/windows-autopatch-admin-contacts.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/deploy/windows-autopatch-admin-contacts.md
index ad9a0f5cd6..690fe5613b 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/deploy/windows-autopatch-admin-contacts.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/deploy/windows-autopatch-admin-contacts.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: how-to
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: hathind
 ms.collection:
   - tier2
@@ -41,6 +41,6 @@ Your admin contacts will receive notifications about support request updates and
 1. Under **Tenant administration** in the **Windows Autopatch** section, select **Admin contacts**.
 1. Select **+Add**.
 1. Enter the contact details including name, email, phone number and preferred language. For a support ticket, the ticket's primary contact's preferred language will determine the language used for email communications.
-1. Select an [Area of focus](#area-of-focus) and enter details of the contact's knowledge and authority in the specified area of focus.  
+1. Select an [Area of focus](#area-of-focus) and enter details of the contact's knowledge and authority in the specified area of focus.
 1. Select **Save** to add the contact.
 1. Repeat for each area of focus.
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/deploy/windows-autopatch-device-registration-overview.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/deploy/windows-autopatch-device-registration-overview.md
index 8b6b068ad3..53d37167e5 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/deploy/windows-autopatch-device-registration-overview.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/deploy/windows-autopatch-device-registration-overview.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: conceptual
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: andredm7
 ms.collection:
   - highpri
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ As described in **step #4** in the previous [Detailed device registration workfl
 During the tenant enrollment process, Windows Autopatch creates two different deployment ring sets:
 
 - [Service-based deployment ring set](../deploy/windows-autopatch-groups-overview.md#service-based-deployment-rings)
-- [Software update-based deployment ring set](../deploy/windows-autopatch-groups-overview.md#software-based-deployment-rings)  
+- [Software update-based deployment ring set](../deploy/windows-autopatch-groups-overview.md#software-based-deployment-rings)
 
 The following four Microsoft Entra ID assigned groups are used to organize devices for the service-based deployment ring set:
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/deploy/windows-autopatch-groups-manage-autopatch-groups.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/deploy/windows-autopatch-groups-manage-autopatch-groups.md
index a6c9f21e50..c7521c70a0 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/deploy/windows-autopatch-groups-manage-autopatch-groups.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/deploy/windows-autopatch-groups-manage-autopatch-groups.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: how-to
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: andredm7
 ms.collection:
   - highpri
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ You **can’t** rename the Default Autopatch group. However, you can rename a Cu
 
 ## Delete a Custom Autopatch group
 
-You **can’t** delete the Default Autopatch group. However, you can delete a Custom Autopatch group.  
+You **can’t** delete the Default Autopatch group. However, you can delete a Custom Autopatch group.
 
 **To delete a Custom Autopatch group:**
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/deploy/windows-autopatch-groups-overview.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/deploy/windows-autopatch-groups-overview.md
index e2bea8f124..54267b0f17 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/deploy/windows-autopatch-groups-overview.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/deploy/windows-autopatch-groups-overview.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: conceptual
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: andredm7
 ms.collection:
   - highpri
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/deploy/windows-autopatch-post-reg-readiness-checks.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/deploy/windows-autopatch-post-reg-readiness-checks.md
index 3b645bbe9a..df6c726ade 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/deploy/windows-autopatch-post-reg-readiness-checks.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/deploy/windows-autopatch-post-reg-readiness-checks.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: conceptual
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: andredm7
 ms.collection:
   - highpri
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ ms.collection:
 > [!IMPORTANT]
 > This feature is in "public preview". It is being actively developed, and may not be complete. They're made available on a “Preview” basis. You can test and use these features in production environments and scenarios, and provide feedback.
 
-One of the most expensive aspects of the software update management process is to make sure devices are always healthy to receive and report software updates for each software update release cycle.  
+One of the most expensive aspects of the software update management process is to make sure devices are always healthy to receive and report software updates for each software update release cycle.
 
 Having a way of measuring, quickly detecting and remediating when something goes wrong with on-going change management processes is important; it helps mitigate high Helpdesk ticket volumes, reduces cost, and improves overall update management results.
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/deploy/windows-autopatch-register-devices.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/deploy/windows-autopatch-register-devices.md
index eb42feb07c..4c94d150e3 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/deploy/windows-autopatch-register-devices.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/deploy/windows-autopatch-register-devices.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: how-to
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: andredm7
 ms.collection:
   - highpri
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Windows Autopatch can take over software update management control of devices th
 
 ### Windows Autopatch groups device registration
 
-When you either create/edit a [Custom Autopatch group](../deploy/windows-autopatch-groups-overview.md#about-custom-autopatch-groups) or edit the [Default Autopatch group](../deploy/windows-autopatch-groups-overview.md#about-the-default-autopatch-group) to add or remove deployment rings, the device-based Microsoft Entra groups you use when setting up your deployment rings are scanned to see if devices need to be registered with the Windows Autopatch service.  
+When you either create/edit a [Custom Autopatch group](../deploy/windows-autopatch-groups-overview.md#about-custom-autopatch-groups) or edit the [Default Autopatch group](../deploy/windows-autopatch-groups-overview.md#about-the-default-autopatch-group) to add or remove deployment rings, the device-based Microsoft Entra groups you use when setting up your deployment rings are scanned to see if devices need to be registered with the Windows Autopatch service.
 
 If devices aren’t registered, Autopatch groups starts the device registration process by using your existing device-based Microsoft Entra groups instead of the Windows Autopatch Device Registration group.
 
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ Windows 365 Enterprise gives IT admins the option to register devices with the W
 1. In the left pane, select **Devices**.
 1. Navigate to Provisioning > **Windows 365**.
 1. Select Provisioning policies > **Create policy**.
-1. Provide a policy name and select **Join Type**. For more information, see [Device join types](/windows-365/enterprise/identity-authentication#device-join-types).  
+1. Provide a policy name and select **Join Type**. For more information, see [Device join types](/windows-365/enterprise/identity-authentication#device-join-types).
 1. Select **Next**.
 1. Choose the desired image and select **Next**.
 1. Under the **Microsoft managed services** section, select **Windows Autopatch**. Then, select **Next**. If the *Windows Autopatch (preview) can't manage your Cloud PCs until a Global Admin has finished setting it up.* message appears, you must [enroll your tenant](../prepare/windows-autopatch-enroll-tenant.md) to continue.
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ Support is available either through Windows 365, or the Windows Autopatch Servic
 
 - For Windows 365 support, see [Get support](/mem/get-support).
 - For Azure Virtual Desktop support, see [Get support](https://azure.microsoft.com/support/create-ticket/).
-- For Windows Autopatch support, see [Submit a support request](/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-support-request).  
+- For Windows Autopatch support, see [Submit a support request](/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-support-request).
 
 ## Device management lifecycle scenarios
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/index.yml b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/index.yml
index 85e775ab5f..2c2a7c6642 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/index.yml
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/index.yml
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ metadata:
   ms.topic: landing-page # Required
   author: tiaraquan #Required; your GitHub user alias, with correct capitalization.
   ms.author: tiaraquan #Required; microsoft alias of author; optional team alias.
-  manager: dougeby
+  manager: aaroncz
   ms.date: 05/30/2022 #Required; mm/dd/yyyy format.
   ms.service: windows-client
   ms.subservice: itpro-updates
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ landingContent:
             url: ./overview/windows-autopatch-overview.md
           - text: Windows Autopatch FAQ
             url: ./overview/windows-autopatch-faq.yml
-  
+
   # Card (optional)
   - title: Articles and blog posts
     linkLists:
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-device-alerts.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-device-alerts.md
index 580ce1d51e..dbc576651d 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-device-alerts.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-device-alerts.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: Device alerts
-description: Provide notifications and information about the necessary steps to keep your devices up to date. 
+description: Provide notifications and information about the necessary steps to keep your devices up to date.
 ms.date: 08/01/2023
 ms.service: windows-client
 ms.subservice: itpro-updates
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: how-to
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: adnich
 ms.collection:
   - highpri
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-edge.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-edge.md
index 7b7842753d..66650fb27b 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-edge.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-edge.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: conceptual
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: hathind
 ms.collection:
   - highpri
@@ -17,14 +17,14 @@ ms.collection:
 
 # Microsoft Edge
 
-Windows Autopatch uses the [Stable Channel](/deployedge/microsoft-edge-channels#stable-channel) of Microsoft Edge.  
+Windows Autopatch uses the [Stable Channel](/deployedge/microsoft-edge-channels#stable-channel) of Microsoft Edge.
 
 ## Device eligibility
 
-For a device to be eligible for Microsoft Edge updates as a part of Windows Autopatch, they must meet the following criteria:  
+For a device to be eligible for Microsoft Edge updates as a part of Windows Autopatch, they must meet the following criteria:
 
-- The device must be powered on and have an internet connection.  
-- There are no policy conflicts between Windows Autopatch policies and customer policies.  
+- The device must be powered on and have an internet connection.
+- There are no policy conflicts between Windows Autopatch policies and customer policies.
 - The device must be able to access the required network endpoints to reach the Microsoft Edge update service.
 - If Microsoft Edge is open, it must restart for the update process to complete.
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-exclude-device.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-exclude-device.md
index 2d999981a9..89a23620fb 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-exclude-device.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-exclude-device.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: how-to
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: andredm7
 ms.collection:
   - tier2
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-manage-windows-feature-update-release.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-manage-windows-feature-update-release.md
index da98fc8493..d9c2ce3ef0 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-manage-windows-feature-update-release.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-manage-windows-feature-update-release.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: conceptual
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: andredm7
 ms.collection:
   - highpri
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ The following table explains the auto-populating assignment of your deployments
 | Phase 3 | Ring2 | Ring2 |
 | Phase 4 | Last | Ring3 |
 
-If the Autopatch groups are edited after a release is created (Active status), the changes to the Autopatch group won’t be reflected unless you create a new custom release.  
+If the Autopatch groups are edited after a release is created (Active status), the changes to the Autopatch group won’t be reflected unless you create a new custom release.
 
 If you wish to change the auto-populating assignment of your deployment rings to release phases, you can do so by adding, removing, or editing the auto-populated phases.
 
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ A phase is made of one or more Autopatch group deployment rings. Each phase repo
 
 #### Details about Windows feature update policies
 
-Windows Autopatch creates one Windows feature update policy per phase using the following naming convention:  
+Windows Autopatch creates one Windows feature update policy per phase using the following naming convention:
 
 `Windows Autopatch – DSS policy –  – Phase `
 
@@ -195,12 +195,12 @@ The following table is an example of the Windows feature update policies that we
 > [!IMPORTANT]
 > You can only cancel a release under the Scheduled status. You cannot cancel a release under the **Active**, **Inactive** or **Paused** statuses.
 
-**To cancel a release:**  
+**To cancel a release:**
 
 1. Go to the [Microsoft Intune admin center](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?linkid=2109431).
 1. Select **Devices** from the left navigation menu.
 1. Under the **Windows Autopatch** section, select **Release management**.
-1. In the **Release schedule** tab, select **Windows feature updates**.  
+1. In the **Release schedule** tab, select **Windows feature updates**.
 1. In the **Windows feature updates** blade, select the **horizontal ellipses (…)** > **Cancel** to cancel your feature updates release.
 1. Select a reason for cancellation from the dropdown menu.
 1. Optional. Enter details about why you're pausing or resuming the selected update.
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-update-management.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-update-management.md
index d8a1374a2e..16d8fd88e2 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-update-management.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-update-management.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: overview
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: andredm7
 ms.collection:
   - highpri
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Keeping your devices up to date is a balance of speed and stability. Windows Aut
 
 ## Autopatch groups
 
-Autopatch groups help Microsoft Cloud-Managed services meet all organizations where they are at in their update management journey.  
+Autopatch groups help Microsoft Cloud-Managed services meet all organizations where they are at in their update management journey.
 
 Autopatch groups is a logical container that groups several [Microsoft Entra groups](/azure/active-directory/fundamentals/active-directory-groups-view-azure-portal), and software update policies, such as Windows Update rings and feature update policies, together.
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-feature-update-overview.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-feature-update-overview.md
index 576ea5c4fd..5349c59fc1 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-feature-update-overview.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-feature-update-overview.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: conceptual
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: andredm7
 ms.collection:
   - highpri
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-feature-update-status-report.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-feature-update-status-report.md
index 2eca3870a8..35f31b5ee8 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-feature-update-status-report.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-feature-update-status-report.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: how-to
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: andredm7
 ms.collection:
   - highpri
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ ms.collection:
 
 # Feature update status report
 
-The Feature update status report provides a per device view of the current Windows OS upgrade status for all devices registered with Windows Autopatch.  
+The Feature update status report provides a per device view of the current Windows OS upgrade status for all devices registered with Windows Autopatch. 
 
 **To view the Feature update status report:**
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-feature-update-summary-dashboard.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-feature-update-summary-dashboard.md
index b17907bbd8..cabe4dfaea 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-feature-update-summary-dashboard.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-feature-update-summary-dashboard.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: how-to
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: andredm7
 ms.collection:
   - highpri
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-feature-update-trending-report.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-feature-update-trending-report.md
index 48b01d086c..9e08f94fd5 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-feature-update-trending-report.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-feature-update-trending-report.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: how-to
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: andredm7
 ms.collection:
   - highpri
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-quality-and-feature-update-reports-overview.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-quality-and-feature-update-reports-overview.md
index 1b621ea6a9..27917abdec 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-quality-and-feature-update-reports-overview.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-quality-and-feature-update-reports-overview.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: conceptual
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: adnich
 ms.collection:
   - highpri
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ The Windows quality report types are organized into the following focus areas:
 
 ## Windows feature update reports
 
-The Windows feature update reports monitor the health and activity of your deployments and help you understand if your devices are maintaining update compliance targets.  
+The Windows feature update reports monitor the health and activity of your deployments and help you understand if your devices are maintaining update compliance targets.
 
 If update deployments aren’t successful, Windows Autopatch provides information on update deployment failures and who needs to remediate. Certain update deployment failures might require either Windows Autopatch to act on your behalf or you to fix the issue.
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-quality-update-communications.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-quality-update-communications.md
index a7d1e463bf..2433c7acb7 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-quality-update-communications.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-quality-update-communications.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: conceptual
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: hathind
 ms.collection:
   - highpri
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-quality-update-end-user-exp.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-quality-update-end-user-exp.md
index 5a8a4e050e..b0319f299b 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-quality-update-end-user-exp.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-quality-update-end-user-exp.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: conceptual
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: adnich
 ms.collection:
   - highpri
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ ms.collection:
 
 # Windows quality update end user experience
 
-## User notifications  
+## User notifications
 
 In this section we'll review what an end user would see in the following three scenarios:
 
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ The deadline specified in the update policy is five days. Therefore, once this d
 
 In the following example, the user is on holiday and the device is offline beyond the quality update deadline. The user then returns to work and the device is turned back on.
 
-Since the deadline has already passed, the device is granted a two-day grace period to install the update and restart. The user will be notified of a pending installation and given options to choose from. Once the two-day grace period has expired, the user is forced to restart with a 15-minute warning notification.  
+Since the deadline has already passed, the device is granted a two-day grace period to install the update and restart. The user will be notified of a pending installation and given options to choose from. Once the two-day grace period has expired, the user is forced to restart with a 15-minute warning notification.
 
 :::image type="content" source="../media/windows-quality-update-grace-period.png" alt-text="Windows quality update grace period" lightbox="../media/windows-quality-update-grace-period.png":::
 
@@ -66,4 +66,4 @@ Since the deadline has already passed, the device is granted a two-day grace per
 
 Windows Autopatch understands the importance of not disrupting end users but also updating the devices quickly. To achieve this goal, updates are automatically downloaded and installed at an optimal time determined by the device. By default, [Active hours](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#activehoursstart) are configured dynamically based on device usage patterns. Device restarts occur outside of active hours until the deadline is reached.
 
-Windows Autopatch understands the importance of not disrupting critical devices but also updating the devices quickly. If you wish to configure a specific installation time or [Active hours](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#activehoursstart), use the [Customize Windows Update settings](../operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-update.md), and select the [**ScheduledInstall**](../operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-update.md#scheduled-install) option. Using this option removes the deadline enforced for a device restart. Devices with this configuration will also **not** be counted towards the [service level objective](../operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-quality-update-overview.md#service-level-objective).  
+Windows Autopatch understands the importance of not disrupting critical devices but also updating the devices quickly. If you wish to configure a specific installation time or [Active hours](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update#activehoursstart), use the [Customize Windows Update settings](../operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-update.md), and select the [**ScheduledInstall**](../operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-update.md#scheduled-install) option. Using this option removes the deadline enforced for a device restart. Devices with this configuration will also **not** be counted towards the [service level objective](../operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-quality-update-overview.md#service-level-objective).
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-quality-update-overview.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-quality-update-overview.md
index 4a50210c21..2403081fce 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-quality-update-overview.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-quality-update-overview.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: conceptual
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: andredm7
 ms.collection:
   - highpri
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ The service level objective for each of these states is calculated as:
 > [!IMPORTANT]
 > This feature is in **public preview**. It's being actively developed, and might not be complete.
 
-You can import your organization’s existing Intune Update rings for Windows 10 and later into Windows Autopatch. Importing your organization’s Update rings provides the benefits of the Windows Autopatch's reporting and device readiness without the need to redeploy, or change your organization’s existing update rings.  
+You can import your organization’s existing Intune Update rings for Windows 10 and later into Windows Autopatch. Importing your organization’s Update rings provides the benefits of the Windows Autopatch's reporting and device readiness without the need to redeploy, or change your organization’s existing update rings. 
 
 Imported rings automatically register all targeted devices into Windows Autopatch. For more information about device registration, see the [device registration workflow diagram](../deploy/windows-autopatch-device-registration-overview.md#detailed-device-registration-workflow-diagram).
 
@@ -82,32 +82,32 @@ Imported rings automatically register all targeted devices into Windows Autopatc
 
 **To import Update rings for Windows 10 and later:**
 
-1. Go to the [Microsoft Intune admin center](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?linkid=2109431).  
-2. Select **Devices** from the left navigation menu.  
-3. Under the **Windows Autopatch** section, select **Release management**.  
-4. In the **Release management** blade, go to the **Release schedule** tab and select **Windows quality updates**.  
-5. Select **Import Update rings for Windows 10 and later**.  
-6. Select the existing rings you would like to import.  
+1. Go to the [Microsoft Intune admin center](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?linkid=2109431). 
+2. Select **Devices** from the left navigation menu. 
+3. Under the **Windows Autopatch** section, select **Release management**. 
+4. In the **Release management** blade, go to the **Release schedule** tab and select **Windows quality updates**. 
+5. Select **Import Update rings for Windows 10 and later**. 
+6. Select the existing rings you would like to import. 
 7. Select **Import**.
 
 ### Remove an imported Update ring for Windows 10 and later
 
 **To remove an Imported Update rings for Windows 10 and later:**
 
-1. Go to the [Microsoft Intune admin center](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?linkid=2109431).  
-2. Select **Devices** from the left navigation menu.  
-3. Under the **Windows Autopatch** section, select **Release management**.  
-4. In the **Release management** blade, go to the **Release schedule** tab and select **Windows quality updates**.  
-5. Select the Update rings for Windows 10 and later you would like to remove.  
+1. Go to the [Microsoft Intune admin center](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?linkid=2109431). 
+2. Select **Devices** from the left navigation menu. 
+3. Under the **Windows Autopatch** section, select **Release management**. 
+4. In the **Release management** blade, go to the **Release schedule** tab and select **Windows quality updates**. 
+5. Select the Update rings for Windows 10 and later you would like to remove. 
 6. Select the **horizontal ellipses (...)** and select **Remove**.
 
 ### Known limitations
 
-The following Windows Autopatch features aren't available with imported Intune Update rings:  
+The following Windows Autopatch features aren't available with imported Intune Update rings: 
 
-- Autopatch groups and features dependent on Autopatch groups  
+- Autopatch groups and features dependent on Autopatch groups 
 - Moving devices in between deployment rings in devices
-- Automated deployment ring remediation functions  
+- Automated deployment ring remediation functions 
 - Policy health and remediation
 
 ## Release management
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-quality-update-signals.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-quality-update-signals.md
index 167b47ea89..7f403c3a2c 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-quality-update-signals.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-quality-update-signals.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: conceptual
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: hathind
 ms.collection:
   - highpri
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-quality-update-status-report.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-quality-update-status-report.md
index 1e0d0df041..2d99ee3d3a 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-quality-update-status-report.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-quality-update-status-report.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: how-to
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: adnich
 ms.collection:
   - highpri
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-quality-update-summary-dashboard.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-quality-update-summary-dashboard.md
index 7fcb83c86f..fc6a2b0933 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-quality-update-summary-dashboard.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-quality-update-summary-dashboard.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: how-to
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: adnich
 ms.collection:
   - highpri
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-quality-update-trending-report.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-quality-update-trending-report.md
index 335e48b515..ccfb4fd07a 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-quality-update-trending-report.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-quality-update-trending-report.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: how-to
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: adnich
 ms.collection:
   - highpri
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-update.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-update.md
index eb838e0137..dbabf6b2b8 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-update.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-groups-windows-update.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: how-to
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: rekhanr
 ms.collection:
   - highpri
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-maintain-environment.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-maintain-environment.md
index 9dc0a3c904..8c743e5ba1 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-maintain-environment.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-maintain-environment.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: how-to
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: smithcharles
 ms.collection:
   - highpri
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ The type of banner that appears depends on the severity of the action. Currently
 > [!NOTE]
 > Only the Windows Autopatch sections of your tenant will be marked as **inactive**.
 
-When Windows Autopatch is **inactive**, you're alerted with banners on all Windows Autopatch blades. You only have access to the Tenant management and Support requests blades. All other blades return an error message and redirect you to Tenant management blade.  
+When Windows Autopatch is **inactive**, you're alerted with banners on all Windows Autopatch blades. You only have access to the Tenant management and Support requests blades. All other blades return an error message and redirect you to Tenant management blade.
 
 To be taken out of the **inactive** status, you must [resolve any critical actions shown in the Tenant management blade](#critical-actions).
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-manage-driver-and-firmware-updates.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-manage-driver-and-firmware-updates.md
index ce07a487cf..2e4074f881 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-manage-driver-and-firmware-updates.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-manage-driver-and-firmware-updates.md
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 ---
 title: Manage driver and firmware updates
 description: This article explains how you can manage driver and firmware updates with Windows Autopatch
-ms.date: 08/22/2023 
+ms.date: 08/22/2023
 ms.service: windows-client
 ms.subservice: itpro-updates
 ms.topic: how-to
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: andredm7
 ms.collection:
   - highpri
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-microsoft-365-apps-enterprise.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-microsoft-365-apps-enterprise.md
index fe3318ac6a..0808604bb9 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-microsoft-365-apps-enterprise.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-microsoft-365-apps-enterprise.md
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 ---
 title: Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise
 description: This article explains how Windows Autopatch manages Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise updates
-ms.date: 10/27/2023 
+ms.date: 10/27/2023
 ms.service: windows-client
 ms.subservice: itpro-updates
 ms.topic: how-to
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: hathind
 ms.collection:
   - highpri
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Microsoft 365 Apps deployed on the [Monthly Enterprise Channel](/deployoffice/ov
 
 ## Device eligibility
 
-For a device to be eligible for Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise updates (both 32-bit and 64-bit versions), as a part of Windows Autopatch, they must meet the following criteria:  
+For a device to be eligible for Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise updates (both 32-bit and 64-bit versions), as a part of Windows Autopatch, they must meet the following criteria:
 
 - The device must be turned on and have an internet connection.
 - The device must be able to access the [required network endpoints](../prepare/windows-autopatch-configure-network.md#required-microsoft-product-endpoints) to reach the Office Content Delivery Network (CDN).
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ For a device to be eligible for Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise updates (both
 
 All devices registered for Windows Autopatch receive updates from the [Monthly Enterprise Channel](/deployoffice/overview-update-channels#monthly-enterprise-channel-overview). This practice provides your users with new features each month, and they receive just one update per month on a predictable release schedule. Updates are released on the second Tuesday of the month; these updates can include feature, security, and quality updates. These updates occur automatically and pulled directly from the Office Content Delivery Network (CDN).
 
-Unlike Windows update, the Office CDN doesn't make the update available to all devices at once. Over the course of the release, the Office CDN gradually makes the update available to the whole population of devices. Windows Autopatch doesn't control the order in which updates are offered to devices across your estate. After the update downloads, there's a seven day [update deadline](../references/windows-autopatch-microsoft-365-policies.md) that specifies how long the user has until the user must apply the update.  
+Unlike Windows update, the Office CDN doesn't make the update available to all devices at once. Over the course of the release, the Office CDN gradually makes the update available to the whole population of devices. Windows Autopatch doesn't control the order in which updates are offered to devices across your estate. After the update downloads, there's a seven day [update deadline](../references/windows-autopatch-microsoft-365-policies.md) that specifies how long the user has until the user must apply the update.
 
 ## Deployment rings
 
@@ -68,16 +68,16 @@ Updates are only applied when Microsoft 365 Apps aren't running. Therefore, [end
 
 ### Office client app configuration
 
-To ensure that users are receiving automatic updates, Windows Autopatch prevents the user from opting out of automatic updates.  
+To ensure that users are receiving automatic updates, Windows Autopatch prevents the user from opting out of automatic updates.
 
 ## Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise update controls
 
-Windows Autopatch doesn't allow you to pause or roll back an update in the Microsoft Intune admin center.  
+Windows Autopatch doesn't allow you to pause or roll back an update in the Microsoft Intune admin center.
 
 [Submit a support request](../operate/windows-autopatch-support-request.md) to the Windows Autopatch Service Engineering Team to pause or roll back an update when needed.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> Updates are bundled together into a single release in the [Monthly Enterprise Channel](/deployoffice/overview-update-channels#monthly-enterprise-channel-overview). Therefore, we can't roll back only a portion of the update for Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise.  
+> Updates are bundled together into a single release in the [Monthly Enterprise Channel](/deployoffice/overview-update-channels#monthly-enterprise-channel-overview). Therefore, we can't roll back only a portion of the update for Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise.
 
 ## Allow or block Microsoft 365 App updates
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-policy-health-and-remediation.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-policy-health-and-remediation.md
index 884e726610..686ad48014 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-policy-health-and-remediation.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-policy-health-and-remediation.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: how-to
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: rekhanr
 ms.collection:
   - highpri
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ When Windows Autopatch detects policies in the tenant are either missing or modi
 
 IT admins must respond to the service-generated alerts to ensure that Autopatch services can be delivered, and devices remain eligible for the service.
 
-With this feature, IT admins can:  
+With this feature, IT admins can:
 
 - View alerts, in line with the features you commonly use:
     - Windows Update related alerts in the Release management blade.
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ Alerts are raised when deployment rings don't have the required policies and the
 
 The minimum role required to restore configurations is **Intune Service Administrator**. You can also perform these actions in the Global administrator role.
 
-## Restore device configuration policy  
+## Restore device configuration policy
 
 **To initiate remediation action for device configuration alerts:**
 
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ The minimum role required to restore configurations is **Intune Service Administ
 
 There will be an alert for each policy that is missing or has deviated from the service defined values.
 
-## Restore Windows Update policies  
+## Restore Windows Update policies
 
 **To initiate remediation actions for Windows quality update policies:**
 
@@ -72,14 +72,14 @@ There will be an alert for each policy that is missing or has deviated from the
 
 **To initiate remediation actions for Windows feature update policies:**
 
-1. Go to the [Microsoft Intune admin center](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?linkid=2109431).  
+1. Go to the [Microsoft Intune admin center](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?linkid=2109431).
 1. Navigate to **Devices** > **Windows Autopatch** > **Release management** > **Release schedule** > **Windows feature updates** > **Status**.
 1. Select **Policy Error** to launch the Policy error workflow.
 1. Review the message.
     1. If this is a missing policy error, select **Restore policy** to complete the workflow.
     2. If this is a modified policy, select **Submit changes** to restore to service required values.
 
-## Restore deployment groups  
+## Restore deployment groups
 
 Windows Autopatch will automatically restore any missing groups that are required by the service. When a missing deployment group is restored, and the policies are also missing, the policies be restored to the deployment groups.
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-support-request.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-support-request.md
index 788caa8a4c..13b19e6e47 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-support-request.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-support-request.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: how-to
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: hathind
 ms.collection:
   - highpri
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-teams.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-teams.md
index add843c19b..b474ff2498 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-teams.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-teams.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: conceptual
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: hathind
 ms.collection:
   - highpri
@@ -36,12 +36,12 @@ Updates undergo vigorous internal testing and are first released to members of T
 
 ## End user experience
 
-Teams will check for updates every few hours behind the scenes, download the updates, and then will wait for the computer to be idle for at least 40 minutes before automatically installing the update.  
+Teams will check for updates every few hours behind the scenes, download the updates, and then will wait for the computer to be idle for at least 40 minutes before automatically installing the update.
 
-When an update is available, the following are required to be able to download the update:  
+When an update is available, the following are required to be able to download the update:
 
 - The user must be signed into both the device and Teams.
-- The device must have an internet connection.  
+- The device must have an internet connection.
 - The device must be able to access the required network endpoints to reach the Teams update service.
 
 > [!NOTE]
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-unenroll-tenant.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-unenroll-tenant.md
index 2809bda9c5..fa421ba564 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-unenroll-tenant.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-unenroll-tenant.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: how-to
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: hathind
 ms.collection:
   - highpri
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ If you're looking to unenroll your tenant from Windows Autopatch, this article d
 > [!IMPORTANT]
 > You must be a Global Administrator to unenroll your tenant.
 
-Unenrolling from Windows Autopatch requires manual actions from both you and from the Windows Autopatch Service Engineering Team. The Windows Autopatch Service Engineering Team will:  
+Unenrolling from Windows Autopatch requires manual actions from both you and from the Windows Autopatch Service Engineering Team. The Windows Autopatch Service Engineering Team will:
 
 - Remove Windows Autopatch access to your tenant.
 - Exclude your devices from the Windows Autopatch service. Excluding your devices from Windows Autopatch won't remove your devices from Intune, Microsoft Entra ID or Configuration Manager. The Windows Autopatch Service Engineering Team follows the same process and principles as laid out in [Exclude a device](../operate/windows-autopatch-exclude-device.md).
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Unenrolling from Windows Autopatch requires manual actions from both you and fro
 **To unenroll from Windows Autopatch:**
 
 1. [Submit a support request](../operate/windows-autopatch-support-request.md) and request to unenroll from the Windows Autopatch service.
-1. The Windows Autopatch Service Engineering Team communicates with your IT Administrator to confirm your intent to unenroll from the service.  
+1. The Windows Autopatch Service Engineering Team communicates with your IT Administrator to confirm your intent to unenroll from the service.
     1. You have 14 days to review and confirm the communication sent by the Windows Autopatch Service Engineering Team.
     2. The Windows Autopatch Service Engineering Team can proceed sooner than 14 days if your confirmation arrives sooner.
 1. The Windows Autopatch Service Engineering Team proceeds with the removal of all items listed under [Microsoft's responsibilities during unenrollment](#microsofts-responsibilities-during-unenrollment).
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/overview/windows-autopatch-deployment-guide.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/overview/windows-autopatch-deployment-guide.md
index a54e3315bc..356655746a 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/overview/windows-autopatch-deployment-guide.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/overview/windows-autopatch-deployment-guide.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: how-to
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: hathind
 ms.collection:
   - tier2
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ This guide:
 
 ## Determine your objectives
 
-This section details some common objectives when using Windows Autopatch.  
+This section details some common objectives when using Windows Autopatch.
 
 Once an organization is onboarded, Windows Autopatch automatically creates multiple progressive deployment rings and applies the latest updates according to Windows Autopatch recommended practices and your organization's custom configuration. While there are options to adjust configurations such as quality update cadence, the service provides you with a baseline to begin establishing your update objectives.
 
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ Use Windows Autopatch to solve the following challenges:
 - Achieving a consistent update success rate
 - Standardize and optimize the configuration for devices, policies, tools and versions across their environment
 - Transition to modern update management by configuring Intune and Windows Update for Business
-- Make update processes more efficient and less reliant on IT admin resources  
+- Make update processes more efficient and less reliant on IT admin resources
 - Address vulnerabilities and Windows quality updates as soon as possible to improve security
 - Assist with compliance to align with industry standards
 - Invest more time on value-add IT projects rather than monthly updates
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ If you're an existing Windows Update for Business (WUfB) or Configuration Manage
 
 Customers who are using Windows Update for Business (WUfB) or Configuration Manager can quickly adopt Windows Autopatch and take advantage of the key benefits that Windows Autopatch provides.
 
-When moving from Windows Update for Business (WUfB) or Configuration Manager to Windows Autopatch, you can enhance and optimize the update experience that you're already familiar with.  
+When moving from Windows Update for Business (WUfB) or Configuration Manager to Windows Autopatch, you can enhance and optimize the update experience that you're already familiar with.
 
 Once migrated, there are several configuration tasks that you no longer need to carry out:
 
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ When you migrate from Configuration Manager to Windows Autopatch, the fastest pa
 | **1** | Turn on co-management | If you're using co-management across Configuration Manager and your managed devices, you meet the key requirements to use Windows Autopatch.

                  If you don't have co-management, see [How to use co-management in Configuration Manager](/mem/configmgr/comanage/how-to-enable) |
 | **2** | Use required co-management workloads | Using Windows Autopatch requires that your managed devices use the following three co-management workloads:
                  • Windows Update policies workload
                  • Device configuration workload
                  • Office Click-to-Run apps workload

                  If you have these workloads configured, you meet the key requirements to use Windows Autopatch. If you don't have these workloads configured, review [How to switch Configuration Manager workloads to Intune](/mem/configmgr/comanage/how-to-switch-workloads) |
 | **3** | Prepare your policies | You should consider any existing policy configurations in your Configuration Manager (or on-premises) environment that could impact your deployment of Windows Autopatch. For more information, review [General considerations](#general-considerations) |
-| **4** | Ensure Configuration Manager collections or Microsoft Entra device groups readiness | To move devices to Windows Autopatch, you must register devices with the Windows Autopatch service. To do so, use either Microsoft Entra device groups, or Configuration Manager collections. Ensure you have either Microsoft Entra device groups or Configuration Manager collections that allow you to evaluate, pilot and then migrate to the Windows Autopatch service. For more information, see [Register your devices](../deploy/windows-autopatch-register-devices.md#before-you-begin). |  
+| **4** | Ensure Configuration Manager collections or Microsoft Entra device groups readiness | To move devices to Windows Autopatch, you must register devices with the Windows Autopatch service. To do so, use either Microsoft Entra device groups, or Configuration Manager collections. Ensure you have either Microsoft Entra device groups or Configuration Manager collections that allow you to evaluate, pilot and then migrate to the Windows Autopatch service. For more information, see [Register your devices](../deploy/windows-autopatch-register-devices.md#before-you-begin). |
 
 ### Optimized deployment path: Configuration Manager to Windows Autopatch
 
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ Once you have assessed your readiness state to ensure you're aligned to Windows
 
 ## General considerations
 
-As part of your planning process, you should consider any existing enterprise configurations in your environment that could affect your deployment of Windows Autopatch.  
+As part of your planning process, you should consider any existing enterprise configurations in your environment that could affect your deployment of Windows Autopatch.
 
 Many organizations have existing policies and device management infrastructure, for example:
 
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ For example, Configuration Manager Software Update Policy settings exclude Autop
 
 #### Servicing profiles for Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise
 
-You can use automation to deliver monthly updates to Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise directly from the Office Content Delivery Network (CDN) using [Servicing profiles](/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-microsoft-365-apps-enterprise#compatibility-with-servicing-profiles). A servicing profile takes precedence over other policies, such as a Microsoft Intune policy or the Office Deployment Tool. The servicing profile affects all devices that meet the [device eligibility requirements](/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-microsoft-365-apps-enterprise#device-eligibility) regardless of existing management tools in your environment.  
+You can use automation to deliver monthly updates to Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise directly from the Office Content Delivery Network (CDN) using [Servicing profiles](/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-microsoft-365-apps-enterprise#compatibility-with-servicing-profiles). A servicing profile takes precedence over other policies, such as a Microsoft Intune policy or the Office Deployment Tool. The servicing profile affects all devices that meet the [device eligibility requirements](/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-microsoft-365-apps-enterprise#device-eligibility) regardless of existing management tools in your environment.
 
 You can consider retargeting servicing profiles to non-Windows Autopatch devices or if you plan to continue using them, you can [block Windows Autopatch delivered Microsoft 365 App updates](/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/operate/windows-autopatch-microsoft-365-apps-enterprise#allow-or-block-microsoft-365-app-updates) for Windows Autopatch-enrolled devices.
 
@@ -286,14 +286,14 @@ Part of your planning might require articulating the business benefits of moving
 
 ## Stakeholder communications
 
-Change management relies on clear and helpful communication about upcoming changes. The best way to have a smooth deployment is to make sure end users and stakeholders are aware of all changes and disruptions. Your rollout communication plan should include all pertinent information, how to notify users, and when to communicate.  
+Change management relies on clear and helpful communication about upcoming changes. The best way to have a smooth deployment is to make sure end users and stakeholders are aware of all changes and disruptions. Your rollout communication plan should include all pertinent information, how to notify users, and when to communicate.
 
 - Identify groups impacted by the Autopatch deployment
 - Identify key stakeholders in the impacted groups
 - Determine the types of communications needed
 - Develop your messaging based on the [Recommended deployment steps](#recommended-deployment-steps)
 - Create your stakeholder and communication plan schedule based on the [Recommended deployment steps](#recommended-deployment-steps)
-- Have communications drafted and reviewed, and consider your delivery channels such as:  
+- Have communications drafted and reviewed, and consider your delivery channels such as:
     - Social media posts
     - Internal messaging app (for example, Microsoft Teams)
     - Internal team site
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ If you need assistance with your Windows Autopatch deployment journey, you have
     - [Tenant enrollment support request](../prepare/windows-autopatch-enrollment-support-request.md)
     - [General support request](../operate/windows-autopatch-support-request.md)
 
-First contact your Microsoft Account team who can work with you to establish any guidance or support you might need. If you don't have a Microsoft Account Team contact or wish to explore other routes, Microsoft FastTrack offers Microsoft 365 deployment guidance for customers with 150 or more licenses of an eligible subscription at no additional cost. Finally, you can also log a support request with the Windows Autopatch Service Engineering Team.  
+First contact your Microsoft Account team who can work with you to establish any guidance or support you might need. If you don't have a Microsoft Account Team contact or wish to explore other routes, Microsoft FastTrack offers Microsoft 365 deployment guidance for customers with 150 or more licenses of an eligible subscription at no additional cost. Finally, you can also log a support request with the Windows Autopatch Service Engineering Team.
 
 ### Windows Autopatch Private Community (APC)
 
@@ -333,6 +333,6 @@ Once you're underway with your deployment, consider joining the [Windows Autopat
     - Teams discussions
     - Previews
 
-### Windows Autopatch Technology Adoption Program (TAP)  
+### Windows Autopatch Technology Adoption Program (TAP)
 
 If you have at least 500 devices enrolled in the service, and will test and give Microsoft feedback at least once a year, consider signing up to the [Windows Autopatch Technology Adoption Program (TAP)](https://aka.ms/JoinWindowsAutopatchTAP) to try out new and upcoming Windows Autopatch features.
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/overview/windows-autopatch-faq.yml b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/overview/windows-autopatch-faq.yml
index c3b5f2432d..365c39fc3b 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/overview/windows-autopatch-faq.yml
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/overview/windows-autopatch-faq.yml
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ metadata:
   ms.date: 12/04/2023
   audience: itpro
   ms.localizationpriority: medium
-  manager: dougeby
+  manager: aaroncz
   author: tiaraquan
   ms.author: tiaraquan
   ms.reviwer: hathind
@@ -28,9 +28,9 @@ sections:
           Windows Autopatch supports Windows 365 for Enterprise. Windows 365 for Business isn't supported.
       - question: Does Windows Autopatch support Windows Education (A3/A5) or Windows Front Line Worker (F3) licensing?
         answer: |
-          Autopatch isn't available for 'A'. Windows Autopatch supports some 'F' series licensing. For more information, see [More about licenses](../prepare/windows-autopatch-prerequisites.md#more-about-licenses). 
+          Autopatch isn't available for 'A'. Windows Autopatch supports some 'F' series licensing. For more information, see [More about licenses](../prepare/windows-autopatch-prerequisites.md#more-about-licenses).
       - question: Will Windows Autopatch support local domain join Windows 10?
-        answer: | 
+        answer: |
           Windows Autopatch doesn't support local (on-premises) domain join. Windows Autopatch supports [Hybrid AD join](/azure/active-directory/devices/concept-azure-ad-join-hybrid) or pure [Microsoft Entra join](/azure/active-directory/devices/concept-azure-ad-join-hybrid).
       - question: Will Windows Autopatch be available for state and local government customers?
         answer: |
@@ -46,8 +46,8 @@ sections:
           - [Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) Premium](/azure/active-directory/fundamentals/active-directory-whatis#what-are-the-azure-ad-licenses)
           - [Hybrid Azure AD-Joined](/azure/active-directory/devices/concept-azure-ad-join-hybrid) or [Azure AD-joined only](/azure/active-directory/devices/concept-azure-ad-join-hybrid)
           - [Microsoft Intune](https://www.microsoft.com/cloud-platform/microsoft-intune)
-          
-          Additional prerequisites for devices managed by Configuration Manager: 
+
+          Additional prerequisites for devices managed by Configuration Manager:
 
           - [Configuration Manager Co-management requirements](../prepare/windows-autopatch-prerequisites.md#configuration-manager-co-management-requirements)
           - [A supported version of Configuration Manager](/mem/configmgr/core/servers/manage/updates#supported-versions)
@@ -77,11 +77,11 @@ sections:
       - question: Can you change the policies and configurations created by Windows Autopatch?
         answer: |
           No. Don't change, edit, add to, or remove any of the configurations. Doing so might cause unintended configuration conflicts and impact the Windows Autopatch service. For more information about policies and configurations, see [Changes made at tenant enrollment](/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/references/windows-autopatch-changes-to-tenant).
-      - question: How can I represent our organizational structure with our own deployment cadence? 
+      - question: How can I represent our organizational structure with our own deployment cadence?
         answer: |
           [Windows Autopatch groups](../deploy/windows-autopatch-groups-overview.md) helps you manage updates in a way that makes sense for your businesses. For more information, see [Windows Autopatch groups overview](../deploy/windows-autopatch-groups-overview.md) and [Manage Windows Autopatch groups](../deploy/windows-autopatch-groups-manage-autopatch-groups.md).
   - name: Update management
-    questions: 
+    questions:
       - question: What systems does Windows Autopatch update?
         answer: |
           - Windows 10/11 quality updates: Windows Autopatch manages all aspects of deployment rings.
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/overview/windows-autopatch-overview.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/overview/windows-autopatch-overview.md
index b20e87d864..6e49a4703c 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/overview/windows-autopatch-overview.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/overview/windows-autopatch-overview.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: conceptual
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.collection:
   - highpri
   - tier1
@@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ Rather than maintaining complex digital infrastructure, businesses want to focus
 - **Close the security gap**: Windows Autopatch keeps software current, there are fewer vulnerabilities and threats to your devices.
 - **Close the productivity gap**: Windows Autopatch adopts features as they're made available. End users get the latest tools to amplify their collaboration and work.
 - **Optimize your IT admin resources**: Windows Autopatch automates routine endpoint updates. IT pros have more time to create value.
-- **On-premises infrastructure**: Transitioning to the world of software as a service (SaaS) allows you to minimize your investment in on-premises hardware since updates are delivered from the cloud.  
-- **Onboard new services**: Windows Autopatch makes it easy to enroll and minimizes the time required from your IT Admins to get started.  
+- **On-premises infrastructure**: Transitioning to the world of software as a service (SaaS) allows you to minimize your investment in on-premises hardware since updates are delivered from the cloud.
+- **Onboard new services**: Windows Autopatch makes it easy to enroll and minimizes the time required from your IT Admins to get started.
 - **Minimize end user disruption**: Windows Autopatch releases updates in sequential deployment rings, and responding to reliability and compatibility signals, user disruptions due to updates are minimized.
 
 Windows Autopatch helps you minimize the involvement of your scarce IT resources in the planning and deployment of updates for Windows, Microsoft 365 Apps, Microsoft Edge or Teams. Windows Autopatch uses careful rollout sequences and communicates with you throughout the release, allowing your IT Admins can focus on other activities and tasks.
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/overview/windows-autopatch-privacy.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/overview/windows-autopatch-privacy.md
index 17f1503d40..40ab383a98 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/overview/windows-autopatch-privacy.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/overview/windows-autopatch-privacy.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: reference
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: hathind
 ms.collection:
   - highpri
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/overview/windows-autopatch-roles-responsibilities.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/overview/windows-autopatch-roles-responsibilities.md
index a58a816e1d..4da408b889 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/overview/windows-autopatch-roles-responsibilities.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/overview/windows-autopatch-roles-responsibilities.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: conceptual
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: hathind
 ms.collection:
   - highpri
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/prepare/windows-autopatch-configure-network.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/prepare/windows-autopatch-configure-network.md
index a682ec9b87..2633222ae7 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/prepare/windows-autopatch-configure-network.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/prepare/windows-autopatch-configure-network.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: how-to
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: hathind
 ms.collection:
   - tier2
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/prepare/windows-autopatch-enroll-tenant.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/prepare/windows-autopatch-enroll-tenant.md
index 8665175196..b24d784042 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/prepare/windows-autopatch-enroll-tenant.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/prepare/windows-autopatch-enroll-tenant.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: how-to
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: hathind
 ms.collection:
   - highpri
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Before you enroll in Windows Autopatch, there are settings, and other parameters
 > [!IMPORTANT]
 > You must be a Global Administrator to enroll your tenant.
 
-The Readiness assessment tool, accessed in the [Microsoft Intune admin center](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?linkid=2109431), checks management or configuration-related settings. This tool allows you to check the relevant settings, and details steps to fix any settings that aren't configured properly for Windows Autopatch.  
+The Readiness assessment tool, accessed in the [Microsoft Intune admin center](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?linkid=2109431), checks management or configuration-related settings. This tool allows you to check the relevant settings, and details steps to fix any settings that aren't configured properly for Windows Autopatch.
 
 ## Step 1: Review all prerequisites
 
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ The following are the Microsoft Entra settings:
 
 ### Check results
 
-For each check, the tool reports one of four possible results:  
+For each check, the tool reports one of four possible results:
 
 | Result | Meaning |
 | ----- | ----- |
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ For each check, the tool reports one of four possible results:
 
 ## Step 3: Fix issues with your tenant
 
-If the Readiness assessment tool is displaying issues with your tenant, see [Fix issues found by the Readiness assessment tool](../prepare/windows-autopatch-fix-issues.md) for more information on how to remediate.  
+If the Readiness assessment tool is displaying issues with your tenant, see [Fix issues found by the Readiness assessment tool](../prepare/windows-autopatch-fix-issues.md) for more information on how to remediate.
 
 ## Step 4: Enroll your tenant
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/prepare/windows-autopatch-enrollment-support-request.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/prepare/windows-autopatch-enrollment-support-request.md
index 5250f979ca..c349ad620f 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/prepare/windows-autopatch-enrollment-support-request.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/prepare/windows-autopatch-enrollment-support-request.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: how-to
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: hathind
 ms.collection:
   - tier2
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/prepare/windows-autopatch-fix-issues.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/prepare/windows-autopatch-fix-issues.md
index b7e91d3f26..b2371addb0 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/prepare/windows-autopatch-fix-issues.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/prepare/windows-autopatch-fix-issues.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: how-to
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: hathind
 ms.collection:
   - highpri
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/prepare/windows-autopatch-prerequisites.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/prepare/windows-autopatch-prerequisites.md
index f6579437b7..c9728ea4ad 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/prepare/windows-autopatch-prerequisites.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/prepare/windows-autopatch-prerequisites.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: conceptual
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: hathind
 ms.collection:
   - highpri
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/references/windows-autopatch-changes-to-tenant.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/references/windows-autopatch-changes-to-tenant.md
index c428363ee4..13ccf4e8ec 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/references/windows-autopatch-changes-to-tenant.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/references/windows-autopatch-changes-to-tenant.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: reference
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: hathind
 ms.collection:
   - highpri
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/references/windows-autopatch-conflicting-configurations.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/references/windows-autopatch-conflicting-configurations.md
index 1d2b8bcc4c..0d5ea5808e 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/references/windows-autopatch-conflicting-configurations.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/references/windows-autopatch-conflicting-configurations.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: conceptual
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: adnich
 ms.collection:
   - highpri
@@ -20,16 +20,16 @@ ms.collection:
 > [!IMPORTANT]
 > This feature is in **public preview**. The feature is being actively developed and might not be complete.
 
-During Readiness checks, if there are devices with conflicting registry configurations, notifications are listed in the **Not ready** tab. The notifications include a list of alerts that explain why the device isn't ready for updates. Instructions are provided on how to resolve the issue(s). You can review any device marked as **Not ready** and remediate them to a **Ready** state.  
+During Readiness checks, if there are devices with conflicting registry configurations, notifications are listed in the **Not ready** tab. The notifications include a list of alerts that explain why the device isn't ready for updates. Instructions are provided on how to resolve the issue(s). You can review any device marked as **Not ready** and remediate them to a **Ready** state.
 
-Windows Autopatch monitors conflicting configurations. You’re notified of the specific registry values that prevent Windows from updating properly. These registry keys should be removed to resolve the conflict. However, it’s possible that other services write back the registry keys. It’s recommended that you review common sources for conflicting configurations to ensure your devices continue to receive Windows Updates.  
+Windows Autopatch monitors conflicting configurations. You’re notified of the specific registry values that prevent Windows from updating properly. These registry keys should be removed to resolve the conflict. However, it’s possible that other services write back the registry keys. It’s recommended that you review common sources for conflicting configurations to ensure your devices continue to receive Windows Updates.
 
 The most common sources of conflicting configurations include:
 
 - Active Directory Group Policy (GPO)
 - Configuration Manager Device client settings
 - Windows Update for Business (WUfB) policies
-- Manual registry updates  
+- Manual registry updates
 - Local Group Policy settings applied during imaging (LGPO)
 
 ## Registry keys inspected by Autopatch
@@ -51,18 +51,18 @@ Windows Autopatch recommends removing the conflicting configurations. The follow
 
 ### Intune Remediation
 
-Navigate to Intune Remediations and create a remediation using the following examples. It’s recommended to create a single remediation per value to understand if the value persists after removal.  
+Navigate to Intune Remediations and create a remediation using the following examples. It’s recommended to create a single remediation per value to understand if the value persists after removal.
 
 If you use either [**Detect**](#detect) and/or [**Remediate**](#remediate) actions, ensure to update the appropriate **Path** and **Value** called out in the Alert. For more information, see [Remediations](/mem/intune/fundamentals/remediations).
 
 #### Detect
 
 ```powershell
-if((Get-ItemProperty HKLM:\SOFTWARE\Policies\Microsoft\Windows\WindowsUpdate).PSObject.Properties.Name -contains 'DoNotConnectToWindowsUpdateInternetLocations') {  
-    Exit 1 
-} else { 
-    exit 0 
-} 
+if((Get-ItemProperty HKLM:\SOFTWARE\Policies\Microsoft\Windows\WindowsUpdate).PSObject.Properties.Name -contains 'DoNotConnectToWindowsUpdateInternetLocations') {
+    Exit 1
+} else {
+    exit 0
+}
 ```
 
 | Alert details | Description |
@@ -73,9 +73,9 @@ if((Get-ItemProperty HKLM:\SOFTWARE\Policies\Microsoft\Windows\WindowsUpdate).PS
 #### Remediate
 
 ```powershell
-if((Get-ItemProperty HKLM:\SOFTWARE\Policies\Microsoft\Windows\WindowsUpdate).PSObject.Properties.Name -contains 'DoNotConnectToWindowsUpdateInternetLocations') { 
-    Remove-ItemProperty -Path "HKLM:\SOFTWARE\Policies\Microsoft\Windows\WindowsUpdate" -Name "DoNotConnectToWindowsUpdateInternetLocations" 
-} 
+if((Get-ItemProperty HKLM:\SOFTWARE\Policies\Microsoft\Windows\WindowsUpdate).PSObject.Properties.Name -contains 'DoNotConnectToWindowsUpdateInternetLocations') {
+    Remove-ItemProperty -Path "HKLM:\SOFTWARE\Policies\Microsoft\Windows\WindowsUpdate" -Name "DoNotConnectToWindowsUpdateInternetLocations"
+}
 ```
 
 | Alert details | Description |
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ Windows Registry Editor Version 5.00
 "DoNotConnectToWindowsUpdateInternetLocations"=-
 "DisableWindowsUpdateAccess"=-
 "WUServer"=-
-[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Policies\Microsoft\Windows\WindowsUpdate\AU] 
+[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Policies\Microsoft\Windows\WindowsUpdate\AU]
 "UseWUServer"=-
 "NoAutoUpdate"=-
 ```
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Group Policy management is the most popular client configuration tool in most or
 Configuration Manager is a common enterprise management tool that, among many things, can help manage Windows Updates. For this reason, we see many environments misconfigured when moving to either a 100% cloud or co-managed workloads even when the workloads are configured correctly. The client settings are often missed. For more information, see [About client settings and software updates](/mem/configmgr/core/clients/deploy/about-client-settings#software-updates).
 
 1. Go the **Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager Console**.
-1. Navigate to **Administration** > **Overview** > **Client Settings**.  
+1. Navigate to **Administration** > **Overview** > **Client Settings**.
 1. Ensure **Software Updates** isn’t configured. If configured, it’s recommended to remove these settings to prevent conflicts with Windows Autopatch.
 
 ## Third-party solutions
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/references/windows-autopatch-driver-and-firmware-updates-public-preview-addendum.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/references/windows-autopatch-driver-and-firmware-updates-public-preview-addendum.md
index 7f6dae1761..9edb3f3748 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/references/windows-autopatch-driver-and-firmware-updates-public-preview-addendum.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/references/windows-autopatch-driver-and-firmware-updates-public-preview-addendum.md
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 ---
 title: Driver and firmware updates for Windows Autopatch Public Preview Addendum
 description:  This article explains how driver and firmware updates are managed in Autopatch
-ms.date: 06/26/2023 
+ms.date: 06/26/2023
 ms.service: windows-client
 ms.subservice: itpro-updates
 ms.topic: conceptual
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 msreviewer: hathind
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/references/windows-autopatch-microsoft-365-policies.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/references/windows-autopatch-microsoft-365-policies.md
index df14a0c2d1..c08d4cf821 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/references/windows-autopatch-microsoft-365-policies.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/references/windows-autopatch-microsoft-365-policies.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: conceptual
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: hathind
 ms.collection:
   - tier2
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/references/windows-autopatch-windows-update-unsupported-policies.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/references/windows-autopatch-windows-update-unsupported-policies.md
index dc612871a2..187028d683 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/references/windows-autopatch-windows-update-unsupported-policies.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/references/windows-autopatch-windows-update-unsupported-policies.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: conceptual
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: adnich
 ms.collection:
   - tier2
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ The following policies contain settings that apply to both Windows quality and f
 
 ## Windows feature update policies
 
-The service deploys policies using Microsoft Intune to control how Windows feature updates are deployed to devices.  
+The service deploys policies using Microsoft Intune to control how Windows feature updates are deployed to devices.
 
 ### Windows feature updates for Windows 10 and later
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/whats-new/windows-autopatch-whats-new-2022.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/whats-new/windows-autopatch-whats-new-2022.md
index e3dbdc77e2..7bda20114c 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/whats-new/windows-autopatch-whats-new-2022.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/whats-new/windows-autopatch-whats-new-2022.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: whats-new
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: hathind
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/whats-new/windows-autopatch-whats-new-2023.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/whats-new/windows-autopatch-whats-new-2023.md
index 9ef78db499..7342084085 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/whats-new/windows-autopatch-whats-new-2023.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/whats-new/windows-autopatch-whats-new-2023.md
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 ---
 title: What's new 2023
 description: This article lists the 2023 feature releases and any corresponding Message center post numbers.
-ms.date: 12/14/2023 
+ms.date: 12/14/2023
 ms.service: windows-client
 ms.subservice: itpro-updates
 ms.topic: whats-new
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-author: tiaraquan 
+author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby 
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: hathind
 ms.collection:
   - highpri
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/whats-new/windows-autopatch-whats-new-2024.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/whats-new/windows-autopatch-whats-new-2024.md
index 718ac4437b..b49d11732b 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/whats-new/windows-autopatch-whats-new-2024.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopatch/whats-new/windows-autopatch-whats-new-2024.md
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ ms.service: windows-client
 ms.subservice: itpro-updates
 ms.topic: whats-new
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-author: tiaraquan 
+author: tiaraquan
 ms.author: tiaraquan
-manager: dougeby 
+manager: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: hathind
 ms.collection:
   - highpri
diff --git a/windows/hub/index.yml b/windows/hub/index.yml
index 51c7c76e38..1e492958a1 100644
--- a/windows/hub/index.yml
+++ b/windows/hub/index.yml
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ metadata:
   title: Windows client documentation
   description: Learn how to deploy, secure, and manage Windows clients for your organization.
   ms.topic: hub-page
-  ms.prod: windows-client
+  ms.service: windows-client
   ms.collection:
     - tier1
     - essentials-navigation
diff --git a/windows/privacy/index.yml b/windows/privacy/index.yml
index 149f150ae7..45001f0589 100644
--- a/windows/privacy/index.yml
+++ b/windows/privacy/index.yml
@@ -7,11 +7,13 @@ brand: m365
 metadata:
   title: Windows Privacy
   description: Learn about how privacy is managed in Windows.
-  ms.prod: windows-client
+  ms.service: windows-client
+  ms.subservice: itpro-privacy
   ms.topic: hub-page # Required
-  ms.collection: 
+  ms.collection:
   - highpri
   - essentials-privacy
+  - privacy-windows
   author: DHB-MSFT
   ms.author: danbrown
   manager: laurawi
@@ -51,7 +53,7 @@ productDirectory:
     - title: Windows 10 required diagnostic data
       imageSrc: /media/common/i_build.svg
       summary: See what changes Windows is making to align to the new data collection taxonomy
-      url: required-windows-diagnostic-data-events-and-fields-2004.md  
+      url: required-windows-diagnostic-data-events-and-fields-2004.md
     # Card
     - title: Optional diagnostic data
       imageSrc: /media/common/i_get-started.svg
@@ -167,7 +169,7 @@ additionalContent:
             - text: Manage Windows 10 connection endpoints
               url: ./manage-windows-2004-endpoints.md
             - text: Manage connection endpoints for non-Enterprise editions of Windows 10
-              url: windows-endpoints-2004-non-enterprise-editions.md 
+              url: windows-endpoints-2004-non-enterprise-editions.md
             - text: Manage connections from Windows to Microsoft services
               url: manage-connections-from-windows-operating-system-components-to-microsoft-services.md
         # Card
diff --git a/windows/security/information-protection/windows-information-protection/includes/wip-deprecation.md b/windows/security/information-protection/windows-information-protection/includes/wip-deprecation.md
index 398ac1dfdc..e07cd11abf 100644
--- a/windows/security/information-protection/windows-information-protection/includes/wip-deprecation.md
+++ b/windows/security/information-protection/windows-information-protection/includes/wip-deprecation.md
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 ---
 author: aczechowski
 ms.author: aaroncz
-ms.prod: windows
+ms.service: windows-client
 ms.topic: include
 ms.date: 07/20/2022
 ---
diff --git a/windows/security/operating-system-security/network-security/vpn/images/vpn-app-trigger.PNG b/windows/security/operating-system-security/network-security/vpn/images/vpn-app-trigger.png
similarity index 100%
rename from windows/security/operating-system-security/network-security/vpn/images/vpn-app-trigger.PNG
rename to windows/security/operating-system-security/network-security/vpn/images/vpn-app-trigger.png
diff --git a/windows/security/operating-system-security/network-security/windows-firewall/configure-logging.md b/windows/security/operating-system-security/network-security/windows-firewall/configure-logging.md
index bce157495f..367749a97c 100644
--- a/windows/security/operating-system-security/network-security/windows-firewall/configure-logging.md
+++ b/windows/security/operating-system-security/network-security/windows-firewall/configure-logging.md
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ Alternatively, you can configure devices using a [custom policy][INT-1] with the
 
 Here are some recommendations for configuring Windows Firewall logging:
 
-- Change the logging size to at least **20,480 KB (20 MB)** to ensure that the log file doesn't fill up too quickly. The maximum log size is 32,768 KB (32 MB)
+- Change the logging size to at least **20,480 KB (20 MB)** to ensure that the log file doesn't fill up too quickly. The maximum log size is 32,767 KB (32 MB)
 - For each profile (Domain, Private, and Public) change the default log file name from `%windir%\system32\logfiles\firewall\pfirewall.log` to:
   - `%windir%\system32\logfiles\firewall\pfirewall_Domain.log`
   - `%windir%\system32\logfiles\firewall\pfirewall_Private.log`
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/auditing/event-4913.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/auditing/event-4913.md
index 279791472e..41c8fe6d12 100644
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/auditing/event-4913.md
+++ b/windows/security/threat-protection/auditing/event-4913.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-title: 4913(S) Central Access Policy on the object was changed. 
+title: 4913(S) Central Access Policy on the object was changed
 description: Describes security event 4913(S) Central Access Policy on the object was changed.
 ms.pagetype: security
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
@@ -7,14 +7,13 @@ ms.sitesec: library
 ms.localizationpriority: low
 author: vinaypamnani-msft
 ms.date: 09/08/2021
-ms.reviewer: 
+ms.reviewer:
 manager: aaroncz
 ms.author: vinpa
 ms.topic: reference
 ---
 
-# 4913(S): Central Access Policy on the object was changed.
-
+# 4913(S): Central Access Policy on the object was changed
 
 Event 4913 illustration
 
@@ -24,44 +23,45 @@ ms.topic: reference
 
 This event generates when a [Central Access Policy](/windows-server/identity/solution-guides/scenario--central-access-policy) on a file system object is changed.
 
-This event always generates, regardless of the object’s [SACL](/windows/win32/secauthz/access-control-lists) settings.
+This event always generates, regardless of the object's [SACL](/windows/win32/secauthz/access-control-lists) settings.
 
-> **Note**  For recommendations, see [Security Monitoring Recommendations](#security-monitoring-recommendations) for this event.
+> [!NOTE]
+> For recommendations, see [Security Monitoring Recommendations](#security-monitoring-recommendations) for this event.
 
-
                  
 
 ***Event XML:***
-```
+
+```xml
 - 
 - 
-  
- 4913 
- 0 
- 0 
- 13570 
- 0 
- 0x8020000000000000 
-  
- 1183666 
-  
-  
- Security 
- DC01.contoso.local 
-  
+ 
+ 4913
+ 0
+ 0
+ 13570
+ 0
+ 0x8020000000000000
+ 
+ 1183666
+ 
+ 
+ Security
+ DC01.contoso.local
+ 
  
 - 
- S-1-5-21-3457937927-2839227994-823803824-1104 
- dadmin 
- CONTOSO 
- 0x37901 
- Security 
- File 
- C:\\Audit Files\\HBI Data.txt 
- 0x3d4 
- S:AI 
- S:ARAI(SP;ID;;;;S-1-17-1442530252-1178042555-1247349694-2318402534) 
- 0x884 
- C:\\Windows\\System32\\dllhost.exe 
+ S-1-5-21-3457937927-2839227994-823803824-1104
+ dadmin
+ CONTOSO
+ 0x37901
+ Security
+ File
+ C:\\Audit Files\\HBI Data.txt
+ 0x3d4
+ S:AI
+ S:ARAI(SP;ID;;;;S-1-17-1442530252-1178042555-1247349694-2318402534)
+ 0x884
+ C:\\Windows\\System32\\dllhost.exe
  
  
 ```
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ This event always generates, regardless of the object’s [SACL](/windows/win32/
 
 -   **Account Name** \[Type = UnicodeString\]**:** the name of the account that changed the Central Access Policy on the object.
 
--   **Account Domain** \[Type = UnicodeString\]**:** subject’s domain or computer name. Formats vary, and include the following ones:
+-   **Account Domain** \[Type = UnicodeString\]**:** subject's domain or computer name. Formats vary, and include the following ones:
 
     -   Domain NETBIOS name example: CONTOSO
 
@@ -90,17 +90,17 @@ This event always generates, regardless of the object’s [SACL](/windows/win32/
 
     -   Uppercase full domain name: CONTOSO.LOCAL
 
-    -   For some [well-known security principals](/windows/security/identity-protection/access-control/security-identifiers), such as LOCAL SERVICE or ANONYMOUS LOGON, the value of this field is “NT AUTHORITY”.
+    -   For some [well-known security principals](/windows-server/identity/ad-ds/manage/understand-security-identifiers), such as LOCAL SERVICE or ANONYMOUS LOGON, the value of this field is "NT AUTHORITY".
 
-    -   For local user accounts, this field will contain the name of the computer or device that this account belongs to, for example: “Win81”.
+    -   For local user accounts, this field will contain the name of the computer or device that this account belongs to, for example: "Win81".
 
--   **Logon ID** \[Type = HexInt64\]**:** hexadecimal value that can help you correlate this event with recent events that might contain the same Logon ID, for example, “[4624](event-4624.md): An account was successfully logged on.”
+-   **Logon ID** \[Type = HexInt64\]**:** hexadecimal value that can help you correlate this event with recent events that might contain the same Logon ID, for example, "[4624](event-4624.md): An account was successfully logged on."
 
 **Object**:
 
--   **Object Server** \[Type = UnicodeString\]: has “**Security**” value for this event.
+-   **Object Server** \[Type = UnicodeString\]: has "**Security**" value for this event.
 
--   **Object Type** \[Type = UnicodeString\]: The type of an object that was accessed during the operation. Always **“File”** for this event.
+-   **Object Type** \[Type = UnicodeString\]: The type of an object that was accessed during the operation. Always **"File"** for this event.
 
     The following table contains the list of the most common **Object Types**:
 
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ This event always generates, regardless of the object’s [SACL](/windows/win32/
 
 
 
--   **Handle ID** \[Type = Pointer\]: hexadecimal value of a handle to **Object Name**. This field can help you correlate this event with other events that might contain the same Handle ID, for example, “[4663](event-4663.md)(S): An attempt was made to access an object.” This parameter might not be captured in the event, and in that case appears as “0x0”.
+-   **Handle ID** \[Type = Pointer\]: hexadecimal value of a handle to **Object Name**. This field can help you correlate this event with other events that might contain the same Handle ID, for example, "[4663](event-4663.md)(S): An attempt was made to access an object." This parameter might not be captured in the event, and in that case appears as "0x0".
 
 **Process:**
 
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ This event always generates, regardless of the object’s [SACL](/windows/win32/
 
     If you convert the hexadecimal value to decimal, you can compare it to the values in Task Manager.
 
-    You can also correlate this process ID with a process ID in other events, for example, “[4688](event-4688.md): A new process has been created” **Process Information\\New Process ID** field.
+    You can also correlate this process ID with a process ID in other events, for example, "[4688](event-4688.md): A new process has been created" **Process Information\\New Process ID** field.
 
 -   **Process Name** \[Type = UnicodeString\]**:** full path and the name of the executable for the process.
 
@@ -136,29 +136,30 @@ This event always generates, regardless of the object’s [SACL](/windows/win32/
 
 -   **Original Security Descriptor** \[Type = UnicodeString\]**:** the Security Descriptor Definition Language (SDDL) value for the old Central Policy ID (for the policy that was formerly applied to the object).
 
-    SDDL contains Central Access Policy SID, here's an example: S:ARAI(SP;ID;;;;S-1-17-1442530252-1178042555-1247349694-2318402534), Central Access Policy SID here is “**S-1-17-1442530252-1178042555-1247349694-2318402534**”. To resolve this SID to the real Central Access Policy name, you need to do the following steps:
+    SDDL contains Central Access Policy SID, here's an example: S:ARAI(SP;ID;;;;S-1-17-1442530252-1178042555-1247349694-2318402534), Central Access Policy SID here is "**S-1-17-1442530252-1178042555-1247349694-2318402534**". To resolve this SID to the real Central Access Policy name, you need to do the following steps:
 
-1.  Find Central Access Policy Active Directory object in: “CN=Central Access Policies,CN=Claims Configuration,CN=Services,CN=Configuration,DC=XXX,DC=XX” Active Directory container.
+1.  Find Central Access Policy Active Directory object in: "CN=Central Access Policies,CN=Claims Configuration,CN=Services,CN=Configuration,DC=XXX,DC=XX" Active Directory container.
 
-2.  Open object’s “**Properties**”.
+2.  Open object's "**Properties**".
 
-3.  Find “**msAuthz-CentralAccessPolicyID**” attribute.
+3.  Find "**msAuthz-CentralAccessPolicyID**" attribute.
 
-4.  Convert hexadecimal value to SID (string). Here you can see more information about how to perform this action: .
+4.  Convert hexadecimal value to SID (string).
 
 ADSI Edit illustration
 
-> If no Central Access Policies were applied to the object, then SDDL will not contain any SIDs, for example “**S:AI**”.
+> If no Central Access Policies were applied to the object, then SDDL will not contain any SIDs, for example "**S:AI**".
 
 -   **New Security Descriptor** \[Type = UnicodeString\]**:** the Security Descriptor Definition Language (SDDL) value for the new Central Policy ID (for the policy that has been applied to the object). See more information in **Central Policy ID\\Original Security Descriptor** field section for this event.
 
-> **Note**  The **Security Descriptor Definition Language (SDDL)** defines string elements for enumerating information contained in the security descriptor.
-> 
+> [!NOTE]
+> The **Security Descriptor Definition Language (SDDL)** defines string elements for enumerating information contained in the security descriptor.
+>
 > Example:
-> 
-> *O*:BA*G*:SY*D*:(D;;0xf0007;;;AN)(D;;0xf0007;;;BG)(A;;0xf0007;;;SY)(A;;0×7;;;BA)*S*:ARAI(AU;SAFA;DCLCRPCRSDWDWO;;;WD)
-> 
-> - *O*: = Owner. SID of specific security principal, or reserved (pre-defined) value, for example: BA (BUILTIN\_ADMINISTRATORS), WD (Everyone), SY (LOCAL\_SYSTEM), etc. 
+>
+> `*O*:BA*G*:SY*D*:(D;;0xf0007;;;AN)(D;;0xf0007;;;BG)(A;;0xf0007;;;SY)(A;;0×7;;;BA)*S*:ARAI(AU;SAFA;DCLCRPCRSDWDWO;;;WD)`
+>
+> - *O*: = Owner. SID of specific security principal, or reserved (pre-defined) value, for example: BA (BUILTIN\_ADMINISTRATORS), WD (Everyone), SY (LOCAL\_SYSTEM), etc.
 > See the list of possible values in the table below:
 
 | Value | Description                          | Value | Description                     |
@@ -193,13 +194,13 @@ Example: D:(A;;FA;;;WD)
 
 - entry\_type:
 
-“D” - DACL
+"D" - DACL
 
-“S” - SACL
+"S" - SACL
 
 - inheritance\_flags:
 
-"P” - SDDL\_PROTECTED, Inheritance from containers that are higher in the folder hierarchy are blocked.
+"P" - SDDL\_PROTECTED, Inheritance from containers that are higher in the folder hierarchy are blocked.
 
 "AI" - SDDL\_AUTO\_INHERITED, Inheritance is allowed, assuming that "P" isn't also set.
 
@@ -231,7 +232,7 @@ Example: D:(A;;FA;;;WD)
 
 "NP" - NO PROPAGATE: only immediate children inherit this ace.
 
-"IO" - INHERITANCE ONLY: ace doesn’t apply to this object, but may affect children via inheritance.
+"IO" - INHERITANCE ONLY: ace doesn't apply to this object, but may affect children via inheritance.
 
 "ID" - ACE IS INHERITED
 
@@ -262,24 +263,26 @@ Example: D:(A;;FA;;;WD)
 - inherit\_object\_guid: N/A
 - account\_sid: SID of specific security principal, or reserved value, for example: AN (Anonymous), WD (Everyone), SY (LOCAL\_SYSTEM), etc. For more information, see the table above.
 
-For more information about SDDL syntax, see these articles: , .
+For more information about SDDL syntax, see these articles:
+
+- [2.5.1.1 Syntax](/openspecs/windows_protocols/ms-dtyp/f4296d69-1c0f-491f-9587-a960b292d070)
+- [ACCESS_MASK](/windows/win32/secauthz/access-mask)
 
 ## Security Monitoring Recommendations
 
 For 4913(S): Central Access Policy on the object was changed.
 
-> **Important**  For this event, also see [Appendix A: Security monitoring recommendations for many audit events](appendix-a-security-monitoring-recommendations-for-many-audit-events.md).
+> [!IMPORTANT]
+> For this event, also see [Appendix A: Security monitoring recommendations for many audit events](appendix-a-security-monitoring-recommendations-for-many-audit-events.md).
 
--   If you need to monitor events related to specific Windows object types (“**Object Type**”), for example **File** or **Key**, monitor this event for the corresponding “**Object Type**.”
+-   If you need to monitor events related to specific Windows object types ("**Object Type**"), for example **File** or **Key**, monitor this event for the corresponding "**Object Type**."
 
--   If you need to monitor all changes to specific files or folders (in this case, changes to the Central Access Policy), monitor for the “**Object Name**” that corresponds to the file or folder.
+-   If you need to monitor all changes to specific files or folders (in this case, changes to the Central Access Policy), monitor for the "**Object Name**" that corresponds to the file or folder.
 
--   If you have a pre-defined “**Process Name**” for the process reported in this event, monitor all events with “**Process Name**” not equal to your defined value.
+-   If you have a pre-defined "**Process Name**" for the process reported in this event, monitor all events with "**Process Name**" not equal to your defined value.
 
--   You can monitor to see if “**Process Name**” isn't in a standard folder (for example, not in **System32** or **Program Files**) or is in a restricted folder (for example, **Temporary Internet Files**).
+-   You can monitor to see if "**Process Name**" isn't in a standard folder (for example, not in **System32** or **Program Files**) or is in a restricted folder (for example, **Temporary Internet Files**).
 
-
+-   If you have a pre-defined list of restricted substrings or words in process names (for example, "**mimikatz**" or "**cain.exe**"), check for these substrings in "**Process Name**."
 
--   If you have a pre-defined list of restricted substrings or words in process names (for example, “**mimikatz**” or “**cain.exe**”), check for these substrings in “**Process Name**.”
-
--   If you have specific files, folders, or entire systems to which a specific Central Access Policy should be applied, you can monitor this event and compare the Central Access Policy SID in “**New Security Descriptor**” to see if it matches the expected policy.
\ No newline at end of file
+-   If you have specific files, folders, or entire systems to which a specific Central Access Policy should be applied, you can monitor this event and compare the Central Access Policy SID in "**New Security Descriptor**" to see if it matches the expected policy.
diff --git a/windows/whats-new/ltsc/whats-new-windows-10-2019.md b/windows/whats-new/ltsc/whats-new-windows-10-2019.md
index b2e12eaf4c..0124fa0995 100644
--- a/windows/whats-new/ltsc/whats-new-windows-10-2019.md
+++ b/windows/whats-new/ltsc/whats-new-windows-10-2019.md
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ An issue, known as _SMBLoris_, which could result in denial of service, has been
 
 Windows Defender Security Center is now called **Windows Security Center**.
 
-You can still get to the app in all the usual ways. Ask Cortana to open Windows Security Center(WSC) or interact with the taskbar icon. WSC lets you manage all your security needs, including **Microsoft Defender Antivirus** and **Windows Defender Firewall**.
+You can still get to the app in all the usual ways. WSC lets you manage all your security needs, including **Microsoft Defender Antivirus** and **Windows Defender Firewall**.
 
 The WSC service now requires antivirus products to run as a protected process to register. Products that haven't yet implemented this functionality won't appear in the Windows Security Center user interface, and Microsoft Defender Antivirus will remain enabled side-by-side with these products.
 
diff --git a/windows/whats-new/removed-features.md b/windows/whats-new/removed-features.md
index e9d3a16d2c..ce69865676 100644
--- a/windows/whats-new/removed-features.md
+++ b/windows/whats-new/removed-features.md
@@ -46,7 +46,6 @@ The following features and functionalities have been removed from the installed
 |MBAE service metadata|The MBAE app experience is replaced by an MO UWP app. Metadata for the MBAE service is removed. | 20H2 |
 | Connect app | The **Connect** app for wireless projection using Miracast is no longer installed by default, but is available as an optional feature. To install the app, select **Settings** > **Apps** > **Optional features** > **Add a feature**, and then install the **Wireless Display** app. | 2004 |
 | Rinna and Japanese Address suggestion | The Rinna and Japanese Address suggestion service for Microsoft Japanese Input Method Editor (IME) ended on August 13, 2020. For more information, see [Rinna and Japanese Address suggestion will no longer be offered](https://support.microsoft.com/help/4576767/windows-10-rinna-and-japanese-address-suggestion) | 2004 |
-| Cortana | Cortana has been updated and enhanced in the Windows 10 May 2020 Update. With [these changes](/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-2004#cortana), some previously available consumer skills such as music, connected home, and other non-Microsoft skills are no longer available. | 2004 |
 | Windows To Go | Windows To Go was announced as deprecated in Windows 10, version 1903 and is removed in this release. | 2004 |
 | Mobile Plans and Messaging apps | Both apps are still supported, but are now distributed in a different way. OEMs can now include these apps in Windows images for cellular enabled devices.  The apps are removed for noncellular devices.| 2004 |
 | PNRP APIs| The Peer Name Resolution Protocol (PNRP) cloud service was removed in Windows 10, version 1809. We're planning to complete the removal process by removing the corresponding APIs.  | 1909 |
diff --git a/windows/whats-new/windows-11-requirements.md b/windows/whats-new/windows-11-requirements.md
index ececec3d96..d2de462f2e 100644
--- a/windows/whats-new/windows-11-requirements.md
+++ b/windows/whats-new/windows-11-requirements.md
@@ -52,7 +52,10 @@ For more information about tools to evaluate readiness, see [Determine eligibili
 
 ## OS requirements
 
-Eligible Windows 10 devices must be on version 2004 or later, and have installed the September 14, 2021 security update or later, to upgrade directly to Windows 11.
+To upgrade directly to Windows 11, eligible Windows 10 devices must meet both of the following criteria:
+
+- Running Windows 10, version 2004 or later.
+- Installed the September 14, 2021 security update or later.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 >
@@ -68,7 +71,6 @@ Some features in Windows 11 have requirements beyond the minimum [hardware requi
 - **Auto HDR**: requires an HDR monitor.
 - **BitLocker to Go**: requires a USB flash drive. This feature is available in Windows Pro and above editions.
 - **Client Hyper-V**: requires a processor with second-level address translation (SLAT) capabilities. This feature is available in Windows Pro editions and greater.
-- **Cortana**: requires a microphone and speaker and is currently available on Windows 11 for Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, France, Germany, India, Italy, Japan, Mexico, Spain, United Kingdom, and United States.
 - **DirectStorage**: requires an NVMe SSD to store and run games that use the Standard NVM Express Controller driver and a DirectX12 GPU with Shader Model 6.0 support.
 - **DirectX 12 Ultimate**: available with supported games and graphics chips.
 - **Presence**: requires sensor that can detect human distance from device or intent to interact with device.